See in Reader
Added 2 Tim quotes and fixed word order (#1075)
This commit is contained in:
Joel
Gogs
parent
87aeec00e6
commit
8da4cac1b1
742
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
742
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 Babylon Here this means the country of Baby
|
|||
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 After the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 12 tx6g τὸν Σαλαθιήλ Σαλαθιὴλ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 Shealtiel was an ancestor of Zerubbabel Shealtiel was Zerubbabel's grandfather.
|
||||
MAT 1 15 lqk9 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes Jesus' genealogy, which began in [Matthew 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς Ἰησοῦς ἐγεννήθη 1 Mary, by whom Jesus was born This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Mary, who gave birth to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 Mary, by whom Jesus was born This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Mary, who gave birth to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom people call Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 17 jzq4 translate-numbers δεκατέσσαρες 1 fourteen "14" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 1 17 z5xw μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ MAT 1 18 a71d ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The pow
|
|||
MAT 1 19 j8eb figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ, ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Joseph, her husband Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: "Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 19 pu3p ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 divorce her "cancel their plans to get married"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 iip4 0 As he thought "As Joseph thought"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 fb7e ἐφάνη αὐτῷ κατ’ ὄναρ 1 appeared to him in a dream "came to him while Joseph was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 fb7e κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him in a dream "came to him while Joseph was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here "son" means "descendant."
|
||||
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ MAT 1 21 glq8 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 you will call h
|
|||
MAT 1 21 bf5z αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει 1 for he will save Translator may add a footnote that says "The name 'Jesus' means 'the Lord saves.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 21 em9q τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his people This refers to the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p47i writing-background 0 General Information: The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' birth was according to scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p9la ὅλον τοῦτο γέγονεν 1 All this happened The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p9la τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν 1 All this happened The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 c1vw figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: "the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 q19h 0 Behold ... Immanuel Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 1 23 dw7z ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος 1 Behold, the virgin "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t "— ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον," ὁ Θεός μεθ’ ἡμῶν." 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t "— ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον," μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός." 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iue3 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου προσέταξεν 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς προσέταξεν ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 nr5e 0 he took her as his wife "he married Mary"
|
||||
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism 0 he did not know her This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "he did not have sexual relations with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 1 25 dlm9 υἱόν 1 to a son "to a male baby" or "to her son." Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ MAT 2 9 h1zx οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 After they "After the learned
|
|||
MAT 2 9 wl4r εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 they had seen in the east "they had seen come up in the east" or "they had seen in their country"
|
||||
MAT 2 9 hy1i προῆγεν αὐτούς 1 went before them "guided them" or "led them"
|
||||
MAT 2 9 jp2j ἐστάθη ἐπάνω 1 stood still over "stopped over"
|
||||
MAT 2 9 w3v1 οὗ τὸ παιδίον ἦν 1 where the young child was "the place where the young child was staying"
|
||||
MAT 2 9 w3v1 οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 where the young child was "the place where the young child was staying"
|
||||
MAT 2 11 pv3r 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
|
||||
MAT 2 11 tu5s ἐλθόντες 1 They went "The learned men went"
|
||||
MAT 2 11 d41d translate-symaction πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 They fell down and worshiped him "They knelt down and put their faces close to the ground." They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ MAT 2 12 zyq6 χρηματισθέντες 1 God warned them "Afterwards, God w
|
|||
MAT 2 12 dr1p figs-quotations 0 dream not to return to Herod, so This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "dream, saying, 'Do not go back to King Herod,' so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
|
||||
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 they had departed "the learned men had departed"
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται τῷ Ἰωσὴφ κατ’ ὄναρ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream "came to Joseph while he was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream "came to Joseph while he was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you 0 Get up, take ... flee ... Remain ... you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "until I tell you it is safe to come back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here "I" refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,32 +118,32 @@ MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι
|
|||
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they were no more "because the children were gone and would never return." Here "were no more" is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: "because they were dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 19 kt2i 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
|
||||
MAT 2 19 r4yu ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν τοῦ παιδίου' τοῦ παιδίου ψυχὴν 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν τοῦ παιδίου' ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 y6r6 οἱ ζητοῦντες 1 those who sought This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 kg7u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod's attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p δὲ ἀκούσας 1 But when he heard "But when Joseph heard"
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But when he heard "But when Joseph heard"
|
||||
MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus This is the name of Herod's son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 2 22 zk37 ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ 1 he was afraid "Joseph was afraid"
|
||||
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names κληθήσεται Ναζωραῖος 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here "he" refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: "people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here "he" refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: "people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Bear fruit worthy of repentance"<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven is near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 3 1 xp3z 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God's appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus' ministry.
|
||||
MAT 3 1 d74m ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 In those days This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: "Some time later" or "Some years later"
|
||||
MAT 3 2 w7e9 figs-you μετανοεῖτε 1 Repent This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἡ τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἤγγικεν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive γάρ οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ, Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ,' ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ποιεῖτε,' τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, ἑτοιμάσατε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background 0 Now ... wild honey The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ καμήλου' καμήλου τριχῶν καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην ζώνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε Ἱεροσόλυμα, πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καμήλου' καὶ ζώνην ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε Ἱεροσόλυμα πᾶσα ἡ, Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 gi4r ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 They This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 b2br 0 General Information: John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς 1 You offspring of vipers, who This is a metaphor. Here "offspring" means "having the characteristic of." Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "You evil poisonous snakes! Who" or "You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς μελλούσης? 1 who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: "you cannot flee from God's wrath like this." or "do not think that you can flee from God's wrath just because I baptize you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς μελλούσης 1 flee from the wrath that is coming The word "wrath" is being used to refer to God's punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: "run away from the punishment that is coming" or "escape because God is about to punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: "you cannot flee from God's wrath like this." or "do not think that you can flee from God's wrath just because I baptize you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 flee from the wrath that is coming The word "wrath" is being used to refer to God's punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: "run away from the punishment that is coming" or "escape because God is about to punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Bear fruit worthy of repentance The phrase "bear fruit" is a metaphor referring to a person's actions. Alternate translation: "Let your actions show that you have truly repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 q7b1 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham for our father "Abraham is our ancestor" or "We are descendants of Abraham." The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 r29p λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ MAT 3 9 k843 0 God is able to raise up children for Abraham even out of these
|
|||
MAT 3 10 ls7m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 10 ke4s figs-metaphor 0 Already the ax has been placed against the root of the trees. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit" or "As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 11 lx69 εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 for repentance "to show that you have repented"
|
||||
MAT 3 11 mc2r ὁ δὲ ἐρχόμενος ὀπίσω μου 1 But he who comes after me Jesus is the person who comes after John.
|
||||
MAT 3 11 c1xf ἐστιν ἰσχυρότερός μού 1 is mightier than I "is more important than I am"
|
||||
MAT 3 11 mc2r ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 But he who comes after me Jesus is the person who comes after John.
|
||||
MAT 3 11 c1xf ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν 1 is mightier than I "is more important than I am"
|
||||
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor 0 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word "baptize" in your translation to keep the comparison to John's baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor 0 His winnowing fork is in his hand to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: "Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom 0 His winnowing fork is in his hand Here "in his hand" means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: "Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,13 +162,13 @@ MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor "his groun
|
|||
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor 0 gather his wheat into the storehouse ... burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer's storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will never burn out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 to be baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so John could baptize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive τὸν Ἰωάννην βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ 1 to be baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so John could baptize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion 0 I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus' request. Alternate translation: "You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-inclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here "us" refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς δὲ 1 After he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After John baptized Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive οἱ οὐρανοί ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ 1 the heavens were opened to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus saw the sky open" or "God opened the heavens to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus saw the sky open" or "God opened the heavens to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or 2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy 0 a voice came out of the heavens saying "Jesus heard a voice from heaven." Here "voice" refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: "God spoke from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,20 +177,20 @@ MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the stor
|
|||
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit led Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so the devil could tempt Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 2 iw2i ἐπείνασεν 1 he had fasted ... he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας 1 forty days and forty nights "40 days and 40 nights." This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty days and forty nights "40 days and 40 nights." This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 The tempter These words refer to the same being as "the devil" (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
|
||||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, command It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "You are the Son of God, so you can command" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding"
|
||||
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι γένωνται ἄρτοι 1 command these stones to become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command these stones to become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 ὁ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ οὐκ ἐπ’ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here "word" and "mouth" refer to what God says. Alternate translation: "but by listening to everything that God says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down"
|
||||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down "let yourself fall to the ground" or "jump down"
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γὰρ γέγραπται 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the writer wrote in the scriptures" or "for it says in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the writer wrote in the scriptures" or "for it says in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations 0 'He will command his angels to take care of you,' and "God will command his angels to take care of you, and" This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "God will say to his angels, 'Take care of him,' and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up "The angels will hold you"
|
||||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ MAT 4 15 egx6 0 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali ... Galilee of th
|
|||
MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with "The land of Zebulun" (verse 15). Alternate translation: "In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali ... where many Gentiles live, the people who sat"
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here "darkness" is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And "light" is a metaphor for God's true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, αὐτοῖς ἀνέτειλεν φῶς ἀνέτειλεν 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here "those who sat in the region and shadow of death" is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἤγγικεν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "the kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here "those who sat in the region and shadow of death" is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "the kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yrx7 0 General Information: This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus' ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "throwing a net into the water to catch fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω, δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: "Be my disciples"
|
||||
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God's true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 He called them "Jesus called John and James." This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 ἀφέντες εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left "at that moment they left"
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 εὐθέως ἀφέντες ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left "at that moment they left"
|
||||
MAT 4 22 gr2i 0 left the boat ... and followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus' ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues "teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans" or "teaching in the synagogues of those people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ MAT 5 5 iy1y αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 they w
|
|||
MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: "those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will fill them" or "God will satisfy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-metonymy οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart "people whose hearts are pure." Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: "those who only want to serve God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 t6ni αὐτοὶ ὄψονται τὸν Θεὸν 1 they will see God Here "see" means they will be able to live in God's presence. Alternate translation: "God will allow them to live with him"
|
||||
MAT 5 8 t6ni αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God Here "see" means they will be able to live in God's presence. Alternate translation: "God will allow them to live with him"
|
||||
MAT 5 9 p1ez οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 the peacemakers These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.
|
||||
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 for they will be called sons of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God will call them his children" or "they will be children of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God will call them his children" or "they will be children of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 9 vcr2 υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God It is best to translate "sons" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
|
||||
MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those people whom others treat unfairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 10 xnb6 0 for righteousness' sake "because they do what God wants them to do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -267,34 +267,34 @@ MAT 5 13 jv56 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if
|
|||
MAT 5 13 wp9g figs-rquestion 0 how can it be made salty again? "how can it be made useful again?" Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: "there is no way for it to become useful again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive 0 except to be thrown out and trampled under people's feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are the light of the world This means Jesus' followers bring the message of God's truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "You are like a light for the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit πόλις κειμένη ἐπάνω ὄρους οὐ δύναται κρυβῆναι 1 A city set on a hill cannot be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill" or "Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city set on a hill cannot be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill" or "Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 15 s5sb 0 Neither do people light a lamp "People do not light a lamp"
|
||||
MAT 5 15 c8el τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 put it under a basket "place the lamp under a basket." This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
|
||||
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν λαμψάτω ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before people This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God's truth. Alternate translation: "Let your lives be like a light that shines before people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before people This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God's truth. Alternate translation: "Let your lives be like a light that shines before people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in heaven It is best to translate "Father" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρέλθῃ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here "heaven" and "earth" refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: "as long as the universe lasts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here "heaven" and "earth" refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: "as long as the universe lasts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit 0 not one jot or one tittle The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: "not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things have been accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all things have happened" or "God causes all things to happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase "all things" refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: "everything in the law" or "all that is written in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks "whoever disobeys" or "whoever ignores"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th τῶν ἐλαχίστων μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων 1 the least one of these commandments "any of these commandments, even the least important one"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 the least one of these commandments "any of these commandments, even the least important one"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive 0 whoever ... teaches others to do so will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if anyone ... teaches others to do so, God will call that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "the least important in his heavenly kingdom" or "the least important under the rule of our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 u5kp 0 keeps them and teaches them "obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you 0 you ... your ... you These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives 0 that unless your righteousness exceeds ... Pharisees, you will in no way enter This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "that your righteousness must exceed ... Pharisees in order to enter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The understood "you" is singular in "Do not kill," but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to them in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God said to those who lived long ago" or "Moses said to your ancestors long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν φονεύσῃ ἔσται ἔνοχος τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here "the judgment" implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: "A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν φονεύσῃ ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here "the judgment" implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: "A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 y44x 0 kill ... kills This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔσται ἔνοχος τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 22 e9gg δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 d5nl τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 brother This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 w721 0 worthless person ... fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. "Worthless person" is close to "brainless," where "fool" adds the idea of disobedience to God.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 s89d Συνεδρίῳ 1 council This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,15 +309,15 @@ MAT 5 25 sr9d τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 your accuser This is a person w
|
|||
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here "hand you over" means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: "will let the judge deal with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-idiom 0 the judge may hand you over to the officer Here "hand you over" means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: "the judge will give you over to the officer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 gcm5 ὑπηρέτῃ 1 officer a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive βληθήσῃ εἰς φυλακὴν 1 you may be thrown into prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the officer might put you in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 you may be thrown into prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the officer might put you in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 26 gec9 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 26 eem5 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there "from prison"
|
||||
MAT 5 27 c8dn figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The understood "you" is singular in "Do not commit adultery," but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 mj3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
|
||||
MAT 5 27 jxg5 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 yn7m μοιχεύσεις 1 commit This word means to act out or do something.
|
||||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἐμοίχευσεν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her "and lusts after her" or "and desires to sleep with her"
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "in his mind" or "in his thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,25 +325,25 @@ MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς
|
|||
MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate "right" as "better" or "stronger." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means "forcefully remove it" or "destroy it." If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this "destroy your eyes." If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this "destroy them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 zg1v 0 throw it away from you "get rid of it"
|
||||
MAT 5 29 im6u ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου ἀπόληται 1 one of your body parts should perish "you should lose one part of your body"
|
||||
MAT 5 29 im6u ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 one of your body parts should perish "you should lose one part of your body"
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v1cn figs-activepassive 0 than that your whole body should be thrown into hell This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than for God to throw your whole body into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 zx8x figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right hand causes In this metonymy, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 hk9z figs-idiom ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ 1 right hand This means the most important hand, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate "right" as "better" or "stronger." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 qs74 figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν 1 cut it off This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 fdr8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη δέ ἐρρέθη 1 It was also said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also said" or "Moses also said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη ἐρρέθη δέ 1 It was also said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also said" or "Moses also said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς ὃς ἂν ἂν ἀπολύσῃ ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 tp9l δότω 1 let him give "he must give"
|
||||
MAT 5 32 q6aq δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 32 q6aq ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 32 j2aq ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 makes her an adulteress It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who "causes her to commit adultery." In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
|
||||
MAT 5 32 zai7 figs-activepassive 0 her after she has been divorced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "her after her husband has divorced her" or "the divorced woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 i5ak figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" and "your" are singular in "Do not swear" and "carry out your oaths," but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 dg2a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν, ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you "Also, you" or "Here is another example. You"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 fk86 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to those in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God said to those who lived long ago" or "Moses said to your ancestors long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τοὺς ὅρκους σου τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 m2n6 ὀμόσαι μὴ ὅλως 1 swear not at all "Do not swear at all" or "Do not swear by anything"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 m2n6 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως 1 swear not at all "Do not swear at all" or "Do not swear by anything"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor 0 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: "it is from here that God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 35 c8lx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 v2hf 0 nor by the earth ... city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: "that God God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 one who is evil "an evil person" or "someone who harms you"
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y 0 strikes ... your right cheek To strike the side of a man's face was an insult in Jesus' culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 d5xg σε ῥαπίζει 1 strikes hits with the back of an open hand
|
||||
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ τὴν ἄλλην καὶ 1 turn to him the other also "let him hit your other cheek also"
|
||||
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also "let him hit your other cheek also"
|
||||
MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are singular, including the understood "you" in the commands "let," "go," "give," and "do not turn away." In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 40 t9f4 0 coat ... cloak The "coat" was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The "cloak," the more valuable of the two, was worn over the "coat" for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
|
||||
MAT 5 40 p5m2 0 let that person also have "give also to that person"
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,12 +369,12 @@ MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit 0 Whoever "Anyone who." The context implies that he
|
|||
MAT 5 41 i86s 0 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If "mile" is confusing, it can be translated as "one kilometer" or "a distance."
|
||||
MAT 5 41 n8r4 0 with him This refers to the one who compels you to go.
|
||||
MAT 5 41 zv6i 0 go with him two "go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile." If "mile" is confusing, you can translate it as "two kilometers" or "twice as far."
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x μὴ ἀποστραφῇς τὸν θέλοντα 1 do not turn away from "do not refuse to lend to." This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "lend to"
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x τὸν θέλοντα μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away from "do not refuse to lend to." This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "lend to"
|
||||
MAT 5 43 cyz3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" and "your" are singular in "You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy," but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of "you" and "your" after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 xf8l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
|
||||
MAT 5 43 fp6x figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: "that God God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 tqj3 figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here the word "neighbor" does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one's community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: "your countrymen" or "those who belong to your people group" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 5 44 f9lp δὲ ἐγὼ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 44 f9lp ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 45 my3d γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 you may be sons of your Father It is best to translate "sons" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.
|
||||
MAT 5 45 jzu9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 5 46 g5t7 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ MAT 6 2 d8kw figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1
|
|||
MAT 6 2 dk6u ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 z4c1 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 3 te4n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου γνώτω τί ἡ δεξιά σου ποιεῖ 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to "know" what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to "know" what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 4 h4we figs-activepassive ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your gift may be given in secret This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can give to the poor without other people knowing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 m54u figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 a7z4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
|
||||
MAT 6 5 e12v figs-explicit ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by people It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that people will see them and give them honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν λέγω 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν λέγω λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου. κλείσας τὴν θύραν 1 enter your inner chamber. Shut the door "go to a private place" or "go where you can be alone"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 0 Father who is in secret Possible meanings are 1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: "Father, who is invisible" or 2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: "Father, who is with you in private"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -409,11 +409,11 @@ MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive 0 they will be heard This can be stated in acti
|
|||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words "you" and "your" are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words "you" and "your" are singular and refer to God, "Our Father in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου ἁγιασθήτω 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου ἐλθέτω 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive 0 May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 njr9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of "we," "us," and "our" refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἐπιούσιον τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν 1 daily bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 yi9s figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν 1 debts A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 i8fq figs-metaphor τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 our debtors A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Do not bring us into temptation The word "temptation," an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: "Do not let anything tempt us" or "Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -436,16 +436,16 @@ MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where
|
|||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται ἡ καρδία σου ἔσται καὶ 1 there will your heart be also Here "heart" means a person's thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here "heart" means a person's thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor 0 The eye is the lamp of the body ... with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase "bad eye" to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ ὀφθαλμός ἐστιν ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: "Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: "Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 u47q ὀφθαλμός 1 eye You may have to translate this as plural, "eyes."
|
||||
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor 0 But if your eye ... how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase "bad eye" to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ᾖ πονηρὸς 1 if your eye is bad This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 if your eye is bad This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 n42m 0 if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! "if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness"
|
||||
MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism 0 for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε δουλεύειν Θεῷ καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You cannot serve God and wealth "You cannot love God and money at the same time"
|
||||
MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You cannot serve God and wealth "You cannot love God and money at the same time"
|
||||
MAT 6 25 s5uy figs-you 0 General Information: Here the instances of "you" and "your" are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 25 wcz4 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 25 xdu1 ὑμῖν 1 to you Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -454,9 +454,9 @@ MAT 6 26 p11z ἀποθήκας 1 barns places to store crops
|
|||
MAT 6 26 a9w6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 26 nbm5 figs-rquestion 0 Are you not more valuable than they are? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "Obviously you are more valuable than birds." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 cm6a figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἕνα πῆχυν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to "add one cubit to his lifespan" is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: "None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance ἕνα πῆχυν 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion τί μεριμνᾶτε περὶ ἐνδύματος? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "You should not be worried about what you will wear." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς? ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐξ πῆχυν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ ἕνα 1 Which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to "add one cubit to his lifespan" is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: "None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "You should not be worried about what you will wear." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 cs99 καταμάθετε 1 Think about "Consider"
|
||||
MAT 6 28 him2 figs-personification 0 lilies ... They do not work, and they do not spin cloth Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 t16l translate-unknown κρίνα 1 lilies A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -465,13 +465,13 @@ MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jes
|
|||
MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was not clothed like one of these This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 z5lh figs-personification 0 so clothes the grass in the fields Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes "grass" and the word you used for "lilies" in the previous verse, you can use it here.
|
||||
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive βαλλόμενον εἰς κλίβανον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone throws it into a fire" or "someone burns it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone throws it into a fire" or "someone burns it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion 0 how much more will he clothe you ... faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: "he will certainly clothe you ... faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 οὐ ὑμᾶς ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
MAT 6 31 jps3 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because of all of this"
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What clothes will we wear In this sentence, "clothes" is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: "What possessions will we have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 32 j77y 0 For the Gentiles search for these things "for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear"
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος οἶδεν ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive 0 all these things will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will provide all these things for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ MAT 7 2 mt3d ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 measure Possible meanings are 1) this is t
|
|||
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured out to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will measure it out to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 hzb4 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion 0 Why do you look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people's sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: "You look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye." or "Do not look ... brother's eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου' τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 r9jf κάρφος 1 tiny piece of straw "speck" or "splinter" or "bit of dust." Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person's eyes.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 d2qc τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 brother All occurrences of "brother" in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor 0 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ MAT 7 11 h3k6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion 0 how much more will your Father in heaven give ... him? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "then your Father in heaven will most certainly give ... him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 0 whatever things you want people to do to you "whatever way you want others to act toward you"
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy γάρ οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here "law" and "prophets" refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: "for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here "law" and "prophets" refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: "for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for "wide" and "broad" that are as different as possible from "narrow" in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor 0 Enter through the narrow gate ... many people who go through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 j8xn εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης 1 Enter through the narrow gate You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: "Therefore, enter through the narrow gate."
|
||||
|
|
@ -527,11 +527,11 @@ MAT 7 15 s91c προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 Beware of "Be on guard against"
|
|||
MAT 7 15 lj5v figs-metaphor 0 who come to you in sheep's clothing but are truly ravenous wolves This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 16 pul5 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 By their fruits you will know them This metaphor refers to a person's actions. Alternate translation: "Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 16 nve4 figs-rquestion 0 Do people gather ... thistles? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: "People do not gather ... thistles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 17 a9tn figs-metaphor πᾶν ἀγαθὸν δένδρον ποιεῖ καλοὺς καρποὺς 1 every good tree produces good fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 17 f5l3 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον ποιεῖ πονηροὺς καρποὺς 1 the bad tree produces bad fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 17 a9tn figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ 1 every good tree produces good fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 17 f5l3 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 the bad tree produces bad fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 19 aeg4 figs-metaphor 0 Every tree that does not produce good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 19 g7fs figs-activepassive 0 is cut down and thrown into the fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people cut down and burn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν 1 you will recognize them by their fruits The word "their" can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 you will recognize them by their fruits The word "their" can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rj2v figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter into the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rq5h 0 those who do the will of my Father who is in heaven "whoever does what my Father in heaven desires"
|
||||
MAT 7 21 c6yz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -540,16 +540,16 @@ MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion 0 did we not prophesy ... drive out demons ... do
|
|||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 we This "we" does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible meanings are 1) "by your authority" or "by your power" or 2) "because we were doing what you wanted us to do" or 3) "because we asked you for the power to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom ἔγνων οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k πᾶς οὖν 1 Therefore "For that reason"
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους 1 my words Here "words" refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile 0 like a wise man who built his house upon a rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ 1 it was built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he built it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 asf4 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of Jesus' Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ ἀνδρὶ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 27 a7mj ἔπεσεν 1 fell Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
|
||||
MAT 7 27 k4hi ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς ἦν μεγάλη 1 its destruction was complete The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
|
||||
MAT 7 27 k4hi ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destruction was complete The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
|
||||
MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus' teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 7 28 hu6z ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "When" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 7 28 b321 ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 were astonished by his teaching It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: "were amazed by the way he taught"
|
||||
|
|
@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive 0 he was cleansed of his leprosy The result of
|
|||
MAT 8 4 gzy6 αὐτῷ 1 to him This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gt5s 0 say nothing to any man "do not say anything to anyone" or "do not tell anyone I healed you"
|
||||
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ Μωϋσῆς προσέταξεν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This can possibly refer to 1) the priests or 2) all the people or 3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 5 sxz8 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him and asked him Here "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I will come
|
|||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: "into my house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 say the word Here "word" represents a command. Alternate translation: "give the command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will become well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive τασσόμενος ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν 1 who is placed under authority This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who is under the authority of someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος 1 who is placed under authority This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who is under the authority of someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom 0 under authority ... under me To be "under" someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit 0 I have not found anyone with such faith in Israel Jesus' hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion's faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -590,17 +590,17 @@ MAT 8 12 aug7 figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1
|
|||
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here "outer darkness" is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: "the dark place away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: "weeping and showing their extreme suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ki92 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 so may it be done for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so I will do it for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ὁ παῖς ἰάθη 1 the servant was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed the servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed the servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour "at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant"
|
||||
MAT 8 14 s6g4 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ja31 ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλθὼν 1 Jesus had come The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ' τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ- τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ- τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ὁ πυρετός ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν 1 the fever left her If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as "she became better" or "Jesus healed her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ja31 ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus had come The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 - τὴν τὴν' τὴν- τὴν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as "she became better" or "Jesus healed her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 15 r9lt ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed"
|
||||
MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 b7cx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 yv9y figs-explicit ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 When evening had come Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, "evening" may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 pwr4 figs-activepassive πολλούς δαιμονιζομένους 1 many who were possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many people whom demons possessed" or "many people whom demons controlled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 pwr4 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 many who were possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many people whom demons possessed" or "many people whom demons controlled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 He drove out the spirits with a word Here "word" stands for a command. Alternate translation: "He commanded the spirits to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 r3dc figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 was fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 eyu9 figs-parallelism 0 took our sickness and bore our diseases Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: "healed those who were sick and made them well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -618,9 +618,9 @@ MAT 8 21 hlx9 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν κα
|
|||
MAT 8 22 h7fb figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 leave the dead to bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of "the dead": 1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or 2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 8 23 us1s 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 8 23 e8k1 ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον 1 entered a boat "got onto a boat"
|
||||
MAT 8 23 sl7v οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 his disciples followed him Try to use the same words for "disciple" and "follow" that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](./21.md)).
|
||||
MAT 8 23 sl7v ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples followed him Try to use the same words for "disciple" and "follow" that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](./21.md)).
|
||||
MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: "Suddenly" or "Without warning"
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive ἐγένετο σεισμὸς μέγας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 there arose a great storm on the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a powerful storm arose on the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 there arose a great storm on the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a powerful storm arose on the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered with the waves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the waves covered the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd 0 woke him up, saying, "Save us Possible meanings are 1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, "Save us" or 2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying "Save us."
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-inclusive 0 us ... we If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are about to die "we are going to die"
|
|||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion ," τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι?" 1 Why are you afraid ... faith? Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid ... faith!" or "There is nothing for you to be afraid of ... faith!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 26 r5ve δειλοί ἐστε ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him? "Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?" This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: "This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι καὶ, οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him? "Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?" This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: "This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 27 k5mk figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 even the winds and the sea obey him For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 g6mr 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 28 iy7a εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee"
|
||||
|
|
@ -638,9 +638,9 @@ MAT 8 28 ylu6 0 They ... were very violent, so that no traveler could pass tha
|
|||
MAT 8 29 v9mp ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 29 gr2p figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Son of God? The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: "Do not bother us, Son of God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 29 jcq6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 8 29 u4jr figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς πρὸ καιροῦ 1 Have you come here to torment us before the set time? Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: "You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 29 u4jr figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come here to torment us before the set time? Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: "You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 30 v91c writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλεις 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: "Because you are going to cast us out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: "Because you are going to cast us out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 32 h86e αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to the demons inside the men.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 gtx2 0 The demons came out and went into the pigs "The demons left the man and entered the pigs"
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ MAT 9 2 i6xp ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in t
|
|||
MAT 9 2 szd4 προσέφερον 1 they brought "some men from the city"
|
||||
MAT 9 2 k5eh τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 their faith This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 k9qq τέκνον 1 Son The man was not Jesus' real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated "My friend" or "Young man" or even omitted.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφίενταί 1 Your sins have been forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 3 a35d ἰδού 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 f88r ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 among themselves Possible meanings are 1) each one was thinking to himself, or 2) they were speaking among themselves.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 mq8v βλασφημεῖ 1 blaspheming Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -670,16 +670,16 @@ MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew their
|
|||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει'? 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει'? 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέωνται 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 that you may know "I will prove to you." The "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat ... your house Here "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given "because he had given"
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s τοιαύτην ἐξουσίαν 1 such authority This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς παράγων ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην 1 such authority This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 παράγων παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 passed by "was leaving" or "was going"
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 0 Matthew ... him ... He Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from "him" and "He" to "me" and "I."
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He said to him "Jesus said to Matthew"
|
||||
|
|
@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ MAT 9 10 ksr5 τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 the house This is probably Matthew's house,
|
|||
MAT 9 10 c751 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 f9lh ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MAT 9 11 ge2u 0 When the Pharisees saw it "When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people"
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν ἐσθίει μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν 1 Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 xz13 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm 0 When Jesus heard this Here "this" refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician, only those who are sick Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -698,30 +698,30 @@ MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 physician doctor
|
|||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who are sick The phrase "need a physician" is understood. Alternate translation: "people who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r 0 You should go and learn what this means Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: "You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures"
|
||||
MAT 9 13 is3t figs-you πορευθέντες 1 You should go Here "you" is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 θέλω ἔλεος καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I came Here "I" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: "those who think they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus' disciples do not fast.
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast "continue to eat regularly"
|
||||
MAT 9 15 r8if figs-rquestion 0 Can wedding attendants be sorrowful while the bridegroom is still with them? Jesus uses a question to answer John's disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 iz9s 0 the days will come when This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: "the time will come when" or "someday"
|
||||
MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ὁ νυμφίος ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer" or "someone will take the bridegroom away from them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer" or "someone will take the bridegroom away from them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 u8er ἀπαρθῇ 1 will be taken away Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 v4a1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 No man puts a piece of new cloth on an old garment "No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment" or "People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment"
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 0 an old garment ... the garment "old clothing ... the clothing""
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 τὸ πλήρωμα αἴρει ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 the patch will tear away from the garment If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 the patch will tear away from the garment If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 rem6 τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the patch "the piece of new cloth." This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 t71t figs-activepassive 0 a worse tear will be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this will make the tear worse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 q9wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 s13y 0 Neither do people put new wine into old wineskins Jesus uses another proverb to answer John's disciples. This means the same as the proverb in [Matthew 9:16](../09/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 17 fbl3 0 Neither do people put "Neither does anyone pour" or "People never put"
|
||||
MAT 9 17 h26e translate-unknown νέον οἶνον 1 new wine This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: "grape juice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 dpv4 παλαιούς ἀσκοὺς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 h26e translate-unknown οἶνον νέον 1 new wine This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: "grape juice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 dpv4 ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 v4x2 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins "wine bags" or "skin bags." These were bags made out of animal skins.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 hv8f figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 tg2k οἱ ἀσκοί ῥήγνυνται 1 the skins will burst When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 cid7 καινούς ἀσκοὺς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 tg2k ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί 1 the skins will burst When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 cid7 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 i8v4 figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 both will be preserved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 a7ax 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 mj4x 0 these things This refers to the answer Jesus gave John's disciples about fasting.
|
||||
|
|
@ -734,24 +734,24 @@ MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "Behold" alerts us to a new person i
|
|||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 who suffered from a discharge of blood "who had been bleeding" or "who frequently had a flow of blood." She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 twelve years "12 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events γὰρ ἔλεγεν ἐν ἑαυτῇ," ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι." 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events γὰρ." ἐν ἑαυτῇ," ἐὰν μόνον ἔλεγεν τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι ἅψωμαι 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-explicit ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 If only I touch his clothes According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus' power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus "The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 9 22 x398 θύγατερ 1 Daughter The woman was not Jesus' real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated "Young woman" or even omitted.
|
||||
MAT 9 22 q6ca ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has made you well "because you believed in me, I will heal you"
|
||||
MAT 9 22 zv2n figs-activepassive ἡ γυνὴ ἐσώθη ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 the woman was healed from that hour This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her at that moment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 zv2n figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 the woman was healed from that hour This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her at that moment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 23 tu2c 0 Connecting Statement: This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 23 jae1 τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 the flute players and the crowds making much noise This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
|
||||
MAT 9 23 gy7g αὐλητὰς 1 flute players "people who play flutes"
|
||||
MAT 9 24 v1st ἀναχωρεῖτε 1 Go away Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
|
||||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism τὸ κοράσιον οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl is not dead, but she is asleep Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus' day to refer to a dead person as one who "sleeps." But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl is not dead, but she is asleep Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus' day to refer to a dead person as one who "sleeps." But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 iy6x 0 General Information: Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 utu3 0 Connecting Statement: This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεβλήθη 1 When the crowd had been put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had sent the crowd outside" or "After the family had sent the people outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 When the crowd had been put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had sent the crowd outside" or "After the family had sent the people outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 mm3q ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed." This is the same meaning as in [Matthew 8:15](../08/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 26 rxs4 0 The news about this spread into all that region "The people of that whole region heard about it" or "The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it"
|
||||
MAT 9 27 b1h6 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 a8nm παράγοντι τῷ Ἰησοῦ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there As Jesus was leaving the region
|
||||
MAT 9 27 a8nm παράγοντι παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 As Jesus passed by from there As Jesus was leaving the region
|
||||
MAT 9 27 nwe9 παράγοντι 1 passed by "was leaving" or "was going"
|
||||
MAT 9 27 suc1 ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 followed him This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 d8bu figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Have mercy on us It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -759,8 +759,8 @@ MAT 9 27 dh5d Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's litera
|
|||
MAT 9 28 yr4h 0 When Jesus had come into the house This could be either Jesus' own house or the house in [Matthew 9:10](../09/10.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 28 e81f figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 Yes, Lord The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: "Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 29 b3rl ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων 1 touched their eyes and said It is not clear whether he touched both men's eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
|
||||
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ὑμῖν κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 Let it be done to you according to your faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will do as you have believed" or "Because you believe, I will heal you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom αὐτῶν ὀφθαλμοί ἠνεῴχθησαν 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed their eyes" or "the two blind men were able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 Let it be done to you according to your faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will do as you have believed" or "Because you believe, I will heal you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed their eyes" or "the two blind men were able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom 0 See that no one knows about this Here "See" means "be sure." Alternate translation: "Be sure no one finds out about this" or "Do not tell anyone that I healed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 0 But the two men "The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They"
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν 1 spread the news "told many people what had happened to them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -769,10 +769,10 @@ MAT 9 32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person i
|
|||
MAT 9 32 kr24 figs-activepassive 0 a mute man ... was brought to Jesus This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought a mute man ... to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 32 sh32 κωφὸν 1 mute not able to talk
|
||||
MAT 9 32 n6fs figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενον 1 possessed by a demon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom a demon had possessed" or "whom a demon was controlling" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐκβληθέντος 1 When the demon had been driven out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had forced the demon out" or "After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 When the demon had been driven out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had forced the demon out" or "After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 r8ce 0 the mute man spoke "the mute man began to speak" or "the man who had been mute spoke" or "the man, who was no longer mute, spoke"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf οἱ ὄχλοι ἐθαύμασαν 1 The crowds were astonished "The people were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὕτως ἐφάνη οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη 1 This has never been seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This has never happened before" or "No one has ever done anything like this before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι 1 The crowds were astonished "The people were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 This has never been seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This has never happened before" or "No one has ever done anything like this before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει δαιμόνια 1 he drives out demons "he forces demons to leave"
|
||||
MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he drives The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
|
|
@ -789,9 +789,9 @@ MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers "workers"
|
|||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 pray to the Lord of the harvest "pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest"
|
||||
MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The sending of the twelve disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven has come near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ προσκαλεσάμενος 1 called his twelve disciples together "summoned his 12 disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 called his twelve disciples together "summoned his 12 disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x1er ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 gave them authority Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was 1) to drive out unclean spirits and 2) to heal disease and sickness.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ ἐκβάλλειν 1 to drive them out "to make the unclean spirits leave"
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 to drive them out "to make the unclean spirits leave"
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x29j 0 all kinds of disease and all kinds of sickness "every disease and every sickness." The words "disease" and "sickness" are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. "Disease" is what causes a person to be sick. "Sickness" is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 yt7a 0 General Information: Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -802,16 +802,16 @@ MAT 10 4 n4st 0 the Zealot Possible meanings are 1) "the Zealot" is a title th
|
|||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 10 5 sn9v figs-events 0 General Information: Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 10 5 aw5h 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν 1 These twelve Jesus sent out "Jesus sent out these twelve men" or "It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out"
|
||||
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 These twelve Jesus sent out "Jesus sent out these twelve men" or "It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out"
|
||||
MAT 10 5 yix4 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent out Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 He instructed them "He told them what they needed to do" or "He commanded them"
|
||||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "people of Israel" or "descendants of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you go Here "you" is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἤγγικεν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you 0 Heal ... raise ... cleanse ... cast out ... you have received ... give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom ἐγείρετε νεκροὺς 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here "freely" means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: "Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others" or "You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here "received" is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and "give" is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: "Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others" or "Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 dw4i figs-you τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν 1 your This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -826,14 +826,14 @@ MAT 10 11 b7ig ἣν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 Whatever c
|
|||
MAT 10 11 p4ln 0 city ... village "large village ... small village" or "large town ... small town." See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit μείνατε κἀκεῖ ἕως ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "stay in that person's house until you leave the town or village" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "stay in that person's house until you leave the town or village" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase "greet it" means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was "Peace be to this house!" Here "house" represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you 0 your ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy 0 the house is worthy ... not worthy Here "the house" represents those who live in the house. A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is "not worthy," a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: "the people who live in that house receive you well" or "the people who live in that house treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐλθάτω ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word "it" refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "let them receive your peace" or "let them receive the peace that you greeted them with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word "it" refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "let them receive your peace" or "let them receive the peace that you greeted them with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word "it" means the house. Here "house" refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "if they do not receive you well" or "if they do not treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἐπιστραφήτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπιστραφήτω πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 0 As for those who do not receive you or listen "If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen"
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you 0 you ... your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1
|
|||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet "shake the dust off your feet as you leave." This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 15 d6ib ἔσται ἀνεκτότερον 1 it shall be more tolerable "the suffering shall be less"
|
||||
MAT 10 15 d6ib ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται 1 it shall be more tolerable "the suffering shall be less"
|
||||
MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 the land of Sodom and Gomorrah This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: "the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-metonymy τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 that city This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: "the people of the city that does not receive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 lf4i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 ggp6 ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω 1 See, I send The word "See" here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: "Look, I send" or "Listen, send" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send"
|
||||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ἀποστέλλω 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: "as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves" or "as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile 0 be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: "act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 a55q writing-connectingwords προσέχετε ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων! παραδώσουσιν 1 Watch out for people! They will You can translate with "because" to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: "Watch out for people because they will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -857,18 +857,18 @@ MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will be brought This
|
|||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because you belong to me" or "because you follow me"
|
||||
MAT 10 18 u5wc 0 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun "them" refers either to the "governors and kings" or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς παραδῶσιν 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν παραδῶσιν παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you 0 you ... you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 do not be anxious "do not worry"
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς τί ἢ λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak "how you are to speak or what you are to say." The two ideas may be combined: "what you are to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive γὰρ τί λαλήσητε δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak "how you are to speak or what you are to say." The two ideas may be combined: "what you are to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν τί λαλήσητε 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here "hour" means "right then." Alternate translation: "right then" or "at that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμῖν. 1 you ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, this can be translated as "the Spirit of God your heavenly Father" or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you "through you"
|
||||
MAT 10 21 i8q5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p9ms ἀδελφὸς παραδώσει ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will deliver up his brother to death" or "Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death." Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p9ms παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will deliver up his brother to death" or "Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death." Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 lh6z figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 deliver up brother to death The abstract noun "death" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "hand brother over to authorties who will execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p8w9 figs-ellipsis 0 a father his child These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "fathers will deliver up their children to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται ἐπὶ 1 rise up against "rebel against" or "turn against"
|
||||
|
|
@ -900,26 +900,26 @@ MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his h
|
|||
MAT 10 26 zb2j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here "them" refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 xqs4 figs-metaphor 0 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will reveal the things that people hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί, καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: "Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism , ὃ,, λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: "Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here "darkness" is a metonym for "night" which is a metonym for "private." Here "daylight" is a metonym for "public." Alternate translation: "What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear softly in your ear This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: "what I whisper to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here "housetops" refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: "speak loudly in a public place for all to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 s6wq 0 General Information: Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 p3fn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα τὴν τὴν δὲ δὲ ψυχὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 lc56 τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα 1 kill the body This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as "kill you" or "kill other people."
|
||||
MAT 10 28 ei7y σῶμα 1 body the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e4de ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν 1 kill the soul This means to harm people after they have physically died.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e4de τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 kill the soul This means to harm people after they have physically died.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e76n τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν 1 soul the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
|
||||
MAT 10 28 pk7k writing-connectingwords 0 fear him who is able You can add "because" to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: "fear God because he is able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs πωλεῖται οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία πωλεῖται ἀσσαρίου? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται πωλεῖται? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 q22l translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: "small birds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 i399 ἀσσαρίου 1 a small coin This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day's wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: "very little money"
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν' τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν ἄνευ 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ' ἄνευ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς Πατρὸς ὑμῶν ὑμῶν 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 fe8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive 0 even the hairs of your head are all numbered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered "counted"
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε πολλῶν 1 You are more valuable than many sparrows "God values you more than many sparrows"
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 You are more valuable than many sparrows "God values you more than many sparrows"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 jtw9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 0 everyone who confesses me ... I will also confess before my Father "whoever confesses me ... I will also confess before my Father" or "if anyone confesses me ... I will also confess him before my Father"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 confesses me before men "tells others that he is my disciple" or "acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth This refe
|
|||
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy 0 a sword This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m 0 to set ... against "to cause ... to fight against"
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father "a son against his father"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐχθροὶ 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 those of his own household "members of his own family"
|
||||
MAT 10 37 ju1k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 37 x1xg figs-gendernotations 0 He who loves ... is not worthy Here "he" means any person in general. Alternate translation: "Those who love ... are not worthy" or "If you love ... you are not worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -953,12 +953,12 @@ MAT 10 40 u2wq 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his discipl
|
|||
MAT 10 40 asg3 figs-gendernotations ὁ δεχόμενος 1 He who The word "He" refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: "Whoever" or "Anyone who" or "The one who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 c77e ὁ δεχόμενος 1 welcomes This means to receive someone as a guest.
|
||||
MAT 10 40 ir49 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς δέχεται ἐμὲ 1 He who welcomes you welcomes me Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me" or "If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me"
|
||||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 He who welcomes you welcomes me Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me" or "If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me"
|
||||
MAT 10 40 y9ck 0 he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me" or "If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me"
|
||||
MAT 10 41 g43d 0 because he is a prophet Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου' προφήτου μισθὸν 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου' μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 gjf3 0 he is a righteous man Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου' δικαίου μισθὸν 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου' μισθὸν δικαίου 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ποτίσῃ 1 Whoever gives "Anyone who gives"
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 one of these little ones "one of these lowly ones" or "the least important of these." The phrase "one of these" here refers to one of Jesus' disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -976,8 +976,8 @@ MAT 11 2 n2dc ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας 1 Now This word is used
|
|||
MAT 11 2 f3j7 0 when John heard in the prison about "When John, who was in prison, heard about" or "When someone told John, who was in prison, about." Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 xre1 0 he sent a message by his disciples John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 w2im εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 said to him The pronoun "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 q89t εἶ σὺ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Are you the one who is coming "Are you the one whom we are expecting to come." This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 hrk5 προσδοκῶμεν ἕτερον 1 should we look for another "should we be expecting someone else." The pronoun "we" refers to all Jews, not only John's disciples.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 q89t σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Are you the one who is coming "Are you the one whom we are expecting to come." This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 hrk5 ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 should we look for another "should we be expecting someone else." The pronoun "we" refers to all Jews, not only John's disciples.
|
||||
MAT 11 4 a66r ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 1 report to John "tell John"
|
||||
MAT 11 5 sd6c figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am healing lepers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 v274 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ 1 the dead are being raised back to life Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people who have died are being caused to live again" or "I am causing those who have died to become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion 0 What did you go out in the desert to see—a ree
|
|||
MAT 11 7 pc6c figs-metaphor 0 a reed being shaken by the wind Possible meanings are 1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or 2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: "a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive 0 being shaken by the wind This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "swaying in the wind" or "blowing in the wind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion 0 But what did you go out to see—a man ... clothing? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man ... clothing!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς 1 dressed in soft clothing "wearing expensive clothing." Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothing "wearing expensive clothing." Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
|
||||
MAT 11 8 tmb9 0 Really This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: "Indeed"
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τῶν βασιλέων' τοῖς οἴκοις 1 kings' houses "kings' palaces"
|
||||
MAT 11 9 cgm4 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ MAT 11 10 ql5h ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου 1 I
|
|||
MAT 11 10 fi5e figs-you πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here "your" is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, "face" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "in front of you" or "to go ahead of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 kva7 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 prepare your way before you This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 c7pp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 j7gw λέγω ὑμῖν ἀμὴν 1 I say to you truly "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 j7gw ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you truly "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 z5yq figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: "out of all people who have ever lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 q2kp 0 no one is greater than John the Baptist This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist is the greatest" or "John the Baptist is the most important"
|
||||
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy 0 the least important person in the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ MAT 11 11 p5ir ἐστιν 1 is greater than he is "is more important than John
|
|||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist "From the time John began preaching his message." The word "days" probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God's kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God's people and trying to stop God from ruling.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 v3el 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἐπροφήτευσαν ἕως Ἰωάννου 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here "prophets and the law" refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: "for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here "prophets and the law" refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: "for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you Here "you" is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was to come The word "he" refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about "Elijah, who is to come" or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: "when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist"
|
||||
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "ears to hear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds a
|
|||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche 0 not eating bread or drinking wine Here "bread" refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: "frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol" or "not eating fancy food and not drinking wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations 0 they say, 'He has a demon.' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he has a demon" or "they accuse him of having a demon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of "they" refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἦλθεν 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John's behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations 0 they say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu 0 he is a gluttonous man "he is a greedy eater" or "he continually eats too much food"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,15 +1038,15 @@ MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification 0 wisdom is justified by her deeds Here "wi
|
|||
MAT 11 20 bwq8 0 General Information: Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 rebuke the cities Here "the cities" refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: "rebuke the people of the cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities "towns"
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ ἐγένοντο 1 in which most of his mighty deeds were done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "in which he did most of his mighty deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his mighty deeds were done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "in which he did most of his mighty deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty deeds "mighty works" or "works of power" or "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you "How terrible it will be for you." Here "you" is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy 0 Chorazin ... Bethsaida ... Tyre ... Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo 0 If the mighty deeds ... in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ αἱ δυνάμεις ἐγένοντο ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: "If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: "If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the "you" is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual "you" to refer to the two cities, or a plural "you" to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 μετενόησαν πάλαι 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun "they" refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun "they" refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 would have repented "would have shown they were sorry for their sins"
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy 0 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here "Tyre and Sidon" refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: "God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you" or "God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the "you" is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual "you" to refer to the two cities, or a plural "you" to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT "than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1055,13 +1055,13 @@ MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 You, Capernaum Jesus
|
|||
MAT 11 23 h8av figs-you σύ 1 You All occurrences of "you" are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 fj7d figs-metonymy 0 Capernaum ... Sodom The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 aa7t figs-rquestion 0 do you think you will be exalted to heaven? "do you think you will be raised up to heaven?" Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. It can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "you cannot raise yourself up to heaven!" or "the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven!" or "God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive καταβήσῃ ἕως ᾍδου 1 you will be brought down to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will send you down to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 you will be brought down to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will send you down to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vk57 figs-hypo 0 For if in Sodom ... it would still have remained until today Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 if in Sodom there had been done the mighty deeds that were done in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Sodom that I have done among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "mighty works" or "works of power" or "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 11 23 yih1 0 it would still have remained The pronoun "it" refers to the city of Sodom.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 y1e3 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy ἔσται ἀνεκτότερον γῇ Σοδόμων ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here "land of Sodom" refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: "God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you" or "God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here "land of Sodom" refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: "God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you" or "God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 yk3z figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 than for you The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 f57a 0 General Information: In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
|
||||
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1080,17 +1080,17 @@ MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν εἰ
|
|||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word "knows" here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 esp4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 l8xe guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τις ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son "only the Son knows the Father"
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son "only the Son knows the Father"
|
||||
MAT 11 28 q9x1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you 0 all you All occurrences of "you" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who labor and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: "who are discouraged from trying so hard" or "Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 f1w4 κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 I will give you rest "I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden"
|
||||
MAT 11 29 q1ya figs-metaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Take my yoke on you Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet εἰμι πραΰς καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here "meek" and "lowly in heart" mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: "I am gentle and humble" or "I am very gentle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here "meek" and "lowly in heart" mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: "I am gentle and humble" or "I am very gentle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "lowly in heart" is an idiom that means "humble." Alternate translation: "humble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here "soul" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "you will find rest for yourselves" or "you will be able to rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism 0 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: "For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐστιν ἐλαφρόν 1 my burden is light The word "light" here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
|
||||
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 my burden is light The word "light" here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
|
||||
MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God's people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>##### "Blasphemy against the Spirit"<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit's work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents "brother" and "sister" and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents "brother" and "sister." In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 12 1 u1f2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus' ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 1 m2n1 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: "A little later"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1110,18 +1110,18 @@ MAT 12 4 c6a8 0 those who were with him "the men who were with David"
|
|||
MAT 12 4 lkx9 0 but lawful only for the priests "but, according to the law, only the priest could eat it"
|
||||
MAT 12 5 tjh3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion 0 Have you not read in the law that ... but are guiltless? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read in the law of Moses that ... but are guiltless." or "You should know that the law teaches that ... but are guiltless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 5 dqe9 βεβηλοῦσιν τὸ Σάββατον 1 profane the Sabbath "do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day"
|
||||
MAT 12 5 i6y9 εἰσιν ἀναίτιοί 1 are guiltless "God will not punish them" or "God does not consider them guilty"
|
||||
MAT 12 5 dqe9 τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath "do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day"
|
||||
MAT 12 5 i6y9 ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 are guiltless "God will not punish them" or "God does not consider them guilty"
|
||||
MAT 12 6 ji7a λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person 0 one greater than the temple "someone who is more important than the temple." Jesus was referring to himself as the one greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 rh53 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 vye2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit 0 If you had known what this meant, 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the guiltless Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: "The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice.' If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju θέλω ἔλεος καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the guiltless This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "those who are not guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 jx98 ἐστιν Κύριος γάρ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath "rules over the Sabbath" or "makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath"
|
||||
MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος γάρ ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath "rules over the Sabbath" or "makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath"
|
||||
MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 9 hns8 0 Then Jesus left from there "Jesus left the grainfields" or "Then Jesus left"
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue Possible meanings are 1) the word "their" refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: "the synogogue" or 2) the word "their" refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word "their" does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: "the synagogue that they attended"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1151,24 +1151,24 @@ MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah
|
|||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 0 my ... I All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f 0 my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased "he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him"
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν ἡ ψυχή μου εὐδόκησεν 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "with whom I am very pleased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit ἀπαγγελεῖ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God's servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun "justice" can be expressed as "what is right." Alternate translation: "he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "with whom I am very pleased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God's servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun "justice" can be expressed as "what is right." Alternate translation: "he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἀκούσει τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει ἀκούσει τις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 gj1p 0 He ... his All occurrences of these words refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets This is an idiom that means "publicly." Alternate translation: "in the cities and towns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει 1 He All occurrences of "he" refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-parallelism 0 He will not break any bruised reed; he will not quench any smoking flax Both of these statements mean the same thing. They are metaphors emphasizing that God's servant will be gentle and kind. Both "bruised reed" and "smoking flax" represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: "He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 m4uz συντετριμμένον κάλαμον 1 bruised reed "damaged plant"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 bruised reed "damaged plant"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 y8mn 0 he will not quench any smoking flax "he will not put out any smoking flax" or "he will not stop any smoking flax from burning"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 τυφόμενον λίνον 1 smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον, ἕως 1 flax, until This can be translated with a new sentence: "flax. This is what he will do until"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns 0 he leads justice to victory Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: "he makes everything right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive 0 Then someone blind and mute, possessed by a demon, was brought to Jesus This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt 0 someone blind and mute "someone who could not see and could not talk"
|
||||
MAT 12 23 gy5z πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξίσταντο 1 All the crowds were amazed "All the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised"
|
||||
MAT 12 23 gy5z ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι 1 All the crowds were amazed "All the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised"
|
||||
MAT 12 23 ink7 ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 23 h8kf υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of Here this means "descendant of."
|
||||
MAT 12 24 m2jr 0 General Information: In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,26 +1176,26 @@ MAT 12 24 wmi1 0 this miracle This refers to the miracle of the healing of a b
|
|||
MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives 0 This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul This can be stated in a positive form. "This man is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 12 24 wj1y 0 This man The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons "the chief of the demons"
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται καὶ πᾶσα, πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here "kingdom" refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here "city" refers to the people who live there, and "house" refers to a family. Being "divided against itself" represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: "it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 gm6j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκβάλλει τὸν Σατανᾶν 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: "If Satan works against his own demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ σταθήσεται? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: "If Satan works against his own demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name refers to the same person as "Satan" (verse 26).
|
||||
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion 0 by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: "then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase "your sons" refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: "your followers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν κριταὶ 1 For this reason they will be your judges "Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me."
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges "Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me."
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f3n7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here "if" does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: "But because I"
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you "then the kingdom of God has arrived among you." Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "this means God is establishing his rule among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you "then the kingdom of God has arrived among you." Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "this means God is establishing his rule among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here "you" is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables 0 How can anyone enter the house ... belongings from his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion 0 How can anyone enter ... without tying up the strong man first? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: "No one can enter ... without tying up the strong man first." or "If a person wants to enter ... he must first tie up the strong man." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 jb6x 0 without tying up the strong man first "without taking control of the strong man first"
|
||||
MAT 12 29 u6vu 0 Then he will steal "The he can steal" or "Then he will be able to steal"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 who is not with me "who does not support me" or "who does not work with me"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 gyk8 ἐστιν κατ’ ἐμοῦ 1 is against me "opposes me" or "works against me"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me "opposes me" or "works against me"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 qwg4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1219,15 +1219,15 @@ MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor 0 The good man from the good treasure of his heart
|
|||
MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj 0 people will give an account for "God will ask people about" or "people will have to explain to God"
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ἀργὸν ῥῆμα ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will have said Here "word" refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: "every harmful thing they will have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will have said Here "word" refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: "every harmful thing they will have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified ... you will be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will justify you ... God will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 x4le 0 General Information: In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish "we want"
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἰδεῖν σημεῖον ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: "to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: "to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person 0 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign ... given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: "You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me ... given to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor μοιχαλὶς γενεὰ 1 adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: "unfaithful generation" or "godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive οὐ σημεῖον δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: "unfaithful generation" or "godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet "except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet"
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here "day" and "night" mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: "three complete days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit 0 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the i
|
|||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places "dry places" or "places where no people live"
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur 0 does not find it Here "it" refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει,' ἐπιστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.' 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε.',' ἐπιστρέψω εἰς λέγει οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον τὸν 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: "to the place I left" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive 0 it finds that house swept out and put in order This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor 0 that house swept out and put in order Again, "house" is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, "swept out and put in order" suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new people
|
|||
MAT 12 46 mh5f 0 his mother This is Mary, Jesus' human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is is possible that the word "brothers" here refers to Jesus' cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak "wanting to speak"
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations τις εἶπεν αὐτῷ," ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἑστήκασιν ἔξω, ζητοῦντές λαλῆσαι σοι." 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations τις." αὐτῷ," ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ εἶπεν ἀδελφοί σου ἑστήκασιν ἔξω, ζητοῦντές λαλῆσαι σοι οἱ 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus' ministry.
|
||||
MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 who told him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: "who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ MAT 13 3 e99p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by
|
|||
MAT 13 3 f5mv 0 Jesus said many things to them in parables "Jesus told them many things in parables"
|
||||
MAT 13 3 w5p3 αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the people in the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 13 3 m97r ἰδοὺ 1 Behold "Look" or "Listen." This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 13 3 ur64 ὁ σπείρων ἐξῆλθεν τοῦ σπείρειν 1 a farmer went out to sow seed "a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field"
|
||||
MAT 13 3 ur64 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν 1 a farmer went out to sow seed "a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field"
|
||||
MAT 13 4 c6g6 0 As he sowed "As the farmer scattered the seed"
|
||||
MAT 13 4 v7r8 παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 beside the road This refers to a "path" next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
|
||||
MAT 13 4 qr2d κατέφαγεν αὐτά 1 devoured them "ate all the seeds"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1320,15 +1320,15 @@ MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 Though they are seeing Possible meanings ar
|
|||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here "see" represents understanding. Alternate translation: "they do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 though they are hearing Possible meanings are 1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: "Though they hear what I say" or 2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: "Though they are able to hear"
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here "hear" represents listening well. Alternate translation: "they do not listen well" or "they do not pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἀναπληροῦται, ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου, ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism 0 While hearing you will hear, but you will in no way understand; while seeing you will see, but you will in no way perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah's day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit 0 While hearing you will hear, but you will in no way understand "You will hear things, but you will not understand them." You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: "You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit 0 while seeing you will see, but you will in no way perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: "you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor 0 For this people's heart ... I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people's spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God's truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου' τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ἡ καρδία ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ τοῦ' λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου τούτου 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here "hard of hearing" means they refuse to listen and learn God's truth. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their ears to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy ἐκάμμυσαν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their eyes to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their eyes to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 0 so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again "so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again"
|
||||
MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy 0 understand with their hearts The word "hearts" here is a metonym for people's innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people's thinking and feelings. AT: "understand with their minds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 ps56 0 turn again "turn back to me" or "repent"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit 0 the things that you see You can make explicit wh
|
|||
MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit 0 the things that you hear You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: "the things you have heard me say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [Matthew 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom "the message about God's rule as king"
|
||||
MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ὁ πονηρὸς ἔρχεται καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: "The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: "The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 pt4d ἁρπάζει 1 snatches away Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
|
||||
MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: "the message that God sowed in his heart" or "the message that he heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1352,62 +1352,62 @@ MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his hea
|
|||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 0 This is the seed that was sown beside the road "This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road" or "The road where seed was sown represents this person"
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 20 q3fp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ σπαρείς ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη 1 What was sown on rocky ground The phrase "what was sown" refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that fell on rocky ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ σπαρείς ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη ἐστιν 1 What was sown on rocky ground is "The rocky ground where seed was sown represents" or "The rocky ground where seed fell fell represents"
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 What was sown on rocky ground The phrase "what was sown" refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that fell on rocky ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς ἐστιν 1 What was sown on rocky ground is "The rocky ground where seed was sown represents" or "The rocky ground where seed fell fell represents"
|
||||
MAT 13 20 e3hm 0 the person who hears the word In the parable, the seed represents the word.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God's message. Alternate translation: "the message" or "God's teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor λαμβάνων αὐτόν μετὰ χαρᾶς 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: "joyfully believes it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: "joyfully believes it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor 0 yet he has no root in himself and he endures for a while "Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while." The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God's message. Alternate translation: "But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he quickly falls away Here "falls away" means stops believing. Alternate translation: "immediately he falls away" or "he quickly stops believing the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται σκανδαλίζεται 1 he quickly falls away Here "falls away" means stops believing. Alternate translation: "immediately he falls away" or "he quickly stops believing the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ σπαρείς 1 What was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that was sown" or "The seed that fell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ σπαρείς εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 What was sown among the thorn plants "The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 What was sown among the thorn plants "The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 anm5 0 this is the person "this represents the person"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word "the message" or "God's teaching"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-metaphor ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God's word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: "as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 xa8r μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 cares of the world "the things in this world that people worry about"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus describes "riches" as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: "the love of money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor γίνεται ἄκαρπος 1 he becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: "he becomes unproductive" or "he does not do what God wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ σπαρείς ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν 1 What was sown on the good soil "The good soil where seeds were sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 he becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: "he becomes unproductive" or "he does not do what God wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 What was sown on the good soil "The good soil where seeds were sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor 0 He bears fruit and makes a crop The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: "Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis 0 yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much The phrase "as much as was planted" is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: "Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὡμοιώθη ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὡμοιώθη 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed "good food seeds" or "good grain seeds." The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς ἦλθεν 1 his enemy came "his enemy came to the field"
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came "his enemy came to the field"
|
||||
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 weeds These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: "bad seed" or "weed seeds"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε ὁ χόρτος ἐβλάστησεν 1 When the blades sprouted "When the wheat seeds sprouted" or "When the plants came up"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 When the blades sprouted "When the wheat seeds sprouted" or "When the plants came up"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 jgv9 0 produced their crop "produced grain" or "produced the wheat crop"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε τὰ ζιζάνια ἐφάνη καὶ 1 then the weeds appeared also "then people could see there were weeds in the field also"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the weeds appeared also "then people could see there were weeds in the field also"
|
||||
MAT 13 27 hz3q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion ἔσπειρας οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy ἔσπειρας οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "The landowner said to the servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc 0 The landowner said "The landowner said to his servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς," πρῶτον συλλέξατε τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ συναγάγετε τὸν δὲ σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου."'" 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ."'" θερισταῖς," πρῶτον συλλέξατε τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τοῖς κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ συναγάγετε τὸν δὲ σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου τὸ 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown σινάπεως κόκκῳ 1 mustard seed a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 mustard seed a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit 0 This seed is indeed the smallest of all seeds Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it has grown "But when the plant has grown"
|
||||
MAT 13 32 um9k 0 it is greater than "it is larger than"
|
||||
MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te 0 birds of the air "birds"
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume τρία σάτα εἰς ἀλεύρου 1 three measures of flour Say "a large amount of flour" or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say "a large amount of flour" or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 until all the dough had risen The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus' teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism 0 All these things Jesus said to the crowds in parables; and he said nothing to them without a parable Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 n54e 0 All these things This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [Matthew 13:1](../13/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives ἐλάλει οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς χωρὶς παραβολῆς 1 he said nothing to them without a parable "he taught them nothing except by parables." The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: "everything he taught them he said in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ, λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might come true, when he said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he said nothing to them without a parable "he taught them nothing except by parables." The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: "everything he taught them he said in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might come true, when he said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 p3tb λέγοντος 1 when he said "when the prophet said"
|
||||
MAT 13 35 n1pa figs-idiom ἀνοίξω τὸ στόμα μου 1 I will open my mouth This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: "I will speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive 0 things that were hidden This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "things that God has kept hidden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1421,8 +1421,8 @@ MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here "k
|
|||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom "sons of" refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: "the people who belong to the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ ἐχθρὸς ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them "the enemy who sowed the weeds"
|
||||
MAT 13 40 ei3v 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive οὖν, ὥσπερ τὰ ζιζάνια συλλέγεται καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and burned with fire This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive οὖν, ὥσπερ συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and burned with fire This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those who commit iniquity "those who are lawless" or "evil people"
|
||||
MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term "furnace" is not known, "oven" can be used. Alternate translation: "fiery furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and showing that they are suffering very much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has
|
|||
MAT 13 43 sak5 figs-123person 0 He who ... let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 n7nz figs-simile 0 General Information: In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 like a treasure hidden in a field This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a treasure that someone had hidden in a field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 treasure a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f 0 hid it "covered it up"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1441,8 +1441,8 @@ MAT 13 45 c633 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρ
|
|||
MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a merchant a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
|
||||
MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 valuable pearls A "pearl" is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: "fine pearls" or "beautiful pearls" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of heaven is like a net The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία ἐστὶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of heaven is like a net The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive 0 like a net that was cast into the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 kbz2 0 was cast into the sea "was thrown into the sea"
|
||||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 0 gathered creatures of every kind "caught all kinds of fish"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1469,14 +1469,14 @@ MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished
|
|||
MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit 0 Where does this man get his wisdom and these miracles from? The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: "How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?" or "It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion 0 Is not this man the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary? Are not his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός' ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the carpenter's son A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If "carpenter" is not known, "builder" can be used.
|
||||
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion εἰσιν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "And all his sisters are with us, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 Are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "And all his sisters are with us, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion 0 Where did he get all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: "He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!" or "We do not know where he got these abilities!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 pqf1 0 all these things This refers to Jesus' wisdom and ability to do miracles.
|
||||
MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 They were offended by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The people of Jesus' hometown took offense at him" or "The people rejected Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives προφήτης οὐκ ἔστιν ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "A prophet receives honor everywhere" or "People everywhere honor a prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "A prophet receives honor everywhere" or "People everywhere honor a prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his own country "his own region" or "his own hometown"
|
||||
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family "in his own home"
|
||||
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν πολλὰς δυνάμεις ἐκεῖ 1 He did not do many miracles there "Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown"
|
||||
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 He did not do many miracles there "Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown"
|
||||
MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John's head to Herodias's daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod's reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 About that time "In those days" or "While Jesus was ministering in Galilee"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1486,11 +1486,11 @@ MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has risen from the
|
|||
MAT 14 2 vve7 0 Therefore these powers are at work in him Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist's death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπέθετο ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names Φιλίππου' Φιλίππου τὴν γυναῖκα 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν, αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names Φιλίππου' τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events 0 For John ... as your wife If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations 0 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her as your wife." This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: "For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν ἔλεγεν γὰρ γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit 0 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared "Herod feared"
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him "they regarded John"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive 0 The king was very upset by her request This
|
|||
MAT 14 9 a1er ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 The king "King Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive 0 he ordered that it should be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his men to do what she said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 10 nes5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἠνέχθη ἐπὶ πίνακι καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 platter a very large plate
|
||||
MAT 14 11 lqb6 κορασίῳ 1 girl Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
|
||||
MAT 14 12 fl47 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples "the disciples of John"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1520,12 +1520,12 @@ MAT 14 13 u6nr οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds "the crowds of people" or "the hu
|
|||
MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 14 d8n3 0 Then Jesus came before them and saw the large crowd "When Jesus came ashore, he saw a large crowd"
|
||||
MAT 14 15 gcu9 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
|
||||
MAT 14 15 xa7n οἱ μαθηταὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 the disciples came to him "Jesus' disciples came to him"
|
||||
MAT 14 15 xa7n προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples came to him "Jesus' disciples came to him"
|
||||
MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need "The people in the crowd have no need"
|
||||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you ὑμεῖς δότε αὐτοῖς 1 You give them The word "You" is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word "You" is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him "The disciples said to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 17 ih48 πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves of bread A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ αὐτούς μοι 1 Bring them to me "Bring the loaves and fish to me"
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι αὐτούς 1 Bring them to me "Bring the loaves and fish to me"
|
||||
MAT 14 19 yne5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 sit down "lie down." Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 He took "He held in his hands." He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were f
|
|||
MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up "the disciples gathered up" or "some people gathered up"
|
||||
MAT 14 20 czj4 translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις 1 twelve baskets full "12 baskets full" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 21 wv59 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες 1 Those who ate "Those who ate the bread and the fish"
|
||||
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 eaa8 0 Connecting Statement: The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 wt1t εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 Immediately he "As soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ MAT 14 25 pmw8 τετάρτῃ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 In the fou
|
|||
MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking on the sea "walking on top of the water"
|
||||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 they were terrified "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 ghost a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ὁ Πέτρος ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 Peter answered him "Peter answered Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter answered him "Peter answered Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom 0 when Peter saw the wind Here "saw the wind" means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: "when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth" or "when he realized how strong the wind was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why "You who have such little faith." Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "You have so little faith! Why"
|
||||
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: "you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or
|
|||
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The "traditions of the elders"<br><br>The "traditions of the elders" were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus' time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman's daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί παραβαίνουσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ? παραβαίνουσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου τί τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων παραβαίνουσιν 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 yn6l παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 traditions of the elders This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
|
||||
MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit ἐσθίωσιν 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: "they do not wash their hands properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion 0 Then why do you violate the commandment of God for the sake of your traditions? Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: "And I see that you refuse to obey God's commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1575,17 +1575,17 @@ MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you ha
|
|||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 for the sake of your traditions "because you want to follow your traditions"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you "Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you "Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 when he said It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: "when he told what God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy 0 This people honors me with their lips Here "lips" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "These people say all the right things to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με τιμᾷ 1 me All occurrences of this word refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here "heart" refers to a person's thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: "but they do not really love me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 σέβονταί με μάτην δὲ 1 They worship me in vain "Their worship means nothing to me" or "They only pretend to worship me"
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain "Their worship means nothing to me" or "They only pretend to worship me"
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of people "the rules that people make up"
|
||||
MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
|
||||
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy 0 enters into the mouth ... comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive 0 the Pharisees were offended when they heard this statement This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this statement made the Pharisees angry" or "this statement offended the Pharisees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be rooted up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will uproot" or "he will take out of the ground" or "he will remove" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them alone The word "them" refers to the Pharisees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1593,34 +1593,34 @@ MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor 0 blind guides ... both will fall into a pit Jesus
|
|||
MAT 15 15 cje4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us "to us disciples"
|
||||
MAT 15 16 xr78 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἐστε ὑμεῖς καὶ ἀκμὴν ἀσύνετοί? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word "you" is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word "you" is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion 0 Do you not see ... into the latrine? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: "Surely you understand ... into the latrine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 χωρεῖ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν 1 passes into the stomach "goes into the stomach"
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach "goes into the stomach"
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 latrine This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
MAT 15 18 e7mu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy 0 things that come out of the mouth This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "words that a person says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here "heart" refers to a person's mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: "from inside the person" or "from a person's mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder the act of killing innocent people
|
||||
MAT 15 20 bme7 φαγεῖν ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one's hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: "eating without first washing one's hands"
|
||||
MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one's hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: "eating without first washing one's hands"
|
||||
MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐξελθὼν 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples went away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία γυνὴ ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία γυνὴ ἐξελθοῦσα ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region "a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came." The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples went away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region "a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came." The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: "Have mercy and heal my daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "Descendant of David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου δαιμονίζεται κακῶς δαιμονίζεται- δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ οὐκ λόγον 1 answered her not a word Here "word" refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "said nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται δαιμονίζεται- δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 answered her not a word Here "word" refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "said nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive 0 I was not sent to anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not send me to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ δὲ ἐλθοῦσα 1 she came "the Canaanite woman came"
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down before him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs 0 It is not right to take the children's bread and throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν τῶν τέκνων' τῶν τέκνων ἄρτον 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν τῶν τέκνων' ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the little dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
|
||||
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor 0 even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters' tables The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 27 i5tt κυνάρια 1 little dogs Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς ἰάθη 1 Her daughter was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her daughter" or "Her daughter became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 Her daughter was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her daughter" or "Her daughter became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "at exactly the same time" or "immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 29 np6e writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 15 30 c8td 0 lame, blind, mute, and crippled people "those who could not walk, those who could not see, those who could not talk, and those whose arms or legs did not function"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1654,8 +1654,8 @@ MAT 16 3 hek7 0 red and overcast "red and cloudy"
|
|||
MAT 16 3 r4em 0 You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky "You know how to look at the sky and understand what kind of weather you will have"
|
||||
MAT 16 3 gx5t 0 but you cannot interpret the signs of the times "but you do not know how to look at what is happening right now and understand what it means"
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person 0 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign ... given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: "You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me ... given to you" See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς γενεὰ 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "An unfaithful generation" or "A godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive οὐ σημεῖον δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "An unfaithful generation" or "A godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah "except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet." See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "the other side of the lake" or "the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλ
|
|||
MAT 16 17 wix3 0 this to you Here "this" refers to Peter's statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis 0 but my Father who is in heaven The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ λέγω σοι 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ σοι λέγω 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 th3d figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 you are Peter The name Peter means "rock." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here "build my church" is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are 1) "this rock" represents Peter, or 2) "this rock" represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here "Hades" is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here "Hades" represents death, and its "gates" represent its power. Possible meanings are 1) "the powers of death will not overcome my church" or 2) "my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1694,8 +1694,8 @@ MAT 16 21 wl33 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells his disciples for the first
|
|||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy 0 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-activepassive 0 scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: "scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is the ordinal form of "three." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος ὁ Πέτρος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν προσλαβόμενος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h ὁ Πέτρος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν προσλαβόμενος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom 0 May this be far from you This is an idiom that means "may this never happen." Alternate translation: "No" or "Never" or "May God forbid this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor 0 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: "Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me" or "Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x 0 Get behind me "Get away from me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1708,8 +1708,8 @@ MAT 16 25 y9kc figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This d
|
|||
MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because he trusts me" or "on my account" or "because of me"
|
||||
MAT 16 25 xz98 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: "will find true life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion 0 For what does it profit a person ... his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "It does not profit a person ... his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον 1 if he gains the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "if he gains everything he desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 but forfeits his life "but he loses his life"
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he gains the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "if he gains everything he desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν τὴν δὲ δὲ ψυχὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but forfeits his life "but he loses his life"
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion 0 What can a person give in exchange for his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person 0 the Son of Man ... his Father ... Then he Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of man ... my Father ... Then I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will come in the glory of his Father "will come, having the same glory as his Father"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1741,22 +1741,22 @@ MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1
|
|||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus' transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As they "As Jesus and the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον 1 Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον 1 Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 0 restore all things "put things in order" or "get the people ready to receive the Messiah"
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 0 they ... their All occurrences of these words may mean either 1) the Jewish leaders or 2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 tyw4 figs-metonymy 0 the Son of Man will also suffer at their hands Here "hands" refers to power. Alternate translation: "they will make the Son of Man suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: "have mercy on my son and heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 15 hs55 σεληνιάζεται 1 is epileptic This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: "has seizures"
|
||||
MAT 17 17 lyu5 ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη γενεὰ, ἕως πότε 1 Unbelieving and corrupt generation, how "This generation does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How"
|
||||
MAT 17 17 lyu5 γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε 1 Unbelieving and corrupt generation, how "This generation does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How"
|
||||
MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion 0 how long will I have to stay with you? How long must I bear with you? These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: "I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ὁ παῖς ἐθεραπεύθη 1 the boy was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the boy became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the boy became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "immediately" or "at that moment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here "we" refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό ἐκβαλεῖν 1 Why could we not cast it out? "Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?"
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll γὰρ λέγω ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 Why could we not cast it out? "Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?"
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile 0 if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 17 20 x48i figs-litotes οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "you will be able to do anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ MAT 17 24 jli6 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts again to a later
|
|||
MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 When they "When Jesus and his disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα- δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the temple tax" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house "the place where Jesus was staying"
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion ," τί δοκεῖ σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?" 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion γῆς," δοκεῖ σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς τί λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?" 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus' ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations 0 When he said, "From others," Jesus said If you translated Jesus' questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "When Peter said, 'Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,' Jesus said" or "After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ MAT 17 27 ej3l 0 Take it "Take the shekel"
|
|||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here "you" is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### What should Jesus' followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus' followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus' followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἐστὶν μείζων 1 Who is greatest "Who is the most important" or "Who among us will be the most important"
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who is greatest "Who is the most important" or "Who among us will be the most important"
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "in God's kingdom" or "when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives 0 unless you turn ... children, you will in no way enter This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you must change ... children in order to enter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1805,26 +1805,26 @@ MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor 0 stumbling blocks ... those stumbling blocks come
|
|||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole 0 If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life "into eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ τὸ αἰώνιον πῦρ ἔχοντα δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole 0 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε σκανδαλίζει 1 causes you to stumble Here "stumble" is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: "causes you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here "stumble" is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: "causes you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life "into eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive 0 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having both eyes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that "Be careful that" or "Be sure that"
|
||||
MAT 18 10 e9uf 0 you do not despise any of these little ones "you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you show respect to these little ones"
|
||||
MAT 18 10 j4l5 γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 10 j4l5 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit 0 that in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in heaven Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God's presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom 0 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God's presence. Alternate translation: "are always close to my Father" or "are always in the presence of my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 xhq2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God's care for people.
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers 0 a hundred ... ninety-nine "100 ... 99" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion 0 does he not leave ... astray? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "he will always leave ... astray." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 j5d8 figs-parables 0 If he finds it ... that did not go astray This is the end of the parable that begins with the words "If anyone" in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you αὐτό λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ἀπόληται 1 it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish "your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die" or "your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die"
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish "your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die" or "your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die"
|
||||
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 your This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fello
|
|||
MAT 18 15 yh3t σου ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother "you will have made your relationship with your brother good again"
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy 0 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here "mouth" and "word" refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them "if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 παρακούσῃ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 to the church "to the whole community of believers"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ 1 to the church "to the whole community of believers"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector "treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector." This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name H
|
|||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times "7 times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven Possible meanings are 1) "70 times 7" or 2) "77 times." If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as "more times than you can count" or "you must always forgive him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὡμοιώθη 1 the kingdom of heaven is similar This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is similar This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his servants "his servants to pay him what they owed"
|
||||
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive 0 one servant was brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought one of the king's servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 ten thousand talents "10,000 talents" or "more money than the servant could ever repay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion 0 Should you not have ... you? The king uses a qu
|
|||
MAT 18 34 l7ks 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 mkm7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 His master "The king"
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 handed him over "gave him over." Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: "he ordered his servants to give him over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over "gave him over." Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: "he ordered his servants to give him over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers "to those who would torture him"
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that was owed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the first servant owed the king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit 0 He who made them also said, 'For this reason ...
|
|||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 For this reason This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man's companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 join to his wife "stay close to his wife" or "live with his wife"
|
||||
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor 0 the two will become one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "they will become like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σὰρξ 1 So they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 So they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him "The Pharisees said to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 0 command us "command us Jews"
|
||||
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 certificate of divorce This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γα
|
|||
MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive 0 who are allowed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God allows" or "whom God enables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit 0 For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother's womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: "For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there are men whom other men have made eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς εὐνούχισαν 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "so they can better serve our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 0 receive this teaching ... receive it "accept this teaching ... accept it"
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person
|
|||
MAT 19 16 bw9n 0 good thing This means a thing that pleases God.
|
||||
MAT 19 17 sce3 figs-rquestion 0 Why do you ask me about what is good? Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: "You ask me about what is good" or "Think about why you ask me about what is good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d4sh 0 Only one is good "God alone is completely good"
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life "to receive eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into life "to receive eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 19 19 zv5n ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου 1 love your neighbor The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
|
||||
MAT 19 21 m57c εἰ θέλεις 1 If you wish "If you want"
|
||||
MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "to those who are poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1937,23 +1937,23 @@ MAT 19 27 sp61 0 What then will we have? "What good thing will God give us?"
|
|||
MAT 19 28 pm6v ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the new age "in the new time." This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: "at the time when God makes all things new" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: "sits as king on his glorious throne" or "rules gloriously as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ καθήσεσθε 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: "sits as king on his glorious throne" or "rules gloriously as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy 0 sit upon twelve thrones Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: "sit as kings on 12 thrones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here "tribes" refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: "the people of the 12 tribes of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός' ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because he believes in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers λήμψεται ἑκατονταπλασίονα 1 receive one hundred times "receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom κληρονομήσει αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means "God will bless them with eternal life" or "God will cause them to live forever." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 receive one hundred times "receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means "God will bless them with eternal life" or "God will cause them to live forever." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: "But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important"
|
||||
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.<br>
|
||||
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία ὁμοία γάρ γάρ ἐστιν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed "After the landowner had agreed"
|
||||
MAT 20 2 iwk5 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: "one day's wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 w9hq ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 he sent them into his vineyard "he sent them to work in his vineyard"
|
||||
MAT 20 3 w9m2 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 3 s8ha 0 He went out again "The landowner went out again"
|
||||
MAT 20 3 bki1 translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 the third hour The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 3 xk4i ἑστῶτας ἀργούς ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 standing idle in the marketplace "standing in the marketplace not doing anything" or "standing in the marketplace with no work to do"
|
||||
MAT 20 3 xk4i ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς 1 standing idle in the marketplace "standing in the marketplace not doing anything" or "standing in the marketplace with no work to do"
|
||||
MAT 20 3 q3b7 ἀγορᾷ 1 marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items
|
||||
MAT 20 5 g1s7 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 5 j3zh πάλιν ἐξελθὼν 1 Again he went out "Again the landowner went out"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1968,18 +1968,18 @@ MAT 20 10 d2bn translate-bmoney 0 one denarius This was the daily wage at that
|
|||
MAT 20 11 z2h5 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 11 z9sz λαβόντες 1 When they received "When the workers who had worked the longest received"
|
||||
MAT 20 11 d6sy τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner "the vineyard owner"
|
||||
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἐποίησας αὐτοὺς ἴσους ἡμῖν 1 you have made them equal to us "you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us"
|
||||
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας 1 you have made them equal to us "you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us"
|
||||
MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom 0 we who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat The phrase "borne the burden of the day" is an idiom that means "worked the entire day." Alternate translation: "we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 w17c figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 one of them "one of the workers who had worked the longest"
|
||||
MAT 20 13 f5mb ἑταῖρε 1 Friend Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ συνεφώνησάς μοι δηναρίου? 1 Did you not agree with me for one denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "We already agreed that I would give you one denarius." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι? 1 Did you not agree with me for one denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "We already agreed that I would give you one denarius." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: "one day's wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 g5ii figs-parables 0 Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 h3uh figs-rquestion 0 Do I not have the right to do as I want with what belongs to me? The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "I can do what I want with my own possessions." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 dus3 figs-rquestion 0 Or are you envious because I am generous? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως οἱ ἔσχατοι ἔσονται πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: "So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important"
|
||||
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως οἱ ἔσχατοι ἔσονται πρῶτοι 1 So the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: "Then Jesus said, 'So the last will be first'"
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: "So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important"
|
||||
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 So the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: "Then Jesus said, 'So the last will be first'"
|
||||
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going Jesus uses the word "See" to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2016,8 +2016,8 @@ MAT 20 27 j3ms εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first "to be important"
|
|||
MAT 20 28 m27d figs-123person 0 the Son of Man ... his life Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 iz71 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 did not come to be served This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did not come so that other people would serve him" or "did not come so that other people would serve me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 c7r9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 but to serve You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "but to serve other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 zh3k figs-metaphor δοῦναι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 to give his life as a ransom for many Jesus' life being a "ransom" is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: "to give his life as a substitute for many" or "to give his life as a substitute to set many free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 zv1p figs-idiom δοῦναι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to give his life To give one's live is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: "to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 zh3k figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 to give his life as a ransom for many Jesus' life being a "ransom" is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: "to give his life as a substitute for many" or "to give his life as a substitute to set many free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 zv1p figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to give his life To give one's live is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: "to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 hgv7 figs-ellipsis ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 for many You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "for many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 29 u6ad 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
MAT 20 29 ev2t ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 As they went This refers to the disciples and Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ MAT 20 30 stz8 παράγει 1 was passing by "was walking by them"
|
|||
MAT 20 30 t577 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "Descendant of King David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 20 32 f5mw ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς 1 called to them "called to the blind men"
|
||||
MAT 20 32 fd9x θέλετε 1 do you wish "do you want"
|
||||
MAT 20 33 yb39 figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν ἀνοιγῶσιν 1 that our eyes may be opened The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus' previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: "we want you to open our eyes" or "we want to be able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 33 yb39 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus' previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: "we want you to open our eyes" or "we want to be able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 34 q9iq σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 being moved with compassion "having compassion" or "feeling compassion for them"
|
||||
MAT 21 intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>##### Hosanna<br><br>This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant "Save us," but people used it to praise God.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The kingdom of God will be taken away from you"<br><br>No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.<br>
|
||||
MAT 21 1 f8fs 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ MAT 21 2 pq2e figs-explicit 0 tied up there You can make explicit how the donke
|
|||
MAT 21 2 ure7 πῶλον 1 colt young male donkey
|
||||
MAT 21 4 lk67 0 General Information: Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 21 4 irw1 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus' actions fulfill scripture.
|
||||
MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν ἵνα τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 this came about that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this came about that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 4 x3up figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 through the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: "the prophet Zechariah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 5 whn7 τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 the daughter of Zion The "daughter" of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: "the people of Zion" or "the people who live in Zion"
|
||||
MAT 21 5 jzz6 Σιών 1 Zion This is another name for Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2049,11 +2049,11 @@ MAT 21 9 ky4c ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means "save us," but it can al
|
|||
MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "descendant of king David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." Alternate translation: "in the power of the Lord" or "as the representative of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here "highest" refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: "Praise God, who is in the highest heaven" or "Praise be to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐσείσθη 1 all the city was stirred Here "city" refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: "many people from all over the city were stirred" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here "city" refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: "many people from all over the city were stirred" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 stirred "excited"
|
||||
MAT 21 12 q41c 0 General Information: In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς εἰσῆλθεν τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered the temple Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered the temple Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 who bought and sold Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things"
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote long ago" or "God said long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2079,34 +2079,34 @@ MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion 0 How did the fig tree immediately wither away? T
|
|||
MAT 21 20 sk1g 0 wither away "dry up and die"
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and do not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: "if you truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations εἴπητε κἂν εἴπητε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ,' ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,' 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations εἴπητε,' εἴπητε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ,' κἂν καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἄρθητι 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nxi3 figs-activepassive 0 it will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus' authority.
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 0 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 0 from where did it come? "where did he get the authority to do that?"
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν,' διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἡμῖν," εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' ἐρεῖ ἐὰν,' διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,' 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd "we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us"
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 0 they all view John as a prophet "they believe John is a prophet"
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ δοκεῖ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 he changed his mind This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They said "The chief priests and elders said"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the chief priests and elders"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the chief priests and elders"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy 0 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter the kingdom of God before you do Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 0 before you do Possible meanings are 1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or 2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you Ἰωάννης ἦλθεν γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here "you" is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: "John came to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν γὰρ Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here "you" is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: "John came to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: "and told you the way God wants you to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here "you" is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y ἄνθρωπος οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner "a person who owned a piece of property"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge "a wall" or "a fence"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ληνὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 dug a winepress in it "dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 dug a winepress in it "dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 eu7x 0 rented it out to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
MAT 21 33 vp8k 0 vine growers These were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
|
||||
MAT 21 35 hn3c figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2116,15 +2116,15 @@ MAT 21 40 x1ll 0 Now The word "now" does not mean "at this moment," but it is
|
|||
MAT 21 41 ss2m λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as "The people said to Jesus."
|
||||
MAT 21 42 z9tm 0 General Information: Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 x8zh 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 kk7e ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make "them" specific, use the same audience as you did in [Matthew 21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make "them" specific, use the same audience as you did in [Matthew 21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion 0 Did you never read ... eyes'? Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: "Think about what you have read ... eyes.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor 0 The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive 0 has been made the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become the cornerstone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr ἐγένετο αὕτη παρὰ Κυρίου 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has caused this great change"
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has caused this great change"
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" refers to seeing. Alternate translation: "it is wonderful to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here "you" is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation" or "God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation" or "God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 that produces its fruits "Fruits" here is a metaphor for "results" or outcome." Alternate translation: "that produces good results" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται 1 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, "this stone" is the same stone as in [Matthew 21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism 0 But anyone on whom it falls will be crushed This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables "Jesus'
|
|||
MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Wedding Feast<br><br>In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, "My oxen and fattened calves have been killed" ([Matthew 22:4](../../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants "Lord." Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, "If David then calls the Christ 'Lord,' how is he David's son?" ([Matthew 22:45](../../mat/22/45.md)).<br>
|
||||
MAT 22 1 z8vz figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the people"
|
||||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὡμοιώθη 1 The kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people the king had invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 l896 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-quotations δούλους, λέγων,' εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις," 1 servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ MAT 22 7 la7s figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκεί
|
|||
MAT 22 8 u2ax figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 8 k98u figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι 1 those who were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom I invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 9 p48s τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν 1 the highway crossings "where the main roads of the city cross." The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.
|
||||
MAT 22 10 uva7 τε πονηρούς καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 both bad and good "both the good people and the bad people"
|
||||
MAT 22 10 uva7 πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 both bad and good "both the good people and the bad people"
|
||||
MAT 22 10 c6ph figs-activepassive 0 So the wedding hall was filled with guests This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the guests filled the wedding hall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 10 fy3a 0 hall a large room
|
||||
MAT 22 11 s8ga figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit 0 their disciples ... Herodians The disciples of t
|
|||
MAT 22 16 rf66 translate-names Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 Herodians These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 t2qa 0 you do not show partiality between people "you do not show special honor to anyone" or "you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else"
|
||||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit 0 to pay taxes to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: "to pay the taxes that Caesar requires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε με, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: "Do not test me, you hypocrites!" or "I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: "Do not test me, you hypocrites!" or "I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here "them" refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion 0 Whose image and name are these? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: "Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection "when dead
|
|||
MAT 22 29 p1ae figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 You are mistaken It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: "You are mistaken about the resurrection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "what God is able to do"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection "when dead people rise back to life"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry "people will not marry"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry "people will not marry"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor will people give their children in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
|
||||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion 0 have you not read ... God, saying, Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "I know you have read ... God. You know that he said," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2194,19 +2194,19 @@ MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the d
|
|||
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer "an expert in the law." This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 vng8 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ,, σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here "great" and "first" mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 39 xk1k 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here "neighbor" means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς κρέμαται ὁ ὅλος νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase "the whole law and the prophets" refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: "Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase "the whole law and the prophets" refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: "Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
|
||||
MAT 22 41 pj4a 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 42 xlf8 0 son ... son of David In both of these "son" means "descendant."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just "the son of David."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν καλεῖ Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ αὐτὸν Κύριον 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit "David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring." This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ αὐτὸν 1 call him Here "him" refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 Κύριος εἶπεν 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here "Lord" refers to the Christ. Also, "my" refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom 0 until I make your enemies your footstool This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "until I conquer your enemies" or "until I make your enemies bow down before you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2218,10 +2218,10 @@ MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to
|
|||
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit 0 any more questions It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God's original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them "hypocrites," "blind guides," "fools," and "serpents" ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "He who is greatest among you will be your servant" ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).<br>
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐκάθισαν ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως' καθέδρας 1 sit in Moses' seat Here "seat" represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: "have authority as Moses had" or "have authority to say what the law of Moses means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως ἐκάθισαν' καθέδρας 1 sit in Moses' seat Here "seat" represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: "have authority as Moses had" or "have authority to say what the law of Moses means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 0 whatever ... do these things and observe them "all the things ... do them and observe them" or "everything ... do it and observe it"
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor 0 they bind heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people's shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry them Here "bind heavy burdens ... put them on people's shoulders" is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And "will not move a finger" is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: "they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive ποιοῦσιν πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit 0 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
MAT 23 5 h2qj 0 they enlarge the edges of their garments The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ MAT 23 7 cp2m ἀγοραῖς 1 marketplaces large, open-air areas where peopl
|
|||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι' Ῥαββεί' ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 1 to be called 'Rabbi' by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for people to call them 'Rabbi.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive 0 But you must not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But you must not let anyone call you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ 1 you All occurrences of "you" are plural and refer to all of Jesus' followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἀδελφοί 1 you are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole 0 call no man on earth your father Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: "do not call any man on earth your father" or "do not say that any man on earth is your father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 you have only one Father "Father" here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive 0 Neither must you be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Also, do not let anyone call you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2248,19 +2248,19 @@ MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metaphor 0 You shut the kingdom of heaven against people ..
|
|||
MAT 23 15 e4a8 figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 you go over sea and land This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: "you travel great distances" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one convert "to make one person accept your religion"
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 son of hell Here "son of" is an idiom that means "one belonging to." Alternate translation: "person who belongs in hell" or "person who should go to hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor τυφλοὶ ὁδηγοὶ 1 blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. See how you translated "blind guides" in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. See how you translated "blind guides" in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 0 by the temple, it is nothing "by the temple does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." The phrase "bound to his oath" is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor τυφλοί μωροὶ 1 blind fools The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς ἐστίν μείζων, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ἁγιάσας? 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ἁγιάσας 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ τυφλοί 1 blind fools The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς? μείζων, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ἐστίν ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ἁγιάσας ὁ 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 lr61 figs-ellipsis καί 1 And The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "And you also say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 it is nothing "he does not have to do what he has sworn to do" or "he does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ δώρῳ 1 the gift This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God's altar.
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 figs-metaphor τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 y6hk figs-metaphor 0 blind people The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 g7qr figs-rquestion 0 Which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: "The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον τὸ ἁγιάζον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ τὸ ἁγιάζον ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything on it "by all the gifts that people have placed on it"
|
||||
MAT 23 21 m21b 0 the one who lives in it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 him who sits on it God the Father
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,18 +2275,18 @@ MAT 23 24 l7fh figs-metaphor 0 you who strain out a gnat but swallow a camel Be
|
|||
MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 strain out a gnat This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
|
||||
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat a small flying insect
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 0 Woe to you ... hypocrites! "How terrible it will be for you ... hypocrites!" See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας- ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor , ὅτι- καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας- ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence "they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self"
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ Φαρισαῖε 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα τὸ ἐκτὸς γένηται καθαρόν καὶ 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile 0 you are like whitewashed tombs ... unclean This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit κεκονιαμένοις τάφοις 1 whitewashed tombs "tombs that someone has painted white." The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs "tombs that someone has painted white." The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "of the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers "during the time of our forefathers"
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been participants with them "we would not have joined with them"
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 shedding the blood of Here "blood" refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: "killing" or "murdering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Here "sons" means "descendants."
|
||||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς καὶ πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 You also fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: "You also finish the sins your ancestors began" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here "sons" means "descendants."
|
||||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 You also fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: "You also finish the sins your ancestors began" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 va5c figs-doublet 0 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: "You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here "offspring" means "having the characteristic of." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 how will you escape the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: "there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2304,8 +2304,8 @@ MAT 23 37 tz4r figs-activepassive 0 those who are sent to you This can be state
|
|||
MAT 23 37 t9y7 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 your children Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her children. Alternate translation: "your people" or "your inhabitants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 xv4t figs-simile 0 just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus' love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 hen a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ὑμῶν ὁ οἶκος ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate "God will leave your house, and it will be empty"
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὑμῶν ὁ οἶκος 1 your house Possible meanings are 1) "the city of Jerusalem" or 2) "the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate "God will leave your house, and it will be empty"
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are 1) "the city of Jerusalem" or 2) "the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n 0 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed" or "He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The end of the age"<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Let"<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains" (24:16), "let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house" (24:17), and "let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak" (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2317,37 +2317,37 @@ MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 not one stone wil
|
|||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit 0 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age Here "your coming" refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God's reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: "What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor 0 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "Be careful that no one deceives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here "name" refers to "in the authority" or "as the representative" of someone. Alternate translation: "many will claim that they have come as my representative" or "many will say they speak for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πλανήσουσιν πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "will deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "will deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive 0 See that you are not troubled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let these things trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 the beginning of birth pains This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς παραδώσουσιν εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here "nations" is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People from every nation will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy 0 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up "Rise" here is an idiom for "become established." Alternate translation: "will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς πλανήσουσιν 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns 0 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun "lawlessness" can be translated with the phrase "disobeying the law." Alternate translation: "disobeying the law will increase" or "people will disobey God's law more and more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν ψυγήσεται 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are 1) "many people will no longer love other people" or 2) "many people will no longer love God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are 1) "many people will no longer love other people" or 2) "many people will no longer love God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save the person who endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures "the person who stays faithful"
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the word "end" refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end "the end of the world" or "the end of the age"
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας κηρυχθήσεται 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People will tell the good news that God will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People will tell the good news that God will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, "nations" stands for people. Alternate translation: "all people in all places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p νοείτω ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 17 iv2j 0 let him who is on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism 0 those who are with child This is a polite way to say "pregnant women." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days "at that time"
|
||||
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν μὴ γένηται 1 that your flight will not occur "that you will not have to flee" or "that you will not have to run away"
|
||||
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 that your flight will not occur "that you will not have to flee" or "that you will not have to run away"
|
||||
MAT 24 20 m6mx χειμῶνος 1 the winter "the cold season"
|
||||
MAT 24 22 vd3z figs-doublenegatives 0 Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: "If God does not shorten the time of suffering, everyone will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh "people." Here, "flesh" is poetic way of saying all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι κολοβωθήσονται 1 those days will be shortened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will shorten the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will shorten the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 0 do not believe it "do not believe the false things they have said to you"
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 τέρατα ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here "lead astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: "so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect" or "so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations , ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν,' ἰδοὺ, ἐστίν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,' μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ,, οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν,' ἰδοὺ ἐὰν ἐστίν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,' μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations 0 Or, 'See, he is in the inner rooms,' This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms "in a secret room" or "in secret places"
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile 0 as the lightning shines ... so will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2365,10 +2365,10 @@ MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους
|
|||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather "his angels will gather"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
|
||||
MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism 0 from the four winds, from one end of the sky to the other Both of these mean the same thing. They are idioms that mean "from everywhere." Alternate translation: "from all over the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐστιν ἐγγύς 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "the time for me to come is near" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "the time for me to come is near" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor 0 at the very gates "close to the gates." Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 this generation will not pass away Here "pass away" is a polite way of saying "die." Alternate translation: "this generation will not all die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will not pass away Here "pass away" is a polite way of saying "die." Alternate translation: "this generation will not all die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible interpretations are 1) "all people alive today," referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or 2) "all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen." Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k 0 until all of these things will have happened "until God causes all these things to happen"
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 pass away "disappear" or "someday no longer exist"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε οὖν 1 be on your guard "pay attention"
|
|||
MAT 24 43 ak6a figs-parables 0 that if the master of the house ... broken into Jesus uses a parable of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ki5s figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 the thief Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 zs23 ἐγρηγόρησεν 1 he would have been on guard "he would have guarded his house"
|
||||
MAT 24 43 lg7i figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διορυχθῆναι 1 would not have allowed his house to be broken into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 lg7i figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 would not have allowed his house to be broken into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 44 gd17 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 45 jua3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion 0 So who is the faithful and wise servant whom his master ... time? Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: "So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master ... time." or "Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master ... time." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2398,30 +2398,30 @@ MAT 24 45 lf8d 0 give them their food "give the people in the master's home th
|
|||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "thinks in his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive μου χρονίζει 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism 0 on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom 0 cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 0 assign him a place with the hypocrites "put him with the hypocrites" or "send him to the place where hypocrites are sent"
|
||||
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction 0 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride's house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>
|
||||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 τὰς λαμπάδας αυτών 1 lamps These could have been 1) lamps or 2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them "Five of the virgins"
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a 0 did not take any oil with them "had with them only the oil in their lamps"
|
||||
MAT 25 5 r458 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 5 pvh4 figs-activepassive 0 while the bridegroom was delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι ἐνύσταξαν 1 they all got sleepy "all ten virgins got sleepy"
|
||||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 γέγονεν κραυγὴ 1 there was a cry "someone shouted"
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all got sleepy "all ten virgins got sleepy"
|
||||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry "someone shouted"
|
||||
MAT 25 7 a3mz figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps "adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly"
|
||||
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ μωραὶ εἶπον ταῖς φρονίμοις 1 The foolish said to the wise These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 The foolish said to the wise These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 i1r7 figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 our lamps are going out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "the fire in our lamps is about to burn out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 q6q9 figs-parables 0 Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 they went away "the five foolish virgins went away"
|
||||
MAT 25 10 jej8 figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 to buy The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to buy more oil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 t229 0 those who were ready These are the virgins who had extra oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἡ θύρα ἐκλείσθη 1 the door was shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the servants shut the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the servants shut the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 11 e5pz figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 open for us This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "open the door for us so we can come inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 I do not know you "I do not know who you are." This is the end of the parable.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα
|
|||
MAT 25 24 au9f οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 scatter "scatter seed." This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c 0 See, you have here what belongs to you "Look, here is what is yours"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 hj83 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ καὶ ὀκνηρέ δοῦλε, ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ, ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words "reap where I have not sowed" and "harvest where I have not scattered" mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην τὸ ἐμὸν 1 received back my own The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "received back my own money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 interest payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master's money
|
||||
|
|
@ -2463,11 +2463,11 @@ MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit 0 who possesses It is implied that the person who
|
|||
MAT 25 29 r7lv 0 even more abundantly "even much more"
|
||||
MAT 25 29 pcr5 figs-explicit 0 from anyone who does not possess anything It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: "from anyone does not use well what he has" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 mdc1 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take away" or "I will take away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ τὸ ἐξώτερον σκότος 1 the outer darkness Here "outer darkness" is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "the dark place away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here "outer darkness" is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "the dark place away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 zy3k translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and expressing their extreme suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 31 qtg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 31 e7um figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ συναχθήσονται πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Before him will be gathered all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He will gather all the nations before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Before him will be gathered all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He will gather all the nations before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 Before him "In front of him"
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here "nations" refers to people. Alternate translation: "all people from every country" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2475,8 +2475,8 @@ MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor 0 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but t
|
|||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 the King ... his right hand Here, "the King" is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the King, ... my right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Come, you whom my Father has blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν βασιλείαν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν βασιλείαν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "receive the blessings of God's rule that he has planned to give you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "receive the blessings of God's rule that he has planned to give you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world "since he first created the world"
|
||||
MAT 25 37 yh3p figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Or when did we see you thirsty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2489,16 +2489,16 @@ MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου
|
|||
MAT 25 40 k4hb 0 you did it for me "I consider that you did it for me"
|
||||
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ 1 Then he will "Then the King will." Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed "you people whom God has cursed"
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ αἰώνιον πῦρ τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the eternal fire that has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the eternal fire that God has prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the eternal fire that has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the eternal fire that God has prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 g51u τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his angels his helpers
|
||||
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis 0 naked, but you did not clothe me The words "I was" preceding "naked" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was naked, but you did not give me clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words "I was" preceding "sick" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was sick and in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 44 f3dc 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 zyc5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 αὐτοὶ ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ ἀποκριθήσονται 1 they will also answer "those on his left will also answer"
|
||||
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τῶν ἐλαχίστων τούτων 1 for one of the least of these "for any of the least important ones of my people"
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer "those on his left will also answer"
|
||||
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least of these "for any of the least important ones of my people"
|
||||
MAT 25 45 whu5 0 you did not do for me "I consider that you did not do it for me" or "I was really the one whom you did not help"
|
||||
MAT 25 46 m6me οὗτοι ἀπελεύσονται εἰς αἰώνιον κόλασιν 1 These will go away into eternal punishment "The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends"
|
||||
MAT 25 46 m6me ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 These will go away into eternal punishment "The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends"
|
||||
MAT 25 46 nj72 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν 1 but the righteous into eternal life The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 46 kq5b figs-nominaladj οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous This nominative adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br>Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words "the sheep" to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.<br><br>##### Passover<br>The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but "passed over" the Israelites and let them live.<br><br>##### The eating of the body and blood<br>[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus' last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate "the Lord's Supper," the "Eucharist", or "Holy Communion" to remember this meal.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Judas' kiss for Jesus<br>[Matthew 26:49](../../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.<br><br>##### "I am able to destroy the temple of God"<br>Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it "in three days" ([Matthew 26:61](../../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../../jhn/02/19.md)).<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ MAT 26 6 v2up 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of a woman pouri
|
|||
MAT 26 6 zq3j 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 6 hg3s figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Simon the leper It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 7 ukb9 ἀνακειμένου 1 he was reclining "Jesus was lying on his side." You can use your language's word for the position people usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yxf8 γυνὴ προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ 1 a woman came to him "a woman came to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yxf8 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ 1 a woman came to him "a woman came to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 26 7 bhs8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 alabaster jar This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου 1 ointment oil that has a pleasing smell
|
||||
MAT 26 7 ea5e 0 she poured it upon his head The woman does this to honor Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you τί κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you All occ
|
|||
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 12 vk5w τὸ μύρον τοῦτο 1 ointment This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:7](../26/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ 1 wherever this good news is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever people preach this good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ὅπου ἐὰν ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever people preach this good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 s12m figs-activepassive 0 what this woman has done will also be spoken of in memory of her This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" or "people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 14 i3dy 0 Connecting Statement: Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 15 es4b 0 to deliver him to you "to bring Jesus to you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the c
|
|||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will soon flow out of my body" or "will flow out of my wounds when I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τοῦ Πατρός μου τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου' τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father's This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2570,21 +2570,21 @@ MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 fall away "leave me"
|
|||
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here "I" refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor 0 the shepherd ... sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will scatter all the sheep of the flock" or "the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will scatter all the sheep of the flock" or "the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after God raises me up" or "after God brings me back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 33 m2un σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 fall away See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:31](../26/31.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word "rooster" in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 34 lx5i ἀλέκτορα 1 rooster a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 b2rh ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρὶς 1 you will deny me three times "you will say three times that you are not my follower"
|
||||
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times "you will say three times that you are not my follower"
|
||||
MAT 26 36 lm3n 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
|
||||
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 began to become sorrowful "he became very sad"
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche ἡ ψυχή μου ἐστιν περίλυπός 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "I am very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "I am very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 even to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "and I feel as if I could even die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word "cup" is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word "cup" is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here "cup" is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis 0 Yet, not as I will, but as you will This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you 0 he said to Peter, "What, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the "you" is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2594,11 +2594,11 @@ MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy 0 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is w
|
|||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 He went away "Jesus went away"
|
||||
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναται παρελθεῖν ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it "if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it." Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it "if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it." Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ τοῦτο 1 if this Here "this" refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it "unless I drink from it" or "unless I drink from this cup of suffering." Here "it" refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive τὸ θέλημά σου γενηθήτω 1 your will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "may what you want happen" or "do what you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν γὰρ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were heavy This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "they were very sleepy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 your will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "may what you want happen" or "do what you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were heavy This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "they were very sleepy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 44 v3i9 translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 third time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 vvp9 figs-rquestion 0 Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 rw3r figs-idiom 0 the hour is at hand This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "the time has come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2619,16 +2619,16 @@ MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here "they" r
|
|||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on Jesus, and seized him "grabbed Jesus, and arrested him"
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 who take up the sword The word "sword" is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "who pick up a sword to kill others" or "who want to kill other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν ἀπολοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 sword will perish by the sword "sword will die by means of the sword" or "sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them"
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 sword will perish by the sword "sword will die by means of the sword" or "sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them"
|
||||
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion 0 Do you think that I could not call ... angels? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: "Surely you know that I could call ... angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 Do you think Here "you" is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than twelve legions of angels The word "legion" is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: "more than 12 really large groups of angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 54 teq5 figs-rquestion 0 But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με ὡς λῃστὴν? 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me like a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ὡς λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me like a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 q9vq ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 55 e8dq figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 ygn7 figs-activepassive αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν πληρωθῶσιν 1 the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 ygn7 figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 i2jp ἀφέντες αὐτὸν 1 left him If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
|
||||
MAT 26 57 f6nj 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 Peter followed him "Peter followed Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2636,8 +2636,8 @@ MAT 26 58 isd4 αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 courtyard of the high
|
|||
MAT 26 58 v8th εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 He went inside "Peter went inside"
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 ὅπως θανατώσωσιν 1 so that they Here "they" refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 θανατώσωσιν αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 δύο προσελθόντες 1 two came forward "two men came forward" or "two witnesses came forward"
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν θανατώσωσιν 1 might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward "two men came forward" or "two witnesses came forward"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations 0 This man said, 'I am able to destroy ... days.' If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: "This man said that he is able to destroy ... days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 0 This man said "This man Jesus said"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days "within three days," before the sun goes down three times, not "after three days," after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
|
|
@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυ
|
|||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus' statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus' words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί χρείαν ἔχομεν ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν χρείαν ἔχομεν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here "you" is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they Possible meanings are 1) "Then some of the men" or 2) "Then the soldiers."
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2674,24 +2674,24 @@ MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations 0 Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said
|
|||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Delivered him to Pilate the governor"<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before Pilate.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 qe1s 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν θανατῶσαι 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 vzf9 figs-events 0 General Information: This event happened after Jesus' trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus' trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 bk8i 0 Connecting Statement: The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus' trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
|
||||
MAT 27 3 qm12 τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας 1 Then when Judas If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
|
||||
MAT 27 3 v9vj figs-activepassive 0 that Jesus had been condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 pe4n τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 the thirty pieces of silver This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [Matthew 26:15](../26/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 4 f6u8 figs-idiom ἀθῷον αἷμα 1 innocent blood This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: "a person who does not deserve to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 4 f6u8 figs-idiom αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 innocent blood This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: "a person who does not deserve to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 4 mf6b figs-rquestion 0 What is that to us? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: "That is not our problem!" or "That is your problem!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 threw down the pieces of silver in the temple Possible meanings are 1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or 2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 27 6 r5r9 0 It is not lawful to put this "Our laws do not allow us to put this"
|
||||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 put this "put this silver"
|
||||
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 6 j2l8 figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 price of blood This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: "money paid for a man to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 Κεραμέως' Κεραμέως τὸν Ἀγρὸν 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐκλήθη 1 that field has been called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people call that field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 Κεραμέως' τὸν Ἀγρὸν Κεραμέως 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 that field has been called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people call that field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 8 ag2n 0 to this day This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas' suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐπληρώθη 1 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive 0 the price set on him by the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the price the people of Israel set on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy 0 the people of Israel This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: "some of the people of Israel" or "the leaders of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch 0 directed me Here "me" refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2701,21 +2701,21 @@ MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor "Pilate"
|
|||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit 0 You say so Possible meanings are 1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "Yes, as you said, I am" or "Yes. It is as you said" or 2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "You yourself have said so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive 0 But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when the chief priests and elders accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion 0 Do you not hear all the charges against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε τὸν ἡγεμόνα θαυμάζειν λίαν θαυμάζειν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 jjp8 writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [Matthew 27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 15 p1ha κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν 1 the feast This is the feast for the Passover celebration.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 pfk6 figs-activepassive 0 prisoner chosen by the crowd This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "prisoner whom the crowd would choose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον δέσμιον ἐπίσημον δέσμιον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον δέσμιον δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 notorious well known for doing something bad
|
||||
MAT 27 17 d8hv figs-activepassive συνηγμένων οὖν αὐτῶν 1 they were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the crowd gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 Jesus who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 18 jq3c 0 they had handed Jesus over to him "the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him." They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 While he was sitting "While Pilate was sitting"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος τοῦ 1 sitting on the judgment seat "sitting on the judge's seat." This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ τοῦ βήματος 1 sitting on the judgment seat "sitting on the judge's seat." This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word "sent a message"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 ἔπαθον πολλὰ σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today "I have been very upset today"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today "I have been very upset today"
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background 0 Now ... Jesus killed Here "now" is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive ἀπολέσωσιν τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf 0 asked them "asked the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 has he done "has Jesus done"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2724,9 +2724,9 @@ MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction 0 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pil
|
|||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here "blood" refers to a person's death. Alternate translation: "the death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w 0 See to it yourselves "This is your responsibility"
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy 0 May his blood be on us and our children Here "blood" is a metonym that stands for a person's death. The phrase "be on us and our children" is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: "Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν τὸν Βαραββᾶν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he released Barabbas to them "Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them "Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit 0 he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf φραγελλώσας τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν 1 scourged Jesus "beat Jesus with a whip" or "whipped Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 scourged Jesus "beat Jesus with a whip" or "whipped Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 27 27 zz45 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' crucifixion and death.
|
||||
MAT 27 27 bn22 σπεῖραν 1 company of soldiers "group of soldiers"
|
||||
MAT 27 28 nx81 ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 stripped him "pulled off his clothes"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2740,24 +2740,24 @@ MAT 27 32 j5wq figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 As they came out This mea
|
|||
MAT 27 32 ies4 ἐξερχόμενοι εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man "the soldiers saw a man"
|
||||
MAT 27 32 sfj2 0 whom they forced to go with them so that he might carry his cross "whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus' cross"
|
||||
MAT 27 33 j6hb figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ 1 place called Golgotha This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "place that people called Golgotha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 f11j figs-activepassive αὐτῷ οἶνον πιεῖν μεμιγμένον μετὰ χολῆς 1 him wine to drink mixed with gall This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "him wine, which they had mixed with gall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 f11j figs-activepassive αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 him wine to drink mixed with gall This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "him wine, which they had mixed with gall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 e2uk χολῆς 1 gall the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion
|
||||
MAT 27 35 a1y1 figs-explicit τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him "a written explanation of why he was being crucified"
|
||||
MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive δύο λῃσταί σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Two robbers were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 Two robbers were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ εἶ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, κατάβηθι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: "If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit , εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: "If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony 0 He saved others, but he cannot save himself Possible meanings are 1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or 2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony 0 He is the King of Israel The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him "King of Israel," but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: "He says that he is the King of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 w46n 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes 0 For he even said, 'I am the Son of God.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱός 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 0 from the sixth hour ... until the ninth hour "from about noon ... for three hours" or "from about twelve o'clock midday ... until about three o'clock in the afternoon"
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word "darkness" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "it became dark over the whole land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεβόησεν 1 Jesus cried "Jesus called out" or "Jesus shouted"
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τὴν γῆν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word "darkness" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "it became dark over the whole land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried "Jesus called out" or "Jesus shouted"
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are 1) one of the soldiers or 2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2772,22 +2772,22 @@ MAT 27 52 hgn1 figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 fallen asleep This is a
|
|||
MAT 27 53 q2x5 0 They came out ... appeared to many The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words "The tombs were opened" in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened 1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or 2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 f6rz 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those who were watching Jesus "those who were guarding Jesus." This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: "the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee "the mother of James and John" or "the wife of Zebedee"
|
||||
MAT 27 57 wm5z 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' burial.
|
||||
MAT 27 57 sy9y translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 27 58 c69n figs-activepassive 0 Then Pilate ordered it to be given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 59 kj7u σινδόνι 1 linen a fine, costly cloth
|
||||
MAT 27 60 hvs8 figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 that he had cut into the rock It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν λίθον 1 Then he rolled a large stone Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον λίθον μέγαν 1 Then he rolled a large stone Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb "across from the tomb"
|
||||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate "met with Pilate"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἔτι ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ἔτι ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes 0 he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "he said that after three days he will rise again." or "he said that after three day he would rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἀσφαλισθῆναι 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ἀσφαλισθῆναι ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντες κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes 0 his disciples may ... say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "his disciples may ... tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis 0 and the last deception will be worse than the first The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@ MAT 28 3 i4hp figs-simile 0 his clothing as white as snow This is a simile that
|
|||
MAT 28 4 b1ic figs-simile 0 became like dead men This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: "fell to the ground and lay there like dead men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd εἶπεν γυναιξίν 1 the women "Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary"
|
||||
MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has been crucified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the people and the soldiers crucified" or "whom they crucified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ,' ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν. ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. ἐκεῖ ὄψεσθε αὐτὸν.' 1 tell his disciples, 'He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes , εἴπατε..,' ἠγέρθη.' τῶν νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ ἰδοὺ τοῖς προάγει ἀπὸ εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν μαθηταῖς ἐκεῖ ὄψεσθε αὐτὸν ὑμᾶς 1 tell his disciples, 'He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has risen "He has come back to life"
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you 0 going ahead of you ... you will see him Here "you" is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ MAT 28 15 vp3a 0 even today This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
|
|||
MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 pze9 0 they worshiped him, but some doubted Possible meanings are 1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or 2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 xgr5 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 but some doubted It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: "some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐδόθη μοι 1 All authority has been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My Father has given me all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 All authority has been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My Father has given me all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here "nations" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "of all the people in every nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by the authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
728
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
728
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -3,36 +3,36 @@ MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br>## Part 1: Gen
|
|||
MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "You can make me clean"<br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically "clean" or healthy as well as spiritually "clean" or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>##### "The kingdom of God is near"<br><br>Scholars debate whether the "kingdom of God" was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase "at hand," but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase "is coming" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah's foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
|
||||
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ σου προσώπου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means "ahead of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means "ahead of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you 0 your face ... your way Here the word "your" refers to Jesus and is singular. When you translate this, use the pronoun "your" because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus' name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 the one This refers to the messenger.
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει σου τὴν ὁδόν 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord's arrival. Alternate translation: "will prepare the people for your arrival" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord's arrival. Alternate translation: "will prepare the people for your arrival" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ,' ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; ποιεῖτε αὐτοῦ τὰς τρίβους εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ποιεῖτε,' τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; ἑτοιμάσατε αὐτοῦ τὰς τρίβους εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words "he," "him," and "his" refer to John.
|
||||
MRK 1 4 yg66 Ἰωάννης ἐγένετο 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor ἡ πᾶσα χώρα Ἰουδαία καὶ πάντες οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The words "whole country" are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: "Many people from Judea and Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: "When they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 yg66 ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The words "whole country" are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: "Many people from Judea and Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: "When they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 l7jd ἐκήρυσσεν 1 He proclaimed "John proclaimed"
|
||||
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-metaphor 0 the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie John is comparing himself to a servant to show how great Jesus is. Alternate translation: "I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ τῶν ὑποδημάτων 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν τῶν ὑποδημάτων ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||||
MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 stoop down "bend down"
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor δὲ αὐτὸς βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for "baptize" here as you used for John's baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for "baptize" here as you used for John's baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 It happened in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν ὡς περιστερὰν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 e6ke figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 A voice came out of the heavens This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἀγαπητός ὁ Υἱός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his "beloved Son" because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his "beloved Son" because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 12 yv6v 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus' baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 1 12 gp1e ἐκβάλλει αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out "forced Jesus to go out"
|
||||
MRK 1 12 gp1e αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out "forced Jesus to go out"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 w3ct ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 He was in the wilderness "He stayed in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 k45w translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας 1 forty days "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ 1 He was with "He was among"
|
||||
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸ παραδοθῆναι 1 after John was arrested "after John was placed in prison." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after they arrested John" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested "after John was placed in prison." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after they arrested John" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel "telling many people about the good news"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 i9a9 ὁ καιρὸς πεπλήρωται 1 The time is fulfilled "It is now time"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 bs8j ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἤγγικεν 1 the kingdom of God is near "it is almost time for God to begin to rule over his people"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 i9a9 πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 The time is fulfilled "It is now time"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 bs8j ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near "it is almost time for God to begin to rule over his people"
|
||||
MRK 1 16 wl35 εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 he saw Simon and Andrew "Jesus saw Simon and Andrew"
|
||||
MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net in the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "throwing a net into the water to catch fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 17 zui3 δεῦτε, ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me "Follow me" or "Come with me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,100 +44,100 @@ MRK 1 20 jd8i μισθωτῶν 1 hired servants "servants who worked for them"
|
|||
MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον αὐτοῦ 1 they followed him James and John went with Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 21 ee4j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus teaches in the synagogue of the town of Capernaum on the Sabbath. By sending a demon out of a man he amazes the people in all the nearby area around Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 1 21 d4mr εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 came into Capernaum "arrived at Capernaum"
|
||||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis γὰρ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἔχων ἐξουσίαν καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of "teach" can be stated clearly when talking about "someone who has authority" and "the scribes." Alternate translation: "for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of "teach" can be stated clearly when talking about "someone who has authority" and "the scribes." Alternate translation: "for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: "Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς? 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: "Do not destroy us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν σπαράξαν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ φωνῇ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion 0 they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! ... and they obey him!" The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: "they said to each other, 'This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! ... and they obey him!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει καὶ ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 καὶ ἐπιτάσσει ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon's mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος' Σίμωνος ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ- ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ- ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν ἤγειρεν 1 raised her up "caused her to stand" or "made her able to get out of bed"
|
||||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ὁ πυρετός ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her of the fever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants - ἡ ἡ-' ἡ ἡ δὲ δὲ δὲ δὲ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 raised her up "caused her to stand" or "made her able to get out of bed"
|
||||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her of the fever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: "she provided them with food and drinks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 32 b8sl 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "he" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all who were sick or possessed by demons The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: "many who were sick or possessed by demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἡ ὅλη πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The whole city gathered together at the door The word "city" is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word "whole" is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: "Many people from that city gathered outside the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The whole city gathered together at the door The word "city" is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word "whole" is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: "Many people from that city gathered outside the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 z4kt 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 τόπον ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place "a place where he could be alone"
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον τόπον 1 a solitary place "a place where he could be alone"
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here "him" refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word "Everyone" is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: "Many people are looking for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "I" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere "We need to go to some other place." Here Jesus uses the word "us" to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words "throughout all" are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: "He went to many places in Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 i2af 0 A leper came to him. He was begging him; he knelt down and said to him "A leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί καθαρίσαι με καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words "to make me clean" are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words "to make me clean" are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 u9ew θέλῃς 1 are willing "want" or "desire"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς δύνασαί καθαρίσαι με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς, ἐκτείνας 1 Moved with compassion, Jesus Here the word "moved" is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another's need. Alternate translation: "Having compassion for him, Jesus" or "Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: "I am willing to make you clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word "him" used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα εἴπῃς μηδενὶ μηδὲν 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone "Be sure to not say anything to anyone"
|
||||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche δεῖξον σεαυτὸν 1 show yourself The word "yourself" here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: "show your skin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone "Be sure to not say anything to anyone"
|
||||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word "yourself" here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: "show your skin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun "them," if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are 1) "a testimony to the priests" or 2) "a testimony to the people."
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p δὲ ὁ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word "he" refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον διαφημίζειν 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word "he" refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο διαφημίζειν διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε αὐτὸν δύνασθαι μηκέτι εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πόλιν φανερῶς 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here "openly" is a metaphor for "publicly." Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: "that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly" or "that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here "openly" is a metaphor for "publicly." Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: "that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly" or "that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places "lonely places" or "places where no one lived"
|
||||
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from everywhere The word "everywhere" is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: "from all over the region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Sinners"<br><br>When the people of Jesus' time spoke of "sinners," they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call "sinners," he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as "sinners." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>##### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God's Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 2 1 se22 0 Connecting Statement: After preaching and healing people throughout Galilee, Jesus returns to Capernaum where he heals and forgives the sin of a paralyzed man.
|
||||
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐστίν ἐν οἴκῳ 1 it was heard that he was at home This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people there heard that he was staying at his home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he was at home This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people there heard that he was staying at his home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit 0 So many gathered there The word "there" refers to the house that Jesus stayed it in Capernaum. Alternate translation: "So many people gathered there" or "So many people came to the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 e7d4 figs-explicit 0 there was no more space This refers to there being no space inside the house. Alternate translation: "there was no more room for them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 dps4 ἐλάλει τὸν λόγον αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus spoke the word to them "Jesus spoke his message to them"
|
||||
MRK 2 2 dps4 ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus spoke the word to them "Jesus spoke his message to them"
|
||||
MRK 2 3 n643 0 four people were carrying him "four of them were carrying him." It is likely that there were more than four people within the group that brought the man to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 2 3 c1vr 0 were bringing a paralyzed man "were bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms"
|
||||
MRK 2 4 h3yn δυνάμενοι μὴ προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 could not get near him "could not get close to where Jesus was"
|
||||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 could not get near him "could not get close to where Jesus was"
|
||||
MRK 2 4 v6ma 0 they removed the roof ... they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: "they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered" or "they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered"
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν αὐτῶν τὴν πίστιν 1 Seeing their faith "Seeing the men's faith." Possible meanings are 1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or 2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith "Seeing the men's faith." Possible meanings are 1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or 2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor 0 Son The word "Son" here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: "My son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέωνται 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man's sins. Alternate translation: "your sins are gone" or "you do not have to pay for your sins" or "your sins do not count against you"
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν αὐτῶν ταῖς καρδίαις 1 reasoned in their hearts Here "their hearts" is a metonym for the people's thoughts. Alternate translation: "were thinking to themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man's sins. Alternate translation: "your sins are gone" or "you do not have to pay for your sins" or "your sins do not count against you"
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here "their hearts" is a metonym for the people's thoughts. Alternate translation: "were thinking to themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion 0 How can this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "This man should not speak this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ ὁ Θεός εἷς 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "Only God can forgive sins!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ τῷ πνεύματι 1 in his spirit "in his inner being" or "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "Only God can forgive sins!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in his inner being" or "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 2 8 t87i διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ταῦτα ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις? 1 Why are you thinking this in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις 1 this in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking this in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 this in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion 0 What is easier to say to the paralyzed man ... take up your bed, and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said to the paralyzed man, 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn δὲ ἵνα εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know "But so that you may know." The word "you" refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man." Alternate translation: "that I am the Son of Man and I have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know "But so that you may know." The word "you" refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man." Alternate translation: "that I am the Son of Man and I have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone "while all the people there were watching"
|
||||
MRK 2 13 ma6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is teaching the crowd beside the Sea of Galilee, and he calls Levi to follow him.
|
||||
MRK 2 13 t2sc τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the lake This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret.
|
||||
MRK 2 13 iw43 ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the crowd came to him "the people went where he was"
|
||||
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus Alpheus was Levi's father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 2 15 udb2 0 Connecting Statement: It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi's house for a meal.
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i αὐτοῦ' αὐτοῦ τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i αὐτοῦ' τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 qf38 ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 γὰρ ἦσαν πολλοὶ καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are 1) "for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus" or 2) "for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him."
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι ἐσθίει μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus' hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: "He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are 1) "for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus" or 2) "for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him."
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus' hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: "He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ba3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
|
||||
MRK 2 17 q8r6 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "he said to the scribes"
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician; only people who are sick need one Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 mk6x 0 strong in body "healthy"
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony ἦλθον οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: "I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: "I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words "I came to call" are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: "but I came to call sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 zkz9 figs-parables 0 Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 f1ds 0 the Pharisees were fasting ... the disciples of the Pharisees These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: "the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting ... the disciples of the Pharisees"
|
||||
MRK 2 18 z394 0 Some people "Some men." It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, the possible meanings are 1) these men were not among John's disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or 2) these men were among John's disciples.
|
||||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 came and said to him "came and said to Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion 0 Can the wedding attendants fast while the bridegroom is still with them? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ὁ νυμφίος ἀπαρθῇ 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik 0 away from them ... they will fast The word "them" and "they" refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπιράπτει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ῥάκους ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν ἱμάτιον 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 y7rw νέον οἶνον 1 new wine "grape juice." This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 n7ha παλαιούς ἀσκοὺς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have been used many times.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 y7rw οἶνον νέον 1 new wine "grape juice." This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 n7ha ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have been used many times.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 fk15 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called "wine bags" or "skin bags."
|
||||
MRK 2 22 w35r ὁ οἶνος ῥήξει τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the wine will burst the skins New wine expands as it ferments, so it would cause old, brittle wineskins to tear open.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 w35r ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the wine will burst the skins New wine expands as it ferments, so it would cause old, brittle wineskins to tear open.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 bef2 0 are lost "will be ruined"
|
||||
MRK 2 22 c9z6 καινούς ἀσκοὺς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that have never been used.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 c9z6 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that have never been used.
|
||||
MRK 2 23 t8ni 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives the Pharisees an example from scripture to show why the disciples were not wrong to pick grain on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 pick heads of grain Plucking grain in others' fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. The disciples picked the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: "pick heads of grain and eat the seeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 23 k3pa τοὺς στάχυας 1 heads of grain The "heads" are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ MRK 2 26 x3bb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he be
|
|||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion 0 how he went into the house of God ... to those who were with him? This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: "He went into the house of God ... to those who were with him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word "he" refers to David.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 y57j ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 bread of the presence This refers to the twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
|
||||
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον ἐγένετο διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The Sabbath was made for mankind Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the Sabbath for mankind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for mankind Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the Sabbath for mankind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 mankind "man" or "people" or "the needs of people." This word here refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not mankind for the Sabbath The words "was made" are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: "mankind was not made for the Sabbath" or "God did not make mankind for the Sabbath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sabbath<br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was "work," so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### "Blasphemy against the Spirit"<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit's work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents "brother" and "sister" and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents "brother" and "sister." In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,15 +165,15 @@ MRK 3 2 n5iz 0 Some people "Some of the Pharisees." Later, in [Mark 3:6](../03
|
|||
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they could accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would accuse him breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing" or "so that they could accuse him of breaking the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 3 nm6w 0 in the middle of everyone "in the middle of this crowd"
|
||||
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion 0 Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath ... or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is lawful to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι τοῖς Σάββασιν ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; σῶσαι ψυχὴν ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?" 1 to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm ... to save a life or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis κακοποιῆσαι σῶσαι ψυχὴν ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life or to kill It may be helpful to repeat "is it lawful," as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: "is it lawful to save a life or to kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ; τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?" 1 to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm ... to save a life or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis κακοποιῆσαι ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life or to kill It may be helpful to repeat "is it lawful," as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: "is it lawful to save a life or to kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: "someone from dying" or "someone's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 w683 δὲ οἱ ἐσιώπων 1 But they were silent "But they refused to answer him"
|
||||
MRK 3 4 w683 οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων 1 But they were silent "But they refused to answer him"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 vr8q περιβλεψάμενος 1 He looked around "Jesus looked around"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 nkk8 συνλυπούμενος 1 was grieved "was deeply saddened"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 xwp9 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ αὐτῶν τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας 1 by their hardness of heart This metaphor describes how the Pharisees were unwilling to have compassion on the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: "because they were unwilling to have compassion on the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 5 e7fz ἔκτεινον σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand "Reach out with your hand"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 c3qe figs-activepassive αὐτοῦ ἡ χεὶρ ἀπεκατεστάθη 1 his hand was restored This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus restored his hand" or "Jesus made his hand the way it was before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 3 5 xwp9 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 by their hardness of heart This metaphor describes how the Pharisees were unwilling to have compassion on the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: "because they were unwilling to have compassion on the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 5 e7fz ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα σου 1 Stretch out your hand "Reach out with your hand"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 c3qe figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 his hand was restored This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus restored his hand" or "Jesus made his hand the way it was before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 3 6 dy5j συμβούλιον ἐποίουν 1 began to plot "began to make a plan"
|
||||
MRK 3 6 nvk1 τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This is the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 3 6 gjw2 0 how they might put him to death "how they might kill Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ MRK 3 8 gra8 ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 came to him "came to where Jes
|
|||
MRK 3 9 q65h figs-events 0 General Information: Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked his disciples to do because of the large crowd of people around him. Verse 10 tells why such a large crowd was around Jesus. The information in these verses can be reordered to present the events in the order they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MRK 3 9 zu5e 0 He told his disciples to have a small boat ... not press against him As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
|
||||
MRK 3 10 e86s writing-connectingwords 0 For he healed many, so that everyone ... to touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: "For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone ... to touch him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς 1 For he healed many The word "many" refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: "For he healed many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ ἵνα ἅψωνται αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 ἐθεώρουν αὐτὸν 1 saw him "saw Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word "many" refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: "For he healed many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 saw him "saw Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit 0 they fell down ... cried out, and they said Here "they" refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the "Son of God."
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 3 12 ay6j ἐπετίμα πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 He strictly ordered them "Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits"
|
||||
MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ ποιήσωσιν αὐτὸν φανερὸν 1 not to make him known "not to reveal who he was"
|
||||
MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 He strictly ordered them "Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits"
|
||||
MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 not to make him known "not to reveal who he was"
|
||||
MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles.
|
||||
MRK 3 14 xc5r 0 so that they might be with him and he might send them to proclaim the message "so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message"
|
||||
MRK 3 16 i7tf 0 Simon, to whom he gave the name Peter The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. Simon is the first man listed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,31 +202,31 @@ MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστι
|
|||
MRK 3 18 mq9b translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 Thaddaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus" The word "who" refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 0 Then he went home "Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying."
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche αὐτοὺς δύνασθαι μὴ μηδὲ φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 they could not even eat bread The word "bread" represents food. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all" or "they could not eat anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they could not even eat bread The word "bread" represents food. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all" or "they could not eat anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 21 bk6g ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 they went out to seize him Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 γὰρ ἔλεγον 1 for they said Possible meanings for the word "they" are 1) his relatives or 2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for the word "they" are 1) his relatives or 2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 out of his mind Jesus' family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: "crazy" or "insane" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons "By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς προσκαλεσάμενος 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus called the people to come to him"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς ἐκβάλλειν Σατανᾶν? 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Satan cannot cast out himself!" or "Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία μερισθῇ ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word "kingdom" is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: "If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus called the people to come to him"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Satan cannot cast out himself!" or "Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word "kingdom" is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: "If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 cannot stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: "cannot endure" or "will fall"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 house This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: "family" or "household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: "If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another" or "If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη δύναται οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη οὐ δύναται δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 27 mvr6 διαρπάσει 1 plunder to steal a person's valuables and possessions
|
||||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||||
MRK 3 28 p6sz τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the sons of men "those who have been born of man." This expression is used to emphasize peoples' humanity. Alternate translation: "people"
|
||||
MRK 3 28 rf7r 0 utter speak
|
||||
MRK 3 30 cm47 ἔλεγον 1 they were saying "the people were saying"
|
||||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom ἔχει πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα 1 has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ αὐτοῦ ἡ μήτηρ καὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔρχονται 1 Then his mother and his brothers came "Then Jesus' mother and brothers came"
|
||||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers came "Then Jesus' mother and brothers came"
|
||||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν, καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 They sent for him, summoning him "They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them"
|
||||
MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 are looking for you "are asking for you"
|
||||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν μου ἡ μήτηρ καὶ μου οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 35 dr45 0 whoever does ... that person is "those who do ... they are"
|
||||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἐστίν μου ἀδελφός, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: "that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου ἐστίν, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: "that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.<br>
|
||||
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
|
|
@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ MRK 4 5 w853 0 Other seed ... it did not have ... it sprang ... it did not hav
|
|||
MRK 4 5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 it sprang up "the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly"
|
||||
MRK 4 5 le2a γῆν 1 soil This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||||
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 the plants were scorched This refers to the young plants. This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it scorched the young plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ ἔχειν μὴ ῥίζαν, ἐξηράνθη 1 because they had no root, they dried up "because the young plants had no roots, they dried up"
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν, ἐξηράνθη 1 because they had no root, they dried up "because the young plants had no roots, they dried up"
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 0 Other seed ... choked it ... it did not produce All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). "Other seeds ... choked them ... they did not produce"
|
||||
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis 0 increasing thirty, sixty, and even a hundred times The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: "Some plants bore thirty times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced sixty times as much grain, and some produced a hundred times as much grain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers 0 thirty ... sixty ... a hundred "30 ... 60 ... 100." These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -247,9 +247,9 @@ MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person 0 Whoever has ... let him Since Jesus is speaking d
|
|||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο μόνας 1 When Jesus was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται 1 To you is given This can be stated in active form. "God has given you" or "I have given you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις ἔξω 1 to those outside "but to those who are not among you." This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus' other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis πάντα γίνεται ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: "I have spoken everything in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: "I have spoken everything in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit 0 when they look ... when they hear It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: "when they look at what I am doing ... when they hear what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι, καὶ ἴδωσιν μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn "turn to God." Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "Then Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,17 +260,17 @@ MRK 4 15 cy3i 0 These are the ones that fall beside the road "Some people are
|
|||
MRK 4 15 yf39 τὴν ὁδὸν 1 the road "the path"
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th 0 when they hear it Here "it" refers to "the word" or "God's message."
|
||||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 These are the ones "And some people are like the seeds." Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor ἔχουσιν οὐκ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: "And they are like the young plants that have no roots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: "And they are like the young plants that have no roots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 h8zg figs-metaphor εἰσιν 1 endure In this parable, "endure" means "believe." Alternate translation: "continue in their belief" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 l8xa figs-explicit θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ γενομένης διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 tribulation or persecution comes because of the word It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believed God's message. Alternate translation: "tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 l8xa figs-explicit γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 tribulation or persecution comes because of the word It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believed God's message. Alternate translation: "tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 t21w figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζονται 1 they stumble In this parable, "stumble" means "stop believing God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 18 uu9b figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ σπειρόμενοι εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 The others are the ones that were sown among the thorns Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: "And other people are like the seeds that were sown among the thorns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 18 uu9b figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 The others are the ones that were sown among the thorns Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: "And other people are like the seeds that were sown among the thorns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 19 wa3k 0 the cares of the world "the worries in this life" or "the concerns about this present life"
|
||||
MRK 4 19 jm32 ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches "the desires for riches"
|
||||
MRK 4 19 s7s7 figs-metaphor 0 enter in and choke the word As Jesus continues to talk about people who are like the seeds that fell among the thorns, he explains what the desires and worries do to the word in their lives. Alternate translation: "enter in and choke God's message in their lives like thorns choke young plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 19 f4ip 0 it does not produce a crop "the word does not produce a crop in them"
|
||||
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor οἱ σπαρέντες ἐπὶ τὴν τὴν καλὴν γῆν 1 those that were sown in the good soil Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: "like the seeds that were sown in the good soil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 those that were sown in the good soil Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: "like the seeds that were sown in the good soil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis 0 thirty, sixty, or a hundred times what was sown This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: "some produce thirty grains, some produce sixty grains, and some produce a hundred grains" or "some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 21 zzw7 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion 0 Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,47 +284,47 @@ MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ π
|
|||
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive 0 to him will be given more ... even what he has will be taken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to him God will give more ... from him God will take away" or "God will give more to him ... God will take away from him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables 0 Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile οὕτως ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 like a man who sows his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who sows his seed. Alternate translation: "like a farmer who sows his seed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ νύκτα καὶ ἐγείρηται ἡμέραν 1 He sleeps at night and gets up by day This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: "He sleeps each night and gets up each day" or "He sleeps each night and gets up the next day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα ἡμέραν 1 He sleeps at night and gets up by day This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: "He sleeps each night and gets up each day" or "He sleeps each night and gets up the next day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 lq2e ἐγείρηται ἡμέραν 1 gets up by day "is up during the day" or "is active during the day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 c6jv 0 though he does not know how "though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows"
|
||||
MRK 4 28 diz5 χόρτον 1 the blade the stalk or sprout
|
||||
MRK 4 28 cew8 στάχυν 1 the ear the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
|
||||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy 0 he immediately sends in the sickle Here "the sickle" is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: "he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain" or "he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
|
||||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι ὁ θερισμός παρέστηκεν 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase "has come" is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: "because the grain is ready to be harvested" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase "has come" is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: "because the grain is ready to be harvested" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion 0 To what can we compare the kingdom of God, or what parable can we use to explain it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what the kingdom of God is. Alternate translation: "With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 31 w4l5 ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it is sown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when someone sows it" or "when someone plants it"
|
||||
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification ποιεῖ μεγάλους κλάδους 1 it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: "with large branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει τὸν λόγον αὐτοῖς 1 he spoke the word to them "Word" here is a synecdoche for "the message of God." The word "them" refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: "he taught the message of God to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: "with large branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he spoke the word to them "Word" here is a synecdoche for "the message of God." The word "them" refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: "he taught the message of God to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 vhe5 καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 as much as they were able to understand "and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more"
|
||||
MRK 4 34 q2ht 0 when he was alone This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
|
||||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he explained everything Here "everything" is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: "he explained all his parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 35 qua2 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 35 hc5b λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 4 35 biy2 τὸ πέραν 1 the other side "the other side of the Sea of Galilee" or "the other side of the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου γίνεται 1 a violent windstorm arose Here "arose" is an idiom for "began." Alternate translation: "a violent windstorm began" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου 1 a violent windstorm arose Here "arose" is an idiom for "began." Alternate translation: "a violent windstorm began" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis 0 the boat was almost full of water It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: "the boat was in danger of being filled with water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 mv7y figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 Jesus himself Here "himself" emphasizes that Jesus was alone in the stern. Alternate translation: "Jesus himself was alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. "the stern of the boat"
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐγείρουσιν 1 They woke him up The word "they" refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, "He got up." "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 They woke him up The word "they" refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, "He got up." "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion 0 do you not care that we are about to die? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-inclusive 0 we are about to die The word "we" includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet 0 Peace! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη γαλήνη 1 a great calm "a great stillness over the sea" or "a great calm over the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm "a great stillness over the sea" or "a great calm over the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "And Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί ἐστε δειλοί? ἔχετε οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστιν οὗτός, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν ὅτι καὶ, ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes<br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Talitha, koum"<br><br>The words "Talitha, koum" ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word "They" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names Γερασηνῶν 1 Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ πνεύματι 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is "controlled" or "possessed" by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "controlled by an unclean spirit" or "that an unclean spirit possessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν δεδέσθαι πολλάκις 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "People had bound him many times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is "controlled" or "possessed" by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "controlled by an unclean spirit" or "that an unclean spirit possessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "People had bound him many times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "he shattered his shackles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 fk7t πέδαις 1 shackles pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
|
||||
MRK 5 4 tu2d figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν δαμάσαι αὐτὸν 1 No one had the strength to subdue him The man was so strong that no one could subdue him. Alternate translation: "He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 gp74 δαμάσαι αὐτὸν 1 subdue him "control him"
|
||||
MRK 5 4 tu2d figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 No one had the strength to subdue him The man was so strong that no one could subdue him. Alternate translation: "He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 gp74 αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 subdue him "control him"
|
||||
MRK 5 5 z9ah κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις 1 cut himself with sharp stones Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
|
||||
MRK 5 6 y6c2 figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 When he saw Jesus from a distance When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 6 pw4y προσεκύνησεν 1 bowed down This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: The information in these two ve
|
|||
MRK 5 7 tt7a κράξας 1 He cried out "The unclean spirit cried out"
|
||||
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion 0 What do I have to do with you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 q8c8 0 Jesus ... do not torment me Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
|
||||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 p768 0 I beg you by God himself Here the unclean spirit is swearing by God as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: "I beg you before God" or "I swear by God himself and beg you"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 p6ye ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 He asked him "And Jesus asked the unclean spirit"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor 0 He answered him, "My name is Legion, for we are many." One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: "And the spirit said to him, 'Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 in his right mind This is an
|
|||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The word "they" refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐγένετο 1 Those who had seen what happened "The people who had witnessed what had happened"
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς- ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: "the man who had been demon-possessed"
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ ἀφῆκεν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But he did not allow the man to come with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But he did not allow the man to come with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names Δεκαπόλει 1 Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was amazed It may be helpful to state why the people were amazed. Alternate translation: "all the people who heard what the man said were amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 21 wyl3 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -363,49 +363,49 @@ MRK 5 25 rn7h 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus is on his way to heal the ma
|
|||
MRK 5 25 e2cz writing-participants 0 Now a woman was there "Now" indicates that this woman is being introduced to the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism οὖσα ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 who had a flow of blood for twelve years The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 5 25 idh9 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for twelve years "for 12 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 26 vgh2 ἐλθοῦσα τὸ χεῖρον 1 she grew worse "her sickness got worse" or "her bleeding increased"
|
||||
MRK 5 26 vgh2 τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα 1 she grew worse "her sickness got worse" or "her bleeding increased"
|
||||
MRK 5 27 z2hg figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the reports about Jesus She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: "that Jesus healed people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 27 v7h8 τοῦ ἱματίου 1 cloak outer garment or coat
|
||||
MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will heal me" or "his power will heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she was healed from her affliction This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sickness had left her" or "she was no longer sick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 30 ma2b τὴν δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 that power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: "that his healing power had healed the woman"
|
||||
MRK 5 30 ma2b τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 that power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: "that his healing power had healed the woman"
|
||||
MRK 5 31 hb58 τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε 1 this crowd pressed around you This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:24](../05/24.md).
|
||||
MRK 5 33 yn9g προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him "knelt down before him." She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὴν πᾶσαν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase "the whole truth" refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: "told him the whole truth about how she had touched him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase "the whole truth" refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: "told him the whole truth about how she had touched him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 34 gbk8 θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
|
||||
MRK 5 34 a5qw σου ἡ πίστις 1 your faith "your faith in me"
|
||||
MRK 5 34 a5qw ἡ πίστις σου 1 your faith "your faith in me"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 kmm7 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was speaking "While Jesus was speaking"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ld5e 0 some people came from the leader of the synagogue Possible meanings are 1) these people had come from Jarius' house or 2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or 3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus' absence.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 akl8 τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 the leader of the synagogue The "leader of the synagogue" is Jairus.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ip1p ἀρχισυναγώγου, λέγοντες 1 synagogue, saying "synagogue, saying to Jairus"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ἔτι 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is useless to bother the teacher any longer." or "There no need to bother the teacher any longer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is useless to bother the teacher any longer." or "There no need to bother the teacher any longer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 35 c5c1 τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 5 36 zei3 figs-events 0 General Information: The information in verses 37 and 38 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 5 36 ge2r μόνον πίστευε 1 Just believe If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: "Just believe I can make you daughter live"
|
||||
MRK 5 37 y884 ἀφῆκεν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν 1 He did not permit Jesus did not permit
|
||||
MRK 5 37 ed49 figs-explicit συνακολουθῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to accompany him "to come with him." It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: "to accompany him to Jairus' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 37 y884 οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν 1 He did not permit Jesus did not permit
|
||||
MRK 5 37 ed49 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι 1 to accompany him "to come with him." It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: "to accompany him to Jairus' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 38 t154 θεωρεῖ 1 he saw Jesus saw
|
||||
MRK 5 39 m7pu λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "Jesus said to the people who were weeping"
|
||||
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion 0 Why are you upset and why do you weep? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is not a time to be upset and crying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον ἀπέθανεν οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 jm38 κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 They laughed at him Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν πάντας ἐκβαλὼν 1 put them all outside "sent all the other people outside the house"
|
||||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν ἐκβαλὼν πάντας 1 put them all outside "sent all the other people outside the house"
|
||||
MRK 5 40 mi3u τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 those who were with him This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 wca3 figs-explicit εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου τὸ παιδίον ἦν 1 went in where the child was It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: "went into the room where the child was lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 40 wca3 figs-explicit εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 went in where the child was It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: "went into the room where the child was lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ 1 Talitha, koum This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν δώδεκα ἐτῶν 1 she was twelve years of age "she was 12 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο πολλὰ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο. καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο πολλὰ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς 1 He strictly ordered them "He strongly commanded them"
|
||||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was twelve years of age "she was 12 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο. καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 He strictly ordered them "He strongly commanded them"
|
||||
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations 0 Then he told them to give her something to eat. This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "And he told them, 'Give her something to eat.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Anointed with oil"<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br>
|
||||
MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
|
||||
MRK 6 1 mjr1 αὐτοῦ τὴν πατρίδα 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
|
||||
MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
|
||||
MRK 6 2 y4xj 0 What is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: "What is this wisdom that he has gained?"
|
||||
MRK 6 2 s1xy γινόμεναι διὰ αὐτοῦ τῶν χειρῶν 1 that he does with his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: "that he himself works"
|
||||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion " ἐστιν οὗτός οὐχ ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσῆτος καὶ Ἰούδα καὶ Σίμωνος? εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀδελφαὶ οὐκ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?" 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 that he does with his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: "that he himself works"
|
||||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion Ἰωσῆτος" οὗτός οὐχ ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου καὶ ἐστιν καὶ Ἰούδα καὶ Σίμωνος? εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀδελφαὶ οὐκ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?" 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives προφήτης ἔστιν οὐκ ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "A prophet is always honored, except" or "The only place a prophet is not honored is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις 1 to lay his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "A prophet is always honored, except" or "The only place a prophet is not honored is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 to lay his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus' instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the twelve Here the word "called" means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -416,73 +416,73 @@ MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκε
|
|||
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them "as a testimony against them." It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony to them. "as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out The word "They" refers to the twelve and does not include Jesus. Also, it may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: "They went out to various towns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor 0 turn away from their sins Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop sinning" or "repent of their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis ἐξέβαλλον πολλὰ δαιμόνια 1 They cast out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: "They cast many demons out of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 They cast out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: "They cast many demons out of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus' miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um 0 King Herod heard this The word "this" refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit 0 Some were saying, "John the Baptist has been Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "Some were saying, 'He is John the Baptist who has been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist has been caused to live again" or "God has caused John the Baptist to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι ἔλεγον," ἐστίν Ἠλείας." 1 Some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι ἔλεγον," Ἠλείας ἐστίν." 1 Some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word "I" to refer to himself. The word "I" is a metonym for Herod's soldiers. Alternate translation: "whom I commanded my soldiers to behead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἀποστείλας τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐκράτησεν καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἔδησεν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ ἔδησεν ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 i7bw ἀποστείλας 1 sent to have "ordered to have"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias "because of Herodias"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ Φιλίππου' Φιλίππου τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι ἐγάμησεν αὐτὴν 1 because he had married her "because Herod had married her"
|
||||
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν, καὶ ἠδύνατο οὐκ 1 wanted to kill him, but she could not Herodias is the subject of this phrase and "she" is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: "she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ' τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he had married her "because Herod had married her"
|
||||
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 wanted to kill him, but she could not Herodias is the subject of this phrase and "she" is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: "she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 k8wa writing-connectingwords ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην; εἰδὼς 1 for Herod feared John; he knew These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: "for Herod feared John because he knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 fj95 0 he knew that he was a righteous "Herod knew that John was a righteous"
|
||||
MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 Listening to him "Listening to John"
|
||||
MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 21 m54q 0 he made a dinner for his officials ... of Galilee Here the word "he" refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: "he had a dinner made for his officials ... of Galilee" or "he invited his officials ... of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him"
|
||||
MRK 6 21 h5x9 δεῖπνον 1 a dinner a formal meal or banquet
|
||||
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns Ἡρῳδιάδος αὐτοῦ 1 Herodias herself The word "herself" is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias' own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Herodias herself The word "herself" is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias' own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 came in "came into the room"
|
||||
MRK 6 23 qr1w 0 Whatever you ask ... my kingdom "I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it"
|
||||
MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 went out "went out of the room"
|
||||
MRK 6 25 ap2w 0 on a wooden platter "on a board" or "on a large wooden dish"
|
||||
MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit 0 because of the oath he had made and because of his dinner guests The content of the oath, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter "on a tray"
|
||||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 When his disciples "When John's disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 When his disciples "When John's disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z τόπον ἔρημον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 πολλοί ἦσαν ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ὑπάγοντες 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 0 they did not even The word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 So they went away Here the word "they" includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας 1 they saw them leaving "the people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving"
|
||||
MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going on foot by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
|
||||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν ὄχλον πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd "Jesus saw a great crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd "Jesus saw a great crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep without a shepherd Jesus compares the people to sheep who are confused when they do not have their shepherd to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom 0 When the hour was late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: "When it was getting late" or "Late in the afternoon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ὁ τόπος ἔρημός ὁ τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ὁ ὁ τόπος τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 37 am7m 0 But he answered and said to them "But Jesus answered and said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion 0 Can we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: "We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων 1 two hundred denarii "200 denarii." The singular form of the word "denarii" is "denarius." A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 two hundred denarii "200 denarii." The singular form of the word "denarii" is "denarius." A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
|
||||
MRK 6 39 xgb6 χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 green grass Describe the grass with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color green.
|
||||
MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 groups of hundreds and fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: "about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed "he spoke a blessing" or "he gave thanks"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p ἐμέρισεν καὶ ἐμέρισεν τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 They took up Possible meaning are 1) "The disciples took up" or 2) "The people took up."
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα, δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 broken pieces of bread, twelve baskets full "twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 twelve baskets "12 baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους 1 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 When they were gone "When the people had left"
|
||||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 When they were gone "When the people had left"
|
||||
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
|
||||
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 fourth watch This is the time between 3 a.m. and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism 0 Be courageous! ... Do not be afraid! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: "Do not fear me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit ἐξίσταντο λείαν ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐξίσταντο ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy 0 what the loaves meant Here the phrase "the loaves" refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: "what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread" or "what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία ἦν πεπωρωμένη 1 their hearts were hardened Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: "they were too stubborn to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their hearts were hardened Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: "they were too stubborn to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||||
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον τὴν ὅλην χώραν 1 they ran throughout the whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: "they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν 1 they ran throughout the whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: "they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 0 they ran ... they heard The word "they" refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: "the sick people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 Wherever he entered "Wherever Jesus entered"
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they would put Here "they" refers to the peop
|
|||
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: "the sick people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 They begged him Possible meanings are 1) "The sick begged him" or 2) "The people begged him."
|
||||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 let them touch The word "them" refers to the sick.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἱματίου 1 the edge of his garment "the hem of his robe" or "the edge of his clothes"
|
||||
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment "the hem of his robe" or "the edge of his clothes"
|
||||
MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as "all those who"
|
||||
MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Ephphatha"<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
|
|
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive 0 Given to God This phrase explains the meanin
|
|||
MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God's commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees' attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees' attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 7 12 cb8c figs-explicit 0 then you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with "Whatever help" in verse 11: "You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, 'Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.' (Corban means 'Given to God.')" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 void canceled or done away with
|
||||
MRK 7 13 ena5 πολλὰ παρόμοια τοιαῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 many similar things you do "you are doing may other things similar to this"
|
||||
MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 many similar things you do "you are doing may other things similar to this"
|
||||
MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He called "Jesus called"
|
||||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου, πάντες, καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words "Listen" and "understand" are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -534,45 +534,45 @@ MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by a
|
|||
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion 0 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion 0 because ... latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words "Do you not see" in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. "You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται τὴν καρδίαν 1 it cannot go into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person's character. Alternate translation: "it cannot go into his inner being" or "it cannot go into his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν 1 it cannot go into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person's character. Alternate translation: "it cannot go into his inner being" or "it cannot go into his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 ὅτι αὐτοῦ 1 because it Here "it" refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit πάντα τὰ βρώματα καθαρίζων 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: "all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: "all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 He said "Jesus said"
|
||||
MRK 7 20 eq3a 0 It is that which comes out of the person that defiles him "What defiles a person is what comes out of him"
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, ἐκπορεύονται οἱ κακοὶ οἱ διαλογισμοὶ 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Alternate translation: "out of the inner being, come evil thoughts" or "out of the mind, come evil thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Alternate translation: "out of the inner being, come evil thoughts" or "out of the mind, come evil thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one's lustful desires
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἐκπορεύεται ἔσωθεν 1 come from within Here the word "within" describes a person's heart. Alternate translation: "come from within a person's heart" or "come from within a person's thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word "within" describes a person's heart. Alternate translation: "come from within a person's heart" or "come from within a person's thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down "knelt." This is an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background 0 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word "Now" marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman's nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor 0 Let the children first be fed. For it is not right ... throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are children and the Gentiles as if they are dogs. Alternate translation: "Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children's bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες τὰ τέκνα πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι 1 Let the children first be fed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We must first feed the children of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Let the children first be fed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We must first feed the children of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 yn61 κυναρίοις 1 dogs This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
|
||||
MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit 0 you are free to go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: "you may go now" or "you may go home in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξελήλυθεν ἐκ σου τῆς θυγατρός 1 The demon has gone out of your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman's daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out of your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman's daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 k9gy ἐξελθὼν πάλιν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 went out again from the region of Tyre "left the region of Tyre"
|
||||
MRK 7 31 k9gy πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 went out again from the region of Tyre "left the region of Tyre"
|
||||
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up into the region Possible meanings are 1) "in the region" as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or 2) "through the region" as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 7 32 bnq6 φέρουσιν 1 They brought "And people brought"
|
||||
MRK 7 32 i5gy 0 who was deaf "who was not able to hear"
|
||||
MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτῷ 1 they begged him to lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: "they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they begged him to lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: "they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 33 p3aa ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν 1 He took him "Jesus took the man"
|
||||
MRK 7 33 zb1w ἔβαλεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς δακτύλους εἰς αὐτοῦ τὰ ὦτα 1 he put his fingers into his ears Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man's ears.
|
||||
MRK 7 33 jwi8 πτύσας, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ τῆς γλώσσης 1 after spitting, he touched his tongue Jesus spits and then touches the man's tongue.
|
||||
MRK 7 33 zb1w ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ 1 he put his fingers into his ears Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man's ears.
|
||||
MRK 7 33 jwi8 πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 after spitting, he touched his tongue Jesus spits and then touches the man's tongue.
|
||||
MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 after spitting It may be helpful to state that Jesus spit on his fingers. Alternate translation: "after spitting on his fingers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looked up to heaven This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' sympathy for the man.
|
||||
MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 said to him "said to the man"
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yg15 αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί ἠνοίγησαν 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: "his ears were opened and he was able to hear" or "he was able to hear"
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive αὐτοῦ τῆς γλώσσης ἐλύθη 1 his tongue was released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking" or "Jesus loosened his tongue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yg15 ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: "his ears were opened and he was able to hear" or "he was able to hear"
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue was released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking" or "Jesus loosened his tongue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο αὐτοὶ 1 the more he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: "the more he ordered them not to tell anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly "the more widely" or "the more"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ἐξεπλήσσοντο ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 were extremely astonished "were utterly amazed" or "were exceedingly astonished" or "were astonished beyond all measure"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 were extremely astonished "were utterly amazed" or "were exceedingly astonished" or "were astonished beyond all measure"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy 0 the deaf ... the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: "deaf people ... mute people" or "people who cannot hear ... people who cannot speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Bread<br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### "Adulterous generation"<br><br>When Jesus called the people an "adulterous generation," he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it" ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,24 +584,24 @@ MRK 8 4 b7tn 0 loaves of bread Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have be
|
|||
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them "Jesus asked his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations 0 He commanded the crowd to sit down on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. "Jesus commanded the crowd, 'Sit down on the ground'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x144 0 sit down Use your language's word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 εἶχαν καὶ εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word "they" is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word "they" is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 he gave thanks for them "Jesus gave thanks for the fish"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 They ate "The people ate"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up "the disciples picked up"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων, ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 the remaining broken pieces, seven large baskets This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: "the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς ἀπέλυσεν 1 Then he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: "After they ate, Jesus sent them away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 Then he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: "After they ate, Jesus sent them away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 they went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: "they sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
|
||||
MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They sought from him "They asked him for"
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus' power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are 1) The word "heaven" is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: "a sign from God" or 2) the word "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sign from the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 to test him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "to prove that God had sent him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ τῷ πνεύματι 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ τῷ πνεύματι 1 in his spirit "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖ αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ 1 this generation When Jesus speaks of "this generation," he is referring to the people who lived at that time. There Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: "you and the people of this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ σημεῖον δοθήσεται 1 no sign will be given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, ἐμβὰς πάλιν 1 he left them, got into a boat again Jesus' disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "he left them, got into a boat again with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation When Jesus speaks of "this generation," he is referring to the people who lived at that time. There Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: "you and the people of this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται σημεῖον 1 no sign will be given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 he left them, got into a boat again Jesus' disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "he left them, got into a boat again with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This describes the Sea of Galilee, which can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
|
||||
MRK 8 14 m74g writing-background καὶ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,22 +610,22 @@ MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet 0 Keep watch and be on guard These two terms have a
|
|||
MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees' and Herod's teachings to yeast, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit 0 It is because we have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state that "it" refers to what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: "He must have said that because we have no bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole 0 no bread The word "no" is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: "very little bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι οὐκ ἔχετε ἄρτους? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism νοεῖτε οὔπω νοεῖτε? συνίετε οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy ἔχετε ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν πεπωρωμένην? 1 Have your hearts become so dull? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ἔχοντες ὀφθαλμοὺς, βλέπετε οὐ βλέπετε? ἔχοντες ὦτα, ἀκούετε οὐκ ἀκούετε? μνημονεύετε οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε νοεῖτε? οὐδὲ συνίετε συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become so dull? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion , ὀφθαλμοὺς,? ἔχοντες? βλέπετε? ὦτα οὐ ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔχοντες βλέπετε μνημονεύετε οὐ μνημονεύετε ἀκούετε 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 5,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους πλήρεις κλασμάτων ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the four thousand This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 4,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα ἤρατε 1 how many basketfuls did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion συνίετε οὔπω συνίετε 1 Do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion οὔπω συνίετε συνίετε 1 Do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 c92c 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα ἅψηται αὐτοῦ 1 to touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: "to touch him in order to heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 to touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: "to touch him in order to heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 23 t5ud 0 When he had spit on his eyes ... he asked him "When Jesus had spit on the man's eyes ... Jesus asked the man"
|
||||
MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 He looked up "The man looked up"
|
||||
MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile 0 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men walking around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to trees. Alternate translation: "Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα ἐπέθηκεν πάλιν 1 Then he again "Then Jesus again"
|
||||
MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 Then he again "Then Jesus again"
|
||||
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive 0 and the man opened his eyes, his sight was restored The phrase "his sight was restored" can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "restoring the man's sight, and then the man opened his eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
|
||||
MRK 8 28 bh7h 0 They answered him and said "They answered him, saying,"
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,76 +635,76 @@ MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them "Jesus
|
|||
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit 0 Jesus warned them not to tell anyone about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Also, this can also be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ" or "Jesus warned them, 'Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive 0 would be rejected by the elders ... and after three days rise up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 32 hl4a ἐλάλει τὸν παρρησίᾳ 1 He said this clearly "He said this in a way that was easy to understand"
|
||||
MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν ἐλάλει 1 He said this clearly "He said this in a way that was easy to understand"
|
||||
MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "began to rebuke him for saying these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
|
||||
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor 0 Get behind me, Satan! You are not setting Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: "Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 33 r9gy ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me "Get away from me"
|
||||
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ἀκολουθεῖν μου 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: "be my disciple" or "be one of my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: "be my disciple" or "be one of my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 skl2 ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 must deny himself "must not give in to his own desires" or "must forsake his own desires"
|
||||
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω αὐτοῦ τὸν σταυρὸν, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me "carry his cross and follow me." The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor ἀκολουθεῖν μου 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me "carry his cross and follow me." The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 35 d5rj ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants "For anyone who wants"
|
||||
MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
|
||||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ ἕνεκεν καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel "because of me and because of the gospel." Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he follows me and tells others the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel "because of me and because of the gospel." Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he follows me and tells others the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion 0 What does it profit a person to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 w7gm 0 to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word "if." Alternate translation: "if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life"
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον 1 to gain the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "to gain everything he ever wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "to gain everything he ever wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 forfeit To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος δοῖ ἀντάλλαγμα αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος δοῖ 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί δοῖ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί δοῖ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 ashamed of me and my words "ashamed of me and my message"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ τῇ γενεᾷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this generation as "adulterous," meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: "in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful" or "in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this generation as "adulterous," meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: "in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful" or "in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he comes "when he comes back"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων 1 with the holy angels "accompanied by the holy angels"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels "accompanied by the holy angels"
|
||||
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "transfigured"<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus' clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God's Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, "If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off" ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all" ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 1 q4b6 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The kingdom of God coming represents God showing himself as king. Alternate translation: "God show himself with great power as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns μόνους κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 alone by themselves The author uses the reflexive pronoun "themselves" here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 alone by themselves The author uses the reflexive pronoun "themselves" here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 krt6 μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
|
||||
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his appearance had changed" or "he appeared very different" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 i9vm ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them "in front of them" or "so they could clearly him"
|
||||
MRK 9 3 id6l 0 radiantly brilliant "shining" or "glowing." Jesus' garments were so white they were emitting or giving off light.
|
||||
MRK 9 3 s2qf λείαν 1 extremely as much as possible or more than most
|
||||
MRK 9 3 gp48 0 whiter than any bleacher on earth could bleach them Bleaching describes the process of making natural white wool even whiter by using chemicals like bleach or ammonia. Alternate translation: "whiter than any person on earth could whiten them"
|
||||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ ὤφθη 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: "two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: "two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word "they" refers to Elijah and Moses.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 w6vs 0 Peter answered and said to Jesus "Peter said to Jesus." Here the word "answered" is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive ἐστιν καλόν ἡμᾶς εἶναι ὧδε 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether "us" refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether "us" refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background γὰρ ᾔδει οὐ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, γὰρ ἐγένοντο ἔκφοβοι 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἐγένοντο ἔκφοβοι 1 they were terrified "they were very frightened" or "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified "they were very frightened" or "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 e3id 0 came and overshadowed "appeared and covered"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Then a voice came out of the cloud Here "a voice came out" is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: "Then someone spoke from the cloud" or "Then God spoke from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν μου ὁ ἀγαπητός ὁ Υἱός. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his "beloved Son," the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἀγαπητός ὁ Υἱός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Then a voice came out of the cloud Here "a voice came out" is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: "Then someone spoke from the cloud" or "Then God spoke from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his "beloved Son," the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked Here "they" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 9 dv4d figs-explicit 0 he commanded them to tell no one ... until the Son of Man had risen This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἀναστῇ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 risen from the dead "risen from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "risen from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 rising from the dead "to rise from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "rising from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ ἐκράτησαν τὸν λόγον πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here "kept the matter to themselves" is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: "So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 risen from the dead "risen from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "risen from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rising from the dead "to rise from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "rising from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here "kept the matter to themselves" is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: "So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 pck1 0 Connecting Statement: Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by "rising from the dead," they asked him instead about Elijah's coming.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 They asked him The word "they" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 h45a figs-explicit 0 Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? Prophecy foretold that Elijah would come again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: "Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 x5ep Ἠλείας ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Elijah does come first to restore all things By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah would come first.
|
||||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion 0 Why then is it written ... be despised? Jesus uses this question to remind his disciples that the scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. This may be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 be despised This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people would hate him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν ὅσα ἤθελον αὐτῷ 1 they did whatever they wanted to him It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: "our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: "our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 14 qn7d 0 Connecting Statement: When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 When they came to the disciples Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain.
|
||||
MRK 9 14 cs1f εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν ὄχλον περὶ αὐτοὺς 1 they saw a great crowd around them "Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples"
|
||||
MRK 9 14 cs1f εἶδον ὄχλον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς 1 they saw a great crowd around them "Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples"
|
||||
MRK 9 14 wp9z γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς 1 scribes were arguing with them The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 9 15 lch5 figs-explicit ἐξεθαμβήθησαν 1 was amazed It may be helpful to state why they were amazed. Alternate translation: "was amazed that Jesus had come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 17 b7v8 0 Connecting Statement: To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
|
||||
MRK 9 17 zqw9 figs-idiom ἔχοντα πνεῦμα 1 He has a spirit This means the boy is possessed by an unclean spirit. "He has an unclean spirit" or "He is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zhc9 ἀφρίζει 1 he foams at the mouth A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: "bubbles come out of his mouth"
|
||||
MRK 9 18 h98h 0 he becomes rigid "he becomes stiff" or "his body becomes rigid"
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-ellipsis ἴσχυσαν οὐκ 1 they could not This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "they could not drive it out of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "they could not drive it out of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-explicit ὁ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς 1 He answered them Though it was the boy's father who made a request of Jesus, Jesus responds to the whole crowd. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Jesus responded to the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 azc9 ἄπιστος γενεὰ 1 Unbelieving generation "You unbelieving generation." Jesus calls the crowd this, as he begins to respond to them.
|
||||
MRK 9 19 azc9 γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Unbelieving generation "You unbelieving generation." Jesus calls the crowd this, as he begins to respond to them.
|
||||
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-rquestion 0 how long will I have to stay with you? ... bear with you? Jesus uses these questions to express his frustration. Both questions have the same meaning. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "I have become weary by your unbelief!" or "Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 bear with you "endure you" or "put up with you"
|
||||
MRK 9 19 b7ee φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 Bring him to me "Bring the boy to me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,80 +718,80 @@ MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things
|
|||
MRK 9 23 f3uj τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one "for the person" or "for anyone"
|
||||
MRK 9 23 e5kk τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 believes This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: "believes in God"
|
||||
MRK 9 24 h4y6 βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help my unbelief The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: "Help me when I do not believe" or "Help me have more faith"
|
||||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 ὄχλος ἐπισυντρέχει 1 the crowd running to them This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
|
||||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd running to them This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
|
||||
MRK 9 25 ul8k 0 You mute and deaf spirit The words "mute" and "deaf" can be explained. Alternate translation: "You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 It cried out "The unclean spirit cried out"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz σπαράξας αὐτόν πολλὰ 1 convulsed the boy greatly "shook the boy violently"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz πολλὰ σπαράξας αὐτόν 1 convulsed the boy greatly "shook the boy violently"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ry3l figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 came out It is implied that the spirit came out of the boy. Alternate translation: "came out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-simile 0 The boy looked like one who was dead The boy's appearance is compared to that of a dead person. Alternate translation: "The boy appeared dead" or "The boy looked like a dead person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 so that many "so that many people"
|
||||
MRK 9 27 g2lt figs-idiom 0 took him by the hand This means that Jesus grasped the boy's hand with his own hand. Alternate translation: "grasped the boy by the hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν ἤγειρεν 1 lifted him up "helped him get up"
|
||||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up "helped him get up"
|
||||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately This means they were alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό ἐκβαλεῖν 1 cast it out "cast the unclean spirit out." This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "cast the unclean spirit out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out "cast the unclean spirit out." This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "cast the unclean spirit out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words "cannot" and "except" are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "This kind can be cast out only by prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: "This kind of unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 30 q4iu 0 Connecting Statement: After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 30 pp6z ἐξελθόντες κἀκεῖθεν 1 They went out from there "Jesus and his disciples left that region"
|
||||
MRK 9 30 pp6z κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out from there "Jesus and his disciples left that region"
|
||||
MRK 9 30 f12g παρεπορεύοντο διὰ 1 passed through "traveled through" or "passed by"
|
||||
MRK 9 31 ywi8 figs-explicit γὰρ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 for he was teaching his disciples Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "for he was teaching his disciples privately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 ywi8 figs-explicit ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 for he was teaching his disciples Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "for he was teaching his disciples privately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man will be delivered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone will deliver the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 y5cw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man. This is an important title for Jesus. "I, the Son of Man," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here "hands" is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: "into the control of men" or "so that men will be able to control him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 When he has been put to death, after three days he This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After they have put him to death and three days have passed, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν 1 they were afraid to ask him They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: "they were afraid to ask him what it meant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι 1 they were afraid to ask him They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: "they were afraid to ask him what it meant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 xv94 writing-newevent 0 When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to "they arrived at." The word "they" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 33 t717 διελογίζεσθε 1 were you discussing "were you discussing with one another"
|
||||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: "they were silent because they were ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit 0 who was the greatest Here "the greatest" refers to "the greatest" among the disciples. Alternate translation: "who was the greatest among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται ἔσχατος πάντων 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words "first" and "last" are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the "most important" as being "first" and of being the "least important" as being "last." Alternate translation: "If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words "first" and "last" are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the "most important" as being "first" and of being the "least important" as being "last." Alternate translation: "If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 2 of all ... of all "of all people ... of all people"
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν αὐτῶν μέσῳ 1 in their midst "among them." The word "their" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ ἐναγκαλισάμενος 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst "among them." The word "their" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 37 h242 0 such a child "a child like this"
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ μου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 in my name This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: "because he loves me" or "for my sake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: "because he loves me" or "for my sake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: "God, who has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ὁ Ἰωάννης ἔφη αὐτῷ 1 John said to him "John said to Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John said to him "John said to Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 9 38 tn6s figs-explicit ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια 1 driving out demons "sending away demons." This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: "driving demons out of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν σου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 in your name Here "name" is associated with Jesus' authority and power. Alternate translation: "by the authority of your name" or "by the power of your name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom ἠκολούθει οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: "he is not one of us" or "he does not walk with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 ἔστιν οὐκ καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us "is not opposing us"
|
||||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ἐστιν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: "is trying to achieve the same goals that we are"
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here "name" is associated with Jesus' authority and power. Alternate translation: "by the authority of your name" or "by the power of your name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: "he is not one of us" or "he does not walk with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us "is not opposing us"
|
||||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: "is trying to achieve the same goals that we are"
|
||||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-metaphor 0 gives you a cup of water to drink because you belong to Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 not lose This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "definitely receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 μύλος 1 millstone a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σου ἡ χείρ σκανδαλίσῃ σε σκανδαλίσῃ 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here "hand" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 iku4 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν κυλλὸν 1 to enter into life maimed "to be maimed and then to enter into life" or "to be maimed before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here "hand" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed "to be maimed and then to enter into life" or "to be maimed before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: "without a hand" or "missing a hand"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ τὸ ἄσβεστον πῦρ 1 into the unquenchable fire "where the fire cannot be put out"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν σου ὁ πούς σκανδαλίζῃ σε σκανδαλίζῃ 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word "foot" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire "where the fire cannot be put out"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word "foot" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame "to be lame and then to enter into life" or "to be lame before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 r1dy figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 c2vw χωλὸν 1 lame "unable to walk easily." Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: "without a foot" or "missing a foot"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 be thrown into hell This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν σου ὁ ὀφθαλμός σκανδαλίζῃ σε σκανδαλίζῃ, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν ἔκβαλε 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ μονόφθαλμον ἢ ἔχοντα δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου αὐτῶν ὁ σκώληξ τελευτᾷ οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς ἁλισθήσεται πυρὶ 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor ἁλισθήσεται πυρὶ 1 will be salted with fire Here "fire" is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So "will be salted with fire" is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: "will be made pure in the fire of suffering" or "will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here "fire" is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So "will be salted with fire" is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: "will be made pure in the fire of suffering" or "will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 its saltiness "its salty taste"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἀρτύσετε αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε ἀρτύσετε? 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 salty again "taste salty again"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἅλα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Have salt among yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: "Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt among yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: "Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Jesus' teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of "the cup which I will drink," he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant" ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vf86 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 Jesus left that place Jesus' disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς 1 Jesus left that place Jesus' disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River "and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River" or "and to the area east of the Jordan River"
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς πάλιν 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 0 he was accustomed to do "was his custom" or "he usually did"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations 0 "It was because ... this law," Jesus said to them. In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus said to them, 'It was because ... this law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 0 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus' time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words "your" and "you." Alternate translation: "because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law"
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy ὑμῶν τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hard hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. The phrase "hard hearts" is a metaphor for "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "your stubbornness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hard hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. The phrase "hard hearts" is a metaphor for "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "your stubbornness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 God made them "God made people"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For this reason "Therefore" or "Because of this"
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,29 +807,29 @@ MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery agains
|
|||
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery In this situation she commits adultery again her previous husband. Alternate translation: "she commits adultery against him" or "she commits adultery against the first man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 j3t9 0 Connecting Statement: When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent 0 Then they brought "Now people were bringing." This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit ἅψηται αὐτῶν 1 he might touch them This means that Jesus would touch them with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: "he might touch them with his hands and bless them" or "he might lay his hands on them and bless them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them This means that Jesus would touch them with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: "he might touch them with his hands and bless them" or "he might lay his hands on them and bless them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 w5lm ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς 1 rebuked them "rebuked the people"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 0 Jesus noticed it The word "it" refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 10 14 rv7x ἠγανάκτησεν 1 was very displeased "became angry"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ κωλύετε μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives κωλύετε μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "allow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "allow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 je6w figs-metaphor 0 for the kingdom of God belongs to those who are like them The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God includes people who are like them" or "because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 y3a2 0 whoever will not receive ... child will definitely not enter it "if anyone will not recieve ... child, he will definitely not enter it"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: "in the same manner as a child would" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt δέξηται μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God "will not accept God as their king"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God "will not accept God as their king"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter it The word "it" refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ ἐναγκαλισάμενος 1 he took the children into his arms "he hugged the children"
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κληρονομήσω αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of "receiving" as if it were "inheriting." This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, "inherit" here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί λέγεις με ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ ὁ Θεός εἷς 1 good except God alone "good. Only God is good"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 he took the children into his arms "he hugged the children"
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of "receiving" as if it were "inheriting." This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, "inherit" here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 good except God alone "good. Only God is good"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack "There is one thing you are missing." Here "lack" is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: "One thing you need to do" or "There is one thing you have not yet done" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy 0 give it to the poor Here the word "it" refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: "give the money to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things
|
||||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων πολλά κτήματα 1 had many possessions "owned many things"
|
||||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 had many possessions "owned many things"
|
||||
MRK 10 23 k5nk 0 How difficult it is "It is very difficult"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς πάλιν 1 Jesus said to them again "Jesus said to his disciples again"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them again "Jesus said to his disciples again"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα, πῶς 1 Children, how "My children, how." Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his children. Alternate translation: "My friends, how" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 24 jf83 πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν 1 how hard it is "it is very hard"
|
||||
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole 0 It is easier ... kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for rich people to get into the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,9 +841,9 @@ MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis 0 With people it is impossible, but not with God T
|
|||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Look, we have left everything and have followed you Here the word "Look" is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: "We have left everything and have followed you"
|
||||
MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything "have left everything behind"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands "or plots of ground" or "or the land that he owns"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ ἕνεκεν 1 for my sake "for my cause" or "for me"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "for my cause" or "for me"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel "to proclaim the gospel"
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν λάβῃ μὴ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words "there is no one who has left" (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. "everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words "there is no one who has left" (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. "everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 heb4 0 this world "this life" or "this present age"
|
||||
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word "fathers" is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
|
||||
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns 0 with persecutions, and in the world to come, eternal life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun "persecution" are expressed with the verb "persecute." Because the sentence is so long and complicated, "will receive" can be repeated. Alternate translation: "and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -861,8 +861,8 @@ MRK 10 34 ccd3 ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 They will mock "People will mock"
|
|||
MRK 10 34 xa5b ἀποκτενοῦσιν 1 put him to death "kill him"
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: "he will rise from being dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive 0 we ... us These words refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν σου τῇ δόξῃ 1 in your glory "when you are glorified." The phrase "in your glory" refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: "when you rule in your kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οἴδατε οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know "You do not understand"
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory "when you are glorified." The phrase "in your glory" refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: "when you rule in your kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε 1 You do not know "You do not understand"
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here "cup" refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: "drink the cup of suffering that I will drink" or "drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor 0 endure the baptism with which I will be baptized Here "baptism" and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: "endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -871,30 +871,30 @@ MRK 10 40 ig8f 0 But who is to sit at my right hand ... is not mine to give "B
|
|||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 0 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared "but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared." The word "it" refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
|
||||
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has prepared it" or "God has prepared them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 0 heard about this The word "this" refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus' right and left hands.
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 ὁ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them "Jesus called his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus called them "Jesus called his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles" or 2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: "those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 dominate have control or power over
|
||||
MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority "flaunt their authority." This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
|
||||
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit 0 But it shall not be this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But do not be like them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 43 fc3m γενέσθαι μέγας 1 become great "be highly respected"
|
||||
MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 become great "be highly respected"
|
||||
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: "to be the most important" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἦλθεν οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For the Son of Man did not come to be served This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For the Son of Man did not come to be served This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve "to be served by people, but to serve people"
|
||||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 for many "for many people"
|
||||
MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
|
||||
MRK 10 46 bq3j translate-names ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 the son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, a blind beggar "a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus." Bartimaeus is the name of a man. Timaeus is his father's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς 1 When he heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: "When he heard people saying that it was Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν 1 When he heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: "When he heard people saying that it was Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: "You who are the Messiah descended from King David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u πολλοὶ ἐπετίμων 1 Many rebuked "Many people rebuked"
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων πολλοὶ 1 Many rebuked "Many people rebuked"
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 all the more "even more"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν αὐτόν φωνήσατε 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 They called The word "They" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Be brave "Have courage" or "Do not be afraid"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 0 He is calling for you "Jesus is calling for you"
|
||||
MRK 10 50 z6ec ἀναπηδήσας 1 sprang up "jumped up"
|
||||
MRK 10 51 i5an ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 answered him "answered the blind man"
|
||||
MRK 10 51 dap1 ἀναβλέψω 1 to receive my sight "to be able to see"
|
||||
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit σου ἡ πίστις σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man's faith. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I am healing you because you believed in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man's faith. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I am healing you because you believed in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him "he followed Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br>
|
||||
MRK 11 1 ch4j 0 Now as they came to Jerusalem ... Bethphage and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives "When Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives" They have come to Bethphage and Bethany in the vicinity of Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us "ahead of us"
|
|||
MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive 0 that has never been ridden This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "that no one has ever ridden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word "this" refers to. Alternate translation: "Why are you untying and taking the colt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd ἔχει χρείαν αὐτοῦ 1 has need of it "needs it"
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it "needs it"
|
||||
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit 0 will immediately send it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: "will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 They went "The two disciples went"
|
||||
MRK 11 4 i2ml πῶλον 1 colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ MRK 11 6 ij7y 0 as Jesus told them "as Jesus had told them to respond." This r
|
|||
MRK 11 6 m8pm figs-idiom 0 let them go their way This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: "let them take the donkey with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 11 7 ice6 0 threw their cloaks on it so Jesus could ride it "laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it." It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw their cloaks on it.
|
||||
MRK 11 7 k9g7 τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks "coats" or "robes"
|
||||
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ ἔστρωσαν αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many people spread their garments on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on the road in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Many people spread their garments on the road to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many people spread their garments on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on the road in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Many people spread their garments on the road to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit 0 others spread branches they had cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm branches on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: "others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 who followed "who followed him"
|
||||
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means "save us," but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write "Hosanna" using your language's way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: "Praise God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,15 +920,15 @@ MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the one This is referring to Jesus. Th
|
|||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord's authority. Alternate translation: "the authority of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 el81 0 Blessed is "May God bless"
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David "Blessed is our father David's coming kingdom." This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word "blessed" can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: "Blessed be the coming of your kingdom" or "May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ τοῦ ἡμῶν Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Possible meanings are 1) "Praise God who is in heaven" or 2) "Let those who are in heaven shout 'Hosanna'."
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as "the highest." Alternate translation: "the highest heaven" or "heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 mz8r 0 the time being late "because it was late in the day"
|
||||
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the twelve "he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany"
|
||||
MRK 11 12 zr8n 0 when they returned from Bethany "while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 y447 0 Connecting Statement: This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ εὑρήσει τι ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if he could find any fruit on it "if there was any fruit on it"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-explicit εὗρεν οὐδὲν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing but leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: "he found only leaves and no figs on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if he could find any fruit on it "if there was any fruit on it"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing but leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: "he found only leaves and no figs on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ καιρὸς 1 the season "the time of year"
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe 0 He spoke to it, "No one will ever eat fruit from you again Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 He spoke to it "He spoke to the tree"
|
||||
|
|
@ -947,8 +947,8 @@ MRK 11 20 m27r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses the example of the fig tree
|
|||
MRK 11 20 b56h παραπορευόμενοι 1 walked by "were walking along the road"
|
||||
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree withered away to its roots Translate this statement to clarify that the tree died. Alternate translation: "the fig tree withered away down to its roots and died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 20 a83v ἐξηραμμένην 1 withered away "dried up"
|
||||
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ὁ Πέτρος ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 Peter remembered It may be helpful to state what Peter remembered. Alternate translation: "Peter remembered what Jesus had said to the fig tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered them "Jesus replied to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter remembered It may be helpful to state what Peter remembered. Alternate translation: "Peter remembered what Jesus had said to the fig tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered them "Jesus replied to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever says "if anyone says"
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy 0 if he does not doubt in his heart but believes Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "if he truly believes in his heart" or "if he does not doubt but believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -959,13 +959,13 @@ MRK 11 25 m7xi 0 When you stand and pray It is common in Hebrew culture to sta
|
|||
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 whatever you have against anyone "whatever grudge you have against anyone." Here the word "whatever" refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται εἰς 1 They came to "Jesus and his disciples came to"
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 αὐτοῦ περιπατοῦντος ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple; he was not walking into the temple.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple; he was not walking into the temple.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 They said to him The word "They" refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ποιεῖς ταῦτα, ἢ τίς ἔδωκεν σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ποιῇς ταῦτα 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them? Possible meanings: 1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus' authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: "Who gave you authority to do these things?" 2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ποιεῖς ταῦτα 1 you do these things The words "these things" refer to Jesus turning over the sellers' tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: "things like those you did here yesterday" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ἢ τίς, σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them? Possible meanings: 1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus' authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: "Who gave you authority to do these things?" 2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 you do these things The words "these things" refer to Jesus turning over the sellers' tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: "things like those you did here yesterday" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 v7q9 0 Tell me "Answer me"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John "The baptism that John performed"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἦν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men "was it authorized by heaven or by men"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men "was it authorized by heaven or by men"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men "from people"
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπω
|
|||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,'...." 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John's baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. "They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people" or "They did not want to say that John's baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οἴδαμεν οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 0 Then Jesus began to teach them The word "them" here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -989,31 +989,31 @@ MRK 12 4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 he sent to them
|
|||
MRK 12 4 w1ge figs-explicit 0 they wounded him in the head This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 5 l1yw figs-ellipsis 0 yet another ... many others These phrases refer to other servants. Alternate translation: "yet another servant ... many other servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 5 p16h figs-explicit 0 They treated many others in the same way This refers to servants that the owner sent. The phrase "in the same way" refers to them being mistreated. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "They also mistreated many other servants whom he sent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν υἱὸν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner's son. Alternate translation: "his beloved son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner's son. Alternate translation: "his beloved son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner's heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: "the owner's heir" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as "the inheritance." Alternate translation: "this vineyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 8 gx6l 0 They seized him "The vine growers seized the son"
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion οὖν, τί ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ποιήσει? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion οὖν, τί ποιήσει ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 rde6 writing-connectingwords οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word "others" refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: "he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God's word.
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion ἀνέγνωτε οὐδὲ ἀνέγνωτε ταύτην τὴν Γραφὴν?' 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε ἀνέγνωτε?' 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 0 has been made the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord made into the cornerstone"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 αὕτη ἐγένετο παρὰ Κυρίου 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has done this"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ἡμῶν ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people's opinion. Alternate translation: "we have seen it and think that it is marvelous" or "we think that it is wonderful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν κρατῆσαι αὐτὸν 1 They sought to arrest Jesus "They" refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the "Jewish leaders."
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has done this"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people's opinion. Alternate translation: "we have seen it and think that it is marvelous" or "we think that it is wonderful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 They sought to arrest Jesus "They" refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the "Jewish leaders."
|
||||
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 sought "wanted"
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 v9wb πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 against them "to accuse them"
|
||||
MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Then they sent "Then the Jewish leaders sent"
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἀγρεύσωσιν αὐτὸν 1 to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as "trapping him." Alternate translation: "to trick him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as "trapping him." Alternate translation: "to trick him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here "they" refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes σοι μέλει περὶ οὐδενός' οὐδενός 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός' οὐδενός 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: "Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε με? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s 0 They brought one "The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription "picture and name"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1021,12 +1021,12 @@ MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis ?" οἱ εἶπαν," Καίσαρος' Καίσα
|
|||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy 0 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: "Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "and give to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "They marveled at him and at what he had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν εἶναι μὴ ἀνάστασιν 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "who say there is no resurrection from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations , Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν,' ἐάν τινος' τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "who say there is no resurrection from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations ἐάν, ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν,' Μωϋσῆς τινος' τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us "wrote for us Jews." The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word "us" to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' ἀδελφὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 raise up a descendant for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἦσαν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: "Suppose there were seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up a descendant for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: "Suppose there were seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife "the first married a woman." Here marrying a woman is spoken of as "taking" her.
|
||||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis 0 the second ... the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: "the second brother ... the third brother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1034,48 +1034,48 @@ MRK 12 21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the second took
|
|||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what "likewise" means. Alternate translation: "the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 The seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: "The seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit 0 The seven left no children Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν γυνή ἔσται? 1 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion , ἐν, τῇ ἀναστάσει ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή? 1 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion 0 Is this not the reason you are mistaken ... power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God's law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are mistaken because ... power of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y εἰδότες μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "how powerful God is"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 γὰρ ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word "they" refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word "they" refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage "they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage "they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 h7ii figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and no one gives them in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 pi8l τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "who rise" or "who rise to live again" [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 jc5a τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses "the book that Moses wrote"
|
||||
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the account about the bush This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a bush that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: "the passage about the burning bush" or "the words about the fiery bush" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς ὁ Θεὸς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 how God spoke to him "about when God spoke to Moses"
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him "about when God spoke to Moses"
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 0 I am the God of Abraham ... Isaac ... Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here "the dead" refers to people who are dead, and "the living" refers to people who are alive. Also, the words "the God" can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "not the God of dead people, but the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 quite mistaken "completely mistaken" or "very wrong"
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him "The scribe asked Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj 0 The most important is "The most important" refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: "The most important commandment is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς, Κύριος ἐστιν εἷς 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης σου τῆς καρδίας, ἐξ ὅλης σου τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐξ ὅλης σου τῆς διανοίας, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης σου τῆς ἰσχύος 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις σου τὸν πλησίον ὡς σεαυτόν 1 love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε Ἰσραήλ Κύριος, ὁ,, Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου ἐξ,,, ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word "these" refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher "Good answer, Teacher" or "Well said, Teacher"
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom ἐστιν εἷς 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis 0 that there is no other The word "God" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "that there is no other God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy 0 with all the heart ... all the understanding ... all the strength Here "heart" is a metonym for person's thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile ἀγαπᾶν τὸν' τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom ἐστιν περισσότερόν πάντων 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: "is even more important than" or "is even more pleasing to God than" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes εἶ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: "You are close to submitting to God as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν πάντων 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: "is even more important than" or "is even more pleasing to God than" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: "You are close to submitting to God as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα 1 no one dared This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everyone was afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἔλεγεν 1 While Jesus was teaching in the temple courts, he said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: "Later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that the scribes say the Christ is the son of David? Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David "a descendant of David"
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns Δαυεὶδ αὐτὸς 1 David himself This word "himself" refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: "It was David who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: "inspired by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit , εἶπεν,' ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν τῷ Κυρίῳ μου τῷ Κυρίῳ," 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ μου δεξιῶν 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ σου τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: "until I completely defeat your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word "himself" refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: "It was David who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: "inspired by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit τῷ,,' ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν εἶπεν Κυρίῳ μου τῷ Κυρίῳ," 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: "until I completely defeat your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν' Κύριον,' 1 calls him 'Lord,' Here the word "him" refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion 0 so how can the Christ be David's son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-abstractnouns 0 the greetings they receive in the marketplaces The noun "greetings" can be expressed with the verb "greet." These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: "to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces" or "people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1085,14 +1085,14 @@ MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσό
|
|||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word "greater" implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: "will receive greater condemnation than other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 r69x 0 Connecting Statement: Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow's offering.
|
||||
MRK 12 41 p2kp τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 an offering box This box, which everyone could use, held temple offerings.
|
||||
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney δύο λεπτὰ 1 two mites "two small copper coins." These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites "two small copper coins." These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 42 n29e 0 worth about a penny "worth very little." A penny is worth very little. Translate "penny" with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
|
||||
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n7su προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He called "Jesus called"
|
||||
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of them who contributed to "all the other people who put money into"
|
||||
MRK 12 44 ui9a τοῦ περισσεύοντος 1 abundance much wealth, many valuable things
|
||||
MRK 12 44 l4tp αὐτῆς τῆς ὑστερήσεως 1 her poverty "lack" or "the little she had"
|
||||
MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty "lack" or "the little she had"
|
||||
MRK 12 44 p3as 0 to live on "to survive on"
|
||||
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.<br>
|
||||
MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1100,14 +1100,14 @@ MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit 0 the wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The
|
|||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ λίθος 1 Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Look at these great buildings! Not one stone" or "You see these great buildings now, but not one stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit 0 Not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples' questions about the temple's destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου αὐτοῦ καθημένου εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν, Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately when they were alone
|
||||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit 0 these things happen ... are about to happen This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "these things happen to the buildings of the temple ... are about to happen to the temple buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν πάντα ταῦτα 1 when all these things "that all these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν ταῦτα πάντα 1 when all these things "that all these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c πλανήσῃ ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πλανήσουσιν πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ μου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 in my name Possible meanings are 1) "claiming my authority" or 2) "claiming that God sent them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are 1) "claiming my authority" or 2) "claiming that God sent them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 0 I am he "I am the Christ"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars "hear of wars and reports about wars." Possible meanings are 1) "hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away" or 2) "hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 0 but the end is not yet "but it is not yet the end" or "but the end will not happen until later" or "but the end will be later"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1116,37 +1116,37 @@ MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἐπ’ 1 will rise against Th
|
|||
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words "will rise" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "kingdom will rise against kingdom" or "the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor 0 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as the beginnings of birth pains because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: "These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 c2cl 0 Be on your guard "Be ready for what people will do to you"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς παραδώσουσιν εἰς συνέδρια 1 will deliver you up to councils "take you and put you under the control of councils"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 will deliver you up to councils "take you and put you under the control of councils"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will beat you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom σταθήσεσθε ἐπὶ 1 You will stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: "You will be put on trial before" or "You will be brought to trial and judged by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 j5n2 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ ἕνεκεν 1 for my sake "because of me" or "on account of me"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ σταθήσεσθε 1 You will stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: "You will be put on trial before" or "You will be brought to trial and judged by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 j5n2 ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because of me" or "on account of me"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them This means they will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "and testify to them about me" or "and you will tell them about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον δεῖ πρῶτον κηρυχθῆναι εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 hand you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: "give you over to the authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα 1 but the Holy Spirit The words "will speak" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "but the Holy Spirit will speak through you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 py9u ἀδελφὸς παραδώσει ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him" or "Brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them." This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
|
||||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words "will speak" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "but the Holy Spirit will speak through you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him" or "Brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them." This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
|
||||
MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations 0 Brother ... brother This refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: "People ... their siblings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father his child The words "will deliver up to death" are understood from the previous phrase. This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: "fathers will deliver up their children to death" or "fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom τέκνα ἐπαναστήσονται ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 Children will rise up against their parents This means that children will oppose their parents and betray them. Alternate translation: "Children will oppose their parents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 Children will rise up against their parents This means that children will oppose their parents and betray them. Alternate translation: "Children will oppose their parents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive 0 cause them to be put to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die" or "the authorities will kill the parents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ μου τὸ ὄνομά 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym "my name" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym "my name" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 whoever endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whoever endures to the end, God will save that person" or "God will save whoever endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 whoever endures to the end Here "endures" represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: "whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are 1) "to the end of his life" or 2) "to the end of that time of trouble"
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit 0 standing where it should not be standing Jesus' audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple, where it should not be standing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit νοείτω ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω 1 not return This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "not return to his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 16 hv49 ἆραι αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 to take his cloak "to get his cloak"
|
||||
MRK 13 16 hv49 ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 to take his cloak "to get his cloak"
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism 0 are with child This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: "are pregnant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε ἵνα γένηται 1 Pray that it "Pray that these times" or "Pray that these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w91r 0 the winter "the cold season" or "the cold, rainy season." This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα γέγονεν οὐ γέγονεν 1 such as has not been "greater than there has ever been." This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν γέγονεν 1 such as has not been "greater than there has ever been." This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 c5sz 0 no, nor ever will be again "and greater than there will ever be again" or "and after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it"
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς ἡμέρας 1 had shortened the days "had shortened the time." It may be helpful to specify which "days" are referred to. Alternate translation: "had reduced the days of suffering" or "had shortened the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ σάρξ ἂν ἐσώθη 1 no flesh would be saved The word "flesh" refers to people, and "saved" refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: "no one would be saved" or "everyone would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word "flesh" refers to people, and "saved" refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: "no one would be saved" or "everyone would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 q8hm διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 for the sake of the elect "in order to help the elect"
|
||||
MRK 13 20 er43 figs-doublet 0 the elect, those whom he chose The phrase "those whom he chose" means the same thing as "the elect." Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1155,20 +1155,20 @@ MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς ἀποπλανᾶν 1 so as to deceive "in order to d
|
|||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis 0 so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase "even the elect" implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: "in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 eq7b τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 the elect "the people whom God has chosen"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 jq8p βλέπετε 1 Be on guard "Be watchful" or "Be alert"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα προείρηκα 1 I have told you all these things ahead of time Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you all these things ahead of time Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη δώσει οὐ δώσει αὐτῆς τὸ φέγγος 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit 0 the stars will fall from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: "the stars will fall from their places in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive 0 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the powers in the heavens will shake" or "God will shake the powers that are in the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 0 the powers that are in the heavens "the powerful things in the heavens." Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or 2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
|
||||
MRK 13 25 h5k1 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 in the heavens "in the sky"
|
||||
MRK 13 26 kl95 τότε ὄψονται 1 Then they will see "Then people will see"
|
||||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory "powerfully and gloriously"
|
||||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory "powerfully and gloriously"
|
||||
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather The word "he" refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who will gather the elect. Alternate translation: "they will gather" or "his angels will gather" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The whole earth is spoken of as "the four winds," which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: "the north, south, east, and west" or "all parts of the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-merism 0 from the ends of the earth to the ends of the sky These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: "from every place on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables 0 Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος γένηται ἁπαλὸς καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase "the branch" refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: "its branches become tender and put out their leaves"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος ἁπαλὸς γένηται καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase "the branch" refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: "its branches become tender and put out their leaves"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 u8ha ἁπαλὸς 1 tender "green and soft"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 puts out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its leaves to grow. Alternate translation: "its leaves begin to sprout" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 z417 τὸ θέρος 1 summer the warm part of the year or the growing season
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,12 +1176,12 @@ MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days
|
|||
MRK 13 29 aul8 0 he is near "the Son of Man is near"
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom 0 close to the gates This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: "and is almost here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism παρέλθῃ οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: "will not die" or "will not end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: "will not die" or "will not end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q 0 until all of these things The phrase "these things" refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: "The sky, the earth, and everything in them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away "will cease to exist." Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor μου οἱ δὲ λόγοι παρελεύσονται οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: "my words will never lose their power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: "that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return" or "the day or the hour that I will return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: "my words will never lose their power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: "that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return" or "the day or the hour that I will return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis 0 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: "no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father" or "neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here "heaven" refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 13 32 gwh2 figs-ellipsis 0 but the Father It is best to translate "Father" with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: "but only the Father knows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1193,35 +1193,35 @@ MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 find
|
|||
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus' last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate "the Lord's Supper," the "Eucharist", or "Holy Communion" to remember this meal.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Abba, Father<br><br>"Abba" is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 14 1 hwb4 0 Connecting Statement: Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 1 gd33 ἐν δόλῳ 1 stealthily without people noticing
|
||||
MRK 14 2 em4q γάρ ἔλεγον 1 For they were saying The word "they" refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 14 2 em4q ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The word "they" refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the feast This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the feast. Alternate translation: "We must not do it during the feast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 m95w 0 Connecting Statement: Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Simon the leper This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 sh4s αὐτοῦ κατακειμένου 1 he was reclining at the table In Jesus' culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 sh4s κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 he was reclining at the table In Jesus' culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 alabaster jar This is a jar made from alabaster. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: "beautiful white stone jar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown 0 of very costly liquid, which was pure nard "that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard." Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς τῆς κεφαλῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason for this waste? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive τοῦτο τὸ μύρον ἠδύνατο πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We could have sold this perfume" or "She could have sold this perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii "300 denarii." Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We could have sold this perfume" or "She could have sold this perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 three hundred denarii "300 denarii." Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase "the poor" refers to poor people. This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: "the money given to poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε αὐτῇ? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman's action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not trouble her!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman's action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not trouble her!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον κηρυχθῇ 1 wherever the gospel is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever my followers preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 ὃ αὕτη ἐποίησεν λαληθήσεται 1 what this woman has done will be spoken of "what this woman has done will also be spoken of"
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever my followers preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη λαληθήσεται 1 what this woman has done will be spoken of "what this woman has done will also be spoken of"
|
||||
MRK 14 10 pdm5 0 Connecting Statement: After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might deliver him over to them Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: "in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 dq6r παραδοῖ αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over "bring Jesus to them so they could capture him"
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might deliver him over to them Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: "in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over "bring Jesus to them so they could capture him"
|
||||
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit 0 When the chief priests heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: "When the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε ἔθυον τὸ Πάσχα 1 when they sacrificed the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: "when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they sacrificed the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: "when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 eat the Passover Here the "Passover" refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: "eat the Passover meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 13 a7xg βαστάζων κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 bearing a pitcher of water "carrying a large jar full of water"
|
||||
MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water "carrying a large jar full of water"
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations 0 The Teacher says, "Where is my guest room ... with my disciples?" This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: "Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors
|
||||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν ἐκεῖ 1 Make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: "Prepare the meal for us there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 16 sb35 οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐξῆλθον 1 The disciples left "The two disciples left"
|
||||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 Make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: "Prepare the meal for us there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 The disciples left "The two disciples left"
|
||||
MRK 14 16 m339 καθὼς εἶπεν 1 as he had said "as Jesus had said"
|
||||
MRK 14 17 n7z4 0 Connecting Statement: That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
|
||||
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the twelve It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: "he came with the twelve to the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,52 +1237,52 @@ MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, wh
|
|||
MRK 14 22 ula2 figs-explicit 0 broke it This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: "broke it into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage 0 Take this. This is my body "Take this bread. It is my body." Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus' body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here "cup" is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: "He took the cup of wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν μου τὸ αἷμά τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: "This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν μου τὸ αἷμά 1 This is my blood "This wine is my blood." Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus' blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: "This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood "This wine is my blood." Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus' blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 25 t7ai γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine "wine." This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
|
||||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new Possible meanings are 1) "again" or 2) "in a new way"
|
||||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 hymn A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: "will leave me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike "kill." Here "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will scatter the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom με ἐγερθῆναί 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "God raises me from the dead" or "God makes me alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "God raises me from the dead" or "God makes me alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 nwg8 προάξω ὑμᾶς 1 I will go ahead of you "I will go before you"
|
||||
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis 0 Even if all fall away, I will not "I will not" can be fully expressed as "I will not fall away." The phrase "not fall away" is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: "Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 30 i4g3 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 rooster crows The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 30 e8sh ἢ δὶς 1 twice two times
|
||||
MRK 14 30 um1m ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me "you will say that you do not know me"
|
||||
MRK 14 31 y9el ἐὰν με δέῃ συναποθανεῖν 1 If I must die "Even if I must die"
|
||||
MRK 14 30 um1m με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 you will deny me "you will say that you do not know me"
|
||||
MRK 14 31 y9el ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν 1 If I must die "Even if I must die"
|
||||
MRK 14 31 z9le 0 They all made the same promise This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
|
||||
MRK 14 32 ni66 0 Connecting Statement: When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
|
||||
MRK 14 32 deg7 ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον 1 They came to the place The word "they" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 14 33 ps7u ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι 1 distressed overwhelmed with sorrow
|
||||
MRK 14 33 n279 figs-metaphor ἀδημονεῖν 1 deeply troubled The word "deeply" refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: "extremely troubled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche μου ἡ ψυχή ἐστιν 1 My soul is Jesus speaks of himself as his "soul." Alternate translation: "I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesus speaks of himself as his "soul." Alternate translation: "I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole 0 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 watch The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ ἐστιν δυνατόν 1 if it were possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: "if God would allow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit ἡ ὥρα παρέλθῃ 1 the hour might pass Here "this hour" refers to Jesus' time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: "that he would not have to go through this time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it were possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: "if God would allow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here "this hour" refers to Jesus' time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: "that he would not have to go through this time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by "Father," it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis 0 But not my will, but yours Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word "them" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? ἴσχυσας γρηγορῆσαι οὐκ γρηγορῆσαι μίαν ὥραν? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἔλθητε μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: "that you are not tempted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων? καθεύδεις? ἴσχυσας, οὐκ γρηγορῆσαι μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: "that you are not tempted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 xk5y 0 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: "You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do" or "You want to do what I say, but you are weak"
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy 0 The spirit ... the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. "The spirit" is his inmost desires. "The flesh" is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 39 l9nj 0 used the same words "prayed again what he prayed before"
|
||||
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word "them" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were heavy Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having "heavy eyes." Alternate translation: "for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were heavy Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having "heavy eyes." Alternate translation: "for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 x7qd figs-explicit ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 He came the third time Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a third time. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Then he went and prayed again. He returned the third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion 0 Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: "You are still sleeping and resting!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 ae53 ἡ ὥρα ἦλθεν 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus' suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
|
||||
MRK 14 41 ae53 ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus' suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
|
||||
MRK 14 41 msb2 ἰδοὺ! 1 Look! "Listen!"
|
||||
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
|
||||
MRK 14 44 bzj2 0 Now his betrayer This refers to Judas.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him "Judas kissed
|
|||
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: "grabbed Jesus and seized him" or "seized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 who stood by "who was standing nearby"
|
||||
MRK 14 48 gv6e ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ἐξήλθατε, ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν, μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Do you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to capture me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ἐξήλθατε? ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν,, μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με μετὰ 1 Do you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to capture me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 49 s63a 0 But this was done that "But this has happened so that"
|
||||
MRK 14 50 gqz8 0 All those with Jesus This refers to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 14 51 y5yt σινδόνα 1 linen cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
|
||||
|
|
@ -1307,25 +1307,25 @@ MRK 14 55 w23n δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a shift in the story
|
|||
MRK 14 55 fu1l figs-metonymy 0 they might put him to death They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: "they might have Jesus executed" or "they might have someone execute Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 55 d9gn figs-explicit 0 But they did not find any They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: "But they did not find any testimony with which to convict him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 56 cew3 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: "accused him by speaking false testimony against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 αἱ μαρτυρίαι ἦσαν οὐκ ἴσαι 1 their testimony did not agree This can be written in positive form. "but their testimony contradicted each other"
|
||||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony did not agree This can be written in positive form. "but their testimony contradicted each other"
|
||||
MRK 14 57 pr71 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: "accused him by speaking false testimony against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him say "We heard Jesus say." The word "we" refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here "hands" refers to men. Alternate translation: "made by men ... without man's help" or "built by men ... without man's help" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days "within three days." This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis οἰκοδομήσω ἄλλον 1 will build another The word "temple" is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: "will build another temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον οἰκοδομήσω 1 will build another The word "temple" is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: "will build another temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 59 x6hk 0 did not agree "contradicted each other." This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 d7i8 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit 0 stood up among them Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood up to speak. Alternate translation: "stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit 0 Have you no answer? What is it these men testify against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: "Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed Here God is called "the Blessed." It is best to translate "Son" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a "son" of a human father. Alternate translation: "the Son of the Blessed One" or "the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: 1) to respond to the high priest's question and 2) to call himself "I Am," which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: "when he comes down through the clouds in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας αὐτοῦ τοὺς χιτῶνας 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "tore his garments in outrage"
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "tore his garments in outrage"
|
||||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion 0 Do we still need witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You have heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: "You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 64 fu4g οἱ πάντες 1 They all all the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 65 y1s4 τινες ἤρξαντό ἐμπτύειν 1 Some began to some of the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν 1 Some began to some of the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 65 bj5e figs-explicit περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to cover his face They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: "to cover his face with a blindfold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 65 gvq3 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy They mocked him, asking him to prophesy who was hitting him. Alternate translation: "Prophesy who hit you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 65 y68i ὑπηρέται 1 officers men who guarded the governor's house
|
||||
|
|
@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet 0 neither know nor understand what you are talking
|
|||
MRK 14 69 l137 ἡ παιδίσκη 1 the servant girl This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
|
||||
MRK 14 69 v5kr figs-explicit ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus' disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: "one of Jesus' disciples" or "one of those who have been with that man they arrested" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom 0 to put himself under curses If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: "to say for God to curse him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 ἀλέκτωρ εὐθὺς ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal δευτέρου 1 a second time "Second" here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 he broke down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: "he was overwhelmed with grief" or "he lost control of his emotions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The curtain of the temple was split in two"<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus' people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1357,18 +1357,18 @@ MRK 15 8 a4xb figs-explicit 0 to do for them as he had done in the past This re
|
|||
MRK 15 10 i4ib writing-background 0 For he knew that it was because of envy ... Jesus over to him This is background information about why Jesus was handed over to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 10 u647 figs-explicit 0 it was because of envy that the chief priests They envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: "the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they" or "the chief priests were envious of Jesus' popularity among the people. This is why they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 y5w3 figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the crowd The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging the crowd as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: "roused the crowd" or "urged the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis ἀπολύσῃ μᾶλλον 1 released instead They requested Barabbas to be released instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: "released instead of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἀπολύσῃ 1 released instead They requested Barabbas to be released instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: "released instead of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 15 12 keq2 0 Connecting Statement: The crowd asks for Jesus' death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
|
||||
MRK 15 12 vlm3 figs-explicit 0 What then should I do with the King of the Jews Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 14 e55i Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Pilate said to them "Pilate said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 qt8y 0 to satisfy the crowd "make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 fwg6 0 He scourged Jesus Pilate did not actually scourge Jesus but rather his soldiers did.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 scourged "flogged." To "scourge" is to beat with an especially painful whip.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς( ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον), 1 the courtyard (which is the government headquarters) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the courtyard of the soldiers' barracks" or "the courtyard of the governor's residence"
|
||||
MRK 15 16 b5gs τὴν ὅλην σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers "the whole unit of soldiers"
|
||||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν πορφύραν αὐτὸν 1 They put a purple robe on Jesus Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||||
MRK 15 17 xfk8 στέφανον ἀκάνθινον 1 a crown of thorns "a crown made of thorny branches"
|
||||
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers "the whole unit of soldiers"
|
||||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 They put a purple robe on Jesus Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||||
MRK 15 17 xfk8 ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns "a crown made of thorny branches"
|
||||
MRK 15 18 ft1j figs-irony Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting "Hail" with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 15 19 gz3b καλάμῳ 1 a reed "a stick" or "a staff"
|
||||
MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-metaphor τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα 1 bent their knees A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to "bend their knees." Alternate translation: "kneeled" or "knelt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1378,14 +1378,14 @@ MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background 0 A certain man, ... Rufus), and This is back
|
|||
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names 0 Simon ... Alexander ... Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 py16 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrene This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
|
||||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Τόπος Κρανίου 1 Place of a Skull "Skull Place" or "Place of the Skull." This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull "Skull Place" or "Place of the Skull." This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 m1dd Κρανίου 1 Skull A skull is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
|
||||
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit οἶνον ἐσμυρνισμένον 1 wine mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: "wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh" or "wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη ὥρα 1 the third hour "Third" here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o'clock in the morning. Alternate translation: "nine o'clock in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: "wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh" or "wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour "Third" here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o'clock in the morning. Alternate translation: "nine o'clock in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 26 r2g6 figs-explicit 0 On a sign The soldiers attached this sign to the cross above Jesus. Alternate translation: "They attached to the cross above Jesus' head a sign on which" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him "the crime they were accusing him of doing"
|
||||
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit 0 one on the right of him and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 v8nu κινοῦντες αὐτῶν τὰς κεφαλὰς 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 29 v8nu κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ! 1 Aha! This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 hy37 figs-explicit 0 You who would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: "You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 31 n13x ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1394,8 +1394,8 @@ MRK 15 32 t1vm figs-irony 0 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down The l
|
|||
MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 believe The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "believe in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 32 dcb9 ὠνείδιζον 1 taunted mocked, insulted
|
||||
MRK 15 33 zc37 0 Connecting Statement: At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o'clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ἕκτης ὥρας 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ τὴν ὅλην γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: "the whole land became dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: "the whole land became dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 At the ninth hour This refers to three o'clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: "At three o'clock in the afternoon" or "In the middle of the afternoon"
|
||||
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 15 34 qw71 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is interpreted "means"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1406,9 +1406,9 @@ MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit 0 gave it to him "gave it to Jesus." The man held
|
|||
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 The curtain of the temple was split in two Mark is showing that God himself split the temple curtain. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God split the curtain of the temple in two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is the centurion who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 39 y4wn figs-idiom 0 who stood and faced Jesus Here "faced" is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: "who stood in front of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι ἐξέπνευσεν οὕτως 1 that he had died in this way "how Jesus had died" or "the way Jesus had died"
|
||||
MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had died in this way "how Jesus had died" or "the way Jesus had died"
|
||||
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 15 40 i1ee θεωροῦσαι ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 looked on from a distance "watched from far away"
|
||||
MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looked on from a distance "watched from far away"
|
||||
MRK 15 40 zc9b 0 (the mother of James ... and of Joses) "who was the mother of James ... and of Joses." This can be written without the parentheses.
|
||||
MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 James the younger "the younger James." This man was referred to as "the younger" probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
|
||||
MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 Joses This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1432,8 +1432,8 @@ MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 Joses This Joses was not that
|
|||
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive 0 the place where Jesus was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus' body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus' tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
|
||||
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus' body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
|
||||
MRK 16 1 p61n διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου διαγενομένου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||||
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ὁ λίθος ἀποκεκύλισται 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 1 p61n διαγενομένου διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||||
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη! 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "He arose!" or "God raised him from the dead!" or "He raised himself from the dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 9 mxj6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus appears first to Mary Magdalene, who tells the disciples, then he appears to two others as they walk in the country, and later he appears to the eleven disciples.
|
||||
MRK 16 9 v3ph 0 on the first day of the week "on Sunday"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1374.
|
1940
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
1940
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
1182
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
1182
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -3,45 +3,45 @@ JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br>## Part 1: Gen
|
|||
JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Word"<br><br>John uses the phrase "the Word" to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God's most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### "Children of God"<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being "children of wrath" to "children of God." They are adopted into the "family of God."They are adopted into the "family of God." This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "In the beginning"<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But "very long ago" is different from "in the beginning," and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth.
|
||||
JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word."
|
||||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα ἐγένετο δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God made all things through him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God made all things through him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive 0 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of "all things were made through him" is false. Alternate translation: "God did not make anything without him" or "with him there was every thing made that has been made" or "God made with him every thing that God has made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ἦν ζωὴ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men "In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν καὶ ἡ, ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men "In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here "him" refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for "life." If you must be more specific, translate as "spiritual life."
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς φαίνει ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, καὶ ἡ σκοτία κατέλαβεν οὐ κατέλαβεν αὐτὸ 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here "light" is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: "show how Jesus is like the true light of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐγένετο δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτὸν 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτὸν 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ἴδια, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι παρέλαβον οὐ παρέλαβον αὐτὸν 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w παρέλαβον αὐτὸν 1 receive him "accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα 1 believed in his name The word "name" is a metonym that stands for Jesus' identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: "believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’,, αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν καὶ οἱ, ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν παρέλαβον 1 receive him "accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word "name" is a metonym that stands for Jesus' identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: "believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right "he gave them the authority" or "he made it possible for them"
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word "children" is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word." See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο σὰρξ 1 became flesh Here "flesh" represents "a person" or "a human being." Alternate translation: "became human" or "became a human being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here "flesh" represents "a person" or "a human being." Alternate translation: "became human" or "became a human being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase "the one an only" means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase "who came from the Father" means that he is the Father's child. Alternate translation: "the unique Son of the Father" or "the only Son of the Father"
|
||||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace "full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ἐρχόμενος ὀπίσω μου 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am "is more important than I am" or "has more authority than I have"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι ἦν πρῶτός μου 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God's grace that has no end.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace "blessing after blessing"
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews sent ... to him from Jerusalem The word "Jews" here represents the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders sent ... to him from Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν— ἠρνήσατο οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί σὺ οὖν? 1 What are you then? "What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν— οὐκ ἠρνήσατο ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν σὺ? 1 What are you then? "What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 they said to him "the priests and Levites said to John"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive 0 we ... us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said "John said"
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ, βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου εὐθύνατε 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background 0 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ἐρχόμενος ὀπίσω μου 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: "who will preach to you after I am gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου, τὸν ἱμάντα αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἐγὼ εἰμὶ οὐκ ἄξιος ἵνα λύσω 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: "who will preach to you after I am gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἵνα, λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word "world" is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 0 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,31 +52,31 @@ JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son
|
|||
JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 35 i3lg πάλιν, τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 39 tb9j δεκάτη ὥρα 1 tenth hour "hour 10." This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
|
||||
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα δεκάτη 1 tenth hour "hour 10." This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
|
||||
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 42 k2dx ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. "John" was a very common name.
|
||||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἦν ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 46 s2kg Ναθαναήλ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 Nathaniel said to him "Nathaniel said to Philip"
|
||||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ," δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ?" 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No good thing can come out of Nazareth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ ἔστιν οὐκ δόλος 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "a completely truthful man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background , ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him "Nathaniel said to Philip"
|
||||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ," ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?" 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No good thing can come out of Nazareth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "a completely truthful man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion 0 Because I said to you ... do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You believe because I said, 'I saw you underneath the fig tree'! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
|
||||
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>##### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>##### "He knew what was in man"<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "His disciples remembered"<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).<br>
|
||||
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 1 vw9e 0 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐκλήθη εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother "woman" in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί? 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "this has nothing to do with me." or "you should not tell me what to do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy μου ἡ ὥρα ἥκει οὔπω ἥκει 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume δύο ἢ τρεῖς μετρητὰς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "75 to 115 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "75 to 115 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means "to the very top" or "completely full."
|
||||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
|
||||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background δὲ οἱ διάκονοι οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ ᾔδεισαν 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
|
||||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν 1 revealed his glory Here "his glory" refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: "showed his power"
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here "his glory" refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: "showed his power"
|
||||
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
|
||||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word "brothers" includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus' brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
|
||||
JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,25 +85,25 @@ JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it
|
|||
JHN 2 14 sa75 τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
|
||||
JHN 2 14 qu9k κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the "money changers."
|
||||
JHN 2 15 x6et καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ πατρός οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace "Stop buying and selling things in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ πατρός 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τοῦ πατρός 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive ἐστίν γεγραμμένον 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 ua3v σου τοῦ οἴκου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God's house.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ τοῦ πατρός πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace "Stop buying and selling things in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ τοῦ πατρός πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God's house.
|
||||
JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word "consume" points to the metaphor of "fire." Jesus' love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus' actions against the money changers in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo 0 Destroy this temple, ... I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words "destroy" and "raise" using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: "If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up" or "You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν ἐγερῶ 1 raise it up "cause it to stand"
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up "cause it to stand"
|
||||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers 0 forty-six years ... three days "46 years ... 3 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν ἐγερεῖς ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. "Raise" is an idiom for "establish." Alternate translation: "you will establish it in three days?" or "you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. "Raise" is an idiom for "establish." Alternate translation: "you will establish it in three days?" or "you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here "believe" means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus' statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 δὲ ὡς ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word "now" introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα 1 believed in his name Here "name" is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed in him" or "trusted in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word "now" introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here "name" is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed in him" or "trusted in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word "man" represents people in general. Alternate translation: "about people, for he knew what was in people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν, τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word "man" represents people in general. Alternate translation: "about people, for he knew what was in people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,65 +112,65 @@ JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
|
|||
JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again "born from above" or "born of God"
|
||||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: "place where God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι ὤν γέρων? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion εἰσελθεῖν μὴ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν δεύτερον εἰς αὐτοῦ τῆς μητρὸς' τῆς μητρὸς τὴν κοιλίαν καὶ γεννηθῆναι, μὴ δύναται 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion ' μὴ μὴ δύναται, δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς τῆς μητρὸς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time "again" or "twice"
|
||||
JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman's body where a baby grows
|
||||
JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: 1) "baptized in water and in the Spirit" or 2) "born physically and spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God in one's life. Alternate translation: "experience the rule of God in his life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 ὑμᾶς δεῖ γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ ὅπου θέλει 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "This cannot be!" or "This is not able to happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion εἶ σὺ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ γινώσκεις οὐ γινώσκεις ταῦτα? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion , σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις γινώσκεις? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 0 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word "you" is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 λαμβάνετε οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said "we," he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you 0 I told you ... you do not believe ... how will you believe if I tell you In all three places "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς πιστεύσετε ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: "you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: "you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly things spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑψωθῆναι 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will "lift up" Jesus just as Moses "lifted up" the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile , καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will "lift up" Jesus just as Moses "lifted up" the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἠγάπησεν τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέστειλεν οὐ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα, κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn "to punish." Usually "punish" implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word "light" is a metaphor for God's truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The "world" is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a light has revealed God's truth to all people" or "I, who am like a light, have come into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἠγάπησαν τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἐλεγχθῇ μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ ὅτι αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means "springs," as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 jh2w 0 because there was much water there "because there were many springs in that place"
|
||||
JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "John was baptizing them" or "he was baptizing them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive οὖν ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου' Ἰωάννου τῶν μαθητῶν μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν τῶν μαθητῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου Ἰωάννου' μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει, 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, "look" is a command meaning "pay attention!" Alternate translation: "you have testified, 'Look! He is baptizing,'" or "you have testified. 'Look at that! He is baptizing,'" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 ἄνθρωπος οὐ δύναται λαμβάνειν οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here "heaven" is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given it to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves This "You" is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: "You all" or "All of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive εἰμὶ ἀπεσταλμένος ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This "You" is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: "You all" or "All of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor 0 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the "bride" and "bridegroom" are metaphors. Jesus is like the "bridegroom" and John is like the friend of the "bridegroom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη, οὖν, πεπλήρωται ἡ ἐμὴ ἡ χαρὰ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ ἐμὴ ἡ χαρὰ 1 my joy The word "my" refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη, οὖν, ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word "my" refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase "He" refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἄνωθεν ἐστίν ἐπάνω πάντων 1 He who comes from above is above all "He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
|
||||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ λαλεῖ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: "He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐστίν ἐπάνω πάντων 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
|
||||
JHN 3 32 c5yt μαρτυρεῖ ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven"
|
||||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: "very few people believe him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all "He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
|
||||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: "He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
|
||||
JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven"
|
||||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: "very few people believe him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony "Anyone who believes what Jesus says"
|
||||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed "proves" or "agrees"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 γὰρ ὃν ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν 1 For the one whom God has sent "This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 γὰρ δίδωσιν οὐ δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐκ μέτρου 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure "For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent "This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure "For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit"
|
||||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom 0 given ... into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes "A person who believes" or "Anyone who believes"
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,77 +178,77 @@ JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν
|
|||
JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the "living water" who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria"<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>##### "The hour is coming"<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>##### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>##### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### "The Samaritan woman"<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "In spirit and truth"<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.<br>
|
||||
JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus' conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here.
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc οὖν ὡς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔγνω ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἤκουσαν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει πλείονας μαθητὰς ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this."
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek οὖν ὡς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔγνω 1 Now when Jesus knew The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς ἐβάπτιζεν οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this."
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words "Now when Jesus" in verse 1. "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee"
|
||||
JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command.
|
||||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh οὖν ἡ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις γυνὴ λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ οἱ γὰρ γὰρ μαθηταὶ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking ... for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman's surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w συνχρῶνται οὐ συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ζῶν ὕδωρ 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor "living water" to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ συνχρῶνται συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor "living water" to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion 0 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob ... cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are not greater than our father Jacob ... cattle!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 knw5 ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob "our ancestor Jacob"
|
||||
JHN 4 12 sj7n ἔπιεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 drank from it "drank water that came from it"
|
||||
JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob "our ancestor Jacob"
|
||||
JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it "drank water that came from it"
|
||||
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again "will need to drink water again"
|
||||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται πηγὴ ὕδατος ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word "fountain" is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: "the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 eternal life Here "life" refers to the "spiritual life" that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word "fountain" is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: "the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here "life" refers to the "spiritual life" that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as "Sir," which is a term of respect or politeness.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water "get water" or "pull water up from the well" using a container and rope
|
||||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο εἴρηκας ἀληθὲς 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words "You are right in saying, 'I have no husband'" in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
|
||||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words "You are right in saying, 'I have no husband'" in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
|
||||
JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as "sir," which is a term of respect or politeness.
|
||||
JHN 4 19 za2w θεωρῶ ὅτι σύ εἶ προφήτης 1 I see that you are a prophet "I can understand that you are a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 4 20 hp3m ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 4 19 za2w θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet "I can understand that you are a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οἴδατε οὐκ οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐστίν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: "for all people will know about God's salvation because of the Jews"
|
||||
JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐστίν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: "for all people will know about God's salvation because of the Jews"
|
||||
JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ, ὥρα ἔρχεται, καὶ ἐστιν νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ, νῦν,, ἐστιν ἐστιν ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the "spirit" here is 1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or 2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "in the Spirit and in truth" or "with the Spirit's help and in truth"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 0 in ... truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 0 I know that the Messiah ... Christ Both of these words mean "God's promised king."
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἅπαντα ἡμῖν 1 he will explain everything to us The words "explain everything" imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: "he will tell us everything we need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἦλθον 1 At that moment his disciples returned "Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town"
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words "explain everything" imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: "he will tell us everything we need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned "Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town"
|
||||
JHN 4 27 p39j 0 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 0 no one said, "What ... want?" or "Why ... her?" Possible meanings are 1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or 2) "no one asked the woman, 'What ... want?' or asked Jesus, 'Why ... her?'"
|
||||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: "Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 οὗτός μήτι ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήτι 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήτι 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime "While the woman was going into town"
|
||||
JHN 4 31 d4fu οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν 1 the disciples were urging him "the disciples were telling Jesus" or "the disciples were encouraging Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ ἔχω βρῶσιν φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οἴδατε οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ τις φαγεῖν, μή 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him "the disciples were telling Jesus" or "the disciples were encouraging Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, μή 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here "food" is a metaphor that represents "obeying God's will." Alternate translation: "Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God's will is what satisfies me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 λέγετε ὑμεῖς οὐχ λέγετε 1 Do you not say "Is this not one of your popular sayings"
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε λέγετε 1 Do you not say "Is this not one of your popular sayings"
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor 0 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words "fields" and "ripe for harvest" are metaphors. The "fields" represent people. The words "ripe for harvest" mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: "look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here "fruit for everlasting life" is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ's message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here "fruit for everlasting life" is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ's message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor 0 One sows, and another harvests The words "sows" and "harvests" are metaphors. The one who "sows" shares the message of Jesus. The one who "harvests" helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰσεληλύθατε εἰς αὐτῶν τὸν κόπον 1 you have entered into their labor "you are now joining in their work"
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor "you are now joining in their work"
|
||||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To "believe in" someone means to "trust in" that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: "He told me many things about my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 his word Here "word" is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: "his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here "word" is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: "his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The "world" is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: "all the believers in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns γὰρ Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun "himself" is added to emphasize that Jesus had "declared" or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἔχει οὐκ τιμὴν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country "people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country" or "a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community"
|
||||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun "himself" is added to emphasize that Jesus had "declared" or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country "people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country" or "a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community"
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς τις 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδητε σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, πιστεύσητε οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ, τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here "word" is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: "believed the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ αὐτοῦ ὅλη ἡ οἰκία ἐπίστευσεν 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were "stirred up."<br><br>##### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>##### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the "Son" ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the "Son of God" ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the "Son of Man" ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus healed the official's son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἑορτὴ 1 there was a Jewish festival "the Jews were celebrating a festival"
|
||||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival "the Jews were celebrating a festival"
|
||||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,94 +259,94 @@ JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 was there "was at the Bethesda pool" ([John 5:1
|
|||
JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα- ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years "38 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized "he understood" or "he found out"
|
||||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him "Jesus said to the paralyzed man"
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε, ἔχω οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν τὸ ὕδωρ ταραχθῇ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "when the angel moves the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε, οὐκ ἔχω ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "when the angel moves the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated "pool" in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος καταβαίνει πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 another steps down before me "someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me"
|
||||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me "someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me"
|
||||
JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up "Stand up!"
|
||||
JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον σου τὸν κράβαττόν, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk "Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!"
|
||||
JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk "Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!"
|
||||
JHN 5 9 z33x 0 the man was healed "the man became healthy again"
|
||||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 10 ja3x οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἔλεγον τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
|
||||
JHN 5 10 xd9b ἐστιν Σάββατόν 1 It is the Sabbath "It is God's Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
|
||||
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath "It is God's Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 5 11 en3v ἀπεκρίθη ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy "The man who made me well"
|
||||
JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him "The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed"
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h1ri ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν 1 Jesus found him "Jesus found the man he had healed"
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him "Jesus found the man he had healed"
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word "See" is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche which represent the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου ὁ Πατήρ 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ποιῶν ἑαυτὸν ἴσον τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God "saying that he was like God" or "saying that he had as much authority as God"
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God "saying that he was like God" or "saying that he had as much authority as God"
|
||||
JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ὁ Υἱὸς ποιεῖ ταῦτα καὶ. 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ. ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, γὰρ Υἱὸς ποιεῖ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed "you will be surprised" or "you will be shocked"
|
||||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to "spiritual life."
|
||||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ δέδωκεν πᾶσαν τὴν κρίσιν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word "for" marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word "for" marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 honor the Son just as ... the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ ἀκούων μου τὸν λόγον 1 he who hears my word Here "word" is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "anyone who hears my message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here "word" is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "anyone who hears my message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives 0 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "will be judged to be innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ, Θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word "For" marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν κρίσιν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j θαυμάζετε μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this "This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς 1 hear his voice "hear my voice"
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this "This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice "hear my voice"
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word "him" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἐστὶν ἄλλος ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me "There is someone else who tells people about me"
|
||||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me "There is someone else who tells people about me"
|
||||
JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν ἀληθής 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true "what he tells people about me is true"
|
||||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true "what he tells people about me is true"
|
||||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 0 the testimony that I receive is not from man "I do not need people's testimony"
|
||||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so God can save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων, δὲ ὑμεῖς ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι ἐν αὐτοῦ τῷ φωτὶ πρὸς ὥραν 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here "lamp" and "light" are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: "John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων ὑμεῖς δὲ, ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here "lamp" and "light" are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: "John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 rt6j 0 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish ... that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification τὰ αὐτὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles "testify" or "tell the people" about him. Alternate translation: "What I do shows the people that God has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ Πατὴρ πέμψας με μεμαρτύρηκεν ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 ἔχετε οὐκ ἔχετε αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον μένοντα ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς πιστεύετε οὐ πιστεύετε ὃν ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ἀπέστειλεν 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor ἔχετε οὐκ ἔχετε αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον μένοντα ἐν ὑμῖν 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 his word "the message he spoke to you"
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ἔχειν αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 in them you have eternal life "you will find eternal life if you read them" or "the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 θέλετε οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me "you refuse to believe my message"
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles "testify" or "tell the people" about him. Alternate translation: "What I do shows the people that God has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὅτι ὃν ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word "the message he spoke to you"
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life "you will find eternal life if you read them" or "the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me "you refuse to believe my message"
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς ἔχετε οὐκ ἔχετε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν μου τοῦ Πατρός' τοῦ Πατρός τῷ ὀνόματι 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 If another should come in his own name The word "name" is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: "If another should come in his own authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word "name" is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: "If another should come in his own authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion 0 How can you believe, you who accept praise ... God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "There is no way you can believe because you accept praise ... God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν ἔστιν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope "Moses" here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: "Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope "Moses" here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: "Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope "your confidence" or "your trust"
|
||||
JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion 0 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words "what I say"
|
||||
JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people's sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus' day, and so the word "bread" was their general word for "food." It is often difficult to translate the word "bread" into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus' culture. Jesus used the word "bread" to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>##### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, "Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves," he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase "these things" refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπῆλθεν 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: "Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς ὄχλος 1 A great crowd "A large number of people"
|
||||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: "Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd "A large number of people"
|
||||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background δὲ τὸ Πάσχα, τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ ἑορτὴ, ἦν ἐγγὺς 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background δὲ ἔλεγεν τοῦτο πειράζων αὐτόν, γὰρ ᾔδει αὐτὸς ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns γὰρ ᾔδει αὐτὸς ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς,, τὸ Πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν αὐτὸς γὰρ, ᾔδει ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word "denarii" is the plural of "denarius. "Alternate translation: "The amount of bread that cost two hundred days' wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley "Five loaves of barley bread." Barley was a common grain.
|
||||
JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
|
||||
JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ταῦτα εἰς τοσούτους 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: "these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: "these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 10 n9ft ἀναπεσεῖν 1 sit down "lie down"
|
||||
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background δὲ ἦν πολὺς χόρτος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 10 iz32 οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες ἀνέπεσαν, ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
|
||||
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
|
||||
JHN 6 11 mnw3 εὐχαριστήσας 1 giving thanks Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
|
||||
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it "he" here represents "Jesus and his disciples." Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples gave it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,192 +355,192 @@ JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one ha
|
|||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
|
||||
JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
|
||||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus' disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background ἐγεγόνει σκοτία ἤδη, καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐληλύθει οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς εἴκοσι- πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα σταδίους 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 20 d6wv φοβεῖσθε μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid!"
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς εἴκοσι- σταδίους πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid!"
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: "they gladly received him into the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 yy7c πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea "the Sea of Galilee"
|
||||
JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background 0 However, there were ... the Lord had given thanks Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background 0 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
|
||||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 27 czb3 αἰώνιον ζωὴν ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου δώσει ὑμῖν, γὰρ ὁ Θεός ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν τοῦτον 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||||
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ὑμῖν δώσει τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son of Man ... God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor ἐσφράγισεν τοῦτον 1 has set his seal on him To "set a seal" on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 31 gye7 ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To "set a seal" on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor 0 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The "true bread" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου ὁ Πατήρ 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 διδοὺς ζωὴν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world "gives spiritual life to the world"
|
||||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world "gives spiritual life to the world"
|
||||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the "world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: "Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ ὁ Πατὴρ δίδωσίν μοι ἥξει πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ ἐκβάλω οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me "my Father, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes ἀπολέσω μὴ ἐξ αὐτοῦ πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom 0 will raise them up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "will cause them to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: "I am the one who is like true bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion 0 Is not this Jesus ... whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: "This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion ? πῶς λέγει νῦν λέγει,' καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ'?" 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion ,'? λέγει νῦν λέγει πῶς καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ'?" 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἀναστήσω 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean 1) "pulls" or 2) "attracts."
|
||||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας καὶ μαθὼν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the "son of Joseph" ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the "son of Joseph" ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 6 46 lcz8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 47 de5y ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 he who believes has eternal life God gives "eternal life" to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who believes has eternal life God gives "eternal life" to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: "Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 49 uh76 ὑμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 Your fathers "Your forefathers" or "Your ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers "Your forefathers" or "Your ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here "bread" is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: "I am like the true bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die "live forever." Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 6 51 px99 ὁ ζῶν ἄρτος 1 living bread This means "the bread that causes people to live" ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ κόσμου 1 for the life of the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "that will give life to all the people in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means "the bread that causes people to live" ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "that will give life to all the people in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος δοῦναι ἡμῖν τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about "his flesh." Alternate translation: "There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about "his flesh." Alternate translation: "There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases "eat the flesh" and "drink his blood" are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga ἔχετε οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves "you will not receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves "you will not receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
|
||||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor 0 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases "eats my flesh" and "drinks my blood" are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἀναστήσω 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day "on the day when God judges everyone"
|
||||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor 0 my flesh is true food ... my blood is true drink The phrases "true food" and "true drink" are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 μένει ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him "has a close relationship with me"
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him "has a close relationship with me"
|
||||
JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase "eats me" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are 1) "the Father who gives life" or 2) "the Father who is alive."
|
||||
JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβάς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I am the bread that has come down from heaven" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβάς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I am the bread that has come down from heaven" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as "this bread." Alternate translation: "He who eats me, the bread" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here "eats this bread" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers "the forefathers" or "the ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background 0 Jesus said these things in the synagogue ... in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "no one can accept it!" or "it is too hard to understand!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i σκανδαλίζει τοῦτο σκανδαλίζει ὑμᾶς? 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion οὖν ἐὰν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον? 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "no one can accept it!" or "it is too hard to understand!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει σκανδαλίζει? 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion οὖν? θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἐὰν ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον Ἀνθρώπου 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word "profit" means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are 1) Jesus' words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or 2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you "What I have told you"
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 ἐστιν πνεῦμά, καὶ ἐστιν ζωή 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are 1) "are about the Spirit and eternal life" or 2) "are from the Spirit and give eternal life" or 3) "are about spiritual things and life."
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν, καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are 1) "are about the Spirit and eternal life" or 2) "are from the Spirit and give eternal life" or 3) "are about spiritual things and life."
|
||||
JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background 0 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones ... who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me "follow me and receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι περιεπάτουν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq αὐτοῦ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 his disciples Here "his disciples" refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here "his disciples" refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for "the twelve disciples," a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: "the twelve disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion 0 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: "Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion ἐξελεξάμην οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς, τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐστιν διάβολός 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα, ἐξελεξάμην ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My time has not yet come"<br>This phrase and "his hour had not yet come" are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>##### "Living water"<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>##### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Did not believe in him"<br>Jesus' brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### "The Jews"<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms "Jewish leaders" and "Jewish people" or "Jews (leaders)" and "Jews (in general)."<br>
|
||||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. "After he finished speaking with the disciples" ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or "Some time later"
|
||||
JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch δὲ ἡ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἑορτὴ ἡ σκηνοπηγία ἦν ἐγγὺς 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near "Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near" or "Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters"
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near "Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near" or "Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters"
|
||||
JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z τὰ ἔργα ἃ σοῦ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word "works" refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word "works" refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word "he." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: "all people" or "everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background γὰρ οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐπίστευον οὐδὲ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers "his younger brothers"
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμὸς ὁ καιρὸς πάρεστιν οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ ὑμέτερος ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ἐστιν πάντοτέ ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready "any time is good for you"
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "All the people in the world cannot hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἐστιν πονηρά 1 I testify about it that its works are evil "I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers "his younger brothers"
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready "any time is good for you"
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "All the people in the world cannot hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil "I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
|
||||
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς πεπλήρωται οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These "brothers" were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 z4ym αὐτὸς καὶ ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These "brothers" were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "very secretly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word "Jews"is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." The word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον πλανᾷ 1 he leads the crowds astray Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion 0 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders' surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: "He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me "but comes from God, the one who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j δὲ ὁ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν αὐτὸν τοῦ πέμψαντος, οὗτος ἐστιν ἀληθής, καὶ ἔστιν οὐκ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him "when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος, ἀληθής ἐστιν καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him "when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion δέδωκεν οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law "obeys the law"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι με 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: "You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 20 l1rq ἔχεις δαιμόνιον 1 You have a demon "This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!"
|
||||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι σε 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one is trying to kill you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: "You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon "This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!"
|
||||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one is trying to kill you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work "one miracle" or "one sign"
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf θαυμάζετε πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel "you all are shocked"
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel "you all are shocked"
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: "you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνει περιτομὴν ἐν Σαββάτῳ ἵνα ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως λυθῇ μὴ λυθῇ 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion χολᾶτε ἐμοὶ ὅτι ἐποίησα ἄνθρωπον ὅλον ὑγιῆ ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest?"
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit κρίνετε μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ κρίνετε τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion ἐστιν οὐχ οὗτός ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit λέγουσιν οὐδὲν αὐτῷ 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: "they say nothing to oppose him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε οἱ ἄρχοντες ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήποτε? 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit , μὴ κρίνετε κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: "they say nothing to oppose him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε? ἄρχοντες ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήποτε οὗτός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out "spoke in a loud voice"
|
||||
JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony 0 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: "You all know me and you think you know where I come from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself "on my own authority." See how you translated "of himself" in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ὁ πέμψας με ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς 1 he who sent me is true "God is the one who sent me and he is true"
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἐληλύθει οὔπω ἐληλύθει 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὅταν ὁ Χριστὸς ἔλθῃ, ποιήσει πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true "God is the one who sent me and he is true"
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ πλείονα σημεῖα, ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p εἰμι ἔτι μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν χρόνον 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time "I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι ἔτι χρόνον χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time "I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
|
||||
JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
|
||||
JHN 7 34 p7w6 0 where I go, you will not be able to come "you will not be able to come to the place where I am"
|
||||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οὖν εἶπον πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said among themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said among themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
|
||||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This "word" is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: "What is he talking about when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This "word" is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: "What is he talking about when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 fg95 μεγάλῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 great day It is "great" because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is "great" because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word "thirsty" is a metaphor that means one's great desire for the things of God, just as one "thirsts" for water. Alternate translation: "Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word "drink" is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: "let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς ἡ Γραφή εἶπεν 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says "As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me"
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ὕδατος ζῶντος ὕδατος ῥεύσουσιν 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ζῶντος ὕδατος 1 living water Possible meanings are 1) "water that gives life" or 2) "water that causes people to live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ αὐτοῦ τῆς κοιλίας 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: "from inside of him" or "from his heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says "As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me"
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are 1) "water that gives life" or 2) "water that causes people to live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: "from inside of him" or "from his heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he Here "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐδοξάσθη οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: "This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion εἶπεν ἡ Γραφὴ οὐχ εἶπεν ὅτι ὁ Χριστός ἔρχεται ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου Δαυεὶδ ἦν 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφὴ οὐχ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου Δαυεὶδ ἦν 1 where David was "where David lived"
|
||||
JHN 7 43 lf5r οὖν ἐγένετο σχίσμα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
|
||||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: "but no one grabbed him to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται ἔρχεται? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν εἶπεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was "where David lived"
|
||||
JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
|
||||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: "but no one grabbed him to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers "the temple guards"
|
||||
JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-explicit 0 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. "We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees "Because they said that, the Pharisees"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς 1 answered them "answered the officers"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion πεπλάνησθε ὑμεῖς καὶ πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion ἐπίστευσεν τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion ἐπίστευσεν? ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς τις, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων αὐτὸν 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ οὗτος ὁ ὄχλος ὁ γινώσκων μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, εἰσιν ἐπάρατοί 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος ὁ, μὴ γινώσκων γινώσκων τὸν νόμον ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion 0 Does our law judge a man ... what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man ... what he does!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification 0 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Do we judge a man" or "we do not judge a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion 0 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: "You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: "Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 jm59 οὐκ προφήτης ἐγείρεται ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
|
||||
JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
|
||||
JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for "I AM," by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>##### The Scribes and Pharisees' trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 8 1 mkz2 0 General Information: While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -566,39 +566,39 @@ JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a
|
|||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the "light" is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: "I am the one who gives light to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means "everyone who does what I teach" or "everyone who obeys me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor περιπατήσῃ οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The "light of life" is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: "truth that brings eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ μαρτυρεῖς περὶ σεαυτοῦ 1 You bear witness about yourself "You are just saying these things about yourself"
|
||||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit σου ἡ μαρτυρία ἔστιν οὐκ ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: "you cannot be your own witness" or "what you say about yourself may not be true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself "You are just saying these things about yourself"
|
||||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: "you cannot be your own witness" or "what you say about yourself may not be true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself "Even if I say these things about myself"
|
||||
JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh "human standards and the laws of men"
|
||||
JHN 8 15 j79i 0 I judge no one Possible meanings are 1) "I do not judge anyone yet" or 2) "I am not judging anyone now."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν ἐγώ κρίνω 1 if I judge Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ ἐμὴ ἡ κρίσις ἐστιν ἀληθινή 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) "my judgment will be right" or 2) "my judgment is right."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰμί οὐκ μόνος, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ ὁ πέμψας με 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit εἰμί οὐκ μόνος 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: "I am not alone in how I judge" or "I do not judge alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) "my judgment will be right" or 2) "my judgment is right."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ, καὶ ὁ ὁ πέμψας πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: "I am not alone in how I judge" or "I do not judge alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: "the Father also judges with me" or "the Father judges as I do"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 i1sl 0 Yes, and in your law The word "Yes" shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία δύο ἀνθρώπων ἐστιν ἀληθής 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: "if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: "if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: "I give evidence to you about myself"
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ ὁ πέμψας με μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ ὁ πέμψας πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus' speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἴδατε οὔτε ἐμὲ οὔτε μου τὸν Πατέρα; εἰ ᾔδειτε ἐμὲ, ἂν ᾔδειτε μου τὸν Πατέρα καὶ 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τὸν Πατέρα 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἐληλύθει οὔπω ἐληλύθει 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου εἰ ἐμὲ; ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ὑμῶν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 die in your sin Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die while you are still sinful" or "you will die while you are sinning"
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die while you are still sinful" or "you will die while you are sinning"
|
||||
JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come "you are not able to come"
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἔλεγον 1 The Jews said Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said" or "The Jewish authorities said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐστέ ἐκ τῶν κάτω 1 You are from below "You were born in this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ εἰμί ἐκ τῶν ἄνω 1 I am from above "I came from heaven"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐστέ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are of this world "You belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ εἰμὶ οὐκ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am not of this world "I do not belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 1 you will die in your sins "you will die without God's forgiving your sins"
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said" or "The Jewish authorities said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below "You were born in this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above "I came from heaven"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world "You belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world "I do not belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins "you will die without God's forgiving your sins"
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: "I am from above."
|
||||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word "They" refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "these things I say to all the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,64 +606,64 @@ JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father Th
|
|||
JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title "Son of Man" to refer to himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "I am the one I claim to be."
|
||||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ὁ Πατὴρ ἐδίδαξέν με, λαλῶ ταῦτα 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things "I am only saying what my Father taught me to say." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things "I am only saying what my Father taught me to say." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word "He" refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 30 ld9x λαλοῦντος ταῦτα αὐτοῦ 1 As Jesus was saying these things "As Jesus spoke these words"
|
||||
JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things "As Jesus spoke these words"
|
||||
JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him "many people trusted him"
|
||||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ τῷ λόγῳ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means "to obey Jesus." Alternate translation: "obey what I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μού μαθηταί 1 my disciples "my followers"
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσει 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means "to obey Jesus." Alternate translation: "obey what I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples "my followers"
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: "what is true about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion ; πῶς λέγεις σὺ λέγεις,' γενήσεσθε ἐλεύθεροι'?" 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion ; πῶς σὺ λέγεις λέγεις,' ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε'?" 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor ἐστιν δοῦλός τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here "house" is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "as a permanent member of a family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: "the son is a member of the family forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ἐλευθερώσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ἔσεσθε ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ἐλευθερώσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμὸς ὁ λόγος χωρεῖ οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y λαλῶ ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father "I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father "I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
|
||||
JHN 8 38 f9yu 0 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by "your father" Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: "you also continue doing what your father has told you to do"
|
||||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 Ἀβραὰμ ἐποίησεν οὐκ ἐποίησεν τοῦτο 1 Abraham did not do this "Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς γεγεννήμεθα οὐ γεγεννήμεθα ἐκ πορνείας 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔχομεν ἕνα Πατέρα: τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this "Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν: τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί γινώσκετε οὐ γινώσκετε τὴν ἐμὴν τὴν λαλιὰν? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy 0 It is because you cannot hear my words Here "words" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐστὲ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς, τοῦ διαβόλου 1 You are of your father, the devil "You belong to your father, Satan"
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστὲ, τοῦ διαβόλου 1 You are of your father, the devil "You belong to your father, Satan"
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here "father" is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: "he is the one who created all lies in the beginning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ὅτι ἐγὼ λέγω τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 because I speak the truth "because I tell you true things about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth "because I tell you true things about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: "None of you can show that I have ever sinned!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ λέγω ἀλήθειαν 1 If I speak the truth "If I say things that are true"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί πιστεύετέ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth "If I say things that are true"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here "words" is a metonym for the "message" of God. Alternate translation: "the message of God" or "the truth that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion λέγομεν ἡμεῖς οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ὅτι σὺ εἶ Σαμαρείτης καὶ ἔχεις δαιμόνιον 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τηρήσῃ τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον 1 keeps my word Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "obeys my teachings" or "does what I say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θεωρήσῃ θάνατον 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "obeys my teachings" or "does what I say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here "Jews" is a metonym for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τηρήσῃ μου τὸν λόγον 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ μὴ μείζων ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Ἀβραάμ ὅστις ἀπέθανεν, εἶ? 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion σὺ? μὴ μείζων ἡμῶν τοῦ εἶ Ἀβραάμ ὅστις ἀπέθανεν, εἶ πατρὸς 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν μου ὁ Πατήρ ὁ δοξάζων με— ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐστιν ἡμῶν Θεὸς 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τηρῶ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keep his word Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐμήν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples — ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad "he foresaw my coming through God's revelation and he rejoiced"
|
||||
JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι εἶπον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion ἔχεις οὔπω πεντήκοντα ἔτη, καὶ ἑώρακας Ἀβραὰμ 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "before Abraham existed, I existed."
|
||||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit οὖν ἦραν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: "Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: "Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Who sinned?"<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus' time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### "He does not keep the Sabbath"<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||||
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -676,66 +676,66 @@ JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Her
|
|||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: "and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit 0 wash ... washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ,"( ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται" ἀπεσταλμένος"). 1 which is translated "Sent" A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion ἐστιν οὐχ οὗτός ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: "This man is the one who used to sit and beg!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: "This man is the one who used to sit and beg!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
|
||||
JHN 9 10 m97n 0 Then how were your eyes opened? "Then what caused you to be able to see?" or "How is it that you can see now?"
|
||||
JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smeared it on my eyes "used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud." See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 13 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν τόν ποτε τυφλόν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day "Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd οὖν πάλιν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἠρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him "So the Pharisees also asked him"
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him "So the Pharisees also asked him"
|
||||
JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews' disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τηρεῖ οὐ τηρεῖ τὸ Σάββατον 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion ," πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς ποιεῖν τοιαῦτα σημεῖα?" 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus' signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion ," πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?" 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus' signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. "Signs" give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 ἐστίν προφήτης 1 He is a prophet "I think he is a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐπίστευσαν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet "I think he is a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents "They" refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q αὐτὸς ἔχει ἡλικίαν 1 he is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man's parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 ὁμολογήσῃ αὐτὸν γένηται Χριστόν 1 would confess him to be the Christ "would say that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ "would say that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here "be thrown out of the synagogue" is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: "he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue" or "he would no longer belong to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 23 f9zl ἔχει ἡλικίαν 1 He is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child." See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child." See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, "they" refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: "In the presence of God, tell the truth" or "Speak the truth before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί θέλετε ἀκούειν πάλιν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς θέλετε μὴ θέλετε γενέσθαι αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ καὶ, θέλετε? 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ εἶ ἐκείνου μαθητὴς 1 You are his disciple "You are following Jesus!"
|
||||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive δὲ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν μαθηταί τοῦ Μωϋσέως 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun "we" is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: "but we are following Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὁ Θεός λελάληκεν Μωϋσεῖ 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses "We are sure that God has spoken to Moses"
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν τοῦτον ἐστίν πόθεν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἴδατε οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν πόθεν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus' authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς? μὴ θέλετε γενέσθαι θέλετε μαθηταὶ καὶ, θέλετε αὐτοῦ 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple "You are following Jesus!"
|
||||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun "we" is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: "but we are following Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses "We are sure that God has spoken to Moses"
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον οὐκ οἴδαμεν οἴδαμεν πόθεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε πόθεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus' authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 31 e7ec 0 does not listen to sinners ... listens to him "does not answer the prayers of sinners ... God answers his prayers"
|
||||
JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη οὐκ ἠκούσθη ὅτι τις ἠνέῳξέν 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ οὗτος ἦν μὴ παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. "Only a man from God could do something like that!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ," ἐγεννήθης ὅλος ἐγεννήθης ἐν ἁμαρτίαις, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?" 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. "Only a man from God could do something like that!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ,," ὅλος ἐγεννήθης ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐγεννήθης καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?" 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out "they threw him out of the synagogue"
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to "believe in Jesus," to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if "the Son of Man" were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of "the Son of Man." You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy ἦλθον εἰς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον 1 came into this world The "world" is a metonym for "the people who live in the world." Alternate translation: "came to live among the people of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ οἱ βλέποντες γένωνται τυφλοὶ 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here "seeing" and "blindness" are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: "so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς καὶ τυφλοί 1 Are we also blind? "Do you think we are spiritually blind?"
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ ἦτε τυφλοὶ, ἂν εἴχετε οὐκ ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here "blindness" is a metaphor for not knowing God's truth. Alternate translation: "If you wanted to know God's truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The "world" is a metonym for "the people who live in the world." Alternate translation: "came to live among the people of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here "seeing" and "blindness" are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: "so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? "Do you think we are spiritually blind?"
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here "blindness" is a metaphor for not knowing God's truth. Alternate translation: "If you wanted to know God's truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor 0 but now you say, 'We see,' so your sin remains Here "seeing" is a metaphor for knowing God's truth. Alternate translation: "Since you falsely think that you already know God's truth, you will remain blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, "I and the Father are one," the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God's people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>##### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>##### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.<br>
|
||||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 1 i3tj ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 1 xq1f τῶν προβάτων αὐλὴν 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 xq1f αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 uy2v ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει τούτῳ 1 The gatekeeper opens for him "The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd"
|
||||
JHN 10 3 uy2v τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens for him "The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd"
|
||||
JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
|
||||
JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα ἀκούει αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς 1 The sheep hear his voice "The sheep hear the shepherd's voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 n1ta πορεύεται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he goes ahead of them "he walks in front of them"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν αὐτοῦ τὴν φωνὴν 1 for they know his voice "because they recognize his voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι ἔγνωσαν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice "The sheep hear the shepherd's voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them "he walks in front of them"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice "because they recognize his voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The "shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. The "sheep" represent those who follow Jesus, and the "strangers" are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -746,64 +746,64 @@ JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here
|
|||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word "pasture" means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives 0 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "comes only to steal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ καὶ θύσῃ καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is "sheep," which represents God's people. Alternate translation: "steal and kill and destroy the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ἔχωσιν ζωὴν 1 so that they will have life The word "they" refers to the sheep. "Life" refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: "so that they will really live, lacking nothing"
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word "they" refers to the sheep. "Life" refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: "so that they will really live, lacking nothing"
|
||||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὁ καλός ποιμὴν 1 I am the good shepherd Here "good shepherd" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τίθησιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here "good shepherd" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The "hired servant" is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a hired servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor μέλει οὐ μέλει περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὁ καλός ποιμὴν 1 I am the good shepherd Here the "good shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ γινώσκει με, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τίθημι μου τὴν ψυχήν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: "I die for the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἔχω ἄλλα πρόβατα 1 I have other sheep Here "other sheep" is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει μέλει περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the "good shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: "I die for the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here "other sheep" is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here "flock" and "shepherd" are metaphors. All of Jesus's followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ με: ἐγὼ τίθημι μου τὴν ψυχήν 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God's eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus' death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j : διὰ τοῦτό με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God's eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus' death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι μου τὴν ψυχήν ἵνα λάβω αὐτήν πάλιν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν τίθημι ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔλαβον ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν παρὰ μου τοῦ Πατρός 1 I have received this command from my Father "This is what my Father has commanded me to do." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father "This is what my Father has commanded me to do." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Do not listen to him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δύναται δαιμόνιον ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!" or "Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Do not listen to him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!" or "Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς περιεπάτει ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: "Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: "Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκύκλωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom 0 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "keep us wondering" or "keep us from knowing for sure?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ Πατρός 1 in the name of my Father Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ τοῦ Πατρός Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: "offer proof concerning me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἐκ τῶν προβάτων 1 not my sheep The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ ἐμὰ τὰ πρόβατα ἀκούουσιν μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 My sheep hear my voice The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the "shepherd" is also implied. Alternate translation: "Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει αὐτὰ ἐκ μου τῆς χειρός 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word "hand" is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no one will steal them away from me" or "they will remain secure forever in my care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the "shepherd" is also implied. Alternate translation: "Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word "hand" is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no one will steal them away from me" or "they will remain secure forever in my care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 My Father, who has given them to me The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word "hand" is a metonym that refers to God's possession and protective care. Alternate translation: "No one can steal them from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσμεν ἕν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche 0 Then the Jews took up stones The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς," ἔδειξα ὑμῖν πολλὰ καλὰ ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός. 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον λιθάζετε ἐμὲ 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ 1 The Jews answered him The word "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish opponents replied" or "The Jewish leaders answered him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ. ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς," ἔδειξα ὑμῖν Ἰησοῦς καλὰ ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός πολλὰ 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish opponents replied" or "The Jewish leaders answered him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God "claiming to be God"
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion 0 Is it not written ... gods"'? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, 'you are gods.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp ἐστε θεοί 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers "gods," perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers "gods," perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God's message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: "God spoke his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 ἡ Γραφή οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) "no one can change the scripture" or 2) "the scripture will always be true."
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) "no one can change the scripture" or 2) "the scripture will always be true."
|
||||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion 0 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, 'You are blaspheming,' because I said, 'I am the Son of God'? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself "the Son of God." Alternate translation: "you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, 'You are blaspheming,' when I say that I am the Son of God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming "You are insulting God." Jesus' opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
|
||||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word "believe" means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf πιστεύετε τοῖς ἔργοις 1 believe in the works Here "believe in" is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here "believe in" is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: "My Father and I are completely joined together as one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ αὐτῶν τῆς χειρὸς 1 went away out of their hand The word "hand" is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "got away from them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word "hand" is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "got away from them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: "to the east side of the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: "Jesus stayed there for several days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐποίησεν οὐδέν σημεῖον, δὲ πάντα ὅσα Ἰωάννης εἶπεν περὶ τούτου ἦν ἀληθῆ 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true "It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs."
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν, πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true "It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs."
|
||||
JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here "believed in" means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### "One man dies for the people"<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people's sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, "It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes" ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his "place" and "nation" ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people's sins.<br><br>##### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, "If you had been here, my brother would not have died," she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,73 +811,73 @@ JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduc
|
|||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background 0 It was Mary who anointed the Lord ... her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus "asked Jesus to come"
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here "love" refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια ἔστιν οὐκ πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: "Death will not be the final result of this sickness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: "Death will not be the final result of this sickness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit 0 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: "but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγάπα τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ αὐτῆς τὴν ἀδελφὴν καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί, νῦν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν λιθάσαι σε, καὶ ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ πάλιν 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι,, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion 0 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You know that the day has twelve hours of light!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, προσκόπτει οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι βλέπει τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor , ἐάν, τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ προσκόπτει προσκόπτει ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor 0 if he walks at night Here "night" is a metaphor that refers to one's walking without God's light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are 1) "he cannot see" or "he does not have God's light."
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom ἡμῶν ὁ φίλος Λάζαρος κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here "fallen asleep" is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν ἐξυπνίσω 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words "wake him out of sleep" form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are 1) "he cannot see" or "he does not have God's light."
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here "fallen asleep" is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words "wake him out of sleep" form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples' misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly "So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly "So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
|
||||
JHN 11 15 c2wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes "for your benefit"
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα ἤμην οὐκ ἐκεῖ ὅτι πιστεύσητε 1 that I was not there so that you may believe "that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more."
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe "that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more."
|
||||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they called Didymus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν ἔχοντα ἤδη ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ τέσσαρας ἡμέρας 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance δεκαπέντε σταδίων ἀπὸ 1 fifteen stadia away "about three kilometers away." A "stadium" is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away "about three kilometers away." A "stadium" is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: "about their younger brother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit μου ὁ ἀδελφός ἂν ἀπέθανεν οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit σου ὁ ἀδελφός ἀναστήσεται 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "Your younger brother will become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἂν ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "Your younger brother will become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again "he will become alive again"
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here "dies" refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here "live" refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἀποθάνῃ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 ἀποθάνῃ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 will never die Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἀποθάνῃ 1 will never die Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him "Martha said to Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 11 27 zd3n 0 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God ... coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἐφώνησεν αὐτῆς τὴν ἀδελφὴν Μαριὰμ 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you "is asking that you come"
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐληλύθει οὔπω ἐληλύθει εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit μου ὁ ἀδελφός ἀπέθανεν οὐκ ἄν ἀπέθανεν 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: "he was greatly upset" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, "Where have you buried him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐδάκρυσεν 1 Jesus wept "Jesus began to cry" or "Jesus started crying"
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept "Jesus began to cry" or "Jesus started crying"
|
||||
JHN 11 36 b6ee ἐφίλει 1 loved This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion ἐδύνατο οὐκ οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews' surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: "He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!" or "Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, τοῦ, τυφλοῦ ποιῆσαι καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews' surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: "He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!" or "Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 opened the eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "healed the eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background δὲ ἦν σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit Μάρθα, ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: "Martha, the older sister of Lazarus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 lt1d 0 by this time the body will be decaying "by this time there will be a bad smell" or "the body is already stinking"
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion εἶπόν οὐκ εἶπόν σοι ὅτι, ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν ἄνω τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: "Jesus looked up toward heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν εἶπόν σοι ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς,, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: "Jesus looked up toward heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: "Father, I thank you that you have heard me" or "Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer"
|
||||
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ ἀπέστειλας με 1 so that they may believe that you have sent me "I want them to believe that you have sent me"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 ev4z εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 After he had said this "After Jesus had prayed"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 cz9f ἐκραύγασεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ φωνῇ 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted"
|
||||
JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 so that they may believe that you have sent me "I want them to believe that you have sent me"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this "After Jesus had prayed"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted"
|
||||
JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive 0 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 44 d8xf ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them The word "them" refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||||
JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word "them" refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||||
JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
|
||||
JHN 11 47 nhw4 οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests "Then the leaders among the priests"
|
||||
JHN 11 47 gz8c οὖν 1 Then The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν? 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "What are we going to do about Jesus?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: "everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐλεύσονται 1 the Romans will come This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: "the Roman army will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: "the Roman army will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation "destroy both our temple and our nation"
|
||||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what is happening" or "You speak as though you know nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -887,100 +887,100 @@ JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθ
|
|||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word "people" is implied by the context. Alternate translation: "would be gathered into one people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God's children.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει παρρησίᾳ ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and "walk openly" is a metaphor for "live where everyone could see him." Alternate translation: "live where all the Jews could see him" or "walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and "walk openly" is a metaphor for "live where everyone could see him." Alternate translation: "live where all the Jews could see him" or "walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
|
||||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: "There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word "they" refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? ὅτι ἔλθῃ οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ δοκεῖ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ? ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Mary anointed Jesus' feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person's head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person's body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person's feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>##### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: "He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life." But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one's life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br>
|
||||
JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
|
||||
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent ἓξ ἡμερῶν πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "had made alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume You may convert this to a modern measure. A "litra" is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: "a third of a kilogram of perfume" or "a bottle of perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
|
||||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The scent of her perfume filled the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων παραδιδόναι αὐτὸν 1 the one who would betray him "the one who later enabled Jesus' enemies to seize him"
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπράθη τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him "the one who later enabled Jesus' enemies to seize him"
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: "300 denarii" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 Now he said this ... would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι ἔμελεν περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι αὐτῷ ἦν κλέπτης 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief "he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν τηρήσῃ αὐτό εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit ἔχετε πάντοτε ἔχετε τοὺς πτωχοὺς μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit δὲ ἔχετε οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε ἐμὲ 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν τοῦτο οὐχ ὅτι περὶ, τῶν, πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief "he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς πάντοτε ἔχετε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: "were putting their trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
|
||||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς ὁ ὄχλος 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὁ ὄχλος ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means "May God save us now!"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word "name" is a metonym for the person's authority and power. Alternate translation: "comes as the representative of the Lord" or "comes in the power of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὑρὼν ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as the prophets wrote in the Scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion "Daughter of Zion" here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "you people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔγνωσαν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ταῦτα 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε Ἰησοῦς ἐδοξάσθη 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when God glorified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ἐποίησαν ταῦτα αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when God glorified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 eel6 0 they heard that he had done this sign "they heard others say that he had done this sign"
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A "sign" is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the "sign" of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit 0 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: "It seems like we can do nothing to stop him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ἀπῆλθεν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: "It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: "It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ τινες Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase "now certain" marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase "now certain" marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these "Greeks" were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: "to worship God at the Passover festival" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee.
|
||||
JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jesus Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks' request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they told Jesus what the Greeks had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
|
||||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἡ ὥρα ἐλήλυθεν ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου δοξασθῇ 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "God will soon honor me when I die and rise again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "God will soon honor me when I die and rise again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated "Truly, truly" in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor 0 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies ... it will bear much fruit Here "a grain of wheat" or "seed" is a metaphor for Jesus' death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ φυλάξει αὐτήν εἰς αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου ἐγὼ εἰμὶ, ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ ἐμὸς ὁ διάκονος καὶ ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ τιμήσει αὐτὸν 1 the Father will honor him Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω?' Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὥρας'? 1 what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ τῷ κόσμῳ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος, ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί'??' Πάτερ, σῶσόν εἴπω ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὥρας με 1 what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 this hour Here "this hour" is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here "this hour" is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "make your glory known" or "reveal your glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἦλθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν ἐστὶν κρίσις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐκβληθήσεται ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being "lifted up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive ἐὰν κἀγὼ ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When people raise me high on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 ἑλκύσω πάντας πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background ἔλεγεν τοῦτο σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus' words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase "lifted up" means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words "on a cross." Alternate translation: "The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When people raise me high on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο ἔλεγεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus' words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase "lifted up" means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words "on a cross." Alternate translation: "The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are 1) "What is the identity of this Son of Man? or 2) "What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?"
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον. περιπατεῖτε ὡς ἔχετε τὸ φῶς, ἵνα σκοτία καταλάβῃ μὴ καταλάβῃ ὑμᾶς. ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οἶδεν οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς ἔχετε τὸ φῶς, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς ἵνα γένησθε υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε ἵνα μὴ. σκοτία., ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ καταλάβῃ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε πιστεύετε εἰς, τὸ φῶς ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν ἡμῶν τῇ ἀκοῇ, καὶ τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion , Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord's ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy 0 he has hardened their hearts ... understand with their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hardened their hearts" is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to "understand with their hearts" means to "truly understand." Alternate translation: "he has made them stubborn ... truly understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "and they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα γένωνται μὴ γένωνται ἀποσυνάγωγοι 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 0 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God "They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them"
|
||||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: "Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word "him" refers to God. Alternate translation: "the one who sees me sees God, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐλήλυθα φῶς 1 I have come as a light Here the "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' example. Alternate translation: "I have come to show the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor μείνῃ μὴ μείνῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' example. Alternate translation: "I have come to show the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit 0 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here "to judge the world" implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: "If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day "at the time when God judges people's sins"
|
||||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐντολὴ ἐστιν αἰώνιός ζωὴ 1 I know that his command is eternal life "I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever"
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life "I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever"
|
||||
JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord's supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus' sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people's feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>##### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for "I AM," by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -989,22 +989,22 @@ JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom 0 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas
|
|||
JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy 0 had given everything over into his hands Here "his hands" is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: "had given him complete power and authority over everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ καὶ ὑπάγει πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
|
||||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples' feet.
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, νίπτεις σύ νίπτεις μου τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν νίψω μὴ νίψω σε, ἔχεις οὐκ μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives , ἐὰν μὴ νίψω νίψω σε οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word "you" to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος ἔχει οὐκ χρείαν, εἰ μὴ νίψασθαι τοὺς πόδας 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here "bathed" is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: "If anyone has already received God's forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες ἐστε καθαροί 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: "Not all of you have received God's forgiveness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor , ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here "bathed" is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: "If anyone has already received God's forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: "Not all of you have received God's forgiveness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: "You need to understand what I have done for you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με' ὁ Διδάσκαλος' καὶ' ὁ Κύριος,' 1 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε καὶ ποιῆτε καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ' ὑμεῖς'' φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ Κύριος,' 1 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive ἐστε μακάριοί 1 you are blessed Here "bless" means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here "bless" means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive 0 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "this is in order to fulfill the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom 0 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase "eats my bread" is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase "lifted up his heel" is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: "the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 19 qd39 0 I tell you this now before it happens "I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1012,38 +1012,38 @@ JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is ident
|
|||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled concerned, upset
|
||||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 22 dhs3 οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking "The disciples looked at each other and wondered: "Who will betray Jesus?"
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ αὐτοῦ τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγάπα 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||||
JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking "The disciples looked at each other and wondered: "Who will betray Jesus?"
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 z8ze figs-explicit ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 p2ee τοῦ Ἰησοῦ' τῷ κόλπῳ 1 Jesus' side Lying with one's head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 a58j ἠγάπα 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 26 qpj8 writing-background Ἰσκαριώτη 1 Iscariot This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis 0 Then after the bread The words "Judas took" are understood from the context. Alternate translation: "Then after Judas took the bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom ὁ Σατανᾶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον 1 Satan entered into him This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: "Satan took control of him" or "Satan started to command him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 rz21 οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||||
JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: "Satan took control of him" or "Satan started to command him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||||
JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly "Do quickly what you are planning to do!"
|
||||
JHN 13 29 rv4z ἵνα δῷ τι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: "Go and give some money to the poor."
|
||||
JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: "Go and give some money to the poor."
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς. ἦν νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or "dark" deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: "he went out immediately into the dark night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐδοξάσθη, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ δοξάσει αὐτόν εὐθὺς 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word "him" refers to the Son of Man. The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: "God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive , νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word "him" refers to the Son of Man. The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: "God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term "Little children" to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "as I said to the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 13 37 ye6m θήσω μου τὴν ψυχήν 1 lay down my life "give up my life" or "die"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion θήσεις σου τὴν ψυχήν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ οὐ μὴ φωνήσῃ ἕως ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου θήσω 1 lay down my life "give up my life" or "die"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ φωνήσῃ ἕως ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My Father's house"<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy ταρασσέσθω μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία ταρασσέσθω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν μου τοῦ Πατρός' τοῦ Πατρός τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰσιν πολλαί μοναὶ 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν μου τοῦ Πατρός' τοῦ Πατρός τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρός Πατρός' μου μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r πολλαί μοναὶ 1 many rooms The word "room" can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word "room" can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The "you" is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) "the way to God" or 2) "the one who takes people to God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα εἰδέναι τὴν ὁδὸν 1 how can we know the way? "how can we know how to get there?"
|
||||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? "how can we know how to get there?"
|
||||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) "the true person" or 2) "the one who speaks true words about God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: "the one who can make people alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: "No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1061,77 +1061,77 @@ JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom 0 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is
|
|||
JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν μου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Whatever you ask, using my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ Πατὴρ δοξασθῇ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so I can show everyone how great my Father is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Whatever you ask, using my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so I can show everyone how great my Father is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν αἰτήσητέ με τι ἐν μου τῷ ὀνόματί, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it" or "Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it" or "Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν ὃ 1 The world cannot receive him Here the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him" or "Those who oppose God will not accept him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him" or "Those who oppose God will not accept him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit 0 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: "leave you with no one to care for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the "world" is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 b87j ὑμεῖς γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν μου τῷ Πατρί 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: "you will know that my Father and I are just like one person"
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τῷ Πατρί 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: "you will know that my Father and I are just like one person"
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ht8z ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you "you and I are just like one person"
|
||||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ὁ ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀγαπῶν με ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ μου τοῦ Πατρός 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will love anyone who loves me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀγαπῶν με ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will love anyone who loves me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας( οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης) 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν ἡμῖν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word "show" refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: "Why will you reveal yourself only to us" or "Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?"
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word "show" refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: "Why will you reveal yourself only to us" or "Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?"
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here "world" is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "not to those who do not belong to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τηρήσει μου τὸν λόγον 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word "The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do"
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word "The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do"
|
||||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου ὁ Πατήρ 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit ἐλευσόμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ποιησόμεθα μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: "we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε ἔστιν οὐκ ἐμὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ Πατρός πέμψαντός με 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me "The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own"
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: "we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me "The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own"
|
||||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word "The message"
|
||||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says "you" he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The "world" is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy ταρασσέσθω μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία ταρασσέσθω, μηδὲ δειλιάτω μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω, ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία μηδὲ μηδὲ δειλιάτω δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: "I am going back to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ ἐστιν μείζων μού 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Father has greater authority than I have here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Father has greater authority than I have here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου 1 ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit 0 ruler ... is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: "Satan is coming to attack me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα ὁ κόσμος γνῷ 1 in order that the world will know Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἡ ἀληθινή ἄμπελος 1 I am the true vine Here the "true vine" is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine that produces good fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor μου ὁ Πατήρ ἐστιν ὁ γεωργός 1 my Father is the gardener The "gardener" is a metaphor. A "gardener" is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: "my Father is like a gardener" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου ὁ Πατήρ 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor αἴρει πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ φέρον μὴ φέρον καρπὸν 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the "true vine" is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine that produces good fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The "gardener" is a metaphor. A "gardener" is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: "my Father is like a gardener" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον φέρον καρπὸν αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away "cuts off and takes away"
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 0 prunes every branch "trims every branch"
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἤδη καθαροί διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word "you" throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you "If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you" or "Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you"
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ μένητε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: "unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything"
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: "unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything"
|
||||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor 0 I am the vine, you are the branches The "vine" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The "branches" is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: "He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει πολύν καρπὸν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: "you will bear much fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: "you will bear much fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the fire burns them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit αἰτήσασθε ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: "ask God whatever you wish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: "ask God whatever you wish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he will do it for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive μου ὁ Πατήρ ἐδοξάσθη ἐν τούτῳ 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "It causes people to honor my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου ὁ Πατήρ 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα φέρητε πολὺν καρπὸν 1 that you bear much fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: "when you live in a way that pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "It causes people to honor my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: "when you live in a way that pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples "show you are my disciples" or "demonstrate you are my disciples"
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ὁ Πατήρ ἠγάπησέν με, κἀγὼ ἠγάπησα κἀγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Remain in my love "Continue to accept my love"
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τηρήσητε μου τὰς ἐντολάς, μενεῖτε ἐν μου τῇ ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς ἐγὼ τετήρηκα τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Πατρός καὶ μένω ἐν αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus' followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples , καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ κἀγὼ κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love "Continue to accept my love"
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου καθὼς,, ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus' followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 λελάληκα ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἡ ἐμὴ ἡ χαρὰ ᾖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you "I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have"
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you "I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have"
|
||||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive 0 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you will be completely joyful" or "so that your joy may have nothing missing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ μου τοῦ Πατρός, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you "I have told you everything my Father told me"
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐξελέξασθε οὐχ ἐξελέξασθε με 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: "You did not decide to become my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ φέρητε καρπὸν 1 go and bear fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "live lives that please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you "I have told you everything my Father told me"
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: "You did not decide to become my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "live lives that please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 v3je 0 that your fruit should remain "that the results of what you do should last forever"
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy 0 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1139,88 +1139,88 @@ JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not
|
|||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here "word" is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Remember the message that I spoke to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου τὸ ὄνομά 1 because of my name Here "because of my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ ἦλθον μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, εἴχοσαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν ἁμαρτίαν, δὲ νῦν ἔχουσιν οὐκ πρόφασιν περὶ αὐτῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ μισῶν ἐμὲ καὶ μισεῖ μου τὸν Πατέρα 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ τὸ ὄνομά ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here "because of my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν εἴχοσαν νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ ἐποίησα μὴ ἐποίησα τὰ ἔργα ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν ἐν αὐτοῖς, εἴχοσαν οὐκ ἁμαρτίαν, δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v23s εἴχοσαν οὐκ ἁμαρτίαν 1 they would have no sin "they would not have any sin." See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ μου τὸν Πατέρα 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ γεγραμμένος ἐν αὐτῶν τῷ νόμῳ 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. "Word" here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" and "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin "they would not have any sin." See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. "Word" here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" and "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God's instructions for his people.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 0 will send ... from the Father ... the Spirit of truth ... he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the "beginning" is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>##### "The hour is coming"<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but "the hour" in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit σκανδαλισθῆτε μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase "fall away" implies to stop putting one's trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase "fall away" implies to stop putting one's trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 i79b 0 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God "it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God."
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ποιήσουσιν ταῦτα ὅτι ἔγνωσαν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν αὐτῶν ἡ ὥρα ἔλθῃ 1 when their hour comes Here "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus' followers. Alternate translation: "when they cause you to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus' followers. Alternate translation: "when they cause you to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "when you first started following me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you are now very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν ἀπέλθω μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος ἐλεύσεται οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἀπέλθω ἀπέλθω ὁ Παράκλητος, οὐκ ἐλεύσεται ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον ἐλέγξει περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ὅτι πιστεύουσιν οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ θεωρεῖτέ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅτι πρὸς τὸν, Πατέρα, ὑπάγω καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 the ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ λέγειν ὑμῖν 1 things to say to you "messages for you" or "words for you"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ κρίσεως ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ, τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you "messages for you" or "words for you"
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The "truth" refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: "he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit λαλήσει ὅσα ἀκούσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: "he will say whatever God tells him to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The "truth" refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: "he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: "he will say whatever God tells him to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit 0 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here "things of mine" refers to Jesus' teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: "he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time "Soon" or "Before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time "again, before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus' speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν θεωρεῖτέ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν οὐ θεωρεῖτέ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus' resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus' coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion 0 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying, ... see me'? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: "You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ... see me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy δὲ ὁ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "but the people who oppose God will be glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ὑμῶν ἡ λύπη γενήσεται εἰς χαρὰν 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία χαρήσεται 1 your heart will be glad Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you will be very happy" or "you will be very joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "but the people who oppose God will be glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you will be very happy" or "you will be very joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε ἄν τι τὸν Πατέρα ἐν μου τῷ ὀνόματί, δώσει ὑμῖν 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν ἄν τι τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα δώσει ὑμῖν, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν μου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 in my name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ὑμῶν ἡ χαρὰ ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will give you great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will give you great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech "in language that is not clear"
|
||||
JHN 16 25 n93q ὥρα ἔρχεται 1 the hour is coming "it will soon happen"
|
||||
JHN 16 25 r73l ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 tell you plainly about the Father "tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand."
|
||||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming "it will soon happen"
|
||||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father "tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand."
|
||||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy αἰτήσεσθε ἐν μου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 you will ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will ask because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will ask because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 ὁ Πατὴρ αὐτὸς φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς ὅτι ὑμεῖς πεφιλήκατε ἐμὲ 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I came from the Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 xn2v 0 I came from the Father ... I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 I came from the Father ... going to the Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion πιστεύετε ἄρτι? 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: "So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: "So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "others will scatter you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ἐστιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἔχητε εἰρήνην ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that you will have peace in me Here "peace" refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: "so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here "peace" refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: "so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here "the world" refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I have conquered the troubles of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>##### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God's one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.<br>
|
||||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: "he looked up to the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: "he looked up to the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 n15x 0 Father ... glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἡ ὥρα ἐλήλυθεν 1 the hour has come Here the word "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "it is time for me to suffer and die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "it is time for me to suffer and die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||||
JHN 17 3 tx6m 0 This is eternal life ... know you, the only true God, and ... Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here "work" is a metonym that refers to Jesus' entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1229,51 +1229,51 @@ JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an impor
|
|||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: "I taught them who you really are and what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τετήρηκαν σου τὸν λόγον 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: "obeyed your teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy ἐρωτῶ οὐ ἐρωτῶ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I am not praying for those who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: "obeyed your teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I am not praying for those who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "among the people who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un 0 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν σου τῷ ὀνόματί ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word "name" is a metonym for God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν σου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 I kept them in your name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: "I kept them with your protection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word "name" is a metonym for God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: "I kept them with your protection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction "the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction"
|
||||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν ἐμὴν τὴν χαρὰν πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might give them great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς σου τὸν λόγον 1 I have given them your word "I have spoken your message to them"
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might give them great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word "I have spoken your message to them"
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου. 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here "the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, "the world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "protect them from Satan, the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἁγίασον ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ σὸς ὁ λόγος ἐστιν ἀλήθειά 1 Your word is truth "Your message is true" or "What you say is true"
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth "Your message is true" or "What you say is true"
|
||||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into "the world" is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "to the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν αὐτοὶ ὦσιν καὶ ὦσιν ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμὲ διὰ αὐτῶν τοῦ λόγου 1 those who will believe in me through their word "those who will believe in me because they teach about me"
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ὦσιν ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word "those who will believe in me because they teach about me"
|
||||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 0 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: "the people who do not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 22 p4mj τὴν δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, κἀγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them "I have honored my followers just as you have honored me"
|
||||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you can unite them just as you have united us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 fld5 0 that they may be brought to complete unity "that they may be completely united"
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα ὁ κόσμος γινώσκῃ 1 that the world will know Here "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "that all the people will know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "that all the people will know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου ἐγὼ εἰμὶ 1 where I am Here "where I am" refers to heaven. Alternate translation: "with me in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν ἐμὴν τὴν δόξαν 1 to see my glory "to see my greatness"
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here "where I am" refers to heaven. Alternate translation: "with me in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory "to see my greatness"
|
||||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: "before we created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples δίκαιε Πάτερ 1 Righteous Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω σε 1 the world did not know you The "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα σου τὸ ὄνομά ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς 1 I made your name known to them The word "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "I have revealed to them what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "I have revealed to them what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j 0 love ... loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, "Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people." The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is not lawful for us to put any man to death"<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>##### Jesus' kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not "of this world" ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words "is not of this world" as "is not from this place" or "comes from another place."<br><br>##### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent εἰπὼν Ἰησοῦς εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν εἰπὼν Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: "where there was a grove of olive trees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u οὖν Ἰησοῦς, εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him "Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him"
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν, εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him "Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him"
|
||||
JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth "Jesus, the man from Nazareth"
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word "he" is implied in the text. Alternate translation: "I am he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him "who handed him over"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1290,41 +1290,41 @@ JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here "cup" is a me
|
|||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν ἔδησαν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus' hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς, ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion ," εἶ σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου?" 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus' hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ δὲ δὲ μαθητὴς μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive , οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μαθητῶν," σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου?" 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit 0 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest's servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: "It was cold, so the high priest's servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ αὐτοῦ τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ αὐτοῦ τῆς διδαχῆς 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here "his teaching" refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: "about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ λελάληκα παρρησίᾳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word "world" is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration "the world" emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here "his teaching" refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: "about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word "world" is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration "the world" emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here "all the Jews" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί ἐρωτᾷς με? 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "You should not be asking me these questions!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "You should not be asking me these questions!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "That is not how you should answer the high priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong "tell me what I said that was wrong"
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ καλῶς, τί δέρεις με 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion ," εἶ σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ αὐτοῦ τῶν μαθητῶν?" 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are also one of his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion εἶδον ἐγώ οὐκ εἶδον σε ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit Πέτρος οὖν ἠρνήσατο πάλιν 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion ," μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?" 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are also one of his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: "immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus' accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit οὖν ἄγουσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas' house. Alternate translation: "Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ εἰσῆλθον οὐκ εἰσῆλθον τὸ πραιτώριον ἵνα μιανθῶσιν μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ οὗτος ἦν μὴ κακὸν ποιῶν, παρεδώκαμεν οὐκ ἄν παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν παρεδώκαμεν σοι 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν παρεδώκαμεν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas' house. Alternate translation: "Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰσῆλθον τὸ πραιτώριον ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν οὐκ ἄν, σοι παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus' predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι εἶπον αὐτῷ 1 The Jews said to him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἔξεστιν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα ἀποκτεῖναι 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die "regarding how he would die"
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion ἐγὼ εἰμι μήτι Ἰουδαῖός, εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ σὸν τὸ ἔθνος 1 Your own people "Your fellow Jews"
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐμὴ ἡ βασιλεία ἔστιν οὐκ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "My kingdom is not part of this world" or 2) "I do not need this world's permission to rule as their king" or "It is not from this world that I have authority to be king." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἵνα παραδοθῶ ἄν μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι, εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people "Your fellow Jews"
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "My kingdom is not part of this world" or 2) "I do not need this world's permission to rule as their king" or "It is not from this world that I have authority to be king." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here "world" is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here "the truth" refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: "tell people the truth about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1333,47 +1333,47 @@ JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here "voice
|
|||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion ," τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?" 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate's belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: "No one can know what is true!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: "No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς ἦν λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Purple garment"<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>##### "You are not Caesar's friend"<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar's laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, "Hail, King of the Jews." Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, "Should I crucify your king?" He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, "Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words ("The Pavement" and "The Place of a Skull"), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.<br>
|
||||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche 0 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here "Pilate" is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting "Hail" with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit 0 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: "I see no reason to punish him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 5 t9wn 0 crown of thorns ... purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ 1 The Jews answered him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders answered Pilate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders answered Pilate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p 0 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was "the Son of God."
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion λαλεῖς οὐ λαλεῖς ἐμοὶ? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οἶδας οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἔχω ἐξουσίαν ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί, σε καὶ ἐξουσίαν σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here "power" is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives 0 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: "You are able to act against me only because God has made you able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ παραδούς μέ ὁ παραδούς 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ ὁ παραδούς παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here "this answer" refers to Jesus' answer. Alternate translation: "When Pilate heard Jesus' answer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of "tried" in the original indicates that Pilate tried "hard" or "repeatedly" to release Jesus. Alternate translation: "he tried hard to release Jesus" or "he tried again and again to release Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of "cried out" indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: "but the Jewish leaders kept shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj εἶ οὐκ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar "you are opposing Caesar" or "you are opposing the emperor"
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 ποιῶν ἑαυτὸν βασιλέα 1 makes himself a king "claims that he is a king"
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔξω 1 he brought Jesus out Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for "Pilate ordered the soldiers." Alternate translation: "he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of "cried out" indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: "but the Jewish leaders kept shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar "you are opposing Caesar" or "you are opposing the emperor"
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king "claims that he is a king"
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἔξω ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for "Pilate ordered the soldiers." Alternate translation: "he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον εἰς λεγόμενον" Λιθόστρωτον," δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον" Λιθόστρωτον," δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ἕκτη ὥρα 1 the sixth hour "about noontime"
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour "about noontime"
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Pilate said to the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche ," σταυρώσω ὑμῶν τὸν βασιλέα?" 1 Should I crucify your King? Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche ," τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?" 1 Should I crucify your King? Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive 0 to the place called "The Place of a Skull," You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to the place that the people called 'The Place of a Skull,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ Ἑβραϊστὶ λέγεται" Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called "Golgotha." Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in Hebrew they call 'Golgotha.'"
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο ἄλλους 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ" Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called "Golgotha." Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in Hebrew they call 'Golgotha.'"
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche 0 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here "Pilate" is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here "on the cross" refers to Jesus' cross. Alternate translation: "Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus' cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive 0 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος ὅπου ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐσταυρώθη 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive 0 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin This was the language of the Roman government.
|
||||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔλεγον τῷ Πειλάτῳ 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate's headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "The chief priests went back to Pilate and said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate's headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "The chief priests went back to Pilate and said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit 0 also the tunic "and they also took his tunic." The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: "they kept his tunic separate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1381,27 +1381,27 @@ JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit 0 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will
|
|||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled the scripture that said" or "This happened to make the scripture come true which said"
|
||||
JHN 19 24 lqy3 λάχωμεν 1 cast lots This was how the soldiers divided Jesus' clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: "they gambled"
|
||||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, σου ὁ υἱός 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word "son" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: "Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, σου ἡ μήτηρ 1 See, your mother Here the word "mother" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: "Think of this woman as if she were your own mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word "son" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: "Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word "mother" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: "Think of this woman as if she were your own mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour "From that very moment"
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ὅτι πάντα τετέλεσται ἤδη τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος μεστόν ὄξους ἔκειτο 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine "bitter wine"
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here "they" refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t περιθέντες ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff "on a branch of a plant called hyssop"
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff "on a branch of a plant called hyssop"
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit 0 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: "He bowed his head and gave God his spirit" or "He bowed his head and died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they had crucified near Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστιν ἀληθινὴ 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To "testify" means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: "has told the truth about what he has seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε καὶ πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To "testify" means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: "has told the truth about what he has seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ Γραφὴ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive οὐ αὐτοῦ ὀστοῦν συντριβήσεται 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "No one will break any of his bones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται λέγει ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "No one will break any of his bones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq λέγει ὄψονται ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: "Joseph from the town of Arimathea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "for fear of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit 0 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1410,69 +1410,69 @@ JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are s
|
|||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight 0 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A "litra" is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: "about 33 kilograms in weight" or "weighing about thirty-three kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred "100" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden ... had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ἦν κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδεὶς ἦν οὐδέπω ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit 0 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: "The Passover was about to begin that evening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>##### "Receive the Holy Spirit"<br><br>If your language uses the same word for "breath" and "spirit," be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus' breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means "Teacher." You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>##### Jesus' resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus' body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>##### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus' tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
|
||||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week "Sunday"
|
||||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "she saw that someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφίλει 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word "love" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word "love" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord's body. Alternate translation: "Someone has taken the Lord's body out of the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as "the other disciple," rather than including his name.
|
||||
JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: "rushed out to the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 cloth that had been on his head Here "his head" refers to "Jesus' head." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus' face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον χωρὶς 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here "his head" refers to "Jesus' head." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus' face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as "the other disciple," rather than including his name in this book.
|
||||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: "he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit 0 they still did not know the scripture Here the word "they" refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: "the disciples still did not understand the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again
|
||||
JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὑτοὺς πάλιν 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: "She saw two angels dressed in white clothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 v5uj ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσιν αὐτῇ 1 They said to her "They asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν μου τὸν Κύριόν 1 Because they took away my Lord "Because they took away the body of my Lord"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οἶδα οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him "I do not know where they have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 le9x Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτῇ 1 Jesus said to her "Jesus asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν ἐβάστασας 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you have taken away the body of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her "They asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord "Because they took away the body of my Lord"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him "I do not know where they have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her "Jesus asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you have taken away the body of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him "tell me where you have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ἀρῶ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word "Rabboni" means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word "brothers" to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς μου τὸν Πατέρα καὶ ὑμῶν Πατέρα, καὶ μου Θεόν καὶ ὑμῶν Θεὸν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μου τὸν Πατέρα καὶ ὑμῶν Πατέρα 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ, Πατέρα ὑμῶν καὶ Θεόν μου καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit 0 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: "Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἐκείνῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν ὅπου οἱ μαθηταὶ ἦσαν, κεκλεισμένων 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the disciples had locked the doors where they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ, κεκλεισμένων 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the disciples had locked the doors where they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: "because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: "he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: "he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
|
||||
JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive αὐτοῖς ἀφέωνται 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 23 lb7g 0 whoever's sins you keep back "If you do not forgive another's sins"
|
||||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc 0 disciples later said to him The word "him" refers to Thomas.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives 0 Unless I see ... his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I will believe only if I see ... his side" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 0 in his hands ... into his side The word "his" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 his disciples The word "his" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word "his" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive 0 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when they had locked the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives γίνου μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative "Do not be unbelieving" to emphasize the words that follow, "but believe." If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: "This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative "Do not be unbelieving" to emphasize the words that follow, "but believe." If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: "This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here "believe" means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "put your trust in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: "you have believed that I am alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 0 Blessed are those This means "God gives great happiness to those."
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit ἰδόντες μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: "who have not seen me alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: "who have not seen me alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word "signs" refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive 0 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "signs that the author did not write about in this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive δὲ ταῦτα γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but the author wrote about these signs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but the author wrote about these signs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν ἐν αὐτοῦ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 life in his name Here "life" is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: "you may have life because of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here "life" is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: "you may have life because of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus' sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1481,40 +1481,40 @@ JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος
|
|||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means "My dear friends."
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit 0 you will find some Here "some" refers to fish. Alternate translation: "you will catch some fish in your net" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he ἑλκύσαι αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in "pull the net in"
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in "pull the net in"
|
||||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 0 he tied up his outer garment "he secured his outer garment around him" or "he put on his tunic"
|
||||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background γὰρ ἦν γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: "for he had taken off some of his clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: "for he had taken off some of his clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: "jumped into the sea and swam to shore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background γὰρ ἦσαν οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ὡς διακοσίων πηχῶν ἀπὸ 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance διακοσίων πηχῶν 1 two hundred cubits "90 meters." A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits "90 meters." A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit 0 Simon Peter then went up Here "went up" means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: "So Simon Peter went back to the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς γῆν 1 drew the net to land "pulled the net to the shore"
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive τὸ δίκτυον ἐσχίσθη οὐκ ἐσχίσθη 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων ἰχθύων; 1 full of large fish; 153 "full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three." There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων ἰχθύων μεγάλων; 1 full of large fish; 153 "full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three." There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal
|
||||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term "third" as "time number 3." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here "love" refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ ὅτι σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε μου τὰ ἀρνία 1 Feed my lambs Here "lambs" is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Feed the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here "lambs" is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Feed the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here "love" refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου τὰ πρόβατά 1 Take care of my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ τὰ πρόβατά πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus. Here "a third time" means "time number 3." Alternate translation: "Jesus said to him a third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε μου τὰ προβάτια 1 Feed my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: "to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word "follow" means "to be a disciple." Alternate translation: "Keep on being my disciple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr ὁ Πέτρος ἰδὼν τοῦτον 1 Peter saw him Here "him" refers to "the disciple whom Jesus loved."
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here "him" refers to "the disciple whom Jesus loved."
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit 0 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: "Lord, what will happen to this man?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus said to him "Jesus said to Peter"
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν θέλω αὐτὸν μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here "him" refers to the "disciple whom Jesus loved" in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him "Jesus said to Peter"
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here "him" refers to the "disciple whom Jesus loved" in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus' second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion 0 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: "that is not your concern." or "you should not be concerned about that." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here "the brothers" refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1522,6 +1522,6 @@ JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the
|
|||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple "the disciple John"
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here "testifies" means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: "who has seen all these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here "we" refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "we who trust in Jesus know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν καθ’ ἕν γράφηται 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "If someone wrote down all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "If someone wrote down all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole 0 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ βιβλία γραφόμενα 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the books that people could write about what he did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the books that people could write about what he did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1124.
|
1246
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
1246
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
|
||||
ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ αὐτὸν τὸ παθεῖν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος διὰ Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 yc16 0 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
|
||||
ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ ACT 1 5 uu4k 0 John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit
|
|||
ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water "John indeed baptized people with water"
|
||||
ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ τούτῳ εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ εἰ ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: "the exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 ld4k 0 you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"
|
||||
ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom 0 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν βλεπόντων 1 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he rose up into the sky" or "God took him up into the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ αὐτῶν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes "a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
|
||||
ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes "a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
|
||||
ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven "staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
|
||||
ACT 1 11 gpg3 0 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.
|
||||
ACT 1 11 cue7 0 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that
|
|||
ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent 0 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: "During that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ὀνομάτων 1 120 people "one hundred and twenty people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
|
||||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν πληρωθῆναι 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: "through the words of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 tmv1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word "us" refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ ACT 1 18 kg3q figs-explicit 0 there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open,
|
|||
ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field.
|
||||
ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γὰρ γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω αὐτοῦ ἡ ἔπαυλις γενηθήτω ἔρημος, καὶ ἔστω μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω αὐτοῦ ἡ ἔπαυλις γενηθήτω ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω ἔρημος 1 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,51 +58,51 @@ ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom 0 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and
|
|||
ACT 1 22 mrx7 0 beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us" in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb "must be" is thus "one of the men." Here is a reduced form of the sentence: "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us ... beginning from the baptism of John ... must be a witness with us."
|
||||
ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 γενέσθαι μάρτυρα σὺν ἡμῖν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit 0 They put forward two men Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit 0 They prayed and said Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metonymy 0 You, Lord, know the hearts of all people Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: "You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης τῆς διακονίας καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς Ἰούδας παρέβη 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"
|
||||
ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τὸν τόπον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas' death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: "to go where he belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς τῆς διακονίας διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"
|
||||
ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas' death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: "to go where he belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 26 r84c 0 They cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
|
||||
ACT 1 26 w4ph ὁ κλῆρος ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
|
||||
ACT 1 26 w4ph ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
|
||||
ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 he was numbered with the eleven apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called "Pentecost." Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Tongues<br><br>The word "tongues" has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from "a tongue of flame," which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word "tongues" to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>##### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the "last days" ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>##### Baptize<br><br>The word "baptize" in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word "baptize" here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>##### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>##### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.<br>
|
||||
ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
|
||||
ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jc1w 0 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
|
||||
ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας πνοῆς 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 t4y4 τὸν ὅλον οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building.
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building.
|
||||
ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile 0 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕκαστον ἕνα αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||||
ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||||
ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive 0 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 4 nr9f λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know.
|
||||
ACT 2 5 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to the believers; the word "his" refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 2 5 yft2 εὐλαβεῖς ἄνδρες 1 godly men Here "godly men" refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 2 5 yft2 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 godly men Here "godly men" refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 every nation under heaven "every nation in the world." The word "every" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: "many different nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive 0 When this sound was heard This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: "When they heard this sound" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude "the large crowd of people"
|
||||
ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet 0 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: "They were greatly amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion ἰδοὺ, εἰσιν οὐχ ἅπαντες οὗτοί οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι? 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion ἰδοὺ, οὐχ ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι? 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἡμῶν τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names 0 Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names 0 Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names 0 Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names 0 Cretans ... Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 w8jy προσήλυτοι 1 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion
|
||||
ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: "surprised and confused" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom εἰσίν μεμεστωμένοι ὅτι γλεύκους 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 jj1n ὅτι γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν αὐτοῦ τὴν φωνὴν 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for "spoke loudly." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive ἔστω τοῦτο ἔστω γνωστὸν ὑμῖν 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου τὰ ῥήματά 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη ὥρα τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for "spoke loudly." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ τὰ ῥήματά ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ὥρα ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
|
||||
ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 ijl8 0 It will be "This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke "thick smoke" or "cl
|
|||
ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
|
||||
ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: "The sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: "the moon will appear to be red" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ ἡμέραν 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν ἡμέραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable great and beautiful
|
||||
ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τούτους τοὺς λόγους 1 hear these words "listen to what I am about to say"
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον εἰς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
|
||||
ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words "listen to what I am about to say"
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι,, καὶ τέρασι καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
|
||||
ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns ἀνείλατε 1 by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge The nouns "plan" and "foreknowledge" can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive 0 This man was handed over Possible meanings: 1) "you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies" or 2) "Judas betrayed Jesus to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 f5kn , προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε. 1 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,17 +127,17 @@ ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of
|
|||
ACT 2 23 f6kd ἀνόμων 1 lawless men Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom 0 But God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "But God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor 0 freeing him from the pains of death Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ's death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: "ending the pains of death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν κρατεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for death to hold him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification αὐτὸν κρατεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: "for him to remain dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for death to hold him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: "for him to remain dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus' crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "I" and "my" refer to Jesus and the words "Lord" and "he" refer to God.
|
||||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου ἐνώπιόν 1 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ μού δεξιῶν 1 beside my right hand To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive σαλευθῶ μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche μου ἡ καρδία ηὐφράνθη καὶ μου ἡ γλῶσσά ἠγαλλιάσατο 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 beside my right hand To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche 0 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word "flesh" are 1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: "Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God" or 2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: "I will live with confidence in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.
|
||||
ACT 2 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David.
|
||||
ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person οὐδὲ δώσεις σου τὸν Ὅσιόν ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words "your Holy One." Alternate translation: "neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words "your Holy One." Alternate translation: "neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: "to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 gsk6 0 the ways of life "the ways that lead to life"
|
||||
ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metonymy 0 full of gladness with your face Here the word "face" refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: "very glad when I see you" or "very glad when I am in your presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,21 +145,21 @@ ACT 2 28 ej5m εὐφροσύνης 1 gladness joy, happiness
|
|||
ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his," and "him" refer to David. In verse 31, the first "He" refers to David and the words within the quote "He" and "his" refer to Christ.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 ps7c 0 Brothers, I "My fellow Jews, I"
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy καθίσαι ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ τῆς ὀσφύος ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν θρόνον 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ τῆς ὀσφύος 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive ἐνκατελείφθη οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε εἶδεν αὐτοῦ ἡ σὰρξ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς τῆς ὀσφύος ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς τῆς ὀσφύος ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ὁ Θεός ἀνέστησεν 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive ὑψωθεὶς τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom ὑψωθεὶς τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God "Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God "Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c1dr figs-idiom 0 he has poured out what Here the words "poured out" mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: "he has caused to happen these things that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 poured out Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "given abundantly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 2 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ μου δεξιῶν 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ σου τοὺς ἐχθρούς ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου τῶν ποδῶν 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν τῶν ποδῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-idiom πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "every Israelite" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke.
|
||||
ACT 2 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,11 +171,11 @@ ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χρισ
|
|||
ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are far off This means either 1) "all people who live far away" or 2) "all people who are far from God."
|
||||
ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them "he seriously told them and begged them." Here the words "testified" and "urged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "he strongly urged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς σκολιᾶς τῆς γενεᾶς 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish "this wicked generation." Alternate translation: "Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish "this wicked generation." Alternate translation: "Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom 0 they received his word Here the word "received" means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: "they believed what Peter said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι ψυχαὶ 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι ψυχαὶ 1 about three thousand souls Here the word "souls" refers to people. Alternate translation: "about 3,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word "souls" refers to people. Alternate translation: "about 3,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: "eating meals together" or 2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "eating the Lord's Supper together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche 0 Fear came upon every soul Here the word "Fear" refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word "soul" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-activepassive 0 many wonders and signs were done through the apostles Possible meanings are 1) "the apostles performed many wonders and signs" or 2) "God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ACT 3 5 e3c6 0 The lame man looked at them Here the word "looked" means to pay
|
|||
ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "With the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν ἤγειρεν 1 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||||
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||||
ACT 3 8 zp7x 0 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "he entered ... the temple area" or "he entered ... into the temple courtyard"
|
||||
ACT 3 10 zy7h 0 noticed that it was the man "realized that it was the man" or "recognized him as the man"
|
||||
ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,50 +211,50 @@ ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase "in the porch th
|
|||
ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος' Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 greatly marveling "extremely surprised"
|
||||
ACT 3 12 x9m9 δὲ ὁ Πέτρος ἰδὼν 1 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 ndi3 0 You men of Israel "Fellow Israelites." Peter was addressing the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion , τί θαυμάζετε 1 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: "you should not be surprised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion 0 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: "Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom 0 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: "stare at us" or "look at us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom 0 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." Alternate translation: "rejected in Pilate's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου κρίναντος ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 for a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the founder of life" or 4) "the one who leads people to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 xu92 καὶ 1 Now This word, "Now," shifts the audiences' attention to the lame man.
|
||||
ACT 3 16 qt8w 0 made him strong "made him well"
|
||||
ACT 3 17 v45t 0 Now Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.
|
||||
ACT 3 17 x62k ἐπράξατε κατὰ ἄγνοιαν 1 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
|
||||
ACT 3 17 x62k κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
|
||||
ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ δὲ Θεὸς προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ δὲ Θεὸς προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold "God spoke about ahead of time" or "God told about before they happened"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of all the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε 1 and turn "and turn to the Lord." Here "turn" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and start obeying the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 x3ca 0 periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord "times of relief from the presence of the Lord." Possible meanings are 1) "times when God will strengthen your spirits" or 2) "times when God will revive you"
|
||||
ACT 3 19 f2wm figs-metonymy 0 from the presence of the Lord Here the words "presence of the Lord" is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "from the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 20 h3nk 0 that he may send the Christ "that he may again send the Christ." This refers to Christ's coming again.
|
||||
ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν 1 who has been appointed for you This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom he has appointed for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν οὐρανὸν δεῖ μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive "He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 y1ps οὐρανὸν δεῖ μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive "He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἐλάλησεν ἀπ’ αἰῶνος διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 v5nf 0 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 t8di ὑμῶν τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 your brothers "your nation"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers "your nation"
|
||||
ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 0 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 3 24 u6x3 0 Yes, and all the prophets "In fact, all the prophets." Here the word "Yes" adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those who came after him "beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did"
|
||||
ACT 3 24 m9pr ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 these days "these times" or "the things that are happening now"
|
||||
ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days "these times" or "the things that are happening now"
|
||||
ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 mad5 0 In your seed "Because of your offspring"
|
||||
ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive 0 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will bless all the people groups in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς ἀναστήσας αὐτοῦ τὸν παῖδα 1 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||||
ACT 3 26 z5q6 αὐτοῦ τὸν παῖδα 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ ὑμῶν τῶν πονηριῶν 1 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here "turning ... from" is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: "causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things" or "causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||||
ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here "turning ... from" is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: "causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things" or "causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>##### "Signs and wonders"<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Name<br><br>"There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved" ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br>
|
||||
ACT 4 1 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.
|
||||
ACT 4 1 d3tv 0 came upon them "approached them" or "came to them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,12 +272,12 @@ ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche 0 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a refer
|
|||
ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
|
||||
ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power "Who gave you power"
|
||||
ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος, πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος, πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion 0 if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: "You are asking us this day ... by what means we made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive 0 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are questioning us this day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive 0 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what means we have made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive ἔστω γνωστὸν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν πᾶσιν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν πᾶσιν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||||
ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||||
ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,9 +289,9 @@ ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no salvation in any other person Th
|
|||
ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive 0 no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no other name under heaven that God has given among men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy 0 no other name ... given among men The phrase "name ... given among men" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: "in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἡμᾶς δεῖ σωθῆναι 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of "they" refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word "they" in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν παρρησίαν τοῦ Πέτρου καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 p9pq παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear
|
||||
ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit 0 realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men The Jewish leaders "realized" this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 r6d6 0 and realized "and understood"
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰε
|
|||
ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit 0 in order that it spreads no further Here the word "it" refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: "in order that news of this miracle spreads no further" or "in order that no more people hear about this miracle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy 0 not to speak anymore to anyone in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν δίκαιόν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 y5y1 οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι 1 After further warning The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 4 21 z2bx 0 They were unable to find any excuse to punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,34 +313,34 @@ ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι 1 for what had
|
|||
ACT 4 22 ju4w 0 The man who had experienced this miracle of healing "The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed"
|
||||
ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word "they" refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 came to their own people The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: "went to the other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 24 zu28 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἦραν φωνὴν ὁμοθυμαδὸν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 4 24 zu28 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 4 25 vc5z 0 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy στόματος Δαυεὶδ σου παιδός, ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυεὶδ 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion 0 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups
|
||||
ACT 4 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism 0 The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth's rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 4 26 w64b figs-metonymy 0 set themselves together ... gathered together These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: "set their armies together ... gathered their troops together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word "Lord" refers to God. In the Psalms, the word "Christ" refers to the Messiah or God's anointed one.
|
||||
ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word "Lord" refers to God. In the Psalms, the word "Christ" refers to the Messiah or God's anointed one.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει 1 in this city "this city" refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 ca33 σου τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully"
|
||||
ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα σου ἡ χείρ καὶ σου ἡ βουλὴ προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city "this city" refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 ca33 τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully"
|
||||
ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom 0 look upon their warnings Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: "notice how they threaten to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy λαλεῖν σου τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας 1 speak your word with all boldness The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 speak your word with all boldness The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy 0 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: "while you show your power by healing people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου σου τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 txb5 σου τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τοῦ ἁγίου ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive 0 the place ... was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place ... shook" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες ἐπλήσθησαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy 0 were of one heart and soul Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: "thought the same way and wanted the same things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 zyp5 0 they had everything in common "shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 33 d8dr 0 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
|
||||
ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι κτήτορες ὑπῆρχον χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες ὑπῆρχον χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν 1 owned title to lands or houses "owned land or houses"
|
||||
ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 owned title to lands or houses "owned land or houses"
|
||||
ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the money of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the money that they received from the things that they sold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 35 vv4z figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-activepassive 0 it was distributed to each one according to their need The noun "need" can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they distributed the money to each believer who needed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,28 +350,28 @@ ACT 4 37 gtv5 figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they p
|
|||
ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit"<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br>
|
||||
ACT 5 1 v27a writing-background 0 Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 5 1 ysl9 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 5 2 xm1t τῆς γυναικός καὶ συνειδυίης 1 his wife also knew it "his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money"
|
||||
ACT 5 2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός 1 his wife also knew it "his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money"
|
||||
ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
|
||||
ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion 0 why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie ... land." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐπλήρωσεν σου τὴν καρδίαν 1 Satan filled your heart Here the word "heart" is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase "Satan filled your heart" is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 Satan filled your heart Here the word "heart" is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase "Satan filled your heart" is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion 0 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "While it remained unsold, it was your own ... control." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained unsold "While you had not sold it"
|
||||
ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν, ὑπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ? 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν, ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you sold it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ? 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί? ἔθου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο ὅτι πρᾶγμα ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ τὸ 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: "died and fell to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 5 7 ry54 0 his wife came in "Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"
|
||||
ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened "that her husband had died"
|
||||
ACT 5 8 bcf6 τοσούτου 1 for so much "for this much money." This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ὑμῖν συνεφωνήθη πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 hc22 ὑμῖν συνεφωνήθη 1 you have agreed together "the two of you have agreed together"
|
||||
ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 hc22 συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 you have agreed together "the two of you have agreed together"
|
||||
ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word "test" means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων σου τὸν ἄνδρα 1 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase "the feet" refers to the men. Alternate translation: "the men who have buried your husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου 1 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase "the feet" refers to the men. Alternate translation: "the men who have buried your husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
|
||||
ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἐξέψυξεν 1 breathed her last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed her final breath" and is a polite way of saying "she died." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words "They" and "they" refer to the believers.
|
||||
ACT 5 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,48 +381,48 @@ ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστ
|
|||
ACT 5 12 k99k Σολομῶντος 1 Solomon's Porch This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated "the porch that is called Solomon's" in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 5 13 qd8r figs-activepassive 0 they were held in high esteem by the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people held the believers in high esteem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον πιστεύοντες προσετίθεντο τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ ἀκαθάρτων πνευμάτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits "those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"
|
||||
ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits "those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"
|
||||
ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive 0 they were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed them all" or "the apostles healed them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.
|
||||
ACT 5 17 x2ed δὲ 1 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἀναστὰς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: "had the guards arrest the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης τῆς ζωῆς 1 all the words of this life The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς τῆς ζωῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak "as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis 0 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἀνοίξαντες εὕρομεν οὐδένα ἔσω 1 we found no one inside The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἀνοίξαντες ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 24 k5g6 0 they were much perplexed "they were very puzzled" or "they were very confused"
|
||||
ACT 5 24 baw2 περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them "concerning the words they had just heard" or "concerning these things"
|
||||
ACT 5 24 p78m 0 what would come of it "and what would happen as a result"
|
||||
ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἑστῶτες ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word "they" in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase "feared that the people might stone them" the word "them" refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of "them" in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.
|
||||
ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared "they were afraid"
|
||||
ACT 5 27 iq7w 0 The high priest interrogated them "The high priest questioned them." The word "interrogate" means to question someone to find out what is true.
|
||||
ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν τῆς διδαχῆς 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς τῆς διδαχῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy 0 desire to bring this man's blood upon us Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. Alternate translation: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 di9u Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||||
ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν τῶν πατέρων ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||||
ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν τῶν πατέρων πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: "by hanging him on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction ὁ Θεὸς ὕψωσεν τοῦτον τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ τῇ δεξιᾷ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ὕψωσεν τῇ τῇ δεξιᾷ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 those who obey him "those who submit to God's authority"
|
||||
ACT 5 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members.
|
||||
ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 who was honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom all the people honored" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι ἔξω 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 35 ae1u προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 pay close attention to "think carefully about" or "be cautious about." Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret.
|
||||
ACT 5 36 uaj6 Θευδᾶς ἀνέστη 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."
|
||||
ACT 5 36 uaj6 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."
|
||||
ACT 5 36 b3nl 0 claiming to be somebody "claiming to be somebody important"
|
||||
ACT 5 36 ie3x figs-activepassive ὃς ἀνῃρέθη 1 He was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People killed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 36 juz1 figs-activepassive πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν 1 all who had been obeying him were scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the people scattered who had been obeying him" or "all who had been obeying him went in different directions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,28 +431,28 @@ ACT 5 37 f33y μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After this man "After Theudas"
|
|||
ACT 5 37 p56f ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census "during the time of the census"
|
||||
ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away some people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: "caused many people to follow him" or "caused many people to join him in rebellion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach.
|
||||
ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς ἄφετε 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 zh1d 0 if this plan or work is of men "if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"
|
||||
ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will overthrow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐστιν ἐκ Θεοῦ 1 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive δὲ ἐπείσθησαν 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word "they" refers to the council members. The rest of the words "them," "They," and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους προσκαλεσάμενοι δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive 0 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 42 jj94 τε πᾶσάν ἡμέραν 1 Thereafter every day "After that day, every day." This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.
|
||||
ACT 5 42 jj94 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν 1 Thereafter every day "After that day, every day." This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.
|
||||
ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον 1 in the temple and from house to house They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard and in different people's houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "His face was like the face of an angel"<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen's face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.<br>
|
||||
ACT 6 1 ky47 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent δὲ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Now in these days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in these days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 t94s πληθυνόντων 1 was multiplying "was greatly increasing"
|
||||
ACT 6 1 e7vb Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 Grecian Jews These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 ftz8 τοὺς Ἑβραίους 1 the Hebrews These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 e1z9 αἱ χῆραι 1 widows women whose husband has died
|
||||
ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive αὐτῶν αἱ χῆραι παρεθεωροῦντο 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive παρεθεωροῦντο αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 k4jg παρεθεωροῦντο 1 being overlooked "being ignored" or "being forgotten." There were so many who needed help that some were missed.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 rde8 τῇ καθημερινῇ διακονίᾳ 1 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 rde8 διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ 1 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows.
|
||||
ACT 6 2 jr1y figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to the believers. The words "us" and "we" here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 2 n5r4 0 The twelve This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in [Acts 1:26](../01/26.md).
|
||||
ACT 6 2 g56w τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the multitude of the disciples "all of the disciples" or "all the believers"
|
||||
|
|
@ -465,14 +465,14 @@ ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 the mini
|
|||
ACT 6 5 wh9t 0 Their speech pleased the whole multitude "All the disciples liked their suggestion"
|
||||
ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit 0 Stephen ... and Nicolaus These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 qas9 προσήλυτον 1 proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
|
||||
ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 6 7 x48w 0 General Information: This verse gives an update on the church's growth.
|
||||
ACT 6 7 wu4l figs-metaphor λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 1 word of God continued to spread The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: "the number of people who believed the word of God increased" or "the number of people who believed the message from God increased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 6 7 jg8y ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει 1 became obedient to the faith "followed the teaching of the new belief"
|
||||
ACT 6 7 qq3l τῇ πίστει 1 the faith Possible meanings are 1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or 2) the teaching of the church or 3) the Christian teaching.
|
||||
ACT 6 8 wn1t writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 n3re 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 6 8 et2j writing-participants δὲ Στέφανος 1 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 et2j writing-participants Στέφανος δὲ 1 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 h8sg figs-explicit Στέφανος, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει 1 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words "grace" and "power" here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "God was giving Stephen power to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 9 k88n 0 synagogue of the Freedmen "Freedmen" were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 6 9 j8pq συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ 1 debating with Stephen "arguing with Stephen"
|
||||
|
|
@ -481,11 +481,11 @@ ACT 6 10 fp41 0 Connecting Statement: The background information that began in
|
|||
ACT 6 10 v5ia figs-idiom οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι 1 not able to stand against This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: "could not argue against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 6 10 fnb2 Πνεύματι 1 Spirit this refers to the Holy Spirit
|
||||
ACT 6 11 ren5 figs-explicit 0 some men to say They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: "some men to lie and say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 11 x747 βλάσφημα ῥήματα εἰς 1 blasphemous words against "bad things about"
|
||||
ACT 6 11 x747 ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς 1 blasphemous words against "bad things about"
|
||||
ACT 6 12 tqk9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Each use of word "they" most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word "we" refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 12 l251 0 stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes "caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen"
|
||||
ACT 6 12 j3wd 0 seized him "grabbed him and held him so he could not get away"
|
||||
ACT 6 13 zv6s παύεται οὐ παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking "continually speaks"
|
||||
ACT 6 13 zv6s οὐ παύεται παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking "continually speaks"
|
||||
ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 handed down to us The phrase "handed down" means "passed on." Alternate translation: "taught our ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 6 15 gf7e figs-idiom 0 fixed their eyes on him This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here "eyes" is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: "looked intently at him" or "stared at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile 0 was like the face of an angel This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ ACT 7 5 ax1j 0 He gave none of it "He did not give any of it"
|
|||
ACT 7 5 qff6 figs-idiom 0 enough to set a foot on Possible meanings for this phrase are 1) enough ground to stand on or 2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: "a very tiny piece of ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 5 u6iw 0 as a possession to him and to his descendants after him "for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants"
|
||||
ACT 7 6 tn6b 0 God was speaking to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "Later God told Abraham"
|
||||
ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers τετρακόσια ἔτη 1 four hundred years "400 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy ἐγώ κρινῶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 I will judge the nation "nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers ἔτη τετρακόσια 1 four hundred years "400 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation "nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that they serve "the nation that they will serve"
|
||||
ACT 7 8 mwc9 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς 1 gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: "made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 8 g4bb οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ 1 so Abraham became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -509,82 +509,82 @@ ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs "Jacob's older sons" o
|
|||
ACT 7 9 tik7 figs-explicit ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον 1 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: "sold him as a slave in Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: "helped him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 yr7m figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "over all the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 pb4p figs-metonymy ὅλον αὐτοῦ τὸν οἶκον 1 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: "everything he owned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 pb4p figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: "everything he owned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p42j ἦλθεν λιμὸς 1 there came a famine "a famine came." The ground stopped producing food.
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p37v figs-explicit ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p37v figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 12 pia8 σιτία 1 grain Grain was the most common food at that time.
|
||||
ACT 7 12 mbg8 ἡμῶν τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob's sons, Joseph's older brothers.
|
||||
ACT 7 12 mbg8 τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob's sons, Joseph's older brothers.
|
||||
ACT 7 13 ce2b translate-ordinal 0 On their second trip "On their next trip" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
ACT 7 13 m37e ἀνεγνωρίσθη 1 made himself known Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.
|
||||
ACT 7 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive 0 Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 14 aam5 0 sent his brothers back "sent his brothers back to Canaan" or "sent his brothers back home"
|
||||
ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν 1 he died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: "eventually Jacob died"
|
||||
ACT 7 15 fe56 ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 he and our fathers "Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors"
|
||||
ACT 7 15 fe56 ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers "Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors"
|
||||
ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive 0 They were carried over ... and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jacob's descendants carried Jacob's body and his son's bodies over ... and buried them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver "with money"
|
||||
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tuq2 0 As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἤγγιζεν 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 18 whe7 0 there arose another king "another king began to rule"
|
||||
ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt "Egypt" refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy 0 who did not know about Joseph "Joseph" refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: "who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ Μωϋσῆς ἐγεννήθη 1 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς 1 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 cd5z figs-idiom 0 very beautiful before God This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive ἀνετράφη 1 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his parents nourished him" or "his parents cared for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκτεθέντος 1 When he was placed outside Moses was "placed outside" because of Pharaoh's command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When his parents placed him outside" or "When they abandoned him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 When he was placed outside Moses was "placed outside" because of Pharaoh's command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When his parents placed him outside" or "When they abandoned him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 url3 0 Pharaoh's daughter ... raised him as her own son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language's normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
|
||||
ACT 7 21 mbp7 0 as her own son "as if he were her own son"
|
||||
ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive Μωϋσῆς ἐπαιδεύθη 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Egyptians educated Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Egyptians educated Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 att9 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων 1 all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν αὐτοῦ λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις 1 mighty in his words and works "effective in his speech and actions" or "influential in what he said and did"
|
||||
ACT 7 23 fj9s figs-metonymy ἀνέβη ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν 1 it came into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "mind." The phrase "it came into his heart" is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: "it came into his mind" or "he decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 m3dm δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty in his words and works "effective in his speech and actions" or "influential in what he said and did"
|
||||
ACT 7 23 fj9s figs-metonymy ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 it came into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "mind." The phrase "it came into his heart" is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: "it came into his mind" or "he decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 23 x493 figs-explicit 0 visit his brothers, the children of Israel This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: "see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 24 l4zv figs-activepassive 0 Seeing an Israelite being mistreated ... the Egyptian This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: "Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 24 r2e8 πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον 1 striking the Egyptian Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.
|
||||
ACT 7 25 wm3j ἐνόμιζεν 1 he thought "he imagined"
|
||||
ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ αὐτοῦ χειρὸς δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς 1 by his hand was rescuing them Here "hand" refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: "was rescuing them through what Moses was doing" or "was using the actions of Moses to rescue them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς 1 by his hand was rescuing them Here "hand" refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: "was rescuing them through what Moses was doing" or "was using the actions of Moses to rescue them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς 1 some Israelites The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 mpc7 0 put them at peace with each other "make them stop fighting"
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἐστε ἀδελφοί 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion 0 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: "you should not hurt each other!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς κατέστησεν σε ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 28 hk1g 0 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
|
||||
ACT 7 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 29 q8qv figs-explicit 0 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ τεσσεράκοντα ἐτῶν πληρωθέντων 1 When forty years were past "After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ἄγγελος ὤφθη 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα 1 When forty years were past "After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u δὲ αὐτοῦ προσερχομένου κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου τῶν πατέρων 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν τῶν πατέρων πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 tdr7 0 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit 0 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 clk4 figs-explicit 0 for the place where you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν εἶδον 1 certainly seen "seen for sure." The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.
|
||||
ACT 7 34 x5bg μου τοῦ λαοῦ 1 my people The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"
|
||||
ACT 7 34 x5bg τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 my people The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"
|
||||
ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them "will personally cause their release"
|
||||
ACT 7 34 sq8y νῦν δεῦρο 1 now come "get ready." God uses an order here.
|
||||
ACT 7 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as "This Moses" or "This same Moses" or "This is the man" or "It is the same Moses." If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.
|
||||
ACT 7 35 gn6e 0 This Moses whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 deliverer "rescuer"
|
||||
ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of the angel ... bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg ἀναστήσει προφήτην 1 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ ὑμῶν τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 from among your brothers "from among your own people"
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers "from among your own people"
|
||||
ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the man who was in the assembly "This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites"
|
||||
ACT 7 38 fd25 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος 1 This is the man The phrase "This is the man" throughout this passage refers to Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 38 y2zu 0 this is the man who received living words to give to us God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: "this is the man to whom God spoke living words to give to us"
|
||||
ACT 7 38 p3xk figs-metonymy ζῶντα λόγια 1 living words Possible meanings are 1) "a message that endures" or 2) "words that give life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 38 p3xk figs-metonymy λόγια ζῶντα 1 living words Possible meanings are 1) "a message that endures" or 2) "words that give life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 39 mvz8 figs-metaphor 0 pushed him away from themselves This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: "they rejected him as their leader" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 7 39 z3ze figs-metonymy 0 in their hearts they turned back Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire do to something. Alternate translation: "they desired to turn back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 40 tk8u 0 At that time "When they decided to return to Egypt"
|
||||
ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
|
||||
ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made a calf Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: "they made a statue that looked like a calf" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 0 a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ὁ Θεὸς ἔστρεψεν 1 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς παρέδωκεν 1 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||||
ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 gd1b figs-rquestion 0 Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: "You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -595,25 +595,25 @@ ACT 7 43 rk4z figs-explicit 0 You accepted It is implied that they took these i
|
|||
ACT 7 43 im7e σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ 1 tabernacle of Molech the tent that housed the false god Molech
|
||||
ACT 7 43 cq47 0 the star of the god Rephan the star that is identified with the false god Rephan
|
||||
ACT 7 43 gm4g τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε 1 the images that you made They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.
|
||||
ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς μετοικιῶ ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon "I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
|
||||
ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon "I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
|
||||
ACT 7 44 m9gw 0 the tabernacle of the testimony The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it
|
||||
ACT 7 45 n2sc 0 our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them The phrase "under Joshua" means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua's direction. Alternate translation: "our fathers, in accordance with Joshua's instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 n1pp 0 God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: "God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 spm5 figs-metonymy 0 God took the land ... before the face of our fathers Here "the face of our fathers" refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are 1) "As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" or 2) "When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 c2fb figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: "the people who previously lived here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ἐξῶσεν ὧν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out "forced them to leave the land"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out "forced them to leave the land"
|
||||
ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob "a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay." David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.
|
||||
ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||||
ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 k2vn 0 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||||
ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου τῆς καταπαύσεώς? 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion ἐποίησεν μου ἡ χείρ οὐχὶ ἐποίησεν πάντα ταῦτα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς τῆς καταπαύσεώς καταπαύσεώς μου? 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 51 umq6 0 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
|
||||
ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι- σκληροτράχηλοι 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: "you refuse to obey and hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν ἐδίωξαν ὑμῶν οἱ πατέρες οὐκ ἐδίωξαν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 q8wb Δικαίου 1 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 7 52 agd9 0 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also "you have also betrayed and murdered him"
|
||||
ACT 7 52 fcc6 φονεῖς 1 murderers of him "murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -626,25 +626,25 @@ ACT 7 55 ntp4 ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looked up in
|
|||
ACT 7 55 bl2j figs-explicit εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 saw the glory of God People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: "saw a bright light from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 55 vyz3 translate-symaction καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God To stand at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 56 aqp8 Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Stephen refers to Jesus by the title "Son of Man."
|
||||
ACT 7 57 p4cg translate-symaction συνέσχον αὐτῶν τὰ ὦτα 1 covered their ears "put their hands on their ears." They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 57 p4cg translate-symaction συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν 1 covered their ears "put their hands on their ears." They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 58 ks1u 0 They dragged him out of the city "They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city"
|
||||
ACT 7 58 wy7n τὰ ἱμάτια 1 outer clothing These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.
|
||||
ACT 7 58 sx2p παρὰ τοὺς πόδας 1 at the feet "in front of." They were placed there so Saul could watch them.
|
||||
ACT 7 58 e2vl νεανίου 1 a young man Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.
|
||||
ACT 7 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι μου τὸ πνεῦμά 1 receive my spirit "take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: "please receive my spirit"
|
||||
ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit "take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: "please receive my spirit"
|
||||
ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction 0 He knelt down This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes στήσῃς μὴ στήσῃς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῖς 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words "So there began."<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>##### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word "proclaim" translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br>
|
||||
ACT 8 1 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
|
||||
ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background 0 So there began ... except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)).
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες διεσπάρησαν πάντες διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες πάντες διεσπάρησαν διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 2 sjc8 0 Devout men "God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν μέγαν κοπετὸν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him "greatly mourned his death"
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him "greatly mourned his death"
|
||||
ACT 8 3 nz28 0 dragged out men and women Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison.
|
||||
ACT 8 3 yd2i κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους 1 house after house "houses one by one"
|
||||
ACT 8 3 ylr6 0 dragged out men and women "took away men and women by force"
|
||||
|
|
@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ ACT 8 5 pk1l figs-metonymy 0 proclaimed to them the Christ The title "Christ" r
|
|||
ACT 8 6 cnt9 0 When multitudes of people "When many people in the city of Samaria." The location was specified in [Acts 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 8 6 wm83 0 they paid attention The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.
|
||||
ACT 8 7 xb2n 0 who were possessed "who had them" or "who were controlled by unclean spirits"
|
||||
ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy δὲ ἐγένετο πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ πόλει 1 So there was much joy in that city The phrase "that city" refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: "So the people of the city were rejoicing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 So there was much joy in that city The phrase "that city" refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: "So the people of the city were rejoicing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 bed1 writing-participants 0 But there was a certain man ... named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 cx7a τῇ πόλει 1 the city "the city in Samaria" ([Acts 8:5](../08/05.md))
|
||||
|
|
@ -674,27 +674,27 @@ ACT 8 13 k2th figs-rpronouns 0 Simon himself believed The word "himself" is her
|
|||
ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized Simon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 13 aj93 0 When he saw signs This could begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: "When he saw"
|
||||
ACT 8 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
|
||||
ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent δὲ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀκούσαντες 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received "had believed" or "had accepted"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 When they had come down "when Peter and John had come down"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them "Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive ὑπῆρχον μόνον ὑπῆρχον βεβαπτισμένοι 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy ὑπῆρχον μόνον ὑπῆρχον βεβαπτισμένοι εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 Peter and John placed their hands on them The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.
|
||||
ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive 0 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῶ λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν σου τὸ ἀργύριόν εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν σὺν σοὶ 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἴη εἰς εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
|
||||
ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet σοι ἔστιν οὐκ μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy σου ἡ γὰρ καρδία ἔστιν οὐκ εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου τῆς καρδίας 1 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s ταύτης τῆς κακίας 1 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u ἀφεθήσεταί εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||||
ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς τῆς καρδίας καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας ταύτης 1 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||||
ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor 0 in the bonds of sin The phrase "bonds of sin" is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "you are like a prisoner to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ ACT 8 24 sk5w 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to
|
|||
ACT 8 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 ww9k figs-metonymy λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 spoken the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche κώμας πολλάς κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς κώμας κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
|
||||
ACT 8 26 mbj9 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -713,98 +713,98 @@ ACT 8 26 a18y writing-background αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος 1 This roa
|
|||
ACT 8 27 xy7x writing-participants 0 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 s1uf εὐνοῦχος 1 eunuch The emphasis of "eunuch" here is about the Ethiopian's being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated.
|
||||
ACT 8 27 t5t1 translate-names Κανδάκης 1 Candace This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ἐληλύθει εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ προσκυνήσων 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 28 d3kv τοῦ ἅρματος 1 chariot Possibly "wagon" or "carriage" is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots.
|
||||
ACT 8 28 bx2j figs-metonymy ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν 1 reading the prophet Isaiah This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy κολλήθητι τούτῳ τῷ ἅρματι 1 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: "accompany the man in this chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: "accompany the man in this chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 30 ffh7 figs-metonymy ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 1 reading Isaiah the prophet This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 30 x98i 0 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: "Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?"
|
||||
ACT 8 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion 0 How can I, unless someone guides me? This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: "I cannot understand unless someone guides me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 31 zx9h figs-explicit 0 He begged Philip to ... sit with him It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 32 nd93 0 General Information: This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words "he" and "his" refer to the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον αὐτὸν τοῦ κείραντος ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
|
||||
ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
|
||||
ACT 8 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive 0 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly" or "he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τίς διηγήσεται αὐτοῦ τὴν γενεὰν? 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αὐτοῦ ἡ ζωὴ αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται? 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I beg you "Please tell me"
|
||||
ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy ταύτης τῆς Γραφῆς 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "in the writings of Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "in the writings of Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 36 ip13 0 they went on the road "they continued to travel along the road"
|
||||
ACT 8 36 muz2 figs-rquestion τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι 1 What prevents me from being baptized? The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Please allow me to be baptized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν τὸ ἅρμα στῆναι 1 commanded the chariot to stop "told the driver of the chariot to stop"
|
||||
ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 commanded the chariot to stop "told the driver of the chariot to stop"
|
||||
ACT 8 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 8 39 xp52 0 the eunuch saw him no more "the eunuch did not see Philip again"
|
||||
ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 that region This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 zfn6 τὰς πάσας εὐηγγελίζετο πόλεις 1 to all the cities "to all the cities in that region"
|
||||
ACT 8 40 zfn6 εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities "to all the cities in that region"
|
||||
ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Way"<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>##### "Letters for the synagogues in Damascus"<br><br>The "letters" Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he "fell upon the ground." Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, "I have seen the Lord Jesus" because it was a human form that he saw here.<br>
|
||||
ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word "him" refers to the high priest and "he" refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 1 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
|
||||
ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-abstractnouns 0 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun "murder" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy 0 for the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: "for the people in the synagogues" or "for the leaders in the synagogues" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν εὕρῃ τινας 1 if he found any "when he found anyone" or "if he found anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 ὄντας τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 who belonged to the Way "who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he found any "when he found anyone" or "if he found anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way "who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
|
||||
ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit ἀγάγῃ δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem "he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem "he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
|
||||
ACT 9 3 jf4g 0 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.
|
||||
ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 3 dm6c περιήστραψεν τε αὐτὸν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven "a light from heaven shone all around him"
|
||||
ACT 9 3 dm6c τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven "a light from heaven shone all around him"
|
||||
ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
|
||||
ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell upon the ground Possible meanings are that 1) "Saul threw himself to the ground" or 2) "The light caused him to fall to the ground" or 3) "Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell." Saul did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί διώκεις με 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): "You are persecuting me!" or a command (AT): "Stop persecuting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): "You are persecuting me!" or a command (AT): "Stop persecuting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 5 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word "you" here is singular.
|
||||
ACT 9 5 jaq2 ," τίς εἶ, κύριε?" 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
|
||||
ACT 9 6 i1kj 0 but rise, enter into the city "get up and go into the city Damascus"
|
||||
ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "someone will tell you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, δὲ θεωροῦντες μηδένα 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one "they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 7 f9fe δὲ θεωροῦντες μηδένα 1 but seeing no one "but saw no one." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων αὐτοῦ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 ἔβλεπεν οὐδὲν 1 he could see nothing "he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one "they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one "but saw no one." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he could see nothing "he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight "was blind" or "could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc ἔφαγεν οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants δέ ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k 0 He said "Ananias said"
|
||||
ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight "go to Straight Street"
|
||||
ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
|
||||
ACT 9 11 u5j8 0 a man from Tarsus named Saul "a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul" or "Saul of Tarsus"
|
||||
ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 laying his hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying his hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again "he might regain his ability to see"
|
||||
ACT 9 13 la9t 0 your holy people Here "holy people" refers to Christians. Alternate translation: "the people in Jerusalem who believe in you"
|
||||
ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit 0 authority ... to arrest everyone here It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους σου τὸ ὄνομά 1 calls upon your name Here "your name" refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 calls upon your name Here "your name" refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy 0 he is a chosen instrument of mine "chosen instrument" refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: "I have chosen him to serve me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy 0 to carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: "in order that he might speak about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy 0 for the cause of my name This is an expression meaning "for telling people about me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 17 s8ms δὲ Ἁνανίας ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction 0 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ὡς λεπίδες ἀπέπεσαν 1 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 g2ea ἀνέβλεψέν 1 he received his sight "he was able to see again"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive 0 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he got up and Ananias baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second "he" refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first "he" and the other ones refer to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole 0 All who heard him The word "All" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Those who heard him" or "Many who heard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion ἐστιν οὐχ οὗτός ὁ πορθήσας τοὺς ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπικαλουμένους τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα? 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα 1 this name Here "name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the name of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion ἐστιν? οὗτός ὁ πορθήσας τοὺς οὐχ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπικαλουμένους τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἐν 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here "name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the name of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 causing distress among the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.
|
||||
ACT 9 23 g6gw 0 General Information: The word "him" in this section refers to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐγνώσθη τῷ Σαύλῳ 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 cy9n 0 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
|
||||
ACT 9 25 lc8m αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 καθῆκαν αὐτὸν καθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ τείχους, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul all but one time. "And 'he' told them how" in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: "had openly preached the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 28 m5rs 0 He met with them Here the word "He" refers to Paul. The word "them" probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Possible meanings are 1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: "about the Lord Jesus" or 2) "name" is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: "under the authority of the Lord Jesus" or "with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Grecian Jews Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words "the brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν κατήγαγον εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν ἐξαπέστειλαν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.
|
||||
ACT 9 31 n7c5 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 31 s4bn ἐπληθύνετο 1 the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria This is the first use of the singular "church" to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -812,15 +812,15 @@ ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace "lived peacefully." This
|
|||
ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη 1 was built up The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God helped them grow" or "the Holy Spirit built them up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord "Walking" here is a metaphor for "living." Alternate translation: "living in obedience to the Lord" or "continuing to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit "with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them"
|
||||
ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent δὲ ἐγένετο 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter's visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 he came down The phrase "came down" is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.
|
||||
ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
|
||||
ACT 9 33 hzd7 0 There he found a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: "There Peter met a man"
|
||||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ἄνθρωπόν ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background 0 who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ στρῶσον 1 make your bed "roll up your mat"
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed "roll up your mat"
|
||||
ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: "those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon" or "many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
|
||||
ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw the man It may be helpful to state that they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: "saw the man whom Peter had healed"
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give backg
|
|||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται" Δορκάς." 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν ἔργων 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit 0 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
|
||||
|
|
@ -837,10 +837,10 @@ ACT 9 38 uhz5 ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν
|
|||
ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room "to the upstairs room where Dorcas' body was lying"
|
||||
ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.
|
||||
ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
|
||||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 οὖσα μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 while she had been with them "while she was still alive with the disciples"
|
||||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while she had been with them "while she was still alive with the disciples"
|
||||
ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν πάντας ἔξω 1 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν ἀνέστησεν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 b73s 0 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
|
||||
ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive 0 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord "believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,36 +849,36 @@ ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner "a man named Simon
|
|||
ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God's sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God's people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit "fell on" those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br>
|
||||
ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants δέ ἀνὴρ τις ἀνὴρ 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 Κορνήλιος ὀνόματι, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ τῆς καλουμένης Σπείρης Ἰταλικῆς Σπείρης 1 Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment "his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment "his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 s6rh 0 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God "He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life"
|
||||
ACT 10 2 n8i3 0 worshiped God The word for "worshiped" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος διὰ παντός δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν φανερῶς ὡσεὶ εἶδεν 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν εἶδεν φανερῶς ὡσεὶ 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit 0 Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: "God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||||
ACT 10 7 g6lq 0 When the angel who spoke to him had left "When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."
|
||||
ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ στρατιώτην τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him "one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him "one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα 1 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 sent them to Joppa "sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa."
|
||||
ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||||
ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην ὥραν 1 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν παρασκευαζόντων 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων παρασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive 0 he was given a vision "God gave him a vision" or "he saw a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 0 something like a large sheet ... four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 jh1m καθιέμενον τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 let down by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it"
|
||||
ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 let down by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it"
|
||||
ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit 0 all kinds of four-footed animals ... birds of the sky From Peter's response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche φωνὴ ἐγένετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that"
|
||||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit ἔφαγον οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "What I, God, have cleansed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 10 16 rlr9 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled," was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 d4zi ὁ Πέτρος διηπόρει 1 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate "stood before the gate to the house." It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 after they had asked their way to the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
|
||||
|
|
@ -894,24 +894,24 @@ ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words "They" and "them" here refer t
|
|||
ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive 0 A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 22 wvl1 0 worships God The word for "worship" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word "all" to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 οὖν εἰσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς εἰσκαλεσάμενος ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||||
ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 stay with him "be his guests"
|
||||
ACT 10 23 t7cz 0 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 c3s6 0 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 Cornelius was waiting for them "Cornelius expected them"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς τὸν Πέτρον τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 when Peter entered "when Peter entered the house"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 when Peter entered "when Peter entered the house"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας προσεκύνησεν 1 fell down at his feet to worship him "he knelt down and put his face close to Peter's feet." He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 10 25 u2x5 πεσὼν 1 fell down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
|
||||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι! ἐγὼ καὶ εἰμι ἄνθρωπός 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"
|
||||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι! καὶ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"
|
||||
ACT 10 27 f9x6 figs-you 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Cornelius. Here the words "You" and "you" are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 10 27 bg7b 0 Connecting Statement: Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.
|
||||
ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit πολλούς συνεληλυθότας 1 many people gathered together "many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together "many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 28 g7j7 0 You yourselves know Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests.
|
||||
ACT 10 28 iyx6 0 it is not lawful for a Jewish man "it is forbidden for a Jewish man." This refers to the Jewish religious law.
|
||||
ACT 10 28 k3we 0 someone from another nation This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.
|
||||
ACT 10 30 krz8 figs-you 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words "you" and "your" are all singular. The word "we" here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 30 n5fs 0 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter's question.
|
||||
ACT 10 30 na4u τετάρτης ἡμέρας ἀπὸ 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is "four days ago." Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, "three days ago."
|
||||
ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is "four days ago." Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, "three days ago."
|
||||
ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say "fasting and praying" instead of simply "praying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God.
|
||||
ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive 0 your prayer has been heard by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has heard your prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,37 +920,37 @@ ACT 10 32 ci31 0 call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter "tell Simon
|
|||
ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 at once "right away"
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ruf3 0 You are kind to have come This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: "I certainly thank you for coming"
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ry21 0 in the sight of God This refers to the presence of God.
|
||||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ σοι προστεταγμένα ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου προστεταγμένα 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 δὲ Πέτρος ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 Then Peter opened his mouth and said "Peter began to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 Then Peter opened his mouth and said "Peter began to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 Truly This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
|
||||
ACT 10 34 iii7 0 God does not take anyone's side "God does not favor certain people"
|
||||
ACT 10 35 j78e 0 anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him "he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds"
|
||||
ACT 10 35 b5cr 0 worships The word "worships" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 bjk7 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 sv4s 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
|
||||
ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν Κύριος πάντων 1 who is Lord of all Here "all" means "all people."
|
||||
ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 who is Lord of all Here "all" means "all people."
|
||||
ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "throughout Judea" or "in many places in Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ Ἰωάννης ἐκήρυξεν 1 after the baptism that John announced "after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"
|
||||
ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John announced "after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"
|
||||
ACT 10 38 jtr3 0 the events ... and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. "You know ... of all. You yourselves know ... announced. You know the events ... with power"
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "We" and "we" here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words "he" and "him" here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||||
ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: "nailing him to a wooden cross"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν τοῦτον ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day "the third day after he died"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν γενέσθαι ἐμφανῆ 1 caused him to be seen "permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen "permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"
|
||||
ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive 0 that this is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God chose this Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: "the people who are alive and the people who are dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 It is to him that all the prophets bear witness "All the prophets bear witness to Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν λαβεῖν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 through his name Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: "through what Jesus has done for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 10 44 cz7x τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐπέπεσε 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word "fell" means "happened suddenly." Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"
|
||||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: "through what Jesus has done for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word "fell" means "happened suddenly." Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"
|
||||
ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here "all" refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them.
|
||||
ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the Holy Spirit was poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God poured out the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ ACT 10 46 mpg5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the stor
|
|||
ACT 10 46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
|
||||
ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: "No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received ... we!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν αὐτοὺς βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy βαπτισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Gentiles also had received the word of God"<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to "receive the word of God." Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br>
|
||||
ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
|
||||
|
|
@ -972,21 +972,21 @@ ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were
|
|||
ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed the message of God about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 they who belonged to the circumcision group This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: "some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας ἄνδρας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 Πέτρος ἀρξάμενος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in detail "exactly what happened"
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην ὀθόνην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα- τετράποδα τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
|
||||
ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche 0 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy οὐδέποτε κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον εἰσῆλθεν οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς μου τὸ στόμα 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, κοίνου σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 11 b2qv 0 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -995,9 +995,9 @@ ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 they had been sent
|
|||
ACT 11 12 lf6m 0 that I should make no distinction regarding them "that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 cf8x 0 These six brothers went with me "These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 0 These six brothers "These six Jewish believers"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν τοῦ ἀνδρός' τοῦ ἀνδρός οἶκον 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν τοῦ ἀνδρός' οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter "Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς σου ὁ οἶκός 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 a8jw 0 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
|
||||
ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis ἀρχῇ 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he beg
|
|||
ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion 0 Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: "Since God gave to them ... I decided that I could not oppose God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they said nothing in response "they did not argue with Peter"
|
||||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν καὶ 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also "God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also "God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Now This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus' followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus' followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1025,8 +1025,8 @@ ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw th
|
|||
ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 he encouraged them "he kept on encouraging them"
|
||||
ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord "to remain faithful to the Lord" or "to continue to trust in the Lord"
|
||||
ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with all their heart Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "with all their will" or "with complete commitment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy ἱκανὸς ὄχλος προσετέθη τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" refers to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus "out to the city of Tarsus"
|
||||
ACT 11 26 hu2g 0 When he found him It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch "for
|
|||
ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 11 27 h6zw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
|
||||
ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 Ἅγαβος ὀνόματι 1 Agabus by name "whose name was Agabus"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus by name "whose name was Agabus"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 indicated by the Spirit "the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 l3iz 0 a great famine would occur "a great shortage of food would happen"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-hyperbole ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 over all the world This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: "all over the inhabited world" or "throughout the Roman Empire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1064,38 +1064,38 @@ ACT 12 3 cu7s 0 That was "Herod did this" or "This happened"
|
|||
ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"
|
||||
ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 four squads of soldiers "four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him to the people "Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ μὲν μὲν οὖν οὖν Πέτρος Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive 0 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication
|
||||
ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit 0 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν ἁλύσεσιν 1 bound with two chains "tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains "tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 6 aqv1 0 were keeping watch over the prison "were guarding the prison doors"
|
||||
ACT 12 7 kk4i 0 General Information: The words "him" and "his" refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 i7g3 0 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 by him "next to him" or "beside him"
|
||||
ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell "in the prison room"
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dc5b 0 He struck Peter "The angel tapped Peter" or "The angel poked Peter." Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dqn9 αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐξέπεσαν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dqn9 ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
|
||||
ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν οὕτως 1 Peter did so "Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"
|
||||
ACT 12 9 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to Peter. The words "they" and "They" refer to Peter and the angel.
|
||||
ACT 12 9 sh8k 0 He did not know "He did not understand"
|
||||
ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἐστιν ἀληθές 1 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit 0 After they had passed by the first guard and the second It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: "The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 had passed by "had walked by"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis καὶ δευτέραν 1 and the second The word "guard" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and the second guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν τὴν σιδηρᾶν πύλην 1 they came to the iron gate "Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate "Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city "that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς αὐτομάτη 1 it opened for them by itself Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς 1 it opened for them by itself Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 j268 ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 went down a street "walked along a street"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 ἀπέστη ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ εὐθέως 1 left him right away "left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
|
||||
ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος γενόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 left him right away "left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
|
||||
ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος 1 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου 1 delivered me out of the hand of Herod Here "the hand of Herod" refers to "Herod's hold" or "Herod's plans." Alternate translation: "brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me "rescued me"
|
||||
ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λαοῦ τῆς προσδοκίας 1 everything the Jewish people were expecting Here "the people of the Jews" probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 everything the Jewish people were expecting Here "the people of the Jews" probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 12 12 tfh3 συνιδών 1 realized this He became aware that God had rescued him.
|
||||
ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 John, also called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John, whom people also called Mark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words "she" and "her" all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they" and "They" refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 αὐτοῦ κρούσαντος 1 he knocked "Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος αὐτοῦ 1 he knocked "Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||||
ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate "at the outer door" or "at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard"
|
||||
ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer "came to the gate to ask who was knocking"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 out of joy "because she was so joyful" or "being overly excited"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1104,9 +1104,9 @@ ACT 12 14 ky3p εἰσδραμοῦσα 1 came running into the room You may pr
|
|||
ACT 12 14 yq3r εἰσδραμοῦσα ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported "she told them" or "she said"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 standing at the door "standing outside the door." Peter was still standing outside.
|
||||
ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: "You are crazy"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ διϊσχυρίζετο ἔχειν οὕτως 1 she insisted that it was so "she insisted that what she said was true"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was so "she insisted that what she said was true"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b 0 They said "They answered"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 qa8m ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἄγγελός 1 It is his angel "What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.
|
||||
ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel "What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the people in the house. The words "He" and "he" refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word "continued" means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε ταῦτα 1 Report these things "Tell these things"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1114,10 +1114,10 @@ ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers "the other believers
|
|||
ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Peter. The word "he" refers to Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης ἡμέρας 1 when it became day "in the morning"
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν οὐκ ὀλίγος τάραχος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἐγένετο ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν οὐκ ὀλίγος τάραχος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἐγένετο ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 19 twr1 δὲ Ἡρῴδης ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ εὑρὼν μὴ εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||||
ACT 12 19 pz6v δὲ Ἡρῴδης ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||||
ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."
|
||||
ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
|
||||
ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
|
||||
ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1126,15 +1126,15 @@ ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole 0 They went to him together Here the word "They"
|
|||
ACT 12 20 t6mi 0 They persuaded Blastus "These men persuaded Blastus"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace "these men requested peace"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὴν χώραν τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς' βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς' βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 21 e3w9 0 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"
|
||||
ACT 12 21 kv7g βασιλικὴν ἐσθῆτα 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||||
ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||||
ACT 12 21 g6ir 0 sat on a throne This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
|
||||
ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b4bc 0 Immediately an angel "Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him "afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 ἔδωκεν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τῷ Θεῷ τὴν δόξαν 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ ACT 13 1 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives backgroun
|
|||
ACT 13 1 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
|
||||
ACT 13 1 rej8 0 Now in the church in Antioch "At that time in the church at Antioch"
|
||||
ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names 0 Simeon ... Niger ... Lucius ... Manaen These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 u48c σύντροφος Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου 1 foster brother of Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod's playmate or close friend growing up.
|
||||
ACT 13 1 u48c Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος 1 foster brother of Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod's playmate or close friend growing up.
|
||||
ACT 13 2 ifb9 0 Set apart for me "Appoint to serve me"
|
||||
ACT 13 2 j6ym προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς 1 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
|
||||
ACT 13 3 ku45 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid their hands on these men "laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service." This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1161,33 +1161,33 @@ ACT 13 5 p5t3 συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 synagogues of t
|
|||
ACT 13 5 sxw6 0 They also had John Mark as their assistant "John Mark went with them and was helping them"
|
||||
ACT 13 5 ukx2 ὑπηρέτην 1 assistant "helper"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.The words "This man" refer to "Sergius Paulus." The first word "he" refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word "he" refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ja1i τὴν ὅλην νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ja1i ὅλην τὴν νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 cl2z Πάφου 1 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
|
||||
ACT 13 6 zf3b εὗρον 1 they found Here "found" means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: "they met" or "they came upon"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain magician "a particular person who practices witchcraft" or "a person who practices supernatural magic arts"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ak38 translate-names ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 1 whose name was Bar Jesus "Bar Jesus" means "Son of Jesus." There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 bee2 σὺν 1 associated with "was often with" or "was often in the company of"
|
||||
ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background συνετῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας" ὁ μάγος"( 1 Elymas "the magician" This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called "the magician." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως μεθερμηνεύεται αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα μεθερμηνεύεται 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως μεθερμηνεύεται μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο αὐτοῖς; ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn "resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον διαστρέψαι ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word "him" refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also called Paul "Saul" as his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν ἀτενίσας 1 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: "You are like the devil" or "You act like the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 παύσῃ 1 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness "you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion παύσῃ οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς τὰς εὐθείας ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου, παύσῃ? 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς τὰς εὐθείας ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion παύσῃ? παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς τὰς οὐ ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου, παύσῃ εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words "you" and "him" refer to Elymas the magician. The word "he" refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos).
|
||||
ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord is upon you Here "hand' represents the power of God and "upon you" implies punishment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive ἔσῃ τυφλὸς 1 you will become blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make you blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 w3gh βλέπων μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a while "for a period of time" or "until the time appointed by God"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness "the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark" or "Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he started going around "Elymas wandered around" or "Elymas started feeling around and"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1199,56 +1199,56 @@ ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about P
|
|||
ACT 13 13 r9hi δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 set sail from Paphos "traveled by sailboat from Paphos"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia "arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them "But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them "But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia "the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche 0 After the reading of the law and the prophets The "law and the prophets" refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: "After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπέστειλαν, λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 td4h 0 Brothers The term "brothers" is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἐν τίς λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement "if you want to say anything to encourage us"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement "if you want to say anything to encourage us"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it "please speak it" or "please tell it to us"
|
||||
ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to Paul. The second word "he" refers to God. Here the word "our" refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words "they" and "them" refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel's history.
|
||||
ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: "moved his hands to show that he was about to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. "you who are not Israelites but who worship God"
|
||||
ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen "God, listen to me" or "God, listen to what I am about to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου τοῦ λαοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel "The God the people of Israel worship"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 l9cn ἡμῶν τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers "our ancestors"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 ὕψωσεν τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous "caused them to become very numerous"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ βραχίονος 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel "The God the people of Israel worship"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers "our ancestors"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous "caused them to become very numerous"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 out of it "out from the land of Egypt"
|
||||
ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means "he tolerated them." Some versions have have a different word that means "he took care of them." Alternate translation: "God endured their disobedience" or "God took care of them"
|
||||
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God. The words "their land" refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word "them" refers to the people of Israel. The word "our" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 19 h5qg ἔθνη 1 nations Here the word "nations" refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries.
|
||||
ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα ἔτεσι 1 took place over four hundred and fifty years "took more than 450 years to accomplish"
|
||||
ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 took place over four hundred and fifty years "took more than 450 years to accomplish"
|
||||
ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet "until the time of the prophet Samuel"
|
||||
ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 13 21 yxi8 τεσσεράκοντα 1 for forty years "to be their king for forty years"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας αὐτὸν μεταστήσας 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 bsp6 0 he raised up David to be their king "God chose David to be their king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king "the king of Israel" or "the king over the Israelites"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 sw2r 0 It was about David that God said "God said this about David"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found "I have observed that"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels.
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a ἀπὸ τούτου' τούτου τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ἀπὸ' τούτου τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 as he promised to do "just as God promised he would do"
|
||||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ὑπονοεῖτε ἐμὲ εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ εἶναι ἐγώ εἰμὶ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 gys2 τὸ ὑπόδημα οὗ τῶν ποδῶν εἰμὶ οὐκ ἄξιος λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie "I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
|
||||
ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie "I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
|
||||
ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "they" and "their" refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word "us" includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 kci9 0 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham ... who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
|
||||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης τῆς σωτηρίας ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης τῆς σωτηρίας 1 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 ἀγνοήσαντες τοῦτον 1 did not recognize him "did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
|
||||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς τῆς σωτηρίας σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῆς σωτηρίας σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize him "did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
|
||||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 sayings of the prophets Here the word "sayings" represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: "the writings of the prophets" or "the message of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 ἐπλήρωσαν τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets "they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets "they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"
|
||||
ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him" here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 εὑρόντες μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου 1 they found no reason for death "they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death "they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 13 28 d4xm ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον 1 they asked Pilate The word "asked" here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.
|
||||
ACT 13 29 sq1j 0 When they had completed all the things that were written about him "When thy did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him"
|
||||
ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 they took him down from the tree It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: "they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1258,8 +1258,8 @@ ACT 13 30 mqx8 ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him fr
|
|||
ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 30 d14p ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive 0 He was seen ... Galilee to Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 31 g4vl πλείους ἡμέρας 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate "many days" with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
|
||||
ACT 13 31 vqj4 εἰσιν νῦν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people "are now testifying to the people about Jesus" or "are now telling the people about Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 13 31 g4vl ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate "many days" with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
|
||||
ACT 13 31 vqj4 νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 are now his witnesses to the people "are now testifying to the people about Jesus" or "are now telling the people about Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
ACT 13 32 y273 καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
ACT 13 32 hr2g τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers "our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1267,27 +1267,27 @@ ACT 13 33 b1uh translate:translate_versebridge 0 he has fulfilled for us, their
|
|||
ACT 13 33 dy6w ἡμῶν, τοῖς τέκνοις 1 for us, their children "for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "by making Jesus alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz 0 As it is written in the second Psalm "This is what was written in the second Psalm"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ ψαλμῷ 1 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q 0 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way "God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ πιστά ὅσια 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι λέγει καὶ λέγει ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s λέγει καὶ λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy δώσεις οὐ δώσεις σου τὸν Ὅσιόν ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 δώσεις οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq ὅσια τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ λέγει λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation "during his lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ βουλῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοὺς πατέρας 1 was laid with his fathers "was buried with his ancestors who had died"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 nwy9 προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers "was buried with his ancestors who had died"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 la5s figs-metonymy εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 experienced decay The phrase "experienced decay" is a metonym for "his body decayed." Alternate translation: "his body rotted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 bmw3 δὲ ὃν 1 But he whom "but Jesus whom"
|
||||
ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom "but Jesus whom"
|
||||
ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy εἶδεν οὐκ διαφθοράν 1 experienced no decay The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." Alternate translation: "did not rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 experienced no decay The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." Alternate translation: "did not rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 ἔστω γνωστὸν ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you "know this" or "this is important for you to know"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you "know this" or "this is important for you to know"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 qy18 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: "my fellow Israelites and other friends"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου καταγγέλλεται ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated with the verb "to forgive." Alternate translation: "that God can forgive your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 By him every one who believes "By him every person who believes" or "Every one who believes in him"
|
||||
ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται 1 By him every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus justifies everyone who believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1295,33 +1295,33 @@ ACT 13 39 gt8n 0 all the things "all the sins"
|
|||
ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. Alternate translation: "give close attention to the things I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x βλέπετε τὸ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις εἰρημένον 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x βλέπετε τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished "be amazed" or "be shocked"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish "then die"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἐργάζομαι ἔργον 1 am doing a work "am doing something" or "am doing a deed"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in your days "during your lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work "am doing something" or "am doing a deed"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days "during your lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that "I am doing something which"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone announces it to you "even if someone tells you about it"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 ax8v 0 As Paul and Barnabas left "When Paul and Barnabas were leaving"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 f3sw 0 begged them that they might "begged them to"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα 1 these same words Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: "this same message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: "this same message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 43 a58z 0 When the synagogue meeting ended Possible meanings are 1) this restates "As Paul and Barnabas left" in verse 42 or 2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 sws7 προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who spoke to them and urged them "and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them"
|
||||
ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul's message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: "to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people's sins because of what Jesus did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν ἡ πᾶσα πόλις 1 almost the whole city The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. Alternate translation: "almost all the people of the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 almost the whole city The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. Alternate translation: "almost all the people of the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to hear the word of the Lord It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: "to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "Jews" represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 filled with jealousy Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: "became very jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against "contradicted" or "opposed"
|
||||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ Παύλου 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word "you" are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul's quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word "I" refers to God and the word "you" is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: "God commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ἀναγκαῖον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ λαληθῆναι πρῶτον λαληθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν ἀπωθεῖσθε 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς οὐκ ἀξίους τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life "have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life "have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
|
||||
ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles "we will go to the Gentiles." Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1341,14 +1341,14 @@ ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this
|
|||
ACT 14 1 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
|
||||
ACT 14 1 hk1z 0 It came about in Iconium that Possible meanings here are 1) "It happened in Iconium that" or 2) "In Iconium as usual"
|
||||
ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι οὕτως 1 spoke in such a way "spoke so powerfully." It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀπειθήσαντες 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the minds Here the word "minds" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there "Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy 0 the majority of the city was divided Here "city"refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: "most of the people of the city were divided" or "most of the people of the city did not agree with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1356,23 +1356,23 @@ ACT 14 4 smz5 ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 sided with the
|
|||
ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: "sided with the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 5 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 yiv9 ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν 1 attempted to persuade their leaders "tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 yiv9 ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν 1 attempted to persuade their leaders "tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone Paul and Barnabas "to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them"
|
||||
ACT 14 6 tpl1 translate-names τῆς Λυκαονίας 1 Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ ἦσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι 1 where they continued to proclaim the gospel "where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news"
|
||||
ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 where they continued to proclaim the gospel "where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to the crippled man; the second word "he" refers to Paul. The word "him" refers to the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet "unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ αὐτοῦ μητρὸς' μητρὸς κοιλίας 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας μητρὸς 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 cripple person who cannot walk
|
||||
ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 Paul fixed his eyes on him "Paul looked straight at him"
|
||||
ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 had faith to be made well The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 jumped up "leaped in the air." This implies that his legs were completely healed.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ Παῦλος ἐποίησεν 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν αὐτῶν τὴν φωνὴν 1 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they spoke loudly" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they spoke loudly" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: "The gods have come down from heaven to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 11 x3bi Λυκαονιστὶ 1 in the dialect of Lycaonia "in their own Lycaonian language." The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 rm85 ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις 1 in the form of men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1383,20 +1383,20 @@ ACT 14 13 v2a9 ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The o
|
|||
ACT 14 13 iha1 ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας 1 to the gates The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanted to offer sacrifice "wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes"
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι, Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
|
||||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ποιεῖτε ταῦτα? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ποιεῖτε ταῦτα 1 doing these things "worshiping us"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐσμεν ἄνθρωποι ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ὑμῖν 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
|
||||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 doing these things "worshiping us"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you "like you in every way"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφειν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα Θεὸν 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα Θεὸν 1 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages "In previous times" or "Until now"
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν ταῖς ὁδοῖς 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ταῖς ὁδοῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes ἀφῆκεν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὑτὸν ἀμάρτυρον 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 s3qn ἀγαθουργῶν 1 in that "as shown by the fact that"
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here "you hearts" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 κατέπαυσαν μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here "you hearts" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 barely kept "had difficulty preventing"
|
||||
ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1404,32 +1404,32 @@ ACT 14 19 xbv3 τοὺς ὄχλους 1 the crowds This may not be the same gr
|
|||
ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinking that he was dead "because they thought that he was already dead"
|
||||
ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 0 entered the city "Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers"
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Δέρβην σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas "Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe"
|
||||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas "Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe"
|
||||
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "They" refer to Paul. Here the word "We" includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 ἐκείνην τὴν πόλιν 1 that city "Derbe" ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city "Derbe" ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here "souls" refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus" or "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith "encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations , καὶ ὅτι," ἡμᾶς δεῖ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων." 1 saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς δεῖ εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations τὴν, ὅτι," ἡμᾶς δεῖ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς καὶ Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων." 1 saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word "they" which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words "they" here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 0 When they had appointed for them elders in every church "When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers"
|
||||
ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are 1) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed" or 2) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers"
|
||||
ACT 14 23 ls62 εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 in whom they had believed Who "they" refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of "them" in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
|
||||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐν Πέργῃ 1 When they had spoken the word in Perga "Word" here is a metonym for "message of God." Alternate translation: "(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον 1 When they had spoken the word in Perga "Word" here is a metonym for "message of God." Alternate translation: "(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 went down to Attalia The phrase "went down" is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||||
ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God" or "where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words "they," "them," and "They" refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word "he" refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν συναγαγόντες 1 gathered the church together "called the local believers to meet together"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν θύραν πίστεως τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together "called the local believers to meet together"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the "Jerusalem Council." This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>##### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>##### "Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality"<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br>
|
||||
ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit 0 Some men "Some men." You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ, Μωϋσέως οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τούτου τοῦ ζητήματος 1 this question "this issue"
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question "this issue"
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "they," and "them" refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν, προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 being sent by the church Here "church" stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1443,40 +1443,40 @@ ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to non-Jewish
|
|||
ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt παραγγέλλειν τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses "to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τούτου τοῦ λόγου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word "them" refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words "them" and "their" refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word "he" refers to God. Here "us" is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 7 a6q9 0 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ μου τοῦ στόματός 1 by my mouth Here "mouth" refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "from me" or "by me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 τὰ ἔθνη ἀκοῦσαι 1 the Gentiles should hear "the Gentiles would hear"
|
||||
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here "mouth" refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "from me" or "by me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 yer1 ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles should hear "the Gentiles would hear"
|
||||
ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of the gospel Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy ὁ καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here "heart" refers to the "minds" or "inner beings." Alternate translation: "who knows the people's minds" or "who knows what people think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 witnesses to them "witnesses to the Gentiles"
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα 1 giving them the Holy Spirit "causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g διέκρινεν οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας αὐτῶν τὰς καρδίας καθαρίσας τῇ πίστει 1 making their hearts clean by faith God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit "causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν ὃν οὔτε ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι? 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 bfd5 ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί? τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν πειράζετε ὃν οὔτε ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι μαθητῶν 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου, Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 15 12 d1uc 0 All the multitude "Everyone" or "The whole group" ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν 1 God had worked "God had done" or "God had caused"
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked "God had done" or "God had caused"
|
||||
ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 pl6m 0 Brothers, listen "Fellow believers, listen." James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||||
ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 in order to take from them a people "so that he might choose from among them a people"
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 for his name "for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ τῷ ὀνόματι ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name "for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here "I" refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy 0 The words of the prophets agree Here "words" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "What the prophets said agrees" or "The prophets agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 συμφωνοῦσιν τούτῳ 1 agree with this "confirm this truth"
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 agree with this "confirm this truth"
|
||||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as they wrote" or "as the prophet Amos wrote long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor 0 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down ... its ruins again This speaks of God's again choosing one of David's descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy σκηνὴν 1 tent Here "tent" stands for David's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκζητήσωσιν τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here "men" includes males and females. Alternate translation: "remnant of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "may seek me, the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄ
|
|||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit παρενοχλεῖν μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 wx8f 0 they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||||
ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy 0 Moses has been proclaimed Here "Moses" represent
|
|||
ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word "every" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "in many cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 pbm5 figs-metonymy ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 and he is read Here "he" refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. Alternate translation: "and the law is read" or "and they read the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to Judas and Silas. The word "They" refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit τῇ ὅλῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here "church" refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the church in Jerusalem" or "the whole community of believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here "church" refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the church in Jerusalem" or "the whole community of believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. "Barsabbas" is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 23 e4g2 0 From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: "This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you" or "To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers"
|
||||
ACT 15 23 kp51 0 your brothers ... the Gentile brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1502,13 +1502,13 @@ ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a
|
|||
ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of "we," "our," and "us" refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men "that some men"
|
||||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us "even though we gave no orders for them to go"
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες ὑμῶν τὰς ψυχὰς 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We" and "us" refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit 0 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν μηδὲν πλέον βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
|
||||
ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1533,28 +1533,28 @@ ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now "I suggest
|
|||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers "care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for the message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are "learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ συνπαραλαβεῖν τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ἠξίου μὴ ἠξίου συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ἠξίου ἠξίου μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w συνελθόντα μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns δὲ ἐγένετο παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: "they went" or "Paul and Silas went" or "Paul took Silas and went" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||||
ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word "churches" refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: "encouraging the believers in the churches" or "helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Timothy's circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>##### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br>
|
||||
ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word "him" refer to Timothy. The second "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν καὶ κατήντησεν 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν κατήντησεν καὶ 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words "in Christ" are understood. Alternate translation: "who believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς τόποις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places "because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit γὰρ ᾔδεισαν ἅπαντες ᾔδεισαν ὅτι αὐτοῦ ὁ πατὴρ ὑπῆρχεν Ἕλλην 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places "because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey "for the church members to obey" or "for the believers to obey"
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive 0 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο
|
|||
ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit had forbidden them" or "the Holy Spirit did not permit them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here "word" stands for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go δὲ ἐλθόντες 1 When they came Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες δὲ 1 When they came Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names 0 Mysia ... Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus "the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase "came down" is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1582,21 +1582,21 @@ ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants 0 A certain woman named Lydia Here "A certa
|
|||
ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here "cloth" is understood. Alternate translation: "a merchant who sold purple cloth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν ἧς τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy διήνοιξεν ἧς τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive 0 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When they baptized Lydia and members of her household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy 0 her house Here "house" represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: "the members of her household" or "her family and household servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ufy4 0 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ παιδίσκην 1 a certain young woman The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a young woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a young woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
|
||||
ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: "how God can save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive 0 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here "name" stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out right away "the spirit came out immediately"
|
||||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 αὐτῆς οἱ κύριοι 1 her masters "the owners of the slave girl"
|
||||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς 1 her masters "the owners of the slave girl"
|
||||
ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit 0 When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: "When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace "into the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.
|
||||
ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities "into the presence of the authorities" or "so that the authorities could judge them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1606,45 +1606,45 @@ ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταρά
|
|||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice "to believe or to obey" or "to accept or to do"
|
||||
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. The word "they" here refers to soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 ἐπιθέντες πολλάς πληγὰς αὐτοῖς 1 had laid many blows upon them "had hit them many times with rods"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς αὐτούς τηρεῖν 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely "told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them "had hit them many times with rods"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely "told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς λαβὼν τοιαύτην παραγγελίαν 1 he got this command "he heard this command"
|
||||
ACT 16 24 rl8c ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks "securely locked their feet in the stocks"
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 he got this command "he heard this command"
|
||||
ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον 1 fastened their feet in the stocks "securely locked their feet in the stocks"
|
||||
ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving
|
||||
ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word "them" refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς, ὥστε τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου σαλευθῆναι 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive πᾶσαι αἱ θύραι ἠνεῴχθησαν 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων' πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive 0 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The jailer woke up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἀναιρεῖν ἑαυτὸν 1 was about to kill himself "was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself "was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy αἰτήσας φῶτα 1 for lights The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: "for torches" or "for lamps" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 rushed in "quickly entered the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 brought them out "led them outside the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί δεῖ με ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" or "God will save you from your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy 0 your house Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "all the members of your household" or "your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word "they" as well as the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word "they" refers to the people in the jailers' household. The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to the jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy 0 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθη παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπόλυσον 1 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out "come outside of the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word "they" is used and the first time "them" is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word "themselves" refers to the magistrates. The second time the word "them" is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word "us" refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: "said to the jailer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες δημοσίᾳ δείραντες ἡμᾶς 1 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους, ὑπάρχοντας Ῥωμαίους ἀνθρώπους— ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας— ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion 0 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns 0 Let them come themselves Here "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ὅτι εἰσιν Ῥωμαῖοί, ἐφοβήθησαν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν, ἐφοβήθησαν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. The word "them" refers to the believers in Philippi.
|
||||
ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 came to the house Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1657,8 +1657,8 @@ ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main st
|
|||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." Alternate translation: "they came to the city" or "they arrived at the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς κατὰ 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ τρία Σάββατα 1 for three Sabbath days "on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days "on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
|
||||
ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them "gave them reasons" or "debated with them" or "discussed with them"
|
||||
ACT 17 3 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1669,34 +1669,34 @@ ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have
|
|||
ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews believed" or "the Jews understood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul "became associated with Paul"
|
||||
ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes οὐκ ὀλίγαι τῶν πρώτων γυναικῶν 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor 0 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: "feeling very jealous" or "feeling very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit 0 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι τινὰς πονηροὺς ἄνδρας 1 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g τινὰς πονηροὺς ἄνδρας 1 certain wicked men "some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men "some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace "from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν ἐθορύβουν 1 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 s3uv 0 Assaulting the house "Violently attacking the house." This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "some other believers"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials "in the presence of the officials"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οὗτοι οἱ ἀναστατώσαντες 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole ἀναστατώσαντες τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 Ἰάσων οὓς ὑποδέδεκται 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ ἀναστατώσαντες οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed "were worried"
|
||||
ACT 17 9 ya44 0 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς ἀπέλυσαν 1 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here "word" refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: "listened to the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 examining the scriptures daily "carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ταῦτα ἔχοι οὕτως 1 these things were so "the things Paul said were true"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures daily "carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so "the things Paul said were true"
|
||||
ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds "and worried the crowds" or "caused dread and fear among the people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 who were lead
|
|||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations ἐξῄεσαν 1 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy "he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy." This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα παρωξύνετο ἐν αὐτῷ θεωροῦντος τὴν πόλιν κατείδωλον οὖσαν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 17 q8px τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας 1 he reasoned "he debated" or "he discussed." This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace "in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φ
|
|||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 tjk6 συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ 1 encountered him "happened upon him"
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 0 Some said "Some of the philosophers said"
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι οὗτος ὁ σπερμολόγος 1 What is this babbler The word "babbler" was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: "What is this uneducated person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος 1 What is this babbler The word "babbler" was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: "What is this uneducated person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps 0 Others said "Other philosophers said"
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t 0 He seems to be one who calls people to follow "He seems to be a proclaimer" or "He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy"
|
||||
ACT 17 18 sx9t 0 strange gods This is not in the sense of "odd," but in the sense of "foreign," that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1724,32 +1724,32 @@ ACT 17 19 mv8c 0 They took ... brought him This does not mean they arrested Pa
|
|||
ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The "Areopagus" was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: "to the leaders that met on the Areopagus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον, λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"
|
||||
ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor γάρ εἰσφέρεις τινα ξενίζοντα εἰς ἡμῶν τὰς ἀκοὰς 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: "For you teachings some things that we have never heard before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole δὲ πάντες Ἀθηναῖοι καὶ οἱ ξένοι ἐπιδημοῦντες 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names πάντες Ἀθηναῖοι 1 all the Athenians "Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: "For you teachings some things that we have never heard before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι πάντες 1 all the Athenians "Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ ξένοι 1 the strangers "the foreigners"
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor ηὐκαίρουν εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole ηὐκαίρουν εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r 0 telling or listening about something new "discussing new philosophical ideas" or "talking about what was new to them"
|
||||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k δεισιδαιμονεστέρους κατὰ πάντα 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j γὰρ διερχόμενος 1 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 ὑπάρχων οὗτος ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ὑπάρχων ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here "hands" stands for people. Alternate translation: "built by the hands of people" or "that people built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ θεραπεύεται ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' ἀνθρωπίνων χειρῶν 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' ἀνθρωπίνων χειρῶν 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns διδοὺς αὐτὸς 1 since he himself "because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται' χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself "because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to the one true God, the creator. The words "their" and "them" refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word "us," Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: "one couple"
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν τῆς κατοικίας 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "And he determined when and where they would live"
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς τῆς κατοικίας κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "And he determined when and where they would live"
|
||||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor 0 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here "search for God" represents desiring to know him, and "feel their way toward him and find him" represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: "so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes 0 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Yet he is very near to everyone of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "his" refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says "we" here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in him "Because of him"
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ γένος 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him "Because of him"
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ' γένος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here "deity" refers to God's nature or attributes. Alternate translation: "that God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed" or "images that people make by using their art and imagination" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1757,11 +1757,11 @@ ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philoso
|
|||
ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
ACT 17 30 iva4 0 God overlooked the times of ignorance "God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance"
|
||||
ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations πάντας τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen "when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he will judge the world Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "he will judge all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness "justly" or "fairly"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p παρασχὼν πίστιν 1 God has given proof of this man "God has demonstrated his choice of this man"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 God has given proof of this man "God has demonstrated his choice of this man"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1777,28 +1777,28 @@ ACT 18 1 fky7 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things "After these events to
|
|||
ACT 18 1 h2si ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 2 d9zx 0 There he met Possible meanings are that 1) Paul happened to find by chance or 2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase "a certain" indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names τῷ γένει Ποντικὸν 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va ἐληλυθότα προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f Κλαύδιον τὸ διατεταχέναι 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 εἶναι τὸ ὁμότεχνον 1 he worked at the same trade "he did the same kind of work that they did"
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he worked at the same trade "he did the same kind of work that they did"
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 h3az δὲ διελέγετο 1 So Paul reasoned "So Paul debated" or "So Paul discussed." He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 So Paul reasoned "So Paul debated" or "So Paul discussed." He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||||
ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are 1) "He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe" or 2) "He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks."
|
||||
ACT 18 5 d191 figs-activepassive 0 Paul was compelled by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit compelled Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy ἐπὶ ὑμῶν τὸ αἷμα ἐπὶ ὑμῶν τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. The first word "his" refers to Titius Justus. The second word "his" refers to Crispus.
|
||||
ACT 18 7 vs6y translate-names Τιτίου Ἰούστου 1 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 18 8 lj2t translate-names Κρίσπος 1 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 kkk9 ἀρχισυνάγωγος 1 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ τῷ οἴκῳ 1 all those who lived in his house Here "house" refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ τῷ οἴκῳ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here "house" refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism 0 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: "You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet 0 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "you must certainly continue to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit σιωπήσῃς μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq ἐστί μοι πολὺς λαός ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει 1 I have many people in this city "there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city "there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory 0 Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: "Paul lived there ... teaching the scriptures among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1806,18 +1806,18 @@ ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio This is the name of a
|
|||
ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up together "came together" or "joined together"
|
||||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b ὁ Γαλλίων εἶπεν 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς νόμου 1 your own law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul's time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 ἐγὼ βούλομαι οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι κριτὴς τούτων 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul's time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word "they" probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy 0 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat "Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat." Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "Gallio made them leave his presence in the court" or "Gallio made them leave the court" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες ἐπιλαβόμενοι 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σωσθένην, τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην, τὸν, ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην, τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue "Sosthenes" was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him "repeatedly hit him" or "repeatedly punched him."
|
||||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul's missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says "he" here and not "we." The word "they" refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations ἀποταξάμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 left the brothers The word "brothers" refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "left the fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word "brothers" refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "left the fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 v5kl 0 sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction 0 he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he had someone cut off the hair on his head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο τοῖς 1 reasoned with "discussed with" or "debated with"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1830,11 +1830,11 @@ ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem
|
|||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the Jerusalem church Here "church" refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 then went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 Paul departed "Paul went away" or "Paul left"
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας τινὰ χρόνον ποιήσας 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἰουδαῖος ὀνόματι Ἀπολλῶς 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth "a man who was born in the city of Alexandria." This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech "a good speaker"
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures "he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1849,14 +1849,14 @@ ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in th
|
|||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: "fellow believers in Ephesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples "wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia"
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace "those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt διακατηλέγχετο εὐτόνως διακατηλέγχετο τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν Ἰησοῦν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus' followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>##### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br>
|
||||
ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 lp23 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 ἐλάβετε εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον εἰ Πνεῦμα 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ εἰ Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 0 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit "we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "you," and "they" refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word "him" refers to John.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive ," εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε?" 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1865,14 +1865,14 @@ ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the bapti
|
|||
ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who would come Here "the one" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 4 q5fh τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν 1 come after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
|
||||
ACT 19 5 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 5 k9st δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 When the people Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||||
ACT 19 5 k9st ἀκούσαντες δὲ 1 When the people Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||||
ACT 19 5 ueh1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. Alternate translation: "as believers in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l καὶ ἐπιθέντος χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid his hands on them "placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them "placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
|
||||
ACT 19 6 j4n8 0 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||||
ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background 0 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers δώδεκα ἄνδρες 1 twelve men "12 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ τρεῖς μῆνας 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months "Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες δώδεκα 1 twelve men "12 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months "Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
|
||||
ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them "convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching"
|
||||
ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "about God's rule as king" or "about how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: "some Jews were stubborn and did not believe" or "some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1884,12 +1884,12 @@ ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας
|
|||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to those who were sick.
|
||||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche 0 God was doing mighty deeds by the hands of Paul Here "hands" stands for Paul's whole person. Alternate translation: "God was causing Paul to do miracles" or "God was doing miracles through Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ ἀποφέρεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head
|
||||
ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
|
||||
ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: "sick people" or "those who were sick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a τὰς νόσους ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 their illnesses left them "those who were sick became healthy"
|
||||
ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses left them "those who were sick became healthy"
|
||||
ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places
|
||||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1897,11 +1897,11 @@ ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By
|
|||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus" or "by the power of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know "I know Jesus and Paul" or "I know Jesus, and I know Paul"
|
||||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion δὲ τίνες ἐστέ ὑμεῖς 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: "but I do not know you!" or "but you have no authority over me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: "but I do not know you!" or "but you have no authority over me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 16 ty4x 0 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 16 b8cb 0 they fled ... naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ἐμεγαλύνετο 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they honored the name of the Lord Jesus" or "they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they honored the name of the Lord Jesus" or "they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 brought their books "collected their books." The word "books" refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1912,29 +1912,29 @@ ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver A "piece of
|
|||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche 0 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways "So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ὁ Παῦλος ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus "Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus "Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 με δεῖ καὶ ἰδεῖν Ῥώμην 1 I must also see Rome "I must also travel to Rome"
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 I must also see Rome "I must also travel to Rome"
|
||||
ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν χρόνον 1 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν 1 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο οὐκ ὀλίγος τάραχος ἐγένετο περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p ἐγένετο οὐκ ὀλίγος τάραχος 1 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants 0 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names ὀνόματι Δημήτριος 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m παρείχετο οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in much business "made a lot of money for those who made the idols"
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς ἐργάτας περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: "others who did that kind of work"
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: "others who did that kind of work"
|
||||
ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w 0 You see and hear that "You have come to know and understand that"
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 turned away many people Paul's stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: "caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis 0 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word "hands" can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: "He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive 0 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος λογισθῆναι εἰς οὐθὲν 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 bqt4 0 she would even lose her greatness Artemis's greatness only comes from what people think of her.
|
||||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words "Asia" and "the world" refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: "whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here "they" refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out "shouted aloud" or "shouted loudly"
|
|||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy 0 The whole city was filled with confusion Here "city" refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, "confusion" is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: "Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 Παύλου' Παύλου συνεκδήμους 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 Παύλου' συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww 0 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated "theater" in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1955,29 +1955,29 @@ ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words "You" and "you" refer
|
|||
ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 the town clerk This refers to the town "writer" or "secretary."
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion 0 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: "every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς γινώσκει οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf οὖν τούτων ὄντων ἀναντιρρήτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable "Since you know these things"
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n πράσσειν μηδὲν προπετὲς 1 do nothing rash "do not do anything before you have had time to think about it"
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable "Since you know these things"
|
||||
ACT 19 36 xj2n μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 do nothing rash "do not do anything before you have had time to think about it"
|
||||
ACT 19 36 s67q προπετὲς 1 rash without careful thought
|
||||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 these men The words "these men" refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The words "these men" refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 19 38 qd4s οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers.
|
||||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν λόγον πρός τινα 1 have an accusation against anyone The word "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "want to accuse someone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have an accusation against anyone The word "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "want to accuse someone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls the Roman governor's representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 19 38 g8tp ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις 1 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: "There people can accuse one another"
|
||||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 δέ εἰ ἐπιζητεῖτε τι περὶ ἑτέρων 1 But if you seek anything about other matters "But if you have other matters to discuss"
|
||||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐπιλυθήσεται ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let us settle it in the regular assembly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε 1 But if you seek anything about other matters "But if you have other matters to discuss"
|
||||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται 1 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let us settle it in the regular assembly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 39 et5j τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
|
||||
ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive 0 in danger of being accused concerning this day's riot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul's last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>##### "Compelled by the Spirit"<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.<br>
|
||||
ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
|
||||
ACT 20 1 y5cq 0 After the uproar "After the riot" or "Following the riot"
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 παρακαλέσας ἀσπασάμενος 1 he said farewell "he said goodbye"
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας πολλῷ λόγῳ αὐτοὺς 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them "had greatly encouraged the believers" or "had said many things to encourage the believers"
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor τε ποιήσας τρεῖς μῆνας τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there "After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive ἐπιβουλῆς γενομένης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews formed a plot against him" or "the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them "had greatly encouraged the believers" or "had said many things to encourage the believers"
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there "After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews formed a plot against him" or "the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: "by some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria "as he was ready to sail for Syria"
|
||||
ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of "us" and "we" in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor h
|
|||
ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word "himself" refers to Paul. The first word "he" refers to Paul; the second word "he" refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word "him" refers to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 0 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the "second story."
|
||||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2017,8 +2017,8 @@ ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names Χίου 1 the island of Chios Chios is an island
|
|||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον 1 we touched at the island of Samos "we arrived at the island of Samos"
|
||||
ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 island of Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος κεκρίκει παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως αὐτῷ γένηται μὴ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: "so that he would not have to remain for a time" or "so that he would not have a delay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: "so that he would not have to remain for a time" or "so that he would not have a delay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. The word "our" refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
|
||||
ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names τῆς Μιλήτου 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2029,13 +2029,13 @@ ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind
|
|||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: "I crying as I served the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me "Sufferings" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: "while I suffered" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς ὑπεστειλάμην οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words "I taught" are understood. Alternate translation: "I also taught when I was in your homes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς ἡμῶν τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Spirit compels me to go there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 μὴ εἰδώς τὰ συναντήσοντά μοι ἐν αὐτῇ 1 not knowing what will happen to me there "and I do not know what will happen to me there"
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις μένουσιν με 1 chains and sufferings await me Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there "and I do not know what will happen to me there"
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor 0 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul's "race" and "ministry" as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here "race" and "ministry" mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: "so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor 0 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God "to tell people the good news about God's grace." This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2043,37 +2043,37 @@ ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian
|
|||
ACT 20 25 kj9c 0 Now look, I know "Now, pay careful attention, because I know"
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all "I know that all of you"
|
||||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "to whom I preached the message about God's reign as king" or "to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche ὄψεσθε μου τὸ πρόσωπόν οὐκέτι 1 will see my face no more The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy εἰμι καθαρός ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: "any person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην οὐ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 ddg1 προσέχετε 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true," referring to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ᾧ τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἔθετο ὑμᾶς ἐπισκόπους. ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος 1 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor βαρεῖς λύκοι εἰσελεύσονται εἰς ὑμᾶς φειδόμενοι μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο. ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἣν περιεποιήσατο, διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor 0 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε. μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember "be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard "be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that "Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole 0 for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m ἐπαυσάμην οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ἐπαυσάμην νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: "God will give you the inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἐπεθύμησα οὐδενὸς' οὐδενὸς ἀργυρίου 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα' ἀργυρίου οὐδενὸς 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 0 man's silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche αὗται αἱ χεῖρες ὑπηρέτησαν μου ταῖς χρείαις 1 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j 0 you should help the weak by working "you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves"
|
||||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj 0 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: "weak persons" or "those who are weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 weak "sick"
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 ἐστιν μᾶλλον μακάριόν διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction 0 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul "hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here "cros
|
|||
ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 3 vkr2 0 leaving it on the left side of the boat "passed the island on the left" the left is the "port" side of a boat.
|
||||
ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-metonymy 0 where the ship was to unload its cargo Here "ship" stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: "the crew would unload the cargo from the ship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος οἵτινες ἔλεγον τῷ Παύλῳ 1 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul "These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them." They "urged him over and over."
|
||||
ACT 21 4 y35m οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul "These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them." They "urged him over and over."
|
||||
ACT 21 5 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the believers from Tyre.
|
||||
ACT 21 5 a5wj figs-metaphor 0 When our days there were over This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "When the seven days were over" or "When it was time to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction 0 knelt down on the beach, prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2104,12 +2104,12 @@ ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 one of the seven The "seven" refers to
|
|||
ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people good news
|
||||
ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man "Philip" from verse 8.
|
||||
ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 τέσσαρες παρθένοι θυγατέρες προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied "four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied "four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
|
||||
ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τοῦ Παύλου' τοῦ Παύλου τὴν ζώνην 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τοῦ Παύλου' τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes 0 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over "deliver him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2120,9 +2120,9 @@ ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ
|
|||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here "heart" stands for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraging me" or "making me very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not only for them to tie me up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the sake of the Lord Jesus" or "because I believe in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive αὐτοῦ πειθομένου μὴ πειθομένου 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου πειθομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive γινέσθω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "They" refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names 0 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from
|
|||
ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "his" refers to Paul. The word "them" refers to the elders.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοί ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς 1 the brothers welcomed us Here "brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: "the fellow believers welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here "brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: "the fellow believers welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported one by one "he gave a detailed account of all"
|
||||
ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk 0 they heard ... they praised ... they said to him Here the word "they" refers to James and the elders. The word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor 0 not to follow the old customs To obey the old cu
|
|||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 the old customs "the customs that Jews normally do"
|
||||
ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word "They" refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words "them," "their," and the first "they" refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words "they" and "They" refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 23 b22r 0 four men who made a vow "four men who made a promise to God." This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit παραλαβὼν τούτους ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay their expenses for them "pay for what they will need." The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that people are saying about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2155,74 +2155,74 @@ ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit 0 they should keep themselves from things sacrific
|
|||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: "from animals that a person has strangled" or "from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 ἁγνισθεὶς σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "went into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως ἡ προσφορά οὗ προσηνέχθη 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul's arrest.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the seven days for purification.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον τὸν πάντα ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 laid hands on him Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 0 the people, the law, and this place "the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι, εἰσήγαγεν τε καὶ εἰσήγαγεν Ἕλληνας εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι, τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background 0 For they had previously ... into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole 0 All the city was excited The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 laid hold of Paul "seized Paul" or "grabbed Paul"
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit αἱ θύραι ἐκλείσθησαν εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy φάσις ἀνέβη τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r φάσις ἀνέβη τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ συνχύννεται 1 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word "Jerusalem" here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word "all" is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: "a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word "Jerusalem" here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word "all" is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: "a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word "he" and the word "He" refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
|
||||
ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul "took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"
|
||||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded his soldiers to bind him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί ἁλύσεσι 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 and others another The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἄγεσθαι 1 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 w2qj εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.
|
||||
ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive 0 When he came to the steps, he was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Away with him The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul's death. Alternate translation: "Put him to death" or "Kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive τε μέλλων εἰσάγεσθαι 1 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι 1 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion 0 The captain said, "Do you speak Greek? The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: "So you speak Greek." or "I didn't know you spoke Greek." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion 0 Are you not then the Egyptian ... wilderness? The chief captain uses this question and the question "Do you speak Greek?" (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are 1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. "Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian ... wilderness." 2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. "So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian ... wilderness." It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit εἶ σὺ οὐκ ἄρα ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 started a rebellion This word "rebellion" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "caused people to rebel against the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the four thousand men "the 4,000 terrorists" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym σικαρίων 1 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι σου 1 I ask you "I beg you" or "I plead with you"
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me "please allow me" or please permit me"
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ ἐπιτρέψαντος 1 the captain had given him permission The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul stood on the steps The word "steps" here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: "motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i δὲ γενομένης πολλῆς σιγῆς 1 When there was a deep silence "When the people were completely silent"
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 When there was a deep silence "When the people were completely silent"
|
||||
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "In the Hebrew language"<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>##### "The Way"<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br>
|
||||
ACT 22 1 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 xe46 0 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t 0 I will now make to you "I will now explain to you" or "I will now present to you"
|
||||
ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive δὲ ἀνατεθραμμένος ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here "feet" stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: "by Gamaliel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ νόμου πατρῴου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 lqk7 νόμου πατρῴου 1 law of our fathers "law of our ancestors." This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ὑπάρχων ζηλωτὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am zealous for God "I am completely dedicated to obeying God" or "I am passionate about my service to God"
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 lqk7 πατρῴου νόμου 1 law of our fathers "law of our ancestors." This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 a8d6 ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am zealous for God "I am completely dedicated to obeying God" or "I am passionate about my service to God"
|
||||
ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today "in the same way all of you are today." Paul compares himself with the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ἐδίωξα ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 I persecuted this Way Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." Alternate translation: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." Alternate translation: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated "the Way" in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 to the death The word "death" can be translated with the verb "kill" or "die." Alternate translation: "and I looked for ways to kill them" or "and I even caused them to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 can bear witness "can testify" or "can tell you"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u 0 I received letters from them "The high priests and elders gave me letters"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."
|
||||
|
|
@ -2231,43 +2231,43 @@ ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for
|
|||
ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone say to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche ἤκουσαν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there someone will tell you" or "there you will find out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb 0 I could not see because of that light's brightness "I was left blind because of that light's brightness"
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those with me guided me into Damascus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words "He" and "him" refer to Ananias.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 εὐλαβὴς ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων τῶν κατοικούντων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g ἀδελφέ Σαοὺλ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τῶν κατοικούντων κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom 0 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word "he" refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 αὐτοῦ τὸ θέλημα 1 his will "what God is planning and will cause to happen"
|
||||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ αὐτοῦ τοῦ στόματος 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: "to hear him speak directly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will "what God is planning and will cause to happen"
|
||||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: "to hear him speak directly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here "men" means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 0 Now Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις? 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Do not wait!" or "Do not delay!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let me baptize you" or "receive baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι σου τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 wash away your sins As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. Alternate translation: "ask forgiveness for your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα 1 calling on his name Here "name" refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"
|
||||
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 wash away your sins As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. Alternate translation: "ask forgiveness for your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here "name" refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"
|
||||
ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 its2 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive 0 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had a vision" or "God gave me a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c 0 I saw him say to me "I saw Jesus as he said to me"
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 παραδέξονταί οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me "those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me "those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
|
||||
ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 19 da1e κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 in every synagogue Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου σου τοῦ μάρτυρός ἐξεχύννετο 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here "blood" stands for Stephen's life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they killed Stephen who testified about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here "blood" stands for Stephen's life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they killed Stephen who testified about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 22 fj9x 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and the first two words "he" refer to Paul. The word "He" and the last "he" refer to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 22 ta8z 0 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase "from the earth" adds emphasis to "Away with such a fellow." Alternate translation: "Kill him"
|
||||
ACT 22 23 ylr7 0 As they were "While they were." The phrase "As they were" is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
|
||||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ βαλλόντων κονιορτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν εἰσάγεσθαι 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive 0 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 e7fp figs-rpronouns οὕτως 1 that he himself The word "himself" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2284,29 +2284,29 @@ ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were
|
|||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 np3d βουλόμενος 1 chief captain a military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy 0 So he untied his bonds Possibly the "chief officer" stands for the chief officers' soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον καταγαγὼν 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>##### "Called a curse"<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
|
||||
ACT 23 1 jru4 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ πάσῃ ἀγαθῇ συνειδήσει ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day "I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do"
|
||||
ACT 23 1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day "I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do"
|
||||
ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor κεκονιαμένε τοῖχε 1 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: "whitepainted wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: "whitepainted wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion 0 Are you sitting to judge ... against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias' hypocrisy. Alternate translation: "You sit there to judge ... against the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 order me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for "strike" as you did in the phrase "God will strike you." Alternate translation: "command people to strike me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion 0 Is this how you insult God's high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: "Do not insult God's high priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γὰρ γέγραπται 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Moses wrote in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Moses wrote in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 pbe1 0 Brothers Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f Φαρισαῖός υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word "resurrection" can be stated as "come back to life." The word "dead" can be stated as "those who have died." Alternate translation: "those who have died will come back to life, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι ἐγὼ 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 τὸ πλῆθος ἐσχίσθη 1 the crowd was divided "the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided "the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background 0 For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη κραυγὴ ἐγένετο 1 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo 0 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: "Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns δὲ γινομένης πολλῆς στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." Alternate translation: "When they began to argue violently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." Alternate translation: "When they began to argue violently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive ὁ Παῦλος μὴ διασπασθῇ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἁρπάσαι 1 take him by force "use physical force to take him away"
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force "use physical force to take him away"
|
||||
ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 0 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: "That night"
|
||||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis 0 bear witness in Rome The words "about me" are understood. Alternate translation: "bear witness about me in Rome" or "testify about me in Rome" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2314,12 +2314,12 @@ ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the for
|
|||
ACT 23 12 klb4 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν 1 formed a conspiracy "organized a group with a shared purpose" here, to kill Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns 0 called a curse down upon themselves with an oath The noun "curse" can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: "asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men "40 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 ποιησάμενοι ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν 1 who formed this conspiracy "who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy "who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
|
||||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both "us" and "we" refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἀναθέματι, γεύσασθαι μηδενὸς ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν, οὖν 1 Now, therefore "Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν καταγάγῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 0 as if you would decide his case more precisely "as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul's nephew. The word "him" refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe τῷ Παύλῳ 1 Paul's sister's son "the son of Paul's sister" or "Paul's nephew"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2339,22 +2339,22 @@ ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the
|
|||
ACT 23 23 wk7k 0 he called to him "he called to himself"
|
||||
ACT 23 23 q741 translate-numbers δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν 1 two of the centurions "2 of the centurions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy horsemen "70 horsemen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers διακοσίους δεξιολάβους 1 two hundred spearmen "200 soldiers that are armed with spears" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 two hundred spearmen "200 soldiers that are armed with spears" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words "am writing" are understood. Alternate translation: "I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix "to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors"
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here "Jews" means "some of the Jews." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews arrested this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here "Jews" means "some of the Jews." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews arrested this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι 1 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they were ready to kill Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 v78t ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 1 I came upon them with soldiers "I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were"
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: The word "they" refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 28 lb1a figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 23 28 pmq7 0 Connecting Statement: The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive εὗρον ὃν ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ 1 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that they were accusing him of questions about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns δὲ ἔχοντα μηδὲν ἔγκλημα ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns "accusation," "death," and "imprisonment" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive δέ μηνυθείσης μοι 1 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Later I learned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ 1 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that they were accusing him of questions about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns "accusation," "death," and "imprisonment" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης δέ μοι 1 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Later I learned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names 0 General Information: Here the first word "him" refers to Paul; the second use of the word "him" refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 31 s9rf 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 23 31 ny4k 0 So the soldiers obeyed their orders The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain's commanding the soldiers to escort Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2362,8 +2362,8 @@ ACT 23 31 ptv4 0 They took Paul and brought him by night Here "brought" can be
|
|||
ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words "he" refer to Governor Felix, the third word "he" and the word "him" refer to Paul, and the last word "he" refers to Governor Felix. The words "you" and your" refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations 0 he asked what province Paul was from. When This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "he asked Paul, 'What province are you from?' When" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words "When he learned" in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "Paul said, 'I am from Cilicia.' Then the governor said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου διακούσομαί 1 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας αὐτόν φυλάσσεσθαι 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words "governor," "commander," and "centurion" may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Felix, the governor. Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2374,14 +2374,14 @@ ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of
|
|||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there "went to Caesarea where Paul was"
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 before the governor "in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court"
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul "began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law."
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες πολλῆς εἰρήνης 1 we have great peace Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: "we, the people that you govern, have great peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας γινομένων διορθωμάτων τῷ τούτῳ ἔθνει 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation "and your planning has greatly improved our nation"
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 we have great peace Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: "we, the people that you govern, have great peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation "and your planning has greatly improved our nation"
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl 0 so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do The word "thankfulness" is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: "so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do" or "so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun)
|
||||
ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix "Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor" Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 4 jww2 0 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are 1) "so that I will not take up too much of your time" or 2) "so that I will not tire you"
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 0 briefly listen to me with kindness "kindly listen to my short speech"
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα εὑρόντες λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor εὑρόντες τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 all the Jews throughout the world The word "all" here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit 0 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase "Nazarene sect" is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: "He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2391,34 +2391,34 @@ ACT 24 8 e26a 0 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him "to l
|
|||
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche 0 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a τοῦ ἡγεμόνος νεύσαντος 1 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ τῷ ἔθνει 1 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ τῷ ἔθνει ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t 0 explain myself "explain my situation"
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers δώδεκα ἡμέραι ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor 0 I did not stir up a crowd "Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: "I did not provoke the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 13 m3yk 0 the accusations "the blames for wrongdoings" or "the charges for crimes"
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you "I acknowledge this to you"
|
||||
ACT 24 14 k79p ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 that according to the Way The phrase "the Way" was a title used for Christianity during Paul's time.
|
||||
ACT 24 14 rqu3 λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν 1 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated "sect" in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ Θεῷ πατρῴῳ 1 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase "in that same way" to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a "sect" or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.
|
||||
ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ 1 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase "in that same way" to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a "sect" or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 nv5a 0 as these men "as these men have." Here "these men" refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns 0 that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated with the verb "resurrect." Alternate translation: "that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων 1 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς διὰ ἀσκῶ 1 I always strive "I always work hard" or "I do my best"
|
||||
ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἔχειν ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a clear conscience before God Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ διὰ 1 I always strive "I always work hard" or "I do my best"
|
||||
ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a clear conscience before God Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God "in the presence of God"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 p92m δὲ 1 Now This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ πλειόνων ἐτῶν 1 after many years "after many years away from Jerusalem"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν πλειόνων 1 after many years "after many years away from Jerusalem"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go 0 I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money Here "I came" can be translated as "I went." Alternate translation: "I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 24 18 pk2m 0 in a purification ceremony in the temple "in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself"
|
||||
ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit 0 not with a crowd or an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: "I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 19 s528 0 These men "The Jews from Asia"
|
||||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ ἔχοιεν τι 1 if they have anything "if they have anything to say"
|
||||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything "if they have anything to say"
|
||||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν τί ἀδίκημα εὗρον μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns 0 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι ἐφ’ ὑμῶν σήμερον 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 a87f τῆς Ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 22 y3pg ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ 1 When Lysias the commander comes down "when Lysias the commander comes down" or "at the time Lysias the commander comes down"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2429,19 +2429,19 @@ ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν ἄνεσιν 1 have some freedom "grant Paul some f
|
|||
ACT 24 24 wus4 0 After some days "After several days"
|
||||
ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names 0 Drusilla his wife Drusilla is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: "who was a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 ὁ Φῆλιξ γενόμενος ἔμφοβος 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||||
ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 for now "for the present time"
|
||||
ACT 24 26 h4v7 0 Paul to give money to him Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
|
||||
ACT 24 26 n45p 0 so he often sent for him and spoke with him "so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul"
|
||||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Porcius Festus This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων καταθέσθαι χάριτα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 1 he left Paul to continue under guard "he left Paul in prison"
|
||||
ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus "wanted to gain the favor of the Jews," he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>
|
||||
ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη ἀπὸ Καισαρείας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor 0 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: "The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||||
ACT 25 3 w8um 0 asked him for a favor Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2450,7 +2450,7 @@ ACT 25 3 pg8x 0 so that they could kill him along the way They were going to a
|
|||
ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations 0 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "But Festus said, 'Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h writing-quotations 0 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ ἐστιν τί ἄτοπον ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 If there is something wrong with the man "If Paul has done something wrong"
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 If there is something wrong with the man "If Paul has done something wrong"
|
||||
ACT 25 5 nei6 0 you should accuse him "you should accuse him of violating laws" or "you should bring charges against him"
|
||||
ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word "he" is used as well as the word "him," the words refer to Festus. The fourth word "he" refers to Paul. The word "they" refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 6 s69c καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 down to Caesarea Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2461,14 +2461,14 @@ ACT 25 7 e7g2 figs-metaphor 0 they brought many serious charges Charging a pers
|
|||
ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: "against the entry rules of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 9 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.
|
||||
ACT 25 9 b49x figs-synecdoche 0 wanted to gain the favor of the Jews Here "the Jews" means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted to please the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 9 qe8h ἀναβὰς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 9 qe8h εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς 1 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 9 wi2d figs-activepassive 0 and to be judged by me about these things there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where I will judge you with regard to these charges" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 10 u1ef figs-metonymy 0 I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged The "judgment seat" refers to Caesar's authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 11 el9d figs-hypo 0 Though if I have done wrong ... no one may hand me over to them Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 25 11 ta55 0 if I have done what is worthy of death "if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty"
|
||||
ACT 25 11 hxr1 0 if their accusations are nothing "if the charges against me are not true"
|
||||
ACT 25 11 hr23 0 no one may hand me over to them Possible meanings are 1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or 2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 25 11 b1bf ἐπικαλοῦμαι Καίσαρα 1 I appeal to Caesar "I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me"
|
||||
ACT 25 11 b1bf Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι 1 I appeal to Caesar "I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me"
|
||||
ACT 25 12 t96z μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου 1 with the council This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as "council" throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: "with his own government advisors"
|
||||
ACT 25 13 izu8 writing-participants 0 General Information: King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa's sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 25 13 ge5h 0 Connecting Statement: Festus explains Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2476,25 +2476,25 @@ ACT 25 13 c3gc δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the
|
|||
ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 to pay an official visit to Festus "to visit Festus concerning official matters"
|
||||
ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive 0 A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 14 z7yw Φήλικος 1 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor ἐνεφάνισαν περὶ οὗ 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns 0 they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him The abstract nouns "sentence" and "condemnation" can be expressed as verbs. The phrase "a sentence of condemnation" implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: "they asked me to sentence him to death" or "they asked me to condemn him to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor 0 to hand over anyone Here "hand over" represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: "let someone punish anyone" or "to condemn anyone to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom 0 before the accused had faced his accusers Here "faced his accusers" is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: "before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 z6g2 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.
|
||||
ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων ἐνθάδε 1 when they came together here "when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"
|
||||
ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 I sat in the judgment seat Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus ruling over Paul's trial as judge. Alternate translation: "I sat upon the seat to act as judge" or "I sat down as judge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τὸν ἄνδρα ἀχθῆναι 1 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα 1 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
|
||||
ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom 0 to stand trial there about these charges To "stand trial" is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: "to go to trial about these charges" or "for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν διάγνωσιν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα αὐτὸν τηρεῖσθαι 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ τοῦ δὲ δὲ Παύλου Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations ."" αὔριον," φησίν," ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ." 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony "with a great ceremony to honor them"
|
||||
ACT 25 23 ldb7 τὸ ἀκροατήριον 1 the hall This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive ὁ Παῦλος ἤχθη 1 Paul was brought to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul was brought to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the multitude of Jews The word "all" is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: "a great number of the Jews" or "many of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 25 24 ae3v 0 they shouted to me "they spoke very strongly to me"
|
||||
ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-litotes 0 he should no longer live This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "he should die immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ ACT 25 25 g856 τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 the emperor The emperor was the rule
|
|||
ACT 25 26 jcq2 0 I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa "I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa."
|
||||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 0 so that I might have something more to write "so that I will have something else to write" or "so that I will know what I should write"
|
||||
ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives 0 it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state The negative words "unreasonable" and "to not" can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς αἰτίας κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.
|
||||
ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.
|
||||
ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 26 1 b34d 0 Connecting Statement: Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 1 gz9f Ἀγρίππας 1 Agrippa Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2522,25 +2522,25 @@ ACT 26 6 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here "you" is plural and refers t
|
|||
ACT 26 6 s9kr 0 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
|
||||
ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive 0 I stand here to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am here, where they are putting me on trial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 6 r42g figs-metaphor 0 of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: "I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν ἡμῶν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor 0 the promise ... sought to receive This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism λατρεῦον νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 worshiped God night and day The extremes "night" and "day" mean they "worshiped God continually." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον 1 worshiped God night and day The extremes "night" and "day" mean they "worshiped God continually." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche 0 that the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "that the leaders of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion 0 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead? Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 ukk6 ἐγείρει νεκροὺς 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
|
||||
ACT 26 9 hm33 οὖν μὲν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
|
||||
ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy ἐναντία τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ 1 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων αὐτῶν ἀναιρουμένων 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 ukk6 νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
|
||||
ACT 26 9 hm33 μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
|
||||
ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων ἀναιρουμένων αὐτῶν 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 11 rri6 0 I punished them many times Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 h3ic ἐν οἷς 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 ajp6 0 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking to me who said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί διώκεις με? 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς λακτίζειν κέντρα 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι αὐτῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor 0 to turn them from darkness to light Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor 0 to turn them ... from the power of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 m65i figs-abstractnouns 0 they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be stated as the verb "forgive." Alternate translation: "God may forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ ACT 26 19 ljx2 ὅθεν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." P
|
|||
ACT 26 19 zv2u figs-doublenegatives 0 I did not disobey This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I obeyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 26 19 sn4h figs-metonymy τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ 1 the heavenly vision This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. Alternate translation: "what the person from heaven told me in the vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 20 fei4 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 turn to God To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: "trust in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 20 h1v2 figs-abstractnouns πράσσοντας ἔργα ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας 1 doing deeds worthy of repentance The abstract noun "repentance" can be stated as the verb "repented." Alternate translation: "and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 26 20 h1v2 figs-abstractnouns ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας 1 doing deeds worthy of repentance The abstract noun "repentance" can be stated as the verb "repented." Alternate translation: "and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 26 21 tl6t figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "some Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 26 22 n5hn 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 22 t8f4 0 to the common people and to the great ones about nothing Here "common people" and "great ones" are used together to mean "all people." Alternate translation: "to all people, whether common or great, about nothing" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism)
|
||||
|
|
@ -2561,10 +2561,10 @@ ACT 26 22 i9ki 0 what the prophets Paul is referring to the collective writing
|
|||
ACT 26 23 pe9h figs-explicit 0 that Christ must suffer You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: "that Christ must suffer and die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 26 23 p9t8 ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 to rise to come back to life
|
||||
ACT 26 23 sc5f νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase "the dead" refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor μέλλει καταγγέλλειν φῶς 1 he would proclaim light "he would proclaim the message about the light." To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: "he would proclaim the message about how God saves people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν 1 he would proclaim light "he would proclaim the message about the light." To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: "he would proclaim the message about how God saves people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
|
||||
ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane "you are speaking nonsense" or "you are crazy"
|
||||
ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα περιτρέπει εἰς μανίαν 1 your great learning makes you insane "you have learned so much that you are now crazy"
|
||||
ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning makes you insane "you have learned so much that you are now crazy"
|
||||
ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives 0 I am not insane ... but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I am sane ... and" or "I am able to think well ... and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus "Festus, who deserves highest honors"
|
||||
ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person 0 For the king ... to him ... from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: "For you ... to you ... from you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2575,10 +2575,10 @@ ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive 0 has not been done in a corner This can be s
|
|||
ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: "in a dark place" or "in secret" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις τοῖς προφήταις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα? 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion 0 In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian? Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τούτων τῶν δεσμῶν 1 but without these prison chains Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 but without these prison chains Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)).
|
||||
ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl τε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀνέστη, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor "Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor "Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
|
||||
ACT 26 31 q1tw ἀναχωρήσαντες 1 the hall This is a large room for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||||
ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns 0 This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds The abstract noun "death" can be stated as the verb "die." Here "bonds" stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: "This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive 0 This man could have been freed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This man could have gone free" or "I could have freed this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2597,8 +2597,8 @@ ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν εἰς 1 about to sail "soon going
|
|||
ACT 27 2 m3ps 0 went to sea "began our journey on the sea"
|
||||
ACT 27 2 h3uy Ἀριστάρχου 1 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 3 u6lt ὁ Ἰούλιος χρησάμενος τῷ Παύλῳ φιλανθρώπως 1 Julius treated Paul kindly "Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πορευθέντι πρὸς τοὺς φίλους τυχεῖν ἐπιμελείας 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius treated Paul kindly "Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 we went to sea and sailed "we started sailing and went"
|
||||
ACT 27 4 mjt8 0 sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island "the lee of Cyprus" is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course.
|
||||
ACT 27 5 g1t7 Παμφυλίαν 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit 0 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sa
|
|||
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit 0 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 τοῦ ἀνέμου μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς προσεῶντος 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete "so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit 0 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2620,9 +2620,9 @@ ACT 27 9 vlu4 figs-exclusive 0 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Pa
|
|||
ACT 27 9 u6x5 0 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v 0 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss "if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"
|
||||
ACT 27 10 wq8l figs-inclusive 0 we are about to take ... our lives Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν τῶν ψυχῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου,, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τῶν ψυχῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive λεγομένοις ὑπὸ Παύλου 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive 0 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 12 jmi3 λιμένος 1 harbor a place near land that is usually safe for ships
|
||||
ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names εἰς Φοίνικα 1 city of Phoenix Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2635,56 +2635,56 @@ ACT 27 14 m2xe 0 after a short time "after a little while"
|
|||
ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a wind of hurricane force "a very strong, dangerous wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων 1 called the northeaster "called 'a strong wind from the northeast.'" The word for "the northeaster" in the original language is "Euroclydon." You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
ACT 27 14 tz2k 0 began to beat down from the island "came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 δὲ τοῦ πλοίου συναρπασθέντος καὶ δυναμένου μὴ ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind "When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind "When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 c4cg 0 We sailed along the lee of a small island "We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"
|
||||
ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names 0 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 h9z2 σκάφης 1 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἄραντες ἣν ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f ἐχρῶντο βοηθείαις ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v6dn σκεῦος 1 anchor An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 17 g7rw figs-activepassive ἐφέροντο 1 were driven along This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 18 fx4m figs-activepassive 0 We took such a violent battering by the storm This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The wind blew us roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 18 nd5h ἐποιοῦντο ἐκβολὴν 1 they began throwing the cargo overboard "they" is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking.
|
||||
ACT 27 18 nd5h ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο 1 they began throwing the cargo overboard "they" is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking.
|
||||
ACT 27 18 ny6k ἐκβολὴν 1 cargo Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:10](../27/10.md). Alternate translation: "goods on the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 19 vm2k 0 the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands Here "equipment" refers to the sailors' equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was.
|
||||
ACT 27 20 if7a 0 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.
|
||||
ACT 27 20 p2wd 0 the great storm still beat upon us "the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth"
|
||||
ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive 0 any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone stopped hoping we would survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit τε ὑπαρχούσης πολλῆς ἀσιτίας 1 When they had gone long without food Here "they" refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: "When we had gone a long time without food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 When they had gone long without food Here "they" refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: "When we had gone a long time without food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 zns2 0 among the sailors "among the men"
|
||||
ACT 27 21 bc1x 0 so as to get this injury and loss "and as a result suffer this harm and loss"
|
||||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἔσται οὐδεμία ἀποβολὴ ψυχῆς ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 22 djh4 πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 but only the loss of the ship Here "loss" is used in the sense of destroy. Alternate translation: "but the storm will destroy only the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy σε δεῖ παραστῆναι Καίσαρί 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase "stand before Caesar" refers to Paul's going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: "You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase "stand before Caesar" refers to Paul's going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: "You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has given to you all those who are sailing with you "has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live"
|
||||
ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive 0 just as it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as the angel told me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 ἡμᾶς δεῖ ἐκπεσεῖν εἰς τινα νῆσον 1 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||||
ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues.
|
||||
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal 0 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be translated as "fourteen" or "14." Alternate translation: "After 14 days since the storm started, that night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν διαφερομένων 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ruj1 0 They took soundings "They measured the depth of the sea water." They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water.
|
||||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον εἴκοσι ὀργυιὰς 1 found twenty fathoms "found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον δεκαπέντε ὀργυιὰς 1 found fifteen fathoms "found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 found twenty fathoms "found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 found fifteen fathoms "found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 29 b1qc ἀγκύρας 1 anchors An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern "from the back of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 27 30 b4wv τὴν σκάφην 1 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow "from the front of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words "Unless" and "cannot" can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words "Unless" and "cannot" can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 33 q3y8 0 When daylight was coming on "When it was almost sunrise"
|
||||
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal 0 This day is the fourteenth day that The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be stated as "fourteen." Alternate translation: "For 14 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom 0 not one of you will lose a single hair from his head This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: "every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 broke the bread "tore the bread" or "tore off a piece from the loaf of bread"
|
||||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες εὔθυμοι 1 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This encouraged all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες 1 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This encouraged all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers 0 We were 276 people in the ship "We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship." This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx ἐπεγίνωσκον οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον τὴν γῆν 1 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v περιελόντες τὰς ἀγκύρας εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 πηδαλίων 1 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||||
ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail "the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach "they steered the ship toward the beach"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2700,16 +2700,16 @@ ACT 28 1 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers t
|
|||
ACT 28 1 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
|
||||
ACT 28 1 j1yf figs-activepassive 0 When we were brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When we arrived safely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive διασωθέντες ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται Μελίτη 1 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται 1 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 e7w6 0 The native people "The local people"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν ἡμῖν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: "were not only very kind to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν 1 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: "were not only very kind to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: "a great deal of kindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire "they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο ἡμᾶς πάντας 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἐξελθοῦσα ἀπὸ 1 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ τῆς χειρὸς 1 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πάντως ἐστιν φονεύς 1 This man certainly is a murderer "For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit εἴασεν ἡ δίκη 1 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς τῆς χειρὸς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer "For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 5 q5i3 0 shook the animal into the fire "shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"
|
||||
ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm "Paul was not hurt at all"
|
||||
ACT 28 6 m11i 0 become inflamed with a fever Possible meanings are 1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or 2) he would become very hot with fever.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2726,7 +2726,7 @@ ACT 28 8 m154 figs-activepassive 0 had been made ill This can be stated in acti
|
|||
ACT 28 8 fr46 0 ill with a fever and dysentery Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease.
|
||||
ACT 28 8 pwk5 0 placed his hands on him "touched him with his hands"
|
||||
ACT 28 9 yk6u figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he healed them too" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 10 ydg4 ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς πολλαῖς τιμαῖς 1 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
|
||||
ACT 28 10 ydg4 πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς 1 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul's journey to Rome continues.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had spent the winter at the island "that the crew left at the island for the cold season"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ ACT 28 11 em5p Διοσκούροις 1 the twin gods On the bow of the ship, t
|
|||
ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names Συρακούσας 1 city of Syracuse Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names Ῥήγιον 1 city of Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 p633 νότου ἐπιγενομένου 1 a south wind sprang up "the wind began to blow from the south"
|
||||
ACT 28 13 p633 ἐπιγενομένου νότου 1 a south wind sprang up "the wind began to blow from the south"
|
||||
ACT 28 13 tz4h translate-names Ποτιόλους 1 city of Puteoli Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 14 m1is οὗ εὑρόντες 1 There we found "There we met"
|
||||
ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2746,13 +2746,13 @@ ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ ἔλαβε
|
|||
ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
|
||||
ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive 0 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 vf7r δὲ ἐγένετο 1 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν πρώτους Ἰουδαίων 1 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 vf7r ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους 1 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 e1dd 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people "against our people" or "against the Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive παρεδόθην δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here "hands" stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ ὑπάρχειν μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἐν ἐμοί αἰτίαν θανάτου 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||||
ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 28 19 zk8f 0 spoke against their desire "complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do"
|
||||
ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα 1 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had to ask for Caesar to judge me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2763,30 +2763,30 @@ ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-metonymy 0 that I am bound with this chain Here "bound with
|
|||
ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We," "we," and "us" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: [Acts 28:17](../28/17.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 21 biz7 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 28 21 y4bx οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 nor did any of the brothers Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς περὶ ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς περὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive 0 because it is known by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because we know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν ἀντιλέγεται πανταχοῦ 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words "him," "his," and "He" and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι ἡμέραν αὐτῷ 1 had set a day for him "had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 had set a day for him "had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 testified about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "told them about God's rule as king" or "told them how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy τῶν προφητῶν 1 from the prophets Here "the prophets" refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: "from what the prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive 0 Some were convinced about the things which were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul was able to convince some of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). The word "your" refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy 0 after Paul had spoken this one word Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes τὸ τὸ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν καλῶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς ὑμῶν τοὺς πατέρας. 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων,' πορεύθητι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λαὸν εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ ἴδητε οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes τὸ. Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν καλῶς διὰ τὸ τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς ὑμῶν τοὺς πατέρας Ἠσαΐου 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων. πορεύθητι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λαὸν εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ,' μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ ἴδητε οὐ μὴ ἴδητε οὐ 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 0 By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism 0 but not understand ... but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπαχύνθη 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὠσὶν ἤκουσαν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ ἐκάμμυσαν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy συνῶσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 understand with their heart Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor , τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their heart Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 vb9f ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
|
||||
ACT 28 28 c575 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπεστάλη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ ἀκούσονται 1 they will listen "some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.
|
||||
ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
922
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
922
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -4,86 +4,86 @@ ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting
|
|||
ROM 1 1 x3em figs-explicit Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. You may also need to tell in this same verse who the people are to whom Paul wrote the letter ([Romans 1:7](./07.md)). Alternate translation: "I, Paul, wrote this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God called me to be an apostle and chose me to tell people about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 sg88 κλητὸς 1 called This means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ αὐτοῦ τῶν προφητῶν ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις Γραφαῖς 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to "the gospel of God," the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to "the gospel of God," the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word "flesh" refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: "who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature" or "who was born into the family of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 z3yq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks here about his obligation to preach.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος ἐν δυνάμει Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word "he" refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God declared him with power to be the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word "he" refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God declared him with power to be the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead "by raising him from among the people who are dead." This expression speaks of all dead people together in the underworld, and coming alive again is spoken of as resurrection from among them.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-activepassive ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 we have received grace and apostleship God has given Paul the gift of being an apostle. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God caused me to be an apostle. This is a special privilege" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word "name" as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: "in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word "name" as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: "in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive , πᾶσιν, τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 v8bl figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you, and peace You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "May God give you grace and peace" or "May God bless you and give you inner peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ ἡμῶν Πατρὸς 1 God our Father The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 e6el τῷ ὅλῳ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and his readers knew and could travel in, which was the Roman Empire
|
||||
ROM 1 9 c7pa γάρ ὁ Θεός ἐστιν μού μάρτυς 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word "for" is often left untranslated.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν μου τῷ πνεύματί 1 in my spirit A person's spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 e6el ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and his readers knew and could travel in, which was the Roman Empire
|
||||
ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word "for" is often left untranslated.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person's spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 9 f9p2 ποιοῦμαι μνείαν ὑμῶν 1 I make mention of you "I talk to God about you"
|
||||
ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I make mention of you "I talk to God about you"
|
||||
ROM 1 10 mdc8 0 I always request in my prayers that ... I may at last be successful ... in coming to you "Every time I pray, I ask God that ... I may succeed ... in coming to visit you"
|
||||
ROM 1 10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 by any means "in whatever way God allows"
|
||||
ROM 1 10 is3p ποτὲ 1 at last "eventually" or "finally"
|
||||
ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God "because God desires it"
|
||||
ROM 1 11 n5ql 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his opening statements to the people in Rome by stating his desire to see them in person.
|
||||
ROM 1 11 ki6h γὰρ ἐπιποθῶ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you "Because I really want to see you"
|
||||
ROM 1 11 f3g1 figs-explicit τι πνευματικὸν χάρισμα, εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you Paul wants to strengthen the Roman Christians spiritually. Alternate translation: "some gift that will help you to grow spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν, συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν, διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις' τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other's faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives θέλω οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 1 11 ki6h ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you "Because I really want to see you"
|
||||
ROM 1 11 f3g1 figs-explicit τι χάρισμα πνευματικὸν, εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you Paul wants to strengthen the Roman Christians spiritually. Alternate translation: "some gift that will help you to grow spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς τῆς ἐν ἐν,' ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλήλοις, πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other's faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 u1cq ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 1 13 ru3x figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 but I was hindered until now You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "something has always prevented me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα σχῶ τινὰ καρπὸν καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word "harvest" is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: "that more people among you might trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word "harvest" is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: "that more people among you might trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone
|
||||
ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor εἰμί ὀφειλέτης τε Ἕλλησίν 1 I am a debtor both to Using the metaphor "debtor," Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: "I must take the gospel to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes ἐπαισχύνομαι οὐ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I trust completely in the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit ἐστιν δύναμις Θεοῦ εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here "believes" means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor Ἕλλησίν τε ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both to Using the metaphor "debtor," Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: "I must take the gospel to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ ἐπαισχύνομαι ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I trust completely in the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here "believes" means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek "for Jewish people and also for Greek people"
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here "first" means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here "it" refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive Θεοῦ' δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit 0 The righteous will live by faith Here "righteous" refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: "It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God's great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God shows how angry he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God shows how angry he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word "for" to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The words "ungodliness" and "unrighteousness" are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives "ungodly," which describes the people, and "unrighteous," which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: "God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit κατεχόντων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 hold back the truth Here "truth" refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: "hide the true information about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν φανερόν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they can know about God because of what they can plainly see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν αὐτοῖς 1 For God has enlightened them Here "enlightened them" means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: "Because God has shown everyone what he is like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The words "ungodliness" and "unrighteousness" are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives "ungodly," which describes the people, and "unrighteous," which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: "God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here "truth" refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: "hide the true information about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they can know about God because of what they can plainly see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here "enlightened them" means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: "Because God has shown everyone what he is like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor 0 For his invisible qualities ... have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God's invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "For people have clearly understood God's invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature "all the qualities and characteristics of God" or "the things about God that make him God"
|
||||
ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
|
||||
ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive 0 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "because of the things that God has made" or "because people have seen the things that God has made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 dxr6 αὐτοὺς τὸ εἶναι ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse "these people can never say that they did not know"
|
||||
ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν αὐτῶν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "began to think foolish things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor αὐτῶν ἡ ἀσύνετος καρδία ἐσκοτίσθη 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here "darkness" is a metaphor that represents the people's lack of understanding. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse "these people can never say that they did not know"
|
||||
ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "began to think foolish things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here "darkness" is a metaphor that represents the people's lack of understanding. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish "While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish"
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ly68 0 They ... they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md)
|
||||
ROM 1 23 k9xu καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 exchanged the glory of the imperishable God "traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die" or "stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 x2wl ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ 1 for the likenesses of an image of "and instead chose to worship idols that looked like"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 perishable man "some human being that will die"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 u971 καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων- καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things "or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 u971 - καὶ,, πετεινῶν καὶ καὶ τετραπόδων τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things "or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q ὁ Θεὸς παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς παρέδωκεν ἐν 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 0 them ... their ... themselves These words refer to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν τῶν καρδιῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here "lusts of their hearts" is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: "the morally impure things they desired greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν τῶν καρδιῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here "lusts of their hearts" is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: "the morally impure things they desired greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ τὰ σώματα σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here "creation" refers to what God created. Alternate translation: "They worshiped things that God created" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of "rather than"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this "Because of idolatry and sexual sin"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 ὁ Θεὸς παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς παρέδωκεν εἰς 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 hw81 ἀτιμίας πάθη 1 dishonorable passions "shameful sexual desires"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ αὐτῶν θήλειαι 1 for their women "because their women"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions "shameful sexual desires"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women "because their women"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations "that were unnatural" is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: "started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism ἄρσενες καὶ ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here "natural relations" is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: "many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν αὐτῶν τῇ ὀρέξει εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another "experienced strong sexual desire for other men"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f κατεργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 committed shameless acts "committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν καὶ ἀπολαμβάνοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν τῆς πλάνης 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error "men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here "natural relations" is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: "many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another "experienced strong sexual desire for other men"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts "committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς τῆς πλάνης πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error "men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 τῆς πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς ἐδοκίμασαν οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν ἔχειν τὸν Θεὸν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness "They did not think it was necessary to know God"
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness "They did not think it was necessary to know God"
|
||||
ROM 1 28 bt7u 0 they ... their ... them These words refer to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit 0 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here "a depraved mind" means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: "God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper "disgraceful" or "sinful"
|
||||
|
|
@ -91,151 +91,151 @@ ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been fil
|
|||
ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Many are constantly envying other people ... Many constantly desire to murder people ... to cause arguments and quarrels among people ... to deceive others ... to speak hatefully about others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person's reputation.
|
||||
ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil "thinking of new ways to do evil things to others"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες ἐπιγνόντες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They understand the regulations of God "They know how God wants them to live"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ πράσσοντες τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 that those who practice such things Here "practice" refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: "and that those who keep on doing wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 z12q εἰσίν ἄξιοι θανάτου 1 are deserving of death "deserve to die"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the regulations of God "They know how God wants them to live"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here "practice" refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: "and that those who keep on doing wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 z12q ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 are deserving of death "deserve to die"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ama2 αὐτὰ 1 these things "these kinds of evil things"
|
||||
ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb "do" refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: "who keep on doing evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who "judge" other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### "Therefore you are without excuse"<br>This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Doers of the Law"<br>Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God's commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### Hypothetical Situation<br>In context, "he will give eternal life" in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.<br><br>Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the "letter" of the law but cannot follow the "spirit" or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "You who judge"<br>At times, this could be translated in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to "people who judge" he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as "those who judge (and everyone judges)."<br>
|
||||
ROM 2 1 y6ts 0 Connecting Statement: Paul has affirmed all men are sinners and continues to remind them that all people are wicked.
|
||||
ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ εἶ ἀναπολόγητος 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word "therefore" marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: "Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word "therefore" marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: "Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 x3mi figs-apostrophe εἶ 1 you are Paul is writing here as if he were addressing a Jewish person who is arguing with him. Paul is doing this to teach his audience that God will punish everyone who continually sins, whether Jew or Gentile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word "person" here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: "You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God's punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 ybp2 γὰρ ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον κατακρίνεις σεαυτὸν 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself "But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do"
|
||||
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive δὲ οἴδαμεν 1 But we know Here the pronoun "we" may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ κρίμα ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God's judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of "God's judgment" as if it were alive and could "fall" on people. Alternate translation: "God will judge those people truly and fairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς πράσσοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 those who practice such things "the people who do those wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 wg1h δὲ λογίζῃ τοῦτο 1 But consider this "So consider this" or "Therefore, consider this"
|
||||
ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself "But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do"
|
||||
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun "we" may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God's judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of "God's judgment" as if it were alive and could "fall" on people. Alternate translation: "God will judge those people truly and fairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things "the people who do those wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this "So consider this" or "Therefore, consider this"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ τοῦτο 1 consider this "think about what I am going to tell you"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 zwg7 ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 person Use the general word for a human being "whoever you are"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε ὁ κρίνων τοὺς πράσσοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things "you who say someone deserves God's punishment while you do the same wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ἐκφεύξῃ ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: "You will certainly not escape God's judgment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things "you who say someone deserves God's punishment while you do the same wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: "You will certainly not escape God's judgment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion 0 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience ... repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 4 w537 0 think so little of the riches ... patience "consider the riches ... patience unimportant" or "consider ... not good"
|
||||
ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked.
|
||||
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor δὲ κατὰ σου τὴν σκληρότητά καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym "heart" to represent the person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "It is because you refuse to listen and repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym "heart" to represent the person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "It is because you refuse to listen and repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as "unrepentant heart." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase "storing up" implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God's punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: "you are making your punishment worse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet 0 on the day of wrath ... the day of the revelation of God's righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: "when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 pay back "give a fair reward or punishment"
|
||||
ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 to every person according to his actions "each person according to what that person has done"
|
||||
ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions "each person according to what that person has done"
|
||||
ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 have sought This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 ub51 δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility They want God to praise and honor them, and they want to never die.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, not moral, decay.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐξ ἐριθείας- ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 self-seeking "selfish" or "only concerned with what makes themselves happy"
|
||||
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ δὲ πειθομένοις τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words "wrath" and "fierce anger" mean basically the same thing and emphasize God's anger. Alternate translation: "God will show his terrible anger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word "wrath" is a metonym that refers to God's severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία ἐπὶ 1 tribulation and distress on The words "tribulation" and "distress" mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God's punishment will be. Alternate translation: "awful punishments will happen to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word "soul" as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "upon every person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word "soul" as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "upon every person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n7q4 τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil "has continually done evil things"
|
||||
ROM 2 9 a9s5 Ἰουδαίου πρῶτον, τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek "God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people"
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first Possible meanings are 1) "first in order of time" or 2) "most certainly"
|
||||
ROM 2 10 vt1f δὲ δόξα, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come "But God will give praise, honor, and peace"
|
||||
ROM 2 10 vt1f δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come "But God will give praise, honor, and peace"
|
||||
ROM 2 10 i9tg τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good "continually does what is good"
|
||||
ROM 2 10 zg3s Ἰουδαίῳ πρῶτον, τε καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek "God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people"
|
||||
ROM 2 10 ib56 πρῶτον 1 first You should translate this the same way you did in [Romans 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 2 11 s7a6 figs-litotes γάρ ἐστιν οὐ προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For there is no favoritism with God You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "For God treats all people the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 wkx8 γὰρ ὅσοι ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned "For those who have sinned"
|
||||
ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως ἀπολοῦνται καὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀνόμως 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats "without the law" to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: "without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 11 s7a6 figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For there is no favoritism with God You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "For God treats all people the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned "For those who have sinned"
|
||||
ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats "without the law" to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: "without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned "all those who have sinned"
|
||||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ κριθήσονται διὰ νόμου 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God's law is required even for those who never had God's law.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul's main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οἱ οὐ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "it is not those who only hear the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ οἱ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "it is not those who only hear the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God "whom God considers righteous"
|
||||
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law "but it is those who obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom God will accept" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom 0 Gentiles, who do not have the law ... are a law to themselves The phrase "law to themselves" is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God's laws. Alternate translation: "have God's laws already inside them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit ἔχοντες μὴ ἔχοντες νόμον 1 they do not have the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses." Alternate translation: "they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses." Alternate translation: "they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show "By naturally obeying the law they show"
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν αὐτῶν ταῖς καρδίαις 1 that the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for the person's thoughts or inner person. The phrase "written in their hearts" is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do" or "that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them to themselves Here "bears witness" refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: "tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε ὁ Θεὸς κρίνει 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul's thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). "This will happen when God judges"
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 that the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for the person's thoughts or inner person. The phrase "written in their hearts" is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do" or "that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν, λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them to themselves Here "bears witness" refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: "tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul's thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). "This will happen when God judges"
|
||||
ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul's discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it.
|
||||
ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ σὺ ἐπονομάζῃ Ἰουδαῖος 1 if you call yourself a Jew "since you call yourself a Jew"
|
||||
ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew "since you call yourself a Jew"
|
||||
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor 0 rest upon the law The phrase "rest upon the law" represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: "rely on the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will "and know God's will"
|
||||
ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because people have taught you what is right from the law" or "because you have learned from the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν εἶναι ὁδηγὸν τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 that you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here "the blind" and "those who walk in darkness" represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: "that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 that you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here "the blind" and "those who walk in darkness" represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: "that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish "you correct those who do wrong"
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small children. Alternate translation: "and you teach those who do not know the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: "because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: "because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion 0 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You teach others, but you do not teach yourself!" or "You teach others, but you do not do what you teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to steal, but you steal!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μοιχεύειν μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 rob temples Possible meanings are 1) "steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit" or 2) "do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God."
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς καυχᾶσαι ἐν νόμῳ, ἀτιμάζεις τὸν Θεὸν διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου? 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς? ἐν νόμῳ, ἀτιμάζεις τὸν καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου Θεὸν 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word "name" is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God's law.
|
||||
ROM 2 25 jg8q γὰρ περιτομὴ μὲν ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you "I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you"
|
||||
ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you "I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you"
|
||||
ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if you break the law "if you do not obey the commandments found in the law"
|
||||
ROM 2 25 xq62 σου ἡ περιτομή γέγονεν ἀκροβυστία 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision "it is as though you were no longer circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision "it is as though you were no longer circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person "the person who is not circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j φυλάσσῃ τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 keeps the requirements of the law "obeys what God commands in the law"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion λογισθήσεται οὐχ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀκροβυστία λογισθήσεται εἰς περιτομὴν? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider him as circumcised." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law "obeys what God commands in the law"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider him as circumcised." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion 0 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you ... the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you ... the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see.
|
||||
ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man's body when someone circumcises him.
|
||||
ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: "body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism Ἰουδαῖος ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, "he is a Jew who is one inwardly," explains the second phrase, "circumcision is that of the heart." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος, καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, "he is a Jew who is one inwardly," explains the second phrase, "circumcision is that of the heart." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here "letter" is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: "through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that "God's Spirit" changes .
|
||||
ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, "What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?" (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### "For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God"<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>##### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God's law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit οὖν τί τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου τὸ περισσὸν? ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: "Some people might say, 'Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?'" or "Some people might say, 'If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit ? τί οὖν περισσὸν? Ἰουδαίου τὸ περισσὸν τὸ τοῦ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς ἢ 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: "Some people might say, 'Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?'" or "Some people might say, 'If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here "It" refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "But there is great advantage to being a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 First of all Possible meanings are 1) "First in order of time" or 2) "Most certainly" or 3) "Most importantly."
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Jews were entrusted with revelation from God Here "revelation" refers to God's words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion γάρ τί εἰ τινες ἠπίστησάν? μὴ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀπιστία καταργήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν πίστιν? 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God's faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: "Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion γάρ? εἰ τινες ἠπίστησάν? μὴ αὐτῶν ἡ τί καταργήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἀπιστία 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God's faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: "Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!"
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j δὲ, γινέσθω 1 Instead, let "We should say this instead, let"
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω ὁ Θεὸς γινέσθω ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: "God always does what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole δὲ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words "every" and "liar" are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: "even if every man were a liar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω γινέσθω ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: "God always does what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words "every" and "liar" are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: "even if every man were a liar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν σου τοῖς λόγοις, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ κρίνεσθαί κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion 0 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: "Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God's righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy 0 to bring his wrath upon us Here "wrath" is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: "to bring his punishment upon us" or "to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 j631 λέγω κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 I am using a human argument "I am saying here what some people say" or "This is what some people say"
|
||||
ROM 3 5 j631 κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω 1 I am using a human argument "I am saying here what some people say" or "This is what some people say"
|
||||
ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "We must never say that God is unrighteous"
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς κρινεῖ τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "We all know that God will in fact judge the world!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "We all know that God will in fact judge the world!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "anyone in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion δὲ εἰ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί κἀγὼ ἔτι κρίνομαι ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς? 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion δὲ? ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί κἀγὼ ἔτι κρίνομαι ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς εἰς 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion 0 Why not say ... come"? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: "I might as well be saying ... come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say "some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying"
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c τὸ κρίμα ὧν ἐστιν ἔνδικόν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching.
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching.
|
||||
ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God.
|
||||
ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Paul asks these questions to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "We Jews should not try to imagine we are going to escape God's judgment, just because we are Jewish!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple "no," but not as strong as "absolutely not!"
|
||||
ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit ἔστιν οὐκ ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: "No one really understands what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit ἔστιν οὐκ ὁ συνίων ἔστιν οὐκ ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase "seeks after God" means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: "No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom ἐξέκλιναν πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: "They have all turned away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἠχρεώθησαν ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: "Everyone has become useless to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: "No one really understands what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase "seeks after God" means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: "No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: "They have all turned away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: "Everyone has become useless to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i 0 Their ... Their The word "their" refers to the "Jews and Greeks" of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ὁ λάρυγξ τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος τάφος 1 Their throat is an open grave The word "throat" is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here "open grave" is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ταῖς γλώσσαις ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word "tongues" is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: "People speak lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ αὐτῶν τὰ χείλη 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here "poison of snakes" is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word "lips" refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: "Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα γέμει ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here "mouths" is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word "full" exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: "They often speak curses and cruel words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche αὐτῶν οἱ πόδες ὀξεῖς ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here "feet" is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word "blood" is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: "They are in a hurry to harm and murder people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 a1dr αὐτῶν οἱ πόδες 1 Their feet The word "their" refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 αὐτῶν ταῖς ὁδοῖς 1 their paths The word "their" refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν αὐτῶν ταῖς ὁδοῖς 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here "destruction and suffering" are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: "They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word "throat" is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here "open grave" is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word "tongues" is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: "People speak lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here "poison of snakes" is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word "lips" refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: "Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here "mouths" is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word "full" exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: "They often speak curses and cruel words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here "feet" is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word "blood" is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: "They are in a hurry to harm and murder people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word "their" refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word "their" refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here "destruction and suffering" are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: "They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 These people These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 17 jb6b καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace "how to live at peace with others." A "way" is a road or path.
|
||||
ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche ἔστιν οὐκ φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι αὐτῶν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here "fear" is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: "Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, λαλεῖ τοῖς 1 whatever the law says, it speaks to Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: "everything that the law says people should do is for" or "all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here "fear" is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: "Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks to Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: "everything that the law says people should do is for" or "all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law "those who must obey the law"
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here "mouth" is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος ὑπόδικος γένηται τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here "world" is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "that God can declare everyone in the world guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here "world" is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "that God can declare everyone in the world guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 flesh Here "flesh" refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are 1) "Therefore" or 2) "This is because"
|
||||
ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin "when someone knows God's law, he realizes that he has sinned"
|
||||
|
|
@ -244,214 +244,214 @@ ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word "now" refers to the time since Jesus cam
|
|||
ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words "the Law and the Prophets" refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here "righteousness" means being right with God. Alternate translation: "being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit γάρ ἐστιν οὐ διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: "There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: "There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the "glory of God" is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: "have failed to be like God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν δικαιούμενοι τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here "justified" refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν δικαιούμενοι 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: "they are made right with God without earning it"
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here "justified" refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: "they are made right with God without earning it"
|
||||
ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: "in his death as a sacrifice for sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 τὴν πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are 1) ignoring or 2) forgiving.
|
||||
ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time "He did this to show how God makes people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς τῆς δικαιοσύνης δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time "He did this to show how God makes people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον, καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 This was so he could prove himself just, and to show that he justifies anyone because of faith in Jesus "By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus"
|
||||
ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: "So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: "On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns ἄνθρωπον δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει 1 a person is justified by faith Here "faith" is an abstract noun that refers to the person believing in God. The "person" here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God justifies any person who believes in God" or "when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion ? διὰ,? ποίου νόμου τῶν ἔργων οὐχί ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: "On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here "faith" is an abstract noun that refers to the person believing in God. The "person" here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God justifies any person who believes in God" or "when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law "even if he has done no works of the law"
|
||||
ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰουδαίων μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, ἐθνῶν καὶ 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here "circumcision" is a metonym that refers to Jews and "uncircumcision" is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: "God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy , ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here "circumcision" is a metonym that refers to Jews and "uncircumcision" is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: "God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion καταργοῦμεν οὖν καταργοῦμεν νόμον διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: "Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: "Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: "This is certainly not true" or "Certainly not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 y6qx ἱστάνομεν νόμον 1 we uphold the law "we obey the law"
|
||||
ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law "we obey the law"
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God's commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law.
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν Ἀβραὰμ, ἡμῶν τὸν προπάτορα κατὰ σάρκα, εὑρηκέναι? 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: "This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion γὰρ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: "For we can read in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν Ἀβραὰμ, ἡμῶν οὖν προπάτορα κατὰ σάρκα, εὑρηκέναι τὸν 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: "This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: "For we can read in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considered Abraham as a righteous person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς λογίζεται οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but as what his employer owes him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies "in God, who justifies"
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive αὐτοῦ ἡ πίστις λογίζεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considers that person's faith as righteousness" or "God considers that person righteous because of his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 fhq9 Δαυεὶδ καθάπερ καὶ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works "David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works"
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considers that person's faith as righteousness" or "God considers that person righteous because of his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works "David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works"
|
||||
ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 0 whose lawless deeds are forgiven ... whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law ... whose sins the Lord has covered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion οὖν οὗτος ὁ μακαρισμὸς ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion , ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ὄντι ἐν περιτομῇ, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: "When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς? ἐλογίσθη? ὄντι ἐν οὖν, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ περιτομῇ 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: "When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision "It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here "righteousness of the faith" means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: "a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision "even if they are not circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ τὴν δικαιοσύνην λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This means that God will consider them righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This means that God will consider them righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 Abraham became the father of the circumcision Here "the circumcision" refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς πίστεως τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here "follow in the steps of faith" is an idiom that means to follow someone's example of follow. Alternate translation: "who follow our father Abraham's example of faith" or "who have faith as our father Abraham did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς πίστεως τοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here "follow in the steps of faith" is an idiom that means to follow someone's example of follow. Alternate translation: "who follow our father Abraham's example of faith" or "who have faith as our father Abraham did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words "the promise came" are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: "but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here "live by the law" refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: "if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 gd78 ἡ πίστις κεκένωται, καὶ ἡ ἐπαγγελία κατήργηται 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void "faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless"
|
||||
ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις, καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void "faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless"
|
||||
ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "trespass." Alternate translation: "no one can break the law" or "it is impossible to disobey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 d4jz διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason "So"
|
||||
ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word "it" refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: "it is by faith that we receive the promise" or "we receive the promise by faith"
|
||||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor 0 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here "the promise may rest on grace" represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: "so that what he promised might be a free gift" or "so that his promise would be because of his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
|
||||
ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: "those who believe as Abraham did"
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν πάντων 1 father of us all Here the word "us" refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word "us" refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word "you" is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit οὗ κατέναντι ἐπίστευσεν, Θεοῦ, Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Abraham was in the presence of him whom he trusted, that is, God, who gives life to the dead Here "of him whom he trusted" refers to God. Alternate translation: "Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ ὄντα μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence "created everything from nothing"
|
||||
ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ὃς ἐπίστευσεν παρ’ ἐλπίδα 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: "Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν, Θεοῦ, Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Abraham was in the presence of him whom he trusted, that is, God, who gives life to the dead Here "of him whom he trusted" refers to God. Alternate translation: "Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence "created everything from nothing"
|
||||
ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: "Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "just as God said to Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται σου τὸ σπέρμα ἔσται 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "You will have more descendants than you can count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "You will have more descendants than you can count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, 1 Without becoming weak in faith, You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "He remained strong in his faith, although" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives διεκρίθη οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "kept on acting in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "kept on acting in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he became stronger in his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced "Abraham was completely sure"
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 ἐστιν καὶ δυνατός ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish "God was able to do"
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ ἐλογίσθη καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n δὲ ἐγράφη 1 Now it was "Now" is used here to connect Abraham's being made right by faith to present-day believer's being made right by faith in Christ's death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c μόνον δι’ αὐτὸν 1 only for his benefit "for Abraham only"
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish "God was able to do"
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was "Now" is used here to connect Abraham's being made right by faith to present-day believer's being made right by faith in Christ's death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit "for Abraham only"
|
||||
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God counted righteousness to him" or "God considered him righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-inclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word "us" refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive 0 It was written also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν ἡμῶν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead "Raised ... from the dead" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." Alternate translation: "him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ ἡμῶν τὰ παραπτώματα καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ ἡμῶν τὴν δικαίωσιν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead "Raised ... from the dead" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." Alternate translation: "him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>##### "All sinned"<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: "And death spread to all people, because all sinned." Some believe that all of mankind was present in the "seed of Adam." So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind "fell" as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam's original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>##### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first "son" of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the "second Adam" in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 1 age4 οὖν δικαιωθέντες 1 Since we are justified "Because we are justified"
|
||||
ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified "Because we are justified"
|
||||
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive 0 we ... our All occurrences of "we" and "our" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ "because of our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ "because of our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here "Lord" means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ ἐσχήκαμεν καὶ ἐσχήκαμεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν τῇ πίστει εἰς ταύτην τὴν χάριν ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here "by faith" refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: "Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence"
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ἐσχήκαμεν τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here "by faith" refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: "Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence"
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word "this" refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive 0 we ... our ... We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive 0 our ... us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ἐλπὶς καταισχύνει οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of "confidence" as if it were alive. Alternate translation: "we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ἡμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here "hearts" represents a person's thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase "the love of God has been poured into our hearts" is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because he has loved us greatly" or "because God has shown us how much he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of "confidence" as if it were alive. Alternate translation: "we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here "hearts" represents a person's thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase "the love of God has been poured into our hearts" is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because he has loved us greatly" or "because God has shown us how much he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word "we" here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w γὰρ τις ἀποθανεῖται μόλις ἀποθανεῖται ὑπὲρ δικαίου 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man "It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man"
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man "It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man"
|
||||
ROM 5 7 nnj9 0 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person "But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person"
|
||||
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using "demonstrated" or "showed."
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν. 1 us ... we All occurrences of "us" and "we" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον, οὖν, νῦν δικαιωθέντες ἐν αὐτοῦ τῷ αἵματι 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here "justified" means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες,, νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here "justified" means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 saved This means that through Jesus' sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
|
||||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 the wrath of God Here "wrath" is a metonym that refers to God's punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: "God's punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of "we" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 u6bn 0 his Son ... his life "God's Son ... the life of God's Son"
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "now that God has made us his friends again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses.
|
||||
ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification 0 through one man sin entered ... death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of "one man," Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit γὰρ ἄχρι νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: "People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit δὲ ἐλλογεῖται οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται ἁμαρτία ὄντος μὴ νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: "but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: "People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται ἐλλογεῖται μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: "but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ, ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death "Even though what I have just said is true, death" or "There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death" ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)).
|
||||
ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: "people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτήσαντας μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι Ἀδάμ' Ἀδάμ τῆς παραβάσεως 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam's disobedience "even people whose sins were different from Adam's continue to die"
|
||||
ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: "people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ' ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam's disobedience "even people whose sins were different from Adam's continue to die"
|
||||
ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit γὰρ εἰ τῷ τοῦ παραπτώματι ἑνὸς οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here "one" refers to Adam. Alternate translation: "For if by one man's sin, many died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here "grace" refers to God's free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ τὸ δώρημα οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος' δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man's sin Here "the gift" refers to God's freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: "The gift is not like the result of Adam's sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here "one" refers to Adam. Alternate translation: "For if by one man's sin, many died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ,, τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here "grace" refers to God's free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ δι’ ἑνὸς ἑνὸς' ἁμαρτήσαντος ἁμαρτήσαντος τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man's sin Here "the gift" refers to God's freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: "The gift is not like the result of Adam's sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit 0 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift ... justification Here Paul gives two reasons why "the gift is not like the result of Adam's sin." The "judgment of condemnation" implies that we all deserve God's punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: "God's kind gift to put us right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses "after the sins of many"
|
||||
ROM 5 17 f94r παραπτώματι τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam.
|
||||
ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam.
|
||||
ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of "death" as a king who ruled. The "rule" of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: "everyone died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass "through the one sin committed by Adam" or "because of Adam's sin"
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς κατάκριμα εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 condemnation came to all people Here "condemnation" refers to God's punishment. Alternate translation: "all people deserve God's punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here "condemnation" refers to God's punishment. Alternate translation: "all people deserve God's punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit δικαίωσιν ζωῆς εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 justification and life for all people Here "justification" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: "God's offer to make all people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου' ἀνθρώπου παρακοῆς 1 one man's disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive οἱ πολλοί κατεστάθησαν ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "many people sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here "justification" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: "God's offer to make all people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου' παρακοῆς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man's disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "many people sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί κατασταθήσονται δίκαιοι 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will make many people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will make many people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "God gave his law to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 c59u ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐπλεόνασεν 1 sin abounded "sin increased"
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ἡ χάρις ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν 1 grace abounded even more Here "grace" refers to God's undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: "God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of "sin" as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: "as sin resulted in death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification καὶ οὕτως ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς αἰώνιον ζωὴν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of "grace" here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: "grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded "sin increased"
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here "grace" refers to God's undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: "God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of "sin" as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: "as sin resulted in death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of "grace" here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: "grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of "grace" here as if it were a king that ruled. The word "righteousness" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: "so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this "antinomianism" or being "against the law." To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>##### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>##### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person's faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Death<br>Paul uses "death" many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
|
||||
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ οὖν ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun "we" refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ζήσομεν ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here "died to sin" means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν? ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, οἵτινες ζήσομεν ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ πῶς 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here "died to sin" means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν, οὖν, αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer's baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: "When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ Χριστὸς ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς περιπατήσωμεν ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer's new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer's new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ, διὰ, τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer's baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: "When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer's new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer's new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor 0 become united with him in the likeness of his death ... be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "died with him ... come back to life with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ἡμῶν ὁ παλαιὸς ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The "old man" is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The "old man" is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς ἄνθρωπος 1 old man This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now.
|
||||
ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: "our sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "might die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive ἡμᾶς δουλεύειν μηκέτι δουλεύειν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "sin should no longer enslave us" or "we should no longer be slaves to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς δουλεύειν μηκέτι δουλεύειν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: "we should no longer be controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "sin should no longer enslave us" or "we should no longer be slaves to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: "we should no longer be controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit 0 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here "righteous" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here "died" refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος οὐκέτι κυριεύει αὐτοῦ 1 death no longer has authority over him Here "death" is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: "He can never die again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here "death" is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: "He can never die again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom 0 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase "once for all" means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "For when he died he broke the power of sin completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως, ὑμεῖς καὶ λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider "For this reason consider"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως, καὶ ὑμεῖς λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider "For this reason consider"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 1 consider yourselves "think of yourselves as" or "see yourselves as"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, sin has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: "as if you were dead to the power of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, δὲ ζῶντας τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God "dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God "dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 vtl1 ζῶντας τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 alive to God in Christ Jesus "living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you"
|
||||
ROM 6 12 dng2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin's slaves, but God's slaves.
|
||||
ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification βασιλευέτω μὴ βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία βασιλευέτω ἐν ὑμῶν τῷ θνητῷ σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν ὑμῶν τῷ θνητῷ σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: "you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν αὐτοῦ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche παριστάνετε μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ὅπλα ἀδικίας 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the "parts of his body" to his master or king. One's "body parts" are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ βασιλευέτω βασιλευέτω βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: "you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the "parts of his body" to his master or king. One's "body parts" are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here "now living" refers to the believer's new spiritual life. Alternate translation: "But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life" or "But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν τῷ Θεῷ ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 present the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here "parts of your body" is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "let God use you for what is pleasing to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification κυριεύσει οὐ κυριεύσει ἁμαρτία γὰρ κυριεύσει ὑμῶν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of "sin" here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control what you do" or "Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit γάρ ἐστε οὐ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be "under law" means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 present the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here "parts of your body" is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "let God use you for what is pleasing to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει κυριεύσει κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of "sin" here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control what you do" or "Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be "under law" means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be "under grace" means that God's free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "but you are bound to God's grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι ἐσμὲν οὐκ ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: "However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον?,? ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: "However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "We would never want that to happen!" or "May God help me not to do that!" This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md).
|
||||
ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey? Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God's grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification 0 whether you are slaves to sin ... or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of "sin" and "obedience" as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: "whether you are like slaves to sin ... or like slaves to obedience" or "You are either a slave to sin ... or you are a slave to obedience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 16 w9wf 0 which leads to death ... which leads to righteousness "which results in death ... which results in righteousness"
|
||||
ROM 6 17 dz5x δὲ χάρις τῷ Θεῷ! 1 But thanks be to God! "But I thank God!"
|
||||
ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ! 1 But thanks be to God! "But I thank God!"
|
||||
ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: "you were like slaves of sin" or "you were controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy δὲ ὑπηκούσατε ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word "heart" refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: "but you truly obeyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive καρδίας τύπον διδαχῆς εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here "pattern" refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching that Christian leaders gave you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word "heart" refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: "but you truly obeyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive καρδίας εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here "pattern" refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching that Christian leaders gave you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has freed you from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here "free from sin" is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: "Your strong desire to sin has been taken away" or "you have been made free from sin's control over you"
|
||||
ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: "you have been made like slaves of righteousness" or "you are now controlled by righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has made you slaves of righteousness" or "Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4cl λέγω ἀνθρώπινον 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: "I am speaking about this in human terms" or "I am using examples from everyday life"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word "flesh" as the opposite of "spirit." Alternate translation: "because you do not fully understand spiritual things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: "I am speaking about this in human terms" or "I am using examples from everyday life"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς τῆς σαρκὸς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word "flesh" as the opposite of "spirit." Alternate translation: "because you do not fully understand spiritual things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche 0 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν μέλη δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἦτε ἐλεύθεροι τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here "free from righteousness" is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: "it was as though you were free from righteousness" or "you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion οὖν, τίνα καρπὸν τότε εἴχετε ἐφ’ οἷς ἐπαισχύνεσθε νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: "Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame" or "You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive δέ νυνὶ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας δὲ δουλωθέντες τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But now that you have become free from sin and have become God's slaves" or "But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor δέ νυνὶ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being "free from sin" is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "But now that God has made you able not to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δὲ δουλωθέντες τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being "enslaved" to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: "and God has made you able to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε ὑμῶν τὸν καρπὸν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here "fruit" is a metaphor for "result" or "benefit." Alternate translation: "the benefit is your sanctification" or "the benefit is that you live in a holy way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 The result is eternal life "The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f γὰρ τὰ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word "wages" refers to a payment given to someone for their work. "For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment" or "For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s δὲ τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ζωὴ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord "but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here "free from righteousness" is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: "it was as though you were free from righteousness" or "you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion οὖν? τίνα καρπὸν τότε εἴχετε, οἷς ἐπαισχύνεσθε νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε ἐφ’ 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: "Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame" or "You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But now that you have become free from sin and have become God's slaves" or "But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being "free from sin" is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "But now that God has made you able not to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being "enslaved" to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: "and God has made you able to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here "fruit" is a metaphor for "result" or "benefit." Alternate translation: "the benefit is your sanctification" or "the benefit is that you live in a holy way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life "The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word "wages" refers to a payment given to someone for their work. "For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment" or "For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord "but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord"
|
||||
ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "Or do you not know"<br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "We have been released from the law"<br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Marriage<br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion 0 do you not know, brothers ... that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by "the law controls a person for as long as he lives" ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ δέδεται νόμῳ τῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here "bound by law to the husband" is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: "according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here "bound by law to the husband" is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: "according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any woman who is married.
|
||||
ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by "the law controls a person for as long as he lives" ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive χρηματίσει μοιχαλὶς 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider her an adulteress" or "people will call her an adulteress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐστὶν ἐλευθέρα ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here being free from the law means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: "she does not have to obey that law"
|
||||
ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, μου ἀδελφοί 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md).
|
||||
ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider her an adulteress" or "people will call her an adulteress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here being free from the law means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: "she does not have to obey that law"
|
||||
ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md).
|
||||
ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς καὶ ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐγερθέντι ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to him who was raised from the dead "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "to him who was caused to live again" or "to him whom God raised from the dead" or "to him whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "to him who was caused to live again" or "to him whom God raised from the dead" or "to him whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here "fruit" is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: "we might be able to do things pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here "fruit" is a metaphor for a "result of one's actions" or "outcome of one's actions." Alternate translation: "which resulted in spiritual-death" or "the outcome of which was our own spiritual death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
|
||||
|
|
@ -459,73 +459,73 @@ ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμ
|
|||
ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-inclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to the law which held us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί ἐροῦμεν οὖν? 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "Of course that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification ἔγνων οὐκ ἔγνων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin "my desire to sin"
|
||||
ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification 0 But sin took the opportunity ... brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire.
|
||||
ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead "if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin"
|
||||
ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This can mean 1) "I realized that I was sinning" or 2) "I strongly desired to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor 0 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God's condemnation as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: "God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία λαβοῦσα ἀφορμὴν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐξηπάτησέν με. καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: "Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς. ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: "Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία 1 sin "my desire to sin"
|
||||
ROM 7 11 cw46 figs-personification λαβοῦσα ἀφορμὴν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 took the opportunity through the commandment Paul is comparing sin to a person who can act. See how you translated this in [Romans 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 cw46 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 took the opportunity through the commandment Paul is comparing sin to a person who can act. See how you translated this in [Romans 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of God's condemnation on sinners as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: "it separated me from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 12 t9uk ἅγιος 1 holy Morally perfect, without sin
|
||||
ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion ἐγένετο τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐγένετο θάνατος ἐμοὶ? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God's law.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐγένετο θάνατος ἐμοὶ 1 become death to me "cause me to die"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me "cause me to die"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: "Of course that is not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification 0 sin ... brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 pnq6 κατεργαζομένη θάνατον μοι 1 brought about death in me "separated me from God"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me "separated me from God"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment "because I disobeyed the commandment"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av γὰρ ὃ κατεργάζομαι, γινώσκω οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand "I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 hv9g γὰρ ὃ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do "because what I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand "I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do "because what I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole 0 what I want to do, I do not do The words "I do not do" are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: "I do not always do what I want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole 0 what I hate, I do The words "I do," which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: "the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 16 y26s δὲ εἰ τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do "However, if I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do "However, if I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law "I know God's law is good"
|
||||
ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy μου τῇ σαρκί 1 my flesh Here "flesh" is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "my sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here "flesh" is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "my sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good "the good deeds" or "the good actions"
|
||||
ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil "the evil deeds" or "the evil actions"
|
||||
ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτία ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of "sin" as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι τὸ κακὸν παράκειται ἐμοὶ 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of "evil" here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of "sin" as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of "evil" here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This is the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 23 clu4 δὲ βλέπω νόμον ἕτερον νόμον ἐν μου τοῖς μέλεσίν. ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου τοῦ νοός. καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive "I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me"
|
||||
ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ. νόμῳ. τοῦ τοῦ νοός νοός μου καὶ καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive "I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me"
|
||||
ROM 7 23 t7yh νόμῳ 1 new principle This is the new spiritually alive nature.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 fct8 νόμον ἕτερον νόμον ἐν μου τοῖς μέλεσίν 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὄντι ἐν μου τοῖς μέλεσίν 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts "my sinful nature"
|
||||
ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς ῥύσεται με ἐκ τούτου τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου? 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: "I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 24 nu6u ῥύσεται με 1 deliver me "rescue me"
|
||||
ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τούτου τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a body that will experience physical death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24.
|
||||
ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor οὖν ἄρα, ἐγὼ αὐτὸς δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ τῷ μὲν νοῒ. τῇ δὲ, σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God's law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: "My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts "my sinful nature"
|
||||
ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου? 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: "I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me "rescue me"
|
||||
ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a body that will experience physical death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24.
|
||||
ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ,. μὲν, νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God's law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: "My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### "These are sons of God"<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>##### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as "predestination." This is related to the biblical concept of "predestine." Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word "condemn" has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being "condemned to hell." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν οὐδὲν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here "condemnation" refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here "condemnation" refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore "for that reason" or "because what I have just told you is true"
|
||||
ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "God's Spirit in Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἠλευθέρωσέν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: "has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: "has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Possible meanings are that this refers to 1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: "the law which causes sin and death" or 2) the principle that people sin and die.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification γὰρ τὸ τοῦ νόμου ἀδύνατον ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς πέμψας 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: "For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει, διὰ τῆς σαρκός ὁ Θεὸς πέμψας 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: "For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh "because of people's sinful nature"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 p4qq . πέμψας τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας σαρκὸς καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He ... sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh ... an offering for sin ... he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God's holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 p4qq ἁμαρτίας. τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς πέμψας σαρκὸς καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He ... sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh ... an offering for sin ... he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God's holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας σαρκὸς 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh "who looked like any other sinful human being"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh "who looked like any other sinful human being"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin "so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh "God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son"
|
||||
ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "we might fulfill what the law requires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς περιπατοῦσιν μὴ κατὰ σάρκα 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: "we who do not obey our sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: "we who do not obey our sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit "but who obey the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
|
||||
ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification 0 the mind set on the flesh ... the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the "flesh" and the "spirit" as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: "the way sinful people think ... the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 death Here this means the separation of a person from God.
|
||||
ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ δὲ ὄντες ἐν σαρκὶ 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
|
||||
ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh "acting according to your sinful natures." See how "the flesh" was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit "acting according to the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ROM 8 9 p55f 0 Spirit ... God's Spirit ... Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,62 +539,62 @@ ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1
|
|||
ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 mortal bodies "physical bodies" or "bodies, which will die someday"
|
||||
ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then "Because what I have just told you is true"
|
||||
ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ἐσμέν ὀφειλέται 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: "we need to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ ζῆν κατὰ τοῦ σάρκα 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Again Paul speaks of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. You can include the implied word "debtors." Alternate translation: "but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ri75 γὰρ εἰ ζῆτε κατὰ σάρκα 1 For if you live according to the flesh "Because if you live only to please your sinful desires"
|
||||
ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: "we need to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Again Paul speaks of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. You can include the implied word "debtors." Alternate translation: "but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh "Because if you live only to please your sinful desires"
|
||||
ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die "you will certainly be separated from God"
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor δὲ εἰ Πνεύματι θανατοῦτε τὰς τοῦ σώματος' τοῦ σώματος πράξεις 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body's actions Paul speaks of the "old man," crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: "but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive γὰρ ὅσοι ἄγονται Πνεύματι Θεοῦ 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις' τοῦ τοῦ σώματος σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body's actions Paul speaks of the "old man," crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: "but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus and is often translated as "children of God."
|
||||
ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry "who causes us to cry out"
|
||||
ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father "Abba" is "Father" in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "we also will one day receive what God has promised us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: "we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα συνδοξασθῶμεν καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God may glorify us along with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God may glorify us along with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md).
|
||||
ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes "I consider." It does not mean "because."
|
||||
ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive 0 I consider that ... are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will reveal" or "God will make known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως ἀπεκδέχεται τὴν 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "for the time when God will reveal his children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 sr2p υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus. You can also translate this as "children of God."
|
||||
ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ τῇ γὰρ γὰρ ματαιότητι ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes "creation" as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: "not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive ἡ κτίσις αὐτὴ ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: "from being like a slave to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God "Freedom" here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: "that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor γὰρ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἡ πᾶσα κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: "For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit ἀπεκδεχόμενοι υἱοθεσίαν, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν τοῦ σώματος 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here "our adoption" means when we become full members of God's family, as adopted children. The word "redemption" means when God saves us. Alternate translation: "waiting for when we are fully members of God's family and he saves our bodies from decay and death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive γὰρ τῇ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God saved us because we hoped in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion δὲ ἐλπὶς βλεπομένη ἔστιν οὐκ ἐλπίς. γὰρ τις ἐλπίζει ὃ βλέπει? 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what "hope" is. Alternate translation: "But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: "For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ τοῦ σώματος σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here "our adoption" means when we become full members of God's family, as adopted children. The word "redemption" means when God saves us. Alternate translation: "waiting for when we are fully members of God's family and he saves our bodies from decay and death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God saved us because we hoped in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion . ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις ἐλπίζει? 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what "hope" is. Alternate translation: "But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
|
||||
ROM 8 26 jmp8 ἀλαλήτοις στεναγμοῖς 1 inexpressible groans "groanings that we cannot express in words"
|
||||
ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans "groanings that we cannot express in words"
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy 0 He who searches the hearts Here "He" refers to God. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's thoughts and emotions. The phrase "searches the hearts" is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: "God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God's love.
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς οὖσιν κλητοῖς 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "for those whom God chose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "for those whom God chose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew "those whom he knew before he even created them"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 rg4t προέγνω προώρισεν καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined "he also made it their destiny" or "he also planned in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that he would change them to be like his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 rg4t προέγνω καὶ προώρισεν προώρισεν 1 he also predestined "he also made it their destiny" or "he also planned in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that he would change them to be like his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς αὐτὸν τὸ εἶναι πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn "so that his Son would be the firstborn"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn "so that his Son would be the firstborn"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here "brothers" refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: "among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς δὲ προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined "Those whom God made plans for in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους ἐδικαίωσεν καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here "justified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he also put right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους ἐδόξασεν καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word "glorified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he will also glorify" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν? 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: "This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε ἐφείσατο οὐκ ἐφείσατο τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God's infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν παρέδωκεν 1 but delivered him up "but put him under the control of his enemies"
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς χαρίσεται οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ χαρίσεται ἡμῖν τὰ πάντα? 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he will certainly and freely give us all things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 χαρίσεται ἡμῖν τὰ πάντα 1 freely give us all things "kindly give us all things"
|
||||
ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ ἐκλεκτῶν? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here "justified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he also put right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word "glorified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he will also glorify" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ οὖν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν Θεὸς 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: "This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God's infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up "but put him under the control of his enemies"
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς? οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν χαρίσεται χαρίσεται ἡμῖν τὰ πάντα αὐτῷ 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he will certainly and freely give us all things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things "kindly give us all things"
|
||||
ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν' Θεοῦ Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν? 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: "No one will condemn us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction 0 who is at the right hand of God To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "who is at the place of honor beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς χωρίσει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" or "Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words "shall separate us from the love of Christ" are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: "Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here "sword" is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: "Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" or "Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ διωγμὸς ἢ λιμὸς ἢ γυμνότης ἢ κίνδυνος ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words "shall separate us from the love of Christ" are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: "Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ διωγμὸς ἢ λιμὸς ἢ γυμνότης ἢ κίνδυνος ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ διωγμὸς ἢ λιμὸς ἢ γυμνότης ἢ κίνδυνος ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here "sword" is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: "Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ ὅτι ἕνεκεν 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ὅτι ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here "we" refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase "all day long" is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "our enemies continually seek to kill us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors "we have complete victory"
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,75 +604,75 @@ ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Possible meanings are 1) demons or 2)
|
|||
ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers Possible meanings are 1) spiritual beings with power or 2) human beings with power.
|
||||
ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>Paul uses the word "flesh" in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word "brother" to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses "my brothers" to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as "children of God" and "children of the promise."<br><br>##### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as "predestination." This is related to the biblical concept of "predestine." Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Stone of stumbling<br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This "stone of stumbling" causes them to "fall." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel"<br>Paul uses the word "Israel" in this verse with two different meanings. The first "Israel" means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second "Israel" means those who are God's people through faith. The UST reflects this.<br>
|
||||
ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet λέγω ἀλήθειαν ἐν Χριστῷ. ψεύδομαι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς συνμαρτυρούσης μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit "the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say"
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη λύπη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here "unceasing pain in my heart" is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: "I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet μεγάλη λύπη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive γὰρ ηὐχόμην εἶναι αὐτὸς εἶναι ἀνάθεμα ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ μου τῶν ἀδελφῶν, τῶν συγγενῶν μου συγγενῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ. οὐ ψεύδομαι ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit "the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say"
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ τῇ καρδίᾳ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here "unceasing pain in my heart" is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: "I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη μεγάλη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι εἶναι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ, τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν συγγενῶν συγγενῶν μου κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites "They, like me, are Israelites. God chose them to be Jacob's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of "adoption" to indicate that the Israelites are like God's children. Alternate translation: "They have God as their father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith.
|
||||
ROM 9 6 equ8 δὲ οἷον οὐχ οἷον ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed "But God has not failed to keep his promises" or "God has kept his promises"
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z γὰρ πάντες οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν πάντες Ἀβραάμ' Ἀβραάμ σπέρμα τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham's descendants truly his children "Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα οὐ 1 the children of the flesh are not Here "children of the flesh" is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: "not all of Abraham's descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον οἷον δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed "But God has not failed to keep his promises" or "God has kept his promises"
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν Ἀβραάμ πάντες' σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham's descendants truly his children "Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα 1 the children of the flesh are not Here "children of the flesh" is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: "not all of Abraham's descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 ta8t τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
|
||||
ROM 9 9 up57 οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἐπαγγελίας 1 this is the word of promise "these are the words God used when he made the promise"
|
||||
ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive υἱός ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: "I will give Sarah a son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τοῦ πατρὸς 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as "our father" because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise "these are the words God used when he made the promise"
|
||||
ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: "I will give Sarah a son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as "our father" because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην ἔχουσα 1 had conceived "had become pregnant"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 h16y γὰρ γεννηθέντων μήπω γεννηθέντων μηδὲ πραξάντων μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad "before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand "so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 eez1 γὰρ γεννηθέντων μήπω γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born "before the children were born"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 iw56 πραξάντων μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad "not because of anything they had done"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων γεννηθέντων μηδὲ μηδὲ πραξάντων πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad "before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand "so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born "before the children were born"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad "not because of anything they had done"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 d6mr 0 because of him because of God
|
||||
ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: "our father Isaac,it was said to her, 'The older will serve the younger.' Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n — ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ," ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι." 1 it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." "God said to Rebecca, 'The older son will serve the younger son'"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ὁ— αὐτῇ," ὅτι ἐρρέθη μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι." 1 it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." "God said to Rebecca, 'The older son will serve the younger son'"
|
||||
ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word "hated" is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
|
||||
ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor γὰρ λέγει τῷ Μωϋσεῖ 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God's talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: "For God said to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 τοῦ θέλοντος οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs "it is not because of what people want or because they try hard"
|
||||
ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God's talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: "For God said to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ τοῦ θέλοντος θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs "it is not because of what people want or because they try hard"
|
||||
ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God's favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: "The scripture records that God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: "The scripture records that God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐνδείξωμαι μου 1 I ... my God is referring to himself.
|
||||
ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε ἐξήγειρά 1 I raised you up "Raised" here is an idiom for "to cause something to be what it is." Alternate translation: "I made you the powerful man that you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως μου τὸ ὄνομά διαγγελῇ 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that people might proclaim my name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy μου τὸ ὄνομά 1 my name This metonym refers either 1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: "who I am" or 2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: "how great I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up "Raised" here is an idiom for "to cause something to be what it is." Alternate translation: "I made you the powerful man that you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that people might proclaim my name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either 1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: "who I am" or 2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: "how great I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth "wherever there are people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion 0 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: "He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 0 he ... his The words "he" and "his" here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti ἀνθέστηκεν αὐτοῦ τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι?" 1 has ... withstood his will "has ... stopped him from doing what he wanted to do"
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ ἀνθέστηκεν?" 1 has ... withstood his will "has ... stopped him from doing what he wanted to do"
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor 0 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, "Why ... way?" Paul uses the potter's right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator's right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, 'Why ... way?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί ἐποίησας με οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should not have made me this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should not have made me this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion 0 Does the potter not have the right ... for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: "The potter certainlly has the right ... for daily use." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: "people who deserve wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 0 he ... his The words "he" and "his" here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: "people who deserve mercy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God's wonderful actions here to great "riches." Alternate translation: "his glory, which is of great value, upon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς τῆς δόξης δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God's wonderful actions here to great "riches." Alternate translation: "his glory, which is of great value, upon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here "glory" refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: "whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word "us" here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here "called" means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel's unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς λέγει καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 As he says also in Hosea Here "he" refers to God. Alternate translation: "As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here "he" refers to God. Alternate translation: "As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω μου λαόν τὸν οὐ μου λαόν 1 I will call my people who were not my people "I will choose for my people those who were not my people"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive ἠγαπημένην τὴν ἠγαπημένην οὐκ ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here "her" refers to Hosea's wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος Θεοῦ 1 sons of the living God The word "living" may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: "children of the true God"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people "I will choose for my people those who were not my people"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην ἠγαπημένην ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here "her" refers to Hosea's wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word "living" may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: "children of the true God"
|
||||
ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out "calls out"
|
||||
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: "too many to count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word "saved" in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus' death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 Κύριος ποιήσει λόγον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here "sentence" refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said"
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here "sentence" refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said"
|
||||
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive 0 us ... we Here the words "us" and "we" refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ἂν ἐγενήθημεν ὡς Σόδομα, καὶ ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν ὡς Γόμορρα 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: "we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah" or "God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί ἐροῦμεν οὖν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "This is what we must say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: "we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah" or "God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "This is what we must say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles "We will say that the Gentiles"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ διώκοντα μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness "who were not trying to please God"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness "who were not trying to please God"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit 0 the righteousness by faith Here "by faith" refers to placing one's trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit 0 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "Why could they not attain righteousness?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,99 +687,99 @@ ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, inc
|
|||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy 0 my heart's desire Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: "my greatest desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation "is that God will save the Jews"
|
||||
ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them "I declare truthfully about them"
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit γὰρ ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God's righteousness Here "righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: "For they do not know how God puts people right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 ὑπετάγησαν οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God "They did not accept God's way of putting people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 γὰρ Χριστὸς τέλος νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law "For Christ completely fulfilled the law"
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God's righteousness Here "righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: "For they do not know how God puts people right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God "They did not accept God's way of putting people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law "For Christ completely fulfilled the law"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here "believes" means "trusts." Alternate translation: "in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of "righteousness" as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: "how the law makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἄνθρωπος ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὅτι ὁ ὁ ποιήσας ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words "will live" can refer to 1) eternal life or 2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification δὲ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἐκ πίστεως λέγει οὕτως 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here "righteousness" is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: "But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you εἴπῃς μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "Do not say to yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here "righteousness" is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: "But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "Do not say to yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion ,' τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?'( 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one is able to go up to heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, καταγαγεῖν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down "in order that they might have Christ come down to earth"
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down "in order that they might have Christ come down to earth"
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει?" 1 But what does it say? The word "it" refers to "the righteousness" of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes "righteousness" as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: "But this is what Moses says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν ἐγγύς σου 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God's message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: "You have heard the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God's message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: "You have heard the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy 0 The word is ... in your mouth The word "mouth" is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "You know how to speak ... God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy 0 The word is ... in your heart The phrase "in your heart" is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: "You know what ... God's message means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith "God's message that tells us that we must believe in him"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ἐν σου τῷ στόματί ὁμολογήσῃς Ἰησοῦν Κύριον 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord "if you confess that Jesus is Lord"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 believe in your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner person. Alternate translation: "believe in your mind" or "truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." Alternate translation: "caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord "if you confess that Jesus is Lord"
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner person. Alternate translation: "believe in your mind" or "truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." Alternate translation: "caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy γὰρ καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, δὲ στόματι ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes and has righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses and is saved Here "heart" is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: "For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy , καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes and has righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses and is saved Here "heart" is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: "For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here "mouth" is a synecdoche that represents a person's capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification γὰρ ἡ Γραφή λέγει 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ καταισχυνθήσεται οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: "Everyone who does not believe will be shamed." The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will honor everyone who believes in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit γάρ ἐστιν οὐ διαστολὴ τε Ἰουδαίου καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: "Everyone who does not believe will be shamed." The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will honor everyone who believes in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here "he is rich" means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "he richly blesses all who trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy γὰρ πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word "name" is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν ἐπίστευσαν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word "they" refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: "Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ ἤκουσαν οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!" or "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word "name" is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word "they" refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: "Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν? 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!" or "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν οὗ 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy 0 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses "feet" to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: "It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here "they" refers to the Jews. "not all of the Jews obeyed"
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν ἡμῶν τῇ ἀκοῇ 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "Lord, so many of them do not believe our message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 ἡμῶν τῇ ἀκοῇ 1 our message Here, "our" refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "Lord, so many of them do not believe our message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, "our" refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here "faith" refers to "believing in Christ"
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἀκοῆς ἡ δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ "hearing by listening to the message about Christ"
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω," ἤκουσαν μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν?" μενοῦνγε, μενοῦνγε." 1 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism αὐτῶν ὁ φθόγγος ἐξῆλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, καὶ αὐτῶν τὰ ῥήματα εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word "their" refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God's power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: "As the Scriptures record, 'The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God's power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ, λέγω," ἔγνω μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?" 1 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ."," ἤκουσαν μὴ οὐκ λέγω?" μενοῦνγε, μενοῦνγε ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word "their" refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God's power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: "As the Scriptures record, 'The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God's power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ, λέγω," μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω?" 1 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you 0 First Moses says, "I will provoke you ... I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. "I" refers to God, and "you" refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: "First Moses says that God will provoke you ... God will stir you up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation "by those you do not consider to be a real nation" or "by people who do not belong to any nation"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here "without understanding" means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: "By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς παροργιῶ 1 I will stir you up to anger "I will make you angry" or "I will cause you to become angry"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger "I will make you angry" or "I will cause you to become angry"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words "I," "me," and "my" refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 cv1x δὲ Ἠσαΐας ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ζητοῦσιν μὴ ζητοῦσιν ἐμὲ 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared "I made myself known"
|
||||
ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says "He" refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God's continual effort. "continually"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα μου τὰς χεῖράς πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα λαὸν 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people "I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God's continual effort. "continually"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people "I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey"
|
||||
ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Grafting<br>Paul uses the image of "grafting" to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called "grafting." Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Did God reject his people? May it never be"<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works.
|
||||
ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then "I, Paul, say then"
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς μὴ ἀπώσατο αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ μὴ ἀπώσατο ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the tribe descended from Benjamin, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel.
|
||||
ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew "whom he knew ahead of time"
|
||||
ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί ἡ Γραφή λέγει 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the Scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the Scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed "They" refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ μόνος ὑπελείφθην 1 I alone am left The pronoun "I" here refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν μου τὴν ψυχήν 1 seeking my life "desiring to kill me"
|
||||
ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει ὁ χρηματισμός' ὁ χρηματισμός λέγει αὐτῷ?" 1 But what does God's answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: "How does God answer him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun "I" here refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life "desiring to kill me"
|
||||
ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ' ἀλλὰ τί λέγει λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ὁ χρηματισμός χρηματισμός?" 1 But what does God's answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: "How does God answer him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun "him" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 4 c9tc translate-numbers ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 seven thousand men "7,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace.
|
||||
ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit δὲ εἰ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God's mercy works. Alternate translation: "But since God's mercy works by grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God's mercy works. Alternate translation: "But since God's mercy works by grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν? 1 What then? "What should we conclude?" Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is what we need to remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ βλέπειν μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ ἀκούειν μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of Here this means "having the characteristics of," such as the "spirit of wisdom."
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ βλέπειν μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one's eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ ἀκούειν μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω αὐτῶν ἡ τράπεζα γενηθήτω εἰς παγίδα καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap "Table" here is a metonym that represents feasting, and "net" and "trap" are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one's eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap "Table" here is a metonym that represents feasting, and "net" and "trap" are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor εἰς θήραν καὶ εἰς σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A "stumbling block" is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: "something that tempts them to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 xex5 εἰς ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them "something that allows you to take revenge on them"
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy σύνκαμψον αὐτῶν τὸν νῶτον διὰ παντὸς 1 bend their backs continually Here "bend their back" is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: "make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here "bend their back" is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: "make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
|
||||
ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion ," μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν?" 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 11 f1jw 0 provoke ... to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ αὐτῶν τὸ παράπτωμα πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ αὐτῶν τὸ ἥττημα πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: "when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet , εἰ τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν πλοῦτος κόσμου καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: "when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ.
|
||||
ROM 11 12 it9k πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the world Here the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to "my fellow Jews."
|
||||
ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps we will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: "Perhaps some will believe and God will save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 es22 γὰρ εἰ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀποβολὴ καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world "For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself"
|
||||
ROM 11 15 ui3i αὐτῶν ἡ ἀποβολὴ 1 their rejection The pronoun "their" refers to Jewish unbelievers.
|
||||
ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world "For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself"
|
||||
ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun "their" refers to Jewish unbelievers.
|
||||
ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν? 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!" or "then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
|
|
@ -787,33 +787,33 @@ ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor 0 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump
|
|||
ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor 0 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites' ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the tree's "branches." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor 0 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here "firstfruits" stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ, ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun "you," and the phrase "a wild olive branch," refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor δέ εἰ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as "broken branches." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But if someone broke off some of the branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as "broken branches." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But if someone broke off some of the branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were "grafted branches." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς τῆς πιότητος ῥίζης τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here "the rich root" is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor κατακαυχῶ μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here "the branches" is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor σὺ οὐ σὺ βαστάζεις τὴν ῥίζαν, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor κλάδοι ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 Branches were broken off Here "branches" refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God broke branches off" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here "the rich root" is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here "the branches" is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν, βαστάζεις ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here "branches" refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God broke branches off" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he might attach me in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 20 puj9 0 their ... they The pronouns "their" and "they" refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
|
||||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor δὲ σὺ ἕστηκας τῇ πίστει 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: "but you remain because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor γὰρ εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ἐφείσατο οὐκ ἐφείσατο τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων, οὐδὲ φείσεται σοῦ 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the "natural branches" refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: "Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree's natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: "but you remain because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς, τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the "natural branches" refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: "Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree's natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
|
||||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns 0 severity came on the Jews who fell ... God's kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "severity" and "kindness." Alternate translation: "God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell ... but God acts kindly toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 the Jews who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: "the Jews who have done wrong" or "the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "kindness." Alternate translation: "if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ σὺ καὶ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can "cut off" if he needs to. Here "cut off" is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise God will cut you off" or "Otherwise God will reject you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν ἐπιμένωσι μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase "do not continue in their unbelief" is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "if the Jews start believing in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can "cut off" if he needs to. Here "cut off" is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise God will cut you off" or "Otherwise God will reject you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase "do not continue in their unbelief" is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "if the Jews start believing in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will graft them back in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 r5kg 0 they ... them All occurrences of "they" or "them" refer to the Jews.
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor γὰρ εἰ σὺ ἐξεκόπης ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐνκεντρισθήσονται οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ? 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor γὰρ? σὺ ἐξεκόπης ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς εἰ, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐνκεντρισθήσονται οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ καλλιέλαιον 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The "natural branches" represent the Jews, and the "grafted branches" represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives θέλω οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I very much want you to be aware" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I very much want you to be aware" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v 0 you ... you ... your The pronouns "you" and "your" refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα ἦτε μὴ ἦτε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: "so that you will not think you are wiser than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους πώρωσις γέγονεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of "hardening" or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people of Israel continue to be stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: "so that you will not think you are wiser than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of "hardening" or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people of Israel continue to be stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word "until" here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Thus God will save all Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,167 +822,167 @@ ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here "Zion" is used a
|
|||
ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer "the one who brings his people to safety"
|
||||
ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here "Jacob" is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: "from the Israelite people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: "I will remove the burden of their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ μὲν 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: "Because the Jews rejected the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς δι’ 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles' sake. Alternate translation: "they are God's enemies for your sake" or "God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἐκλογὴν κατὰ 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: "because God has elected the Jews" or "because God has chosen the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: "I will remove the burden of their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ μὲν μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: "Because the Jews rejected the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles' sake. Alternate translation: "they are God's enemies for your sake" or "God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: "because God has elected the Jews" or "because God has chosen the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀμεταμέλητα 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: "For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: "For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient "you did not obey in the past"
|
||||
ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit 0 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here mercy means God's undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: "because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς συνέκλεισεν τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: "God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: "God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ, βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ! 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here "wisdom" and "knowledge" mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "How amazing are the many benefits of both God's wisdom and knowledge!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ τὰ κρίματα, καὶ αὐτοῦ αἱ ὁδοὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering "We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us"
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion γὰρ τίς ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου ἢ τίς ἐγένετο αὐτοῦ σύμβουλος? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ τὰ, κρίματα κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering "We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us"
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου τίς τίς ἐγένετο αὐτοῦ σύμβουλος ἢ 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here "mind" is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: "all that the Lord knows" or "what the Lord thinks about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?" Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) * **For from him ... through him ... to him** - Here, all occurrences of "him" refers to God.
|
||||
ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul's desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "May all people honor him forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word "therefore" in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one's Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Romans 12:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../11/intro.md) | [>>](../13/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς οὖν, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: "Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι ὑμῶν τὰ σώματα θυσίαν ζῶσαν θυσίαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word "bodies" to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: "to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit , παρακαλῶ, οὖν ὑμᾶς ἀδελφοί διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: "Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word "bodies" to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: "to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are 1) "a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him" or 2) "acceptable to God because it is morally pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν ὑμῶν λογικὴν λατρείαν 1 This is your reasonable service "This is the right way to worship God"
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service "This is the right way to worship God"
|
||||
ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor 0 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are 1) "Do not behave as the world behaves" or 2) "Do not think the way the world does." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive 0 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are 1) "Do not let the world tell you what to do and think" or 2) "Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but let God change the way you think and behave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here "grace" refers to God's choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "because God freely chose me to be an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπερφρονεῖν μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think "that no one among you should think they are better than other people"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think "that no one among you should think they are better than other people"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ, φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way "But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἑκάστῳ μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: "since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ ὁ Θεὸς Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: "since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others.
|
||||
ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἔχομεν πολλὰ μέλη ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands.
|
||||
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς μέλη ἀλλήλων 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has joined each believer together with all other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has joined each believer together with all other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor 0 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers' different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are 1) "let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us" or 2) "let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith."
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ' ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 If one's gift is giving Here "giving" refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἀνυπόκριτος ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "You must love people sincerely and truly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "You must love people sincerely and truly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ, φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form "Concerning ... be" to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as "Concerning ... do." The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers "As for how you love your fellow believers"
|
||||
ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "show affection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ, προηγούμενοι ἀλλήλους 1 Concerning honor, respect one another "Honor and respect one another" or "Honor your fellow believers by respecting them"
|
||||
ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ, ὀκνηροί μὴ ὀκνηροί. τῷ πνεύματι, ζέοντες. τῷ Κυρίῳ, δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him "Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 12 12 l3es ὑπομένοντες τῇ θλίψει 1 be patient in suffering "Wait patiently whenever you have troubles"
|
||||
ROM 12 13 vk5h κοινωνοῦντες ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων 1 Share in the needs of the saints This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). "When fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need"
|
||||
ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ, ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another "Honor and respect one another" or "Honor your fellow believers by respecting them"
|
||||
ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί ὀκνηροί τῷ., πνεύματι,,. ζέοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him "Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering "Wait patiently whenever you have troubles"
|
||||
ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). "When fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need"
|
||||
ROM 12 13 exd8 0 Find many ways to show hospitality "Always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ φρονοῦντες εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: "Agree with one another" or "Live in unity with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 12 16 ar7y φρονοῦντες μὴ φρονοῦντες τὰ ὑψηλὰ 1 Do not think in proud ways "Do not think that you are more important than others"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 cc23 συναπαγόμενοι τοῖς ταπεινοῖς 1 accept lowly people "welcome people who do not seem important"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 h469 γίνεσθε μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts "Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else"
|
||||
ROM 12 17 h2tz ἀποδιδόντες μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ 1 Repay no one evil for evil "Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: "Agree with one another" or "Live in unity with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways "Do not think that you are more important than others"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people "welcome people who do not seem important"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts "Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else"
|
||||
ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil "Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you"
|
||||
ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people "Do things that everyone considers to be good"
|
||||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, εἰρηνεύοντες μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people "do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone"
|
||||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people "do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone"
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to the wrath of God Here "wrath" is a metonym for God's punishment. Alternate translation: "allow God to punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γάρ γέγραπται 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐκδίκησις ἐμοὶ; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: "I will certainly avenge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: "I will certainly avenge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you 0 your enemy ... feed him ... give him a drink ... if you do this, you will heap All forms of "you" and "your" are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 q7dq 0 But if your enemy is hungry ... his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: "But the Scripture also says, 'If your enemy is hungry ... his head'"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him "give him some food"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor σωρεύσεις ἄνθρακας πυρὸς ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are 1) "make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you" or 2) "give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification νικῶ μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα τὸ κακόν ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes "evil" as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you νικῶ μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are 1) "make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you" or 2) "give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes "evil" as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Romans 13:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../12/intro.md) | [>>](../14/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche ὑποτασσέσθω πᾶσα ψυχὴ ὑποτασσέσθω ἐξουσίαις 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here "soul" is a synecdoche for the whole person. "Every Christian should obey" or "Everyone should obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 g1by ὑπερεχούσαις ἐξουσίαις 1 higher authorities "government officials"
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑποτασσέσθω ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here "soul" is a synecdoche for the whole person. "Every Christian should obey" or "Everyone should obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities "government officials"
|
||||
ROM 13 1 emi2 γὰρ 1 for because
|
||||
ROM 13 1 wii2 ἔστιν οὐ ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God "all authority comes from God"
|
||||
ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι τεταγμέναι εἰσίν ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ ἔστιν ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God "all authority comes from God"
|
||||
ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority "that government authority" or "the authority that God placed in power"
|
||||
ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive 0 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge those who oppose government authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 m3yf οἱ γὰρ ἄρχοντες 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person.
|
||||
ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ γὰρ ἄρχοντες εἰσὶν οὐκ φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid.
|
||||
ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid.
|
||||
ROM 13 3 jt2z 0 to good deeds ... to evil deeds People are identified with their "good deeds" or "evil deeds."
|
||||
ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: "Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπαινον 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes φορεῖ οὐ φορεῖ τὴν μάχαιραν εἰκῇ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "he carries the sword for a very good reason" or "he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy φορεῖ τὴν μάχαιραν 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "he carries the sword for a very good reason" or "he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here "wrath" represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: "a person who punishes people as an expression of the government's anger against evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience "not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God"
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v , οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience "not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God"
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ 1 Because of this "Because the government punishes evildoers"
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ εἰσιν 1 For authorities "This is why you should pay taxes: authorities"
|
||||
ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες εἰς 1 attend to "administer" or "work on"
|
||||
ROM 13 6 j1jm εἰς προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 attend to "administer" or "work on"
|
||||
ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τὸν φόρον τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸ τέλος τῷ τὸ τέλος; τὸν φόβον τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὴν τιμήν τῷ τὴν τιμὴν. 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word "Pay" is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: "Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τὸν φόβον τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὴν τιμήν τῷ τὴν τιμὴν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: "Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored" or "Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τὸν. τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸ τέλος τῷ τὸ τέλος; φόρον φόβον τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὴν τιμήν τῷ τὴν τιμὴν τὸν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word "Pay" is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: "Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor , τῷ τὸν φόβον τὸν φόβον τῷ τὴν τιμὴν τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: "Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored" or "Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll This is a kind of tax.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives ὀφείλετε μηδενὶ μηδὲν, εἰ μὴ ἀγαπᾶν τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 13 8 p6cw figs-you ὀφείλετε 1 Owe This verb is plural and applies to all the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ ἀγαπᾶν τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain as shown in the note above.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain as shown in the note above.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 i5au ἀγαπᾶν 1 love This refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 13 9 wad4 ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 covet to desire to have or possess something that another person possesses.
|
||||
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη ἐργάζεται οὐκ κακὸν τῷ πλησίον' τῷ πλησίον 1 Love does not harm one's neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: "People who love their neighbors do not harm them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὥρα ὑμᾶς ἐγερθῆναι ἐξ ὕπνου 1 you know the time, that it is already time for you to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται' τῷ πλησίον 1 Love does not harm one's neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: "People who love their neighbors do not harm them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν ὅτι ὥρα ὥρα ἤδη, ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 you know the time, that it is already time for you to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: "The sinful time is almost over" or "It is as though the night is almost finished" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: "the time of righteousness will begin soon" or "it is as though it will soon be day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν ἀποθώμεθα τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of of "works of darkness" as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to "put aside" means to stop doing something. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: "Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of of "works of darkness" as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to "put aside" means to stop doing something. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: "Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here "light" is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one's self. Alternate translation: "let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor περιπατήσωμεν εὐσχημόνως, ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: "Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν, ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: "Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: "sexually immoral acts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people.
|
||||
ROM 13 13 g117 ζήλῳ 1 jealousy This refers to negative feelings against another person's success or advantage over others.
|
||||
ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 14 j795 ἐνδύσασθε 1 put on If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here.
|
||||
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the "flesh" refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: "do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the "flesh" refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: "do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be "weak in faith" in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>##### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.<br>
|
||||
ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 jf8v τὸν δὲ ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments "and do not condemn them for their opinions"
|
||||
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here "faith" refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do.
|
||||
ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ ἀσθενῶν ἐσθίει λάχανα 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
|
||||
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion τίς εἶ σὺ, ὁ κρίνων οἰκέτην ἀλλότριον? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
|
||||
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ, ὁ κρίνων 1 you, you The form of "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned servants. Alternate translation: "Only the master can decide if he will accept the servant or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor δέ σταθήσεται, γὰρ ὁ Κύριος δυνατεῖ στῆσαι αὐτόν στῆσαι 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being "made to stand" instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being "made to stand" instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 x7j2 0 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally "One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same"
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit πληροφορείσθω ἕκαστος πληροφορείσθω ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, φρονεῖ Κυρίῳ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here "observes" refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: "The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ πληροφορείσθω πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here "observes" refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: "The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "the person who eats every kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 f9tm ὁ ἐσθίων ἐσθίει Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord "eats to honor the Lord" or "eats that way in order to honor the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ ἐσθίων μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "He who does not eat everything" or "The person who does not eat certain kinds of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ζῇ ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here "lives for himself" means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: "None of us should live merely to please ourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 f9tm ὁ ἐσθίων Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord "eats to honor the Lord" or "eats that way in order to honor the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "He who does not eat everything" or "The person who does not eat certain kinds of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here "lives for himself" means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: "None of us should live merely to please ourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἀποθνῄσκει ἑαυτῷ 1 none dies for himself This means one's death affects other people. Alternate translation: "none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one's death affects other people. Alternate translation: "none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of "we" are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί κρίνεις σου τὸν ἀδελφόν? ἢ καὶ σὺ, τί ἐξουθενεῖς σου τὸν ἀδελφόν? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: "it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!" or "stop judging and despising your brother!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί? σου τὸν ἀδελφόν? ἢ καὶ κρίνεις, τί ἐξουθενεῖς σου τὸν ἀδελφόν σὺ 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: "it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!" or "stop judging and despising your brother!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy γὰρ παραστησόμεθα πάντες παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The "judgment seat" refers to God's authority to judge. Alternate translation: "For God will judge us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γάρ γέγραπται," ἐγώ 1 For it is written, "As You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written in the Scriptures: 'As" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ἐγώ ζῶ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: "You can be certain that this is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ὅτι ἐμοὶ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words "knee" and "tongue" to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word "God" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "every person will bow and give praise to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ROM 14 12 nsy8 δώσει λόγον περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God "will have to explain our actions to God"
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ κρίνατε τοῦτο, μᾶλλον τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα ἢ σκάνδαλον τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here "stumbling block" and "snare" mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The "judgment seat" refers to God's authority to judge. Alternate translation: "For God will judge us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ," ἐγώ 1 For it is written, "As You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written in the Scriptures: 'As" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: "You can be certain that this is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words "knee" and "tongue" to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word "God" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "every person will bow and give praise to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God "will have to explain our actions to God"
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον τὸ, μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here "stumbling block" and "snare" mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words "know" and "am persuaded" mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: "I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "everything by itself is clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself "by its nature" or "because of what it is"
|
||||
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι εἶναι κοινὸν, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ γὰρ διὰ βρῶμα σου ὁ ἀδελφός λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt "If you hurt your fellow believer's faith over the matter of food." Here the word "your" refers to those who are strong in faith and "brother" refers to those who are weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ γὰρ διὰ βρῶμα ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt "If you hurt your fellow believer's faith over the matter of food." Here the word "your" refers to those who are strong in faith and "brother" refers to those who are weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor περιπατεῖς οὐκέτι περιπατεῖς κατὰ ἀγάπην 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: "then you are no longer showing love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 16 gl48 οὖν βλασφημείσθω μὴ βλασφημείσθω τὸ ἀγαθόν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν βλασφημείσθω 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil "If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good"
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit γάρ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν οὐ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: "For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: "then you are no longer showing love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω βλασφημείσθω βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ τὸ ἀγαθόν ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil "If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good"
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ,, δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: "For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "people will approve of him" or "people will respect him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit διώκωμεν τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here "build up one another" refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: "let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit κατάλυε μὴ κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕνεκεν βρώματος 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: "Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ ἐσθίοντι διὰ προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that "causes him to stumble" means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: "but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here "build up one another" refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: "let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: "Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that "causes him to stumble" means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: "but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 21 mrr4 0 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense "It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin"
|
||||
ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and "brother" refers to the weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 hjk9 πίστιν ἣν σὺ ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you 0 you ... yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ κρίνων μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves "Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do"
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves "Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do"
|
||||
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive 0 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway" or "The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is "not from faith" is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: "God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἐστίν ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is "not from faith" is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: "you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is "not from faith" is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: "you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Strong/Weak<br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers' living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -992,75 +992,75 @@ ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 the weak Here "the weak"
|
|||
ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone's faith. Alternate translation: "to strengthen his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the Messiah said to God in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive γὰρ ὅσα προεγράφη ἐγράφη εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-inclusive 0 our ... we Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν ἔχωμεν τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here "have confidence" means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here "have confidence" means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 5 g5xm 0 may ... God ... grant "I pray that ... God ... will grant"
|
||||
ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the "same mind" is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: "to be in agreement with each other" or "to be united" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy δοξάζητε ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: "praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: "praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another "accept one another""
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gbh8 γὰρ λέγω 1 For I say The word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν γεγενῆσθαι διάκονον περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here "the circumcision" is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here "the circumcision" is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here "the fathers" refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: "the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 k5q7 δὲ τὰ ἔθνη δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν ὑπὲρ ἐλέους 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: "and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy"
|
||||
ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: "and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy"
|
||||
ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy ψαλῶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου τῷ ὀνόματί 1 sing praise to your name Here "your name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "sing praise to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ τῷ ὀνόματί ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here "your name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "sing praise to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 yvy9 0 Again it says "Again the scripture says"
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God's people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "with the people of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God's people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "with the people of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 praise him "praise the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: "descendant of Jesse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here "him" refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: "The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "fill you with great joy and peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι δέ αὐτὸς πέπεισμαι δέ καὶ πέπεισμαι δέ ὑμῶν, μου ἀδελφοί 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: "I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι πέπεισμαι, πέπεισμαι δέ δέ δέ ἀδελφοί μου καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: "I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit καὶ δυνάμενοι νουθετεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 also able to exhort one another Here "exhort" means to teach. Alternate translation: "also able to teach each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 also able to exhort one another Here "exhort" means to teach. Alternate translation: "also able to teach each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God gave me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν γένηται εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles might please God when they obey him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles might please God when they obey him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles "so that the Gentiles will obey God"
|
||||
ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-activepassive λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action This can be translated in active form: Alternative translation: Alternate translation: "These are things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives 0 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Holy Spirit You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here "these are things" refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: "For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ, καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy.
|
||||
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως, φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, δὲ οὐχ ὅπου Χριστός ὠνομάσθη 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: "Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα οἰκοδομῶ μὴ οἰκοδομῶ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον' ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον 1 in order that I might not build upon another man's foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: "in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else's foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως, φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, δὲ οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: "Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον οἰκοδομῶ οἰκοδομῶ' ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον 1 in order that I might not build upon another man's foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: "in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else's foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-activepassive 0 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: "What is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνηγγέλη 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the "tidings" or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: "Those whom no one had told the news about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the "tidings" or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: "Those whom no one had told the news about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray.
|
||||
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive ἐνεκοπτόμην καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they also hindered me" or "people also hindered me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit ἔχων μηκέτι ἔχων τόπον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κλίμασι 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: "there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they also hindered me" or "people also hindered me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: "there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain This is a roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing "as I pass through Rome" or "while I am on my way"
|
||||
ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ προπεμφθῆναι ὑφ’ ὑμῶν ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: "that you will help me on my journey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐμπλησθῶ ἐὰν ὑμῶν 1 have enjoyed your company "have enjoyed spending some time with you" or "have enjoyed visiting you"
|
||||
ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: "that you will help me on my journey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν ἐμπλησθῶ 1 have enjoyed your company "have enjoyed spending some time with you" or "have enjoyed visiting you"
|
||||
ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words "Macedonia" and "Achaia" are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: "the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 15 27 w5ap 0 Yes, it was their good pleasure "The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it"
|
||||
ROM 15 27 tfz1 0 indeed, they are their debtors "indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem"
|
||||
ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ τὰ ἔθνη ἐκοινώνησαν αὐτῶν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them "since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers"
|
||||
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς σφραγισάμενος τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: "and have safely delivered this offering to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλεύσομαι ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: "And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ τοῖς, πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη ὀφείλουσιν καὶ λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them "since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers"
|
||||
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: "and have safely delivered this offering to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: "And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here.
|
||||
ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you "I encourage you"
|
||||
ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 you strive "you work hard" or "you struggle"
|
||||
ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God may rescue me from those who are disobedient" or "God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit 0 that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the believers in Jerusalem will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: "pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit μετὰ ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace The "God of peace" means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: "I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace The "God of peace" means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: "I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
|
||||
ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe "I want you to respect Phoebe"
|
||||
ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our sister The word "our" refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: "our sister in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word "our" refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: "our sister in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit προσδέξησθε αὐτὴν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "welcome her because we all belong to the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "welcome her because we all belong to the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints "in the way that believers should welcome other believers"
|
||||
ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-euphemism παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: "help her by giving her whatever she needs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 inh1 ἐγενήθη προστάτις πολλῶν, καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well "has helped many people, and she has also helped me"
|
||||
ROM 16 2 inh1 προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη, καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well "has helped many people, and she has also helped me"
|
||||
ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila Priscilla was the wife of Aquila. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit μου τοὺς συνεργούς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul's "fellow workers" are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul's "fellow workers" are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 5 i32d 0 Greet the church that is in their house "Greet the believers who meet in their house to worship"
|
||||
ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: "first person in Asia to believe in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus This is a man's
|
|||
ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could be either 1) Junia, a woman's name, or, much less likely, 2) Junias, a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The apostles know them very well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 alh2 μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord "my dear friend and fellow believer"
|
||||
ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord "my dear friend and fellow believer"
|
||||
ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names 0 Urbanus ... Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names 0 Apelles ... Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word "approved" refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: "whom Christ has approved"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1078,13 +1078,13 @@ ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are i
|
|||
ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names 0 Tryphaena ... Tryphosa ... Persis These are women's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Lord has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor αὐτοῦ τὴν μητέρα καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: "his mother, whom I also think of as my mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: "his mother, whom I also think of as my mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν, 1 Asyncritus ... Phlegon ... Hermes ... Patrobas ... Hermas These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names 0 Philologus ... Nereus ... Olympas These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ φιλήματι 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: "The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: "The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God.
|
||||
ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about "to watch out for"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1093,12 +1093,12 @@ ROM 16 17 j9x7 0 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned "The
|
|||
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them "Turn away" here is an metaphor for "refuse to listen." Alternate translation: "Do not listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words "they serve" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, they serve their own stomach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here "stomach" is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: "but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας χρηστολογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words "smooth" and "flattering" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: "By saying things that seem to be good and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words "smooth" and "flattering" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: "By saying things that seem to be good and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "they deceive the innocent believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: "those who innocently trust them" or "those who do not know these teachers are fooling them"
|
||||
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification 0 For your example of obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers' obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: "For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil "not involved in doing evil things"
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει ἐν τάχει συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase "crush under your feet" refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: "Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase "crush under your feet" refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: "Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him.
|
||||
ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names 0 Tertius, who write this epistle down Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1109,8 +1109,8 @@ ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who tak
|
|||
ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word "now" marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor 0 to make you stand Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were standing, instead of falling. Alternate translation: "to make your faith strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ μου τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ "by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου σεσιγημένου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet δὲ νῦν φανερωθέντος γνωρισθέντος διά τε προφητικῶν Γραφῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs "revealed" and "made known" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ "by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs "revealed" and "made known" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here "obedience" and "faith" are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs "obey" and "trust" in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: "so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit 0 To the only wise God ... be glory forever. Amen Here "through Jesus Christ" refers to what Jesus did. To give "glory" means to praise God. Alternate translation: "Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1307.
|
724
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
724
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
304
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
304
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
|
|
@ -3,27 +3,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 01 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special Concepts<br><br>##### Paul's integrity<br>People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.<br><br>##### Comfort<br>Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical question<br><br>Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### We<br>Paul uses the pronoun "we". This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>##### Guarantee<br><br>Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian's eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God's given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a "guarantee" that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 01 01 epd2 0 General Information: After Paul's greeting to the church in Corinth, he writes about suffering and comfort through Jesus Christ. Timothy is with him as well. The word "you" throughout this letter refers to the people of the church in Corinth and to the rest of the Christians in that area. Possibly Timothy writes on parchment paper the words that Paul says.
|
||||
2CO 01 01 mel3 0 Paul ... to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: "I, Paul ... wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth"
|
||||
2CO 01 01 f59u 0 Timothy our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Timothy and considered him to be their spiritual brother.
|
||||
2CO 01 01 mhg5 translate-names 0 Achaia This is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 01 01 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Timothy and considered him to be their spiritual brother.
|
||||
2CO 01 01 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 01 02 f6k1 0 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
|
||||
2CO 01 03 px2q figs-activepassive 0 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 03 k7dl 0 the God and Father "God, who is the Father"
|
||||
2CO 01 03 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father "God, who is the Father"
|
||||
2CO 01 03 pg4a figs-parallelism 0 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 01 03 blv4 0 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are 1) that the words "mercies" and "all comfort" describe the character of "Father" and "God" or 2) that the words "Father" and "God" refer to one who is the source of "mercies" and "all comfort."
|
||||
2CO 01 04 n2lc figs-inclusive 0 comforts us in all our affliction Here "us" and "our" include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 04 n2lc figs-inclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here "us" and "our" include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 05 nn5a figs-metaphor 0 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound for our sake Paul speaks of Christ's sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: "For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 05 i254 0 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are 1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or 2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 01 05 tg9w figs-metaphor 0 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 06 y9bi figs-exclusive 0 But if we are afflicted Here the word "we" refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But if people afflict us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 06 wyj4 figs-activepassive 0 if we are comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if God comforts us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 05 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are 1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or 2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 01 05 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 06 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word "we" refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But if people afflict us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 06 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if God comforts us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 06 cfq7 0 Your comfort is working effectively "You experience effective comfort"
|
||||
2CO 01 08 jqn8 figs-litotes 0 we do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "we want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 01 08 jqn8 figs-litotes οὐ θέλομεν θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "we want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 01 08 pr8a figs-metaphor 0 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 08 gu5b figs-activepassive 0 We were so completely crushed The word "crushed" refers to the feeling of despair. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The troubles we experienced completely crushed us" or "We were in complete despair" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 lks3 figs-metaphor 0 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: "we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 i7up figs-ellipsis 0 but instead in God The words "put our trust" are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: "but instead, to put our trust in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 bu2y figs-idiom 0 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who causes the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 01 10 x4kh figs-metaphor 0 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a deadly peril or terrible danger. Alternate translation: "despair" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: "we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but instead in God The words "put our trust" are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: "but instead, to put our trust in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 01 09 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who causes the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 01 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a deadly peril or terrible danger. Alternate translation: "despair" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 10 mwn9 0 he will continue to deliver us "he will continue to rescue us"
|
||||
2CO 01 11 q17d 0 He will do this as you also help us "God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us"
|
||||
2CO 01 11 k1fl figs-activepassive 0 the gracious favor given to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the gracious favor which God has given to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 01 12 c7mu figs-personification 0 Our conscience testifies Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his conscience were a person that could speak. Alternate translation: "We know by our conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 01 12 c1bd figs-metonymy 0 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here "fleshly" represents human. Alternate translation: "We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 01 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives 0 We write to you nothing that you cannot read and understand This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "You can read and understand everything we write to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 01 14 ma5m 0 your reason for boasting The word "boasting" here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 01 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word "boasting" here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 01 15 nhq8 0 General Information: Paul wrote at least 3 letters to the Corinthians. Only 2 letters to Corinth are recorded in the Bible.
|
||||
2CO 01 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter.
|
||||
2CO 01 15 n5ex 0 Because I was confident about this The word "this" refers to Paul's previous comments about the Corinthians.
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 01 17 chy9 figs-rquestion 0 Do I plan things according to human standards ... at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things according to human standards ... at the same time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 01 17 y41z figs-explicit 0 Do I plan things ... so that I say "Yes, yes" and "No, no" at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words "yes" and "no" are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I do not plan things ... so that I say 'Yes, I will certainly visit' and 'No, I will definitely not visit' at the same time!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 01 19 z4he figs-explicit 0 For the Son of God ... is not "Yes" and "No." Instead, he is always "Yes." Jesus says "Yes" concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: "For the Son of God ... does not say 'Yes' and 'No' concerning God's promises. Instead, he always says 'Yes.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 01 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2CO 01 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2CO 01 20 h2xc figs-explicit 0 all the promises of God are "Yes" in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God's promises. Alternate translation: "all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 01 20 h4uv 0 "Yes" in him ... through him we say The word "him" refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 01 21 d3s3 0 God who confirms us with you Possible meanings are 1) "God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ" or 2) "God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ."
|
||||
2CO 01 21 d3s3 ὁ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν Θεός 1 God who confirms us with you Possible meanings are 1) "God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ" or 2) "God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ."
|
||||
2CO 01 21 tjc6 0 he anointed us Possible meanings are 1) "he sent us to preach the gospel" or 2) "he chose us to be his people."
|
||||
2CO 01 22 z43l figs-metaphor 0 he set his seal on us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "he has put his mark of ownership on us" or "he has shown that we belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 01 22 xe98 figs-metonymy 0 gave us the Spirit in our hearts Here the word "hearts" refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: "gave us the Spirit to live within each of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,124 +63,124 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 02 03 kxu2 figs-explicit 0 I wrote as I did This refers to another letter that Paul had written to the Corinthian Christians that no longer exists. Alternate translation: "I wrote as I did in my previous letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 02 03 v87i figs-activepassive 0 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 03 i5r6 0 my joy is the same joy you all have "what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too"
|
||||
2CO 02 04 uch7 0 from great affliction Here the word "affliction" refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 02 04 uch7 ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word "affliction" refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 02 04 vs7m figs-metonymy 0 with anguish of heart Here the word "heart" refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: "with extreme sorrow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 02 04 d5vf 0 with many tears "with much crying"
|
||||
2CO 02 06 iy4r figs-activepassive 0 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough This can be stated in active form. The word "punishment" can be translated using a verb. Alternate translation: "The way that the majority has punished that person is enough" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 02 06 a7c4 0 is enough "is sufficient"
|
||||
2CO 02 07 vpx1 figs-activepassive 0 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "too much sorrow does not overwhelm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 07 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ καταποθῇ 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "too much sorrow does not overwhelm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 08 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
|
||||
2CO 02 08 yi2z 0 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their love for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
|
||||
2CO 02 09 xw5t figs-explicit 0 you are obedient in everything Possible meanings are 1) "you are obedient to God in everything" or 2) "you are obedient in everything that I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 02 09 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything Possible meanings are 1) "you are obedient to God in everything" or 2) "you are obedient in everything that I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 02 10 lzp6 figs-activepassive 0 it is forgiven for your sake This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven it for your sake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 10 cbm6 0 forgiven for your sake Possible meanings are 1) "forgiven out of my love for you" or 2) "forgiven for your benefit."
|
||||
2CO 02 11 m46t figs-litotes 0 For we are not ignorant of his plans Paul uses a negative expression to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: "For we know his plans well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 02 11 m46t figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans Paul uses a negative expression to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: "For we know his plans well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 02 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
|
||||
2CO 02 12 a1ti figs-metaphor 0 A door was opened to me by the Lord ... to preach the gospel Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the gospel as if it were a door through which he was allowed to walk. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord opened a door to me ... to preach the gospel" or "The Lord gave me the opportunity ... to preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 13 rjy9 0 I had no relief in my spirit "My mind was troubled" or "I was worried"
|
||||
2CO 02 13 xd5h 0 my brother Titus Paul speaks of Titus as his spiritual brother.
|
||||
2CO 02 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of Titus as his spiritual brother.
|
||||
2CO 02 13 wq6j 0 So I left them "So I left the people of Troas"
|
||||
2CO 02 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor 0 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. Possible meanings are 1) "God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph" or 2) "God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 02 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor Θεῷ, τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. Possible meanings are 1) "God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph" or 2) "God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 02 14 l1nr figs-metaphor 0 Through us he spreads the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: "He causes the knowledge of Christ to spread to everyone who hears us, just as the sweet smell of burning incense spreads to everyone near it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 02 14 eq21 0 he spreads ... everywhere "he spreads ... everywhere we go"
|
||||
2CO 02 15 x6nn figs-metaphor 0 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were a burnt offering that someone offers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 02 15 b1k1 0 the sweet aroma of Christ Possible meanings are 1) "the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ" or 2) "the sweet aroma that Christ offers."
|
||||
2CO 02 15 itc8 figs-activepassive 0 those who are saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom God has saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom God has saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor 0 it is an aroma "the knowledge of Christ is an aroma." This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 ud2u figs-doublet 0 an aroma from death to death Possible meanings are 1) that the word "death" is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means "an aroma that causes death" or 2) "an aroma of death that causes people to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive 0 the ones being saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the ones whom God is saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 cdr3 figs-doublet 0 aroma from life to life Possible meanings are 1) that the word "life" is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means "an aroma that gives life" or 2) "an aroma of life that gives people live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 aroma from life to life Possible meanings are 1) that the word "life" is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means "an aroma that gives life" or 2) "an aroma of life that gives people live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 02 16 be6x figs-rquestion 0 Who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. Alternate translation: "No one is worthy of these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 02 17 a5sa figs-metonymy 0 who sell the word of God "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "who sell God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 02 17 x86y 0 purity of motives "pure motives"
|
||||
2CO 02 17 u2zb 0 we speak in Christ "we speak as people who are joined to Christ" or "we speak with the authority of Christ"
|
||||
2CO 02 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 purity of motives "pure motives"
|
||||
2CO 02 17 u2zb ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ "we speak as people who are joined to Christ" or "we speak with the authority of Christ"
|
||||
2CO 02 17 yg3k figs-activepassive 0 as we are sent from God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as people whom God has sent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 02 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis 0 in the sight of God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that God is watching them. Alternate translation: "we speak in the presence of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 02 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 in the sight of God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that God is watching them. Alternate translation: "we speak in the presence of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 03 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Law of Moses<br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul's teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit."<br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here "Spirit" probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being "spiritual" in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 03 01 m1k8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that he is not boasting as he tells them about what he has done through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 03 01 um8x figs-rquestion 0 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. Alternate translation: "We are not beginning to praise ourselves again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 03 01 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. Alternate translation: "We are not beginning to praise ourselves again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 03 01 y8yc figs-rquestion 0 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy's good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: "We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 03 01 ad1u 0 letters of recommendation This is a letter that a person writes to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 03 01 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This is a letter that a person writes to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 03 02 ty59 figs-metaphor 0 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a letter of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul's ministry to others. Alternate translation: "You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 v2e7 figs-metonymy 0 written on our hearts Here the word "hearts" refers to their thoughts and emotions. Possible meanings are 1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or 2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 bu1u figs-activepassive 0 written on our hearts This can be stated in active form with "Christ" as the implied subject. Alternate translation: "which Christ has written on our hearts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 dr5k figs-activepassive 0 known and read by all people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that all people can know and read" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 s717 figs-metaphor 0 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: "you are a letter that Christ has written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word "hearts" refers to their thoughts and emotions. Possible meanings are 1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or 2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts This can be stated in active form with "Christ" as the implied subject. Alternate translation: "which Christ has written on our hearts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 02 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that all people can know and read" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 s717 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: "you are a letter that Christ has written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 wrk4 0 delivered by us "brought by us"
|
||||
2CO 03 03 q96q 0 It was written not with ink ... on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
|
||||
2CO 03 03 qt5g figs-activepassive 0 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It is not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 t5ah figs-activepassive 0 It was not written on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It is not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 u959 figs-metaphor 0 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their hearts as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 03 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their hearts as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 04 z7qx 0 this is the confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His confidence comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
|
||||
2CO 03 05 qye9 0 competent in ourselves "qualified in ourselves" or "sufficient in ourselves"
|
||||
2CO 03 05 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves "qualified in ourselves" or "sufficient in ourselves"
|
||||
2CO 03 05 e5e7 figs-explicit 0 to claim anything as coming from us Here the word "anything" refers to anything pertaining to Paul's apostolic ministry. Alternate translation: "to claim that anything we have done in ministry comes from our own efforts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 05 wi1t 0 our competence is from God "God gives us our sufficiency"
|
||||
2CO 03 06 dp6i figs-synecdoche 0 a covenant not of the letter Here the word "letter" means letters of the alphabet and refers to words that people write down. The phrase alludes to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: "a covenant not based on commands that men have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 06 tc4u figs-ellipsis 0 but of the Spirit The Holy Spirit is the one who establishes God's covenant with people. Alternate translation: "but a covenant based on what the Spirit does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 03 06 q4at figs-personification 0 the letter kills Paul speaks of the Old Testament law as a person who kills. Following that law leads to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "the written law leads to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 06 q4at figs-personification τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτέννει 1 the letter kills Paul speaks of the Old Testament law as a person who kills. Following that law leads to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "the written law leads to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 07 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
|
||||
2CO 03 07 ut6r figs-irony 0 Now the service that produced death ... came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to death, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 03 07 du65 figs-explicit 0 the service that produced "the ministry of death." This refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: "the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 07 j1hp figs-activepassive 0 engraved in letters on stones "carved into stone with letters." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God carved into stone with letters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 07 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones "carved into stone with letters." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God carved into stone with letters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 07 r5p5 0 in such glory "in so much glory"
|
||||
2CO 03 07 y11c 0 This is because "They could not look because"
|
||||
2CO 03 08 xxn6 figs-rquestion 0 How much more glorious will be the service that the Spirit does? Paul uses this question to emphasize that "the service that the Spirit does" must be more glorious than "the service that produced" because it leads to life. Alternate translation: "So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 03 08 wq1v figs-explicit 0 the service that the Spirit does "the ministry of the Spirit." This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: "the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 k779 figs-explicit 0 the service of condemnation "the ministry of condemnation." This refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: "the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 if33 figs-exclamations 0 how much more does the service of righteousness abound in glory! Here the word "how" marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: "then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 e5zz figs-metaphor 0 the service of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of "the service of righteousness" as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that "the service of righteousness" is far more glorious than the law, which also had glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 ufq6 figs-explicit 0 the service of righteousness "the ministry of righteousness." This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: "the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 k779 figs-explicit τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατακρίσεως 1 the service of condemnation "the ministry of condemnation." This refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: "the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 if33 figs-exclamations πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ! 1 how much more does the service of righteousness abound in glory! Here the word "how" marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: "then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 e5zz figs-metaphor περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ 1 the service of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of "the service of righteousness" as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that "the service of righteousness" is far more glorious than the law, which also had glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 09 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the service of righteousness "the ministry of righteousness." This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: "the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 10 n4pe 0 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious ... because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears glorious when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
|
||||
2CO 03 10 t2dq figs-activepassive 0 that which was once made glorious This can be stated in active form. AT "the law which God once made glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 10 d7k5 0 in this respect "in this way"
|
||||
2CO 03 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor 0 that which was passing away This refers to "the service of condemnation," which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: "that which was becoming useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect "in this way"
|
||||
2CO 03 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was passing away This refers to "the service of condemnation," which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: "that which was becoming useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 12 tnc1 0 Since we have such a hope This refers to what Paul has just said. His hope comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
|
||||
2CO 03 12 u5qa 0 such a hope "such confidence"
|
||||
2CO 03 12 u5qa τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 such a hope "such confidence"
|
||||
2CO 03 13 p5u2 figs-explicit 0 the ending of a glory that was passing away The refers to the glory that shined on Moses' face. Alternate translation: "the glory on Moses' face as it faded away completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 03 14 zvf5 figs-metaphor 0 But their minds were closed "But their minds were hardened." Paul speaks of the minds of the Israelite people as objects that could be closed or made hard. This expression means that they were unable to understand what they saw. Alternate translation: "But the Israelites could not understand what they saw" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 14 zm7j 0 For to this day to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians
|
||||
2CO 03 14 zm7j γὰρ τῆς ἡμέρας 1 For to this day to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians
|
||||
2CO 03 14 w68p figs-metaphor 0 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses' face because he covered his face with a veil, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 14 gg2d 0 when they read the old covenant "when they hear someone read the old covenant"
|
||||
2CO 03 14 gl8l figs-activepassive 0 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here both occurrences of the word "it" refer to "the same veil." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 15 rjh5 0 But even today This phrase refer to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 03 15 t3dl figs-metonymy 0 whenever Moses is read Here the word "Moses" refers to the Old Testament law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whenever someone reads the Mosaic law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word "Moses" refers to the Old Testament law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whenever someone reads the Mosaic law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy 0 a veil covers their hearts Here the word "hearts" represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: "they are unable to understand what they are hearing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 16 k2dr figs-metaphor 0 when a person turns to the Lord Here "turns to" is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: "when a person starts to worship the Lord" or "when a person starts to trust in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive 0 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God lifts the veil away" or "God gives them the ability to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive Κύριον περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God lifts the veil away" or "God gives them the ability to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 18 r6rx figs-inclusive 0 Now all of us Here the word "us" refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 18 l3xw figs-metaphor 0 with unveiled faces, see the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God's glory reflected on Moses' face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God's glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 03 18 rc9x figs-activepassive 0 We are being transformed into the same glorious likeness The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 03 18 bx5b 0 from one degree of glory into another "from one amount of glory to another amount of glory." This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the glory of believers.
|
||||
2CO 03 18 mw3v 0 just as from the Lord "just as this comes from the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 03 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord "just as this comes from the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 04 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins with the word "therefore." This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Life and death<br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Hope<br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 04 01 lyi4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that he is honest in his ministry by preaching Christ, not praising himself. He shows the death and the life of Jesus in how he lives so that life can work in the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
2CO 04 01 ix7n figs-exclusive 0 we have this ministry Here the word "we" refers to Paul and his coworker, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 01 h1ud figs-explicit 0 and just as we have received mercy This phrase explains how Paul and his coworkers "have this ministry." It is a gift that God has given to them through his mercy. Alternate translation: "because God has shown us mercy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 04 02 yp4g 0 we have rejected secret and shameful ways This means that that Paul and his coworkers refused to do "secret and shameful" things. It does not mean that they had done these things in the past.
|
||||
2CO 04 02 z4c2 figs-hendiadys 0 secret and shameful ways The word "secret" describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are shameful should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: "the things that people do secretly because they cause shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 04 02 ey75 0 live by craftiness "live by deception"
|
||||
2CO 04 02 ey75 περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ 1 live by craftiness "live by deception"
|
||||
2CO 04 02 gp3g figs-doublenegatives 0 we do not mishandle the word of God "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. This phrase uses two negative thoughts to express a positive thought. Alternate translation: "we do not mishandle God's message" or "we use the word of God correctly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 04 02 aj24 0 we recommend ourselves to everyone's conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
|
||||
2CO 04 02 f6n1 figs-metaphor 0 in the sight of God This refers to God's presence. God's understanding and approval of Paul's truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: "before God" or "with God as witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 02 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the sight of God This refers to God's presence. God's understanding and approval of Paul's truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: "before God" or "with God as witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 03 mti5 figs-metaphor 0 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 03 hz2f figs-activepassive 0 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 03 e5yu 0 our gospel "the gospel that we preach"
|
||||
2CO 04 03 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 03 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel "the gospel that we preach"
|
||||
2CO 04 04 r6pz figs-metaphor 0 the god of this world has blinded their unbelieving minds Paul speaks of their minds as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: "the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 04 tx9h 0 the god of this world "the god who rules this world." This phrase refers to Satan.
|
||||
2CO 04 04 tx9h ὁ θεὸς τοῦ τοῦ αἰῶνος αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the god of this world "the god who rules this world." This phrase refers to Satan.
|
||||
2CO 04 04 z4yp figs-metaphor 0 they are not able to see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ As the Israelites could not see God's glory that shined on Moses' face because he covered it with a veil ([2 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md)), unbelievers are not able to see Christ's glory that shines in the gospel. This means that they are unable to understand "the gospel of the glory of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 04 j1vz 0 the light of the gospel "the light that comes from the gospel"
|
||||
2CO 04 04 rdj3 0 the gospel of the glory of Christ "the gospel about the Christ's glory"
|
||||
2CO 04 04 j1vz τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the light of the gospel "the light that comes from the gospel"
|
||||
2CO 04 04 rdj3 τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the gospel of the glory of Christ "the gospel about the Christ's glory"
|
||||
2CO 04 05 ddw1 figs-ellipsis 0 but Christ Jesus as Lord, and ourselves as your servants You can supply the verb for these phrases. Alternate translation: "but we proclaim Christ Jesus as Lord, and we proclaim ourselves as your servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 04 05 t8du 0 for Jesus' sake "because of Jesus"
|
||||
2CO 04 06 rw5z 0 Light will shine out of darkness With this sentence, Paul refers to God creating light, as described in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
2CO 04 06 rw5z ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψει 1 Light will shine out of darkness With this sentence, Paul refers to God creating light, as described in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
2CO 04 06 d5x7 figs-metaphor 0 He has shone ... to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here the word "light" refers to the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: "He has shone ... to enable us to understand the glory of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 06 bj1j figs-metonymy 0 in our hearts Here the word "hearts" refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "in our minds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 04 06 bj1j figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 in our hearts Here the word "hearts" refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "in our minds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 04 06 mpg9 0 the light of the knowledge of the glory of God "the light, which is the knowledge of the glory of God"
|
||||
2CO 04 06 p736 figs-metaphor 0 the glory of God in the presence of Jesus Christ "the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ." Just as God's glory shone upon Moses' face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon Jesus face. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God's glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 07 xe5i figs-exclusive 0 But we have Here the word "we" refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 07 xx2c figs-metaphor 0 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a treasure and their bodies as if they were breakable jars made out of clay. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 07 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word "we" refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 07 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a treasure and their bodies as if they were breakable jars made out of clay. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 07 t225 0 so that it is clear "so that it is clear to people" or "so that people clearly know"
|
||||
2CO 04 08 ga9z figs-activepassive 0 We are afflicted in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People afflict us in every way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 08 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People afflict us in every way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 09 bz8m figs-activepassive 0 We are persecuted but not forsaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People persecute us but God does not forsake us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 09 uvq1 figs-activepassive 0 We are struck down but not destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People strike us down but do not destroy us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 09 z8np 0 We are struck down "We are hurt badly"
|
||||
|
|
@ -188,18 +188,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 04 10 l6f6 0 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies Possible meanings are 1) "our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive" or 2) "the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies."
|
||||
2CO 04 10 w3jc figs-activepassive 0 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "other people may see the life of Jesus in our bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 11 ht74 figs-metaphor 0 We who are alive are always carrying around in our body the death of Jesus Carrying the death of Jesus represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: "For those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus" or "People are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 11 d1wm 0 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our body God wants Jesus' life be shown in us. Possible meanings are 1) "our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive" or 2) "the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies." See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 04 11 ww5r figs-activepassive 0 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our body This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 11 d1wm ἵνα ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our body God wants Jesus' life be shown in us. Possible meanings are 1) "our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive" or 2) "the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies." See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 04 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our body This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 12 q3il figs-personification 0 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of death and life as if they are persons who can work. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 04 13 ret6 0 the same spirit of faith "the same attitude of faith." Here the word "spirit" refers a person's attitude and temperament.
|
||||
2CO 04 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive 0 according to that which was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the one who wrote these words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 13 il5h 0 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
|
||||
2CO 04 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith "the same attitude of faith." Here the word "spirit" refers a person's attitude and temperament.
|
||||
2CO 04 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the one who wrote these words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
|
||||
2CO 04 14 t2i8 figs-idiom 0 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "that the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will" or "God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 04 15 v7sj 0 Everything is for your sake Here the word "everything" refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
|
||||
2CO 04 15 l1mu figs-activepassive 0 as grace is spread to many people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as God spreads his grace to many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 04 15 u8pp figs-metaphor 0 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of thanksgiving as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: "more and more people may give thanks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 04 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
|
||||
2CO 04 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives 0 So we do not become discouraged This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "So we remain confident" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 04 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "So we remain confident" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 04 16 hhv6 figs-explicit 0 outwardly we are wasting away This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: "our physical bodies are getting weak and dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 04 16 s9b2 figs-explicit 0 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: "our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 04 16 zct5 figs-activepassive 0 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is renewing our inward being more each day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -218,49 +218,49 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 05 03 ap7v figs-activepassive 0 we will not be found to be naked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we will not be naked" or "God will not find us naked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 bz6k figs-metaphor 0 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a "tent." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 e34b 0 in this tent, we groan The word "tent" refers to "the earthly dwelling that we live in." The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 05 04 cjt4 figs-metaphor 0 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 f8rb figs-metaphor 0 We do not want to be unclothed ... we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here "to be unclothed" refers to the death of the physical body; "to be clothed" refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 n78p 0 to be unclothed "to be without clothes" or "to be naked"
|
||||
2CO 05 04 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed "to be without clothes" or "to be naked"
|
||||
2CO 05 04 de2b figs-metaphor 0 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of life as if it were an animal that eats "what is mortal." The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 04 e5zi figs-activepassive 0 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that life may swallow up what is mortal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 05 g7yj figs-metaphor 0 who gave us the Spirit as a guarantee of what is to come The Spirit is spoken of as if he were a partial down payment toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 06 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because 1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ and 2) because of love for Christ who died for believers.
|
||||
2CO 05 06 xv3m figs-metaphor 0 while we are at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: "while we are living in this earthly body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 06 ebl4 0 we are away from the Lord "we are not at home with the Lord" or "we are not in heaven with the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 05 07 rfn4 figs-metaphor 0 we walk by faith, not by sight Here "walk" is a metaphor for "live" or "behave." Alternate translation: "we live according to faith, not according to what we see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 06 ebl4 ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 we are away from the Lord "we are not at home with the Lord" or "we are not in heaven with the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 05 07 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here "walk" is a metaphor for "live" or "behave." Alternate translation: "we live according to faith, not according to what we see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 08 a6au 0 We would rather be away from the body Here the word "body" refers to the physical body.
|
||||
2CO 05 08 i3m3 0 at home with the Lord "at home with the Lord in heaven"
|
||||
2CO 05 09 ml5j figs-ellipsis 0 whether we are at home or away The word "the Lord" may be supplied from the previous verses. Alternate translation: "whether we are at home with the Lord or away from the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 05 09 j1sl 0 to please him "to please the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 05 10 kdf2 0 before the judgment seat of Christ "before Christ to be judged"
|
||||
2CO 05 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ "before Christ to be judged"
|
||||
2CO 05 10 c499 0 each one may receive what is due "each person may receive what he deserves"
|
||||
2CO 05 10 v8sl figs-activepassive 0 the things done in the body This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things he has done in the physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 10 lsh8 0 whether for good or for bad "whether those things were good or bad"
|
||||
2CO 05 11 dzh5 0 knowing the fear of the Lord "knowing what it means to fear the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 05 11 dzh5 εἰδότες τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord "knowing what it means to fear the Lord"
|
||||
2CO 05 11 qm34 figs-explicit 0 we persuade people Possible meanings are 1) "we persuade people of the truth of the gospel" or 2) "we persuade people that we are legitimate apostles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 05 11 v11v figs-activepassive 0 What we are is clearly seen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God clearly sees what kind of people we are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 11 y5l1 0 that it is also clear to your conscience "that you are also convinced of it"
|
||||
2CO 05 12 mza1 0 so you may have an answer "so you may have something to say to"
|
||||
2CO 05 12 it2r figs-metonymy 0 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word "appearances" refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word "heart" refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: "those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 05 13 cy57 figs-idiom 0 if we are out of our minds ... if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: "if people think we are crazy ... if people think we are sane" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 05 14 azi9 0 the love of Christ Possible meanings are 1) "Our love for Christ" or 2) "Christ's love for us."
|
||||
2CO 05 14 nd9g 0 died for all "died for all people"
|
||||
2CO 05 14 azi9 ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ Possible meanings are 1) "Our love for Christ" or 2) "Christ's love for us."
|
||||
2CO 05 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all "died for all people"
|
||||
2CO 05 15 h831 0 him who for their sake died and was raised "him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again" or "Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised"
|
||||
2CO 05 15 ri6f 0 for their sake Possible meanings are 1) these words refer only to "died" or 2) these words refer to both "died" and "was raised."
|
||||
2CO 05 16 f2ww 0 Connecting Statement: Because of Christ's love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ's death and receive God's righteousness through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 05 16 ic21 0 For this reason This refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
|
||||
2CO 05 17 tl3h figs-metaphor 0 he is a new creation Paul speaks of the person who believes in Christ as if God had created a new person. Alternate translation: "he is a new person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 05 17 ue8f 0 The old things have passed away Here "the old things" refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 05 17 vpe3 0 See The word "See" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 05 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here "the old things" refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 05 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word "See" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 05 18 jyf7 0 All these things "God has done all these things." This refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
|
||||
2CO 05 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns 0 the ministry of reconciliation This can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "the ministry of reconciling people to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 05 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation This can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "the ministry of reconciling people to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 05 19 gvl2 0 That is "This means"
|
||||
2CO 05 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy 0 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here the word "world" refers to people in the world. Alternate translation: "in Christ, God is reconciling mankind to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 05 19 b62q 0 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
|
||||
2CO 05 19 ix97 0 the message of reconciliation "the message about reconciliation"
|
||||
2CO 05 20 wg8f figs-activepassive 0 we are appointed as representatives of Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has appointed us as Christ's representatives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 20 q9u9 0 representatives of Christ "those who speak for Christ"
|
||||
2CO 05 20 a6fx figs-activepassive 0 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Let God reconcile you to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 20 q9u9 Χριστοῦ πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ "those who speak for Christ"
|
||||
2CO 05 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Let God reconcile you to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 21 jp2a 0 He made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin "God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin"
|
||||
2CO 05 21 hz6z figs-inclusive 0 our sin ... we might become Here the words "our" and "we" are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 05 21 ebz2 0 He is the one who never sinned "Christ is the one who never sinned"
|
||||
|
|
@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 06 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Servants<br>Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Contrasts<br><br>Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun "we" to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br>
|
||||
2CO 06 01 in53 0 General Information: In verse 2, Paul quotes a portion from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
2CO 06 01 kf1d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul summarizes how working together for God is supposed to be.
|
||||
2CO 06 01 tbr6 figs-explicit 0 Working together Paul is implying that he and Timothy are working with God. Alternate translation: "Working together with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 06 01 s8db figs-doublenegatives 0 we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain Paul pleads with them to allow the grace of God to be effective in their lives. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 06 02 u9kc figs-explicit 0 For he says "For God says." This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: "For God says in scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 06 01 tbr6 figs-explicit συνεργοῦντες 1 Working together Paul is implying that he and Timothy are working with God. Alternate translation: "Working together with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 06 01 s8db figs-doublenegatives καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς 1 we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain Paul pleads with them to allow the grace of God to be effective in their lives. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 06 02 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says "For God says." This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: "For God says in scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 06 02 sa94 0 Look The word "Look" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 06 03 v3wc figs-metaphor 0 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: "We do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 06 03 he3c figs-activepassive 0 we do not wish our ministry to be discredited The word "discredited" refers to people speaking badly about Paul's ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we do not want anyone to be able to speak badly about our ministry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 06 11 v74j 0 spoken the whole truth to you "spoken honestly to you"
|
||||
2CO 06 11 mv85 figs-metaphor 0 our heart is wide open Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a heart that is open. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "we love you very much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 06 12 xv9t figs-metaphor 0 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your own hearts Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their hearts were squeezed into a tight space. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 06 12 u4fz figs-activepassive 0 You are not restrained by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We have not restrained you" or "We have not given you any reason to stop loving us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We have not restrained you" or "We have not given you any reason to stop loving us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive 0 you are restrained in your own hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "your own hearts are restraining you" or "you have stopped loving us for your own reasons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 13 c6vp figs-metaphor 0 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: "love us back" or "love us much as we have loved you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 06 14 wj41 0 General Information: In verse 16, Paul paraphrases portions from several Old Testament prophets: Moses, Zechariah, Amos, and possibly others.
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,27 +303,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 06 14 v7pw figs-rquestion 0 For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 06 14 xr52 figs-rquestion 0 For what fellowship does light have with darkness? Paul asks this question to emphasize that light and darkness cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. The words "light" and "darkness" refer to the moral and spiritual qualities of believers and unbelievers. Alternate translation: "Light can have no fellowship with darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 06 15 r1vq figs-rquestion 0 What agreement can Christ have with Beliar? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 06 15 rm3r translate-names 0 Beliar This is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 06 15 rm3r translate-names Βελιάρ 1 Beliar This is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 06 15 z9iv figs-rquestion 0 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "A believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 06 16 y99x figs-rquestion 0 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: "There is no agreement between the temple of God and idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 06 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor 0 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: "we are like a temple where the living God dwells" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism 0 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words "dwell among" speak of living where others live, while the words "walk among" speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: "I will be with them and help them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 06 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
|
||||
2CO 06 17 z5ld figs-activepassive 0 be set apart This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "set yourselves apart" or "allow me to set you apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be set apart This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "set yourselves apart" or "allow me to set you apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 06 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives 0 Touch no unclean thing This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "Touch only things that are clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 07 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus' return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are "clean" in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Sadness and sorrow<br>The words "sad" and "sorrow" in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun "we" to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>##### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 07 01 e7t9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind them to be separated from sin and to seek holiness purposefully.
|
||||
2CO 07 01 h5xv 0 Loved ones "You whom I love" or "Dear friends"
|
||||
2CO 07 01 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Loved ones "You whom I love" or "Dear friends"
|
||||
2CO 07 01 fv49 0 let us cleanse ourselves Here Paul is saying to stay away from any form of sin that would affect one's relationship with God.
|
||||
2CO 07 01 c2xf 0 Let us pursue holiness "Let us strive to be holy"
|
||||
2CO 07 01 pt41 0 in the fear of God "out of deep respect for God"
|
||||
2CO 07 02 v4nu 0 Connecting Statement: Having already warned the people of Corinth about other leaders who were striving to get these Corinthian believers to follow them, Paul reminds the people of the way he feels about them.
|
||||
2CO 07 02 x3lg figs-metaphor 0 Make room for us This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 6:11](../06/11.md) about them opening their hearts to him. Alternate translation: "Make room for us in your hearts" or "Love us and accept us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 07 03 bhb7 0 It is not to condemn you that I say this "I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong." The word "this" refers to what Paul just said about not having wronged anyone.
|
||||
2CO 07 03 fay3 figs-metaphor 0 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates' great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: "you are very dear to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 07 03 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates' great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: "you are very dear to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 07 03 xzg3 figs-idiom 0 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: "whether we live or whether we die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 07 03 jt6b figs-inclusive 0 for us to die "us" includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 04 mh12 figs-activepassive 0 I am filled with comfort This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "You fill me with comfort" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 04 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with comfort This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "You fill me with comfort" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 04 mx9b figs-metaphor 0 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of joy as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: "I am extremely joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 07 04 mr75 0 even in all our afflictions "despite all our hardships"
|
||||
2CO 07 05 f3c5 figs-exclusive 0 When we came to Macedonia Here the word "we" refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -337,28 +337,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 07 09 kn5q figs-activepassive 0 not because you were distressed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not because what I said in my letter distressed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 09 l6d2 figs-idiom 0 you suffered no loss because of us "you suffered no loss because we rebuked you." This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: "so that we did not harm you in any way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 07 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis 0 For godly sorrow brings about repentance that accomplishes salvation The word "repentance" may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: "For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 07 10 lc4m 0 without regret Possible meanings are 1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or 2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 07 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret Possible meanings are 1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or 2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 07 10 lc1s figs-explicit 0 Worldly sorrow, however, brings about death This kind of sorrow leads to death instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: "Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 07 11 l24s 0 See what great determination "Look and see for yourselves what great determination"
|
||||
2CO 07 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations 0 How great was the determination in you to prove you were innocent. Here the word "How" makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: "Your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 07 11 xt2r 0 your indignation "your anger"
|
||||
2CO 07 11 h6jc figs-activepassive 0 that justice should be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that someone should carry out justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 12 w6ls 0 the wrongdoer "the one who did wrong"
|
||||
2CO 07 12 w6ls ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος 1 the wrongdoer "the one who did wrong"
|
||||
2CO 07 12 i6sn figs-activepassive 0 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 12 ycy7 figs-metaphor 0 in the sight of God This refers to God's presence. God's understanding and approval of Paul's truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: "before God" or "with God as witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 07 12 ycy7 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the sight of God This refers to God's presence. God's understanding and approval of Paul's truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: "before God" or "with God as witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 07 13 kn2q figs-activepassive 0 It is by this that we are encouraged Here the word "this" refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul's previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is what encourages us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive 0 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word "spirit" refers to a person's temperament and disposition. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all of you refreshed his spirit" or "all of you made him stop worrying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 14 b4uq 0 For if I boasted to him about you "For although I boasted to him about you"
|
||||
2CO 07 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word "spirit" refers to a person's temperament and disposition. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all of you refreshed his spirit" or "all of you made him stop worrying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 07 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you "For although I boasted to him about you"
|
||||
2CO 07 14 m22c 0 I was not embarrassed "you did not disappoint me"
|
||||
2CO 07 14 q5hg 0 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true "you proved that our boasting about you to Titus was true"
|
||||
2CO 07 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns 0 the obedience of all of you This noun "obedience" can be stated with a verb, "obey." Alternate translation: "how all of you obeyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 07 15 g9bz figs-doublet 0 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here "fear" and "trembling" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: "you welcomed him with great reverence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 07 15 q47h 0 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are 1) "with great reverence for God" or 2) "with great reverence for Titus."
|
||||
2CO 07 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here "fear" and "trembling" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: "you welcomed him with great reverence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 07 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are 1) "with great reverence for God" or 2) "with great reverence for Titus."
|
||||
2CO 08 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun "we" to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A "paradox" is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: "the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity." In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))<br>
|
||||
2CO 08 01 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
|
||||
2CO 08 01 d1mj figs-activepassive 0 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 01 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 02 fsq8 figs-personification 0 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of "joy" and "poverty" as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: "because of the people's great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 08 02 b7k5 figs-metaphor 0 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of joy as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 08 02 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς τῆς χαρᾶς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of joy as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 08 02 pr8c 0 extremity of their poverty ... riches of generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and poverty, by God's grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 08 02 z6mt 0 great riches of generosity "a very great generosity." The words "great riches" emphasize the greatness of their generosity.
|
||||
2CO 08 03 uad6 0 they gave This refers to the churches in Macedonia.
|
||||
|
|
@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 08 06 vn4u figs-explicit 0 to complete among you this act of grace Titus was to help the Corinthians to complete the collection of money. Alternate translation: "to encourage you to finish collecting and giving your generous gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 08 07 fpe1 figs-metaphor 0 make sure that you excel in this act of grace Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers as if they should produce physical goods. Alternate translation: "make sure you do well in giving for the believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 08 08 wn2k figs-explicit 0 by comparing it to the eagerness of other people Paul is encouraging the Corinthians to give generously by comparing them with the generosity of the Macedonian churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 08 09 c1ch 0 the grace of our Lord In this context, the word "grace" emphasizes the generosity with which Jesus had blessed the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 08 09 c1ch τὴν χάριν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord In this context, the word "grace" emphasizes the generosity with which Jesus had blessed the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 08 09 iz6z figs-metaphor 0 Even though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as being rich, and of his becoming human as becoming poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 08 09 j5ym figs-metaphor 0 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually rich as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 08 10 b7ht figs-explicit 0 In this matter This refers to their collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "With regard to the collection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,12 +380,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 08 13 smk2 figs-activepassive 0 that others may be relieved and you may be burdened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may relieve others and burden yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 13 ktd1 0 there should be fairness "there should be equality"
|
||||
2CO 08 14 v7aj 0 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: "This is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need"
|
||||
2CO 08 15 ue8w figs-activepassive 0 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives 0 did not have any lack This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "had all he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 08 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche 0 who put into Titus' heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here the word "heart" refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: "who made Titus care for you as much as I do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 08 16 vsm3 0 same earnest care "the same enthusiasm" or "same deep concern"
|
||||
2CO 08 17 e4xn figs-explicit 0 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: "For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 08 18 rje2 0 with him "with Titus"
|
||||
2CO 08 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him "with Titus"
|
||||
2CO 08 18 jll9 figs-activepassive 0 the brother who is praised among all of the churches This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 08 19 j9rk 0 Not only this "Not only do believers among all of the churches praise him"
|
||||
2CO 08 19 c667 figs-activepassive 0 he also was selected by the churches This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the churches also selected him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 08 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns 0 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. The abstract noun "generosity" can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: "concerning the way we are handling this generous gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 08 21 n4x1 0 We take care to do what is honorable "We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way"
|
||||
2CO 08 21 ey5n 0 before the Lord ... before people "in the Lord's opinion ... in people's opinion"
|
||||
2CO 08 22 d3yj 0 with them The word "them" refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 08 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word "them" refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 08 23 mmi2 0 he is my partner and fellow worker for you "he is my partner who works with me to help you"
|
||||
2CO 08 23 lat3 0 As for our brothers This refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
|
||||
2CO 08 23 u8lx figs-activepassive 0 they are sent by the churches This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the churches have sent them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 09 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 09 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 09 01 rd2g translate-names 0 General Information: When Paul refers to Achaia, he is talking about a Roman province located in southern Greece where Corinth is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 09 01 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
|
||||
2CO 09 01 fxs3 figs-explicit 0 the ministry for the believers This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 09 01 fxs3 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 the ministry for the believers This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 09 02 i529 figs-metonymy 0 Achaia has been getting ready Here the word "Achaia" refers to the people who live in this province, and specifically to the people of the church in Corinth. Alternate translation: "the people of Achaia have been preparing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 09 03 r5pp 0 the brothers This refers to Titus and the two men who accompany him.
|
||||
2CO 09 03 r5pp τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 the brothers This refers to Titus and the two men who accompany him.
|
||||
2CO 09 03 k1er 0 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
|
||||
2CO 09 04 j8ey 0 find you unprepared "find you unprepared to give"
|
||||
2CO 09 05 q1up figs-go 0 the brothers to come to you From Paul's perspective, the brothers are going. Alternate translation: "the brothers to go to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -412,13 +412,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 09 06 mm9w figs-metaphor 0 the one who sows ... reap a blessing Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer's harvest is based on how much he sows, so will God's blessings be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 09 07 tzt4 figs-metonymy 0 give as he has planned in his heart Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: "give as he has determined" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 09 07 whg6 figs-abstractnouns 0 not reluctantly or under compulsion This can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 09 07 t26d 0 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
|
||||
2CO 09 07 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
|
||||
2CO 09 08 cz9b figs-metaphor 0 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Grace is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, God also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: "God is able to give you more than you need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 09 08 zxz9 0 grace This refers here to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
|
||||
2CO 09 08 zxz9 χάριν 1 grace This refers here to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
|
||||
2CO 09 08 u8w6 0 so that you may multiply every good deed "so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds"
|
||||
2CO 09 09 mma1 figs-activepassive 0 It is as it is written "This is just as it is written." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is just as the writer wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 09 10 p3fl 0 He who supplies "God who supplies"
|
||||
2CO 09 10 b1xe figs-metonymy 0 bread for food Here the word "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 09 10 p3fl ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies "God who supplies"
|
||||
2CO 09 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 09 10 uts1 figs-metaphor 0 will also supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians' possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were sowing seeds. Alternate translation: "will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 09 10 ci67 figs-metaphor 0 He will increase the harvest of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: "God will bless you even more for your righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 09 10 yv67 0 the harvest of your righteousness "the harvest that comes from your righteous actions." Here the word "righteousness" refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,10 +428,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 09 12 esk7 figs-metaphor 0 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers' act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: "It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 09 13 plj4 figs-activepassive 0 Because of your being tested and proved by this service This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Because this service has tested and proven you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 09 13 ze14 0 you will also glorify God by obedience ... by the generosity of your gift to them and to everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
|
||||
2CO 09 15 es8c 0 for his inexpressible gift "for his gift, which words cannot describe." Possible meanings are 1) that this gift refers to "the very great grace" that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or 2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 09 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift "for his gift, which words cannot describe." Possible meanings are 1) that this gift refers to "the very great grace" that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or 2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Boasting<br>"Boasting" is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter "boasting" means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>"Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 10 01 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
|
||||
2CO 10 01 gq7j figs-abstractnouns 0 by the humility and gentleness of Christ The word "humility" and "gentleness" are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: "I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 01 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the humility and gentleness of Christ The word "humility" and "gentleness" are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: "I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 02 i6hh 0 who assume that "who think that"
|
||||
2CO 10 02 ik1p figs-metonymy 0 we are living according to the flesh The word "flesh" is a metonym for sinful human nature. "we are acting from human motives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 03 cvd6 figs-metonymy 0 we walk in the flesh Here "walk" is an metaphor for "live" and "flesh" is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: "we live our lives in physical bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -441,12 +441,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 04 xv6q figs-metaphor 0 we fight Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 04 d1gj figs-metonymy 0 are not fleshly Possible meanings are 1) the word "fleshly" is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: "are not physical" or 2) the word "fleshly" is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: "are not sinful" or "do not enable us to do wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 05 xuz9 0 every high thing that rises up Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if "the knowledge of God" were an army and "every high thing" were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: "every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves"
|
||||
2CO 10 05 b74d 0 every high thing "everything that proud people do"
|
||||
2CO 10 05 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing "everything that proud people do"
|
||||
2CO 10 05 vm1a figs-metaphor 0 rises up against the knowledge of God Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The words "rises up" mean "stands tall," not that the "high thing" is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: "people use so they will not have to know who God is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 05 r2yz figs-metaphor 0 We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ Paul speaks of people's thoughts as if they were enemy soldiers whom he captures in battle. Alternate translation: "We show how all the false ideas those people have are wrong and teach the people to obey Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 06 m4ds figs-metonymy 0 punish every act of disobedience The words "act of disobedience" are a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: "punish every one of you who disobey us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 07 y2yb figs-rquestion 0 Look at what is clearly in front of you. Possible meanings are 1) this is a command or 2) this is a statement, "You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes." Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?" or "You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 10 07 z1t5 0 let him remind himself "he needs to remember"
|
||||
2CO 10 07 z1t5 λογιζέσθω ἑαυτοῦ 1 let him remind himself "he needs to remember"
|
||||
2CO 10 07 f3i9 0 that just as he is Christ's, so also are we "that we belong to Christ just as much as he does"
|
||||
2CO 10 08 d4zu figs-metaphor 0 to build you up and not to destroy you Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. Alternate translation: "to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 09 nw6e 0 I am terrifying you "I am trying to frighten you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 13 a4ud figs-idiom 0 will not boast beyond limits This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "will not boast about things over which we have no authority" or "will boast only about things over which we have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 10 13 u84l 0 within the limits of what God "about things under the authority that God"
|
||||
2CO 10 13 fx2b figs-metaphor 0 limits that reach as far as you Paul speaks of the authority he has as if it were a land over which he rules. Alternate translation: "and you are within the border of our authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 14 ay6h ὑπερεκτείνομεν οὐ ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς 1 did not overextend ourselves "did not go beyond our borders"
|
||||
2CO 10 14 ay6h οὐ ὑπερεκτείνομεν ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς 1 did not overextend ourselves "did not go beyond our borders"
|
||||
2CO 10 15 hu9l figs-idiom 0 have not boasted beyond limits This is an idiom. See how similar words were translated in [2 Corinthians 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: "have not boasted about things over which we have no authority" or "have not boasted only about things over which we have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 10 16 raq7 0 another's area "an area God has assigned to someone else"
|
||||
2CO 10 17 q8cc 0 boast in the Lord "boast about what the Lord has done"
|
||||
2CO 10 18 h81t συνιστάνων ἑαυτὸν 1 recommends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how "recommend ourselves" is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 10 18 h81t ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 recommends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how "recommend ourselves" is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive 0 who is approved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Lord approves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis 0 it is the one whom the Lord recommends You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### False teaching<br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>##### Light<br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>"You tolerate these things well enough!" Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, "For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!" means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>"I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that." Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. "Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: "Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more."<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: "Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?"<br><br>##### "Are they servants of Christ?"<br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A "paradox" is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: "If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses." Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](./30.md))<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,34 +482,34 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 05 eet1 figs-irony 0 those so-called super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: "those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 11 06 f8d1 figs-litotes 0 I am not untrained in knowledge This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. The abstract noun "knowledge" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "I am certainly trained in knowledge" or "I am trained to know what they know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 11 07 un9v figs-rquestion 0 Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement, if necessary. Alternate translation: "I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 07 ax51 0 freely preached the gospel of God to you "preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return"
|
||||
2CO 11 08 k6ds figs-irony 0 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from churches who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: "I accepted money from other churches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 07 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you "preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return"
|
||||
2CO 11 08 k6ds figs-irony ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα 1 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from churches who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: "I accepted money from other churches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 08 a416 figs-explicit 0 I could serve you The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I could serve you at no cost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 09 fc6l figs-explicit 0 In everything I have kept myself from being a burden to you "I have never in any way been a financial burden to you." Paul speaks of someone for whom one has to spend money as if they were heavy items that people have to carry. The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 09 a23k 0 the brothers who came These "brothers" were probably all male.
|
||||
2CO 11 09 a23k οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐλθόντες 1 the brothers who came These "brothers" were probably all male.
|
||||
2CO 11 09 b35r 0 I will continue to do that "I never will be a burden to you"
|
||||
2CO 11 10 si2r 0 As the truth of Christ is in me, this Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the truth about Christ, they can know that he is telling the truth here. "As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true. This"
|
||||
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive 0 this boasting of mine will not be silenced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ua2i 0 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ry9c 0 parts of Achaia "regions of Achaia." The word "parts" speaks of areas of land, not political divisions.
|
||||
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι ἀγαπῶ οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. Alternate translation: "Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?" or "I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. Alternate translation: "Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?" or "I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "God knows I love you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 si5d 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues to affirm his apostleship, he talks about false apostles.
|
||||
2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor 0 in order that I may take away the claim Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry way. Alternate translation: "so that I might make it impossible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive 0 they are found to be doing the same work that we are doing This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people will think that they are like us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 13 ml66 0 For such people "I do what I do because people like them"
|
||||
2CO 11 13 nq3t δόλιοι ἐργάται 1 deceitful workers "dishonest workers"
|
||||
2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers "dishonest workers"
|
||||
2CO 11 13 y896 0 disguise themselves as apostles "are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles"
|
||||
2CO 11 14 v9z4 figs-litotes 0 this is no surprise By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many "false apostles" ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: "we should expect this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 ss7s ὁ Σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός 1 Satan disguises himself as an angel of light "Satan is not an angel of light, but he tries to make himself look like an angel of light"
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here "light" is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: "an angel of righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 fvx7 figs-litotes 0 It is no great surprise if By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many "false apostles" ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: "We should certainly expect that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 αὐτοῦ οἱ διάκονοι καὶ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness "his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness"
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness "his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness"
|
||||
2CO 11 16 s962 0 receive me as a fool so I may boast a little "receive me as you would receive a fool: let me talk, and consider my boasting the words of a fool"
|
||||
2CO 11 18 t4ic figs-metonymy 0 according to the flesh Here the metonym "flesh" refers to man in his sinful nature and his achievements. Alternate translation: "about their own human achievements" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 11 19 u8f3 0 put up with fools "accept me when I act like a fool." See how a similar phrase was translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
2CO 11 19 si6l figs-irony 0 You are wise yourselves! Paul is shaming the Corinthians by using irony. Alternate translation: "You think you are wise, but you are not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 lu7d figs-metaphor καταδουλοῖ ὑμᾶς 1 enslaves you Paul uses exaggeration when he speaks of some people forcing others to obey rules as if they were forcing them to be slaves. Alternate translation: "makes you follow rules they have thought of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 lu7d figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς καταδουλοῖ 1 enslaves you Paul uses exaggeration when he speaks of some people forcing others to obey rules as if they were forcing them to be slaves. Alternate translation: "makes you follow rules they have thought of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 sr4n figs-metaphor 0 he consumes you Paul speaks of the super-apostles' taking people's material resources as if they were eating the people themselves. Alternate translation: "he takes all your property" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 yn5t 0 takes advantage of you A person takes advantage of another person by knowing things that the other person does not and using that knowledge to help himself and harm the other person.
|
||||
2CO 11 21 n8s9 figs-irony 0 I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that "I shamefully admit that we were not bold enough to treat you like that." Paul is using irony to tell the Corinthians that it was not because he was weak that he treated them well. Alternate translation: "I am not ashamed to say that we had the power to harm you, but we treated you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 23 a4tz figs-rquestion 0 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more Paul is asking questions the Corinthians might be asking and then answering them to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. Alternate translation: "They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 bq23 0 as though I were out of my mind "as though I were unable to think well"
|
||||
2CO 11 23 vy54 figs-ellipsis 0 I am more You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "I am more a servant of Christ than they are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν περισσοτέρως κόποις 1 in even more hard work "I have worked harder"
|
||||
2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως 1 in even more hard work "I have worked harder"
|
||||
2CO 11 23 dr6x 0 in far more prisons "I have been in prisons more often"
|
||||
2CO 11 23 cs3f figs-idiom ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 in beatings beyond measure This is an idiom, and is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: "I have been beaten very many times" or "I have been beaten too many times to bother counting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 r6jv 0 in facing many dangers of death "and I have almost died many times"
|
||||
|
|
@ -530,49 +530,49 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 26 b3j9 figs-explicit 0 in danger from false brothers The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: "without enough clothing to keep me warm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 28 n1q5 figs-metaphor 0 there is the daily pressure on me of my anxiety Paul knows that God will hold him responsible for how well the churches obey God and speaks of that knowledge as if it were a heavy object pushing him down. Alternate translation: "I know that God will hold me accountable for the spiritual growth of all the churches, and so I always feel like a heavy object is pushing me down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 fvz6 figs-rquestion τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ ἀσθενῶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 hhb2 figs-metaphor τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ ἀσθενῶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? The word "weak" is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: "I am weak whenever anyone else is weak." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 fvz6 figs-rquestion τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 hhb2 figs-metaphor τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? The word "weak" is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: "I am weak whenever anyone else is weak." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 g5am figs-rquestion 0 Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn? Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. Here his anger is spoken of as a burning inside him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 xu57 figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται 1 has been caused to stumble Paul speaks of sin as if it were tripping over something and then falling. Alternate translation: "has been led to sin" or "has thought that God would permit him to sin because of something that someone else did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 jb4v figs-metaphor 0 I do not burn Paul speaks of being angry about sin as if he had a fire inside his body. Alternate translation: "I am not angry about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 30 gxe6 0 what shows my weaknesses "what shows how weak I am"
|
||||
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes ψεύδομαι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am telling the absolute truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης τοῦ βασιλέως Ἁρέτα ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city "the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city"
|
||||
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am telling the absolute truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city "the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city"
|
||||
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me "so that they might catch and arrest me"
|
||||
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐχαλάσθην ἐν σαργάνῃ 1 I was lowered in a basket This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor's hands as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: "from the governor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor's hands as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: "from the governor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Paul's vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>##### Third heaven<br>Many scholars believe the "third" heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses "heaven" to refer to the sky (the "first" heaven) and the universe (the "second" heaven).<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: "For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?" "Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?" and "Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, "Forgive me for this wrong!" He also uses regular irony when he says: "But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit." He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A "paradox" is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: "I will not boast, except about my weaknesses." Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: "For whenever I am weak, then I am strong." In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))<br>
|
||||
2CO 12 01 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
2CO 12 01 iur3 0 I will go on to "I will continue talking, but now about"
|
||||
2CO 12 01 rb42 figs-hendiadys 0 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are 1) Paul uses the words "visions" and "revelations" to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: "things that the Lord has allowed only me to see" or 2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: "secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 01 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are 1) Paul uses the words "visions" and "revelations" to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: "things that the Lord has allowed only me to see" or 2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: "secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 02 cz7u 0 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
|
||||
2CO 12 02 fth2 0 whether in the body or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. "I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body"
|
||||
2CO 12 02 k4aw 0 the third heaven This refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
|
||||
2CO 12 03 cju3 0 General Information: Paul continues to speak of himself as though he were speaking of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 12 04 qv5h 0 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul's account of what happened to "this man" (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God took this man ... into paradise" or 2) "an angel took this man ... into paradise." If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: "someone took ... paradise" or "they took ... paradise."
|
||||
2CO 12 04 wm7y 0 caught up suddenly and forcefully held and taken
|
||||
2CO 12 04 ic45 0 paradise Possible meanings are 1) heaven or 2) the third heaven or 3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 04 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul's account of what happened to "this man" (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God took this man ... into paradise" or 2) "an angel took this man ... into paradise." If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: "someone took ... paradise" or "they took ... paradise."
|
||||
2CO 12 04 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up suddenly and forcefully held and taken
|
||||
2CO 12 04 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Possible meanings are 1) heaven or 2) the third heaven or 3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 05 hpq6 0 of such a person "of that person"
|
||||
2CO 12 05 i12f 0 I will not boast, except about my weaknesses This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I will boast only of my weaknesses"
|
||||
2CO 12 06 vg13 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul defends his apostleship from God, he tells of the weakness that God gave him to keep him humble.
|
||||
2CO 12 06 p8fm 0 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me "no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me"
|
||||
2CO 12 07 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 12 07 xxi2 0 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations "because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen"
|
||||
2CO 12 07 hu8g figs-activepassive 0 a thorn in the flesh was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave me a thorn in the flesh" or "God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 07 q5e7 figs-metaphor 0 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul's physical problems are compared to a thorn piercing his flesh. Alternate translation: " an affliction" or "a physical problem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 07 q7lz 0 a messenger from Satan "a servant of Satan"
|
||||
2CO 12 07 ehp9 0 overly proud "too proud"
|
||||
2CO 12 08 n76p 0 Three times Paul put these words at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that he had prayed many times about his "thorn" ([2 Corinthians 12:7](../12/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 08 wc7r 0 Lord about this "Lord about this thorn in the flesh," or "Lord about this affliction"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 nr2j 0 My grace is enough for you "I will be kind to you, and that is all you need"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 cs63 0 for power is made perfect in weakness "for my power works best when you are weak"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 g8mi figs-metaphor 0 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of Christ's power as if it were a tent built over him. Possible meanings are 1) "people might see that I have the power of Christ" or 2) "I might truly have the power of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 07 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave me a thorn in the flesh" or "God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 07 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul's physical problems are compared to a thorn piercing his flesh. Alternate translation: " an affliction" or "a physical problem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 07 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan "a servant of Satan"
|
||||
2CO 12 07 ehp9 ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud "too proud"
|
||||
2CO 12 08 n76p τρὶς 1 Three times Paul put these words at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that he had prayed many times about his "thorn" ([2 Corinthians 12:7](../12/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 08 wc7r ὑπὲρ τούτου Κύριον 1 Lord about this "Lord about this thorn in the flesh," or "Lord about this affliction"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 nr2j ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου 1 My grace is enough for you "I will be kind to you, and that is all you need"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 cs63 σοι γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται 1 for power is made perfect in weakness "for my power works best when you are weak"
|
||||
2CO 12 09 g8mi figs-metaphor ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of Christ's power as if it were a tent built over him. Possible meanings are 1) "people might see that I have the power of Christ" or 2) "I might truly have the power of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 10 pxf1 0 I am content for Christ's sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations Possible meanings are 1) "I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ" or 2) "I am content in weakness ... if these things cause more people to know Christ."
|
||||
2CO 12 10 s5sx ἐν ἀσθενείαις 1 in weaknesses "when I am weak"
|
||||
2CO 12 10 xl8q ἐν ὕβρεσιν 1 in insults "when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person"
|
||||
2CO 12 10 hza1 ἐν ἀνάγκαις 1 in troubles "when I am suffering"
|
||||
2CO 12 10 c4t2 0 distressing situations "when there is trouble"
|
||||
2CO 12 10 t7qg γὰρ ὅταν ἀσθενῶ, τότε εἰμι δυνατός 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer strong enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
|
||||
2CO 12 10 t7qg ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer strong enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
|
||||
2CO 12 11 uph4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Corinth of the true signs of an apostle and of his humility before them to strengthen them.
|
||||
2CO 12 11 a1ym 0 I have become a fool "I am acting like a fool"
|
||||
2CO 12 11 pzw1 0 You forced me to this "You forced me to talk this way"
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,24 +584,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 12 mka5 0 signs ... signs Use the same word both times.
|
||||
2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις καὶ τέρασιν καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the "true signs of an apostle" that Paul performed "with complete patience."
|
||||
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion 0 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that ... you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that ... you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 13 d426 ἐγὼ κατενάρκησα οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you "I did not ask you for money or other things I needed"
|
||||
2CO 12 13 d426 ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you "I did not ask you for money or other things I needed"
|
||||
2CO 12 13 sy7v figs-irony 0 Forgive me for this wrong! Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians. Both he and they know that he has done them no wrong, but they have been treating him as though he has wronged them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 12 13 u1w9 ταύτην τὴν ἀδικίαν 1 this wrong not asking them for money and other things he needed
|
||||
2CO 12 13 u1w9 τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην 1 this wrong not asking them for money and other things he needed
|
||||
2CO 12 14 ugk1 figs-explicit 0 I want you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "What I want is that you love and accept me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 12 14 wd97 τέκνοις 1 children should not save up for the parents Young children are not responsible for saving money or other goods to give to their healthy parents.
|
||||
2CO 12 15 vj2m figs-metaphor 0 I will most gladly spend and be spent Paul speaks of his work and his physical life as if it were money that he or God could spend. Alternate translation: "I will gladly do any work and gladly allow God to permit people to kill me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ψυχῶν 1 for your souls The word "souls" is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "for you" or "so you will live well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 for your souls The word "souls" is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "for you" or "so you will live well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion 0 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If I love you so much, you should not love me so little." or "If ... much, you should love me more than you do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 j887 περισσοτέρως 1 more It is not clear what it is that Paul's love is "more" than. It is probably best to use "very much" or a "so much" that can be compared to "so little" later in the sentence.
|
||||
2CO 12 16 ur5x figs-irony 0 But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians who think he lied to them even if he did not ask them for money. Alternate translation: "but others think I was deceptive and used trickery" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 12 17 vb7q figs-rquestion 0 Did I take advantage of you by anyone I sent to you? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is no. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 18 pjl2 figs-rquestion ἐπλεονέκτησεν Τίτος ἐπλεονέκτησεν ὑμᾶς? 1 Did Titus take advantage of you? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is no. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Titus did not take advantage of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 18 pjl2 figs-rquestion ἐπλεονέκτησεν ἐπλεονέκτησεν ὑμᾶς Τίτος? 1 Did Titus take advantage of you? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is no. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Titus did not take advantage of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 18 acg6 figs-rquestion 0 Did we not walk in the same way? Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is yes. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "We all have the same attitude and live alike." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 18 k6b3 figs-rquestion περιεπατήσαμεν οὐ περιεπατήσαμεν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν? 1 Did we not walk in the same steps? Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is yes. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "We all do things the same way." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 18 k6b3 figs-rquestion περιεπατήσαμεν περιεπατήσαμεν οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν? 1 Did we not walk in the same steps? Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is yes. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "We all do things the same way." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 19 g1iw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you? Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. Alternate translation: "Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 19 ih3e figs-metaphor 0 In the sight of God Paul speaks of God knowing everything Paul does as if God were physically present and observed everything Paul said and did. Alternate translation: "Before God" or "With God as witness" or "In the presence of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening "to strengthen you." Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: "so that you would know God and obey him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 20 cu6s εὕρω οὐχ εὕρω ὑμᾶς οἵους θέλω 1 I may not find you as I wish "I may not like what I find" or "I may not like what I see you doing"
|
||||
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish "I may not like what I find" or "I may not like what I see you doing"
|
||||
2CO 12 20 zy6g 0 you might not find me as you wish "you might not like what you see in me"
|
||||
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns 0 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder The abstract nouns "quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder" can be translated using verbs. Possible meanings are 1) "some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you" or 2) "some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other's private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 ddw3 0 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned before now "I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins"
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,14 +612,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Preparation<br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>##### Power and weakness<br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words "power" and "weakness" in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>##### "Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves."<br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
2CO 13 01 y8fz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul establishes that Christ is speaking through him and that Paul is wanting to restore them, encourage them, and unify them.
|
||||
2CO 13 01 slj1 figs-activepassive 0 Every accusation must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 02 fxl6 0 all the rest "all you other people"
|
||||
2CO 13 04 a1bf figs-activepassive 0 he was crucified This can be made active. Alternate translation: "they crucified him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 02 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest "all you other people"
|
||||
2CO 13 04 a1bf figs-activepassive ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified This can be made active. Alternate translation: "they crucified him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 04 zeh1 0 but we will live with him by the power of God God gives us the power and ability to live life in and with him.
|
||||
2CO 13 05 sbx4 0 in you Possible meanings are 1) living inside each individual or 2) "among you," part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 05 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Possible meanings are 1) living inside each individual or 2) "among you," part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 07 u75e figs-litotes 0 that you may not do any wrong "that you will not sin at all" or "that you will not refuse to listen to us when we correct you." Paul is emphasizing the opposite with his statement. Alternate translation: "that you will do everything right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 13 07 gt2e 0 to have passed the test "to be great teachers and live the truth"
|
||||
2CO 13 08 a3l7 0 we are not able to do anything against the truth "we are not able to keep people from learning the truth"
|
||||
2CO 13 08 bt3c 0 truth, but only for the truth "truth; everything we do will enable people to learn the truth"
|
||||
2CO 13 08 a3l7 οὐ δυνάμεθά δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are not able to do anything against the truth "we are not able to keep people from learning the truth"
|
||||
2CO 13 08 bt3c ἀληθείας 2 truth, but only for the truth "truth; everything we do will enable people to learn the truth"
|
||||
2CO 13 09 vt7b 0 may be made complete "may become spiritually mature"
|
||||
2CO 13 10 rlm8 figs-metaphor 0 so that I may build you up, and not tear you down Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: "to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 13 11 uk1p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter to the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1755.
|
210
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
210
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
|
|
@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatt
|
|||
GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-you 0 General Information: Paul, an apostle, writes this letter to the churches in the area of Galatia. Unless noted otherwise, all instances of "you" and "your" in this letter refer to the Galatians and are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 1 1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 who raised him "who caused him to live again"
|
||||
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for our sins "Sins" is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: "to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ αἰῶνος 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here "this ... age" represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: "that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς 1 our God and Father This refers to "God our Father." He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins "Sins" is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: "to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here "this ... age" represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: "that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father This refers to "God our Father." He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 lf1w 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives his reason for writing this letter: he reminds them to continue to understand the gospel.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed "I am surprised" or "I am shocked." Paul was disappointed that they were doing this.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor μετατίθεσθε οὕτως ταχέως ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here "turning away ... from him" is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: "you are so quickly starting to doubt him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here "turning away ... from him" is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: "you are so quickly starting to doubt him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 x7we τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 him who called you "God, who called you"
|
||||
GAL 1 6 fd7a τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 called Here this means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to serve him, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 cfr2 ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ 1 by the grace of Christ "because of Christ's grace" or "because of Christ's gracious sacrifice"
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,34 +17,34 @@ GAL 1 6 n1rd figs-metaphor 0 you are turning to a different gospel Here "turnin
|
|||
GAL 1 7 gy1i οἱ ταράσσοντες 1 some men "some people"
|
||||
GAL 1 8 i82d figs-hypo εὐαγγελίζηται 1 should proclaim This is describing something that has not happened and should not happen. Alternate translation: "would proclaim" or "were to proclaim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 1 8 s5uq παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one "different from the gospel" or "different from the message"
|
||||
GAL 1 8 xb2c ἔστω ἀνάθεμα 1 let him be cursed "God should punish that person forever." If your language has a common way of calling a curse down on someone, you should use that.
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion γὰρ πείθω ἄρτι πείθω ἀνθρώπους ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις? 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c εἰ ἤρεσκον ἔτι ἤρεσκον ἀνθρώποις, ἂν ἤμην οὐκ δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 8 xb2c ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 let him be cursed "God should punish that person forever." If your language has a common way of calling a curse down on someone, you should use that.
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἄρτι πείθω ἀνθρώπους ἢ τὸν πείθω? ἢ ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις Θεόν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c , εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον ἤρεσκον Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 11 llg6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that he did not learn the gospel from others; he learned it from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 g1qg ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 not man's gospel By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 12 wed1 δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me Possible meanings are 1) "Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me" or 2) "God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was."
|
||||
GAL 1 13 f3gl ποτε ἀναστροφήν 1 former life "behavior at one time" or "prior life" or "earlier life"
|
||||
GAL 1 13 f3gl ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life "behavior at one time" or "prior life" or "earlier life"
|
||||
GAL 1 14 r44z καὶ προέκοπτον 1 I advanced This metaphor pictures Paul as being ahead of other Jews his age in their goal to be perfect Jews.
|
||||
GAL 1 14 s81t συνηλικιώτας 1 those who were my own age "the Jewish people who are the same age as I am"
|
||||
GAL 1 14 f1z8 μου τῶν πατρικῶν 1 my fathers "my ancestors"
|
||||
GAL 1 15 wd26 καλέσας διὰ αὐτοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 who called me through his grace Possible meanings are 1) "God called me to serve him because he is gracious" or 2) "He called me by means of his grace."
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι αὐτοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me Possible meanings are 1) "to allow me to know his Son" or 2) "to show the world through me that Jesus is God's Son."
|
||||
GAL 1 14 f1z8 τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 my fathers "my ancestors"
|
||||
GAL 1 15 wd26 καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 who called me through his grace Possible meanings are 1) "God called me to serve him because he is gracious" or 2) "He called me by means of his grace."
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me Possible meanings are 1) "to allow me to know his Son" or 2) "to show the world through me that Jesus is God's Son."
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l5bb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 preach him "proclaim that he is God's Son" or "preach the good news about God's Son"
|
||||
GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 consult with flesh and blood This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: "ask people to help me understand the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 1 17 qh88 ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem "go to Jerusalem." Jerusalem was in a region of high hills, making it necessary to climb many hills in order to get there, and so it was common to describe travel to Jerusalem as "going up to Jerusalem."
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives εἶδον οὐκ τῶν ἕτερον ἀποστόλων εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: "the only other apostle I saw was James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives ἕτερον τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: "the only other apostle I saw was James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 lh36 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul wants the Galatians to understand that Paul is completely serious and that he knows that God hears what he says and will judge him if he does not tell the truth.
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι ψεύδομαι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον, τοῦ, Θεοῦ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 21 m25a κλίματα τῆς Συρίας 1 regions of "part of the world called"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ἀγνοούμενος ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 23 z8qt ἀκούοντες ἦσαν μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said "but they only knew what they heard others saying about me"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 23 z8qt μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἀκούοντες ἦσαν ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said "but they only knew what they heard others saying about me"
|
||||
GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Freedom and slavery<br><br>Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "I do not negate the grace of God"<br><br>Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words "I do not negate the grace of God" as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, "If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zt61 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give the history of how he learned the gospel from God, not the apostles.
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up "traveled." Jerusalem is located in hilly country. The Jews also viewed Jerusalem as the place on earth that is closest to heaven, so Paul may have been speaking figuratively, or it may be that it was reflecting the difficult, uphill, journey to get to Jerusalem.
|
||||
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important "the most important leaders among the believers"
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives τρέχω μή πως τρέχω— ἢ ἔδραμον— εἰς κενὸν 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives μή πως τρέχω τρέχω— ἢ ἔδραμον— εἰς κενὸν 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 t6we εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "for no benefit" or "for nothing"
|
||||
GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to have someone circumcise him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 4 j5ka 0 The false brothers came in secretly "People who pretended to be Christians came into the church," or "People who pretended to be Christians came among us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,49 +53,49 @@ GAL 2 4 m1al τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 liberty freedom
|
|||
GAL 2 4 yd97 0 They desired "These spies desired" or "These false brothers wanted"
|
||||
GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-explicit 0 to make us slaves "to make us slaves to the law." Paul is speaking about being forced to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about this as if it were slavery. The most important ritual was circumcision. Alternate translation: "to force us to obey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 5 bba7 εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission "submit" or "listen"
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy προσανέθεντο οὐδὲν ἐμοὶ 1 added nothing to me The word "me" here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: "added nothing to what I teach" or "did not tell me to add anything to what I teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me The word "me" here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: "added nothing to what I teach" or "did not tell me to add anything to what I teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 7 cps6 ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 On the contrary "Instead" or "Rather"
|
||||
GAL 2 7 spa9 figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 I had been entrusted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God trusted me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor 0 built up the church They were men who taught people about Jesus and convinced people to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 ie72 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 understood the grace that had been given to me The abstract noun "grace" can be translated as the verb "be kind." Alternate translation: "understood that God had been kind to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 kz2m figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 the grace that had been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God had given to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction , ἔδωκαν δεξιὰς κοινωνίας 1 gave ... the right hand of fellowship Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: "welcomed ... as fellow workers" or "welcomed ... with honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction , δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν κοινωνίας 1 gave ... the right hand of fellowship Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: "welcomed ... as fellow workers" or "welcomed ... with honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 gi7g δεξιὰς 1 the right hand "their right hands"
|
||||
GAL 2 10 kqq6 figs-explicit μνημονεύωμεν τῶν πτωχῶν 1 remember the poor You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: "remember to take care of the needs of the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy ἀντέστην κατὰ αὐτῷ πρόσωπον 1 I opposed him to his face The words "to his face" are a metonym for "where he could see and hear me." Alternate translation: "I confronted him in person" or "I challenged his actions in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 10 kqq6 figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν μνημονεύωμεν 1 remember the poor You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: "remember to take care of the needs of the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The words "to his face" are a metonym for "where he could see and hear me." Alternate translation: "I confronted him in person" or "I challenged his actions in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 12 xym6 0 Before in relation to time
|
||||
GAL 2 12 s18y 0 he stopped "he stopped eating with them"
|
||||
GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision The reason Cephas was afraid can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would judge that he was doing something wrong" or "He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would blame him for doing something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 12 fy79 τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision Jews who had become Christians, but who demanded that those who believe in Christ live according to Jewish customs
|
||||
GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from "stayed away from" or "avoided"
|
||||
GAL 2 14 sg53 0 not following the truth of the gospel "they were not living like people who believe the gospel" or "they were living as though they did not believe the gospel"
|
||||
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς ἀναγκάζεις τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word "you" is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word "you" is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 y1zw ἀναγκάζεις 1 force Possible meanings are 1) force by using words or 2) persuade .
|
||||
GAL 2 15 p3x8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers that Jews who know the law, as well as Gentiles who do not know the law, are saved only by faith in Christ and not by keeping the law.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners "not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners"
|
||||
GAL 2 16 zy8p ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐπιστεύσαμεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 We also came to faith in Christ Jesus "We believed in Christ Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 2 16 zy8p καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 We also came to faith in Christ Jesus "We believed in Christ Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j6l1 figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we This probably refers to Paul and others but not to the Galatians, who were primarily Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh The word "flesh" is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase "justified in Christ" means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ, εὑρέθημεν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words "were found to be" are an idiom that emphasizes that "we are" certainly sinners. Alternate translation: "we see that we also certainly are sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Absolutely not! "Of course, that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question "Does Christ become a servant of sin?" You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes ἀθετῶ οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: "I confirm the value of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ δικαιοσύνη διὰ νόμου, ἄρα Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν δωρεὰν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ δικαιοσύνη διὰ νόμου 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law "if people could become righteous by obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν δωρεὰν 1 then Christ died for nothing "then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: "I confirm the value of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law "if people could become righteous by obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing "then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying"
|
||||
GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Equality in Christ<br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. "Flesh" is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>##### "Those of faith are children of Abraham"<br>Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul's other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 3 1 p7uw 0 General Information: Paul is rebuking the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
|
||||
GAL 3 1 x4gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Galatia that God gave them God's Spirit when they believed the gospel by faith, not by their doing God's law.
|
||||
GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ἐβάσκανεν ὑμᾶς? 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony and a rhetorical question to say that the Galatians are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. Alternate translation: "You behave as if someone has put a spell on you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 1 dc2j ἐβάσκανεν ὑμᾶς 1 put a spell on you "done magic on you" or "done witchcraft on you"
|
||||
GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν? 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony and a rhetorical question to say that the Galatians are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. Alternate translation: "You behave as if someone has put a spell on you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 1 dc2j ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 put a spell on you "done magic on you" or "done witchcraft on you"
|
||||
GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified Paul speaks of his clear teaching of Jesus being crucified as if he had put on public display a picture of Jesus being crucified. And he speaks of the Galatians having heard his teaching as if they had seen the picture. Alternate translation: "You yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 m1zd figs-irony τοῦτο μόνον θέλω μαθεῖν ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 This is the only thing I want to learn from you This continues the irony from verse 1. Paul knows the answers to the rhetorical questions he is about to ask. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐλάβετε τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ πίστεως ἀκοῆς? 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is "by believing what you heard," not "by doing what the law says." Alternate translation: "You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion ἐστε οὕτως ἀνόητοί? 1 Are you so foolish? This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: "You are very foolish!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως? 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is "by believing what you heard," not "by doing what the law says." Alternate translation: "You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε? 1 Are you so foolish? This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: "You are very foolish!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh The word "flesh" is a metonym for effort. Alternate translation: "by your own effort" or "by your own work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion ἐπάθετε τοσαῦτα εἰκῇ— 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing ... ? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: "Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing ... !" or "Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things ... !" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 qn1a figs-explicit ἐπάθετε τοσαῦτα εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: "Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing" or "You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ— 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing ... ? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: "Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing ... !" or "Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things ... !" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 qn1a figs-explicit τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: "Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing" or "You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ 1 for nothing "uselessly" or "without the hope of receiving something good"
|
||||
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ? 1 if indeed it was for nothing? Possible meanings are 1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: "Do not let it be for nothing!" or "Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing." or 2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: "It was certainly not for nothing!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion 0 Does he ... do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: "He ... does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,47 +111,47 @@ GAL 3 8 j83j πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations "all the people-group
|
|||
GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-metaphor 0 All who rely on ... the law are under a curse Being under a curse represents being cursed. Here it refers to being eternally punished. "Those who rely on ... the law are cursed" or "God will eternally punish those who rely on ... the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 10 mxe7 ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law "what the law says we must do"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 sn9h figs-explicit δὲ δῆλον 1 Now it is clear What is clear can be stated explicitly. AT "The scriptures are clear" or "The scriptures teach clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k6k5 οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν νόμῳ 1 no one is justified before God by the law This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God justifies no one by the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k1pq figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν νόμῳ 1 no one is justified before God by the law Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: "no one is justified before God by obeying the law" or "God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ζήσεται ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith The nominal adjective "righteous" refers to righteous people. Alternate translation: "righteous people will live by faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k6k5 ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God justifies no one by the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k1pq figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: "no one is justified before God by obeying the law" or "God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 the righteous will live by faith The nominal adjective "righteous" refers to righteous people. Alternate translation: "righteous people will live by faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Possible meanings are 1) "must obey them all" or 2) "will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands."
|
||||
GAL 3 13 x2lc 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 from the curse of the law The noun "curse" can be expressed with the verb "curse." Alternate translation: "from being cursed because of the law" or "from being cursed for not obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy 0 from the curse of the law ... becoming a curse for us ... Cursed is everyone The word "curse" here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: "from us having God condemn us because we broke the law ... having God condemn him instead of us ... God condemns everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
|
||||
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come "because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα διὰ τῆς πίστεως λάβωμεν 1 so that by faith we might receive "because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive "because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-inclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word "we" includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms "as a person" or "of things most people understand"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 f1xu τῷ δὲ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
|
||||
GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many "referring to many descendants"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου τῷ σπέρματί 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ τῷ σπέρματί σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years "four hundred and thirty years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo γὰρ εἰ ἡ κληρονομία ἐκ νόμου, οὐκέτι ἐξ οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo , εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία οὐκέτι οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance of property and wealth from a family member, and eternal blessings and redemption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 fr5t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Galatia why God gave the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί, οὖν, ὁ νόμος? 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul uses a rhetorical question to introduce the next topic he wants to discuss. It can also be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the purpose of the law is." or "Let me tell you why God gave the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God added it" or "God added the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator "a representative"
|
||||
GAL 3 20 x9l1 δὲ ὁ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἐστιν εἷς 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul's readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
|
||||
GAL 3 20 x9l1 , ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul's readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
|
||||
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises "opposed to the promises" or "in conflict with the promises"
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ νόμος ἐδόθη ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἦν ἂν ἦν ἐν νόμου 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law "we could have become righteous by obeying that law"
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js Γραφὴ συνέκλεισεν τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν. ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 scripture imprisoned everything under sin. God did this so that the promise to save us by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are 1) "because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe" or 2) "because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe."
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law "we could have become righteous by obeying that law"
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν ἵνα ἡ. ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 scripture imprisoned everything under sin. God did this so that the promise to save us by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are 1) "because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe" or 2) "because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe."
|
||||
GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Paul is treating scripture as though it were a person and is speaking of God, who wrote scripture. Alternate translation: "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 rch2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds those in Galatia that believers are free in God's family, not slaves under the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ἐφρουρούμεθα ὑπὸ νόμον, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the law held us captive and we were in prison" or "the law held us captive in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 bs6i figs-metaphor ἐφρουρούμεθα ὑπὸ νόμον, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. Alternate translation: "the law controlled us like a prison guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the law held us captive and we were in prison" or "the law held us captive in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 bs6i figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. Alternate translation: "the law controlled us like a prison guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive 0 until faith should be revealed This can be stated in active form, and who this faith is in can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ" or "until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 24 ln1s παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian More than simply "one who gives oversight to a child," this was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child's actions.
|
||||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς Χριστόν εἰς 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God would declare us to be righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 γὰρ ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθητε εἰς Χριστὸν 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ "For all of you who were baptized into Christ"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor ἐνεδύσασθε Χριστὸν 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 ἔνι οὐκ Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, ἔνι οὐκ δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, ἔνι οὐκ ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female "God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ "For all of you who were baptized into Christ"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην οὐκ ἔνι, δοῦλος, οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female "God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female"
|
||||
GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 27, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sonship<br>Sonship is a complex issue. Scholars have many views on Israel's sonship. Paul uses sonship to teach how being under the law differs from being free in Christ. Not all of Abraham's physical descendants inherited God's promises to him. Only his descendants through Isaac and Jacob inherited the promises. And God only adopts into his family those who follow Abraham spiritually through faith. They are children of God with an inheritance. Paul calls them "children of promise." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Abba, Father<br>"Abba" is an Aramaic word. In ancient Israel, people used it to informally refer to their fathers. Paul "transliterates" its sounds by writing them with Greek letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Galatians 4:1](../../gal/04/01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
GAL 4 1 fr5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the Galatian believers that Christ came to redeem those who were under the law, and that he made them no more slaves but sons.
|
||||
|
|
@ -160,17 +160,17 @@ GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility
|
|||
GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 trustees people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
|
||||
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" here refers to all Christians, including Paul's readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here "children" is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: "when we were like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here "enslaved" is a metaphor being unable to stop one's self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elemental principles of the world controlled us" or "we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here "enslaved" is a metaphor being unable to stop one's self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elemental principles of the world controlled us" or "we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or 2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people's sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 a274 ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 , ὁ Θεὸς ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ εἰς ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας, κρᾶζον," Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ." 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ εἰς ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 εἰς, Θεὸς ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας, κρᾶζον," Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ." 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the one who calls.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul's home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like "Abba" as your language allows.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 e7tc εἶ οὐκέτι δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 e7tc οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you 0 you are no longer a slave ... you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,83 +181,83 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor 0 how is it that you are turning back to ... princip
|
|||
GAL 4 9 n5ie στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion 0 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this question to rebuke the people for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. Alternate translation: "It seems that you want to be slaves again." or "You behave as though you wanted to be like slaves again."(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor 0 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here being "enslaved" is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: "Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?" or "It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 10 w7d5 παρατηρεῖσθε ἡμέρας καὶ μῆνας καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: "You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years"
|
||||
GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε καὶ μῆνας καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: "You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years"
|
||||
GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing "may have been useless" or "has not had any effect effect"
|
||||
GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them.
|
||||
GAL 4 12 sx9v δέομαι 1 beg Here this means to ask or urge strongly. This is not the word used to ask for money or food or physical objects.
|
||||
GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "You treated me well" or "You treated me as you should have"
|
||||
GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ μου ἐν τῇ σαρκί ὑμῶν τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test "Though it was difficult for you to see me so physically ill"
|
||||
GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test "Though it was difficult for you to see me so physically ill"
|
||||
GAL 4 14 v9xa ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise hate very much
|
||||
GAL 4 17 t1ft ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς ζηλοῦσιν 1 to win you over "to convince you to join them"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι 1 to shut you out "to shut you out from us" or "to make you stop being loyal to us"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 iv1d ζηλοῦτε αὐτοὺς 1 zealous for them "zealous to do what they tell you to do"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 t1ft ζηλοῦσιν ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 to win you over "to convince you to join them"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out "to shut you out from us" or "to make you stop being loyal to us"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them "zealous to do what they tell you to do"
|
||||
GAL 4 19 zhv9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers that grace and law cannot work together.
|
||||
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor μου τέκνα 1 My little children This is a metaphor for disciples or followers. Alternate translation: "You who are disciples because of me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor ὠδίνω οὓς μέχρις οὗ Χριστὸς μορφωθῇ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: "I am in pain as though I were a woman having to give birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor for disciples or followers. Alternate translation: "You who are disciples because of me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς ὠδίνω μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: "I am in pain as though I were a woman having to give birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me "I want to ask a question" or "I want to tell you something"
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion ἀκούετε οὐκ ἀκούετε τὸν νόμον? 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε ἀκούετε? 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 iit5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins a story to illustrate a truth—that law and grace cannot exist together.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 bu23 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα 1 These things may be interpreted as an allegory "This story of the two sons is like a picture of what I will tell you now"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An "allegory" is a story in which the people and things in it represent other things. In Paul's allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two covenants.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 ruw4 αὗται εἰσιν 1 women represent "women are a picture of"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai "Mount Sinai" here is a synecdoche for the law that Moses gave to the Israelites there. Alternate translation: "Mount Sinai, where Moses gave the law to Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor γεννῶσα δουλείαν 1 she gives birth to children who are slaves Paul treats the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The people under this covenant are like slaves who have to obey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth to children who are slaves Paul treats the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The people under this covenant are like slaves who have to obey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents "she is a picture of"
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει μετὰ αὐτῆς τῶν τέκνων 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: "Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἄνω ἐστίν ἐλευθέρα 1 is free "is not bound" or "is not a slave"
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: "Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἄνω ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free "is not bound" or "is not a slave"
|
||||
GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice be happy
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you 0 you barren one ... you who are not suffering Here "you" refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of promise Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God's children 1) by believing God's promise or 2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God's children 1) by believing God's promise or 2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to Abraham's becoming Ishmael's father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: "by means of human action" or "because of what people did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα οὕτως 1 according to the Spirit "because of something the Spirit did"
|
||||
GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words "we are children" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, we are children of the free woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase "the fruit of the Spirit" is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace."<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν ἡμᾶς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else" or "Be determined to stay free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 usl9 figs-metaphor 0 do not again be put under the control of a yoke of slavery Here being under control of a yoke of slavery represents being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: "do not live like one who is under the control of a yoke of slavery to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourselves be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for Judaism. Alternate translation: "if you turn to the Jewish religion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι δὲ 1 I testify "I declare" or "I serve as a witness"
|
||||
GAL 5 3 s1af figs-metonymy παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ περιτεμνομένῳ 1 to every man who lets himself be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for being Jewish. Alternate translation: "to every person who has become a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ἐστὶν ὀφειλέτης ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey "he must obey"
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey "he must obey"
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here "cut off" is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: "You have ended your relationship with Christ" or "You are no longer united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες δικαιοῦσθε ἐν νόμῳ 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: "all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law" or "you who want to be justified by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: "all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law" or "you who want to be justified by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit 0 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "God will not be gracious to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit "This is because through the Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἐκ πίστεως, ἡμεῖς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) "we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness" or 2) "we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith."
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness "we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it"
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἐκ πίστεως, ἡμεῖς ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) "we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness" or 2) "we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith."
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness "we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision These are metonymy for being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: "neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 6 n1hc ἀλλὰ πίστις ἐνεργουμένη δι’ ἀγάπης 1 but only faith working through love "Rather, God is concerned with our faith in him, which we show by loving others"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 qp6b ἰσχύει τι 1 means anything is worthwhile
|
||||
GAL 5 6 n1hc ἀλλὰ πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη 1 but only faith working through love "Rather, God is concerned with our faith in him, which we show by loving others"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 qp6b τι ἰσχύει 1 means anything is worthwhile
|
||||
GAL 5 7 jj48 ἐτρέχετε 1 You were running "You were practicing what Jesus taught"
|
||||
GAL 5 8 ct7g ἡ πεισμονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This persuasion does not come from him who calls you "The one who persuades you to do that is not God, the one who calls you"
|
||||
GAL 5 8 j7f8 figs-explicit τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 him who calls you What he calls them to can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the one who calls you to be his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 8 sx6u πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion To persuade someone is to get that person to change what he believes and so to act differently.
|
||||
GAL 5 10 enp1 φρονήσετε οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view "you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view "you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 rb76 0 The one who is troubling you will pay the penalty "God will punish the one who is troubling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you "is causing you to be uncertain about what is truth" or "stirs up trouble among you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is Possible meanings are 1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or 2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who "confuse" them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἀδελφοί, εἰ ἐγὼ δέ ἔτι κηρύσσω περιτομὴν, τί διώκομαι ἔτι διώκομαι? 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἀδελφοί? εἰ ἐγὼ δέ ἔτι κηρύσσω,, τί διώκομαι ἔτι διώκομαι περιτομὴν 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 11 znh3 figs-hypo ἄρα τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ κατήργηται 1 In that case the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people persecute him because he is preaching that God forgives people because of Jesus' work on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 znh3 figs-hypo ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 In that case the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people persecute him because he is preaching that God forgives people because of Jesus' work on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 dtv9 ἄρα 1 In that case "If I were still saying that people need to become Jews"
|
||||
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ κατήργηται 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block" or "there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ κατήργηται 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed" or "there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block" or "there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed" or "there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves Possible meanings are 1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or 2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ἐκλήθητε ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has called you to freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐκλήθητε ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has called you to freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ πᾶς νόμος πεπλήρωται ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are 1) "you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this" or 2) "by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this."
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις σου τὸν πλησίον ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words "you," "your," and "yourself" are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are 1) "you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this" or 2) "by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this."
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words "you," "your," and "yourself" are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 q8wk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit Walking is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: "conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit" or "live your life in dependence on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom τελέσητε οὐ μὴ τελέσητε ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase "carry out someone's desires" is an idiom meaning "do what someone desires." Alternate translation: "You will not do what your sinful nature desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Walking is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: "conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit" or "live your life in dependence on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase "carry out someone's desires" is an idiom meaning "do what someone desires." Alternate translation: "You will not do what your sinful nature desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person and wanted to sin. Alternate translation: "what you want to do because of your sinful nature" or "the things you want to do because you are sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law "not obligated to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The abstract noun "works" can be translated with the verb "does." Alternate translation: "what the sinful nature does"
|
||||
|
|
@ -265,38 +265,38 @@ GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the wo
|
|||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor 0 the fruit of the Spirit is love ... faith Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love ... faith" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love ... faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια- ἐνκράτεια; 1 gentleness ... self-control The list of "the fruit of the Spirit" that begins with the words "love, joy, peace" ends here. Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification ἐσταύρωσαν τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: "refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: "refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 the sinful nature with its passions and desires The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: "their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit "Since God's Spirit has caused us to be alive"
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor στοιχῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit "Walk" here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: "allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit "Walk" here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: "allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 26 a9x9 γινώμεθα 1 Let us "We should"
|
||||
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul's letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>##### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them "brothers." This refers to Paul's Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person's ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is contrasted with "spirit." In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν καὶ ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone "if anyone among you"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ ἄνθρωπος προλημφθῇ ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass Possible meanings are 1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: "if someone is discovered in an act of sin" or 2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: "if someone gave in and sinned"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass Possible meanings are 1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: "if someone is discovered in an act of sin" or 2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: "if someone gave in and sinned"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual "those of you who are guided by the Spirit" or "you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him "correct the person who sinned" or "exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Possible meanings are 1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or 2) "with an attitude of gentleness" or "in a kind way."
|
||||
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-you σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: "Be concerned about yourselves" or "I say to each one of you, 'Be concerned about yourself'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ σὺ καὶ πειρασθῇς μὴ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will tempt you also to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 3 v6ts γὰρ εἰ 1 For if "Because if." The words that follow tell why the Galatians should 1) "carry one other's burdens" ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) or 2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or 3) "not become conceited" ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will tempt you also to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if "Because if." The words that follow tell why the Galatians should 1) "carry one other's burdens" ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) or 2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or 3) "not become conceited" ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
|
||||
GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something "he is someone important" or "he is better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 3 zz1g ὤν μηδὲν 1 he is nothing "he is not important" or "he is not better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing "he is not important" or "he is not better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 4 ra85 0 Each one should "Each person must"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 ee8v ἕκαστος βαστάσει τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load "each person will be judged by his own work only" or "each person will be responsible for his own work only"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 ee8v ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load "each person will be judged by his own work only" or "each person will be responsible for his own work only"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 vej6 ἕκαστος βαστάσει 1 each one will "each person will"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 k1n5 ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 The one "The person"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 l4vp τὸν λόγον 1 the word "the message," everything God has said or commanded
|
||||
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος σπείρῃ, τοῦτο θερίσει καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Planting represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and gathering in represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: "for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος σπείρῃ 1 whatever a man plants Paul is not specifying males here. Alternate translation: "whatever a person plants" or "whatever someone plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σάρκα 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: "plants seed according to what he wants because of his sinful nature" or "does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Planting represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and gathering in represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: "for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Paul is not specifying males here. Alternate translation: "whatever a person plants" or "whatever someone plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: "plants seed according to what he wants because of his sinful nature" or "does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction God punishing the person is spoken of as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: "will receive punishment for what he did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing good actions because he is listening to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "does the things God's Spirit loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 θερίσει αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit "will receive eternal life as a reward from God's Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 ἐνκακῶμεν μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες τὸ δὲ καλὸν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 ποιοῦντες τὸ δὲ καλὸν 1 doing good doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c γὰρ καιρῷ ἰδίῳ καιρῷ 1 for at the right time "for in due time" or "because at the time God has chosen"
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit "will receive eternal life as a reward from God's Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ τὸ δὲ δὲ καλὸν καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν ἐνκακῶμεν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 doing good doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time "for in due time" or "because at the time God has chosen"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 So then "As a result of this" or "Because of this"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ud5u , μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 especially ... to those "most of all ... to those" or "in particular ... to those"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 jz9i τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith "those who are members of God's family through faith in Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,18 +309,18 @@ GAL 6 12 jk57 οὗτοι ἀναγκάζουσιν 1 to compel "to force" or "
|
|||
GAL 6 12 hl1r 0 only to avoid being persecuted for the cross of Christ "so that the Jews will not persecute them for claiming that the cross of Christ alone is what saves people"
|
||||
GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ 1 the cross The cross here represents what Christ did for us when he died on the cross. Alternate translation: "the work Jesus did on the cross" or "the death and resurrection of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 6 13 zqf5 θέλουσιν 1 they want "those people who are urging you to be circumcised want"
|
||||
GAL 6 13 bb5a ἵνα καυχήσωνται ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ 1 so that they may boast about your flesh "so that they may be proud that they have added you to the people who try to keep the law"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh δὲ μὴ γένοιτο ἐμοὶ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive κόσμος ἐσταύρωται ἐμοὶ 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I think of the world as already dead" or "I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 13 bb5a ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ καυχήσωνται 1 so that they may boast about your flesh "so that they may be proud that they have added you to the people who try to keep the law"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ μὴ γένοιτο γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I think of the world as already dead" or "I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world The words "have been crucified" are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: "and I have been crucified to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 m45b κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world Possible meanings are 1) "the world thinks of me as already dead" or 2) "the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s9lx κόσμος 1 the world Possible meanings are 1) the people of the world, those who care nothing for God or 2) the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
|
||||
GAL 6 15 exj8 ἐστιν τὶ 1 counts for anything "is important to God"
|
||||
GAL 6 15 exj8 τὶ ἐστιν 1 counts for anything "is important to God"
|
||||
GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Possible meanings are 1) a new believer in Jesus Christ or 2) the new life of a believer.
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη καὶ ἔλεος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God Possible meanings are 1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or 2) "may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God" or 3) "may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God."
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God Possible meanings are 1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or 2) "may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God" or 3) "may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 v963 τοῦ λοιποῦ 1 From now on This can also mean "Lastly" or "As I end this letter."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 dm22 παρεχέτω μηδεὶς κόπους μοι 1 let no one trouble me Possible meanings are 1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to trouble him, "I am commanding you this: do not trouble me," or 2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, "I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me," or 3) Paul is expressing a desire, "I do not want anyone to trouble me."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 dm22 κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 let no one trouble me Possible meanings are 1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to trouble him, "I am commanding you this: do not trouble me," or 2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, "I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me," or 3) Paul is expressing a desire, "I do not want anyone to trouble me."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Possible meanings are 1) "speak of these matters to me" or 2) "cause me hardship" or "give me hard work."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 j729 γὰρ ἐγὼ βαστάζω ἐν μου τῷ σώματί τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus These marks were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 b64i ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ ὑμῶν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit "I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus These marks were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 b64i ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit "I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 pk25 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 2653.
|
130
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
130
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
|
|
@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor τοῖς οὖσιν πιστοῖς ἐν Χρισ
|
|||
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in his letters.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words "us" and "we" refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, as well as all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers' position and their safety before God.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐλογητὸς 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us "for God has blessed us"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ πνευματικῇ εὐλογίᾳ 1 every spiritual blessing "every blessing coming from the Spirit of God"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing "every blessing coming from the Spirit of God"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings 1) the phrase "in Christ" refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: "through Christ" or "through what Christ has done" or 2) "in Christ" is a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: "by uniting us with Christ" or "because we are united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-gendernotations 0 for adoption as sons Here "adoption" refers
|
|||
EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 6 s9qk ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 he has freely given us in the One he loves. "he has kindly given to us by means of the One he loves"
|
||||
EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the One he loves "the One he loves, Jesus Christ" or "his Son, whom he loves"
|
||||
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 riches of his grace Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: "greatness of God's grace" or "abundance of God's grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 riches of his grace Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: "greatness of God's grace" or "abundance of God's grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 8 pg6j 0 He lavished this grace upon us "He gave us this great amount of grace" or "He was extremely kind to us"
|
||||
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 with all wisdom and understanding Possible meanings are 1) "because he has all wisdom and understanding" 2) "so that we might have great wisdom and understanding"
|
||||
EPH 1 9 v71p 0 according to what pleased him Possible meanings are 1) "because he wanted to make it known to us" or 2) "which was what he wanted."
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,54 +36,54 @@ EPH 1 12 zqm9 0 so we would be for the praise of his glory "so that we would l
|
|||
EPH 1 12 jm4j figs-exclusive 0 so that we might be the first ... so we would be for the praise Once again, the pronouns "we" refer to Paul and the other Jewish believers, not to the Ephesian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
|
||||
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "the message about the truth" or 2) "the true message."
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit Wax was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "God has sealed you with the Holy Spirit that he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the guarantee of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of as though one inherits property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "the guarantee that we will receive what God has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit Wax was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "God has sealed you with the Holy Spirit that he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς τῆς κληρονομίας κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 the guarantee of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of as though one inherits property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "the guarantee that we will receive what God has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 15 d9qy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the Ephesian believers and praises God for the power that believers have through Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 16 scy9 figs-litotes 0 I have not stopped thanking God Paul uses "not stopped" to emphasize that he continues to thank God. Alternate translation: "I continue to thank God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him "spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας πεφωτισμένους 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "eyes of your heart" is a metaphor for one's ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: "that you may gain understanding and be enlightened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας πεφωτισμένους 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart" or "that God may enlighten your understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "eyes of your heart" is a metaphor for one's ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: "that you may gain understanding and be enlightened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart" or "that God may enlighten your understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 enlightened "made to see"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers, is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 lg8h 0 all God's holy people "all those whom he has set apart for himself" or "all those who belong completely to him"
|
||||
EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως 1 the incomparable greatness of his power God's power is far beyond all other power.
|
||||
EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the incomparable greatness of his power God's power is far beyond all other power.
|
||||
EPH 1 19 die1 εἰς ἡμᾶς τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 toward us who believe "for us who believe"
|
||||
EPH 1 19 e6g2 0 the working of his great strength "his great power that is at work for us"
|
||||
EPH 1 20 dc4l ἐγείρας αὐτὸν 1 raised him "made him alive again"
|
||||
EPH 1 20 pu97 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν αὐτοῦ δεξιᾷ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits "at the right hand" of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: "gave him all authority to rule from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate:translate_symaction καθίσας ἐν αὐτοῦ δεξιᾷ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_symaction]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits "at the right hand" of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: "gave him all authority to rule from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate:translate_symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_symaction]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 1 21 k8k7 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are different terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. Alternate translation: "far above all types of supernatural beings"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "every name that man gives" or 2) "every name that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 x6qc figs-metonymy ὀνόματος 1 name Possible meanings are 1) title or 2) position of authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι 1 in this age "at this time"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age "at this time"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 1 22 jm9i figs-metonymy 0 all things under Christ's feet Here "feet" represents Christ's lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: "all things under Christ's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here "head" refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: "ruler over all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα 1 his body Just as with a human body, the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to its body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as with a human body, the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to its body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 23 w2kh 0 the fullness of him who fills all in all "Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things"
|
||||
EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on a Christian's life before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person's former way of living is distinct from a Christian's new identity "in Christ." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### One body<br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or "body." The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### "Dead in trespasses and sins"<br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are "dead" in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually "dead." Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### Descriptions of worldly living<br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They "lived according to the ways of this world" and are "living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air," "fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature," and "carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind."<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is the gift of God"<br>Some scholars believe "it" here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, "it" here more likely refers to all of being saved by God's grace through faith.<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. The phrase "Gentiles in the flesh" indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. "Flesh" is also used in this verse to refer to the physical part of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br>
|
||||
EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
|
||||
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν ὑμῶν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 lp32 figs-doublet ὑμῶν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 1 your trespasses and sins The words "trespasses" and "sins" have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people's sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ κόσμου 1 according to the ways of this world The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: "according to the values of people living in the world" or "following the principles of this present world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 lp32 figs-doublet τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your trespasses and sins The words "trespasses" and "sins" have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people's sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 according to the ways of this world The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: "according to the values of people living in the world" or "following the principles of this present world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
|
||||
EPH 2 2 bj9y 0 the spirit that is working "the spirit of Satan, who is working"
|
||||
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words "body" and "mind" represent the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-metaphor τέκνα ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath people with whom God is angry (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 4 chm6 Θεὸς ὢν πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy "God is abundant in mercy" or "God is very kind to us"
|
||||
EPH 2 4 hrx9 διὰ αὐτοῦ πολλὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 because of his great love with which he loved us "because of his great love for us" or "because he loves us very much"
|
||||
EPH 2 4 chm6 Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy "God is abundant in mercy" or "God is very kind to us"
|
||||
EPH 2 4 hrx9 διὰ πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 because of his great love with which he loved us "because of his great love for us" or "because he loves us very much"
|
||||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God saved us because of his great kindness toward us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 na2n figs-pastforfuture 0 God raised us up together with Christ Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Possible meanings are 1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: "God has given us new life because we belong to Christ" or 2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: "We can be sure that God will give us life as he has caused Christ to come alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive γὰρ τῇ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith God's kindness to us is the reason he made it possible for us to be saved from judgment if we simply trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "God saved you by grace because of your faith in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith God's kindness to us is the reason he made it possible for us to be saved from judgment if we simply trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "God saved you by grace because of your faith in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 r8u8 τοῦτο οὐκ 1 this did not The word "this" refers back to "by grace you have been saved by faith."
|
||||
EPH 2 9 al4s οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα μή τις καυχήσηται 1 not from works, so that no one may boast You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: "Salvation does not come from works, so that no one may boast" or "God does not save a person because of what that person does, so no one can boast and say that he earned his salvation"
|
||||
EPH 2 10 fa4l ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 2 10 lws4 περιπατήσωμεν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 we would walk in them Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Here "in them" refers to the "good deeds." Alternate translation: "we would always and continually do those good deeds"
|
||||
EPH 2 10 lws4 ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν 1 we would walk in them Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Here "in them" refers to the "good deeds." Alternate translation: "we would always and continually do those good deeds"
|
||||
EPH 2 11 diq1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers that God has now made Gentiles and Jews into one body through Christ and his cross.
|
||||
EPH 2 11 p7m2 figs-metaphor τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί 1 Gentiles in the flesh This refers to people who were not born Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 11 e76g figs-metonymy 0 uncircumcision Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God's laws. Alternate translation: "uncircumcised pagans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ EPH 2 11 fb4r 0 what is called the "circumcision" in the flesh made by human h
|
|||
EPH 2 11 tf9i figs-activepassive χειροποιήτου 1 by what is called This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "by what people call" or "by those whom people call" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 12 u3vu 0 separated from Christ "unbelievers"
|
||||
EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God's covenant and promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 13 quq4 δὲ νυνὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ.
|
||||
EPH 2 13 quq4 νυνὶ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ.
|
||||
EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor 0 you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: "you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: "by Christ's death" or "when Christ died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 ue4u 0 he is our peace "Jesus gives us his peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν ἡ εἰρήνη 1 our peace The word "our" refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word "our" refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 t9zn 0 He made the two one "He made the Jews and Gentiles one"
|
||||
EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy 0 By his flesh The words "his flesh," his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: "By the death of his body on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 d7uf 0 the wall of hostility "the wall of hatred" or "the wall of ill will"
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,10 +120,10 @@ EPH 2 21 g8ga figs-metaphor Κυρίῳ 1 the whole building fits together and g
|
|||
EPH 2 21 ljt5 figs-metaphor 0 In him ... in the Lord "In Christ ... in the Lord Jesus" These metaphors express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 u55j figs-metaphor 0 in him "in Christ" This metaphor expresses the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 b4c8 figs-metaphor 0 you also are being built together as a dwelling place for God in the Spirit This describes how believers are being put together to become a place where God will permanently live through the power of the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 e52h figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς καὶ συνοικοδομεῖσθε 1 you also are being built together This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "God is also building you together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 e52h figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε 1 you also are being built together This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "God is also building you together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "I pray"<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter as a prayer to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is both praying for and instructing the church in Ephesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Mystery<br>Paul refers to the church as a "mystery." The role of the church in the plans of God was once not known. But God has now revealed it. Part of this mystery involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God.<br>
|
||||
EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and the temple of which believers are now a part.
|
||||
EPH 3 1 jb9u χάριν τούτου 1 Because of this "Because of God's grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 1 jb9u τούτου χάριν 1 Because of this "Because of God's grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 1 m9b6 0 the prisoner of Christ Jesus "the one whom Christ Jesus has put in prison"
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you "the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to what God revealed to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ EPH 3 12 zx5c figs-explicit προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει 1 a
|
|||
EPH 3 12 kri2 πεποιθήσει 1 confidence "certainty" or "assurance"
|
||||
EPH 3 13 ciu6 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν 1 for you, which is your glory Here "your glory" is a metonym for the pride they should feel or will feel in the future kingdom. The Christians in Ephesus should be proud of what Paul is suffering in prison. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "for you. This is for your benefit" or "for you. You should be proud of this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 3 14 v3gd figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: "Because God has done all this for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 3 14 vju2 figs-synecdoche κάμπτω μου τὰ γόνατά πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I bend my knees to the Father Bowed knees are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: "I bow down in prayer to the Father" or "I humbly pray to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 3 14 vju2 figs-synecdoche κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I bend my knees to the Father Bowed knees are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: "I bow down in prayer to the Father" or "I humbly pray to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 3 15 c492 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται 1 from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named The act of naming here probably also represents the act of creating. Alternate translation: "who created and named every family in heaven and on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν, κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης, κραταιωθῆναι δυνάμει 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power "God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power"
|
||||
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς,, δόξης αὐτοῦ δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power "God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power"
|
||||
EPH 3 16 rgf5 δῷ 1 would grant "would give"
|
||||
EPH 3 17 n87p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues the prayer he began in [Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md).
|
||||
EPH 3 17 wg1v 0 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith, that you will be rooted and grounded in his love This is the second item for which Paul prays that God will "grant" the Ephesians "according to the riches of his glory." The first is that they would "be strengthened" ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)).
|
||||
EPH 3 17 q6yy figs-metonymy κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν κατοικῆσαι ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith Here "heart" represents a person's inner being, and "through" expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: "that Christ may live within you because you trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 3 17 q6yy figs-metonymy κατοικῆσαι κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith Here "heart" represents a person's inner being, and "through" expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: "that Christ may live within you because you trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 3 17 g4g1 figs-metaphor 0 that you will be rooted and grounded in his love Paul speaks of their faith as if it were a tree that has deep roots or a house built on a solid foundation. Alternate translation: "that you will be like a firmly rooted tree and a building built on stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 18 cja8 0 May you have strength so you can understand These words can be combined with the words that begin with "faith, that you will be rooted and grounded in his love" in verse 17 in two ways. Possible meanings are 1) "faith. I pray that you will be rooted and grounded in his love so that you have strength and can understand" or 2) "faith so you will be rooted and grounded in his love. I also pray that you will have strength so you can understand"
|
||||
EPH 3 18 bkk6 0 so you can understand This is the second item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)). And "understand" is the first thing that Paul prays that the Ephesians themselves will be able to do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,24 +165,24 @@ EPH 3 19 rev9 0 that you may know the love of Christ This is the second thing
|
|||
EPH 3 19 px4z ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that you may be filled with all the fullness of God This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would "be strengthened" ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), and the second is that they "can understand" ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
|
||||
EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The words "we" and "us" in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 20 m7gi 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
|
||||
EPH 3 20 zxj3 δὲ τῷ 1 Now to him who "Now to God, who"
|
||||
EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 Now to him who "Now to God, who"
|
||||
EPH 3 20 zxt3 0 to do far beyond all that we ask or think "to do much more than all that we ask or think" or "to do things that are much greater than all that we ask him for or think about"
|
||||
EPH 4 intro ang8 0 # Ephesians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Spiritual gifts<br>Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### Unity<br>Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Old man and new man<br>The term "old man" probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The "new man" is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.<br>
|
||||
EPH 4 1 sb64 0 Connecting Statement: Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other.
|
||||
EPH 4 1 uss5 0 as the prisoner for the Lord "as someone who is in prison because of his choice to serve the Lord"
|
||||
EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τῆς κλήσεως 1 walk worthily of the calling Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one's life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 walk worthily of the calling Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one's life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 2 zs6s 0 to live with great humility and gentleness and patience "to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient"
|
||||
EPH 4 3 pi5c τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of "peace" as if it were a bond that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: "to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit "only one Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς ὑμῶν κλήσεως 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you to have one confident hope in your calling" or "there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you to have one confident hope in your calling" or "there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 6 bz5i 0 Father of all ... over all ... through all ... and in all The word "all" here means "everything."
|
||||
EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
|
||||
EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers.
|
||||
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive 0 To each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given grace to each one of us" or "God gave a gift to each believer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights "When Christ went up into heaven"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended "Christ went up"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 zu81 κατέβη καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended "Christ also came down"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη κατέβη 1 he also descended "Christ also came down"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth Possible meanings are 1) the lower regions are a part of the earth or 2) "the lower regions" is another way of referring to the earth. Alternate translation: "into the lower regions, the earth"
|
||||
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 that he might fill all things "so that he might be present everywhere in his power"
|
||||
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 fill "complete" or "satisfy"
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,27 +211,27 @@ EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They
|
|||
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Because they do not know God, they cannot live the way God wants his people to live" or "They have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w235 ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι 1 alienated "cut off" or "separated"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 s1uz ἄγνοιαν 1 ignorance "lack of knowledge" or "lack of information"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς αὐτῶν καρδίας 1 because of the hardness of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metaphor for people's minds. The phrase "hardness of their hearts" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "because they are stubborn" or "because they refuse to listen to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor παρέδωκαν ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 have handed themselves over to sensuality Paul speaks of these people as if they were objects that they themselves were giving to other people, and he speaks of the way they want to satisfy their physical desires as if it were the person to whom they give themselves. Alternate translation: "only want to satisfy their physical desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 20 e5vk δὲ οὕτως οὐχ οὕτως ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But that is not how you learned about Christ The word "that" refers to the way the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](./17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned about Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: "But what you learned about Christ was not like that"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metaphor for people's minds. The phrase "hardness of their hearts" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "because they are stubborn" or "because they refuse to listen to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 have handed themselves over to sensuality Paul speaks of these people as if they were objects that they themselves were giving to other people, and he speaks of the way they want to satisfy their physical desires as if it were the person to whom they give themselves. Alternate translation: "only want to satisfy their physical desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But that is not how you learned about Christ The word "that" refers to the way the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](./17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned about Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: "But what you learned about Christ was not like that"
|
||||
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony 0 I assume that you have heard ... and that you were taught Paul knows that the Ephesians have heard and been taught. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive 0 you were taught in him Possible meanings are 1) "Jesus' people have taught you" or 2) "someone has taught you because you are Jesus' people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἀλήθεια ἐστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus "as everything about Jesus is true"
|
||||
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus "as everything about Jesus is true"
|
||||
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor 0 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living according to your former manner of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor 0 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living as your former self did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 d3j6 παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The "old man" refers to the "old nature" or "former self."
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης τὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ ὑμῶν νοὸς 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts" or "to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 24 x41y ἐν τῆς ἀληθείας δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι 1 in true righteousness and holiness "truly righteous and holy"
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts" or "to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 24 x41y ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας 1 in true righteousness and holiness "truly righteous and holy"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 abn8 0 get rid of lies "stop telling lies"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 zh2g ἐσμὲν μέλη ἀλλήλων 1 we are members of one another "we belong to one another" or "we are members of God's family"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε καὶ ἁμαρτάνετε μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 zh2g ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 we are members of one another "we belong to one another" or "we are members of God's family"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 ki7p figs-metonymy 0 Do not let the sun go down on your anger The sun going down represents nightfall, or the end of the day. Alternate translation: "You must stop being angry before night comes" or "Let go of your anger before the day ends" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 4 27 w71s 0 Do not give an opportunity to the devil "Do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 29 f6yk σαπρὸς λόγος 1 filthy talk This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
|
||||
EPH 4 29 f6yk λόγος σαπρὸς 1 filthy talk This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
|
||||
EPH 4 29 p9wc 0 for building others up "for encouraging others" or "for strengthening others"
|
||||
EPH 4 29 bv8a 0 their needs, that your words would be helpful to those who hear you "their needs. In this way you will help those who hear you"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 air6 λυπεῖτε μὴ λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve "do not distress" or "do not upset"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve "do not distress" or "do not upset"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 pgk9 figs-metaphor 0 for it is by him that you were sealed for the day of redemption The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: "for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption" or "for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
|
||||
EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor 0 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger "Put away" here is a metaphor for not continuing to have certain attitudes or behaviors. Alternate translation: "You must not allow these things to be part of your life: bitterness, rage, anger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,76 +240,76 @@ EPH 4 32 ygw4 0 Be kind "Instead, be kind"
|
|||
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is "No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king." (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br>
|
||||
EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God's children.
|
||||
EPH 5 1 jx2q οὖν γίνεσθε μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore be imitators of God "Therefore you should do what God does." Therefore refers back to [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md) which tells why believers should imitate God, because Christ forgave believers.
|
||||
EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς ἀγαπητά τέκνα 1 as dearly loved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his children. Alternate translation: "as dearly loved children imitate their fathers" or "because you are his children and he loves you dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
EPH 5 1 jx2q γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore be imitators of God "Therefore you should do what God does." Therefore refers back to [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md) which tells why believers should imitate God, because Christ forgave believers.
|
||||
EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as dearly loved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his children. Alternate translation: "as dearly loved children imitate their fathers" or "because you are his children and he loves you dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
EPH 5 2 ta41 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 walk in love Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one's life. Alternate translation: "live a life of love" or "always love each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 2 bak1 0 a fragrant offering and sacrifice to God "like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God"
|
||||
EPH 5 3 le5f 0 But there must not be even a suggestion among you of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or of greed "Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed"
|
||||
EPH 5 3 xat9 πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία 1 any kind of impurity "any moral uncleanness"
|
||||
EPH 5 3 xat9 ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα 1 any kind of impurity "any moral uncleanness"
|
||||
EPH 5 4 utm5 0 Instead there should be thanksgiving "Instead you should thank God"
|
||||
EPH 5 5 vb16 figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 6 px7p κενοῖς λόγοις 1 empty words words that have no truth to them
|
||||
EPH 5 8 wy9d figs-metaphor 0 For you were once darkness Just as one cannot see in the dark, so people who love to sin lack spiritual understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 8 iw4q figs-metaphor 0 but now you are light in the Lord Just as one can see in the light, so people whom God has saved understand how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 8 l6ki figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς 1 Walk as children of light Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: "Live as people who understand what the Lord wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 8 l6ki figs-metaphor ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε 1 Walk as children of light Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: "Live as people who understand what the Lord wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 9 q194 figs-metaphor 0 the fruit of the light consists in all goodness, righteousness, and truth "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "the result of living in the light is good work, right living, and truthful behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 11 zdu1 figs-metaphor 0 Do not associate with the unfruitful works of darkness Paul speaks of the useless, sinful things that unbelievers do as if they are evil deeds people do in the dark so no one will see them. Alternate translation: "Do not do useless, sinful things with unbelievers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 11 v4d1 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀκάρποις ἔργοις 1 unfruitful works actions that do nothing good, useful, or profitable. Paul is comparing evil actions to an unhealthy tree that produces nothing good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 11 v4d1 figs-metaphor ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις 1 unfruitful works actions that do nothing good, useful, or profitable. Paul is comparing evil actions to an unhealthy tree that produces nothing good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 11 hpl2 figs-metaphor ἐλέγχετε 1 expose them Speaking against the works of darkness is spoken of as bringing them out into the light so that people can see them. Alternate translation: "bring them out into the light" or "uncover them" or "show and tell people how wrong these actions are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 13 sp1z 0 General Information: It is unknown if this quotation is a combination of quotations from the prophet Isaiah or a quotation from a hymn sung by the believers.
|
||||
EPH 5 14 vqi7 figs-metaphor 0 anything that becomes visible is light "people can clearly see everything that comes into the light." Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God's Word shows people's actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God's truth as if it were light that could reveal the character of something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, you sleeper, and arise from the dead Possible meanings are 1) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond, or 2) Paul is addressing the Ephesian believers and using death as a metaphor for their spiritual weakness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 14 e873 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
EPH 5 14 ma8w figs-you σοι 1 you sleeper ... shine on you These instances of "you" refer to the "sleeper" and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ὁ Χριστός ἐπιφαύσει σοι 1 Christ will shine on you Christ will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that darkness hid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός 1 Christ will shine on you Christ will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that darkness hid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 15 du5n figs-doublenegatives 0 Look carefully how you live—not as unwise but as wise Unwise people do not guard themselves against sin. Wise people, however, can identify sin and flee from it. Alternate translation: "Therefore you must be careful to live as a wise person rather than a foolish person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 16 h8b1 figs-metaphor 0 Redeem the time Using time wisely is spoken of as if it were redeeming the time. Alternate translation: "Do the best things you can with your time" or "Use time wisely" or "Put time to its best use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 16 lrb6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι εἰσιν πονηραί 1 because the days are evil The word "days" is a metonym for what people do during those days. Alternate translation: "because the people around you are doing all kinds of evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 16 lrb6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν 1 because the days are evil The word "days" is a metonym for what people do during those days. Alternate translation: "because the people around you are doing all kinds of evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 18 tz9e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
|
||||
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μεθύσκεσθε μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine "You should not get drunk from drinking wine"
|
||||
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine "You should not get drunk from drinking wine"
|
||||
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ, πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Holy Spirit "Instead, you should be controlled with the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ πνευματικαῖς ᾠδαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that 1) Paul is using these words as a merism for "all sorts of songs to praise God" or 2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that 1) Paul is using these words as a merism for "all sorts of songs to praise God" or 2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
|
||||
EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet πνευματικαῖς ᾠδαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are 1) these are songs that Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment or 2) "spiritual songs" and "hymns" are doublets and mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are 1) these are songs that Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment or 2) "spiritual songs" and "hymns" are doublets and mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy 0 with all your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or inner being. The phrase "with all your heart" means to do something with enthusiasm. Alternate translation: "with all of your being" or "enthusiastically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ ἡμῶν Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ" or "as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ" or "as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
|
||||
EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor 0 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word "head" represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words "himself" and "he" refer to Christ. The word "her" refers to the church.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here "love" refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 i24y παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up "allowed people to kill him"
|
||||
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up "allowed people to kill him"
|
||||
EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας αὐτὴν τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring to God making Christ's people clean by God's word and through water baptism in Christ or 2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor ἁγιάσῃ αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας αὐτὴν 1 make her holy ... cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "make us holy ... cleansed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor αὐτὴν καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring to God making Christ's people clean by God's word and through water baptism in Christ or 2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ ἁγιάσῃ, αὐτὴν καθαρίσας 1 make her holy ... cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "make us holy ... cleansed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor ἄμωμος 1 without stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in good condition. He uses the same idea in two ways to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and without fault The phrase "without fault" means basically the same thing as "holy." Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 28 wp8b figs-explicit ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 1 as their own bodies That people love their own bodies may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "as husbands love their own bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 5 29 h5aa ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει 1 but nourishes "but feeds"
|
||||
EPH 5 30 h44f figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν μέλη τοῦ αὐτοῦ σώματος 1 we are members of his body Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own body, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 30 h44f figs-metaphor μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ 1 we are members of his body Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own body, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 31 yp23 0 General Information: The quotation is from the writings of Moses in the Old Testament.
|
||||
EPH 5 31 yp23 0 General Information: The words "his" and "himself" refer to a male believer who marries.
|
||||
EPH 6 intro r7c3 0 # Ephesians 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Slavery<br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Armor of God<br>This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
EPH 6 1 wq46 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word "your" is plural. Then Paul quotes Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so "your" and "you" are singular. You may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EPH 6 1 jf17 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
|
||||
EPH 6 1 ev8m τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε ὑμῶν τοῖς γονεῦσιν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Children, obey your parents in the Lord Paul reminds children to obey their physical parents.
|
||||
EPH 6 4 bb7g παροργίζετε μὴ παροργίζετε ὑμῶν τὰ τέκνα παροργίζετε 1 do not provoke your children to anger "do not make your children angry" or "do not cause your children to be angry"
|
||||
EPH 6 1 ev8m τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Children, obey your parents in the Lord Paul reminds children to obey their physical parents.
|
||||
EPH 6 4 bb7g μὴ παροργίζετε παροργίζετε παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children to anger "do not make your children angry" or "do not cause your children to be angry"
|
||||
EPH 6 4 ytg5 figs-abstractnouns ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου 1 raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord The abstract nouns "discipline" and "instruction" can be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: "teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 r29d ὑπακούετε τοῖς 1 be obedient to "obey." This is a command.
|
||||
EPH 6 5 s1pq figs-doublet 0 deep respect and trembling The phrase "deep respect and trembling" uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 z6xx figs-hyperbole καὶ τρόμου 1 and trembling Here "trembling" is an exaggeration used to emphasize how important it is that slaves obey their masters. Alternate translation: "and fear" or "as though you were shaking with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 pd6z figs-metonymy ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς ὑμῶν καρδίας 1 in the honesty of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or intentions. Alternate translation: "with honesty" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 pd6z figs-metonymy ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 in the honesty of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or intentions. Alternate translation: "with honesty" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ Serve your earthly master as though your earthly master were Christ himself.
|
||||
EPH 6 6 u5fn figs-metonymy 0 from your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "intentions." Alternate translation: "with sincerity" or "enthusiastically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 7 h45y figs-metonymy 0 Serve with all your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "inner being." Alternate translation: "Serve with all of your being" or "Be completely dedicated when you serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 9 i85s 0 treat your slaves in the same way "you also must treat your slaves well" or "just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves" ([Ephesians 6:5](../06/05.md))
|
||||
EPH 6 9 wii4 0 You know that he who is both their Master and yours is in heaven "You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven"
|
||||
EPH 6 9 r9ue ἔστιν οὐκ προσωπολημψία παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him "he judges everyone the same way"
|
||||
EPH 6 9 r9ue προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him "he judges everyone the same way"
|
||||
EPH 6 10 t5th 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we live for God.
|
||||
EPH 6 10 e4mg 0 the strength of his might "his great power." See how "the strength of his power" is translated near the end of [Ephesians 1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
EPH 6 11 n8x8 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ ὑμᾶς δύνασθαι στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand against the scheming plans of the devil Christians should use all the resources God gives to stand firmly against the devil just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 11 n8x8 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς, στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand against the scheming plans of the devil Christians should use all the resources God gives to stand firmly against the devil just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 11 ra3y τὰς μεθοδίας 1 the scheming plans "the tricky plans"
|
||||
EPH 6 12 d7be figs-synecdoche σάρκα καὶ αἷμα 1 flesh and blood This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 6 12 d7be figs-synecdoche αἷμα καὶ σάρκα 1 flesh and blood This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 6 12 ftu4 figs-explicit 0 against the powers over this present darkness Here it is implied that "the powers" refers to powerful spiritual beings. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for things that are evil. Alternate translation: "against the powerful spiritual beings that rule over people during this present evil time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 13 jrn9 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore put on the whole armor of God Christians should use the protective resources God gives them in fighting the devil in the same way a soldier puts on armor to protect himself against his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 13 cy9h figs-metaphor 0 so that you may be able to stand in this time of evil The words "stand firm" represent successfully resisting or fighting something. Alternate translation: "so that you may be able to resist evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ EPH 6 14 zt21 0 truth ... righteousness We are to know the truth and act in wa
|
|||
EPH 6 14 ij1q figs-metaphor τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the breastplate of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the gift of righteousness covers a believer's heart just as a breastplate protects the chest of a soldier or 2) our living as God wants us, gives us a clear conscience that protects our hearts the way a breastplate protects a soldier's chest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 15 f6w1 figs-metaphor 0 Then as shoes for your feet, put on the readiness to proclaim the gospel of peace Just as a soldier wears shoes to give him solid footing, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace in order to be ready to proclaim it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 n65c figs-metaphor ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως 1 In all circumstances take up the shield of faith The believer must use the faith that God gives for protection when the devil attacks, just as a soldier uses a shield to protect him from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ πεπυρωμένα βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like flaming arrows shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor δέξασθε τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like flaming arrows shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God The writer speaks of God's instructions to his people as if they were a sword that his people could use to fight an enemy, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit "Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests"
|
||||
EPH 6 18 g1i7 0 To this end "For this reason" or "Keeping this in mind." This refers to the attitude of taking God's armor.
|
||||
|
|
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ EPH 6 18 i5hm 0 be watching with all perseverance, as you offer prayers for al
|
|||
EPH 6 19 rm1h 0 Connecting Statement: In his closing, Paul asks them to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and says he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
|
||||
EPH 6 19 j135 figs-activepassive 0 that a message might be given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God might give me the word" or "God might give me the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 jv6j 0 when I open my mouth. Pray that I might make known with boldness "when I speak. Pray that I boldly explain"
|
||||
EPH 6 19 gu1n figs-idiom ἀνοίξει μου τοῦ στόματός 1 open my mouth This is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: "speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 gu1n figs-idiom ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματός μου 1 open my mouth This is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: "speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 6 20 wx9k figs-metonymy 0 It is for the gospel that I am an ambassador who is kept in chains The words "in chains" are a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: "I am now in prison because I am a representative of the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 20 pmm2 figs-explicit 0 so that I may declare it boldly, as I ought to speak The word "pray" is understood from verse 19. Alternate translation: "so pray that whenever I teach the gospel, I will speak it as boldly as I should" or "pray that I may speak the gospel as boldly as I should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 6 21 cxs9 translate-names Τυχικὸς 1 Tychicus Tychicus was one of several men who served with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1741.
|
152
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
152
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
|
|
@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστο
|
|||
PHP 1 1 na5j πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 all those set apart in Christ Jesus This refers to those whom God chose to belong to him by being united to Christ. Alternate translation: "all God's people in Christ Jesus" or "all those who belong to God because they are united with Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 1 im6v ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις 1 the overseers and deacons "the leaders of the church"
|
||||
PHP 1 3 ntp5 0 every time I remember you Here "remember you" means when Paul thinks about the Philippians while he is praying. Alternate translation: "every time I think of you"
|
||||
PHP 1 5 yi9l figs-metonymy ἐπὶ ὑμῶν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 because of your partnership in the gospel Paul is expressing thanks to God that the Philippians have joined him in teaching people the gospel. He may have been referring to them praying for him and sending money so that he could travel and tell others. Alternate translation: "because you are helping me proclaim the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 5 yi9l figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 because of your partnership in the gospel Paul is expressing thanks to God that the Philippians have joined him in teaching people the gospel. He may have been referring to them praying for him and sending money so that he could travel and tell others. Alternate translation: "because you are helping me proclaim the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 6 s1l8 πεποιθὼς 1 I am confident "I am sure"
|
||||
PHP 1 6 jf4x ὁ ἐναρξάμενος 1 he who began "God, who began"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 v7yu 0 It is right for me "It is proper for me" or "It is good for me"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy 0 I have you in my heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. This idiom expresses strong affection. Alternate translation: "I love you very much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s ὄντας μου συνκοινωνούς τῆς χάριτος 1 have been my partners in grace "have been partakers of grace with me" or "have shared in grace with me"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a ὁ Θεός μου μάρτυς 1 God is my witness "God knows" or "God understands"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος ὄντας 1 have been my partners in grace "have been partakers of grace with me" or "have shared in grace with me"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a μάρτυς μου ὁ Θεός 1 God is my witness "God knows" or "God understands"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 xun1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the compassion of Christ Jesus The abstract noun "compassion" can be translated with the verb "love." Alternate translation: "and I love you as Christ Jesus dearly loves us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 v2rw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the believers in Philippi and talks about the joy there is in suffering for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l2jl figs-metaphor ἔτι περισσεύῃ 1 may abound Paul speaks of love as if it were objects that people could obtain more of. Alternate translation: "may increase" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,41 +28,41 @@ PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ βούλομαι 1 Now I want Here the word "Now" is used t
|
|||
PHP 1 12 tu2t ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, because all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 zy4g figs-explicit 0 that what has happened to me Paul is talking about his time in prison. Alternate translation: "that the things I suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 12 q288 0 has really served to advance the gospel "has caused more people to hear the gospel"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metaphor μου τοὺς δεσμούς ἐν Χριστῷ φανεροὺς 1 my chains in Christ came to light "Chains in Christ" here is a metonym for being in prison for the sake of Christ. "Came to light" is a metaphor for "became known." Alternate translation: "It became known that I am in prison for the sake of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metaphor τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ came to light "Chains in Christ" here is a metonym for being in prison for the sake of Christ. "Came to light" is a metaphor for "became known." Alternate translation: "It became known that I am in prison for the sake of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 wi6n figs-activepassive 0 my chains in Christ came to light ... guard ... everyone else This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the palace guards and many other people in Rome know that I am in chains for the sake of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az μου τοὺς δεσμούς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition "in" to mean "for the sake of." Alternate translation: "my chains for the sake of Christ" or "my chains because I teach people about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 i46j figs-metonymy μου τοὺς δεσμούς 1 my chains Here the word "chains" is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: "my imprisonment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az τοὺς δεσμούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition "in" to mean "for the sake of." Alternate translation: "my chains for the sake of Christ" or "my chains because I teach people about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 i46j figs-metonymy τοὺς δεσμούς μου 1 my chains Here the word "chains" is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: "my imprisonment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 dm1m πραιτωρίῳ 1 palace guard This is a group of soldiers that helped protect the Roman emperor.
|
||||
PHP 1 14 gy47 ἀφόβως λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον 1 fearlessly speak the word "fearlessly speak God's message"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ κηρύσσουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 Some indeed even proclaim Christ "Some people preach the good news about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 14 gy47 ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον λαλεῖν 1 fearlessly speak the word "fearlessly speak God's message"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν 1 Some indeed even proclaim Christ "Some people preach the good news about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 f32h διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν 1 out of envy and strife "because they do not want people listening to me, and they want to cause trouble"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 v1sb 0 and also others out of good will "but other people do it because they are kind and they want to help"
|
||||
PHP 1 16 qf4p οἱ 1 The latter "Those who proclaim Christ out of good will"
|
||||
PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive κεῖμαι εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 I am put here for the defense of the gospel This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God chose me to defend the gospel" or 2) "I am in prison because I defend the gospel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι 1 I am put here for the defense of the gospel This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God chose me to defend the gospel" or 2) "I am in prison because I defend the gospel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 16 st7k εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the defense of the gospel "to teach everyone that the message of Jesus is true"
|
||||
PHP 1 17 eq7s δὲ οἱ 1 But the former "But the others" or "But the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife"
|
||||
PHP 1 17 eq7s οἱ δὲ 1 But the former "But the others" or "But the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife"
|
||||
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy 0 while I am in chains Here the phrase "in chains" is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: "while I am imprisoned" or "while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-rquestion τί γάρ? 1 What then? Paul uses this question to tell how he feels about the situation he wrote about in [Philippians 15-17](./15.md). Possible meanings are 1) this is an idiom that means "It does not matter." or 2) the words "shall I think about this" are understood as part of the question. Alternate translation: "What then shall I think about this?" or "This is what I think about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ— εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ— Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed "As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ εἴτε προφάσει—— εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed "As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 c8tr ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω 1 in this I rejoice "I am happy because people are preaching about Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 cf58 χαρήσομαι 1 I will rejoice "I will celebrate" or "I will be glad"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 qp81 τοῦτό ἀποβήσεται εἰς μοι σωτηρίαν 1 this will result in my deliverance "because people proclaim Christ, God will deliver me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns εἰς μοι σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance "Deliverance" here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: "in my being brought to a safe place" or "in God bringing me to a safe place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 qp81 τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 this will result in my deliverance "because people proclaim Christ, God will deliver me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance "Deliverance" here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: "in my being brought to a safe place" or "in God bringing me to a safe place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 x3fs διὰ ὑμῶν δεήσεως καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through your prayers and the help of the Spirit of Jesus Christ "because you are praying and the Spirit of Jesus Christ is helping me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 c48j Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit of Jesus Christ "Holy Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet 0 It is my eager expectation and certain hope Here the word "expectation" and the phrase "certain hope" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: "I eagerly and confidently hope" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 tk7l 0 but that I will have complete boldness This is part of Paul's expectation and hope. Alternate translation: "but that I will be very bold"
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy Χριστὸς μεγαλυνθήσεται ἐν μου τῷ σώματί 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase "my body" is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "I will honor Christ by what I do" or 2) "people will praise Christ because of what I do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase "my body" is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "I will honor Christ by what I do" or 2) "people will praise Christ because of what I do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 y78k εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου 1 whether by life or by death "whether I live or die" or "if I go on living or if I die"
|
||||
PHP 1 21 p9b7 γὰρ ἐμοὶ 1 For to me These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul's personal experience.
|
||||
PHP 1 21 p9b7 ἐμοὶ γὰρ 1 For to me These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul's personal experience.
|
||||
PHP 1 21 sxt5 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ζῆν Χριστὸς 1 to live is Christ Here pleasing and serving Christ is spoken of as Paul's only purpose for living. Alternate translation: "to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as "gain." Possible meanings for "gain" are 1) Paul's death will help spread the message of the gospel or 2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy δὲ εἰ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word "flesh" here is a metonym for the body, and "living in the flesh" is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: "But if I am to remain alive in my body" or "But if I continue to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word "flesh" here is a metonym for the body, and "living in the flesh" is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: "But if I am to remain alive in my body" or "But if I continue to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 y9fv καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι? 1 Yet which to choose? "But which should I choose?"
|
||||
PHP 1 22 mwl6 figs-metaphor 0 that means fruitful labor for me The word "fruit" here refers to the good results of Paul's work. Alternate translation: "that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 tq29 figs-metaphor δὲ συνέχομαι ἐκ τῶν δύο 1 For I am hard pressed between the two Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: "I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 tq29 figs-metaphor συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο 1 For I am hard pressed between the two Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: "I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 f7qg figs-euphemism 0 My desire is to depart and be with Christ Paul uses a euphemism here to show that he is not afraid of dying. Alternate translation: "I would like to die because I will go to be with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
PHP 1 25 bu8d πεποιθὼς τοῦτο 1 Being convinced of this "Since I am sure that it is better for you that I stay alive"
|
||||
PHP 1 25 bu8d τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 Being convinced of this "Since I am sure that it is better for you that I stay alive"
|
||||
PHP 1 25 kmp4 οἶδα ὅτι μενῶ 1 I know that I will remain "I know that I will continue to live" or "I know that I will keep on living"
|
||||
PHP 1 26 i9cl ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that in me "so that because of me" or "so that because of what I do"
|
||||
PHP 1 27 cd3b figs-parallelism ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel The phrases "standing firm in one spirit" and "with one mind striving together" share similar meanings and emphasize the importance of unity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -72,21 +72,21 @@ PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith
|
|||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you 0 Do not be frightened in any respect This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 0 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God "Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you"
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God "and this is from God." Possible meanings are the word "this" refers to 1) the believers' courage or 2) the sign or 3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 ἔχοντες τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἐν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "If there is any"<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as "Since there is."<br>
|
||||
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ's example.
|
||||
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ "If Christ has encouraged you" or "If you are encouraged because of Christ"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase "by love" probably refers to Christ's love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "if his love has given you any comfort" or "if his love for you has comforted you in any way"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if there is any fellowship in the Spirit "if you have fellowship with the Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if there are any tender mercies and compassions "if you have experienced many of God's acts of tender mercy and compassion"
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου χαρὰν πληρώσατέ 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ πληρώσατέ μου χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κενοδοξίαν 1 Do nothing out of selfishness or empty conceit "Do not serve yourselves or think of yourselves as better than others"
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ezk6 0 Let each of you look not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others "Do not care only about what you need, but also about what others need"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 φρονεῖτε τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ὃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 hs4q ὑπάρχων ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ 1 he existed in the form of God "everything that is true of God was true of him"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 hs4q ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων 1 he existed in the form of God "everything that is true of God was true of him"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 els2 figs-metaphor 0 did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to Here "equality" refers to "equal status" or "equal honor." Holding onto equality with God represents demanding that he continue to be honored as God is honored. Christ did not do that. Though he did not cease to be God, he ceased to act as God. Alternate translation: "did not think that he had to have the same status as God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν 1 he emptied himself Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a container in order to say that Christ refused to act with his divine powers during his ministry on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 tc8n γενόμενος ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων 1 he was born in the likeness of men "he was born a human being" or "he became a human being"
|
||||
PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν 1 he emptied himself Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a container in order to say that Christ refused to act with his divine powers during his ministry on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 tc8n ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος 1 he was born in the likeness of men "he was born a human being" or "he became a human being"
|
||||
PHP 2 8 t8a6 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου 1 became obedient to the point of death Paul speaks of death here in a figurative way. The translator can understand "to the point of death" either as a metaphor of location (Christ went all the way to death) or as a metaphor of time (Christ was obedient even until the time that he died). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 8 hi57 0 even death of a cross "even to dying on a cross"
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy 0 the name that is above every name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: "the rank that is above any other rank" or "the honor that is above any other honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,41 +96,41 @@ PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth Possible meanings are 1)
|
|||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here "tongue" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "every person" or "every being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word "to" expresses result: "with the result that they will praise God the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved "my dear fellow believers"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 c1ix ὡς ἐν μου τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 in my presence "when I am there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν μου τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ 1 in my absence "when I am not there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns κατεργάζεσθε ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with a phrase about God saving people. Alternate translation: "with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do what is proper for those whom God saves" or "with awe and reverence for God, work hard to do the good things that show that he has saved you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 ἀγαπητοί μου 1 my beloved "my dear fellow believers"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 c1ix ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου 1 in my presence "when I am there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου 1 in my absence "when I am not there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with a phrase about God saving people. Alternate translation: "with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do what is proper for those whom God saves" or "with awe and reverence for God, work hard to do the good things that show that he has saved you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Paul uses the words "fear" and "trembling" together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Alternate translation: "trembling with fear" or "with deep reverence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 13 m6b8 καὶ τὸ θέλειν καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας 1 both to will and to work for his good pleasure "so that you will want to do what pleases him and will be able to do what pleases him"
|
||||
PHP 2 15 z2lz figs-doublet ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι 1 blameless and pure The words "blameless" and "pure" are very similar in meaning and are used together to strenghten the idea. Alternate translation: "completely innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 p71u figs-metaphor 0 so that you may shine as lights in the world Light represents goodness and truth. Shining as lights in the world represents living in a good and righteous way so that people in the world can see that God is good and true. Alternate translation: "so that you will be like lights in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον κόσμῳ, ἐν μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης γενεᾶς 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor ἐπέχοντες λόγον ζωῆς 1 Hold on to the word of life "Hold on" represents firmly believing. Alternate translation: "Continue to firmly believe the word of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον κόσμῳ, μέσον γενεᾶς γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης ἐν 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες 1 Hold on to the word of life "Hold on" represents firmly believing. Alternate translation: "Continue to firmly believe the word of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 eq86 λόγον ζωῆς 1 the word of life "the message that brings life" or "the message that shows how to live the way God wants you to"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: "when Christ returns"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism ἔδραμον οὐκ ἔδραμον εἰς κενὸν οὐδὲ ἐκοπίασα εἰς κενὸν 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one's life. Running is living life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ καὶ εἰ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως, χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω ὑμῖν πᾶσιν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς, πίστεως ὑμῶν χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 dr9c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Philippian believers about his plan to send Timothy soon and that they should treat Epaphroditus as special.
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 δὲ ἐλπίζω ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 But I have hope in the Lord Jesus "But I confidently expect the Lord Jesus to allow me"
|
||||
PHP 2 20 d9mw γὰρ ἔχω οὐδένα ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one else with his same attitude "No one else here loves you as much as he does"
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 γὰρ οἱ πάντες 1 For they all Here the word "they" refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς τέκνον πατρὶ, ἐδούλευσεν σὺν ἐμοὶ 1 as a son with his father, so he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul's son, but he worked with Paul as a son works with his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 But I have hope in the Lord Jesus "But I confidently expect the Lord Jesus to allow me"
|
||||
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one else with his same attitude "No one else here loves you as much as he does"
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word "they" refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 1 as a son with his father, so he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul's son, but he worked with Paul as a son works with his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here "the gospel" stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: "in telling people about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ἐν Κυρίῳ ὅτι ἐλεύσομαι αὐτὸς ἐλεύσομαι καὶ ἐλεύσομαι ταχέως 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ἐν Κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι ἐλεύσομαι ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 25 k4wz translate-names Ἐπαφρόδιτον 1 Epaphroditus This is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a soldier. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: "fellow believer who works and struggles along with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 qsd6 0 your messenger and servant for my needs "who brings your messages to me and helps me when I am in need"
|
||||
PHP 2 26 gxn9 ἠσθένησεν 1 he was very distressed, and he longed to be with you all "he was very worried and wanted to be with you all"
|
||||
PHP 2 27 itx2 figs-explicit λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην 1 sorrow upon sorrow The cause of the sorrow can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the sorrow of losing him added to the sorrow I already have from being in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 28 y5gc κἀγὼ ὦ ἀλυπότερος 1 I can be free from anxiety "I will be less anxious" or "I will not worry as much as I have been"
|
||||
PHP 2 28 y5gc κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ 1 I can be free from anxiety "I will be less anxious" or "I will not worry as much as I have been"
|
||||
PHP 2 29 y95x 0 Welcome Epaphroditus "Gladly receive Epaphroditus"
|
||||
PHP 2 29 qx14 ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy "as a fellow believer in the Lord with all joy" or "with the great joy we have because the Lord Jesus loves us"
|
||||
PHP 2 30 ns1y figs-metaphor ἤγγισεν θανάτου 1 he came near death Paul here speaks of death as if it were a place that one could go to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 ns1y figs-metaphor θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near death Paul here speaks of death as if it were a place that one could go to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 g98z figs-metaphor 0 fill up what you could not do in service to me Paul speaks of his needs as if they were a container that Epaphroditus filled with good things for Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Dogs<br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term "dogs" in this way.<br><br>##### Resurrected Bodies<br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Prize<br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.<br>
|
||||
PHP 3 1 e79h 0 Connecting Statement: In order to warn his fellow believers about Jews who would try to get them to follow the old laws, Paul gives his own testimony about when he persecuted believers.
|
||||
PHP 3 1 s3bx λοιπόν, μου ἀδελφοί 1 Finally, my brothers "Now moving along, my brothers" or "Concerning other matters, my brothers"
|
||||
PHP 3 1 s3bx λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Finally, my brothers "Now moving along, my brothers" or "Concerning other matters, my brothers"
|
||||
PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 1 ymm2 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 rejoice in the Lord "be happy because of all the Lord has done"
|
||||
PHP 3 1 q4pt 0 For me to write these same things again to you is no trouble for me "It is no trouble for me to write these things again to you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Watch out for "Beware of" or "Look out for"
|
|||
PHP 3 2 zin8 τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs ... those evil workers ... those who mutilate the flesh These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor κύνας 1 dogs The word "dogs" was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive γάρ ἡμεῖς καυχώμενοι ἐσμεν 1 For it is we who are Paul uses "we" to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν καυχώμενοι 1 For it is we who are Paul uses "we" to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: "the truly circumcised ones" or "truly God's people"
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph πεποιθότες οὐκ πεποιθότες ἐν σαρκὶ 1 have no confidence in the flesh "do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God"
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh "do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God"
|
||||
PHP 3 4 e346 figs-hypo καίπερ 1 Even so "Although if I wanted to." Paul is introducing a hypothetical situation that could not possibly exist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 4 upw5 figs-hypo 0 I myself could have confidence in the flesh. If anyone thinks he has confidence in the flesh, I could have even more This is a hypothetical situation that Paul does not believe is possible. Paul says if it were possible that God would save people based on what they did, then God would certainly have saved him. Alternate translation: "No one can do enough things to please God, but if anyone could do enough things to please God, I could do more good things and please God more than anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 4 u4f1 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ 1 I myself Paul uses "myself" for emphasis. Alternate translation: "certainly I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,72 +151,72 @@ PHP 3 5 p4ik Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων 1 a Hebrew of Hebrews Possi
|
|||
PHP 3 5 we4t κατὰ νόμον, Φαρισαῖος 1 with regard to the law, a Pharisee The Pharisees were committed to obeying all of the law. Being a Pharisee showed that Paul was committed to obeying all of the law. Alternate translation: "as a Pharisee, I was committed to obeying all of the law"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 ksr3 κατὰ ζῆλος, διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 As for zeal, I persecuted the church Paul's zeal was his enthusiasm for honoring God. He believed that by persecuting the church he proved how zealous he was for God. Alternate translation: "I had so much zeal for God that I persecuted the church" or "Because I wanted so much to honor God, I persecuted the church"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 n51b διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 I persecuted the church "I attacked Christians"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 hln8 κατὰ δικαιοσύνην ἐν τὴν νόμῳ, γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 as for righteousness under the law, I was blameless "Righteousness under the law" refers to being righteous by obeying the law. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. Alternate Translation: "I was so righteous by obeying the law that I was blameless"
|
||||
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν κέρδη μοι 1 whatever things were a profit for me Paul is referring here to the praise he received for being an eager Pharisee. He speaks of this praise as if he had viewed it in the past as a businessman's profit. Alternate translation: "anything that other Jews praised me for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 6 hln8 κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ, γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 as for righteousness under the law, I was blameless "Righteousness under the law" refers to being righteous by obeying the law. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. Alternate Translation: "I was so righteous by obeying the law that I was blameless"
|
||||
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 whatever things were a profit for me Paul is referring here to the praise he received for being an eager Pharisee. He speaks of this praise as if he had viewed it in the past as a businessman's profit. Alternate translation: "anything that other Jews praised me for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 lb8f 0 profit ... loss These are common business terms. If many people in your culture do not understand formal business terms, you could translate these terms as "things that made my life better" and "things that made my life worse."
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ἥγημαι ταῦτα ζημίαν 1 I have considered them as loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business loss instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ταῦτα ἥγημαι ζημίαν 1 I have considered them as loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business loss instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 zi6f μενοῦνγε 1 In fact "Really" or "Truly"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 qdh7 figs-explicit καὶ ἡγοῦμαι 1 now I count The word "now" emphasizes how Paul has changed since he quit being a Pharisee and became a believer in Christ. Alternate translation: "now that I have trusted in Christ, I count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἡγοῦμαι πάντα εἶναι ζημίαν 1 I count all things to be loss Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:7](../03/07.md), saying it is worthless to trust in anything other than Christ. Alternate translation: "I consider everything to be worthless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ μου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord "because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 afs4 ἵνα κερδήσω Χριστὸν 1 so that I may gain Christ "so that I may have only Christ"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι 1 I count all things to be loss Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:7](../03/07.md), saying it is worthless to trust in anything other than Christ. Alternate translation: "I consider everything to be worthless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord "because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 afs4 ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 so that I may gain Christ "so that I may have only Christ"
|
||||
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-idiom εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him The phrase "be found" is an idiom that emphasizes the idea of "to be." Alternate translation: "be truly united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων δικαιοσύνην ἐμὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 not having a righteousness of my own from the law Paul knows that he cannot become righteous by obeying the law.
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ νόμου 1 not having a righteousness of my own from the law Paul knows that he cannot become righteous by obeying the law.
|
||||
PHP 3 9 qw6g ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 but that which is through faith in Christ The word "that" refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. AT: "but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 the power of his resurrection "his power that gives us life"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xm68 κοινωνίαν αὐτοῦ παθημάτων 1 the fellowship of his sufferings "what it is like to suffer as he suffered" or "what it is like to participate in suffering with him"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-activepassive συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ αὐτοῦ θανάτῳ 1 becoming like him in his death Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or 2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the power of his resurrection "his power that gives us life"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xm68 κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the fellowship of his sufferings "what it is like to suffer as he suffered" or "what it is like to participate in suffering with him"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-activepassive συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 becoming like him in his death Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or 2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 11 l4rm 0 so somehow I may experience the resurrection from the dead The word "somehow" means Paul does not know what is going to happen to him in this life, but whatever happens, it will result in eternal life. "so that, no matter what happens to me now, I will come back to life after I die"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 xk5q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul urges the believers at Philippi to follow his present example because of heaven and the new bodies that wait for believers. He speaks of how he works as hard as he can to be like Christ, knowing that God will allow him to live forever in heaven, as if he were a runner racing for the finish line.
|
||||
PHP 3 12 ms3v 0 received these things These include knowing Christ, knowing the power of his resurrection, sharing in Christ's suffering, and being united with Christ in his death and resurrection ([Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md)).
|
||||
PHP 3 12 h8p7 0 or that I have become complete "so I am not yet perfect" or "so I am not yet mature"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 i5ld δὲ διώκω 1 But I press on "But I keep trying"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 m52v figs-metaphor καταλάβω ᾧ ἐφ’ ᾧ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 I may grasp that for which I was grasped by Christ Jesus Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. And, Jesus choosing Paul to belong to him is spoken of as if Jesus grasped Paul with his hands. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "I may receive these things because that is why Jesus claimed me as his own" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 12 i5ld διώκω δὲ 1 But I press on "But I keep trying"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 m52v figs-metaphor καταλάβω ἐφ’ ᾧ ᾧ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 I may grasp that for which I was grasped by Christ Jesus Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. And, Jesus choosing Paul to belong to him is spoken of as if Jesus grasped Paul with his hands. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "I may receive these things because that is why Jesus claimed me as his own" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 tzg8 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor κατειληφέναι ἐμαυτὸν κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor ἐμαυτὸν κατειληφέναι κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 ia2b figs-metaphor 0 I forget what is behind and strain for what is ahead Like a runner in a race is no longer concerned about the part of the race that is completed but only focuses on what is ahead, Paul speaks of setting aside his religious works of righteousness and only focusing on the race of life that Christ has set before him to complete. Alternate translation: "I do not care what I have done in the past; I only work as hard as I can on what is ahead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 z39s figs-metaphor 0 I press on toward the goal to win the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus As a runner presses onward to win the race, Paul presses onward in serving and living in obedience to Christ. Alternate translation: "I do all I can to be like Christ, like a runner racing to the finish line, so that I may belong to him, and God may call me to himself after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως 1 the upward calling Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend 1) to heaven as Jesus did or 2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 de4y 0 All of us who are mature, let us think this way Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: "I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 ὁ Θεὸς ἀποκαλύψει καὶ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦτο ὑμῖν 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, στοιχεῖν τῷ αὐτῷ 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses "we" to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: "let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 17 jed4 γίνεσθε συνμιμηταί μου 1 Be imitators of me "Do what I do" or "Live as I live"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses "we" to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: "let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Be imitators of me "Do what I do" or "Live as I live"
|
||||
PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 17 h4tv 0 those who are walking by the example that you have in us "those who already are living as I live" or "those who already are doing what I do"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 ab61 0 Many are walking ... as enemies of the cross of Christ These words are Paul's main thought for this verse.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 kr19 figs-metaphor 0 Many are walking A person's behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: "Many are living" or "Many are conducting their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 x2lu 0 those about whom I have often told you, and now I am telling you with tears Paul interrupts his main thought with these words that describe the "many." You can move them to the beginning or end of the verse if you need to.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 ἔλεγον πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you "I have told you many times"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you "I have told you many times"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 h6pc 0 am telling you with tears "am telling you with great sadness"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here "the cross of Christ" refers to Christ's suffering and death. The enemies are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: "in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 Their end is destruction "Someday God will destroy them." The last thing that happens to them is that God will destroy them.
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor 0 their god is their stomach Here "stomach" refers to a person's desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their god means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: "they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy 0 their pride is in their shame Here "shame" stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: "they are proud of the things that should cause them shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy φρονοῦντες ἐπίγεια οἱ τὰ 1 They think about earthly things Here "earthly" refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: "All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here "earthly" refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: "All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-inclusive 0 General Information: By Paul's use of "our" and "we" here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν τὸ πολίτευμα ὑπάρχει ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are 1) "we are citizens of heaven" or 2) "our homeland is heaven" or 3) "our true home is heaven."
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει ἡμῶν τῆς ταπεινώσεως τὸ σῶμα 1 He will transform our lowly bodies "He will change our weak, earthly bodies"
|
||||
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης τῷ σώματι 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body "into bodies like his glorious body"
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are 1) "we are citizens of heaven" or 2) "our homeland is heaven" or 3) "our true home is heaven."
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies "He will change our weak, earthly bodies"
|
||||
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body "into bodies like his glorious body"
|
||||
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive 0 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My joy and my crown"<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, "my true companion," the word "you" is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 xmc4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues with some specific instructions to the believers in Philippi on unity and then gives instructions to help them live for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 4 1 fe2y 0 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for "My fellow believers, I love you and I greatly desire to see you"
|
||||
PHP 4 1 ngs7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy μου χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός 1 my joy and crown Paul uses the word "joy" to mean that the Philippian church is the cause of his happiness. A "crown" was made of leaves, and a man wore it on his head as a sign of honor after he won an important game. Here the word "crown" means the Philippian church brought honor to Paul before God. Alternate translation: "You give me joy because you have believed in Jesus, and you are my reward and honor for my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown Paul uses the word "joy" to mean that the Philippian church is the cause of his happiness. A "crown" was made of leaves, and a man wore it on his head as a sign of honor after he won an important game. Here the word "crown" means the Philippian church brought honor to Paul before God. Alternate translation: "You give me joy because you have believed in Jesus, and you are my reward and honor for my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 dz44 οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί 1 in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved friends "so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends"
|
||||
PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names παρακαλῶ Εὐοδίαν, καὶ παρακαλῶ Συντύχην 1 I am pleading with Euodia, and I am pleading with Syntyche These are women who were believers and helped Paul in the church at Philippi. Alternate translation: "I beg Euodia, and I beg Syntyche" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy φρονεῖν τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase "be of the same mind" means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: "agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names Εὐοδίαν παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ 1 I am pleading with Euodia, and I am pleading with Syntyche These are women who were believers and helped Paul in the church at Philippi. Alternate translation: "I beg Euodia, and I beg Syntyche" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase "be of the same mind" means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: "agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you 0 Yes, I ask you, my true companion Here "you" refers to the "true fellow worker" and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This metaphor is from farming, where two animals would be bound to the same yoke, and so they work together. Alternate translation: "fellow worker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ Κλήμεντος 1 along with Clement Clement was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life "whose names God has written in the Book of Life"
|
||||
PHP 4 4 elt7 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Rejoice in the Lord "be happy because of all the Lord has done." See how you translated this in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near Possible meanings are 1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or 2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g ἐν παντὶ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας, γνωριζέσθω ὑμῶν τὰ αἰτήματα γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g , ἐν παντὶ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God "the peace that God gives"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding "which is more than we can understand"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας καὶ ὑμῶν τὰ νοήματα ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God's peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ" or "will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God's peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ" or "will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 Finally As Paul ends his letter, he gives a summary of how believers should live to have peace with God.
|
||||
PHP 4 8 fxn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 8 r275 ὅσα σεμνά ὅσα δίκαια ὅσα ἁγνά ὅσα προσφιλῆ 1 whatever things are lovely "whatever things are pleasing"
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ PHP 4 8 i5gl εἴ τις ἀρετὴ 1 if there is anything excellent "if the
|
|||
PHP 4 8 e9eb εἴ τις ἔπαινος 1 if there is anything to be praised "and if they are things that people praise"
|
||||
PHP 4 9 m145 καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 that you have learned and received and heard and seen in me "that I have taught and shown you"
|
||||
PHP 4 10 pwh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to thank the Philippians for a gift that they have sent him. He begins in verse 11 to explain that he is thanking them for this gift simply because he is grateful, not because he needs them to give him anything more.
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ts2k εἶναι αὐτάρκης 1 to be content "to be satisfied" or "to be happy"
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ts2k αὐτάρκης εἶναι 1 to be content "to be satisfied" or "to be happy"
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ew5e 0 in all circumstances "no matter what my situation is"
|
||||
PHP 4 12 lgp9 figs-explicit 0 I know what it is to be poor ... to have plenty Paul knows how to live happily having either no possessions or many possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 12 i9vp figs-parallelism χορτάζεσθαι- χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 how to be well-fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he has learned how to be content in any situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,19 +233,19 @@ PHP 4 13 z1pb 0 I can do all things through him who strengthens me "I can do a
|
|||
PHP 4 14 bs72 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues explaining that he is thanking the Philippians for their gift to him simply because he is grateful, not because he needs them to give him anything more (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)).
|
||||
PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-metaphor μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my difficulties Paul speaks of his hardships as if they were a place that he was in. Alternate translation: "when things became difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 w23w figs-metonymy ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel Paul refers to the gospel here as meaning his preaching of the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν μοι εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "you were the only church that sent me money or helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "you were the only church that sent me money or helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 e9g9 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα 1 It is not that I seek the gift Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: "My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more"
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς ὑμῶν λόγον 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here "fruit that increases to you credit" is a metaphor for either 1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do" or 2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here "fruit that increases to you credit" is a metaphor for either 1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do" or 2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω δεξάμενος πάντα πεπλήρωμαι 1 I have received everything in full Possible meanings are 1) Paul has received everything that the Philippians sent or 2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω πάντα πεπλήρωμαι δεξάμενος 1 I have received everything in full Possible meanings are 1) Paul has received everything that the Philippians sent or 2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit 0 even more Paul means plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor 0 They are a sweet-smelling aroma, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasing to God Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a sacrifice offered to God on an altar. Paul implies that the church's gift is very pleasing to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a smell that pleased God. Alternate translation: "I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν ὑμῶν χρείαν 1 will meet all your needs This is the same word translated "have been well-supplied" in verse 18. It is an idiom meaning "will provide everything you need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ αὐτοῦ τὸ πλοῦτος ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus "from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ ἡμῶν Θεῷ 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will meet all your needs This is the same word translated "have been well-supplied" in verse 18. It is an idiom meaning "will provide everything you need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus "from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 h2jr οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 The brothers This refers to those people who were either ministering with or to Paul.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 z65a ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 21 lq4e πάντα ἅγιον 1 every believer Some versions translate this as "every holy person."
|
||||
PHP 4 22 bi8m πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι 1 All the believers Some versions translate this as "All the holy people."
|
||||
PHP 4 22 rg96 0 especially those of Caesar's household This refers to servants who worked in Caesar's palace. "especially the fellow believers who work in the palace of Caesar"
|
||||
PHP 4 23 a3f8 figs-synecdoche μετὰ ὑμῶν τοῦ πνεύματος 1 with your spirit Paul refers to the believers by using the word "spirit," which is what enables humans to relate to God. Alternate translation: "with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 4 23 a3f8 figs-synecdoche μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 with your spirit Paul refers to the believers by using the word "spirit," which is what enables humans to relate to God. Alternate translation: "with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1855.
|
|
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ COL 1 1 h5gl figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Though this letter is from P
|
|||
COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God "whom God chose to be an apostle of Christ Jesus"
|
||||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive 0 We give ... our Lord ... we always These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 km8w figs-exclusive ἀκούσαντες 1 We have heard Paul is excluding his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb ὑμῶν πίστιν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus "your belief in Christ Jesus"
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus "your belief in Christ Jesus"
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the certain hope reserved for you in heaven Here "certain hope" stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in heaven for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: "because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel Possible meanings are 1) "the message about the truth, the gospel" or 2) "the true message, the gospel."
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor 0 This gospel is bearing fruit and is growing "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "This gospel is having good results, more and more" or "This gospel is having increasing results" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the wor
|
|||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth "the true grace of God"
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 our beloved ... our behalf The word "our" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 0 gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who "gospel. It is exactly what you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who" or "gospel. It is exactly what Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He"
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν διάκονος πιστὸς διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν ὅς, ἐστιν, πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word "us" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 e7ez figs-metaphor τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 your love in the Spirit Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a place in which the believers were located. Alternate translation: "how the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ COL 1 9 s83e 0 Because of this love "Because the Holy Spirit has enabled you t
|
|||
COL 1 9 f2xd figs-exclusive 0 we heard ... we have not stopped ... We have been asking The word "we" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 u7zh 0 from the day we heard this "from the day Epaphras told us these things"
|
||||
COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you will be filled with the knowledge of his will Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers. Alternate translation: "that God will fill you with what you need to know so that you can do his will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 mzz8 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ πνευματικῇ συνέσει 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding ", so that the Holy Spirit will make you wise and able to understand what God wants you to do"
|
||||
COL 1 9 mzz8 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding ", so that the Holy Spirit will make you wise and able to understand what God wants you to do"
|
||||
COL 1 10 cz4a figs-exclusive 0 We have been praying The word "we" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 m4hf figs-metaphor 0 that you will walk worthily of the Lord Walking here signifies behavior in life. Alternate translation: "that you will live the way God expects you to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 vv4g 0 in pleasing ways "in ways that will please the Lord"
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ COL 1 14 v5d8 ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσ
|
|||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God "His Son is the image of the invisible God." Here "image" does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, "image" here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The expression "firstborn" does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, "firstborn" is a metaphor meaning "most important." Jesus is the most important and the unique Son of God. Alternate Translation: "God's Son, the most important one over all creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnoun πάσης κτίσεως 1 all creation The noun "creation" can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: "all that God created" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ἐκτίσθη 1 For by him all things were created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For by him God created all things" or "God caused the Son to create all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα ἔκτισται δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all things were created by him and for him This can be stated in active form. God caused the Son to create all things for the Son's glory. Alternate translation: "For by him and for him God created all things" or "God caused him to create all things for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For by him all things were created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For by him God created all things" or "God caused the Son to create all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται 1 all things were created by him and for him This can be stated in active form. God caused the Son to create all things for the Son's glory. Alternate translation: "For by him and for him God created all things" or "God caused him to create all things for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 17 wk9y αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων 1 He himself is before all things "It is he who existed before all things"
|
||||
COL 1 17 m4lp figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here of the Son controlling all things as if he were physically holding them together. "he holds everything together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 17 m4lp figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here of the Son controlling all things as if he were physically holding them together. "he holds everything together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 18 qsf3 αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ 1 He is the head "Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is the head"
|
||||
COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 He is the head of the body, the church Paul speaks of Jesus' position over the church as if he were the head on the human body. As the head rules the body, so does Jesus rule the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning "the originating authority." He is the first chief or founder.
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ COL 1 20 zh4u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son This is an important title fo
|
|||
COL 1 20 as3p διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross "by means of the blood Jesus shed on the cross"
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here "blood" stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 kv5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul makes it clear that God has now revealed that Christ exchanges the sin of Gentile believers for his holiness.
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 ποτε, ὑμᾶς καὶ 1 At one time, you also "There was a time when you Colossian believers also"
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 ποτε, καὶ ὑμᾶς 1 At one time, you also "There was a time when you Colossian believers also"
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t 0 were strangers to God "were like people whom God did not know" or "had pushed God away"
|
||||
COL 1 22 ejt4 figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους, ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 to present you holy, blameless, and above reproach before him Paul is describing the Colossians as though Jesus had physically cleaned them, put them in clean clothes, and brought them to stand before God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 u94j figs-parallelism ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους 1 blameless, and above reproach Paul uses two words that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the idea of perfection. Alternate translation: "perfect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ COL 1 22 lf5a figs-metaphor κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This
|
|||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος 1 that was proclaimed that believers proclaimed (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 q21b ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 to every person created under heaven "to every person in the world"
|
||||
COL 1 23 g8iq figs-metonymy 0 the gospel of which I, Paul, became a servant Paul was actually a servant of God. Alternate translation: "the gospel that I, Paul, serve God by proclaiming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 rcw3 ἀνταναπληρῶ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 I fill up in my flesh what is lacking of the afflictions of Christ Paul speaks about the suffering that he continues to experience. He may be acknowledging here that there is much suffering that he and all other Christians must endure before Christ comes again, and that Christ in a spiritual sense joins with them in experiencing these hardships. Paul certainly does not mean that Christ's sufferings alone were not enough to provide salvation for the believers.
|
||||
COL 1 24 rcw3 ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh what is lacking of the afflictions of Christ Paul speaks about the suffering that he continues to experience. He may be acknowledging here that there is much suffering that he and all other Christians must endure before Christ comes again, and that Christ in a spiritual sense joins with them in experiencing these hardships. Paul certainly does not mean that Christ's sufferings alone were not enough to provide salvation for the believers.
|
||||
COL 1 24 fm9y figs-metaphor ἀνταναπληρῶ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh Paul speaks of his body as if it were a container that could hold suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Paul often speaks of the church, the group of all Christian believers, as if it were Christ's body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t6ud figs-metaphor πληρῶσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God This means to bring about the purpose of God's gospel message, which is that it be preached and believed. "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: "to be obedient to what God has instructed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ COL 2 2 a4px συμβιβασθέντες 1 brought together This means brought
|
|||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of full assurance of understanding Paul speaks of a person who is completely sure that the good news is true as though that person were rich in physical things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 qgi2 τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the secret truth of God This is knowledge that can be revealed only by God.
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e Χριστοῦ, Χριστοῦ 1 that is, Christ Jesus Christ is the secret truth revealed by God.
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως εἰσιν ἀπόκρυφοι 1 In him all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden Only Christ can reveal God's true wisdom and knowledge. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 In him all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden Only Christ can reveal God's true wisdom and knowledge. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-metaphor οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul speaks of God's wisdom and knowledge as if they were material wealth. Alternate translation: "the very precious wisdom and knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 wisdom and knowledge These words mean basically the same thing here. Paul uses them together to emphasize that all spiritual understanding comes from Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 4 j8di ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται 1 trick This means to cause someone to believe something that is not true, so he acts on that belief, and suffers harm as a result.
|
||||
COL 2 4 y4r3 ἐν πιθανολογίᾳ 1 persuasive speech speech that will make a person think differently
|
||||
COL 2 5 g1rp figs-metonymy ἄπειμι τῇ σαρκὶ 1 not with you in the flesh The person's flesh, or physical body, is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "not physically present with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 bz56 figs-idiom εἰμι σὺν ὑμῖν τῷ πνεύματι 1 I am with you in spirit Being with someone in spirit is a metaphor for thinking continually about that person. Alternate translation: "I continually think about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 g1rp figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι 1 not with you in the flesh The person's flesh, or physical body, is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "not physically present with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 bz56 figs-idiom τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι 1 I am with you in spirit Being with someone in spirit is a metaphor for thinking continually about that person. Alternate translation: "I continually think about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 ev9p τὴν τάξιν 1 good order doing things properly
|
||||
COL 2 5 hth1 0 the strength of your faith "how nothing and no one can cause you to stop believing"
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 walk in him Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words "in him" refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: "live your lives the way he wants you to" or "live so that people can see that you belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words "in him" refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: "live your lives the way he wants you to" or "live so that people can see that you belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-idiom 0 Be rooted ... be built ... be established ... abound These words explain what it means to "walk in him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Be rooted in him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a tree growing in solid ground with deep roots. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 tb5m figs-metaphor 0 be built on him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a building that has a strong foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ COL 2 8 ga9l figs-metaphor 0 captures you Paul speaks of the way a person can b
|
|||
COL 2 8 p3vx τῆς φιλοσοφίας 1 philosophy religious doctrines and beliefs that are not from God's word but are based on man's thoughts about God and life
|
||||
COL 2 8 t8xx figs-metaphor κενῆς ἀπάτης 1 empty deceit Paul speaks of false ideas that produce nothing and so are without value as though they are containers with nothing in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 l9jt 0 the tradition of men ... the elements of the world Both Jewish traditions and pagan (Gentile) belief systems are worthless. "The elements of the world" perhaps refers to evil spirits that claimed to rule the world and that were adored by people. But some interpreters view "the elements of the world" as people's basic teachings about the world.
|
||||
COL 2 9 ahq5 ἐν αὐτῷ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος κατοικεῖ σωματικῶς 1 in him all the fullness of God lives in bodily form "God's total nature lives in physical form in Christ"
|
||||
COL 2 10 lbk7 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ πεπληρωμένοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 You have been filled in him Paul speaks of people as though they were containers into which God has placed Christ. Alternate translation: "You are made complete in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 9 ahq5 ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς 1 in him all the fullness of God lives in bodily form "God's total nature lives in physical form in Christ"
|
||||
COL 2 10 lbk7 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι 1 You have been filled in him Paul speaks of people as though they were containers into which God has placed Christ. Alternate translation: "You are made complete in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 je36 figs-metaphor 0 who is the head over every power and authority Christ is the ruler over every other ruler (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ περιετμήθητε καὶ περιετμήθητε 1 In him you were also circumcised Paul is speaking of those who belong to Christ as if they were inside Christ's body. This can also be made active. Alternate translation: "When you joined the church in baptism, God circumcised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε περιετμήθητε 1 In him you were also circumcised Paul is speaking of those who belong to Christ as if they were inside Christ's body. This can also be made active. Alternate translation: "When you joined the church in baptism, God circumcised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 ii43 figs-metaphor περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ 1 a circumcision not done by humans With this metaphor, Paul says that God has made Christian believers acceptable to himself in a way that reminded him of circumcision, the ceremony through which Hebrew male babies were added to the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 ln8e figs-metaphor συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ 1 You were buried with him in baptism Paul speaks of being baptized and joining the assembly of believers as if it were being buried with Christ. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "God buried you with Christ when you joined the church in baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 g1rq figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ συνηγέρθητε 1 in him you were raised up With this metaphor, Paul speaks of the new spiritual life of believers that God made possible by making Christ come alive again. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "because you have joined yourself to Christ, God raised you up" or "in him God caused you to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ COL 2 16 b4kd 0 about a feast day or a new moon, or about Sabbath days The law
|
|||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor 0 These are a shadow of the things to come, but the substance is Christ A shadow shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is Christ. Alternate translation: "These are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ" or "These are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor 0 Let no one ... judge you out of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the prizes they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: "Let no one ... disqualify you from winning a prize" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 who wants humility The word "humility" is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: "who wants you to do things to show that you are humble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἐμβατεύων ἑόρακεν 1 enters into the things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 enters into the things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becomes puffed up by his fleshly thinking Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: "puffs himself up by means of his fleshly thinking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 wp42 figs-metaphor φυσιούμενος 1 puffed up Here a person who boasts is spoken of as if he were an object into which someone had blown air to make it larger than it should be. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 if94 figs-metaphor τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his fleshly thinking Here the idea of flesh stands for the sinful human nature. "the sinful thoughts he naturally thinks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 m2dz figs-metaphor 0 He does not hold on to the head A person not trusting in Christ is spoken of has if they do not hold firmly to the head. Christ is spoken of as if he were the head of a body. Alternate translation: "He does not firmly grasp Christ, who is like the head of a body" or "He does not cling to Christ, who is like the head of a body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 r4ca figs-metaphor 0 It is from the head that the whole body throughout its joints and ligaments is supplied and held together Paul speaks of the church, which is ruled and empowered by Christ, as if it were a human body. Alternate translation: "It is from the head that God supplies the whole body throughout its joints and ligaments and holds it together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 yg7h figs-metaphor εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ κόσμου 1 If you died together with Christ to the elements of the world With this metaphor, Paul speaks of a believer as a person who is spiritually united with Christ: as Christ died, so the believer has spiritually died; as Christ has come back to life, so the believer has come back to spiritual life, that is, to responsiveness to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 uu77 ὡς ζῶντες δογματίζεσθε ἐν κόσμῳ 1 live as obligated to the world "think you must obey the desires of the world"
|
||||
COL 2 20 uu77 ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε 1 live as obligated to the world "think you must obey the desires of the world"
|
||||
COL 2 20 fe1k figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the thoughts, desires, and assumptions of the sinful majority of the world's people (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 21 v9e7 0 Connecting Statement: The rhetorical question that begins with the words "why do you live as obligated to the world" in verse 20 ends here.
|
||||
COL 2 21 n3ne figs-rquestion 0 "Do ... touch"? The rhetorical question that begins with the words "why do you live as obligated to the world" in verse 20 ends here. Paul uses this question to rebuke the Colossians for following the false beliefs of the world. "you should not live as obligated to the world: 'Do ... touch'!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ COL 3 1 ya97 0 Connecting Statement: Paul warns the believers that because the
|
|||
COL 3 1 r5yh figs-idiom εἰ οὖν 1 If then This is an idiom that means "because." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 t1jv figs-pastforfuture τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has raised you with Christ Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Possible meanings are 1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: "God has given you new life because you belong to Christ" or 2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: "you can be sure that God will give you life as he has caused Christ to come alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 p3fw ἄνω 1 things above "things in heaven"
|
||||
COL 3 3 l9yk figs-metaphor γάρ ἀπεθάνετε 1 For you have died As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having died with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 l9yk figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνετε γάρ 1 For you have died As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having died with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 gkz6 figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life is hidden with Christ in God Paul speaks of people's lives as if they were objects that can be hidden in containers and speaks of God as if he were a container. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "it is as though God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God's presence" or 2) "only God knows what your true life really is, and he will reveal it when he reveals Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 n4nj figs-metonymy 0 who is your life Christ is the one who gives spiritual life to the believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 5 p9w9 ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 uncleanness impure behavior
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,22 +165,22 @@ COL 3 9 c6tk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how
|
|||
COL 3 9 vsd8 figs-metaphor ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 you have taken off the old man with its practices Here Paul is speaking of a Christian's rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 brx6 figs-metaphor 0 and you have put on the new man Here Paul is speaking of a Christian's rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off (verse 9) in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 d15v figs-metonymy εἰκόνα 1 the image This refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ἐλεύθερος 1 there is no Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman These terms are examples of the categories of people that Paul says do not matter for God. God sees every person alike, not by race, religion, nationality, or social status. Alternate translation: "race, religion, culture, and social status do not matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος περιτομὴ καὶ, ἀκροβυστία,,,, βάρβαρος Σκύθης δοῦλος ἐλεύθερος 1 there is no Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman These terms are examples of the categories of people that Paul says do not matter for God. God sees every person alike, not by race, religion, nationality, or social status. Alternate translation: "race, religion, culture, and social status do not matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 vt4t βάρβαρος 1 barbarian a foreigner who does not know local customs
|
||||
COL 3 11 n7by Σκύθης 1 Scythian This is someone from the land of Scythia, which was outside the Roman Empire. Greeks and Romans used this word for someone who grew up in a place where everyone did wicked things all the time.
|
||||
COL 3 11 i964 figs-explicit 0 Christ is all, and is in all Nothing is excluded or left out of the rule of Christ. Alternate translation: "Christ is all important and lives in all his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ' ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ,' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor 0 put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience The "heart" is a metaphor for feelings and attitudes. Here it is spoken of as if it has certain feelings and attitudes, and as if it were clothing to wear. Alternate translation: "have a merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient heart" or "be merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 Bear with one another "Be patient with one another" or "Accept each other even when you disappoint each other"
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 Be gracious to each other "Treat each other better than they deserve for you to treat them"
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns ἔχῃ μομφήν πρός 1 has a complaint against The abstract noun "complaint" can be stated as "complain." Alternate translation: "has a reason to complain against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 has a complaint against The abstract noun "complaint" can be stated as "complain." Alternate translation: "has a reason to complain against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor 0 have love, which is the bond of perfection Here "bond of perfection" is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: "love one another because it will unite you perfectly together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy 0 Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the peace that Christ gives as if it were a ruler. Possible meanings are 1) "Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other" or 2) "Allow God to give you peace in your heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "in your minds" or "inside of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor 0 Let the word of Christ live in you Paul speaks of Christ's word as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. "Word of Christ" here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: "Be obedient to the instructions of Christ" or "Always trust Christ's promises" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 h5k9 νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 admonish one another "caution and encourage one another"
|
||||
COL 3 16 ubi5 0 with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs "with all sorts of songs to praise God"
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ᾄδοντες ἐν τῇ χάριτι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "Sing with thankfulness in your minds" or "Sing and be thankful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "Sing with thankfulness in your minds" or "Sing and be thankful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed "in speaking or in acting"
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the name of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: "to honor the Lord Jesus" or "so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him" or "as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Possible meanings are 1) because he has done great deeds or 2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,17 +201,17 @@ COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία
|
|||
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>[Colossians 4:1](../../col/04/01.md) appears to belong with the topics of Chapter 3 instead of Chapter 4.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "In my own hand"<br>It was common in the ancient Near East for the author to speak and someone else to write down the words. Many of the New Testament letters were written this way. Paul wrote the final greeting himself.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Secret truth<br><br>Paul refers to a "secret truth" in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br>
|
||||
COL 4 1 qhd2 0 Connecting Statement: After speaking to masters, Paul ends his special instructions to the different kinds of believers in the church at Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 right and fair These words mean almost the same thing and are used to emphasize the things that are morally correct. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 4 1 t9wy ὑμεῖς καὶ ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves' masters.
|
||||
COL 4 1 t9wy καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves' masters.
|
||||
COL 4 2 sct4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Paul and Timothy but not the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 wx86 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give instructions to believers on how to live and speak.
|
||||
COL 4 2 pp1c προσκαρτερεῖτε τῇ προσευχῇ 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer "Keep praying faithfully" or "Keep praying consistently"
|
||||
COL 4 2 pp1c τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer "Keep praying faithfully" or "Keep praying consistently"
|
||||
COL 4 3 ub1i figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ θύραν 1 God would open a door Opening a door for someone is a metaphor for giving that person the opportunity to do something. Alternate translation: "God would provide opportunities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lj4f ἀνοίξῃ θύραν τοῦ λόγου 1 open a door for the word "make an opportunity for us tp preach his message"
|
||||
COL 4 3 ce37 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the secret truth of Christ This refers to the gospel of Jesus Christ, which was not understood before Christ came.
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ, δέδεμαι 1 Because of this, I am chained up Here "chained" is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: "It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w 0 Pray that I may make it clear "Pray that I might be able to speak the message of Jesus Christ clearly"
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν σοφίᾳ πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The idea of walking is often used for the idea of conducting one's life. Alternate translation: "Live in such a way that those who are not believers will see that you are wise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor ἐξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρὸν 1 redeem the time To "redeem" something means to restore it to it's rightful owner. Here time is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: "do the best things you can with your time" or "put the time to its best use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The idea of walking is often used for the idea of conducting one's life. Alternate translation: "Live in such a way that those who are not believers will see that you are wise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeem the time To "redeem" something means to restore it to it's rightful owner. Here time is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: "do the best things you can with your time" or "put the time to its best use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 fuv5 figs-metaphor 0 Let your words always be with grace. Let them be seasoned with salt Food with salt is a metaphor for words that teach others and that others enjoy hearing. Alternate translation: "Let your conversation always be gracious and attractive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 c1w4 0 so that you may know how you should answer "so that you may know how to answer questions from anyone about Jesus Christ" or "so that you may be able to treat every person well"
|
||||
COL 4 7 vtb1 0 General Information: Onesimus was a slave of Philemon in Colossae. He had stolen money from Philemon and run away to Rome where he became a Christian through the ministry of Paul. Now Tychicus and Onesimus are the ones bringing Paul's letter to Colossae.
|
||||
|
|
@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ COL 4 9 vb7j πάντα τὰ ὧδε 1 everything that has happened here They
|
|||
COL 4 10 wmf4 Ἀρίσταρχος 1 Aristarchus He was in prison with Paul in Ephesus when Paul wrote this letter to the Colossians.
|
||||
COL 4 10 cg3a ἐὰν ἔλθῃ 1 if he comes "if Mark comes"
|
||||
COL 4 11 bm6s Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus This is a man who also worked with Paul.
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy οὗτοι μόνοι ἐκ περιτομῆς συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses "circumcision" here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: "These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p8e9 οὗτοι μόνοι ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 These alone of the circumcision "These men—Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus—alone of the circumcision"
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses "circumcision" here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: "These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p8e9 ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι μόνοι 1 These alone of the circumcision "These men—Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus—alone of the circumcision"
|
||||
COL 4 12 et2g 0 General Information: Laodicea and Hierapolis were towns close to Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 12 gg86 Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras Epaphras was the man who had preached the good news to the people in Colossae ([Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)).
|
||||
COL 4 12 rq61 0 one of you "from your city" or "your fellow townsman"
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ COL 4 14 hq1k Δημᾶς 1 Demas This is another co-worker with Paul.
|
|||
COL 4 15 sc5g τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
COL 4 15 zkp3 τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἀδελφοὺς 1 in Laodicea a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 Νύμφαν, καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐκκλησίαν 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house A woman named Nympha hosted a house church. Alternate translation: "Nympha and the group of believers that meets in her house"
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ," βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς." 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε."," βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν Ἀρχίππῳ ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς παρέλαβες 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 an7s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter with a greeting written in his own handwriting.
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μνημονεύετέ μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of chains when he means his imprisonment. Alternate translation: "Remember me and pray for me while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy 0 May grace be with you Here "grace" stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: "I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1928.
|
144
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
144
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
|
|
@ -6,27 +6,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy 0 May grace and peace be to you The terms "grace" and "peace" are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: "May God be kind to you and give you peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you 0 peace be to you The word "you" refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν πάντοτε εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 We always give thanks to God Here "always" suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἀδιαλείπτως ἐπὶ ἡμῶν τῶν προσευχῶν 1 we mention you continually in our prayers "we continually pray for you"
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here "always" suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we mention you continually in our prayers "we continually pray for you"
|
||||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 u5er figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we know The word "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only "not only in what we said"
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or 2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or 3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or 2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or 3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns 0 in much assurance The abstract noun "assurance" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "God made you sure that it was true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men "how we conducted ourselves when"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐγενήθητε μιμηταὶ 1 You became imitators To "imitate" means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε 1 You became imitators To "imitate" means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cl6r δεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον 1 received the word "welcomed the message" or "accepted what we had to say"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 q4gm ἐν πολλῇ θλίψει 1 in much hardship "during a time of great suffering" or "in much persecution"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 q4gm ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ 1 in much hardship "during a time of great suffering" or "in much persecution"
|
||||
1TH 1 7 ml7u translate-names τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is an ancient district in what is present-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 qyk6 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "the Lord's teachings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 sht4 figs-metaphor ἐξήχηται 1 has rung out Here Paul speaks of the Christian witness produced by the Thessalonian believers as if it were a bell that was rung or a musical instrument that was being played. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b γὰρ αὐτοὶ 1 For they themselves Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b αὐτοὶ γὰρ 1 For they themselves Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 they themselves Here "themselves" is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had among you The abstract noun "reception" can be expressed as the verb "receive" or "welcome." Alternate translation: "how warmly you received us" or "how warmly you welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ Θεῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples αὐτοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων δουλεύειν Θεῷ Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised "whom God caused to live again"
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead "so that he was no longer dead." This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive 0 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,41 +34,41 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers' service and reward.
|
||||
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words "you" and "yourselves" refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 tdl3 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive ἡμῶν τὴν εἴσοδον 1 our coming The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-doublenegatives γέγονεν οὐ κενὴ 1 was not useless This can be expressed in a positive manner. Alternate translation: "was very worthwhile" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν 1 our coming The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-doublenegatives οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 was not useless This can be expressed in a positive manner. Alternate translation: "was very worthwhile" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 x6ez προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 previously suffered and were shamefully treated "were mistreated and insulted"
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggling "while struggling under great opposition"
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor from deceit "was truthful, pure, and honest"
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης οὐδὲ ἐξ,, ἀκαθαρσίας οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor from deceit "was truthful, pure, and honest"
|
||||
1TH 2 4 is1a δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι 1 approved by God to be trusted Paul was tested and proven trustworthy by God.
|
||||
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is referring to preaching the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 who examines our hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for a person's desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: "who knows our desires and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 who examines our hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for a person's desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: "who knows our desires and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 xcy6 0 General Information: Paul tells the Thessalonian believers that his conduct was not based in flattery, greed, or self glory.
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr ἐγενήθημεν οὔτε ἐγενήθημεν ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 6 p9ih 0 could have claimed privileges "could have insisted you give us money"
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as a mother comforting her own children Just as a mother gently comforts her children, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 In this way we had affection for you "This is how we demonstrated our affection for you"
|
||||
1TH 2 8 g73f ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 we had affection for you "we loved you"
|
||||
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 We were pleased to share with you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives Paul speaks of the gospel message and his life and the lives of those with him as if they were a physical object that one could share with others. Alternate translation: "We were pleased not only to tell you the gospel of God but also to spend time with you and to help you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 p4e4 ἐγενήθητε ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν 1 you had become very dear to us "we cared for you deeply"
|
||||
1TH 2 8 p4e4 ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become very dear to us "we cared for you deeply"
|
||||
1TH 2 9 j9lu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet ἡμῶν τὸν κόπον καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words "labor" and "toil" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: "how hard we worked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς ἐπιβαρῆσαί μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words "labor" and "toil" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: "how hard we worked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 10 il3e ὁσίως, δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως 1 holy, righteous, and blameless Paul uses three words that describe their good behavior toward the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς πατὴρ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνα 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words "exhorting," "encouraging," and "urging" are used together to express how passionately Paul's group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "We were strongly encouraging you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-hendiadys εἰς ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory The word "glory" describes the word "kingdom." Alternate translation: "into his own glorious kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖν εἰς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God "Walk" here is an metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "live so that people will think well of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor εἰς περιπατεῖν ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God "Walk" here is an metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "live so that people will think well of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 au3b 0 General Information: Paul continues to use "we" to refer to himself and his traveling companions and "you" to the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 z53w ἡμεῖς καὶ εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 z53w καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 zj5f figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 not as the word of man "Word of man" here is a synecdoche for "a message that comes simply from a man." Alternate translation: "(it is) not a message that is made up by a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 rpb1 figs-metonymy 0 you accepted it ... as it truly is, the word of God "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "you accepted it ... as it truly is, the message that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς ἐνεργεῖται καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God's gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. "Word" is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God's gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. "Word" is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 14 s2mp ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n ἐγενήθητε μιμηταὶ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. "became like the churches"
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. "became like the churches"
|
||||
1TH 2 14 cxm3 ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν 1 from your own countrymen "from other Thessalonians"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 rw7e κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς λαλῆσαι 1 They forbid us to speak "They try to make us stop speaking"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor ἀναπληρῶσαι πάντοτε ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἡ ὀργὴ ἔφθασεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor ἀναπληρῶσαι ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 in person not in heart Here "heart" represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: "in person, but we continued to think about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche 0 to see your face Here "your face" means the entire person. Alternate translation: "to see you" or "to be with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,133 +78,133 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here "crown" refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression "crown of pride" means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses "stand firm" to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses "be shaken" as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 στέγοντες μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it "we could no longer endure worrying about you"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it "we could no longer endure worrying about you"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone "good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 qhj4 0 it was good "it was proper" or "it was reasonable"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 laf9 translate-names Ἀθήναις 1 Athens This is a city in the Achaia province, which is now modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 3 2 d8yy ἡμῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ διάκονον 1 our brother and fellow worker These two expressions both describe Timothy.
|
||||
1TH 3 2 d8yy τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν καὶ διάκονον 1 our brother and fellow worker These two expressions both describe Timothy.
|
||||
1TH 3 3 y74m figs-idiom μηδένα σαίνεσθαι 1 no one would be shaken To be "shaken" is an idiom for being afraid. Alternate translation: "no one would be frightened away from trusting in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 rkx9 figs-explicit κείμεθα 1 we have been appointed Paul assumes that everyone knows that it was God who appointed them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "God has appointed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 4 shn3 0 Truly This word marks that there is more to the truth than what has just been said. Alternate translation: "Moreover"
|
||||
1TH 3 4 nm1l θλίβεσθαι 1 to suffer affliction "to be mistreated by others"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 st3d figs-idiom κἀγὼ στέγων μηκέτι στέγων 1 I could no longer stand it Paul was describing his own emotions by using an idiom. Alternate translation: "I could not longer wait patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 st3d figs-idiom κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων στέγων 1 I could no longer stand it Paul was describing his own emotions by using an idiom. Alternate translation: "I could not longer wait patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 zn36 figs-explicit ἔπεμψα 1 I sent It is implied that Paul sent Timothy. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I sent Timothy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 g92s ἡμῶν ὁ κόπος 1 our labor "our hard work among you" or "our teaching among you"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 g92s ὁ κόπος ἡμῶν 1 our labor "our hard work among you" or "our teaching among you"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 ne5x εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "useless"
|
||||
1TH 3 6 r4pa 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells his readers about Timothy's report after he returned from visiting them.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word "us" refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου ὑμῶν τὴν πίστιν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "a good report of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε πάντοτε ἔχετε ἀγαθὴν μνείαν 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἰδεῖν ἡμᾶς 1 you long to see us "you desire to see us"
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "a good report of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε ἔχετε μνείαν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 you long to see us "you desire to see us"
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "because of your faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ ἡμῶν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει 1 in all our distress and affliction The word "affliction" explains why they are in "distress." Alternate translation: "in all our distress caused by our afflictions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction The word "affliction" explains why they are in "distress." Alternate translation: "in all our distress caused by our afflictions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x5xt figs-idiom ζῶμεν 1 we live This is an idiom that expresses living a satisfied life. Alternate translation: "we are very encouraged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord To "stand firm" is an idiom meaning to continue being faithful. Alternate translation: "if you continue to trust in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion 0 For what thanks can we give to God for you, for all the joy that we have before our God over you? This rhetorical question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "We cannot thank God enough for what he has done for you! We greatly rejoice over you when we pray to our God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 before our God Paul speaks as if he and his companions were physically in God's presence. He is probably referring to the activity of praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Paul speaks as if he and his companions were physically in God's presence. He is probably referring to the activity of praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 k71n περισσοῦ 1 very hard "fervently"
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word "face" refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: "visit you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word "our" does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-inclusive 0 May our God ... our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m κατευθύναι ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς 1 May our God "We pray that our God"
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι ἡμῶν τὴν ὁδὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι ἡμῶν τὴν ὁδὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns Πατὴρ αὐτὸς 1 Father himself Here "himself" refers back to "Father" for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν κατευθύναι 1 May our God "We pray that our God"
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here "himself" refers back to "Father" for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 increase and abound in love Paul speaks of love as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy 0 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here "heart" is a metonym for one's beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: "strenghten you, so that you will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἁγίων 1 with all his saints "with all those who belong to him"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints "with all those who belong to him"
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>##### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>##### "Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air"<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ's final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν ὑμᾶς 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses "encourage" and "exhort" to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: "we strongly encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses "encourage" and "exhort" to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: "we strongly encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς δεῖ περιπατεῖν 1 you must walk Here "walk" is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: "you ought to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 you must walk Here "walk" is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: "you ought to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by Jesus himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ὑμᾶς ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς πορνείας 1 you avoid sexual immorality "you stay away from sexually immoral acts"
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι ὑμῶν τὸ κτᾶσθαι ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος 1 know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are 1) "know how to live with his own wife" or 2) "know how to control his own body"
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς τῆς πορνείας 1 you avoid sexual immorality "you stay away from sexually immoral acts"
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι 1 know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are 1) "know how to live with his own wife" or 2) "know how to control his own body"
|
||||
1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust "with wrongful sexual desire"
|
||||
1TH 4 6 gn9i figs-gendernotations 0 no man Here "man" refers to a man or a woman. "no one" or "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: "do wrong things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit Κύριος ἔκδικος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified "told you beforehand and strongly warned against"
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives ὁ Θεὸς ἐκάλεσεν οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive ὁ Θεὸς ἐκάλεσεν οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ, ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this "whoever disregards this teaching" or "whoever ignores this teaching"
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν ἀθετεῖ οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love "love for fellow believers"
|
||||
1TH 4 10 dec9 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this for all the brothers who are in all Macedonia "you show love to the believers throughout Macedonia"
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 11 d2fg πράσσειν 1 to aspire "to try to"
|
||||
1TH 4 11 j4c7 figs-metaphor ἡσυχάζειν 1 live quietly Paul uses the word "quietly" as a metaphor to describe living at peace in one's community and not causing strife. Alternate translation: "live in a calm and orderly way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια ἰδίαις ταῖς 1 take care of your own responsibilities "do your own work" or "take care of the things that your are responsible to do." This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people's concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια ταῖς ἰδίαις 1 take care of your own responsibilities "do your own work" or "take care of the things that your are responsible to do." This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people's concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-metaphor 0 work with your hands This is a metaphor for living a productive life. Alternate translation: "work at your own jobs to earn what you need to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 walk properly Here "walk" is a metaphor for "live" or "behave." Alternate translation: "behave properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 yl36 εὐσχημόνως 1 properly in a way that shows respect to others and earns their respect
|
||||
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before outsiders Paul speaks of those who do not believer in Christ as if they are outside of a place away from the believers. Alternate translation: "in the sight of those who do not believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 j68e 0 General Information: Paul talks about believers who have died, who are still alive, and those who will be alive when Christ returns.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 θέλομεν οὐ θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who sleep Here "sleep" is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: "those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα λυπῆσθε μὴ λυπῆσθε καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε λυπῆσθε καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ λοιποὶ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive εἰ πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here "we" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again "rose to live again"
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας αὐτῷ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here "fallen asleep" is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 b786 εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord "when the Lord returns"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p ὁ Κύριος αὐτὸς καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend "the Lord himself will come down"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka σάλπιγγι ἀρχαγγέλου 1 the archangel "the chief angel"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend "the Lord himself will come down"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου σάλπιγγι 1 the archangel "the chief angel"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The "dead in Christ" are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: "those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here "we" refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word "them" refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν οἱ νεφέλαις τοῦ ἀπάντησιν οἱ Κυρίου εἰς νεφέλαις ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y οἱ οἱ ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit's guidance and work.<br>
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus' return.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 2 mcq9 ἀκριβῶς 1 perfectly well "very well" or "accurately"
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile οὕτως κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ 1 like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a thief may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: "unexpectedly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a thief may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: "unexpectedly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 3 p1wi ὅταν λέγωσιν 1 When they say "When the people say"
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction "then unexpected destruction"
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains in a pregnant woman Just as a pregnant woman's birth pains come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor ἐστὲ οὐκ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: "you are not unknowing, like people who live in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα καταλάβῃ ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας 1 so that the day would overtake you like a thief The day when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε πάντες υἱοὶ φωτός καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: "For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: "you are not unknowing, like people who live in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day would overtake you like a thief The day when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: "For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor 0 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor καθεύδωμεν μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: "let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: "let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-inclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 keep watch and be sober Paul describes spiritual awareness as the opposite of sleep and drunkenness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor 0 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor 0 those who get drunk do so at night Paul is stating that it is at night when people become drunk, so when people are unaware of Christ's return they do not live a self-controlled life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 zj9r figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In verses 8-10 the word "we" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ὄντες ἡμέρας 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: "we know the truth" or "we have received the light of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: "we know the truth" or "we have received the light of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-metaphor νήφωμεν 1 we must stay sober Paul compares being sober to exercising self-control. Alternate translation: "let us exercise self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης θώρακα 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves with faith and love" or "protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως ἀγάπης καὶ 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves with faith and love" or "protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor 0 the hope of salvation for our helmet As a helmet protects a soldier's head, assurance of salvation protects the believer. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we are awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: "whether we are alive or dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ἕνα οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ἕνα 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 ksp2 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 1 to acknowledge those who labor "to esteem and appreciate those who are involved in leading"
|
||||
1TH 5 12 fqh3 προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are over you in the Lord This refers to people God appointed to serve as leaders of the local group of believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 13 c966 0 regard them highly in love because of their work Paul exhorts the believers to love and esteem their church leaders.
|
||||
1TH 5 16 chw9 χαίρετε πάντοτε 1 Rejoice always Paul is exhorting the believers to maintain a spiritual attitude of rejoicing in all things.
|
||||
1TH 5 17 l63i προσεύχεσθε ἀδιαλείπτως 1 Pray without ceasing Paul is exhorting the believers to be vigilant in prayer.
|
||||
1TH 5 16 chw9 πάντοτε χαίρετε 1 Rejoice always Paul is exhorting the believers to maintain a spiritual attitude of rejoicing in all things.
|
||||
1TH 5 17 l63i ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε 1 Pray without ceasing Paul is exhorting the believers to be vigilant in prayer.
|
||||
1TH 5 18 z9gg ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything give thanks Paul is exhorting the believers to express thankfulness in all things.
|
||||
1TH 5 18 bt5q ἐν παντὶ 1 In everything In all circumstances
|
||||
1TH 5 18 l3sk γὰρ τοῦτο θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 For this is the will of God Paul is referring to the behavior he just mentioned as being God's will for the believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 19 j1ei σβέννυτε μὴ σβέννυτε τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Do not quench the Spirit "Do not stop the Holy Spirit from working among you"
|
||||
1TH 5 20 iv1n ἐξουθενεῖτε μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε προφητείας 1 Do not despise prophecies "Do not have contempt for prophecies" or "Do not hate anything the Holy Spirit tells someone"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 wx69 δοκιμάζετε πάντα 1 Test all things "Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor κατέχετε τὸ καλὸν 1 Hold on to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς ἁγιάσαι 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive τηρηθείη ὑμῶν ὁλόκληρον τὸ πνεῦμα, ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τηρηθείη ἀμέμπτως 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 l3sk τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 For this is the will of God Paul is referring to the behavior he just mentioned as being God's will for the believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 19 j1ei τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit "Do not stop the Holy Spirit from working among you"
|
||||
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies "Do not have contempt for prophecies" or "Do not hate anything the Holy Spirit tells someone"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 wx69 πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things "Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Hold on to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ σῶμα ἀμέμπτως,, τηρηθείη τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you "He is faithful who calls you"
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς ποιήσει καὶ ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it "he will be helping you"
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it "he will be helping you"
|
||||
1TH 5 25 q8ki 0 General Information: Paul gives his closing statements.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀναγνωσθῆναι 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1935.
|
|
|
@ -5,41 +5,41 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 1 hm3e Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus This is the Latin form of "Silas." He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul's fellow traveler.
|
||||
2TH 1 2 g6rb χάρις ὑμῖν 1 Grace to you Paul commonly uses this greeting in his letters.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 m6z5 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν πάντοτε εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ 1 We should always give thanks to God Paul uses "always" as a generalization meaning "often" or "regularly. The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: "We should often give thanks to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We should always give thanks to God Paul uses "always" as a generalization meaning "often" or "regularly. The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: "We should often give thanks to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 u3m8 0 This is appropriate "It is the right thing to do" or "It is good"
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k 0 the love each of you has for one another increases "you sincerely love one another"
|
||||
2TH 1 3 bmn6 ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here "one another" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς 1 we ourselves Here "ourselves" is used to emphasize Paul's boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive ὑμᾶς καταξιωθῆναι τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You will be considered worthy of the kingdom of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here "ourselves" is used to emphasize Paul's boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You will be considered worthy of the kingdom of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 wrg2 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues, he talks about God being just.
|
||||
2TH 1 6 cxx1 0 it is righteous for God "God is right" or "God is just"
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι θλῖψιν τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here "to return" is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "for God to afflict those who afflict you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἄνεσιν ὑμῖν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right "to return" to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "and to relieve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ἄνεσιν ὑμῖν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: "for God to provide relief to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here "to return" is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "for God to afflict those who afflict you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right "to return" to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "and to relieve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: "for God to provide relief to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 0 the angels of his power "his powerful angels"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν φλογός πυρὶ διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς εἰδόσι μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι εἰδόσι Θεὸν καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive 0 They will be punished Here "They" refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 when he comes on that day Here "that day" is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 προσευχόμεθα καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you" or "we continue to pray for you"
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here "that day" is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 καὶ προσευχόμεθα προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you" or "we continue to pray for you"
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 calling Here "calling" refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 fulfill every desire of goodness "make you able to do good in every way that you desire"
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἡμῶν Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ἐνδοξασθῇ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive 0 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus will glorify you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the grace of our God "because of God's grace"
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God "because of God's grace"
|
||||
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Being gathered together to be with him"<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ's final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as "son of destruction" and "lawless one" in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>##### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word "Now" marks a change of topic in Paul's instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ σαλευθῆναι ταχέως σαλευθῆναι μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 d334 0 by a message, or by a letter that seems to be coming from us "by spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 k4dk 0 to the effect that "saying that"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord This refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
|
||||
2TH 2 3 l9c5 0 General Information: Paul teaches about the man of lawlessness.
|
||||
2TH 2 3 ej66 0 it will not come "the day of the Lord will not come"
|
||||
2TH 2 3 y7ch ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the falling away This refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας ἀποκαλυφθῇ 1 the man of lawlessness is revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God reveals the man of lawlessness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness is revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God reveals the man of lawlessness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Paul speaks of destruction as a person who bore a son whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: "the one who destroys everything he can" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 t485 figs-activepassive 0 all that is called God or that is worshiped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 wj33 0 exhibits himself as God "shows himself as God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,19 +50,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 0 who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold them back or to keep them from doing what they want to do.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive 0 Then the lawless one will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then God will allow the lawless one to show himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος 1 with the breath of his mouth Here "breath" represents the power of God. Alternate translation: "by the power of his spoken word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y καταργήσει αὐτοῦ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ αὐτοῦ παρουσίας 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, σημείοις, καὶ ψεύδους τέρασιν 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders "with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders"
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y αὐτοῦ καταργήσει καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders "with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders"
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 with all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 v366 0 These things will be for those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here "perishing" has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο διὰ 1 For this reason "Because the people do not love the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς πέμπει αὐτοῖς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης εἰς αὐτοὺς πιστεῦσαι τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: "God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες κριθῶσιν 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ πιστεύσαντες μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason "Because the people do not love the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης εἰς πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: "God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 But Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν πάντοτε εὐχαριστεῖν 1 we should always give thanks The word "always" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "we should continually give thanks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν πάντοτε 1 we should always give thanks The word "always" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "we should continually give thanks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν 1 we should Here "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers loved by the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Lord loves you, brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,20 +70,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tightly to the traditions Here "traditions" refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: "remember the traditions" or "believe the truths" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου εἴτε δι’ ἡμῶν ἐπιστολῆς 1 whether by word or by our letter "By word" here is a synecdoche for "by instructions" or "by teachings." You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: "whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter "By word" here is a synecdoche for "by instructions" or "by teachings." You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: "whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive 0 may our Lord ... who loved us and gave us The words "our" and "us" refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς αὐτὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here "himself" gives additional emphasis to the phrase "Lord Jesus Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι καὶ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here "hearts" represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: "comfort you and strengthen you for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ 1 every good work and word "every good thing you do and say"
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here "himself" gives additional emphasis to the phrase "Lord Jesus Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here "hearts" represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: "comfort you and strengthen you for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word "every good thing you do and say"
|
||||
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 jy75 0 Now Paul uses the word "now" to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you Paul speaks of God's word spreading as if it were running from place to place. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ, δοξάζηται καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you Paul speaks of God's word spreading as if it were running from place to place. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ἵνα ῥυσθῶμεν 1 that we may be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God may save us" or "that God may rescue us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 p1ct γὰρ οὐ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not all have faith "for many people do not believe in Jesus"
|
||||
2TH 3 2 p1ct οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not all have faith "for many people do not believe in Jesus"
|
||||
2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς 1 who will establish you "who will strengthen you"
|
||||
2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one "Satan"
|
||||
2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 We have confidence "We have faith" or "We trust"
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 our Lord Here "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us "to act the way that my fellow workers and I act"
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives 0 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "We lived among you as those who had much discipline" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism ἐργαζόμενοι νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 we worked night and day "we worked during the night and during the day." Here "night" and "day" are a merism and they mean "all the time." Alternate translation: "we worked all the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day "we worked during the night and during the day." Here "night" and "day" are a merism and they mean "all the time." Alternate translation: "we worked all the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in difficult labor and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. Difficult labor implies work that requires great effort. Hardship implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: "in very difficult circumstances" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives 0 We did this not because we have no authority. Instead, we did Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "We certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 The one who is unwilling to work must not eat This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "If a person wants to eat, he must work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul uses this word to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word "you" refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ τις ὑπακούει οὐχ ὑπακούει ἡμῶν τῷ λόγῳ 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom σημειοῦσθε τοῦτον 1 take note of him Notice who he is. Alternate translation: "publicly identify that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 take note of him Notice who he is. Alternate translation: "publicly identify that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be ashamed Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit δῴη ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτὸς δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτὸς 1 the Lord of peace himself Here "himself" emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here "himself" emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb 0 This is my greeting, Paul, with my own hand, which is the sign in every letter "I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me"
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f 0 This is how I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 681.
|
176
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
176
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
|
|
@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 1 u1g9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word "our" refers to Paul and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 1 i3zz Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 Paul, an apostle "I, Paul, wrote this letter. I am an apostle." Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Immediately after introducing the writer, you may want to indicate to whom the letter was written, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 1 1 xl6d κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ 1 according to the commandment of "by the command of" or "by the authority of"
|
||||
1TI 1 1 wb8j Θεοῦ ἡμῶν Σωτῆρος 1 God our Savior "God who saves us"
|
||||
1TI 1 1 wb8j Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 God our Savior "God who saves us"
|
||||
1TI 1 1 sw77 figs-metonymy 0 Christ Jesus our hope Here "our confidence" refers to the person in whom we have confidence. Alternate translation: "Christ Jesus, who is the one in whom we have confidence" or "Christ Jesus, whom we trust" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 2 pyi6 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ ἐν πίστει 1 true son in the faith Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul's sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is truly like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 2 rd5v χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace "May grace, mercy, and peace be yours," or "May you experience kindness, mercy, and peace"
|
||||
1TI 1 2 p4lz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father "God, who is our Father." Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TI 1 2 zx37 Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
1TI 1 2 zx37 Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
1TI 1 3 k35a figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" in this letter is singular and refers to Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 1 3 k4tm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to reject the wrong use of the law and use good teaching from God.
|
||||
1TI 1 3 l4br καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε 1 As I urged you "As I pleaded with you" or "As I asked you very strongly"
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,35 +17,35 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 3 v4g2 figs-explicit ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν 1 a different doctrine The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "a different doctrine from what we teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 1 4 ecf5 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ προσέχειν 1 Neither should they pay attention The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "And I also want you to command them not to pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 1 4 pw2h μύθοις 1 to stories These may have been stories about their ancestors.
|
||||
1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole ἀπεράντοις γενεαλογίαις 1 endless genealogies With the word "endless" Paul uses exaggeration to emphasize that the genealogies are very long. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TI 1 4 qpv9 figs-hyperbole γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις 1 endless genealogies With the word "endless" Paul uses exaggeration to emphasize that the genealogies are very long. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies the written or verbal record of a person's parents and ancestors
|
||||
1TI 1 4 qb9l 0 These cause arguments "These make people angrily disagree." The people debated about stories and genealogies about which no one could know the truth for certain.
|
||||
1TI 1 4 eu9f 0 rather than helping the plan of God, which is by faith Possible meanings are 1) "rather than helping us to understand God's plan to save us, which we learn by faith" or 2) "rather than helping us to do God's work, which we do by faith."
|
||||
1TI 1 5 myi5 τὸ δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul explains the purpose of what he is commanding Timothy.
|
||||
1TI 1 5 l7un 0 the commandment Here this does not mean the Old Testament or the Ten Commandments but rather the instructions that Paul gives in [1 Timothy 1:3](../01/03.md) and [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 5 i9rs ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love Possible meanings are 1) "is to love God" or 2) "is to love people."
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρδίας καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here "pure" means the person does not have hidden motives to do wrong. Here "heart" refers to a person's mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "from a mind that is honest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t ἀγαθῆς καὶ συνειδήσεως 1 good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 m53g ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 sincere faith "genuine faith" or "a faith without hypocrisy"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here "pure" means the person does not have hidden motives to do wrong. Here "heart" refers to a person's mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "from a mind that is honest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 sincere faith "genuine faith" or "a faith without hypocrisy"
|
||||
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 Some people have missed the mark Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love as he just explained in 1:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-idiom ἀστοχήσαντες ἐξετράπησαν ὧν 1 have turned away from these things Here "turned away" is an idiom that means they have stopped doing what God has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-idiom ὧν ἀστοχήσαντες ἐξετράπησαν 1 have turned away from these things Here "turned away" is an idiom that means they have stopped doing what God has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 v28u νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses.
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x μὴ νοοῦντες μὴ νοοῦντες 1 but they do not understand "even though they do not understand" or "and yet they do not understand"
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x μὴ μὴ νοοῦντες νοοῦντες 1 but they do not understand "even though they do not understand" or "and yet they do not understand"
|
||||
1TI 1 7 j2hc περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they so confidently affirm "what they so confidently state is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὁ νόμος καλὸς 1 we know that the law is good "we understand that the law is useful" or "we understand that the law is beneficial"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις χρῆται αὐτῷ νομίμως 1 if one uses it lawfully "if a person uses it correctly" or "if a person uses it the way God intended"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good "we understand that the law is useful" or "we understand that the law is beneficial"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully "if a person uses it correctly" or "if a person uses it the way God intended"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 We know this "Because we realize this" or "We also know this"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive ὅτι νόμος κεῖται οὐ κεῖται δικαίῳ 1 that law is not made for a righteous man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God did not make the law for the righteous man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive ὅτι δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται κεῖται 1 that law is not made for a righteous man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God did not make the law for the righteous man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-gendernotations δικαίῳ 1 a righteous man Here "man" includes both male and female. Alternate translation: "a righteous person" or "a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 ci94 figs-activepassive 0 It is made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 y5dx πόρνοις 1 sexually immoral people This refers to anyone who sleeps with someone to whom they are not married.
|
||||
1TI 1 10 v1gh ἀρσενοκοίταις 1 homosexuals men who sleep with other men
|
||||
1TI 1 10 bzw4 ἀνδραποδισταῖς 1 those who kidnap people for slaves "those who kidnap people to sell as slaves" or "those who take people to sell as slaves"
|
||||
1TI 1 10 gg42 0 for whatever else is against faithful instruction "for those who do anything else that is against true Christian teaching"
|
||||
1TI 1 11 mg4t τὸ τῆς δόξης εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ 1 the glorious gospel of the blessed God "the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God" or "the gospel of the glorious and blessed God"
|
||||
1TI 1 11 a58d figs-activepassive ὃ ἐγώ ἐπιστεύθην 1 with which I have been entrusted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which God has given me and made me responsible for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 11 mg4t τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ 1 the glorious gospel of the blessed God "the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God" or "the gospel of the glorious and blessed God"
|
||||
1TI 1 11 a58d figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ 1 with which I have been entrusted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which God has given me and made me responsible for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 12 pha5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells how he acted in the past and encourages Timothy to trust God.
|
||||
1TI 1 12 uu6n ἡγήσατο με πιστόν 1 he considered me faithful "he considered me trustworthy" or "he regarded me as reliable"
|
||||
1TI 1 12 uu6n πιστόν με ἡγήσατο 1 he considered me faithful "he considered me trustworthy" or "he regarded me as reliable"
|
||||
1TI 1 12 ff1n figs-metaphor 0 he placed me into service Paul speaks of the task of serving God as if it were a place that one could be placed in. Alternate translation: "he assigned me to serve him" or "he appointed me as his servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 13 q75p ὄντα βλάσφημον 1 I was a blasphemer "I was a person who spoke evil against Christ." Paul is referring to his character before he was a Christian.
|
||||
1TI 1 13 gbd4 διώκτην 1 a persecutor "a person who persecuted those who believed in Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,21 +53,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 13 rq2m 0 But I received mercy because I acted ignorantly in unbelief "But because I did not believe in Jesus, and I did not know what I was doing, I received mercy from Jesus"
|
||||
1TI 1 13 nv6k ἠλεήθην 1 I received mercy "Jesus showed me mercy" or "Jesus had mercy on me"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 zp83 δὲ ἡ χάρις 1 But the grace "And the grace"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπερεπλεόνασεν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were a liquid that could fill a container and spill out of the top when the container is full. Alternate translation: "God showed me much grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were a liquid that could fill a container and spill out of the top when the container is full. Alternate translation: "God showed me much grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 14 z5lv μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 with faith and love This is the result of God showing much grace to Paul. Alternate translation: "which caused me to trust in Jesus and love him"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 d9m7 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 that is in Christ Jesus This speaks about Jesus as if he were a container that holds a liquid. Here "in Christ Jesus" refers to having a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "that Christ Jesus enables me to give to God because I am united to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 15 z48s ὁ λόγος πιστὸς 1 This message is reliable "This statement is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 15 rh2r ἄξιος πάσης ἀποδοχῆς 1 worthy of all acceptance "we should receive it without any doubt" or "deserves for us to accept it with full confidence"
|
||||
1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This message is reliable "This statement is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 15 rh2r πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of all acceptance "we should receive it without any doubt" or "deserves for us to accept it with full confidence"
|
||||
1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was given mercy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God showed me mercy" or "I obtained mercy from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ, πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the foremost "so that through me, the worst sinner"
|
||||
1TI 1 17 k9sc 0 Now ... Amen The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul praises God.
|
||||
1TI 1 17 g4jq τῷ Βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων 1 the king of the ages "the eternal king" or "the chief ruler forever"
|
||||
1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns 0 Now to the king of the ages, the immortal, invisible, the only God, be honor and glory forever and ever The abstract nouns "honor" and "glory" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "Now may people forever honor and glorify the king of the ages, who is immortal, invisible, and the only God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 ijn8 figs-metaphor παρατίθεμαί ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν σοι 1 I am placing this command before you Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translation: "I am entrusting you with this command" or "This is what I am commanding you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 ijn8 figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι 1 I am placing this command before you Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translation: "I am entrusting you with this command" or "This is what I am commanding you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 my child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though Paul is the father and Timothy is the child. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is truly like my child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 y6jg figs-activepassive κατὰ τὰς προφητείας προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ 1 in accordance with the prophecies previously made about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 y6jg figs-activepassive κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the prophecies previously made about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks about Timothy working for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: "continue to work hard for the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 ly6q συνείδησιν ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong." See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 19 ly6q ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong." See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor 0 some have shipwrecked their faith Paul speaks of these people's faith as if it were a ship that could be wrecked at sea. He means that they have ruined their faith and no longer believe in Jesus. You should use this or a similar metaphor if it will be understood in the project language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names 0 Hymenaeus ... Alexander These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I gave over to Satan Paul speaks as if he physically handed these men to Satan. This probably means that Paul rejected them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan can have power over them and harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,35 +75,35 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Peace<br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>##### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings"<br>These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.<br>
|
||||
1TI 2 1 z2xx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to pray for all people.
|
||||
1TI 2 1 yk2z πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all "most important" or "before anything else"
|
||||
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας ποιεῖσθαι 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, ποιεῖσθαι εὐχαριστίας 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 1 iag7 παρακαλῶ 1 I urge "I plead" or "I ask"
|
||||
1TI 2 2 g4va figs-doublet ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον 1 a peaceful and quiet life Here "peaceful" and "quiet" mean the same thing. Paul wants all believers to be able to live calm lives without trouble from the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 2 pb58 ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 in all godliness and dignity "that honors God and that other people will respect"
|
||||
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς θέλει πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι καὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας 1 He desires all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God desires to save all people and for them to come to the knowledge of the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: "to know and accept what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 He desires all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God desires to save all people and for them to come to the knowledge of the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: "to know and accept what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 2 5 t666 0 one mediator for God and man A mediator is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Here Jesus helps sinners enter into a peaceful relationship with God.
|
||||
1TI 2 6 u8r1 δοὺς ἑαυτὸν 1 gave himself "died willingly"
|
||||
1TI 2 6 vz12 ἀντίλυτρον 1 as a ransom "as a price of freedom" or "as a payment to obtain freedom"
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις καιροῖς 1 as the testimony at the right time It can be made explicit that this was the testimony that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: "as the proof at the right time that God wants to save all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fq7r καιροῖς ἰδίοις καιροῖς 1 at the right time This means that this was the time that God had chosen.
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 as the testimony at the right time It can be made explicit that this was the testimony that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: "as the proof at the right time that God wants to save all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fq7r καιροῖς καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time This means that this was the time that God had chosen.
|
||||
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 For this purpose "For this" or "For this reason"
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive , ἐγὼ ἐτέθην κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος. 1 I myself, was made a herald and an apostle This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ made me, Paul, a preacher and an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive , ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος. 1 I myself, was made a herald and an apostle This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ made me, Paul, a preacher and an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 h18q figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 I am a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth "I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth." Here, Paul may be using "faith" and truth" to express one idea. Alternate translation: "I teach the Gentiles about the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 2 8 r6wx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on prayer then gives some special instructions for women.
|
||||
1TI 2 8 yzg3 figs-metonymy 0 I want men in every place to pray and to lift up holy hands Here "holy hands" means the entire person is holy. Alternate translation: "I want men in every place who are holy to lift up their hands and pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 8 a841 τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 men in every place "the males in all places" or "the males everywhere." Here the word "men" refers specifically to males.
|
||||
1TI 2 8 unw6 0 lift up holy hands It was a normal posture for people to raise their hands while praying.
|
||||
1TI 2 9 au5c figs-doublet μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης- σωφροσύνης 1 with modesty and self-control Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that women should wear clothes that are appropriate and do not attract improper attention from men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 sw21 figs-metonymy ἐν μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 They should not have braided hair During Paul's time, many Roman women braided their hair to make themselves attractive. Braiding is only one way a woman can give undue attention to her hair. If braided hair is unknown, it can be stated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "They should not have fancy hairstyles" or "They should not have elaborate hairstyle that attract attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 sw21 figs-metonymy μὴ ἐν ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 They should not have braided hair During Paul's time, many Roman women braided their hair to make themselves attractive. Braiding is only one way a woman can give undue attention to her hair. If braided hair is unknown, it can be stated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "They should not have fancy hairstyles" or "They should not have elaborate hairstyle that attract attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 rf5v translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls These are beautiful and valuable white balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν δι’ ἀγαθῶν ἔργων 1 who profess godliness through good works "who want to honor God by the good things they do"
|
||||
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 who profess godliness through good works "who want to honor God by the good things they do"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 gb7a ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in silence "in quietness"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 and with all submission "and submit to what is taught"
|
||||
1TI 2 12 e2hg ἐπιτρέπω οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω γυναικὶ 1 I do not permit a woman "I do not allow a woman"
|
||||
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ ἐπλάσθη πρῶτος 1 Adam was formed first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Adam is the one God formed first" or "God created Adam first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 12 e2hg γυναικὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω ἐπιτρέπω 1 I do not permit a woman "I do not allow a woman"
|
||||
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Adam is the one God formed first" or "God created Adam first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and then God formed Eve" or "then God created Eve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ ἠπατήθη οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "And Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive δὲ ἡ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν ἐν παραβάσει 1 but the woman was deceived and became a transgressor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "And Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα ἐν ἐν παραβάσει παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman was deceived and became a transgressor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through bearing children Here "she" refers to women in general. Possible meanings are 1) God will keep women physically safe as they give birth to children, or 2) God will save women from their sins through their role as child bearers.
|
||||
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save her" or "God will save women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they continue "if they remain" or "if they continue living." Here "they" refers to women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,45 +112,45 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 15 zr4b figs-abstractnouns σωφροσύνης 1 soundness of mind If the idiom is retained in translation, the abstract noun "soundness" can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: "a sound mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word "overseer" reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about "deacons" in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
|
||||
1TI 3 1 rwi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the overseers of the church should act and be.
|
||||
1TI 3 1 f133 ἔργου καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work "an honorable task"
|
||||
1TI 3 2 dff6 ἄνδρα μιᾶς γυναικὸς 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
|
||||
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου ἔργου 1 a good work "an honorable task"
|
||||
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
|
||||
1TI 3 2 qnq9 0 He must be moderate, sensible, orderly, and hospitable "He must not do anything to excess, must be reasonable and behave well, and must be friendly to strangers"
|
||||
1TI 3 3 c2c7 0 He must not be addicted to wine, not a brawler, but instead, gentle, peaceful "He must neither drink too much alcohol nor like to fight and argue, but instead he must be gentle and peaceful"
|
||||
1TI 3 3 pc2g ἀφιλάργυρον 1 a lover of money "greedy for money"
|
||||
1TI 3 4 a8gu 0 He should manage "He should lead" or "He should take care of"
|
||||
1TI 3 4 w3un μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 with all respect Possible meanings are 1) the overseer's children should obey and show respect to their father or 2) the overseer's children should show respect to everyone or 3) the overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them.
|
||||
1TI 3 4 m8a5 πάσης σεμνότητος 1 all respect "complete respect" or "respect at all times"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n8zi δέ εἰ τις οἶδεν οὐκ οἶδεν προστῆναι 1 For if a man does not know how to manage "For when a man cannot manage"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n8zi εἰ δέ τις προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν 1 For if a man does not know how to manage "For when a man cannot manage"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion 0 how will he care for a church of God? Paul uses a question to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: "he cannot take care of a church of God." or "he will not be able to lead a church of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy 0 a church of God Here "church" refers to a local group of God's people. Alternate translation: "a group of God's people" or "the believers over whom he is in charge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 3 6 q7hu 0 He should not be a new convert "He should not be a new believer" or "He must be a mature believer"
|
||||
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor 0 fall into condemnation as the devil Paul speaks of the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: "have God condemn him as he condemned the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside "those outside of the church." Paul speaks of the church as though it were a place, and of unbelievers as though they were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: "those who are not Christians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor ἐμπέσῃ μὴ ἐμπέσῃ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ ἐμπέσῃ καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 8 z1gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the deacons of the church and their wives should act and be.
|
||||
1TI 3 8 nz2w διακόνους, ὡσαύτως 1 Deacons, likewise "Deacons, like overseers"
|
||||
1TI 3 8 sxq4 figs-metaphor 0 should be dignified, not double-talkers Paul speaks about these people as if they were "double-talkers" or could say two things at once. He means the person says one thing but mean something else. Alternate translation: "should act properly and mean what they say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 c44a figs-metaphor 0 They should keep the revealed truth of the faith "They must continue to believe the true message God revealed to us and that we believe." This refers to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was showing to them at that moment. Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could keep with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον 1 the revealed truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the truth that God revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor πίστεως ἐν συνειδήσει καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 faith with a clean conscience Paul speaks of a person's knowledge that he has done no wrong as if that knowledge or conscience were clean. Alternate translation: "faith, knowing they have tried their hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει συνειδήσει 1 faith with a clean conscience Paul speaks of a person's knowledge that he has done no wrong as if that knowledge or conscience were clean. Alternate translation: "faith, knowing they have tried their hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive 0 They should also be approved first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Other believers should approve of them first" or "They should prove themselves first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 10 m5ar δοκιμαζέσθωσαν 1 be approved This means other believers should evaluate those who want to be a deacon and determine if they are fit to serve in the church.
|
||||
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως 1 Women in the same way Possible meanings are 1) "women" refers to the wives of deacons or 2) "women" refers to female deacons.
|
||||
1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 be dignified "act properly" or "be worthy of respect"
|
||||
1TI 3 11 a12k 0 They should not be slanderers "They must not speak evil about other people"
|
||||
1TI 3 11 akm5 0 be moderate and "not do anything to excess." See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
1TI 3 12 wji2 ἄνδρες μιᾶς γυναικὸς 1 husbands of one wife A man must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed, divorced, or never married. See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
1TI 3 12 wji2 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες 1 husbands of one wife A man must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed, divorced, or never married. See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
1TI 3 12 dv31 0 manage well their children and household "properly take care of and lead their children and others who live in their homes"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 rfq2 γὰρ οἱ 1 For those "For those deacons" or "For these church leaders"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 s9si περιποιοῦνται ἑαυτοῖς 1 acquire for themselves "receive for themselves" or "gain for themselves"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 cv34 figs-explicit βαθμὸν καλὸν βαθμὸν 1 a good standing The implied meaning may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "a good reputation among other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 3 13 rfq2 οἱ γὰρ 1 For those "For those deacons" or "For these church leaders"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 s9si ἑαυτοῖς περιποιοῦνται 1 acquire for themselves "receive for themselves" or "gain for themselves"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 cv34 figs-explicit βαθμὸν βαθμὸν καλὸν 1 a good standing The implied meaning may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "a good reputation among other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 3 13 m684 πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 great confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus Possible meanings are 1) they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence or 2) they will speak confidently to other people about their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
1TI 3 14 s4p2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy the reason he wrote to him and then describes Christ's godliness.
|
||||
1TI 3 15 z9z8 0 But if I delay "But in case I cannot go there soon" or "But if something prevents me for being there soon"
|
||||
1TI 3 15 p9u4 figs-metaphor 0 so that you may know how to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as if they were a family. Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring only to Timothy's behavior in the church. Alternate translation: "so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God's family" or 2) Paul is referring to the believers' in general. Alternate translation: "so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος Θεοῦ 1 household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us information about "the household of God" rather than making a distinction between a household of God which is the church and one that is not the church. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "house hold of God. Those who belong to the family of God are the community of believers in the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος Θεοῦ, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 sg64 ζῶντος Θεοῦ 1 the living God Here this expression may be speaking of God as the one who gives life to all, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us information about "the household of God" rather than making a distinction between a household of God which is the church and one that is not the church. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "house hold of God. Those who belong to the family of God are the community of believers in the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor , ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 sg64 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here this expression may be speaking of God as the one who gives life to all, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 3 16 ak8w 0 We all agree "No one can deny"
|
||||
1TI 3 16 w473 0 that the mystery of godliness is great "that the truth that God has revealed is great"
|
||||
1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry 0 He appeared ... up in glory This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry you could use it here. If not, you could translate this as regular prose rather than poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 1 b739 ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times Possible meanings are 1) this refers to a time after Paul dies or 2) this is at a latter time in Paul's own life.
|
||||
1TI 4 1 b931 figs-metaphor ἀποστήσονταί τῆς πίστεως 1 leave the faith Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place or an object. Alternate translation: "stop trusting in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 1 q13m 0 and pay attention "and give attention" or "because they are paying attention"
|
||||
1TI 4 1 ae5w πλάνοις πνεύμασι καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceitful spirits and the teachings of demons "spirits who trick people and the things that demons teach"
|
||||
1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ψευδολόγων ὑποκρίσει 1 in lying hypocrisy This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "These people will be hypocrites and speak lies"
|
||||
1TI 4 1 ae5w πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceitful spirits and the teachings of demons "spirits who trick people and the things that demons teach"
|
||||
1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in lying hypocrisy This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "These people will be hypocrites and speak lies"
|
||||
1TI 4 2 u2f4 figs-metaphor 0 Their own consciences will be branded Possible meanings are 1) Paul is speaking of people who can no longer tell that they are doing wrong as if their minds are ruined like skin that someone has burned with a hot iron or 2) Paul is speaking of these people as if Satan had put a mark on these people with a hot iron to indicate that they belong to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 3 k4db κωλυόντων 1 They will "These people will"
|
||||
1TI 4 3 wd2l figs-explicit 0 forbid to marry It is implied that they will forbid believers to marry. Alternate translation: "forbid believers to marry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,21 +184,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers This refers to all believers whether male or female. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor παρηκολούθηκας 1 you are being nourished by the words of faith and by the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of God's word and its teaching as if it could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words of faith and the good teaching that you have followed are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 ny78 λόγοις τῆς πίστεως 1 words of faith "words that cause people to believe"
|
||||
1TI 4 7 th4i βεβήλους μύθους καὶ γραώδεις 1 worldly stories loved by old women "profane stories and old wives' tales." The word for "stories" is the same as for "myths" in [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md), so you should translate it the same here.
|
||||
1TI 4 7 th4i βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 worldly stories loved by old women "profane stories and old wives' tales." The word for "stories" is the same as for "myths" in [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md), so you should translate it the same here.
|
||||
1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-metaphor καὶ γραώδεις 1 loved by old women This is probably an expression that means "silly" or "absurd." Paul is not purposely insulting women in his reference to "old women." Instead, he and his audience knew that men die younger than women, so there are more women than men whose minds have become feeble due to old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 7 sea5 γύμναζε σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself in godliness "train yourself to honor God" or "train yourself to act in ways that please God"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 i6rh ἡ γὰρ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training "physical exercise"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 df19 0 holds promise for this life "is beneficial to this life"
|
||||
1TI 4 9 hc1t ἄξιος πάσης ἀποδοχῆς 1 worthy of full acceptance "worthy of your complete belief" or "worthy of your full trust"
|
||||
1TI 4 9 hc1t πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of full acceptance "worthy of your complete belief" or "worthy of your full trust"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 l2yl 0 For it is for this "This is the reason"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 struggle and work very hard The words "struggle" and "work very hard" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which they serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 qmj6 ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ Θεῷ ζῶντι Θεῷ 1 we have hope in the living God Here "living God" probably means, "God, who makes all things live."
|
||||
1TI 4 10 qmj6 ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ Θεῷ Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 we have hope in the living God Here "living God" probably means, "God, who makes all things live."
|
||||
1TI 4 10 dsz3 figs-ellipsis 0 but especially of believers The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "but he is especially the Savior of those people who believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 4 11 lg9h 0 Proclaim and teach these things "Command and teach these things" or "Command and teach these things I just mentioned"
|
||||
1TI 4 12 qi8l καταφρονείτω μηδείς καταφρονείτω σου τῆς νεότητος 1 Let no one despise your youth "Do not let anyone consider you less important because you are young"
|
||||
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth "Do not let anyone consider you less important because you are young"
|
||||
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, and to the teaching The words "reading," "exhortation," and "teaching" can be translated with verbal phrases. The implied information can also be supplied in translation Alternate translation: "continue reading the scripture to the people, exhorting the people, and teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 t221 figs-metaphor ἀμέλει μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ χαρίσματος ἐν σοὶ 1 Do not neglect the gift that is in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God's gifts. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Do not neglect your spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-activepassive ἀμέλει μὴ ἀμέλει 1 Do not neglect This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 t221 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift that is in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God's gifts. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Do not neglect your spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀμέλει ἀμέλει 1 Do not neglect This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which you received when leaders of the church spoke God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 rr8f ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 laying on of the hands of the elders This was a ceremony in which the church leaders put their hands on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do.
|
||||
1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor 0 Care for these things. Be in them Paul speaks of God's gifts to Timothy as if he could physically be in them. Alternate translation: "Do all these things and live according to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>##### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.<br>
|
||||
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of "you" or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
|
||||
1TI 5 1 l4w5 ἐπιπλήξῃς μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς πρεσβυτέρῳ 1 Do not rebuke an older man "Do not speak harshly to an older man"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man "Do not speak harshly to an older man"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 dnf2 0 Instead, exhort him "Instead, encourage him"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile 0 as if he were a father ... as brothers Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile 0 as mothers ... as sisters Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 wmi6 figs-ellipsis νεωτέρας 1 younger women You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "exhort younger women" or "encourage younger women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 ivl7 ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity "with pure thoughts and actions" or "in a holy way"
|
||||
1TI 5 3 smp5 τίμα χήρας 1 Honor widows "Respect and provide for widows"
|
||||
1TI 5 3 smp5 χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows "Respect and provide for widows"
|
||||
1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 the real widows "widows with no one to provide for them"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 w38h μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον μανθανέτωσαν 1 let them first learn "first of all they should learn" or "let them make it a priority to learn"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 w38h μανθανέτωσαν μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them first learn "first of all they should learn" or "let them make it a priority to learn"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 g5mu τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 in their own household "to their own family" or "to those living in their homes"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 q5c8 0 Let them repay their parents "Let them do good to their parents in return for the good things their parents have given them"
|
||||
1TI 5 5 xp1u 0 But a real widow is left all alone "But one who is truly a widow has no family"
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,26 +225,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-doublet ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 requests and prayers These two words mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how much these widows pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 both night and day The words "night" and "day" are used together to mean "at all times." Alternate translation: "all the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor τέθνηκεν 1 is dead Paul speaks about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: "is like a dead person, she does not respond to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 6 p5hi τέθνηκεν ζῶσα 1 is still alive This refers to physical life.
|
||||
1TI 5 6 p5hi ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 is still alive This refers to physical life.
|
||||
1TI 5 7 qw6m 0 Give these instructions "Command these things"
|
||||
1TI 5 7 a13p ἵνα ὦσιν ἀνεπίλημπτοι 1 so that they may be blameless "so that no one can find fault with them." Possible meanings of "they" are 1) "these widows and their families" or 2) "the believers." It might be best to leave the subject as "they."
|
||||
1TI 5 7 a13p ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 so that they may be blameless "so that no one can find fault with them." Possible meanings of "they" are 1) "these widows and their families" or 2) "the believers." It might be best to leave the subject as "they."
|
||||
1TI 5 8 p7h2 0 does not provide for his own relatives, especially for those of his own household "does not help with his relatives' needs, especially for those family members living in his home"
|
||||
1TI 5 8 y645 ἤρνηται τὴν πίστιν 1 he has denied the faith "he has acted contrary to the truth we believe"
|
||||
1TI 5 8 evm7 ἔστιν χείρων ἀπίστου 1 is worse than an unbeliever "is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus." Paul means this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their relatives. Therefore, a believer should certainly take care of his relatives.
|
||||
1TI 5 8 y645 τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith "he has acted contrary to the truth we believe"
|
||||
1TI 5 8 evm7 ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever "is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus." Paul means this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their relatives. Therefore, a believer should certainly take care of his relatives.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 s8ql 0 be enrolled as a widow There seems to have been a list, written or not, of widows. The church members met these women's needs for shelter, clothing, and food, and these women were expected to devote their lives to serving the Christian community.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 i27x translate-numbers ἔλαττον μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα 1 who is not younger than sixty As Paul will explain in 5:11-16, widows who were younger than 60 years old might get married again. Therefore the Christian community was to care only for widows who were older than 60. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1TI 5 9 q9dj γυνή γεγονυῖα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς 1 a wife of one husband Possible meanings are 1) she was always faithful to her husband or 2) she had not divorced her husband then married another man.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 i27x translate-numbers μὴ ἔλαττον ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα 1 who is not younger than sixty As Paul will explain in 5:11-16, widows who were younger than 60 years old might get married again. Therefore the Christian community was to care only for widows who were older than 60. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1TI 5 9 q9dj γεγονυῖα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Possible meanings are 1) she was always faithful to her husband or 2) she had not divorced her husband then married another man.
|
||||
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive 0 She must be known for good deeds This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People must be able to attest to her good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has been hospitable to strangers "has welcomed strangers into her home"
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ygl3 figs-metonymy ἔνιψεν πόδας ἁγίων 1 has washed the feet of the saints Washing the dirty feet of people who have been walking in the dirt and mud is one way of meeting other people's needs and making life more enjoyable for them. This probably means she did humble work in general. Alternate translation: "has done common work to help other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ygl3 figs-metonymy ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Washing the dirty feet of people who have been walking in the dirt and mud is one way of meeting other people's needs and making life more enjoyable for them. This probably means she did humble work in general. Alternate translation: "has done common work to help other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 bw4h ἁγίων 1 saints Some versions translate this word as "the believers" or "God's holy people." The essential idea is to refer to Christian believers.
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj ἐπήρκεσεν θλιβομένοις 1 has relieved the afflicted Here "the afflicted" is a nominal adjective that can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "has helped those who are suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 h96j ἐπηκολούθησεν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ 1 has been devoted to every good work "has given herself to doing all kinds of good deeds"
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 has relieved the afflicted Here "the afflicted" is a nominal adjective that can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "has helped those who are suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 h96j παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν 1 has been devoted to every good work "has given herself to doing all kinds of good deeds"
|
||||
1TI 5 11 rv5h 0 But as for younger widows, refuse to enroll them in the list "But do not include younger widows in the list." The list was of widows aged 60 years and older whom the Christian community would help.
|
||||
1TI 5 11 vqq9 0 For when they give in to bodily desires against Christ, they want to marry "For when they prefer to fulfill their sensual desires and get married, they go against their promise to serve Christ as widows"
|
||||
1TI 5 12 nha7 ἠθέτησαν τὴν πρώτην πίστιν 1 revoke their first commitment "do not keep their prior commitment" or "do not do what they promised before to do"
|
||||
1TI 5 12 nha7 τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 revoke their first commitment "do not keep their prior commitment" or "do not do what they promised before to do"
|
||||
1TI 5 12 k9nz πίστιν 1 commitment The commitment of the widows was their agreement to serve the Christian community for the rest of their lives if the community would supply the widows' needs.
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t4iv μανθάνουσιν ἀργαὶ 1 learn to be lazy "get into the habit of doing nothing"
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t4iv ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 learn to be lazy "get into the habit of doing nothing"
|
||||
1TI 5 13 nll4 0 talk nonsense and are busybodies, saying things they should not say These three phrases are probably three ways of speaking of the same activity. These people should not be looking into other people's private lives and telling about them to others who are no better off after hearing.
|
||||
1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 nonsense words that do not help those who hear them
|
||||
1TI 5 13 umk2 περίεργοι 1 busybodies people who look into other people's private lives for their own good and not for the good of the other people
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,18 +254,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path to be followed. This means the woman stopped obeying Jesus and started obeying Satan. Alternate translation: "left the path of Christ to follow Satan" or "decided to obey Satan instead of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 g8k5 τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman "any Christian woman" or "any woman who believes in Christ"
|
||||
1TI 5 16 mf4s ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows "has widows among her relatives"
|
||||
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία βαρείσθω μὴ βαρείσθω 1 so that the church will not be weighed down Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than they are able as if they were carrying too much weight on their backs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the church will not have more work to do than they can" or "so that the Christian community will not have to help widows whose families could provide for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 so that the church will not be weighed down Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than they are able as if they were carrying too much weight on their backs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the church will not have more work to do than they can" or "so that the Christian community will not have to help widows whose families could provide for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 real widows "those women who have no one to provide for them"
|
||||
1TI 5 17 i3l3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again talks of how elders (overseers) should be treated and then gives Timothy some personal instructions.
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive ἀξιούσθωσαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι προεστῶτες καλῶς ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All believers should think of the elders who are good leaders as worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι ἀξιούσθωσαν ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All believers should think of the elders who are good leaders as worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 wp9d διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 double honor Possible meanings are 1) "respect and payment" or 2) "more respect than others receive"
|
||||
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 those who work with the word and in teaching Paul speaks about the word as if it is an object that a person can work with. Alternate translation: "those who preach and teach God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification γὰρ ἡ Γραφή λέγει 1 For the scripture says This is personification that means that this is what someone has written in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "For we read in the scriptures that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the scripture says This is personification that means that this is what someone has written in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "For we read in the scriptures that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 vw3a figs-metaphor 0 You shall not put a muzzle on an ox while it treads the grain Paul is using this quotation as a metaphor meaning that church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community for their work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown φιμώσεις 1 muzzle a sleeve that goes over an animal's snout and mouth to prevent it from eating while it is doing work (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 t6kp ἀλοῶντα 1 treads the grain And ox "treads the grain" when it walks on or pulls a heavy object over the cut grain to separate the grain from the stalks. The ox was allowed to eat some of the grain as they worked.
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος τοῦ μισθοῦ 1 is worthy of "deserves"
|
||||
1TI 5 19 af68 figs-metaphor παραδέχου μὴ παραδέχου κατηγορίαν 1 Do not receive an accusation Paul speaks of accusations as if they were objects that could be physically accepted by people. Alternate translation: "Do not accept as true any accusation that someone speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 19 af68 figs-metaphor κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου παραδέχου 1 Do not receive an accusation Paul speaks of accusations as if they were objects that could be physically accepted by people. Alternate translation: "Do not accept as true any accusation that someone speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three "at least two" or "two or more"
|
||||
1TI 5 20 m4uh 0 sinners This refers to anyone doing anything that disobeys or displeases God, even things that other people do not know about.
|
||||
1TI 5 20 db63 ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before all "where everyone can see"
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,53 +273,53 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 21 t7jq τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the chosen angels This means the angels whom God and Jesus have chosen to serve them in a special way.
|
||||
1TI 5 21 f2q7 figs-doublet 0 to keep these commands without partiality, and to do nothing out of favoritism The words "partiality" and "favoritism" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that Timothy must judge honestly and be fair to everyone. Alternate translation: "to keep these rules without being partial or showing favor to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 5 21 dph6 ταῦτα 1 these commands Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the rules Paul just told Timothy or 2) this refers to the rules Paul is about to tell Timothy.
|
||||
1TI 5 22 qb71 ἐπιτίθει χεῖρας 1 Place hands The placing of hands was a ceremony in which one or more church leaders would place their hands on people and pray that God would enable those people to serve the church in a way that would please God. Timothy was to wait until the person had shown good character for a long time before officially setting that person apart to serve the Christian community.
|
||||
1TI 5 22 qb71 χεῖρας ἐπιτίθει 1 Place hands The placing of hands was a ceremony in which one or more church leaders would place their hands on people and pray that God would enable those people to serve the church in a way that would please God. Timothy was to wait until the person had shown good character for a long time before officially setting that person apart to serve the Christian community.
|
||||
1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-metaphor 0 Do not share in the sins of another person Paul speaks of someone's sin as if it were an object that could be shared with others. Alternate translation: "do not join in another person's sin" or "do not participate when another person sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 22 lt3y 0 Do not share in the sins of another person Possible meanings are 1) if Timothy chose someone who was guilty of sin to be a church worker, God would hold Timothy responsible for that person's sin or 2) Timothy should not commit sins he saw others committing.
|
||||
1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit 0 You should no longer drink water It is implied that Paul means Timothy should not drink only water. He is telling Timothy to use wine as medicine. The water in that area often caused sickness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-activepassive αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τινῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰσιν πρόδηλοί 1 The sins of some people are openly known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The sins of some people are very obvious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-activepassive τινῶν ἀνθρώπων αἱ ἁμαρτίαι πρόδηλοί εἰσιν 1 The sins of some people are openly known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The sins of some people are very obvious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification 0 they go before them into judgment "their sins go before those people into judgment." Paul speaks of sins as if they were moving. Possible meanings are 1) Their sins are so obvious that everyone will know they are guilty even before anyone testifies against them or 2) Their sins are evident, and God judges them now. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-metaphor 0 But some sins follow later "But some sins follow people later." Paul speaks of sins as if they were moving. Possible meanings are 1) Timothy and the Christian community will not know about certain sins until later or 2) God will not judge some sins until the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 25 pd8v 0 some good works are openly known "some good works are obvious"
|
||||
1TI 5 25 qlu5 τὰ καλὰ τὰ ἔργα 1 good works The works are considered "good" because they fit with God's character, purposes, and will.
|
||||
1TI 5 25 qlu5 τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The works are considered "good" because they fit with God's character, purposes, and will.
|
||||
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor 0 but even the others cannot be hidden Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could hide. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but people will later find out about even the good deeds that are not obvious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.<br>
|
||||
1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ἡγείσθωσαν ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: "Let all who are working as slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ἡγείσθωσαν ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: "Let all who are believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται μὴ βλασφημῆται 1 the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers might always speak respectfully about the name of God and the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: "Let all who are working as slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: "Let all who are believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται βλασφημῆται 1 the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers might always speak respectfully about the name of God and the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here "name" refers to God's nature or character. Alternate translation: "the character of God" or "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 f5pc ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching "the faith" or "the gospel"
|
||||
1TI 6 2 fvv7 εἰσιν ἀδελφοί 1 they are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
1TI 6 2 fvv7 ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
1TI 6 2 hn12 figs-activepassive 0 For the masters who are helped by their work This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the masters whom the slaves help with their work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 2 nmh9 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 and are loved This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "and the slaves should love them" or 2) "whom God loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-genericnoun 0 he is proud ... He has an unhealthy interest Here "he" refers to anyone in general that teaches what is not correct. To make this clear, you can translate "he" as "they" as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1TI 6 4 z2rb ἐπιστάμενος μηδὲν 1 understands nothing "understands nothing about God's truth"
|
||||
1TI 6 4 z2rb μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος 1 understands nothing "understands nothing about God's truth"
|
||||
1TI 6 4 qu86 figs-metaphor 0 He has an unhealthy interest in controversies and arguments Paul speaks of people who feel compelled to engage in useless arguments as if they were ill. Such people greatly desire to argue, and they do not really want to find a way to agree. Alternate translation: "all he wants to do is argue" or "he craves arguments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 4 i3lk 0 controversies and arguments about words that result in envy "controversies and arguments about words, and these controversies and arguments result in envy"
|
||||
1TI 6 4 xt1z λογομαχίας 1 about words "about the meaning of words"
|
||||
1TI 6 4 bjt6 ἔρις 1 strife arguments, fights
|
||||
1TI 6 4 y3mx βλασφημίαι 1 insults people falsely saying bad things about each other
|
||||
1TI 6 4 kn69 πονηραί ὑπόνοιαι 1 evil suspicions "people feeling like others want to do evil to them"
|
||||
1TI 6 4 kn69 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί 1 evil suspicions "people feeling like others want to do evil to them"
|
||||
1TI 6 5 z2d8 διεφθαρμένων τὸν νοῦν 1 depraved minds "wicked minds"
|
||||
1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-metaphor 0 They have lost the truth Here the word "They" refers to anyone who teaches anything that does not agree with the teaching of Jesus. The phrase "have lost the truth" represents ignoring it or forgetting it. Alternate translation: "They have ignored the truth" or "They have forgotten the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 q5sq 0 Now This marks a break in the teaching. Here Paul begins to contrast the kind of riches the wicked people seek through godliness ([1 Timothy 6:5](../06/05.md)) and the true kind of gain people receive through godliness. Alternate translation: "Of course"
|
||||
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας ἔστιν μέγας πορισμὸς 1 godliness with contentment is great gain The words "godliness" and "contentment" are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: "it is great gain for a person to do what is godly and to be content with what they have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 wzj1 ἔστιν μέγας πορισμὸς 1 is great gain "provides great benefits" or "does many good things for us"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 j6qv εἰσηνέγκαμεν οὐδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 brought nothing into the world "brought nothing into the world when we were born"
|
||||
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν πορισμὸς μέγας ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment is great gain The words "godliness" and "contentment" are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: "it is great gain for a person to do what is godly and to be content with what they have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 wzj1 ἔστιν πορισμὸς μέγας 1 is great gain "provides great benefits" or "does many good things for us"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 j6qv οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 brought nothing into the world "brought nothing into the world when we were born"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 jlv8 0 Neither are we able to take out anything "And we can take nothing out of the world when we die"
|
||||
1TI 6 8 lbk5 0 let us "we should"
|
||||
1TI 6 9 ij4j δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the teaching. Here Paul returns to the topic about those who think being godly will make them wealthy ([1 Timothy 6:5](../06/05.md)).
|
||||
1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor 0 to become wealthy fall into temptation, into a trap Paul speaks about those who let the temptation of money cause them to sin as if they are animals that have fallen into a hole that a hunter has used as a trap. Alternate translation: "to become wealthy will encounter more temptation than they can resist, and they will be like an animal in a trap (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 gfy7 figs-metaphor 0 They fall into many foolish and harmful passions This continues the trap metaphor. This means that their foolish and harmful passions will overcome them. Alternate translation: "And as an animal falls into a hunter's trap, they will fall into many foolish and harmful passions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 nc3i figs-metaphor 0 into whatever else makes people sink into ruin and destruction Paul speaks about those that let sin destroy them as if they are a boat that sinks under the water. Alternate translation: "into other kinds of evil that ruin and destroy people as if they were a boat sinking under the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 10 xs9d figs-metaphor γὰρ ἡ φιλαργυρία ἐστιν ῥίζα πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil Paul speaks of the cause of evil as if it were a plant root. Alternate translation: "This happens because loving money is a cause of all kinds of evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 10 xs9d figs-metaphor ῥίζα γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία 1 For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil Paul speaks of the cause of evil as if it were a plant root. Alternate translation: "This happens because loving money is a cause of all kinds of evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 10 j5z9 0 who desire it "who desire money"
|
||||
1TI 6 10 b83v figs-metaphor 0 have been misled away from the faith Paul speaks of wrong desires as if they were evil guides who intentionally guide people down the wrong path. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have let their desires lead them away from the truth" or "have stopped believing the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 10 a1fx figs-metaphor 0 have pierced themselves with much grief Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that a person uses to stab themselves. Alternate translation: "have caused themselves to be very sorrowful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 11 m5gz figs-you δέ σὺ 1 But you Here "you" is singular and refers to Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 6 11 m5gz figs-you σὺ δέ 1 But you Here "you" is singular and refers to Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 6 11 tp97 ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ 1 man of God "servant of God" or "person who belongs to God"
|
||||
1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor φεῦγε ταῦτα 1 flee from these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things that a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: "completely avoid these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor ταῦτα φεῦγε 1 flee from these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things that a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: "completely avoid these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 11 a88g ταῦτα 1 these things Possible meanings of "these things" are 1) the "love of money" or 2) the different teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money.
|
||||
1TI 6 11 zjl3 figs-metaphor 0 Pursue righteousness "Run after" or "Chase." Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after. This metaphor is the opposite of "flee from." It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: "Seek to gain" or "Do your best to act in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 12 w21p figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως 1 Fight the good fight of faith Here Paul speaks about a person continuing in faith as if they are an athlete fighting to win a contest or a warrior fighting a battle. Alternate translation: "Try your hardest to obey Christ's teachings with as much energy as an athlete uses in a contest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 13 ts65 figs-explicit 0 who gives life to all things "in the presence of God, who causes all things to live." It is implied that Paul as asking God to be his witness. Alternate translation: "with God, who causes all things to live, as my witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 13 amy1 figs-explicit 0 before Christ Jesus, who made ... Pilate "in the presence of Christ Jesus, who spoke ... Pilate." It is implied that Paul is asking Jesus to be his witness. Alternate translation: "with Christ Jesus, who spoke ... Pilate, as my witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 14 p9n9 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἀνεπίλημπτον 1 without spot or blame The word "spot" is a metaphor for moral fault. Possible meanings are 1) Jesus will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong or 2) other people will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 14 nk52 μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ ἡμῶν Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ "until our Lord Jesus Christ comes again"
|
||||
1TI 6 14 nk52 μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ "until our Lord Jesus Christ comes again"
|
||||
1TI 6 15 qh1p figs-explicit 0 God will reveal Christ's appearing It is implied that God will reveal Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will reveal Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 15 ac6y ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign "the One worthy of praise who rules over the world"
|
||||
1TI 6 16 l9i8 0 Only he has immortality "Only he has the power to live forever"
|
||||
|
|
@ -340,11 +340,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj 0 Tell the rich Here "rich" is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "Tell those who are rich" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 drj6 ἐπὶ πλούτου, ἀδηλότητι 1 in riches, which are uncertain "in the many things that they own that they may lose." The reference here is to physical objects.
|
||||
1TI 6 17 iq61 0 all the true riches "all the things that will make us truly happy." The reference here may include physical objects, but it more likely refers to states like love, joy, and peace that people try to obtain by means of physical objects.
|
||||
1TI 6 18 cii3 figs-metaphor πλουτεῖν ἐν καλοῖς ἔργοις 1 be rich in good works Paul speaks of spiritual blessings as if they were earthly wealth. Alternate translation: "serve and help others in many ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 18 cii3 figs-metaphor πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς 1 be rich in good works Paul speaks of spiritual blessings as if they were earthly wealth. Alternate translation: "serve and help others in many ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 19 zc9d figs-metaphor 0 they will store up for themselves a good foundation for what is to come Here Paul speaks about God's blessings that he gives in heaven as if they are riches that a person is storing away for later use. And, the certainty of these blessings that people will never lose is spoke of as if they were the foundation of a building. Alternate translation: "it will be as though they were storing up for themselves many things that God will give them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 19 z5ru figs-metaphor 0 take hold of real life This recalls the sports metaphor of [1 Timothy 6:12](../06/12.md), where the prize is something that the winner can actually hold in his hands. Here the "prize" is "real" life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 20 u9wd figs-activepassive 0 protect what was given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "faithfully proclaim the true message that Jesus has given to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 20 vgr8 0 Avoid the foolish talk "Do not pay attention to the foolish talk"
|
||||
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive 0 of what is falsely called knowledge This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "of what some people falsely call knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor ἠστόχησαν τὴν πίστιν 1 they have missed the faith Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Alternate translation: "they have not understood or believed the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 they have missed the faith Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Alternate translation: "they have not understood or believed the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you 0 May grace be with you "May God give grace to all of you." The "you" is plural and refers to the whole Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1690.
|
266
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
266
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
|
|
@ -2,113 +2,113 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>#### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "2 Timothy" or "Second Timothy." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "Paul's Second Letter to Timothy" or "The Second Letter to Timothy." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As "soldiers" of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>#### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God's word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God's word should be translated into all the world's languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### Singular and plural "you"<br><br>In this book, the word "I" refers to Paul. Here the word "you" is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>#### What did Paul mean by the expression "in Christ," "in the Lord," etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>#### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* "Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher" (1:11). Some older versions read, "Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles."<br>* "Warn them before God" (2:14). Some older versions read, "Warn them before the Lord."<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
|
||||
2TI 01 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy "beloved child." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Persecution<br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2TI 01 01 dcr3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word "our" refers to Paul (the writer of this letter) and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 01 ha4l 0 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 vl2g 0 through the will of God "because of God's will" or "because God wanted it to be so." Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle and not because a human being chose him.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 e1lg 0 according to Possible meanings are 1) "for the purpose of." This means that God appointed Paul to tell others about God's promise of life in Jesus or 2) "in keeping with." This means that just as God promises that Jesus gives life, by that same will God has made Paul an apostle.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 m9kv figs-metaphor 0 of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of "life" as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: "of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 rp5u 0 to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ey7g figs-metaphor 0 beloved child "dear child" or "child whom I love. Here "child" is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Paul introduced Christ to Timothy, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is like my beloved child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 w43q 0 Grace, mercy, and peace from "May you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from" or "I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from"
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 God the Father and "God, who is the Father, and." This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) Paul could be referring to God here as 1) the Father of Christ, or 2) the Father of believers.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 yp2q 0 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 tvb7 0 whom I serve from my forefathers "whom I serve as my ancestors did"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 ha9d figs-metaphor 0 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a "clean conscience" does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: "knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 03 rz7s 0 as I constantly remember you Here "remember" is used to mean "mention" or "talk about." Alternate translation: "when I mention you continually" or "while I talk about you all the time"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 pa6q figs-merism 0 night and day Here "night and day" are used together to mean "always." Alternate translation: "always" or "at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 kk82 figs-metonymy 0 I remember your tears Here "tears" represents crying. Alternate translation: "I remember how you cried for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 zc8s 0 I long to see you "I want very much to see you"
|
||||
2TI 01 04 gu8c figs-metaphor 0 I may be filled with joy Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could fill. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I may be joyful" or "I may have complete joy" or "I may rejoice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 05 rhs7 figs-activepassive 0 I have been reminded of your This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I also remember your" or "I also recall your" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 05 buc3 0 your genuine faith "your faith that is real" or "your faith that is sincere"
|
||||
2TI 01 01 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God "because of God's will" or "because God wanted it to be so." Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle and not because a human being chose him.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 e1lg κατ’ 1 according to Possible meanings are 1) "for the purpose of." This means that God appointed Paul to tell others about God's promise of life in Jesus or 2) "in keeping with." This means that just as God promises that Jesus gives life, by that same will God has made Paul an apostle.
|
||||
2TI 01 01 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of "life" as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: "of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 beloved child "dear child" or "child whom I love. Here "child" is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Paul introduced Christ to Timothy, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is like my beloved child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 w43q χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from "May you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from" or "I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from"
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ 1 God the Father and "God, who is the Father, and." This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) Paul could be referring to God here as 1) the Father of Christ, or 2) the Father of believers.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 yp2q Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 tvb7 ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my forefathers "whom I serve as my ancestors did"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a "clean conscience" does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: "knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 03 rz7s ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω ἔχω τὴν τὴν περὶ περὶ σοῦ σοῦ μνείαν μνείαν 1 as I constantly remember you Here "remember" is used to mean "mention" or "talk about." Alternate translation: "when I mention you continually" or "while I talk about you all the time"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 pa6q figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day Here "night and day" are used together to mean "always." Alternate translation: "always" or "at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 kk82 figs-metonymy μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων 1 I remember your tears Here "tears" represents crying. Alternate translation: "I remember how you cried for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 zc8s ἐπιποθῶν σε ἰδεῖν 1 I long to see you "I want very much to see you"
|
||||
2TI 01 04 gu8c figs-metaphor χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could fill. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I may be joyful" or "I may have complete joy" or "I may rejoice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 05 rhs7 figs-activepassive ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν τῆς ἐν σοὶ 1 I have been reminded of your This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I also remember your" or "I also recall your" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 05 buc3 τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 your genuine faith "your faith that is real" or "your faith that is sincere"
|
||||
2TI 01 05 vgz2 figs-metaphor 0 faith, which lived first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it lives in you also Paul is speaking of their faith as if it were something that was alive and lived in them. Paul means they have the same sort of faith. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "faith. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 05 l8wc translate-names 0 Lois ... Eunice These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 06 ngi3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to live in power, love, and discipline and not to be ashamed because of Paul's suffering in prison because of his (Paul's) faith in Christ.
|
||||
2TI 01 06 j58k 0 This is the reason "For this reason" or "Because of your sincere faith in Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 01 06 h6eq figs-metaphor 0 to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy's need to start using his gift again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: "to start using again the gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 06 i977 0 the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands "the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you." This refers to a time when Paul placed his hands on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God's Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do.
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 0 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 07 k6g7 0 discipline Possible meanings are 1) the power to control ourselves or 2) the power to correct other people who are doing wrong.
|
||||
2TI 01 08 fk9z 0 of the testimony "of testifying" or "of telling others"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 blk9 0 his prisoner "a prisoner for his sake" or "a prisoner because I testify about the Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 06 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy's need to start using his gift again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: "to start using again the gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 06 i977 τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands "the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you." This refers to a time when Paul placed his hands on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God's Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do.
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 οὐ ἔδωκεν ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 07 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 discipline Possible meanings are 1) the power to control ourselves or 2) the power to correct other people who are doing wrong.
|
||||
2TI 01 08 fk9z τὸ μαρτύριον 1 of the testimony "of testifying" or "of telling others"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner "a prisoner for his sake" or "a prisoner because I testify about the Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 ry82 figs-metaphor 0 share in suffering for the gospel Paul speaks of suffering as if it were an object that could be shared or distributed among people. Alternate translation: "suffer with me for the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 08 hi9a 0 gospel according to the power of God "gospel, allowing God to make you strong"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ld55 0 with a holy calling "with a calling that set us apart as his people" or "to be his holy people"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 hi9a εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 gospel according to the power of God "gospel, allowing God to make you strong"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ld55 κλήσει κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 with a holy calling "with a calling that set us apart as his people" or "to be his holy people"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 j8dp 0 He did this "He saved and called us"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ub31 0 not according to our works "not because we did anything to deserve it"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 kyr5 0 but according to his own plan and grace "but because he planned to show us kindness"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 pq1z 0 in Christ Jesus "through our relationship to Christ Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ub31 οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works "not because we did anything to deserve it"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 kyr5 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own plan and grace "but because he planned to show us kindness"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 pq1z ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "through our relationship to Christ Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 zq7m 0 before times ever began "before the world began" or "before time began"
|
||||
2TI 01 10 h5e5 figs-metaphor 0 God's salvation has been revealed by the appearing of our Savior Christ Jesus Paul speaks of salvation as if it were an object that could uncovered and shown to people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has shown how he will save us by sending our Savior Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 10 i7cl figs-metaphor 0 who put an end to death Paul speaks of death as if it were an independent process instead of the event of people dying. Alternate translation: "who destroyed death" or "who made it possible for people not to remain dead forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 10 i3wl figs-metaphor 0 brought life that never ends to light through the gospel Paul speaks of teaching about eternal life as if it were an object that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see it. Alternate translation: "taught what life that never ends is by preaching the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 11 tb9b figs-activepassive 0 I was appointed a preacher This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God chose me to be a preacher" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 j37g 0 For this cause "Because I am an apostle"
|
||||
2TI 01 12 y8l4 0 I also suffer these things Paul is referring to being a prisoner.
|
||||
2TI 01 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a preacher This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God chose me to be a preacher" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this cause "Because I am an apostle"
|
||||
2TI 01 12 y8l4 καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω πάσχω 1 I also suffer these things Paul is referring to being a prisoner.
|
||||
2TI 01 12 td39 0 I am persuaded "I am convinced"
|
||||
2TI 01 12 p6pi figs-metaphor 0 to keep that which I have entrusted to him Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. Possible meanings are 1) Paul is trusting Jesus to help him remain faithful, or 2) Paul is trusting that Jesus will ensure that people continue spreading the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 qcu3 figs-metonymy 0 that day This refers to the day when God judges all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 qcu3 figs-metonymy ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the day when God judges all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 13 h1qd 0 Keep the example of faithful messages that you heard from me "Keep teaching the correct ideas I have taught you" or "Use how I taught you as a pattern for what and how you should teach"
|
||||
2TI 01 13 b2ld 0 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus "as you trust in Jesus Christ and love him"
|
||||
2TI 01 14 i5g5 0 The good thing This refers to the work of proclaiming the gospel correctly.
|
||||
2TI 01 14 cb5q 0 guard it Timothy needs to be alert because people will oppose his work, try to make him stop, and distort what he says.
|
||||
2TI 01 14 a3v2 0 through the Holy Spirit "with the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
2TI 01 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor 0 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they stopped helping Paul. They abandoned Paul because the authorities had thrown him into prison. Alternate translation: "have stopped helping me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 15 x6cc translate-names 0 Phygelus and Hermogenes These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 e6hl translate-names 0 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 zz44 0 to the household "to the family"
|
||||
2TI 01 16 td1q figs-metonymy 0 was not ashamed of my chain Here "chain" is a metonym for being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: "was not ashamed that I was in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 14 i5g5 τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 The good thing This refers to the work of proclaiming the gospel correctly.
|
||||
2TI 01 14 cb5q φύλαξον 1 guard it Timothy needs to be alert because people will oppose his work, try to make him stop, and distort what he says.
|
||||
2TI 01 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit "with the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
2TI 01 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they stopped helping Paul. They abandoned Paul because the authorities had thrown him into prison. Alternate translation: "have stopped helping me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος καὶ Ἑρμογένης 1 Phygelus and Hermogenes These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 zz44 Κύριος τῷ οἴκῳ 1 to the household "to the family"
|
||||
2TI 01 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη ἐπησχύνθη 1 was not ashamed of my chain Here "chain" is a metonym for being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: "was not ashamed that I was in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 18 p3di 0 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him "May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord" or "May the Lord show him mercy"
|
||||
2TI 01 18 x2dk figs-metaphor 0 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 18 f3ep figs-metonymy 0 on that day This refers to the day when God will judge all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.<br>
|
||||
2TI 02 01 t13s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul pictures Timothy's Christian life as a soldier's life, as a farmer's life, and as an athlete's life.
|
||||
2TI 02 01 bll5 figs-metaphor 0 my child Here "child" is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is like my child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 01 e6ex figs-metaphor 0 be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks about the motivation and determination that God's grace allows believers to have. Alternate translation: "let God use the grace he gave you through your relationship to Christ Jesus to make you strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 02 ig9v 0 among many witnesses "with many witnesses there to agree that what I said is true"
|
||||
2TI 02 01 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here "child" is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is like my child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 01 e6ex figs-metaphor ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks about the motivation and determination that God's grace allows believers to have. Alternate translation: "let God use the grace he gave you through your relationship to Christ Jesus to make you strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 02 ig9v διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 among many witnesses "with many witnesses there to agree that what I said is true"
|
||||
2TI 02 02 kv1m figs-metaphor 0 entrust them to faithful people Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: "commit them" or "teach them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 03 yc1j 0 Suffer hardship with me Possible meanings are 1) "Endure suffering as I do" or 2) "Share in my suffering"
|
||||
2TI 02 03 juu2 figs-simile 0 as a good soldier of Christ Jesus Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 03 yc1j συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer hardship with me Possible meanings are 1) "Endure suffering as I do" or 2) "Share in my suffering"
|
||||
2TI 02 03 juu2 figs-simile ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Christ Jesus Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 04 a4x7 0 No soldier serves while entangled in the affairs of this life "No soldier serves when he is involved in the everyday business of this life" or "When soldiers are serving, they do not get distracted by the ordinary things that people do." Christ's servants should not allow everyday life to keep them from working for Christ.
|
||||
2TI 02 04 p7n5 figs-metaphor 0 while entangled Paul speaks of this distraction as if it were a net that tripped people up as they were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 04 d2lg 0 his superior officer "his leader" or "the one who commands him"
|
||||
2TI 02 05 d483 figs-explicit 0 as an athlete, he is not crowned unless he competes by the rules Paul is implicitly speaking of Christ's servants as if they were athletes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 05 xbn6 figs-activepassive 0 he is not crowned unless he competes by the rules This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will crown him as winner only if he competes by the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 05 lea8 0 he is not crowned "he does not win the prize." Athletes in Paul's time were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants when they won competitions.
|
||||
2TI 02 05 lea8 οὐ στεφανοῦται στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned "he does not win the prize." Athletes in Paul's time were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants when they won competitions.
|
||||
2TI 02 05 reg6 0 competes by the rules "competes according to the rules" or "strictly obeys the rules"
|
||||
2TI 02 06 wz35 figs-metaphor 0 It is necessary that the hardworking farmer receive his share of the crops first This is the third metaphor Paul gives Timothy about working. The reader should understand that Christ's servants need to work hard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 07 bdk9 0 Think about what I am saying Paul gave Timothy word pictures, but he did not completely explain their meanings. He expected Timothy to figure out what he was saying about Christ's servants.
|
||||
2TI 02 07 a22q 0 in everything "about everything"
|
||||
2TI 02 07 bdk9 νόει ὃ λέγω 1 Think about what I am saying Paul gave Timothy word pictures, but he did not completely explain their meanings. He expected Timothy to figure out what he was saying about Christ's servants.
|
||||
2TI 02 07 a22q ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything "about everything"
|
||||
2TI 02 08 rp96 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives Timothy instructions on how to live for Christ, how to suffer for Christ, and how to teach others to live for Christ.
|
||||
2TI 02 08 mh1k figs-metaphor 0 from David's seed This is a metaphor that means Jesus descended from David. Alternate translation: "who is a descendant of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 08 wt31 figs-activepassive 0 who was raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" or "whom God raised from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 02 08 s4vh figs-metonymy 0 according to my gospel message Paul speaks of the gospel message as if it were especially his. He means that this is the gospel message that he proclaims. Alternate translation: "according to the gospel message that I preach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 08 s4vh figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel message Paul speaks of the gospel message as if it were especially his. He means that this is the gospel message that he proclaims. Alternate translation: "according to the gospel message that I preach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 t2ax figs-metonymy 0 to the point of being bound with chains as a criminal Here "being chained" represents being a prisoner. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to the point of wearing chains as a criminal in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 pc6t figs-metaphor 0 the word of God is not bound Here "bound" speaks of what happens to a prisoner, and the phrase is a metaphor that means no one can stop God's message. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can put the word of God in prison" or "no one can stop the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 aa1x figs-activepassive 0 for those who are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 j2bk figs-metaphor 0 may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of salvation as if it were an object that could be physically grasped. Alternate translation: "will receive salvation from Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 el68 0 with eternal glory "and that they will be forever with him in the glorious place where he is"
|
||||
2TI 02 11 nr7u 0 This is a trustworthy saying "These are words you can trust"
|
||||
2TI 02 09 pc6t figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound Here "bound" speaks of what happens to a prisoner, and the phrase is a metaphor that means no one can stop God's message. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can put the word of God in prison" or "no one can stop the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 aa1x figs-activepassive διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for those who are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 j2bk figs-metaphor σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of salvation as if it were an object that could be physically grasped. Alternate translation: "will receive salvation from Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 el68 μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου 1 with eternal glory "and that they will be forever with him in the glorious place where he is"
|
||||
2TI 02 11 nr7u πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This is a trustworthy saying "These are words you can trust"
|
||||
2TI 02 11 g6e4 writing-poetry 0 If we have died with him, we will also live with him This is most likely the beginning of a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, you could use it here. If not, you could translate this as regular prose rather than poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
2TI 02 11 in38 0 died with him Paul uses this expression to mean that people share in Christ's death when they trust in him, deny their own wants, and obey him.
|
||||
2TI 02 11 in38 συναπεθάνομεν 1 died with him Paul uses this expression to mean that people share in Christ's death when they trust in him, deny their own wants, and obey him.
|
||||
2TI 02 13 y1wj writing-poetry 0 if we are unfaithful ... he cannot deny himself This is most likely the end of a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry you could use it here. If not, you could translate this as regular prose rather than poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
2TI 02 13 ke4w 0 if we are unfaithful "even if we fail God" or "even if we do not do what we believe God wants us to do"
|
||||
2TI 02 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful "even if we fail God" or "even if we do not do what we believe God wants us to do"
|
||||
2TI 02 13 ihd4 0 he cannot deny himself "he must always act according to his character" or "he cannot act in ways that are the opposite of his real character"
|
||||
2TI 02 14 u661 0 General Information: The word "them" may refer to "the teachers" or "the people of the church"
|
||||
2TI 02 14 r5lq figs-metaphor 0 before God Paul speaks of God's awareness of Paul as if he is in God's physical presence. This implies that God will be Timothy's witness. Alternate translation: "in God's presence" or "with God as your witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 02 14 r5lq figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul speaks of God's awareness of Paul as if he is in God's physical presence. This implies that God will be Timothy's witness. Alternate translation: "in God's presence" or "with God as your witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 02 14 g6p7 0 against quarreling about words Possible meanings are 1) "not to argue about foolish things that people say" or 2) "not to quarrel about what words mean"
|
||||
2TI 02 14 rke6 0 it is of no value "this does not benefit anyone"
|
||||
2TI 02 15 m3vy 0 to present yourself to God as one approved, a worker who has no reason to be ashamed "to present yourself to God as a person who has proven to be worthy and with no cause for shame"
|
||||
2TI 02 15 rj6y figs-metaphor 0 a worker Paul presents the idea of Timothy correctly explaining God's word as if he were a skilled workman. Alternate translation: "like a workman" or "like a worker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul presents the idea of Timothy correctly explaining God's word as if he were a skilled workman. Alternate translation: "like a workman" or "like a worker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 15 xgz9 0 accurately teaches the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "explains the message about the truth correctly" or 2) "explains the true message correctly."
|
||||
2TI 02 16 e27q figs-metaphor 0 which leads to more and more godlessness Paul speaks of this kind of talk as if it were something that could physically move to another location, and he speaks of godlessness as if it were that new location. Alternate translation: "which causes people to become more and more ungodly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 i73t figs-simile 0 Their talk will spread like cancer Cancer quickly spreads in a person's body and destroys it. This is a metaphor that means what those people were saying would spread from person to person and harm the faith of those who heard it. Alternate translation: "What they say will spread like an infectious disease" or "Their talk will spread quickly and cause destruction like cancer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 x2k6 translate-names 0 Hymenaeus and Philetus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 x2k6 translate-names Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φίλητος 1 Hymenaeus and Philetus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 fi9z figs-metaphor 0 who have gone astray from the truth Here "gone astray from the truth" is a metaphor for no longer believing or teaching what is true. Alternate translation: "who have started saying things that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 pu22 0 the resurrection has already happened "God has already raised dead believers to eternal life"
|
||||
2TI 02 18 pu22 ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι γεγονέναι 1 the resurrection has already happened "God has already raised dead believers to eternal life"
|
||||
2TI 02 18 ura5 0 they destroy the faith of some "they cause some people to stop believing"
|
||||
2TI 02 19 zp5m figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Just as precious and common containers can be used for honorable ways in a wealthy house, any person who turns to God can be used by God in honorable ways in doing good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 ir1z figs-metaphor 0 the firm foundation of God stands Possible meanings are 1) "God's truth is like a firm foundation" or 2) "God has established his people like a building on a firm foundation" or 3) "God's faithfulness is like a firm foundation." In any case, Paul speaks of this idea as if it were a building's foundation laid in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 nd7t figs-metonymy 0 who names the name of the Lord "who calls on the name of the Lord." Here "name of the Lord" refers to the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "who calls on the Lord" or "who says he is a believer in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 ir1z figs-metaphor ὁ στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν 1 the firm foundation of God stands Possible meanings are 1) "God's truth is like a firm foundation" or 2) "God has established his people like a building on a firm foundation" or 3) "God's faithfulness is like a firm foundation." In any case, Paul speaks of this idea as if it were a building's foundation laid in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 nd7t figs-metonymy ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 who names the name of the Lord "who calls on the name of the Lord." Here "name of the Lord" refers to the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "who calls on the Lord" or "who says he is a believer in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 y3bc figs-metaphor 0 depart from unrighteousness Paul speaks of unrighteousness as if it were a place from which one could leave. Alternate translation: "stop being evil" or "stop doing wrong things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 20 j75l figs-metaphor 0 containers of gold and silver ... containers of wood and clay Here "containers" is a general word for bowls, plates, and pots, which people put food or drink into or on. If your language does not have a general word, use the word for "bowls" or "pots." Paul is using this as a metaphor to describe different types of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 20 mt5e 0 honorable use ... dishonorable Possible meanings are 1) "special occasions ... ordinary times" or 2) "the kinds of activities people do in public ... the kinds of activities people do in private."
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,126 +118,126 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 21 nl5d figs-metaphor 0 He is set apart He is not set apart physically or in the sense of location, but instead to fulfill a purpose. Some versions translate this "sanctified," but the text signals the essential idea of being set apart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 h9p6 figs-metaphor 0 Flee youthful lusts Paul speaks about youthful lusts as if they are a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: "Completely avoid youthful lusts" or "Absolutely refuse to do the wrong things that young people strongly desire to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 srb7 figs-metaphor 0 Pursue righteousness Here "Pursue" means the opposite of "Flee." Paul speaks of righteousness as if it is an object that Timothy should run towards because it will do him good. Alternate translation: "Try your best to obtain righteousness" or "Seek after righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 hg99 0 with those Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants Timothy to join with other believers in pursuing righteousness, faith, love, and peace, or 2) Paul wants Timothy to be at peace and not argue with other believers.
|
||||
2TI 02 22 gl3q figs-idiom 0 those who call on the Lord Here "call on the Lord" is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: "those who worship the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 b2ti figs-metaphor 0 out of a clean heart Here "clean" is a metaphor for something pure or sincere. And, "heart" here is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Alternate translation: "with a sincere mind" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 tmf7 figs-metonymy 0 refuse foolish and ignorant questions "refuse to answer foolish and ignorant questions." Paul means that the people who ask such questions are foolish and ignorant. Alternate translation: "refuse to answer the questions that foolish people who do not want to know the truth ask" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 kh6p figs-metaphor 0 they give birth to arguments Paul speaks of ignorant questions as if they were women giving birth to children. Alternate translation: "they cause arguments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 25 un9l 0 in meekness "meekly" or "gently"
|
||||
2TI 02 22 hg99 μετὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων 1 with those Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants Timothy to join with other believers in pursuing righteousness, faith, love, and peace, or 2) Paul wants Timothy to be at peace and not argue with other believers.
|
||||
2TI 02 22 gl3q figs-idiom τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον 1 those who call on the Lord Here "call on the Lord" is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: "those who worship the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 b2ti figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καρδίας 1 out of a clean heart Here "clean" is a metaphor for something pure or sincere. And, "heart" here is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Alternate translation: "with a sincere mind" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 tmf7 figs-metonymy τὰς δὲ μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ 1 refuse foolish and ignorant questions "refuse to answer foolish and ignorant questions." Paul means that the people who ask such questions are foolish and ignorant. Alternate translation: "refuse to answer the questions that foolish people who do not want to know the truth ask" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 kh6p figs-metaphor γεννῶσι μάχας 1 they give birth to arguments Paul speaks of ignorant questions as if they were women giving birth to children. Alternate translation: "they cause arguments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 25 un9l ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in meekness "meekly" or "gently"
|
||||
2TI 02 25 u6rp 0 educate those "teach those" or "correct those"
|
||||
2TI 02 25 jt1r figs-metaphor 0 God may perhaps give them repentance Paul speaks of repentance as if it were an object that God could give people. Alternate translation: "God may give them the opportunity to repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 25 u8dy 0 for the knowledge of the truth "so that they will know the truth"
|
||||
2TI 02 25 u8dy εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας 1 for the knowledge of the truth "so that they will know the truth"
|
||||
2TI 02 26 ef3q figs-metaphor 0 They may become sober again Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. Alternate translation: "They may think correctly again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 26 mql8 figs-metaphor 0 leave the devil's trap Paul speaks of the devil's ability to convince Christians to sin as if it were a trap. Alternate translation: "stop doing what the devil wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 26 dj4j figs-metaphor 0 after they have been captured by him for his will Convincing Christians to sin is spoken of as if the devil had physically captured them and made them his slaves. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after he has deceived them into obeying his will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The "last days" could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The "last days" could also mean the Christian age, including Paul's time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
|
||||
2TI 03 01 j97t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets Timothy know that in the future people will stop believing the truth, but he should continuing trusting God's word even when he is persecuted.
|
||||
2TI 03 01 g65r 0 In the last days Possible meanings are 1) this is a time later than Paul's time. Alternate translation: "in the future just before Jesus returns" or 2) this refers to the Christian age, including Paul's time. Alternate translation: "during this period of time before the end"
|
||||
2TI 03 01 n7gs 0 difficult times These will be days, months, or even years when Christians will endure suffering and danger.
|
||||
2TI 03 02 jb27 0 lovers of themselves Here "lovers" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member, a natural human love between friends or relatives. This is not the kind of love that comes from God. Alternate translation: "self-centered"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 u3n7 0 without natural affection "not loving their own families"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 r2uv 0 unable to reconcile "not agreeing with anyone" or "not living in peace with anyone"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 ks9y 0 not lovers of good This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "haters of good"
|
||||
2TI 03 04 dw5z 0 reckless doing things either without thinking about what bad things could happen or even knowing that bad things could happen
|
||||
2TI 03 04 d6ng 0 conceited thinking they are better than other people
|
||||
2TI 03 01 n7gs καιροὶ χαλεποί 1 difficult times These will be days, months, or even years when Christians will endure suffering and danger.
|
||||
2TI 03 02 jb27 φίλαυτοι 1 lovers of themselves Here "lovers" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member, a natural human love between friends or relatives. This is not the kind of love that comes from God. Alternate translation: "self-centered"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 u3n7 ἄστοργοι 1 without natural affection "not loving their own families"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 r2uv ἄσπονδοι 1 unable to reconcile "not agreeing with anyone" or "not living in peace with anyone"
|
||||
2TI 03 03 ks9y ἀφιλάγαθοι 1 not lovers of good This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "haters of good"
|
||||
2TI 03 04 dw5z προπετεῖς 1 reckless doing things either without thinking about what bad things could happen or even knowing that bad things could happen
|
||||
2TI 03 04 d6ng τετυφωμένοι 1 conceited thinking they are better than other people
|
||||
2TI 03 05 k5dc figs-metaphor 0 They will have a shape of godliness, but they will deny its power Paul speaks of godliness, the habit of honoring God, as if it were a physical object that had a shape and had physical power. Alternate translation: "They will appear to honor God, but they way they act will show that they do not really believe in God's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 05 tpe8 0 have a shape of godliness "appear to have godliness" or "appear to honor God"
|
||||
2TI 03 05 tpe8 ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας 1 have a shape of godliness "appear to have godliness" or "appear to honor God"
|
||||
2TI 03 05 xm1c figs-metaphor 0 Turn away from these people "Turn away" here is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: "Avoid these people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 gu4b 0 enter into households and captivate "enter into houses and greatly influence"
|
||||
2TI 03 06 u9m5 0 foolish women "women who are spiritually weak." These women may be spiritually be weak because they fail to work at becoming godly or because they are idle and have many sins.
|
||||
2TI 03 06 e9ex figs-metaphor 0 who are heaped up with sins Paul speaks of the attraction of sin as if sin were heaped up on the backs of these women. Possible meanings are 1) "who sin often" or 2) "who feel terrible guilt because they continue to sin." The idea is that these men can easily influence these women because the women are unable to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 izz9 figs-metaphor 0 are led away by various desires Paul speaks about these various desires as if they could lead another person away. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they desire to sin in various ways rather than obey Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women "women who are spiritually weak." These women may be spiritually be weak because they fail to work at becoming godly or because they are idle and have many sins.
|
||||
2TI 03 06 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are heaped up with sins Paul speaks of the attraction of sin as if sin were heaped up on the backs of these women. Possible meanings are 1) "who sin often" or 2) "who feel terrible guilt because they continue to sin." The idea is that these men can easily influence these women because the women are unable to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 izz9 figs-metaphor ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 are led away by various desires Paul speaks about these various desires as if they could lead another person away. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they desire to sin in various ways rather than obey Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 m6a7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives an example of two false teachers from the time of Moses and applies it to the way people will be. Paul encourages Timothy to follow his own example and stay in God's word.
|
||||
2TI 03 08 b8el translate-names 0 Jannes and Jambres These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 b8el translate-names Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς 1 Jannes and Jambres These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 tgn8 figs-metaphor 0 stood against Paul speaks of those who argue against someone as if they were standing against them. Alternate translation: "opposed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 dc3z 0 stand against the truth "oppose the gospel of Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 03 08 g4kk 0 They are men corrupt in mind "Their minds are corrupt" or "They cannot think rightly"
|
||||
2TI 03 08 pfh1 0 and with regard to the faith they are proven to be false They have been tested in how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test. Alternate translation: "and without sincere faith" or "and they have shown that their faith is not genuine"
|
||||
2TI 03 09 c6xx figs-metaphor 0 they will not advance very far Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: "they will not have much success" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 09 mv4j 0 obvious something people can easily see
|
||||
2TI 03 09 z4fu 0 of those men "of Jannes and Jambres"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 vw42 figs-metaphor 0 you have followed my teaching Paul speaks of giving close attention to these things as if one were physically following them as they moved. Alternate translation: "you have observed my teaching" or "you have payed close attention to my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 10 wma6 0 my teaching "what I have taught you to do"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 lq3v 0 conduct the way a person lives his life
|
||||
2TI 03 10 l4pp 0 longsuffering one person being patient with those people who do things of which he does not approve
|
||||
2TI 03 08 pfh1 ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 and with regard to the faith they are proven to be false They have been tested in how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test. Alternate translation: "and without sincere faith" or "and they have shown that their faith is not genuine"
|
||||
2TI 03 09 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance very far Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: "they will not have much success" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 09 mv4j ἔκδηλος 1 obvious something people can easily see
|
||||
2TI 03 09 z4fu ἐκείνων 1 of those men "of Jannes and Jambres"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ παρηκολούθησάς μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 you have followed my teaching Paul speaks of giving close attention to these things as if one were physically following them as they moved. Alternate translation: "you have observed my teaching" or "you have payed close attention to my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 10 wma6 μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 my teaching "what I have taught you to do"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 lq3v τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 conduct the way a person lives his life
|
||||
2TI 03 10 l4pp τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ 1 longsuffering one person being patient with those people who do things of which he does not approve
|
||||
2TI 03 11 r9vk figs-metaphor 0 Out of them all, the Lord rescued me Paul speaks of God having stopped him from suffering these hardships and dangers as if God had carried him out of a physical location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 12 ke7f 0 to live in a godly manner in Christ Jesus "to live godly lives as followers of Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 03 12 xm9l figs-activepassive 0 will be persecuted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will certainly have to endure persecution" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 13 s7f2 0 impostors An imposter is a person who wants other people to think he is someone other, usually more important, than who he is.
|
||||
2TI 03 13 imc8 0 will go from bad to worse "will become even more evil"
|
||||
2TI 03 12 ke7f ζῆν εὐσεβῶς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 to live in a godly manner in Christ Jesus "to live godly lives as followers of Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 03 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will certainly have to endure persecution" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 13 s7f2 γόητες 1 impostors An imposter is a person who wants other people to think he is someone other, usually more important, than who he is.
|
||||
2TI 03 13 imc8 προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 will go from bad to worse "will become even more evil"
|
||||
2TI 03 13 eyx5 figs-metaphor 0 leading others and themselves astray Here, to lead someone astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "deceiving themselves and others" or "believing lies and teaching lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 14 ytg9 figs-metaphor 0 remain in the things that you have learned Paul speaks of biblical instruction as if it were a place that Timothy could stay in. Alternate translation: "do not forget what you learned" or "continue doing what you have learned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 15 w9l5 figs-personification 0 the sacred writings. These are able to make you wise for salvation through faith in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of the sacred writings as if they were a person who could make someone else wise. Alternate translation: "that when you read the word of God, you can become wise so as to receive salvation from Christ Jesus by faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2TI 03 16 s274 figs-activepassive 0 All scripture has been inspired by God Some Bibles translate this as "All scripture is God-breathed." This means God produced the scripture through his Spirit by telling people what to write. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has spoken all scripture by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 16 uv35 0 It is profitable "It is useful" or "It is beneficial"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 vl2n 0 for conviction "for pointing out errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 e5h9 0 for correction "for fixing errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 y1hf 0 for training in righteousness "for training people to be righteous"
|
||||
2TI 03 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations 0 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 03 17 uu7i 0 may be competent, equipped "may be completely prepared"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 e5h9 πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction "for fixing errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 y1hf πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness "for training people to be righteous"
|
||||
2TI 03 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 03 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ, ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped "may be completely prepared"
|
||||
2TI 04 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "I give this solemn command"<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.<br>
|
||||
2TI 04 01 t68n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind Timothy to be faithful and that he, Paul, is ready to die.
|
||||
2TI 04 01 cb15 figs-explicit 0 this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus "this solemn command in the presence of God and Christ Jesus." It is implied that God and Jesus will be Paul's witnesses. Alternate translation: "this solemn command having as my witnesses God and Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 04 01 eh3x 0 solemn command "serious command"
|
||||
2TI 04 01 u32g figs-merism 0 the living and the dead Here "the living" and "the dead" are used together to mean all people. Alternate translation: "all people who have ever lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 04 01 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Here "the living" and "the dead" are used together to mean all people. Alternate translation: "all people who have ever lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 04 01 lwt2 figs-metonymy 0 the dead, and because of his appearing and his kingdom Here "kingdom" stands for Christ's rule as king. Alternate translation: "the dead when he returns to rule as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 02 j2z7 figs-metonymy 0 the word "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 02 j2z7 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 02 zzh4 figs-ellipsis 0 when it is not Here the word "convenient" is understood. Alternate translation: "when it is not convenient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 04 02 g7ax 0 Reprove tell someone he is guilty of doing wrong
|
||||
2TI 04 02 u1yc 0 exhort, with all patience and teaching "exhort, and teach the people, and always be patient with them"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 jv7a 0 For the time will come when "Because at some time in the future"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 ilx7 0 people The context indicates that these will be people who are a part of the community of believers.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 u2cc 0 will not endure sound teaching "will no longer want to listen to sound teaching"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 fyl3 0 sound teaching This means the teaching that is true and correct, according to God's word.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 e5t2 figs-metaphor 0 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of people obtaining many teachers as if it were putting them into a heap or pile. Alternate translation: "they will listen to many teachers who assure them that there is nothing wrong with their sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 02 u1yc παρακάλεσον, ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 exhort, with all patience and teaching "exhort, and teach the people, and always be patient with them"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 jv7a ἔσται γὰρ καιρὸς ὅτε 1 For the time will come when "Because at some time in the future"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 ilx7 ἀνέξονται 1 people The context indicates that these will be people who are a part of the community of believers.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 u2cc τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας οὐκ ἀνέξονται ἀνέξονται 1 will not endure sound teaching "will no longer want to listen to sound teaching"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 fyl3 τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας 1 sound teaching This means the teaching that is true and correct, according to God's word.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of people obtaining many teachers as if it were putting them into a heap or pile. Alternate translation: "they will listen to many teachers who assure them that there is nothing wrong with their sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 03 s375 figs-idiom 0 who say what their itching ears want to hear Paul speaks of people strongly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be satisfied if teachers taught them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: "who say only what they want so much to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 rh2i figs-metaphor 0 They will turn their hearing away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning away so they cannot hear. Alternate translation: "They will no longer pay attention to the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 xrv7 figs-metaphor 0 they will turn aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if they were physically turning towards them to listen. Alternate translation: "they will pay attention to teachings that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor 0 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 tv3k 0 the work of an evangelist This means to tell people about who Jesus is, what he did for them, and how they are to live for him.
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor 0 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε- νῆφε 1 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 tv3k ἔργον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the work of an evangelist This means to tell people about who Jesus is, what he did for them, and how they are to live for him.
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἤδη σπένδομαι σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 06 fb7l figs-euphemism 0 The time of my departure has come Here "departure" is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: "Soon I will die and leave this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 d9ts figs-metaphor 0 I have competed in the good contest Paul speaks of his hard work as if he had been an athlete competing for a prize. Alternate translation: "I have done my best" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 kq83 figs-metaphor 0 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: "I have completed what I needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 vk2p figs-metaphor 0 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of his trust in Christ and his obedience to God as if they were a valuable object that he kept in his possession. Possible meanings are 1) "I have been faithful in doing my ministry" or 2) "I have kept the teachings about what we believe from any error" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have competed in the good contest Paul speaks of his hard work as if he had been an athlete competing for a prize. Alternate translation: "I have done my best" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: "I have completed what I needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of his trust in Christ and his obedience to God as if they were a valuable object that he kept in his possession. Possible meanings are 1) "I have been faithful in doing my ministry" or 2) "I have kept the teachings about what we believe from any error" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 ujg5 figs-activepassive 0 The crown of righteousness has been reserved for me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 hg8i figs-metaphor 0 crown of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the crown is the prize that God gives to people who have lived the right way or 2) the crown is a metaphor for righteousness. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 dwn6 0 crown a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests
|
||||
2TI 04 08 n3k8 0 on that day "on the day when the Lord comes again" or "on the day when God judges people"
|
||||
2TI 04 08 uh88 figs-pastforfuture 0 but also to all those who have loved his appearing Paul speaks about this event as if it has already happened. It can be stated as a future event. Alternate translation: "but also he will give it to those who are eagerly waiting for him to return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 crown of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the crown is the prize that God gives to people who have lived the right way or 2) the crown is a metaphor for righteousness. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 dwn6 στέφανος 1 crown a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests
|
||||
2TI 04 08 n3k8 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day "on the day when the Lord comes again" or "on the day when God judges people"
|
||||
2TI 04 08 uh88 figs-pastforfuture ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 but also to all those who have loved his appearing Paul speaks about this event as if it has already happened. It can be stated as a future event. Alternate translation: "but also he will give it to those who are eagerly waiting for him to return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
2TI 04 09 s7xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks of specific people and how they behaved, of God's work for and to him, and then closes with greetings to and from certain people.
|
||||
2TI 04 09 t8b7 0 come ... quickly "come ... as soon as possible"
|
||||
2TI 04 10 e4xx translate-names 0 Demas ... Crescens ... Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 10 ji2l figs-metonymy 0 this present world Here "world" refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Possible meanings are 1) he loves the temporary comforts of this world or 2) he is afraid he will die if he remains with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 10 u2qb 0 Crescens went ... and Titus went These two men had left Paul, but Paul is not saying that they also "love this present world" like Demas.
|
||||
2TI 04 10 gs61 translate-names 0 Dalmatia This is the name of a land region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 10 gs61 translate-names Δαλματίαν 1 Dalmatia This is the name of a land region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 11 w21u 0 he is useful to me in the work Possible meanings are 1) "he can help me in the ministry" or 2) "he can help me by serving me."
|
||||
2TI 04 13 d5rw 0 cloak a heavy garment worn over clothes
|
||||
2TI 04 13 v9b6 translate-names 0 Carpus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 13 k6tj 0 the books This refers to scrolls. A scroll was a type of book made of one long sheet of papyrus or leather. After writing on a scroll or reading it, people rolled it up using rods on the ends
|
||||
2TI 04 13 e395 figs-explicit 0 especially the parchments This may refer to a specific type of scroll. Alternate translation: "especially those made from animal skins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 04 13 d5rw φελόνην 1 cloak a heavy garment worn over clothes
|
||||
2TI 04 13 v9b6 translate-names Κάρπῳ 1 Carpus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 13 k6tj τὰ βιβλία 1 the books This refers to scrolls. A scroll was a type of book made of one long sheet of papyrus or leather. After writing on a scroll or reading it, people rolled it up using rods on the ends
|
||||
2TI 04 13 e395 figs-explicit μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας 1 especially the parchments This may refer to a specific type of scroll. Alternate translation: "especially those made from animal skins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 un4v 0 Alexander the coppersmith displayed "Alexander, who works with metal, displayed"
|
||||
2TI 04 14 kv94 translate-names 0 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 kv94 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 jv63 figs-metaphor 0 displayed many evil deeds against me Paul speaks of doing evil deeds as if they were put on display. Alternate translation: "did many evil things to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 wbx4 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord will repay him according to his deeds Paul speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish him for what he has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 wbx4 figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 The Lord will repay him according to his deeds Paul speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish him for what he has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 14 xrj6 0 him ... his Alexander
|
||||
2TI 04 15 jq91 0 him ... he Alexander.
|
||||
2TI 04 15 i4aj figs-metonymy 0 opposed our words Here "words" refers to a message or teaching. Alternate translation: "opposed the message that we teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 16 v847 0 At my first defense "When I first appeared in court and explained my actions"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 f2c3 0 no one stood with me "no one stayed with me and helped me"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 rm2t figs-activepassive 0 May it not be counted against them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God not count it against them" or "I pray that God does not punish those believers for leaving me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 opposed our words Here "words" refers to a message or teaching. Alternate translation: "opposed the message that we teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense "When I first appeared in court and explained my actions"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one stood with me "no one stayed with me and helped me"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God not count it against them" or "I pray that God does not punish those believers for leaving me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 t1fw figs-metaphor 0 the Lord stood by me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: "the Lord helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 y69m figs-activepassive 0 so that, through me, the message might be fully proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that I was able to speak all of the Lord's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor 0 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ λέοντος' στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 n4zc figs-metonymy 0 house of Onesiphorus Here "house" stands for the people who live there. Alternate translation: "family of Onesiphorus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 mef8 0 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [2 Timothy 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2TI 04 19 mef8 Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [2 Timothy 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2TI 04 20 lie9 translate-names 0 Erastus ... Trophimus These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 20 wp9h translate-names 0 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 20 wp9h translate-names Μιλήτῳ 1 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 p7px translate-names 0 Eubulus ... Pudens, Linus These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 cvc7 0 Do your best to come "Make a way to come"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 eh95 0 before winter "before the cold season"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 cvc7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 Do your best to come "Make a way to come"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 eh95 πρὸ χειμῶνος 1 before winter "before the cold season"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 z1j9 0 greets you, also Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the brothers This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "greets you. Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the brothers also greet you"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 er77 translate-names 0 Claudia This is a female name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 er77 translate-names Κλαυδία 1 Claudia This is a female name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 mk26 figs-gendernotations 0 all the brothers Here "brothers" means all believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all the believers here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 04 22 tx26 figs-you 0 May the Lord be with your spirit "I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong." Here "you" is singular and refers to Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TI 04 22 k85y figs-you 0 May grace be with you "I pray that the Lord shows his grace to all of you there." Here "you" is plural and refers to all the believers there with Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1503.
|
|
|
@ -3,23 +3,23 @@ TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br>## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Should, may, must<br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.<br>
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 κατὰ πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 for the faith of to strengthen the faith of
|
||||
TIT 1 1 fyf8 τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness "that is suitable for honoring God"
|
||||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ αἰωνίων χρόνων 1 before all the ages of time "before time began"
|
||||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time "before time began"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 At the right time "At the proper time"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God's message as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: "He caused me to understand his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ ἐπιστεύθην 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος 1 God our Savior "God, who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor τέκνῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul's biological son, they share a common faith in Christ. Thus, in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. Alternate translation: "you are like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God's message as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: "He caused me to understand his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ἐπιστεύθην ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "God, who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul's biological son, they share a common faith in Christ. Thus, in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. Alternate translation: "you are like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul expresses the same faith in Christ that they both share. Alternate translation: "the teachings that we both believe"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "May you experience kindness and peace within" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος 1 Christ Jesus our Savior "Christ Jesus who is our Savior"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior "Christ Jesus who is our Savior"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 ew8h τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose "This is the reason"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete "I told you to stay in Crete"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ τὰ λείποντα 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete "so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete "so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 b52u καταστήσῃς πρεσβυτέρους 1 ordain elders "appoint elders" or "designate elders"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul gives the requirements for elders.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος, ἀνήρ 1 An elder must be without blame, the husband To be "without blame" is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: "An elder must not have a bad reputation and must be the husband"
|
||||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit ἀνήρ μιᾶς γυναικὸς 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. It may also imply that he does not commit adultery and that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: "a man who has only one woman" or "a man who is faithful to his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. It may also imply that he does not commit adultery and that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: "a man who has only one woman" or "a man who is faithful to his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα ἔχων πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are 1) children who believe in Jesus or 2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x ἐπίσκοπον 1 overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as "elder" in 1:6.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 God's household manager Paul speaks of the church as if it were God's household and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing the household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler "not one who is violent" or "
|
|||
TIT 1 8 i549 ἀλλὰ 1 Instead Paul is changing his argument from what an elder is not to be to what an elder is to be.
|
||||
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good "a person who loves what is good"
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one's hands. Alternate translation: "be devoted to" or "know well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 good teaching He must teach what is true about God and other spiritual matters.
|
||||
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 good teaching He must teach what is true about God and other spiritual matters.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God's word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God's word and warns him about false teachers.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 w9kk ἀνυπότακτοι 1 rebellious people These are rebellious people who oppose Paul's gospel message.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 ga6n figs-metaphor ματαιολόγοι καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers This phrase describes the rebellious people mentioned in the previous phrase. Here "empty" is a metaphor for useless, and "empty talkers" are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: "people who say useless things and deceive others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision This refers to the Christian Jews who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 1 11 f4iy δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν οὓς 1 It is necessary to stop them "They must be prevented from spreading their teachings" or "They must be stopped from influencing others by their words"
|
||||
TIT 1 11 tw4e ἃ δεῖ μὴ 1 what they should not teach These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 at7c χάριν αἰσχροῦ κέρδους 1 for shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ἀνατρέπουσιν ὅλους οἴκους 1 are upsetting whole families "are ruining whole families." The issue was that they were upsetting families by destroying their faith. This may have caused the members of the families to argue with one another.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them "They must be prevented from spreading their teachings" or "They must be stopped from influencing others by their words"
|
||||
TIT 1 11 tw4e ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 what they should not teach These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 are upsetting whole families "are ruining whole families." The issue was that they were upsetting families by destroying their faith. This may have caused the members of the families to argue with one another.
|
||||
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets "A prophet from Crete itself" or "A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet"
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ψεῦσται ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars "Cretans lie all the time." This is an exaggeration that means many Cretans lie a lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars "Cretans lie all the time." This is an exaggeration that means many Cretans lie a lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 Therefore, correct them severely "You must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them"
|
||||
TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith "so they will have a healthy faith" or "so their faith may be true"
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,32 +47,32 @@ TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθει
|
|||
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure, all things are pure "If people are pure on the inside, everything they do will be pure"
|
||||
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure "To those who are acceptable to God"
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 1 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: "if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 16 i3l2 ἀρνοῦνται τοῖς ἔργοις 1 they deny him by their actions "how they live proves that they do not know him"
|
||||
TIT 1 16 ja47 ὄντες βδελυκτοὶ 1 They are detestable "They are disgusting"
|
||||
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions "how they live proves that they do not know him"
|
||||
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable "They are disgusting"
|
||||
TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Titus 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>##### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.<br>
|
||||
TIT 2 1 lfu1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God's word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
|
||||
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit δὲ σὺ, λάλει ἃ πρέπει 1 But you, speak what fits Paul implies what is in contrast. Alternate translation: "But you, Titus, in contrast with the false teachers, be sure to say those things that fit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ, λάλει ἃ πρέπει 1 But you, speak what fits Paul implies what is in contrast. Alternate translation: "But you, Titus, in contrast with the false teachers, be sure to say those things that fit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with faithful instruction "with sound doctrine" or "with correct teachings"
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xc6t εἶναι νηφαλίους 1 to be temperate "to be sober-minded" or "to be self-controlled"
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους εἶναι 1 to be temperate "to be sober-minded" or "to be self-controlled"
|
||||
TIT 2 2 y3j2 Εἶναι ... σώφρονας 1 to be ... sensible "to ... control their desires"
|
||||
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 sound in faith, in love, and in perseverance Here the word "sound" means to be firm and unwavering. The abstract nouns "faith," "love," and "perseverance" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "and they must firmly believe the true teachings about God, truly love others, and continually serve God even when things are difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 gl8e ἐν καταστήματι πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Teach older women likewise "In the same way, teach older women" or "Also teach older women"
|
||||
TIT 2 3 gl8e πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι 1 Teach older women likewise "In the same way, teach older women" or "Also teach older women"
|
||||
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor μηδὲ δεδουλωμένας οἴνῳ πολλῷ οἴνῳ 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-activepassive ἵνα τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ λόγος βλασφημῆται μὴ βλασφημῆται 1 so that God's word may not be insulted "Word" here is a metonym for "message," which in turn is a metonym for God himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that no one insults God's word" or "so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor μηδὲ οἴνῳ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ τοῦ' Θεοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται βλασφημῆται 1 so that God's word may not be insulted "Word" here is a metonym for "message," which in turn is a metonym for God himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that no one insults God's word" or "so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men like he was to train the older people.
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u παρεχόμενος σεαυτὸν τύπον 1 present yourself as "show yourself to be"
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον 1 present yourself as "show yourself to be"
|
||||
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 an example of good works "an example of one who does right and proper things"
|
||||
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that anyone who opposes you may be ashamed This presents an imaginary situation where someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: "so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed" or "so that if people oppose you, they may be ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters "their own masters"
|
||||
TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything "in every situation" or "always"
|
||||
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 please them "make their masters happy" or "satisfy their masters"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 t87j ἐνδεικνυμένους πᾶσαν ἀγαθήν πίστιν 1 demonstrate all good faith "show that they are worthy of their masters' trust"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 demonstrate all good faith "show that they are worthy of their masters' trust"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way "in everything they do"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy κοσμῶσιν τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος 1 God our Savior "our God who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "our God who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus' coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
|
||||
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπεφάνη 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who goes to other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who goes to other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 trains us Paul speaks of the grace of God ([Titus 2:11] (./11.md)) as if it were a person who goes to other people and trains them to live holy lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 lxb3 παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς, ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 trains us to reject godlessness "teaches us not to dishonor God"
|
||||
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions "strong desires for the things of this world" or "strong desires for sinful pleasures"
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,35 +81,35 @@ TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 we look forward to receiving "we wai
|
|||
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our blessed hope, the appearance of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here "glory" represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: "the good thing for which we hope, that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: "gave himself to die for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον λαὸν 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 are eager "have a strong desire"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 give correction with all authority This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y περιφρονείτω μηδείς 1 Let no one "Do not allow anyone to"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit περιφρονείτω σου 1 disregard you This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "refuse to listen to your words" or "refuse to respect you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one "Do not allow anyone to"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 disregard you This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "refuse to listen to your words" or "refuse to respect you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person's ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron.<br>
|
||||
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit "Tell our people again what they already know, to submit" or "Keep reminding them to submit"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 w3fy ὑποτάσσεσθαι ἀρχαῖς ἐξουσίαις, πειθαρχεῖν 1 submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them "do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them "do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 wa9x ἀρχαῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and are used together to include everyone who holds authority in the government.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 in7u εἶναι ἑτοίμους πρὸς πᾶν ἀγαθὸν ἔργον 1 be ready for every good work "be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work "be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity"
|
||||
TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile "to speak evil of"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 m9zd γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we ourselves "This is because we ourselves were once"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε καὶ 1 once "formerly" or "at some time" or "previously"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 bl8e ἡμεῖς 1 we ourselves "even we" or "we also"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν ἀνόητοι 1 were thoughtless "were foolish" or "were unwise"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι δουλεύοντες ποικίλαις ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray" or "We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray" or "We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions "lusts" or "desires"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 dec4 figs-hendiadys διάγοντες ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ 1 We lived in evil and envy Here "evil" and "envy" are similar words for sin. Alternate translation: "We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 dec4 figs-hendiadys ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here "evil" and "envy" are similar words for sin. Alternate translation: "We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 We were detestable "We caused others to hate us"
|
||||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε ἡ χρηστότης τοῦ Σωτῆρος Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God's kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God's kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy "because he had mercy on us"
|
||||
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 washing of new birth Paul is probably speaking of God's forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν πλουσίως ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ ἡμῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ "when Jesus saved us"
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ "when Jesus saved us"
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "since God has declared us to be without sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor γενηθῶμεν κληρονόμοι κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This refers to God giving the believers the Holy Spirit through Jesus in [Titus 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν προΐστασθαι καλῶν ἔργων 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works "may seek to do good works"
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works "may seek to do good works"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 tzh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
|
||||
TIT 3 9 j1hf δὲ περιΐστασο 1 But avoid "So avoid" or "Therefore, avoid"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xnf9 μωρὰς ζητήσεις 1 foolish debates "arguments concerning unimportant matters"
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 Our people Paul is referring to the bel
|
|||
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 that provide for urgent needs "that enable them to help people who need important things immediately"
|
||||
TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-doublenegatives εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 needs, and so not be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. This double negative means they should be fruitful or productive. Alternate translation: "needs; in this way they will be fruitful" or "needs, and so they will do good works" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
|
||||
TIT 3 15 k1sa πάντες οἱ μετ’ 1 All those "All the people"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ πάντες 1 All those "All the people"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are 1) "the believers who love us" or 2) "the believers who love us because we share the same belief."
|
||||
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: "May God's grace be with you" or "I ask that God will be gracious to all of you"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: "May God's grace be with you" or "I ask that God will be gracious to all of you"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1186.
|
|
|
@ -1,62 +1,62 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>#### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "Philemon." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "Paul's Letter to Philemon" or "The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>#### What does Paul mean by the expression "in Christ," "in the Lord," etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### Singular and plural "you"<br><br>In this book, the word "I" refers to Paul. The word "you" is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There "you" refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br>
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon's house. All instances of "I," "me," and "my" refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of "you" and "your" refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Τιμόθεος Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: "I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive , Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: "I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus "a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus." People who opposed Paul's preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sv3p ἀδελφὸς 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν τῷ ἀγαπητῷ 1 our dear friend The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive τῷ ἀγαπητῷ ἡμῶν 1 our dear friend The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ 1 and fellow worker "who, like us, works to spread the gospel"
|
||||
PHM 1 2 e8su figs-exclusive 0 our sister ... our fellow soldier The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Apphia our sister Here "sister" means she was a believer, and not a relative. Alternate translation: "Apphia our fellow believer" or "Apphia our spiritual sister" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Archippus This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor ἡμῶν τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: "our fellow spiritual warrior" or "who also fights the spiritual battle with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: "our fellow spiritual warrior" or "who also fights the spiritual battle with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 r4nq 0 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ "May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace." This is a blessing.
|
||||
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-inclusive Θεοῦ ἡμῶν Πατρὸς 1 God our Father The word "our" here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἡμῶν Πατρὸς 1 our Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-inclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word "our" here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 6 t54l ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου τῆς πίστεώς 1 that the fellowship of your faith "that your working together with us"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 pxw1 γένηται ἐνεργὴς ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 be effective for the knowledge of everything good "result in knowing what is good"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 t54l ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς τῆς πίστεώς πίστεώς σου 1 that the fellowship of your faith "that your working together with us"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 be effective for the knowledge of everything good "result in knowing what is good"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ "because of Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the hearts of the saints have been refreshed by you Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions or inner being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you have encouraged believers" or "you have helped the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 m5ip σοῦ, ἀδελφέ 1 you, brother "you, dear brother" or "you, dear friend." Paul called Philemon "brother" because they were both believers and he emphasizing their friendship.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 ayy1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his plea and the reason for his letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 all the boldness in Christ Possible meanings are 1) "authority because of Christ" or 2) "courage because of Christ." Alternate translation: "courage because Christ has given me authority"
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 all the boldness in Christ Possible meanings are 1) "authority because of Christ" or 2) "courage because of Christ." Alternate translation: "courage because Christ has given me authority"
|
||||
PHM 1 9 l9fh διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 yet because of love Possible meanings: 1) "because I know that you love God's people" 2) "because you love me" or 3) "because I love you"
|
||||
PHM 1 10 lsr6 0 General Information: Onesimus is the name of a man. He was apparently Philemon's slave and had stolen something and ran away.
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου Ὀνήσιμον 1 my child Onesimus "my son Onesimus." Paul speaks of the way he is friends with Onesimus as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul's actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son Onesimus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 dj9h translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 Onesimus The name "Onesimus" means "profitable" or "useful." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 whom I have fathered in my chains Here "fathered" is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: "who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains" or "who became like a son to me while I was in my chains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 nx1p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in my chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I was in prison ... while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ἀνέπεμψά ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I have sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I have sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metonymy αὐτόν τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 who is my very heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. The phrase "who is my very heart" is a metaphor for loving someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: "whom I love dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα διακονῇ μοι ὑπὲρ σοῦ 1 so he could serve me for you "so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me" or "so that he could help me in your place"
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 so he could serve me for you "so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me" or "so that he could help me in your place"
|
||||
PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 while I am in chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 iwa8 figs-explicit τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the sake of the gospel Paul was in prison because he preached the gospel publicly. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "because I preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives δὲ ἠθέλησα οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι οὐδὲν χωρὶς τῆς σῆς γνώμης 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς σου τὸ ἀγαθόν ᾖ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will "I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it, but because you wanted to do it"
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης οὐδὲν οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will "I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it, but because you wanted to do it"
|
||||
PHM 1 14 ngg8 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 but from good will "but because you freely chose to do the right thing"
|
||||
PHM 1 15 q1dr figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 Perhaps for this he was separated from you for a time, so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Perhaps the reason God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 fp5v πρὸς ὥραν 1 for a time "during this time"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 l3e4 ὑπὲρ δοῦλον 1 better than a slave "more valuable than a slave"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν ἀδελφὸν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f38v πόσῳ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ 1 much more so to you "he means even more to you"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 yub9 figs-metaphor ἐν καὶ σαρκὶ 1 in both the flesh "both as a man." Paul is referring to Onesimus' being a trustworthy servant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 yub9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in both the flesh "both as a man." Paul is referring to Onesimus' being a trustworthy servant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 scj1 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord "as a brother in the Lord" or "because he belongs to the Lord"
|
||||
PHM 1 17 e1j2 0 if you have me as a partner "if you think of me as a fellow worker for Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 18 u5m1 ἐλλόγα τοῦτο ἐμοὶ 1 charge that to me "say that I am the one who owes you"
|
||||
PHM 1 18 u5m1 τοῦτο ἐμοὶ ἐλλόγα 1 charge that to me "say that I am the one who owes you"
|
||||
PHM 1 19 wb53 ἐγὼ, Παῦλος, ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 I, Paul, write this with my own hand "I, Paul, write this myself." Paul wrote this part with his own hand so that Philemon would know that the words were really from Paul. Paul really would pay him.
|
||||
PHM 1 19 gn6c figs-irony ἵνα μὴ λέγω σοι 1 not to mention "I do not need to remind you" or "You already know." Paul says he does not need to tell Philemon this, but then continues to tell him anyway. This emphasizes the truth of what Paul is telling him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHM 1 19 st7e figs-explicit προσοφείλεις μοι καὶ σεαυτόν 1 you owe me your own self "you owe me your own life." Paul was implying that Philemon should not say that Onesimus or Paul owed him anything because Philemon owed Paul even more. The reason Philemon owed Paul his life can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "you owe me much because I saved your life" or "you owe me your own life because what I told you saved your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 19 st7e figs-explicit καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις 1 you owe me your own self "you owe me your own life." Paul was implying that Philemon should not say that Onesimus or Paul owed him anything because Philemon owed Paul even more. The reason Philemon owed Paul his life can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "you owe me much because I saved your life" or "you owe me your own life because what I told you saved your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 j8lh figs-metaphor ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν Χριστῷ 1 refresh my heart in Christ Here "refresh" is a metaphor for comfort or encourage. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's feelings, thoughts, or inner being. How Paul wanted Philemon refresh his heart can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "encourage me in Christ" or "comfort me in Christ" or "refresh my heart in Christ by accepting Onesimus kindly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 am1e figs-you 0 General Information: Here the words "your" and "you" are plural and refer to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 xpn6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter and gives a blessing on Philemon and the believers that met for church in Philemon's house.
|
||||
PHM 1 21 g6fx πεποιθὼς σου τῇ ὑπακοῇ 1 Confident about your obedience "Because I am sure that you will do what I ask"
|
||||
PHM 1 21 g6fx πεποιθὼς τῇ ὑπακοῇ σου 1 Confident about your obedience "Because I am sure that you will do what I ask"
|
||||
PHM 1 22 bx62 ἅμα δὲ καὶ 1 At the same time "Also"
|
||||
PHM 1 22 akw1 ἑτοίμαζέ ξενίαν μοι 1 prepare a guest room for me "make a room in your house ready for me." Paul asked Philemon to do this for him.
|
||||
PHM 1 22 akw1 ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν 1 prepare a guest room for me "make a room in your house ready for me." Paul asked Philemon to do this for him.
|
||||
PHM 1 22 ctr4 χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you "those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can go to you."
|
||||
PHM 1 23 x2d8 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras This is a fellow believer and prisoner with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 23 khx1 μου ὁ συναιχμάλωτός ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus "who is in prison with me because he serves Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 si6p Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, μου οἱ συνεργοί 1 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers "Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers, also greet you"
|
||||
PHM 1 23 khx1 ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus "who is in prison with me because he serves Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 si6p , Μᾶρκος,,, Ἀρίσταρχος Δημᾶς Λουκᾶς οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers "Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers, also greet you"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 i5gc translate-names Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, 1 Mark ... Aristarchus ... Demas ... Luke These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 gf6e μου οἱ συνεργοί 1 my fellow workers "the men who work with me" or "who all work with me."
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ ὑμῶν τοῦ πνεύματος 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 gf6e οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 my fellow workers "the men who work with me" or "who all work with me."
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1432.
|
532
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
532
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
|
|
@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews<br>## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is more important to us than the angels are.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:5, 7-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>##### "Our ancestors"<br><br>The writer wrote this letter to Christians who had grown up as Jews. This is why the letter is called "Hebrews."<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of proving Jesus is better than the angels. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that God's Son is more important than any of the angels.<br><br>##### Poetry<br><br>Jewish teachers, like the Old Testament prophets, would put their most important teachings in the form of poetry so that the hearers would be able to learn and remember them.<br>
|
||||
HEB 1 1 c5f3 0 General Information: Although this letter does not mention the recipients to whom it was sent, the author wrote particularly to Hebrews (Jews), who would have understood the many Old Testament references.
|
||||
HEB 1 1 c5f3 0 General Information: This prologue lays the background for the whole book: the unsurpassing greatness of the Son — the Son is greater than all. The book begins with emphasizing that the Son is better than the prophets and the angels.
|
||||
HEB 1 2 scr8 ἐπ’ τούτων ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in these last days "in these final days." This phrase refers to the time when Jesus began his ministry, extending until God establishes his complete rule in his creation.
|
||||
HEB 1 2 scr8 ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων 1 in these last days "in these final days." This phrase refers to the time when Jesus began his ministry, extending until God establishes his complete rule in his creation.
|
||||
HEB 1 2 d386 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 through a Son "Son" here is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 2 i93z figs-metaphor 0 to be the heir of all things The author speaks of the Son as if he will inherit wealth and property from his Father. Alternate translation: "to possess all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 2 gqj8 0 It is through him that God also made the universe "It is through the Son that God also made all things"
|
||||
HEB 1 3 hn4q 0 the brightness of God's glory "the light of his glory." God's glory is associated with a very bright light. The author is saying that the Son embodies that light and fully represents God's glory.
|
||||
HEB 1 3 b7jc τῆς δόξης, χαρακτὴρ τῆς αὐτοῦ ὑποστάσεως 1 glory, the exact representation of his being "glory, the image of God's being." The "the exact representation of his being" is similar in meaning to "the brightness of God's glory." The Son embodies the character and essence of God and fully represents everything that God is. Alternate translation: "glory and is just like God" or "glory, and what is true about God is true about the Son"
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 the word of his power "his powerful word." Here "word" refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: "his powerful command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 b7jc τῆς δόξης, χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 glory, the exact representation of his being "glory, the image of God's being." The "the exact representation of his being" is similar in meaning to "the brightness of God's glory." The Son embodies the character and essence of God and fully represents everything that God is. Alternate translation: "glory and is just like God" or "glory, and what is true about God is true about the Son"
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς τῆς δυνάμεως δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power "his powerful word." Here "word" refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: "his powerful command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 l1pg figs-abstractnouns 0 After he had made cleansing for sins The abstract noun "cleansing" can be expressed as a verb: "making clean." Alternate translation: "After he had finished making us clean from sins" or "After he had finished purifying us from our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor ποιησάμενος καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: "he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: "he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 xij7 translate:translate_symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the Majesty on high" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here "Majesty" refers to God. Alternate translation: "God Most High" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my son) comes from the Psalms. The prophet Samuel wrote the second one (I will be a father to him). All occurrences of "he" refer to Jesus, the Son. The word "You" refers to Jesus, and the words "I" and "me" refer to God the Father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,28 +23,28 @@ HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism 0 You are my son ... I have become your father Th
|
|||
HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, "All God's angels ... him," comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, "He is the one who makes ... fire," is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the "firstborn" to emphasize the Son's importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: "his honored Son, his only Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 6 n7ph λέγει 1 he says "God says"
|
||||
HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἀγγέλους πνεύματα, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς φλόγα πυρὸς 1 He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire Possible meanings are 1) "God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire" or 2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for "angel" is the same as "messenger," and the word for "spirits" is the same as "wind." With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor , ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire Possible meanings are 1) "God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire" or 2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for "angel" is the same as "messenger," and the word for "spirits" is the same as "wind." With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 vl1n 0 General Information: This scriptual quotation comes from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 8 p1xx 0 But to the Son he says "But God says this to the Son"
|
||||
HEB 1 8 b155 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 ewm4 figs-metonymy 0 Your throne, God, is forever and ever The Son's throne represents his rule. Alternate translation: "You are God, and your reign will last forever and ever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 k4cf figs-metonymy 0 The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice Here "scepter" refers to the Son's rule. Alternate translation: "And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε ἔλαιον τοὺς ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ σου μετόχους 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here "oil of joy" refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: "has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε ἔλαιον ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here "oil of joy" refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: "has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 nsd4 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 zp5r 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues explaining that Jesus is superior to the angels.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 tmu5 κατ’ ἀρχάς 1 In the beginning "Before anything existed"
|
||||
HEB 1 10 j64k figs-metaphor σὺ ἐθεμελίωσας τὴν γῆν' γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας 1 you laid the earth's foundation The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a foundation. Alternate translation: "you created the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy οἱ οὐρανοί εἰσιν ἔργα τῶν σού χειρῶν 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here "hands" refer to God's power and action. Alternate translation: "You made the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 j64k figs-metaphor σὺ τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας' γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας 1 you laid the earth's foundation The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a foundation. Alternate translation: "you created the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here "hands" refer to God's power and action. Alternate translation: "You made the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 a6le αὐτοὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 They will perish "The heavens and earth will disappear" or "The heavens and earth will no longer exist"
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile παλαιωθήσονται ὡς ἱμάτιον 1 wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 n4hl figs-simile ἑλίξεις αὐτούς ἑλίξεις ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον 1 roll them up like a cloak The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 iv4r figs-simile ἀλλαγήσονται ὡς ἱμάτιον 1 they will be changed like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were clothing that could be exchanged for other clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται 1 wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 n4hl figs-simile ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις ἑλίξεις αὐτούς 1 roll them up like a cloak The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 iv4r figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον ἀλλαγήσονται 1 they will be changed like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were clothing that could be exchanged for other clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 i761 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγήσονται 1 they will be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will change them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-metaphor σου ἔτη ἐκλείψουσιν οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Periods of time are used to represent God's eternal existence. Alternate translation: "your life will never end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-metaphor ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Periods of time are used to represent God's eternal existence. Alternate translation: "your life will never end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 pqs9 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion 0 But to which of the angels has God said at any time ... feet"? The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: "But God has never said to an angel at any time ... feet.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ μου δεξιῶν 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως θῶ σου τοὺς ἐχθρούς ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου τῶν ποδῶν 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ's enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν τῶν ποδῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ's enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion 0 Are not all angels spirits ... inherit salvation? The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: "All angels are spirits who ... inherit salvation." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "for those whom God will save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term "brothers" to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.<br><br>* __[Hebrews 02:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings
|
|||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-inclusive 0 we must Here "we" refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor 0 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are 1) people who stop believing in God's word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: "so that we do not stop believing it" or 2) people who stop obeying God's words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: "so that we do not stop obeying it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit 0 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For if the message that God spoke through the angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb γὰρ εἰ ὁ λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: "Because the message"
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: "Because the message"
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here "trespass" and "disobedience" stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: "every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 y2y7 figs-doublet παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ 1 trespass and disobedience These two words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 2 3 fv4q figs-rquestion 0 how then can we escape if we ignore so great a salvation? The author uses a question to emphasize that the people will certainly receive punishment if they refuse God's salvation through Christ. Alternate translation: "then God will certainly punish us if we do not pay attention to his message about how God will save us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,21 +66,21 @@ HEB 2 5 rqr9 figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην μέλλουσαν 1 th
|
|||
HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ? 1 What is man, that you are mindful of him? This rhetorical question emphasizes the insignificance of humans and expresses surprise that God would pay attention to them. Alternate translation: "Humans are insignificant, and yet you are mindful of them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 wkd9 figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 Or a son of man, that you care for him? The idiom "son of man" refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: "Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 e47v figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Or a son of man The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: "Or what is a son of man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 ka5a figs-metaphor βραχύ ἠλάττωσας παρ’ ἀγγέλους 1 a little lower than the angels The author speaks of people being less important than angels as if the people are standing in a position that is lower than the angels' position. Alternate translation: "less important than the angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 ka5a figs-metaphor ἠλάττωσας βραχύ παρ’ ἀγγέλους 1 a little lower than the angels The author speaks of people being less important than angels as if the people are standing in a position that is lower than the angels' position. Alternate translation: "less important than the angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 tjn6 figs-genericnoun 0 made man ... crowned him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: "made humans ... crowned them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 s85x figs-metaphor ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ 1 you crowned him with glory and honor The gifts of glory and honor are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: "you have given them great glory and honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 s85x figs-metaphor δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 you crowned him with glory and honor The gifts of glory and honor are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: "you have given them great glory and honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 ac9f figs-genericnoun 0 his feet ... to him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: "their feet ... to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 k5j2 figs-metaphor ὑπέταξας πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ τῶν ποδῶν 1 You put everything in subjection under his feet The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their feet. Alternate translation: "You have given them control over everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 rf44 figs-doublenegatives ἀφῆκεν οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν οὐδὲν ἀνυπότακτον αὐτῷ 1 He did not leave anything not subjected to him This double negative means that all things will be subject to Christ. Alternate translation: "God made everything subject to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 xy7c ὁρῶμεν οὔπω ὁρῶμεν τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα αὐτῷ 1 we do not yet see everything subjected to him "we know that humans are not in control of everything yet"
|
||||
HEB 2 8 k5j2 figs-metaphor πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 You put everything in subjection under his feet The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their feet. Alternate translation: "You have given them control over everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 rf44 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακτον 1 He did not leave anything not subjected to him This double negative means that all things will be subject to Christ. Alternate translation: "God made everything subject to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 xy7c οὔπω ὁρῶμεν ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα 1 we do not yet see everything subjected to him "we know that humans are not in control of everything yet"
|
||||
HEB 2 9 ijd1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer reminds these Hebrew believers that Christ became lower than the angels when he came to earth to suffer death for forgiveness of sins, and that he became a merciful high priest to believers.
|
||||
HEB 2 9 gi12 βλέπομεν τι 1 we see him "we know there is one"
|
||||
HEB 2 9 gi12 τι βλέπομεν 1 we see him "we know there is one"
|
||||
HEB 2 9 ma4j figs-activepassive τι ἠλαττωμένον 1 who was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 9 i4fc 0 lower than the angels ... crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 2 9 bil4 figs-metaphor γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he might taste death The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: "he might experience death" or "he might die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor ἀγαγόντα πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of glory is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: "save many sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of glory is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: "save many sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l95y figs-gendernotations πολλοὺς υἱοὺς 1 many sons Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: "many believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν τῆς σωτηρίας 1 the leader of their salvation Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: "the one who leads people to salvation" or 2) the word translated here as "leader" can mean "founder" and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: "the one who makes their salvation possible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς τῆς σωτηρίας σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: "the one who leads people to salvation" or 2) the word translated here as "leader" can mean "founder" and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: "the one who makes their salvation possible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l321 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι 1 complete Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 jy9p 0 General Information: This prophetic quotation comes from a Psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 2 11 ky9v ὅ ἁγιάζων 1 the one who sanctifies "the one who makes others holy" or "the one who makes others pure from sin"
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,73 +89,73 @@ HEB 2 11 bj7i figs-explicit 0 have one source Who that source is can be stated
|
|||
HEB 2 11 ul23 0 he is not ashamed "Jesus is not ashamed"
|
||||
HEB 2 11 k1q5 figs-doublenegatives 0 is not ashamed to call them brothers This double negative means that he will claim them as his brothers. Alternate translation: "is pleased to call them his brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 a8h9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this refers to all who have believed in Jesus, including both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ σου τὸ ὄνομά τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here "name" refers to the person's reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: "I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here "name" refers to the person's reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: "I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 tn8n ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 from inside the assembly "when believers come together to worship God"
|
||||
HEB 2 13 dx1q 0 General Information: The prophet Isaiah wrote these quotations.
|
||||
HEB 2 13 s1fp καὶ πάλιν," 1 And again, "And a prophet wrote in another scripture passage what Christ said about God:"
|
||||
HEB 2 13 xap9 figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were children. Alternate translation: "those who are like my children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 qj3d figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were children. Alternate translation: "those who are like my children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ndv2 figs-idiom κεκοινώνηκεν σαρκός καὶ αἵματος 1 share in flesh and blood The phrase "flesh and blood" refers to people's human nature. Alternate translation: "are all human beings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ndv2 figs-idiom κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός 1 share in flesh and blood The phrase "flesh and blood" refers to people's human nature. Alternate translation: "are all human beings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 fy7a αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν τῶν αὐτῶν 1 he likewise shared in the same "Jesus in the same way shared in flesh and blood" or "Jesus became human in the same way they did"
|
||||
HEB 2 14 p878 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 through death Here "death" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "by dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns ἔχοντα τὸ κράτος θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here "death" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "has the power to cause people to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here "death" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "has the power to cause people to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 15 w3cr figs-metaphor 0 This was so that he would free all those who through fear of death lived all their lives in slavery The fear of death is spoken of as if it were slavery. Taking away someone's fear is spoken of as it were freeing that person from slavery. Alternate translation: "This was so he might free all people. For we lived like slaves because we were afraid of dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 16 d4cc figs-metaphor σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ 1 the seed of Abraham Descendants of Abraham are spoken of as if they were his seed. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 17 agw2 ὤφειλεν 1 it was necessary for him "it was necessary for Jesus"
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 like his brothers Here "brothers" refers to people in general. Alternate translation: "like human beings"
|
||||
HEB 2 17 u6ch ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς λαοῦ' λαοῦ ἁμαρτίας 1 he would bring about the pardon of the people's sins Christ's death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: "he would make it possible for God to forgive people's sins"
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his brothers Here "brothers" refers to people in general. Alternate translation: "like human beings"
|
||||
HEB 2 17 u6ch ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς λαοῦ' ἁμαρτίας λαοῦ 1 he would bring about the pardon of the people's sins Christ's death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: "he would make it possible for God to forgive people's sins"
|
||||
HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς 1 was tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Satan tempted him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 18 a3a6 figs-activepassive πειραζομένοις 1 who are tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom Satan is tempting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term "brothers" to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Harden your hearts<br><br>A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him.<br>
|
||||
HEB 3 1 m1cv 0 Connecting Statement: This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἅγιοι ἀδελφοὶ 1 holy brothers Here "brothers" refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "holy brothers and sisters" or "my holy fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy μέτοχοι κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου κλήσεως 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here "heavenly" represents God. Alternate translation: "God has called us together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τῆς τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα 1 the apostle and high priest Here the word "apostle" means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: "the one whom God sent and is the high priest"
|
||||
HEB 3 1 mnd4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἡμῶν ὁμολογίας 1 of our confession This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "confession" is expressed as the verb "confess." Alternate translation: "whom we confess" or "in whom we believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here "brothers" refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "holy brothers and sisters" or "my holy fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here "heavenly" represents God. Alternate translation: "God has called us together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest Here the word "apostle" means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: "the one whom God sent and is the high priest"
|
||||
HEB 3 1 mnd4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν 1 of our confession This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "confession" is expressed as the verb "confess." Alternate translation: "whom we confess" or "in whom we believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 2 eqp7 figs-metaphor 0 in God's house The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: "to all of God's people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 3 py5n figs-activepassive 0 Jesus has been considered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has considered Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 4 f8n8 figs-metaphor ὁ κατασκευάσας πάντα 1 the one who built everything God's acts of creating the world are spoken of as if he had built a house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 4 f8n8 figs-metaphor ὁ πάντα κατασκευάσας 1 the one who built everything God's acts of creating the world are spoken of as if he had built a house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 4 wvw1 figs-activepassive πᾶς οἶκος κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος 1 every house is built by someone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "every house has someone who built it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 5 d57q figs-metaphor λαληθησομένων 1 in God's entire house The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a literal house. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 5 m4xr figs-metonymy 0 bearing witness about the things This phrase probably refers to all of Moses' work. Alternate translation: "Moses' life and work pointed to the things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 5 gt8c figs-activepassive λαληθησομένων 1 were to be spoken of in the future This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus would say in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 dgt5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 djm7 figs-metaphor 0 in charge of God's house This speaks about God's people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: "who rules over God's people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 ly4x figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν οὗ οἶκός 1 We are his house This speaks of God's people as if they are a literal house. Alternate translation: "We are God's people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 ly4x figs-metaphor οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς 1 We are his house This speaks of God's people as if they are a literal house. Alternate translation: "We are God's people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns 0 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast Here "courage" and "hope" are abstract and can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 7 c4sl 0 General Information: This quotation comes from the Old Testament in the book of Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 z2uk 0 Connecting Statement: The warning here is a reminder that the Israelites' unbelief kept almost all of them from entering into the land that God had promised them.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 u66q figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἀκούσητε αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς 1 if you hear his voice God's "voice" represents him speaking. Alternate translation: "when you hear God speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy σκληρύνητε μὴ σκληρύνητε ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 do not harden your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "harden your hearts" is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: "do not be stubborn" or "do not refuse to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here "rebellion" and "testing" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 7 u66q figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God's "voice" represents him speaking. Alternate translation: "when you hear God speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "harden your hearts" is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: "do not be stubborn" or "do not refuse to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ κατὰ τὴν, ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here "rebellion" and "testing" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 e6n7 0 General Information: This quotation is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you ὑμῶν οἱ πατέρες 1 your ancestors Here "your" is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your ancestors Here "your" is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 0 by testing me Here "me" refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 we42 translate-numbers 0 forty years "40 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 upb8 προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased "I was angry" or "I was greatly unhappy"
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor πλανῶνται ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here "gone astray in their hearts" is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here "hearts" is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: "They have always rejected me" or "They have always refused to obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor ἔγνωσαν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν μου τὰς ὁδούς 1 They have not known my ways This speaks of a manner of conducting one's life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: "They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται πλανῶνται τῇ τῇ καρδίᾳ καρδίᾳ αὐτοὶ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here "gone astray in their hearts" is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here "hearts" is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: "They have always rejected me" or "They have always refused to obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 They have not known my ways This speaks of a manner of conducting one's life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: "They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-metaphor 0 They will never enter my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "They will never enter the place of rest" or "I will never allow them to experience my blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 gv84 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this refers to fellow Christians including males and females. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" or "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy 0 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here "heart" is a metonym that represents a person's mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: "there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ ζῶντος Θεοῦ 1 the living God "the true God who is really alive"
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God "the true God who is really alive"
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 , ἄχρις καλεῖται" τὸ σήμερον," 1 as long as it is called "today," "while there is still opportunity,"
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν σκληρυνθῇ ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν σκληρυνθῇ ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "deceitfulness" is expressed as the verb "deceive." Alternate translation: "no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn" or "you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "deceitfulness" is expressed as the verb "deceive." Alternate translation: "no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn" or "you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-inclusive γὰρ γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here "we" refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 e753 0 if we firmly hold to our confidence in him "if we continue to confidently trust in him"
|
||||
HEB 3 14 j3aq τὴν ἀρχὴν 1 from the beginning "from when we first begin to believe in him"
|
||||
HEB 3 14 l9en figs-euphemism μέχρι τέλους 1 to the end This is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: "until we die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 bym1 figs-activepassive λέγεσθαι 1 it has been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the writer wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἀκούσητε αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς 1 if you hear his voice God's "voice" represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: "when you hear God speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God's "voice" represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: "when you hear God speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here "rebellion" can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: "as when your ancestors rebelled against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "they" refers to the disobedient Israelites, and "we" refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 pwl2 figs-rquestion 0 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: "All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: "For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion , τίσιν? ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν προσώχθισεν ὧν τεσσεράκοντα κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὰ 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: "For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 aha2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years "40 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 18 l1gc figs-rquestion 0 To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? The author uses this question to teach his readers. Alternate translation: "And it was to those who disobeyed that he swore they would not enter his rest." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 18 q16u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσεσθαι μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι αὐτοῦ τὴν κατάπαυσιν 1 they would not enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "they would not enter the place of rest" or "they would not experience his blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 18 q16u figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰσελεύσεσθαι τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they would not enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "they would not enter the place of rest" or "they would not experience his blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 19 x18z figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀπιστίαν 1 because of unbelief The abstract noun "unbelief" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "because they did not believe him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 4 intro u72n 0 # Hebrews 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### God's rest<br><br>The word "rest" seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../../heb/04/04.md)).<br>
|
||||
HEB 4 1 n98m 0 Connecting Statement: Chapter 4 continues the warning to believers starting in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). God, through the writer, gives believers a rest of which God's rest in the creation of the world is a picture.
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,30 +167,30 @@ HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here "they" refer
|
|||
HEB 4 2 zza4 figs-doublenegatives 0 But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed "But that message did not benefit those who did not join with the people who believed and obeyed." The author is talking about two groups of people, those who received God's covenant with faith, and those who heard it but did not believe. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, "As I swore ... rest," is from a psalm. The second quotation, "God rested on ... deeds," is from Moses' writings. The third quotation, "They will never enter ... rest," is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
HEB 4 3 u5yh εἰσερχόμεθα οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed "we who believe"
|
||||
HEB 4 3 w6t4 figs-metaphor εἰσερχόμεθα οἱ πιστεύσαντες εἰσερχόμεθα εἰς κατάπαυσιν 1 we who have believed enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "we who have believed will enter the place of rest" or "we who have believed will experience God's blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 w6t4 figs-metaphor εἰσερχόμεθα εἰσερχόμεθα εἰς κατάπαυσιν οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "we who have believed will enter the place of rest" or "we who have believed will experience God's blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 x2kq καθὼς εἴρηκεν 1 just as he said "just as God said"
|
||||
HEB 4 3 qfs8 ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν μου τῇ ὀργῇ 1 As I swore in my wrath "As I swore when I was very angry"
|
||||
HEB 4 3 k1ld figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται εἰ εἰσελεύσονται μου τὴν κατάπαυσίν 1 They will never enter my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "They will never enter the place of rest" or "They will never experience my blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 qfs8 ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου 1 As I swore in my wrath "As I swore when I was very angry"
|
||||
HEB 4 3 k1ld figs-metaphor εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰσελεύσονται τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 They will never enter my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: "They will never enter the place of rest" or "They will never experience my blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 x8zv figs-activepassive τῶν ἔργων γενηθέντων 1 his works were finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he finished creating" or "he finished his works of creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 vym3 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world The author speaks of the world as if it were a building set on a foundation. Alternate translation: "at the beginning of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 4 hbm5 translate-ordinal τῆς ἑβδόμης 1 the seventh day This is the ordinal number for "seven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 4 6 zq16 figs-activepassive 0 it still remains that some will enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God still allows some people to enter his place of rest" or "God still allows some people to experience his blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 y2tm 0 General Information: Here we find out that this quotation from the Psalms was written by David ([Hebrews 3:7-8](../03/07.md)).
|
||||
HEB 4 7 bp6u figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἀκούσητε αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς 1 if you hear his voice God's commands to Israel are spoken of as if he had given them in an audible voice. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: "if you hear God speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy σκληρύνητε μὴ σκληρύνητε ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 do not harden your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "harden your hearts" is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: "do not be stubborn" or "do not refuse to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 bp6u figs-metaphor ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God's commands to Israel are spoken of as if he had given them in an audible voice. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: "if you hear God speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "harden your hearts" is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: "do not be stubborn" or "do not refuse to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 8 r56z 0 Connecting Statement: Here the writer warns believers not to disobey but to enter into the rest God offers. He reminds them that God's word will convict them and that they can come in prayer with the confidence that God will help them.
|
||||
HEB 4 8 mdq9 figs-metaphor εἰ Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν αὐτοὺς κατέπαυσεν 1 if Joshua had given them rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that Joshua could give. Alternate translation: "if Joshua had brought the Israelites to the place where God would give them rest" or "if the Israelites during the time of Joshua had experienced God's blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 9 vhx9 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς ἀπολείπεται τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ λαῷ 1 there is still a Sabbath rest reserved for God's people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there is still a Sabbath rest that God has reserved for his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 8 mdq9 figs-metaphor εἰ αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν κατέπαυσεν 1 if Joshua had given them rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that Joshua could give. Alternate translation: "if Joshua had brought the Israelites to the place where God would give them rest" or "if the Israelites during the time of Joshua had experienced God's blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 9 vhx9 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ τῷ λαῷ λαῷ' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ 1 there is still a Sabbath rest reserved for God's people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there is still a Sabbath rest that God has reserved for his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 9 qe6x figs-metaphor σαββατισμὸς 1 a Sabbath rest Eternal peace and security are spoken of as if they were the Sabbath day, the Jewish day of worship and rest from working. Alternate translation: "an eternal rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 10 ej9y figs-metaphor 0 he who enters into God's rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they are a place to enter. Alternate translation: "the person who enters into God's place of rest" or "the person who experiences God's blessings of rest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 bmg5 figs-metaphor σπουδάσωμεν εἰσελθεῖν ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν 1 let us be eager to enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were a place to enter. Alternate translation: "we should also do everything we can to rest with God where he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 rtj7 figs-metaphor 0 will fall into the kind of disobedience that they did Disobedience is spoken of as if it were a hole that a person could physically fall into by accident. This passage can be reworded so that the abstract noun "disobedience" is expressed as the verb "disobey." Alternate translation: "will disobey in the same way as they did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 l39t 0 that they did Here "they" refers to the Hebrews' ancestors during the time of Moses.
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶν 1 the word of God is living Here "word of God" refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: "the words of God are living"
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ζῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God is living Here "word of God" refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: "the words of God are living"
|
||||
HEB 4 12 j9qy figs-personification ζῶν καὶ ἐνεργὴς 1 living and active This speaks about God's word as if it were alive. It means when God speaks, it is powerful and effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 g4tc figs-metaphor τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δίστομον- δίστομον μάχαιραν 1 sharper than any two-edged sword A two-edged sword can easily cut through a person's flesh. God's word is very effective in showing what is in a person's heart and thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 lv6y δίστομον- δίστομον μάχαιραν 1 two-edged sword a sword with a blade that is sharp on both edges
|
||||
HEB 4 12 e7kv figs-metaphor διϊκνούμενος καὶ ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν 1 It pierces even to the dividing of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow This continues speaking about God's word as if it were a sword. Here the sword is so sharp that it can cut through and divide parts of the human that are very difficult or even impossible to divide. This means that there is nothing inside us that we can hide from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 g4tc figs-metaphor τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δίστομον- μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 sharper than any two-edged sword A two-edged sword can easily cut through a person's flesh. God's word is very effective in showing what is in a person's heart and thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 lv6y δίστομον- μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 two-edged sword a sword with a blade that is sharp on both edges
|
||||
HEB 4 12 e7kv figs-metaphor καὶ διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν 1 It pierces even to the dividing of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow This continues speaking about God's word as if it were a sword. Here the sword is so sharp that it can cut through and divide parts of the human that are very difficult or even impossible to divide. This means that there is nothing inside us that we can hide from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 m6f2 ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος 1 soul and spirit These are two different but closely related nonphysical parts of a human. The "soul" is what causes a person to be alive. The "spirit" is the part of a person that causes him to be able to know and believe in God.
|
||||
HEB 4 12 sc3m ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν 1 joints and marrow The "joint" is what holds two bones together. The "marrow" is the center part of the bone.
|
||||
HEB 4 12 n6n5 figs-personification κριτικὸς 1 is able to discern This speaks about God's word as if it were a person who could know something. Alternate translation: "exposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -206,17 +206,17 @@ HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives 0 we do not have a high priest who cannot fe
|
|||
HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive 0 who has in all ways been tempted as we are This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who has endured temptation in every way that we have" or "whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 fve3 0 he is without sin "he did not sin"
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace "to God's throne, where there is grace." Here "throne" refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: "to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος καὶ εὕρωμεν χάριν εἰς βοήθειαν εὔκαιρον 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here "mercy" and "grace" are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: "God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here "mercy" and "grace" are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: "God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of the Old Testament priests, then he shows that Christ has a better kind of priesthood, not based on Aaron's priesthood but on the priesthood of Melchizedek.
|
||||
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive λαμβανόμενος ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God chooses from among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God chooses from among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 ndz7 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God appoints" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 mzd9 καθίσταται ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων 1 to act on the behalf of people "to represent the people"
|
||||
HEB 5 1 mzd9 ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται 1 to act on the behalf of people "to represent the people"
|
||||
HEB 5 2 gt9j figs-activepassive 0 those ... who have been deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those ... whom others have deceived" or "those ... who believe what is false" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 2 f781 πλανωμένοις 1 who have been deceived "who believe false things and so behave badly"
|
||||
HEB 5 2 ny8u figs-metaphor περίκειται ἀσθένειαν 1 is subject to weakness The high priest's own weakness is spoken of as if it were a another person who rules over him. Alternate translation: "is spiritually weak" or "is weak against sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 2 ihs9 ἀσθένειαν 1 weakness the desire to sin
|
||||
HEB 5 3 q5xi figs-activepassive ὀφείλει καὶ ὀφείλει 1 he also is required This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also requires him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 3 q5xi figs-activepassive καὶ ὀφείλει ὀφείλει 1 he also is required This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also requires him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 4 c45n 0 General Information: This quotation is from the Psalms in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 5 4 c336 figs-metaphor λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν 1 takes this honor Honor is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 4 n2e1 figs-metonymy λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν 1 takes this honor The "honor" or praise and respect that people gave to the high priest stand for his task. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ HEB 5 5 pr3f 0 the one speaking to him said "God said to him"
|
|||
HEB 5 5 i694 figs-parallelism 0 You are my Son; today I have become your Father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 5 5 mfa8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 bce6 0 General Information: This prophecy is from a Psalm of David.
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis λέγει καὶ λέγει 1 he also says To whom God is speaking can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "he also says to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis καὶ λέγει λέγει 1 he also says To whom God is speaking can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "he also says to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 k5uw ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 in another place "in another place in the scriptures"
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ede5 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: "in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest"
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 During the days of his flesh Here "the days" stands for a period of time. And, "flesh" stand for Jesus's earthly life. Alternate translation: "While he lived on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς τῆς σαρκὸς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here "the days" stands for a period of time. And, "flesh" stand for Jesus's earthly life. Alternate translation: "While he lived on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 iel9 figs-doublet δεήσεις καὶ ἱκετηρίας 1 prayers and requests Both of these words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 p6zm τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου 1 the one able to save him from death Possible meanings are 1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: 'to save him from dying" or 2) God was able to save Christ after Christ's death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
|
||||
HEB 5 7 e75a figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθεὶς 1 he was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God heard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,43 +236,43 @@ HEB 5 8 mk8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱός 1 a son This is an importan
|
|||
HEB 5 9 z2bv 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 11 the writer begins his third warning. He warns these believers that they are still not mature and encourages them to learn God's word so they can understand right from wrong.
|
||||
HEB 5 9 i29c figs-activepassive τελειωθεὶς 1 He was made perfect This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made him perfect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 9 n5qt τελειωθεὶς 1 made perfect Here this means being made mature, able to honor God in all aspects of life.
|
||||
HEB 5 9 p9ug figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο, πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ, αἴτιος αἰωνίου σωτηρίας 1 became, for everyone who obeys him, the cause of eternal salvation The abstract noun "salvation" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "now he saves all who obey him and causes them to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 9 p9ug figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο, πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ, αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου 1 became, for everyone who obeys him, the cause of eternal salvation The abstract noun "salvation" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "now he saves all who obey him and causes them to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 10 b9su figs-activepassive προσαγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was designated by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God designated him" or "God appointed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 10 hd47 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: "to be the sort of high priest that Melchizedek was"
|
||||
HEB 5 11 cm78 figs-pronouns ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος πολὺς ὁ λόγος 1 We have much to say Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: "I have much to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 11 r2u2 figs-metaphor γεγόνατε νωθροὶ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς 1 you have become dull in hearing The ability to understand and obey is spoken of as if it were the ability to listen. And the ability to listen is spoken of as if it were a metal tool that becomes dull with use. Alternate translation: "you have trouble understanding it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a τῆς ἀρχῆς στοιχεῖα 1 basic principles Here "principles" means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: "basic truths"
|
||||
HEB 5 11 cm78 figs-pronouns πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ ὁ λόγος λόγος 1 We have much to say Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: "I have much to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 11 r2u2 figs-metaphor νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς ἀκοαῖς 1 you have become dull in hearing The ability to understand and obey is spoken of as if it were the ability to listen. And the ability to listen is spoken of as if it were a metal tool that becomes dull with use. Alternate translation: "you have trouble understanding it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς 1 basic principles Here "principles" means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: "basic truths"
|
||||
HEB 5 12 wy2h figs-metaphor χρείαν γάλακτος 1 You need milk Teaching about God that is easy to understand is spoken of as if it were milk, the only food that infants can take. Alternate translation: "You have become like babies and can drink only milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 yk1q figs-metaphor γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς 1 milk, not solid food Teaching about God that is difficult to understand is spoken of as if it were solid food, suitable for adults. Alternate translation: "milk instead of solid food that adults can eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here "takes" stands for "drinks." Alternate translation: "drinks milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 vl7k figs-metaphor γάρ ἐστιν νήπιος 1 because he is still a little child Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing child eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν ἐχόντων τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε κακοῦ 1 who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been trained. Alternate translation: "who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 vl7k figs-metaphor νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν 1 because he is still a little child Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing child eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε κακοῦ 1 who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been trained. Alternate translation: "who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham's descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham's descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
|
||||
HEB 6 1 f1nk 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings.
|
||||
HEB 6 1 i4xr figs-metaphor 0 let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: "let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor 0 Let us not lay again the foundation ... of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: "Let us not repeat the basic teachings ... of faith in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 d5q3 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 s1cv figs-metaphor 0 nor the foundation of teaching ... eternal judgment Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: "nor the basic teachings ... eternal judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς ἀναστάσεώς χειρῶν 1 laying on of hands This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position.
|
||||
HEB 6 4 e7px figs-metaphor τοὺς φωτισθέντας ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας 1 those who were once enlightened Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: "those who once understood the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 l5mc figs-metaphor γευσαμένους τῆς τῆς ἐπουρανίου δωρεᾶς 1 who tasted the heavenly gift Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: "who experienced God's saving power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 d2lp figs-metaphor γενηθέντας μετόχους Πνεύματος Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 who were sharers of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit, who comes to believers, is spoken of as if he were an object that people could share. Alternate translation: "who received the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 vp46 figs-metaphor γευσαμένους Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ καλὸν ῥῆμα 1 who tasted God's good word Learning God's message is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: "who learned God's good message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 tw1u figs-metonymy καλὸν δυνάμεις Θεοῦ δυνάμεις αἰῶνος μέλλοντος 1 the powers of the age to come This means the power of God when his kingdom is fully present in all the world. In this sense, "the powers" refer to God himself, who holds all power. Alternate translation: "learned how God will work powerfully in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς χειρῶν ἀναστάσεώς 1 laying on of hands This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position.
|
||||
HEB 6 4 e7px figs-metaphor τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας φωτισθέντας 1 those who were once enlightened Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: "those who once understood the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 l5mc figs-metaphor γευσαμένους τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου 1 who tasted the heavenly gift Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: "who experienced God's saving power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 d2lp figs-metaphor μετόχους γενηθέντας Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 who were sharers of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit, who comes to believers, is spoken of as if he were an object that people could share. Alternate translation: "who received the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 vp46 figs-metaphor γευσαμένους Θεοῦ' καλὸν Θεοῦ ῥῆμα 1 who tasted God's good word Learning God's message is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: "who learned God's good message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 tw1u figs-metonymy καλὸν Θεοῦ δυνάμεις δυνάμεις μέλλοντος αἰῶνος 1 the powers of the age to come This means the power of God when his kingdom is fully present in all the world. In this sense, "the powers" refer to God himself, who holds all power. Alternate translation: "learned how God will work powerfully in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 6 l8nx 0 it is impossible to restore them again to repentance "it is impossible to bring them back to repent again"
|
||||
HEB 6 6 dj3g figs-metaphor 0 they crucify the Son of God for themselves again When people turn away from God, it is as though they crucify Jesus again. Alternate translation: "it is like they crucify for themselves the very Son of God again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 6 y47b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 p4tf figs-personification ἡ γῆ πιοῦσα τὸν ὑετόν 1 the land that drinks in the rain Farmland that benefits from much rain is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: "the land that absorbs the rain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 p4tf figs-personification γῆ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ὑετόν 1 the land that drinks in the rain Farmland that benefits from much rain is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: "the land that absorbs the rain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 r32n figs-personification τίκτουσα βοτάνην 1 that gives birth to the plants Farmland that produces crops is spoken of as if it gives birth to them. Alternate translation: "that produces plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 da68 figs-personification γεωργεῖται μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the land that receives a blessing from God Rain and crops are seen as proof that God has helped the farmland. The farmland is spoken of as if it were a person who could receive God's blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 qq1x εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a blessing from God Here "blessing" means help from God, not spoken words.
|
||||
HEB 6 8 pp48 figs-metaphor ἀδόκιμος καὶ ἐγγύς ἧς κατάρας 1 is near to a curse This speaks of "curse" as if it were a place to which a person could draw near. Alternate translation: "is in danger of God cursing it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 8 pp48 figs-metaphor ἀδόκιμος καὶ κατάρας ἐγγύς ἧς 1 is near to a curse This speaks of "curse" as if it were a place to which a person could draw near. Alternate translation: "is in danger of God cursing it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 8 a2bk τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν 1 Its end is in burning The farmer will burn everything in the field.
|
||||
HEB 6 9 sb4a figs-pronouns ὑμῶν πεπείσμεθα 1 we are convinced Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: "I am convinced" or "I am certain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 6 9 jt3k πεπείσμεθα τὰ κρείσσονα περὶ 1 about better things concerning you This means they are doing better than those who have rejected God, disobeyed him, and now can no longer repent so that God will forgive them ([Hebrews 6:4-6](./04.md)). Alternate translation: "that you are doing better things than what I have mentioned"
|
||||
HEB 6 9 sb4a figs-pronouns πεπείσμεθα ὑμῶν 1 we are convinced Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: "I am convinced" or "I am certain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 6 9 jt3k πεπείσμεθα περὶ τὰ κρείσσονα 1 about better things concerning you This means they are doing better than those who have rejected God, disobeyed him, and now can no longer repent so that God will forgive them ([Hebrews 6:4-6](./04.md)). Alternate translation: "that you are doing better things than what I have mentioned"
|
||||
HEB 6 9 npu2 figs-abstractnouns ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας 1 things that concern salvation The abstract noun "salvation" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "things that concern God saving you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 6 10 t2hb figs-doublenegatives γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἄδικος οὐ ἄδικος ἐπιλαθέσθαι 1 For God is not so unjust that he would forget This double negative can mean that God in his justice will remember what good things his people have done. Alternate translation: "For God is just and therefore will certainly remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 6 10 r9xx figs-metonymy εἰς αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα 1 for his name God's "name" is a metonym that stands for God himself. Alternate translation: "for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 10 t2hb figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄδικος ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς ἐπιλαθέσθαι 1 For God is not so unjust that he would forget This double negative can mean that God in his justice will remember what good things his people have done. Alternate translation: "For God is just and therefore will certainly remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 6 10 r9xx figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for his name God's "name" is a metonym that stands for God himself. Alternate translation: "for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 11 j7f5 figs-pronouns ἐπιθυμοῦμεν 1 We greatly desire Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: "I greatly desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 6 11 k4si σπουδὴν 1 diligence careful, hard work
|
||||
HEB 6 11 xfy1 figs-explicit πρὸς τὴν τέλους 1 to the end The implicit meaning can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "to the end of your lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -283,13 +283,13 @@ HEB 6 14 ymh2 λέγων 1 He said God said
|
|||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here "increase" stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: "I will give you many descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 15 x5zs figs-activepassive τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 what was promised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God promised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 rpv9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 to the heirs of the promise The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "to those who would receive what he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 ug6j τῆς τὸ ἀμετάθετον αὐτοῦ βουλῆς 1 the unchangeable quality of his purpose "that his purpose would never change" or "that he would always do what he said he would do"
|
||||
HEB 6 17 ug6j τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the unchangeable quality of his purpose "that his purpose would never change" or "that he would always do what he said he would do"
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gjw3 figs-metaphor ἔχωμεν, οἱ καταφυγόντες 1 we, who have fled for refuge Believers, who trust in God for him to protect them, are spoken of as if they were running to a safe place. Alternate translation: "we, who have trusted him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gk6n figs-metaphor ἔχωμεν παράκλησιν ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν κρατῆσαι τῆς ἐλπίδος προκειμένης 1 will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us Trust in God is spoken of as if encouragement were an object that could be presented to a person and that person could hold on to it. Alternate translation: "will continue to trust in God just has he encouraged us to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gk6n figs-metaphor ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος 1 will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us Trust in God is spoken of as if encouragement were an object that could be presented to a person and that person could hold on to it. Alternate translation: "will continue to trust in God just has he encouraged us to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 hs84 figs-activepassive προκειμένης 1 set before us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has placed before us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 w66k 0 Connecting Statement: Having finished his third warning and encouragement to the believers, the writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest.
|
||||
HEB 6 19 ng9i figs-metaphor ὡς ἄγκυραν βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ ἄγκυραν τῆς ψυχῆς 1 as a secure and reliable anchor for the soul Just as an anchor keeps a boat from drifting in the water, Jesus keeps us secure in God's presence. Alternate translation: "that causes us to live securely in God's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ ἄγκυραν 1 a secure and reliable anchor Here the words "secure" and "reliable" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: "a completely reliable anchor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 ng9i figs-metaphor ὡς ἄγκυραν ἄγκυραν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ βεβαίαν 1 as a secure and reliable anchor for the soul Just as an anchor keeps a boat from drifting in the water, Jesus keeps us secure in God's presence. Alternate translation: "that causes us to live securely in God's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν ἄγκυραν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ βεβαίαν 1 a secure and reliable anchor Here the words "secure" and "reliable" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: "a completely reliable anchor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 d223 figs-personification 0 hope that enters into the inner place behind the curtain Confidence is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 aj2m figs-metaphor τὸ ἐσώτερον 1 the inner place This was the most holy place in the temple. It was thought to be the place where God was most intensely present among his people. In this passage, this place stands for heaven and God's throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: "in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest"
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,53 +299,53 @@ HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem This is the name of a city. (See
|
|||
HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings This is refers to when Abraham and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 2 q87x 0 It was to him "It was to Melchizedek"
|
||||
HEB 7 2 abh4 βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness ... king of peace "righteous king ... peaceful king"
|
||||
HEB 7 3 q4eh ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος, ἀφωμοιωμένος μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε τέλος ζωῆς 1 He is without father, without mother, without ancestors, with neither beginning of days nor end of life It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek's ancestry, birth, or death.
|
||||
HEB 7 3 q4eh ἀπάτωρ ἀμήτωρ ἀγενεαλόγητος μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε, ζωῆς,, τέλος ἀφωμοιωμένος 1 He is without father, without mother, without ancestors, with neither beginning of days nor end of life It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek's ancestry, birth, or death.
|
||||
HEB 7 4 h2bg 0 Connecting Statement: The writer states that the priesthood of Melchizedek is better than Aaron's priesthood and then reminds them that the priesthood of Aaron did not make anything perfect.
|
||||
HEB 7 4 w2gg οὗτος ᾧ 1 this man was "Melchizedek was"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ λαμβάνοντες τὴν ἱερατείαν 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood The author says this because not all of Levi's sons became priests. Alternate translation: "The descendants of Levi who became priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
HEB 7 5 hn3k τὸν τὸν λαὸν 1 from the people "from the people of Israel"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς αὐτῶν ἀδελφοὺς 1 from their brothers Here "brothers" means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: "from their relatives"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας, ἐξεληλυθότας, ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ Ἀβραάμ' Ἀβραάμ τῆς ὀσφύος 1 they, too, have come from Abraham's body This is a way of saying that they were descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: "they, too, are descendants of Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ γενεαλογούμενος μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 whose descent was not traced from them "who was not a descendant of Levi"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood The author says this because not all of Levi's sons became priests. Alternate translation: "The descendants of Levi who became priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
HEB 7 5 hn3k τὸν λαὸν τὸν 1 from the people "from the people of Israel"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here "brothers" means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: "from their relatives"
|
||||
HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας ἐξεληλυθότας ἐξεληλυθότας, ἐκ,' τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ Ἀβραάμ 1 they, too, have come from Abraham's body This is a way of saying that they were descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: "they, too, are descendants of Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ μὴ γενεαλογούμενος γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 whose descent was not traced from them "who was not a descendant of Levi"
|
||||
HEB 7 6 d2hq figs-metaphor τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the one who had the promises The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: the one to whom God had spoken his promises" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 7 k6pc figs-activepassive τὸ ἔλαττον εὐλογεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος 1 the lesser person is blessed by the greater person This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the more important person blesses the less important person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 7 k6pc figs-activepassive τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται 1 the lesser person is blessed by the greater person This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the more important person blesses the less important person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 8 sf79 0 In this case ... in that case These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison.
|
||||
HEB 7 8 c9zz figs-metaphor μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 is testified that he lives on It is never explicitly written in scripture that Melchizedek dies. The author of Hebrews speaks of this absence of information about Melchizedek's death in scripture as if it were a positive statement that he is still alive. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "scripture shows that he lives on" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-metaphor Λευεὶς, ὁ λαμβάνων δεκάτας, καὶ δεδεκάτωται δι’ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham's body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-metaphor Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δι’ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ δεδεκάτωται 1 Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham's body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 10 g26s figs-metaphor 0 Levi was in the body of his ancestor Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham's body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 kdb8 0 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ ἕτερον ἱερέα ἀνίστασθαι τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, καὶ οὐ λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν? 1 what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? This question emphasizes that it was unexpected that priests come after the order of Melchizedek. Alternate translation: "no one would have needed another priest, one who was like Melchizedek and not like Aaron, to arise." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς? χρεία κατὰ ἕτερον ἱερέα ἀνίστασθαι τὴν τάξιν ἔτι, καὶ οὐ λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν Μελχισέδεκ 1 what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? This question emphasizes that it was unexpected that priests come after the order of Melchizedek. Alternate translation: "no one would have needed another priest, one who was like Melchizedek and not like Aaron, to arise." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 hi4e ἀνίστασθαι 1 to arise "to come" or "to appear"
|
||||
HEB 7 11 cc5f τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: "in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest"
|
||||
HEB 7 11 kt3a figs-activepassive οὐ λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν 1 not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not be after the manner of Aaron" or "who is not a priest like Aaron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 12 c7f1 figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐξ τῆς ἱερωσύνης μετατιθεμένης, νόμου ἀνάγκης καὶ γίνεται μετάθεσις 1 For when the priesthood is changed, the law must also be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For when God changed the priesthood, he also had to change the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 13 k9zi γὰρ ὃν 1 For the one This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν ταῦτα λέγεται 1 about whom these things are said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about whom I am speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 kt3a figs-activepassive οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι 1 not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not be after the manner of Aaron" or "who is not a priest like Aaron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 12 c7f1 figs-activepassive , μετατιθεμένης γὰρ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται 1 For when the priesthood is changed, the law must also be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For when God changed the priesthood, he also had to change the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 13 k9zi ὃν γὰρ 1 For the one This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about whom I am speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 14 t3dm γὰρ 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 πρόδηλον ἐξ Ἰούδα ὅτι ἡμῶν ὁ Κύριος ἀνατέταλκεν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words "our Lord" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 πρόδηλον ὅτι ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words "our Lord" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 ln94 ἐξ Ἰούδα 1 from Judah "from the tribe of Judah"
|
||||
HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-inclusive 0 What we say is clearer yet "We can understand even more clearly." Here "we" refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ ἕτερος ἱερεὺς ἀνίσταται 1 if another priest arises "if another priest comes"
|
||||
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises "if another priest comes"
|
||||
HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: "in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest"
|
||||
HEB 7 16 fr4a 0 It was not based on the law "His becoming priest was not based on the law"
|
||||
HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-metonymy 0 the law of fleshly descent The idea of human descent is spoken of as if it had only to do with the flesh of one's body. Alternate translation: "the law of human descent" or "the law about priests' descendants becoming priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 xmj8 figs-personification γὰρ μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ ὅτι 1 For scripture witnesses about him This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: "For God witnesses about him through the scriptures" or "For this is what was written about him in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 xmj8 figs-personification μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ γὰρ ὅτι 1 For scripture witnesses about him This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: "For God witnesses about him through the scriptures" or "For this is what was written about him in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 g6zd κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek There were two groups of priests. One was made up of the descendants of Levi. The other was made up of Melchizedek and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "according to the line of Melchizedek" or "according to the priesthood of Melchizedek"
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor τὸ προαγούσης ἐντολῆς γίνεται ἀθέτησις 1 the former regulation is set aside Here "set aside" is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT "God made the commandment invalid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 ia8j figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἐτελείωσεν οὐδὲν ἐτελείωσεν 1 the law made nothing perfect The law is spoken of as if it were a person who could act. Alternate translation: "no one could become perfect by obeying the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-activepassive κρείττονος ἐλπίδος ἐπεισαγωγὴ 1 a better hope is introduced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has introduced a better hope" or "God has given us reason for a more confident hope (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor ἀθέτησις γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς τὸ 1 the former regulation is set aside Here "set aside" is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT "God made the commandment invalid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 ia8j figs-personification οὐδὲν ἐτελείωσεν ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος 1 the law made nothing perfect The law is spoken of as if it were a person who could act. Alternate translation: "no one could become perfect by obeying the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-activepassive ἐπεισαγωγὴ κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has introduced a better hope" or "God has given us reason for a more confident hope (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 c9tz figs-metaphor δι’ ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 through which we come near to God Worshiping God and having his favor are spoken of coming near to him. Alternate translation: "and because of this hope we approach God" or "and because of this hope we worship God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 20 f3cd 0 General Information: This quote comes from the same psalm of David as [Hebrews 7:17](../07/17.md)).
|
||||
HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit καὶ καθ’ οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας! 1 And it was not without an oath! The word "it" refers to Jesus becoming the eternal priest. It can be stated clearly who made the oath. Alternate translation: "And God did not choose this new priest without swearing an oath!" or "And it was because God swore an oath that the Lord became the new priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 7 22 h462 0 Connecting Statement: The writer then assures these Jewish believers that Christ has the better priesthood because he lives forever and the priests that descended from Aaron all died.
|
||||
HEB 7 22 e23d γέγονεν ἔγγυος κρείττονος διαθήκης 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant "has told us that we can be sure that there will be a better covenant"
|
||||
HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἀπαράβατον τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood A priest's work is spoken of as if it were an object that Jesus possesses. This can be worded to avoid the abstract noun. Alternate translation: "he is a priest permanently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 7 22 e23d κρείττονος διαθήκης γέγονεν ἔγγυος 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant "has told us that we can be sure that there will be a better covenant"
|
||||
HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood A priest's work is spoken of as if it were an object that Jesus possesses. This can be worded to avoid the abstract noun. Alternate translation: "he is a priest permanently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 a4gg figs-explicit ὅθεν δύναται 1 Therefore he You can make explicit what "Therefore" implies. Alternate translation: "Because Christ is our high priest who lives forever, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 b182 τοὺς προσερχομένους τῷ Θεῷ εἰς αὐτοῦ 1 those who approach God through him "those who come to God because of what Jesus has done"
|
||||
HEB 7 26 cmq1 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 has become higher than the heavens "God has raised him up to the highest heavens." The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: "God has given him more honor and power than anyone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 b182 τοὺς προσερχομένους αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ εἰς 1 those who approach God through him "those who come to God because of what Jesus has done"
|
||||
HEB 7 26 cmq1 figs-metaphor ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος 1 has become higher than the heavens "God has raised him up to the highest heavens." The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: "God has given him more honor and power than anyone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 27 b6nv 0 General Information: Here the words "He," "his," and "himself" refer to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἀνθρώπους ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here "the law" is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: "according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses" or "for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here "the law" is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: "according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses" or "for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 u5ny ἀνθρώπους ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 men who have weaknesses "men who are spiritually weak" or "men who are weak against sin"
|
||||
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy 0 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son The "word of the oath" represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: "God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law" or "after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -356,12 +356,12 @@ HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to dr
|
|||
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun "we," he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, the word "we" is exclusive. Alternate translation: "I am saying" or "I am writing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-inclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: "sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς ἀληθινῆς σκηνῆς ἣν τῆς ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ἔπηξεν 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here "true tabernacle" means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive γὰρ πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God appoints every priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἣν, ἔπηξεν, ὁ Κύριος οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here "true tabernacle" means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God appoints every priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 4 p2v6 μὲν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 8 4 gfz1 κατὰ τὰ νόμον 1 according to the law "as God requires in the law"
|
||||
HEB 8 5 t3i8 figs-metaphor οἵτινες λατρεύουσιν ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ ἐπουρανίων τῶν ἐπουρανίων 1 They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things The words "copy" and "shadow" have similar meanings and are metaphors meaning that something is not the real thing but it is similar to the real thing. These words emphasize that the priesthood and the earthly temple were images of Christ, the true high priest, and the heavenly temple. Alternate translation: "They serve what is a vague image of the heavenly things" or "They serve what is only similar to the heavenly things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 k5r1 figs-activepassive καθὼς Μωϋσῆς κεχρημάτισται μέλλων 1 It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It is just as God warned Moses when Moses was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 4 gfz1 κατὰ νόμον τὰ 1 according to the law "as God requires in the law"
|
||||
HEB 8 5 t3i8 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων ἐπουρανίων 1 They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things The words "copy" and "shadow" have similar meanings and are metaphors meaning that something is not the real thing but it is similar to the real thing. These words emphasize that the priesthood and the earthly temple were images of Christ, the true high priest, and the heavenly temple. Alternate translation: "They serve what is a vague image of the heavenly things" or "They serve what is only similar to the heavenly things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 k5r1 figs-activepassive καθὼς κεχρημάτισται Μωϋσῆς μέλλων 1 It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It is just as God warned Moses when Moses was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 qb7g figs-explicit κεχρημάτισται μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν 1 was about to construct the tabernacle Moses did not construct the tabernacle himself. He ordered the people to construct it. Alternate translation: "was about to command the people to construct the tabernacle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 jk6i 0 See that "Make sure that"
|
||||
HEB 8 5 wf1p κατὰ τὸν τύπον 1 to the pattern "to the design"
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,28 +369,28 @@ HEB 8 5 s9xe figs-activepassive τὸν δειχθέντα σοι 1 that was sho
|
|||
HEB 8 5 j3tz figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 on the mountain You can make explicit that "mountain" refers to Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: "on Mount Sinai" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 8 6 qdj6 0 Connecting Statement: This section begins to show that the new covenant is better than the old covenant with Israel and Judah.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 rt2a 0 Christ has received "God has given Christ"
|
||||
HEB 8 6 spy1 μεσίτης διαθήκης κρείττονός διαθήκης 1 mediator of a better covenant This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης, ἥτις νενομοθέτηται ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις 1 covenant, which is based on better promises This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises" or "covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 6 spy1 κρείττονός διαθήκης διαθήκης μεσίτης 1 mediator of a better covenant This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης, ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 covenant, which is based on better promises This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises" or "covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal 0 first covenant ... second covenant The words "first" and "second" are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: "old covenant ... new covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 gig6 ἦν ἄμεμπτος 1 had been faultless "had been perfect"
|
||||
HEB 8 8 ya4n 0 General Information: In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make.
|
||||
HEB 8 8 sqb4 αὐτοῖς 1 with the people "with the people of Israel"
|
||||
HEB 8 8 xhp8 ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
HEB 8 8 c6zm figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα 1 the house of Israel and with the house of Judah The people of Israel and Judah are spoken of as if they were houses. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel and with the people of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 9 dde5 figs-metaphor μου ἐπιλαβομένου αὐτῶν τῆς χειρὸς ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου 1 I took them by their hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt This metaphor represents God's great love and concern. Alternate translation: "I led them out of Egypt like a father leads his young child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 9 dde5 figs-metaphor ἐπιλαβομένου μου τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου 1 I took them by their hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt This metaphor represents God's great love and concern. Alternate translation: "I led them out of Egypt like a father leads his young child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 fh1c 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
HEB 8 10 k2ew figs-metaphor τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the house of Israel The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a house. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 q78u μετὰ ἐκείνας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 after those days "after that time"
|
||||
HEB 8 10 gbw3 figs-metaphor διδοὺς μου νόμους εἰς αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν 1 I will put my laws into their minds God's requirements are spoken of as if they were objects that could be placed somewhere. People's ability to think is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: "I will enable them to understand my laws" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς ἐπὶ αὐτῶν καρδίας 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "write them on their hearts" is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: "I will also put them in their hearts" or "I will enable them to obey my law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 q78u μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας 1 after those days "after that time"
|
||||
HEB 8 10 gbw3 figs-metaphor διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws into their minds God's requirements are spoken of as if they were objects that could be placed somewhere. People's ability to think is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: "I will enable them to understand my laws" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "write them on their hearts" is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: "I will also put them in their hearts" or "I will enable them to obey my law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 hs53 ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς Θεόν 1 I will be their God "I will be the God they worship"
|
||||
HEB 8 10 xgm3 αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι λαόν 1 they will be my people "they will be the people for whom I care"
|
||||
HEB 8 11 lsq6 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations 0 They will not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying, 'Know the Lord.' This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "They will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet 0 neighbor ... brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy 0 Know the Lord ... will all know me "Know" here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς αὐτῶν ἀδικίαις 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: "to those who did evil deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μνησθῶ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here "remember" stands for "think about." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: "to those who did evil deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν μὴ μνησθῶ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here "remember" stands for "think about." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Will<br><br>A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person's property after he dies.<br><br>##### Blood<br><br>In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal's body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>##### Return of Christ<br><br>Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people's sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### First covenant<br><br>This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate "the first covenant" as "the earlier covenant."<br>
|
||||
HEB 9 1 af6x 0 Connecting Statement: The writer makes clear to these Jewish believers that the laws and the tabernacle of the old covenant were only pictures of the better, new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 1 av9i 0 Now This word marks a new part of the teaching.
|
||||
|
|
@ -398,12 +398,12 @@ HEB 9 1 d3vs 0 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../
|
|||
HEB 9 1 pw63 εἶχε δικαιώματα 1 had regulations "had detailed instructions" or "had rules"
|
||||
HEB 9 2 e3em γὰρ 1 For The author is continuing the discussion from [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 2 f6k7 figs-activepassive σκηνὴ κατεσκευάσθη 1 a tabernacle was prepared A tabernacle was constructed and made ready for use. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Israelites prepared a tabernacle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 2 t13a ἥ τε λυχνία, ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ τῶν ἄρτων ἡ Πρόθεσις 1 the lampstand, the table, and the bread of the presence These objects are all accompanied by the definite article "the," because the author assumes that his readers already know about these things.
|
||||
HEB 9 2 gw3p figs-abstractnouns ἄρτων ἡ Πρόθεσις 1 bread of the presence This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "presence" is expressed as the verb "display" or "present." Alternate translation: "bread on display before God" or "bread the priests presented to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 9 2 t13a , ἥ, τε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τράπεζα ἡ Πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων 1 the lampstand, the table, and the bread of the presence These objects are all accompanied by the definite article "the," because the author assumes that his readers already know about these things.
|
||||
HEB 9 2 gw3p figs-abstractnouns ἡ Πρόθεσις ἄρτων 1 bread of the presence This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "presence" is expressed as the verb "display" or "present." Alternate translation: "bread on display before God" or "bread the priests presented to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 9 3 j7w3 μετὰ τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα 1 Behind the second curtain The first curtain was the outer wall of the tabernacle, so the "second curtain" was the curtain between the "holy place" and the "most holy place."
|
||||
HEB 9 3 ssr9 translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 second This is the ordinal word for number two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 9 4 kt3u ἐν 1 Inside it "Inside the ark of the covenant"
|
||||
HEB 9 4 jj9y figs-explicit Ἀαρὼν' Ἀαρὼν ῥάβδος ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 Aaron's rod that budded This was the rod Aaron had when God proved to the people of Israel that he had chosen Aaron as his priest by making Aaron's rod bud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 4 jj9y figs-explicit Ἀαρὼν' ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 Aaron's rod that budded This was the rod Aaron had when God proved to the people of Israel that he had chosen Aaron as his priest by making Aaron's rod bud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 4 md1f ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 that budded "from which leaves and flowers had grown"
|
||||
HEB 9 4 q9w3 πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης 1 tablets of the covenant Here "tablets" are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written.
|
||||
HEB 9 5 ue5q 0 glorious cherubim overshadowed the atonement lid When the Israelites were making the ark of the covenant, God commanded them to carve two cherubim facing each other, with their wings touching, over the atonement lid of the ark of the covenant. Here they are spoken of as providing shade for the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: "glorious cherubim covered the atonement lid with their wings"
|
||||
|
|
@ -413,22 +413,22 @@ HEB 9 6 mra7 figs-activepassive 0 After these things were prepared This can be
|
|||
HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "he always brought blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 7 xtk5 αἵματος 1 blood This is the blood of the bull and goat that the high priest had to sacrifice on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
HEB 9 8 a26f 0 the most holy place Possible meanings are 1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth or 2) God's presence in heaven.
|
||||
HEB 9 8 e14c figs-metonymy τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης ἔτι στάσιν 1 the first tabernacle was still standing Possible meanings are 1) "the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing" or 2) "the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 8 e14c figs-metonymy ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν 1 the first tabernacle was still standing Possible meanings are 1) "the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing" or 2) "the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 cu76 ἥτις παραβολὴ 1 This was an illustration "This was a picture" or "This was a symbol"
|
||||
HEB 9 9 fl6i εἰς τὸν ἐνεστηκότα καιρὸν 1 for the present time "for now"
|
||||
HEB 9 9 fl6i εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ἐνεστηκότα 1 for the present time "for now"
|
||||
HEB 9 9 g16u figs-activepassive τὸν καθ’ προσφέρονται 1 that are now being offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the priests now offer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 qsa1 figs-metaphor μὴ δυνάμεναι τελειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα' λατρεύοντα συνείδησιν 1 are not able to perfect the worshiper's conscience The writer speaks of a person's conscience as if it were an object that could be made better and better until it was without fault. A person's conscience is his knowledge of right and wrong. It is also his awareness of whether or not he has done wrong. If he knows he has done wrong, we say that he feels guilty. Alternate translation: "are not able to make the worshiper free from guilt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 c31d figs-genericnoun τὸν λατρεύοντα' λατρεύοντα συνείδησιν 1 the worshiper's conscience The writer appears to refer to only one worshiper, but he means all those who came to worship God at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 qsa1 figs-metaphor μὴ δυνάμεναι τελειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα' συνείδησιν λατρεύοντα 1 are not able to perfect the worshiper's conscience The writer speaks of a person's conscience as if it were an object that could be made better and better until it was without fault. A person's conscience is his knowledge of right and wrong. It is also his awareness of whether or not he has done wrong. If he knows he has done wrong, we say that he feels guilty. Alternate translation: "are not able to make the worshiper free from guilt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 c31d figs-genericnoun τὸν λατρεύοντα' συνείδησιν λατρεύοντα 1 the worshiper's conscience The writer appears to refer to only one worshiper, but he means all those who came to worship God at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 9 10 hqs8 μέχρι καιροῦ διορθώσεως 1 until the time of the new order "until God created the new order"
|
||||
HEB 9 10 kqc1 διορθώσεως 1 new order "new covenant"
|
||||
HEB 9 11 bnc6 0 Connecting Statement: Having described the service of the tabernacle under God's law, the writer makes clear that Christ's service under the new covenant is better because it is sealed with his blood. It is better also because Christ has entered the true "tabernacle," that is, God's own presence in heaven, instead of entering, as other high priests, into the earthly tabernacle, which was only an imperfect copy.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 da2i ἀγαθῶν 1 good things This does not refer to material things. It means the good things that God promised in his new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 czx6 τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς 1 the greater and more perfect tabernacle This refers to the heavenly tent or tabernacle, which is more important and more perfect than the earthly tabernacle.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 lxw8 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ οὐ χειροποιήτου 1 that was not made by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that humans hands did not make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 lxw8 figs-activepassive οὐ χειροποιήτου τοῦτ’ 1 that was not made by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that humans hands did not make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 human hands Here "hands" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 12 wp9n figs-metaphor ἅγια 1 most holy place God's presence in heaven is spoken of as if it were the most holy place, the innermost room in the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 ch3c ῥαντίζουσα δαμάλεως' δαμάλεως σποδὸς τοὺς κεκοινωμένους 1 sprinkling of a heifer's ashes on those who have become unclean The priest would drop small amounts of the ashes on the unclean people.
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν καθαρότητα τῆς σαρκὸς 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here "flesh" refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: "for the cleansing of their bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 ch3c δαμάλεως ῥαντίζουσα' σποδὸς δαμάλεως τοὺς κεκοινωμένους 1 sprinkling of a heifer's ashes on those who have become unclean The priest would drop small amounts of the ashes on the unclean people.
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here "flesh" refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: "for the cleansing of their bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 t58w figs-rquestion 0 how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish to God, cleanse our conscience from dead works to serve the living God? The author uses this question to emphasize that Christ's sacrifice was the most powerful. Alternate translation: "then certainly Christ's blood will cleanse our conscience even more from dead works to serve the living God! Because, through the eternal Spirit, he offered himself without blemish to God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 r22p figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ 1 the blood of Christ The "blood" of Christ stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 xj6g figs-metaphor ἄμωμον 1 blemish This is a small sin or moral fault spoken of here as if it were a small, unusual spot or defect on Christ's body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -436,14 +436,14 @@ HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy 0 cleanse our conscience Here "conscience" refers t
|
|||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 cleanse Here "cleanse" stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 zbj1 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 x3xr διὰ 1 For this reason "As a result" or "Because of this"
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg τοῦτο ἐστίν τῇ μεσίτης διαθήκης καινῆς διαθήκης 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg τοῦτο διαθήκης διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν τῇ 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 9 15 q3x3 πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ τῶν παραβάσεων 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins "to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant." Possible meanings are 1) here "their sins" is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: "to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant" or 2) here "their sins" is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: "to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων τὴν 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins "to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant." Possible meanings are 1) here "their sins" is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: "to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant" or 2) here "their sins" is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: "to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 ve3v figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom God has chosen to be his children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 xb9f figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 16 rng2 διαθήκη 1 will a legal document in which a person states who should receive his possessions when he himself dies
|
||||
HEB 9 16 um9a θάνατον τοῦ διαθεμένου ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι 1 the death of the person who made it must be proven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone must prove that the person who made the will has died"
|
||||
HEB 9 18 wpf1 figs-activepassive ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη ἐνκεκαίνισται χωρὶς αἵματος 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "So God established even the first covenant with blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 16 um9a θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου 1 the death of the person who made it must be proven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone must prove that the person who made the will has died"
|
||||
HEB 9 18 wpf1 figs-activepassive ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "So God established even the first covenant with blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 18 kq87 πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 18 v838 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 blood The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but blood. Alternate translation: "the death of animals sacrificed to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction 0 took the blood ... with water ... and sprinkled ... the scroll ... and all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people's acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -451,35 +451,35 @@ HEB 9 19 tgc2 ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop a woody shrub with flowers in summer, us
|
|||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here "blood" refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant's requirements. Alternate translation: "the blood that brings into effect the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 k6dm ἐράντισεν 1 he sprinkled "Moses sprinkled"
|
||||
HEB 9 21 l27v translate-symaction ἐράντισεν 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 xa9q πάντα τῷ σκεύη λειτουργίας ὁμοίως λειτουργίας 1 all the containers used in the service A container is an object that can hold things. Here it may refer to any kind of utensil or tool. Alternate translation: "all the utensils used in the service"
|
||||
HEB 9 21 ec4h figs-activepassive σκεύη λειτουργίας ὁμοίως λειτουργίας 1 used in the service This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the priests used in their work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 xa9q πάντα σκεύη λειτουργίας λειτουργίας τῷ ὁμοίως 1 all the containers used in the service A container is an object that can hold things. Here it may refer to any kind of utensil or tool. Alternate translation: "all the utensils used in the service"
|
||||
HEB 9 21 ec4h figs-activepassive σκεύη λειτουργίας λειτουργίας ὁμοίως 1 used in the service This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the priests used in their work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 cl3v figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here the animal "blood" is talking about the animal's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 g3ef figs-metaphor σχεδὸν πάντα καθαρίζεται ἐν αἵματι 1 almost everything is cleansed with blood Making something acceptable to God is spoken of as if it were cleansing that thing. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the priests use blood to cleanse almost everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας γίνεται οὐ ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here "shedding of blood" refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: "Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice" or "God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 g3ef figs-metaphor σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι πάντα καθαρίζεται 1 almost everything is cleansed with blood Making something acceptable to God is spoken of as if it were cleansing that thing. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the priests use blood to cleanse almost everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here "shedding of blood" refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: "Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice" or "God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v1tr figs-explicit ἄφεσις 1 forgiveness You can state explicitly the implied meaning. Alternate translation: "forgiveness of the sins of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 nh15 0 Connecting Statement: The writer emphasizes that Christ (now in heaven interceding for us) had to die only once for sins and that he will return to earth a second time.
|
||||
HEB 9 23 q79n figs-activepassive 0 the copies of the things in heaven should be cleansed with these animal sacrifices This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the priests should use these animal sacrifices to cleanse what are copies of things that are in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 y9b7 figs-activepassive 0 the heavenly things themselves had to be cleansed with much better sacrifices That is, better than the sacrifices used to cleanse the earthly copies. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as for the heavenly things themselves, God had to cleanse them with much better sacrifices" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche τῶν ἅγια χειροποίητα, ἀντίτυπα 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here "with hands" means "by humans." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the most holy place, which humans made, and which" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 g5lp τῶν τὸν ἀληθινῶν 1 of the true one "of the true most holy place"
|
||||
HEB 9 25 f17a προσφέρῃ οὐδ’ 1 He did not go there "He did not enter heaven"
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche χειροποίητα ἅγια τῶν, ἀντίτυπα 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here "with hands" means "by humans." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the most holy place, which humans made, and which" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 g5lp τῶν ἀληθινῶν τὸν 1 of the true one "of the true most holy place"
|
||||
HEB 9 25 f17a οὐδ’ προσφέρῃ 1 He did not go there "He did not enter heaven"
|
||||
HEB 9 25 rnh3 κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 year by year "every year" or "each year"
|
||||
HEB 9 25 zpf3 ἐν αἵματι ἀλλοτρίῳ 1 with the blood of another This means with the blood of an animal victim, not with his own blood.
|
||||
HEB 9 26 lhi3 ἐπεὶ 1 If that had been the case "If he had had to offer himself often"
|
||||
HEB 9 26 dq7m figs-metaphor ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας διὰ τῆς θυσίας αὐτοῦ 1 to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself Doing away with sin represents having God forgive it. Alternate translation: "to cause God to forgive sins by sacrificing himself" or "to sacrifice himself so that God can forgive sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p8b6 figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστός προσενεχθεὶς ἅπαξ 1 Christ was offered once This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ offered himself once" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p8b6 figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστός ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 1 Christ was offered once This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ offered himself once" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 hv2t figs-metaphor προσενεχθεὶς τὸ ἁμαρτίας 1 to take away the sins The act of making us innocent rather than guilty for our sins is spoken of as if our sins were physical objects that Christ could carry away from us. Alternate translation: "so that God would forgive the sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here "sins" mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 intro nev1 0 # Hebrews 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus' sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### God's judgment and reward<br><br>Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins"<br>The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices "take away sins." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### "The covenant that I will make"<br>It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kwq1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer shows the weakness of the law and its sacrifices, why God gave the law, and the perfection of the new priesthood and Christ's sacrifice.
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος ἔχων σκιὰν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μελλόντων 1 the law is only a shadow of the good things to come This speaks about the law as if it were a shadow. The author means the law is not the good things that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 1 r6ly οὐκ τὴν εἰκόνα τὴν τοὺς πραγμάτων αὐτὴν 1 not the real forms of those things themselves "not the real things themselves"
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor σκιὰν ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν 1 the law is only a shadow of the good things to come This speaks about the law as if it were a shadow. The author means the law is not the good things that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 1 r6ly οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν τὴν εἰκόνα πραγμάτων τοὺς 1 not the real forms of those things themselves "not the real things themselves"
|
||||
HEB 10 1 at4v ἐνιαυτὸν 1 year after year "every year"
|
||||
HEB 10 2 aw6g figs-rquestion ἂν ἐπαύσαντο οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι? 1 would the sacrifices not have ceased to be offered? The author uses a question to state that the sacrifices were limited in their power. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they would have ceased offering those sacrifices." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 aw6g figs-rquestion οὐκ ἂν ἂν ἐπαύσαντο ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι? 1 would the sacrifices not have ceased to be offered? The author uses a question to state that the sacrifices were limited in their power. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they would have ceased offering those sacrifices." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 zc3d ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι 1 ceased to be "stopped being"
|
||||
HEB 10 2 mu42 figs-metaphor τὸ λατρεύοντας κεκαθαρισμένους 1 the worshipers would have been cleansed Here being cleansed represents no longer being guilty of sin. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sacrifices would have taken away their sin" or "God would have made them no longer guilty of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 m9tj τοὺς μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 would no longer have any consciousness of sin "would no longer think that they are guilty of sin" or "would know that they are no longer guilty of sin"
|
||||
HEB 10 4 di8i figs-metaphor γὰρ ἀδύνατον αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that animal blood could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: "For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 m9tj μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν τοὺς 1 would no longer have any consciousness of sin "would no longer think that they are guilty of sin" or "would know that they are no longer guilty of sin"
|
||||
HEB 10 4 di8i figs-metaphor ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that animal blood could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: "For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-metonymy αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bulls and goats Here "blood" refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 q4ye 0 General Information: Christ's words when he was on earth were foretold in this quotation from a psalm of David.
|
||||
HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you 0 you did not desire Here "you" is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -488,24 +488,24 @@ HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here "I" refers to Christ.
|
|||
HEB 10 8 c8eb 0 General Information: Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 rlv8 0 sacrifices ... offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 n7kc 0 whole burnt offerings ... sacrifices for sin See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 d3ek figs-activepassive προσφέρονται νόμον 1 that are offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that priests offer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 8 d3ek figs-activepassive νόμον προσφέρονται 1 that are offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that priests offer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 k5kv ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον ἵνα στήσῃ τὸ δεύτερον 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun "practice" here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: "He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun "practice" here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: "He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal 0 first practice ... the second practice The words "first" and "second" are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: "old practice ... the new practice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xj9i figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν ἡγιασμένοι 1 we have been sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sanctified us" or "God has dedicated us to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xj9i figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν 1 we have been sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sanctified us" or "God has dedicated us to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xk24 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ The abstract noun "offering" can be expressed with the verb "offer" or "sacrifice." Alternate translation: "because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice" or "because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 11 f4wd καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 Day after day "day by day" or "every day"
|
||||
HEB 10 11 jq4i figs-metaphor δύνανται οὐδέποτε περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 can never take away sins This speaks of "sins" as if they are an object that a person can take away. Alternate translation: "can never cause God to forgive sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 12 fy8w translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν τοῦ δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 he sat down at the right hand of God To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: "he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 13 s6sn figs-metaphor ἕως αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τεθῶσιν ὑποπόδιον τῶν αὐτοῦ ποδῶν 1 until his enemies are made a stool for his feet The humiliation of Christ's enemies is spoken of as if they were made a place for him to rest his feet. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God humiliates Christ's enemies and they become like a stool for his feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 11 jq4i figs-metaphor οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 can never take away sins This speaks of "sins" as if they are an object that a person can take away. Alternate translation: "can never cause God to forgive sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 12 fy8w translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he sat down at the right hand of God To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: "he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 13 s6sn figs-metaphor ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 until his enemies are made a stool for his feet The humiliation of Christ's enemies is spoken of as if they were made a place for him to rest his feet. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God humiliates Christ's enemies and they become like a stool for his feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 14 dz9n figs-activepassive τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους 1 those who are being sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom God is sanctifying" or "those whom God has dedicated to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 15 qk8j 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 16 czh3 πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 with them "with my people"
|
||||
HEB 10 16 s783 μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας 1 after those days "when the time of the first covenant with my people has finished"
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς μου νόμους ἐπὶ αὐτῶν καρδίας 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "put them in their hearts" is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: "I will enable them to obey my laws" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "put them in their hearts" is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: "I will enable them to obey my laws" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 vkw4 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 17 qn7w figs-explicit αὐτῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν μνησθήσομαι οὐ μὴ ἔτι 1 Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer." "I will no longer remember their sins and lawless deeds.'" or "I will no longer think about their sins and lawless deeds.'" This is the second part of the Holy Spirit's testimony ([Hebrews 10:15-16](./15.md)). You can make this explicit in the translation by ending the quotation at the end of verse 16 and starting a new quotation here. Alternate translation: "Then next he said, 'Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-doublet αὐτῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds The words "sins" and "lawless deeds" mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: "The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 qn7w figs-explicit τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι 1 Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer." "I will no longer remember their sins and lawless deeds.'" or "I will no longer think about their sins and lawless deeds.'" This is the second part of the Holy Spirit's testimony ([Hebrews 10:15-16](./15.md)). You can make this explicit in the translation by ending the quotation at the end of verse 16 and starting a new quotation here. Alternate translation: "Then next he said, 'Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-doublet τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds The words "sins" and "lawless deeds" mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: "The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 10 18 pje1 δὲ 1 Now This is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. It does not mean "at this moment."
|
||||
HEB 10 18 pjh5 figs-abstractnouns ὅπου ἄφεσις 1 where there is forgiveness for these This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "forgiveness" is expressed as the verb "forgive." Alternate translation: "when God has forgiven these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 18 z351 figs-abstractnouns ὅπου ἄφεσις τούτων οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 there is no longer any sacrifice for sin This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "sacrifice" is expressed as the verb "make offerings." Alternate translation: "people no longer need to make offerings for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,54 +513,54 @@ HEB 10 19 ih5u 0 Connecting Statement: Having made it clear that there is only
|
|||
HEB 10 19 f6g3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" or "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 fii7 figs-metaphor τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here "blood of Jesus" refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ζῶσαν ὁδὸν 1 living way Possible meanings are 1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or 2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ τῆς καταπετάσματος 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God's true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τοῦτ’ αὐτοῦ σαρκὸς 1 by means of his flesh Here "flesh" stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: "by means of his death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἱερέα ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this "great priest."
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν ζῶσαν 1 living way Possible meanings are 1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or 2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ καταπετάσματος τῆς 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God's true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τοῦτ’ σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 by means of his flesh Here "flesh" stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: "by means of his death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this "great priest."
|
||||
HEB 10 21 bmh1 ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 1 over the house "in charge of the house"
|
||||
HEB 10 21 d1u1 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God This speaks about God's people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: "all the people of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 l4ik figs-metonymy προσερχώμεθα 1 let us approach Here "approach" stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God's altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with true hearts "with faithful hearts" or "with honest hearts." Here "hearts" stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: "with sincerity" or "sincerely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 i7ti ἐν τὰς πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως 1 in the full assurance of faith "and with a confident faith" or "and trusting completely in Jesus"
|
||||
HEB 10 22 zkg5 figs-activepassive ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας ῥεραντισμένοι 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy καρδίας ῥεραντισμένοι 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here "hearts" is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 i7ti ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως τὰς 1 in the full assurance of faith "and with a confident faith" or "and trusting completely in Jesus"
|
||||
HEB 10 22 zkg5 figs-activepassive ῥεραντισμένοι ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι καρδίας 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here "hearts" is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 pc1a translate-symaction ῥεραντισμένοι 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 p2sk figs-activepassive λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα λελουμένοι τὸ καθαρῷ ὕδατι 1 having our bodies washed with pure water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as if he had washed our bodies in pure water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα λελουμένοι τὸ καθαρῷ ὕδατι 1 our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then "water" is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then "pure" is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The "washing" stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 p2sk figs-activepassive λελουμένοι λελουμένοι τὸ τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 having our bodies washed with pure water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as if he had washed our bodies in pure water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy λελουμένοι τὸ τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then "water" is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then "pure" is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The "washing" stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here "hold tightly" is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns "confession" and "expectation" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 jy4t figs-metaphor ἀκλινῆ 1 without wavering Being uncertain about something is spoken of as if he were wavering or leaning from side to side. Alternate translation: "without being unsure" or "without doubting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 v4fa figs-explicit ἐγκαταλείποντες μὴ ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 Let us not stop meeting together You can make explicit that the people met to worship. Alternate translation: "Let us not stop coming together to worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε τὴν ἡμέραν ἐγγίζουσαν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here "the day" refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "as you know that Christ will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 v4fa figs-explicit μὴ ἐγκαταλείποντες ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 Let us not stop meeting together You can make explicit that the people met to worship. Alternate translation: "Let us not stop coming together to worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here "the day" refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "as you know that Christ will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 gm7l 0 Connecting Statement: The writer now gives his fourth warning.
|
||||
HEB 10 26 byv6 ἡμῶν ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτανόντων 1 we deliberately go on sinning "we know we are sinning but we do it again and again"
|
||||
HEB 10 26 byv6 ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν 1 we deliberately go on sinning "we know we are sinning but we do it again and again"
|
||||
HEB 10 26 hj5s figs-metaphor μετὰ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας 1 after we have received the knowledge of the truth Knowledge of the truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be given by one person to another. Alternate translation: "after we have learned the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 b1r7 figs-explicit τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth The truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 l7sv figs-explicit θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν οὐκέτι ἀπολείπεται 1 a sacrifice for sins no longer exists No one is able to give a new sacrifice because Christ's sacrifice is the only one that works. Alternate translation: "no one can offer a sacrifice for which God will forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 a sacrifice for sins Here "sacrifice for sins" stands for "an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins"
|
||||
HEB 10 26 l7sv figs-explicit οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins no longer exists No one is able to give a new sacrifice because Christ's sacrifice is the only one that works. Alternate translation: "no one can offer a sacrifice for which God will forgive our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins Here "sacrifice for sins" stands for "an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins"
|
||||
HEB 10 27 fza4 figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 of judgment Of God's judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 27 t6da figs-metaphor 0 a fury of fire that will consume God's enemies God's fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 28 c1aj figs-explicit ἐπὶ δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 of two or three witnesses It is implied that this means "of at least two or three witness." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion 0 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves ... grace? The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: "This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone ... grace!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor καταπατήσας τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: "has rejected the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: "has rejected the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα ἡγησάμενος τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν 1 who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: "by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy"
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ τὸ αἷμα αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: "by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy"
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here "blood" stands for Christ's death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive 0 the blood by which he was sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the blood by which God sanctified him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 qr6c τῆς τὸ Πνεῦμα χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace "the Spirit of God, who provides grace"
|
||||
HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace "the Spirit of God, who provides grace"
|
||||
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐκδίκησις ἐμοὶ 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God's full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God's hands. Here "hands" refers to God's power to judge. Alternate translation: "to receive God's full punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 tlh3 τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας 1 the former days "the time in the past"
|
||||
HEB 10 32 p3q3 figs-metaphor φωτισθέντες 1 after you were enlightened Learning the truth is spoken of as if God shined a light on the person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you learned the truth about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 v25j αἷς ὑπεμείνατε πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ἐν παθημάτων 1 how you endured a great struggle in suffering "how much suffering you had to endure"
|
||||
HEB 10 32 v25j ἐν αἷς πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων 1 how you endured a great struggle in suffering "how much suffering you had to endure"
|
||||
HEB 10 33 cig1 figs-activepassive 0 You were exposed to public ridicule by insults and persecution This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People ridiculed you by insulting and persecuting you in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 33 u1gk 0 you were sharing with those "you joined those"
|
||||
HEB 10 34 cjr6 figs-metaphor κρείσσονα καὶ μένουσαν ὕπαρξιν 1 a better and everlasting possession God's eternal blessings are spoken of as a "possession." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 34 cjr6 figs-metaphor κρείσσονα ὕπαρξιν καὶ μένουσαν 1 a better and everlasting possession God's eternal blessings are spoken of as a "possession." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 35 xh64 0 General Information: In 10:37 is a quotation from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 35 m35c figs-metaphor ἀποβάλητε μὴ ἀποβάλητε ὑμῶν τὴν παρρησίαν, ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν 1 do not throw away your confidence, which has a great reward A person no longer having confidence is spoken of as if the person were to throw confidence away, like a person would discard something worthless. The abstract noun "confidence" can be translated with the adjective "confident" or the adverb "confidently." Alternate translation: "do not stop being confident, because you will receive a great reward for being confident" or "do not stop confidently trusting in God, who will reward you greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit γὰρ ἔτι ὅσον μικρὸν ὅσον 1 For in a very little while You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: "As God said in the scriptures, 'For in a very little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι ὅσον μικρὸν ὅσον 1 in a very little while "very soon"
|
||||
HEB 10 35 m35c figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποβάλητε ἀποβάλητε τὴν παρρησίαν, ὑμῶν ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν 1 do not throw away your confidence, which has a great reward A person no longer having confidence is spoken of as if the person were to throw confidence away, like a person would discard something worthless. The abstract noun "confidence" can be translated with the adjective "confident" or the adverb "confidently." Alternate translation: "do not stop being confident, because you will receive a great reward for being confident" or "do not stop confidently trusting in God, who will reward you greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον 1 For in a very little while You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: "As God said in the scriptures, 'For in a very little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον 1 in a very little while "very soon"
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j2ck 0 General Information: In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun 0 My righteous one ... If he shrinks ... with him These refer to any of God's people in general. Alternate translation: "My faithful people ... If any one of them shrinks ... with that person" or "My faithful people ... If they shrink ... with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh 0 My righteous ... I will Here "My" and "I" refer to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,74 +570,74 @@ HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for ke
|
|||
HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure<br><br>The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.<br><br>#### Important concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Faith<br><br>In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly.<br>
|
||||
HEB 11 1 a371 0 Connecting Statement: The author tells three things about faith in this brief introduction.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 d95i δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here the author starts to explain the meaning of "faith."
|
||||
HEB 11 1 dne9 πίστις ἔστιν ὑπόστασις ἐλπιζομένων 1 faith is being sure of the things hoped for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when we have faith, we are sure of the things we hope for" or "faith is what allows a person to confidently expect certain things"
|
||||
HEB 11 1 dne9 ἔστιν πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις 1 faith is being sure of the things hoped for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when we have faith, we are sure of the things we hope for" or "faith is what allows a person to confidently expect certain things"
|
||||
HEB 11 1 hiq2 ἐλπιζομένων 1 hoped for Here this refers specifically to the sure promises of God, especially the certainty that all believers in Jesus will live with God forever in heaven.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 ybd8 figs-activepassive ἔλεγχος πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 certain of things that are not seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we still have not seen" or "that still have not happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 2 smr4 γὰρ ἐν ταύτῃ 1 For because of this "Because they were certain about events that had not happened"
|
||||
HEB 11 1 ybd8 figs-activepassive πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 certain of things that are not seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we still have not seen" or "that still have not happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 2 smr4 ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ 1 For because of this "Because they were certain about events that had not happened"
|
||||
HEB 11 2 kmq6 figs-activepassive 0 the ancestors were approved for their faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God approved of our ancestors because they had faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 2 u66c figs-explicit οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 the ancestors The author is speaking to the Hebrews about Hebrew ancestors. Alternate translation: "our ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 3 u5i9 figs-activepassive τοὺς αἰῶνας κατηρτίσθαι ῥήματι Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ ῥήματι 1 the universe was created by God's command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God created the universe by commanding it to exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 3 e7fs φαινομένων γεγονέναι τὸ μὴ γεγονέναι ἐκ γεγονέναι τὸ βλεπόμενον 1 what is visible was not made out of things that were visible This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not create what we see out of things that were visible"
|
||||
HEB 11 3 u5i9 figs-activepassive κατηρτίσθαι τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι Θεοῦ' ῥήματι Θεοῦ 1 the universe was created by God's command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God created the universe by commanding it to exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 3 e7fs τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι γεγονέναι γεγονέναι 1 what is visible was not made out of things that were visible This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not create what we see out of things that were visible"
|
||||
HEB 11 4 w5de 0 Connecting Statement: The writer then gives many examples (mostly from Old Testament writings) of people who lived by faith even though they did not receive what God had promised while they lived on the earth.
|
||||
HEB 11 4 r2m8 figs-activepassive 0 he was attested to be righteous This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God declared him to be righteous" or "God declared that Abel was righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 4 g52j figs-metaphor 0 Abel still speaks Reading the scriptures and learning about Abel's faith is spoken of as if Abel himself were still speaking. Alternate translation: "we still learn from what Abel did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive 0 It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It was by faith that Enoch did not die because God took him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive πρὸ αὐτὸν τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "before God took him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πρὸ τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "before God took him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God said that Enoch had pleased him" or 2) "people said that Enoch pleased God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 0 Now without faith Here "Now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 r9nb figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς πίστεως ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι 1 without faith it is impossible to please him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "a person can please God only if he has faith in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 b438 figs-metaphor τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ 1 that anyone coming to God Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming to God. Alternate translation: "that anyone who wants to belong to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 xl5v αὐτὸν γίνεται μισθαποδότης τοῖς 1 he is a rewarder of those "he rewards those"
|
||||
HEB 11 6 xl5v τοῖς αὐτὸν μισθαποδότης γίνεται 1 he is a rewarder of those "he rewards those"
|
||||
HEB 11 6 i8e9 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν 1 those who seek him Those who learn about God and make an effort to obey him are spoken of as if they were seeking to find him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 r67b figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 having been given a divine message This can be stated in active form and in other terms. Alternate translation: "because God told him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 p3pn figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων 1 about things not yet seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about things no one had ever seen before" or "about events that had not happened yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 pf7b figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here "world" refers to the world's human population. Alternate translation: "the people living in the world at that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 c9yc figs-metaphor ἐγένετο κληρονόμος τοῦ δικαιοσύνης 1 became an heir of the righteousness Noah is spoken of as if he were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "received from God the righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 et9l δικαιοσύνης τῆς κατὰ πίστιν 1 that is according to faith "that God gives to those who have faith in him"
|
||||
HEB 11 8 a7c2 figs-activepassive καλούμενος ἤμελλεν καλούμενος 1 when he was called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when God called him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 c9yc figs-metaphor τοῦ δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο κληρονόμος 1 became an heir of the righteousness Noah is spoken of as if he were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "received from God the righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 et9l τῆς κατὰ πίστιν δικαιοσύνης 1 that is according to faith "that God gives to those who have faith in him"
|
||||
HEB 11 8 a7c2 figs-activepassive καλούμενος καλούμενος ἤμελλεν 1 when he was called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when God called him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 8 kkt5 ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τόπον 1 went out to the place "left his home to go to the place"
|
||||
HEB 11 8 d1zf figs-metaphor ὃν ἤμελλεν λαμβάνειν εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 that he was to receive as an inheritance The land that God promised to give Abraham's descendants is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Abraham was to receive. Alternate translation: "that God would give him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 8 sq21 ἐξῆλθεν 1 He went out "He left his home"
|
||||
HEB 11 9 pmb6 figs-abstractnouns παρῴκησεν εἰς τῆς γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν 1 he lived in the land of promise as a foreigner This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "promise" is expressed as the verb "promised." Alternate translation: "he lived as a foreigner in the land God had promised to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 9 pmb6 figs-abstractnouns παρῴκησεν εἰς γῆν τῆς τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν 1 he lived in the land of promise as a foreigner This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "promise" is expressed as the verb "promised." Alternate translation: "he lived as a foreigner in the land God had promised to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 9 s5fw figs-metaphor τῶν συνκληρονόμων 1 fellow heirs "heirs together." This speaks about Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob as if they were heirs that would receive an inheritance from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 10 f3z8 figs-metonymy τὴν πόλιν ἔχουσαν τοὺς θεμελίους 1 the city with foundations "the city that has foundations." Having foundations indicates that the city is permanent. Alternate translation: "the eternal city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 10 f3z8 figs-metonymy τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν 1 the city with foundations "the city that has foundations." Having foundations indicates that the city is permanent. Alternate translation: "the eternal city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 10 fd98 ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεός 1 whose architect and builder is God "which is designed and built by God" or "which God would design and build"
|
||||
HEB 11 10 ufe6 τεχνίτης 1 architect a person who designs buildings and cities
|
||||
HEB 11 11 ks44 0 General Information: Many versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah, and others interpret it as referring to Abraham.
|
||||
HEB 11 11 mk6i 0 It was by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren, that Abraham received ability to father a child. This happened even though he was too old, since he considered Some versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah. "By faith Sarah, herself also barren, received power to bear children even beyond the time of maturity, since she considered"
|
||||
HEB 11 11 mtf2 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was by faith The abstract noun "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Possible meanings are 1) it was by Abraham's faith. Alternate translation: "It was because Abraham believed God" or 2) it was by Sarah's faith. Alternate translation: "It was because Sarah believed God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 11 dgu6 ἔλαβεν δύναμιν καταβολὴν σπέρματος 1 received ability to father a child "received ability to become a father" or "received ability to have a child"
|
||||
HEB 11 11 dgu6 δύναμιν καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν 1 received ability to father a child "received ability to become a father" or "received ability to have a child"
|
||||
HEB 11 11 wgp6 0 since he considered as faithful the one who had given the promise "because he believed God, who had give the promise, to be faithful"
|
||||
HEB 11 12 x8b2 figs-simile 0 descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 12 mu4e ὡς ἡ ἀναρίθμητος ἡ ἄμμος ἡ παρὰ τῆς χεῖλος 1 as countless as sand by the seashore This means that just as there are so many grains of sand on the seashore that no one can count them all, Abraham had so many descendants that no one can count them all.
|
||||
HEB 11 13 yin6 figs-metaphor μὴ λαβόντες τῆς τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 without receiving the promises This speaks of promises as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: "without receiving what God had promised them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 12 mu4e ὡς ἡ ἄμμος ἡ παρὰ χεῖλος τῆς ἡ ἀναρίθμητος 1 as countless as sand by the seashore This means that just as there are so many grains of sand on the seashore that no one can count them all, Abraham had so many descendants that no one can count them all.
|
||||
HEB 11 13 yin6 figs-metaphor μὴ λαβόντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῆς 1 without receiving the promises This speaks of promises as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: "without receiving what God had promised them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 g5ut figs-metaphor 0 after seeing and greeting them from far off Future promised events are spoken of as if they were travelers arriving from far away. Alternate translation: "after learning what God will do in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 n71b αὐτὰς ὁμολογήσαντες 1 they admitted "they acknowledged" or "they accepted"
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet εἰσιν ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί ἐπὶ γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here "foreigners" and "exiles" mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here "foreigners" and "exiles" mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 14 xwa4 πατρίδα 1 a homeland "a country for them to belong to"
|
||||
HEB 11 16 ea1a ἐπουρανίου 1 heavenly one "heavenly country" or "country in heaven"
|
||||
HEB 11 16 cvh1 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἔστιν οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς Θεὸς 1 God is not ashamed to be called their God This can be expressed in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "God is happy to have them call him their God" or "God is proud to have them say that he is their God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 11 16 cvh1 figs-activepassive ἔστιν οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς Θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι 1 God is not ashamed to be called their God This can be expressed in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "God is happy to have them call him their God" or "God is proud to have them say that he is their God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 11 17 bk7a figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος 1 when he was tested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when God tested him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive 0 to whom it had been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to whom God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive σοι σπέρμα κληθήσεταί 1 that your descendants will be named Here "named" means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that I will designate your descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 that your descendants will be named Here "named" means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that I will designate your descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 19 p43u 0 God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead "God was able to cause Isaac to live again"
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 0 to raise up ... from the dead In this verse, "to raise up" is to make alive again. The words "from the dead" speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 aea3 παραβολῇ 1 figuratively speaking "in a manner of speaking." This means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 αὐτὸν ὅθεν 1 it was from them "it was from the dead"
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 it was from them "it was from the dead"
|
||||
HEB 11 19 g19x 0 he received him back "Abraham received Isaac back"
|
||||
HEB 11 21 sg26 0 Jacob worshiped "Jacob worshiped God"
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here "his end" is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: "when he was about to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 hhs3 0 spoke of the departure of the children of Israel from Egypt "spoke of when the children of Israel would leave Egypt"
|
||||
HEB 11 22 t6i5 0 the children of Israel "the Israelites" or "the descendants of Israel"
|
||||
HEB 11 22 nl1i figs-explicit 0 instructed them about his bones Joseph died while in Egypt. He wanted his people to take his bones with them when they left Egypt so they could bury his bones in the land that God promised them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 23 g2wx figs-activepassive Μωϋσῆς, γεννηθεὶς, ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ αὐτοῦ τῶν πατέρων 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses' parents hid him for three months after he was born" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 24 h5wz γενόμενος μέγας 1 had grown up "had become an adult"
|
||||
HEB 11 23 g2wx figs-activepassive Μωϋσῆς, γεννηθεὶς, ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses' parents hid him for three months after he was born" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 24 h5wz μέγας γενόμενος 1 had grown up "had become an adult"
|
||||
HEB 11 24 mq2x figs-activepassive ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι 1 refused to be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "refused to allow people to call him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 26 i9sc figs-abstractnouns 0 the disgrace of following Christ This can be reworded so that the abstract noun "disgrace" is express as the verb "disrespect." Alternate translation: "the experience of people disrespecting him because he did what Christ would want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 26 xq6t figs-metaphor 0 following Christ Obeying Christ is spoken of as if it were following him down a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 26 t588 figs-metaphor ἀπέβλεπεν εἰς τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν 1 fixing his eyes on his reward Fully concentrating on achieving a goal is spoken of as if a person were staring at an object and refusing to look away. Alternate translation: "doing what he knew would earn him a reward in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile φοβηθεὶς ἐκαρτέρησεν ὡς ὁρῶν τὸν ἀόρατον 1 he endured as if he were seeing the one who is invisible Moses is spoken of as if he saw God, who is invisible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile φοβηθεὶς τὸν ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν ἐκαρτέρησεν 1 he endured as if he were seeing the one who is invisible Moses is spoken of as if he saw God, who is invisible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 cc8w τὸν ἀόρατον 1 the one who is invisible "the one no one can see"
|
||||
HEB 11 28 tz7k πεποίηκεν τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood This was the first Passover. Moses kept it by obeying God's commands concerning the Passover and by commanding the people to obey them every year. Alternate translation: "he commanded the people to obey God's commands concerning the Passover and to sprinkle blood on their doors" or "he established the Passover and the sprinkling of blood"
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bef7 figs-explicit τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 the sprinkling of the blood This refers to God's command to the Israelites to kill a lamb and spread its blood on the doorposts of every house where Israelites lived. This would prevent the destroyer from harming their firstborn sons. This was one of the Passover commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ HEB 11 30 dw7v translate-numbers ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας 1 seven days "7 days"
|
|||
HEB 11 31 ftc8 δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκόπους μετ’ εἰρήνης 1 had received the spies in peace "had peacefully received the spies"
|
||||
HEB 11 32 f7ip 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues to speak of what God did for the ancestors of the people of Israel.
|
||||
HEB 11 32 rh6y figs-rquestion τί ἔτι λέγω? 1 What more can I say? The author uses a question to emphasize that there are many examples that he could have quoted. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "And there are many more examples." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 11 32 bs7h ὁ χρόνος ἐπιλείψει με 1 the time will fail me "I will not have enough time"
|
||||
HEB 11 32 bs7h ἐπιλείψει με ὁ χρόνος 1 the time will fail me "I will not have enough time"
|
||||
HEB 11 32 ni55 translate-names Βαράκ 1 Barak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
HEB 11 33 f3jx 0 It was through faith that they Here "they" does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: "It was through faith that men like these"
|
||||
HEB 11 33 v5w8 0 they conquered kingdoms Here "kingdoms" refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: "they defeated the people of foreign kingdoms"
|
||||
|
|
@ -659,17 +659,17 @@ HEB 11 33 u2su figs-metaphor 0 They stopped the mouths of lions These words beg
|
|||
HEB 11 34 j6sv figs-metaphor ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης 1 extinguished the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword These are some of the ways God saved believers from death. Alternate translation: "they kept fire from burning them, they kept their enemies from killing them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received healing from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 sy63 0 became mighty in battle, and defeated "and they became mighty in battle and defeated"
|
||||
HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns γυναῖκες ἔλαβον τὴν νεκροὺς ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "resurrection." The word "dead" is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "Women received back alive those who had died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκροὺς τὴν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "resurrection." The word "dead" is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "Women received back alive those who had died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-activepassive ἄλλοι ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Others accepted torture rather than release from prison" or "Others allowed their enemies to torture them rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 faq3 ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 tortured made to suffer great mental or physical pain
|
||||
HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Possible meanings are 1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or 2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
|
||||
HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι ἔλαβον πεῖραν ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People mocked and whipped others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι ἔλαβον πεῖραν ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων, δὲ ἔτι δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: "God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People mocked and whipped others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns , ἕτεροι ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: "God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive 0 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People mocked and whipped others ... People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about "went from place to place" or "lived all the time"
|
||||
HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς ἐν αἰγίοις 1 in sheepskins and goatskins "wearing only the skins of sheep and goats"
|
||||
HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 They were destitute "They had nothing" or "They were very poor"
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ἦν οὐκ ἄξιος 1 The world was not worthy Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "The people of this world were not worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "The people of this world were not worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 j9lp 0 They were always wandering about This was because they had no place to live.
|
||||
HEB 11 38 li8j σπηλαίοις καὶ ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 caves and holes in the ground "caves, and some lived in holes in the ground"
|
||||
HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive 0 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,24 +681,24 @@ HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Test
|
|||
HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor 0 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us" or "there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here "witnesses" refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor 0 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here "weight" and "easily entangling sin" are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor πάντα ὄγκον 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor ὄγκον πάντα 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-metaphor εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 easily entangling sin Sin is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: "sin that makes obeying God difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor 0 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a race. Alternate translation: "Let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: "creator and finisher of our faith" or "the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end"
|
||||
HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς χαρᾶς προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him The joy that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had placed it before him as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 y7me καταφρονήσας αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame This means he was not concerned about the shame of dying on a cross.
|
||||
HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction κεκάθικεν ἐν τοῦ δεξιᾷ τοῦ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: "sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε ταῖς ὑμῶν ψυχαῖς 1 weary in your hearts Here "hearts" represents a person's thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: "creator and finisher of our faith" or "the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end"
|
||||
HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The joy that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had placed it before him as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means he was not concerned about the shame of dying on a cross.
|
||||
HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: "sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here "hearts" represents a person's thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 q1w8 0 Connecting Statement: The author of Hebrews has been comparing the Christian life to a race.
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification 0 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here "sin" is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: "You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here "blood" refers to death. Alternate translation: "of death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως ἥτις διαλέγεται ὑμῖν 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: "what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς:" μου υἱέ, 1 as sons ... My son The word translated "sons" and "son" is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως ἥτις ὑμῖν διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: "what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς:" υἱέ μου, 1 as sons ... My son The word translated "sons" and "son" is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 a7vf 0 My son ... corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children.
|
||||
HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-litotes ὀλιγώρει μὴ ὀλιγώρει Κυρίου' Κυρίου παιδείας, μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord's discipline, nor grow weary This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and do not grow weary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-litotes μὴ ὀλιγώρει ὀλιγώρει Κυρίου' παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord's discipline, nor grow weary This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and do not grow weary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 cjq5 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 nor grow weary "and do not become discouraged"
|
||||
HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 you are corrected by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he corrects you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he corrects you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 6 zu3c 0 every son whom he receives The word translated "son" is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
|
||||
HEB 12 7 y3z3 0 Endure suffering as discipline "Understand that during suffering God teaches us discipline"
|
||||
HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile 0 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his sons. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -710,23 +710,23 @@ HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-exclamations πολὺ μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμε
|
|||
HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits This idiom contrasts with "fathers in the flesh." Alternate translation: "our spiritual Father" or "our Father in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live "so that we will live"
|
||||
HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor 0 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of "holiness" as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: "so that we may become holy as God is holy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor αὐτῆς ἀποδίδωσιν καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "it produces the peaceful result of righteousness" or "it produces righteousness, which results in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification γεγυμνασμένοις δι’ ἀποδίδωσιν 1 who have been trained by it "who have been trained by discipline." The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has trained by disciplining them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor ἀνορθώσατε τὰς χεῖρας παρειμένας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα. 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor ποιεῖτε ὀρθὰς τροχιὰς τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν τοῖς ποσὶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor ὀρθὰς τροχιὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a straight path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ μὴ ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, "lame" represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: "whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor ἐκτραπῇ μὴ ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not sprain his ankle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-metaphor μᾶλλον ἰαθῇ 1 rather be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "instead become strong" or "instead God will heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν αὐτῆς ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "it produces the peaceful result of righteousness" or "it produces righteousness, which results in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification δι’ γεγυμνασμένοις ἀποδίδωσιν 1 who have been trained by it "who have been trained by discipline." The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has trained by disciplining them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα ἀνορθώσατε. 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς τοῖς ποσὶν ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a straight path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, "lame" represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: "whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐκτραπῇ ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not sprain his ankle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-metaphor ἰαθῇ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "instead become strong" or "instead God will heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 b6ef 0 General Information: The man Esau, who was told about in the writings of Moses, refers to Isaac's first son and Jacob's brother.
|
||||
HEB 12 14 h45r figs-metaphor διώκετε εἰρήνην μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here the abstract noun "peace" is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after and can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: "Try to live peacefully with everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν χωρὶς οὗ οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord This can be expressed as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: "also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 h45r figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here the abstract noun "peace" is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after and can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: "Try to live peacefully with everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord This can be expressed as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: "also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 also the holiness You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "also pursue the holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 12 15 at8j μή τις ὑστερῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς χάριτος 1 no one lacks God's grace "no one receives God's grace and then lets go of it" or "no one rejects God's grace after first trusting in him"
|
||||
HEB 12 15 at8j μή τις ὑστερῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ' τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God's grace "no one receives God's grace and then lets go of it" or "no one rejects God's grace after first trusting in him"
|
||||
HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor 0 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: "that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his father, Isaac, refused to bless him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns γὰρ εὗρεν οὐχ τόπον γὰρ μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The abstract noun "repentance" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "because it was not possible for him to repent" or "because it was not possible for him to change his decision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here "he" refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The abstract noun "repentance" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "because it was not possible for him to repent" or "because it was not possible for him to change his decision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here "he" refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 y1ed 0 General Information: The words "you" and "You" refer to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. The word "they" refers to people of Israel after Moses led them out of Egypt. The first quotation comes from the writings of Moses. God reveals in this passage in Hebrews that Moses said he shook at seeing the mountain.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses' time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit 0 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -736,21 +736,21 @@ HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy 0 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers b
|
|||
HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you must stone it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 22 w9jj 0 General Information: The man Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel.
|
||||
HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Ὄρει Σιὼν 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of Mount Zion, the temple mount in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of Mount Zion, the temple mount in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels "an uncountable number of angels"
|
||||
HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn This speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven "whose names are written in heaven." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whose names God has written in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has made perfect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 kq1v μεσίτῃ διαθήκης νέας διαθήκης 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification 0 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel's blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: "the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here "blood" stands for Jesus' death, as Abel's blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word "you" continues to refer to believers. The word "we" continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites' experience at Mount Sinai with the believers' experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives παραιτήσησθε μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you pay attention to the one who is speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἐξέφυγον οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "if the people of Israel did not escape judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 fy9u τὸν χρηματίζοντα ἐπὶ γῆς 1 the one who warned them on earth Possible meanings are 1) "Moses, who warned them here on earth" or 2) "God, who warned them at Mount Sinai"
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you pay attention to the one who is speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "if the people of Israel did not escape judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth Possible meanings are 1) "Moses, who warned them here on earth" or 2) "God, who warned them at Mount Sinai"
|
||||
HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor 0 if we turn away from the one who is warning Disobeying God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and walking away from him. Alternate translation: "if we disobey the one who is warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 26 rf4e ἡ φωνὴ ἐσάλευσεν τὴν γῆν 1 his voice shook the earth "when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake"
|
||||
HEB 12 26 rf4e ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν 1 his voice shook the earth "when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake"
|
||||
HEB 12 26 i1c8 0 shook ... shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God.
|
||||
HEB 12 27 ylq9 0 General Information: Here the quotation from the prophet Haggai is repeated from the previous verse.
|
||||
HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns 0 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things The abstract noun "removal" can be translated with the verb "remove." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "mean that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -758,63 +758,63 @@ HEB 12 27 l29r σαλευομένων 1 shaken Use the word for what an earthqu
|
|||
HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has created" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive ὡς τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that do not shake" or "the things that cannot shake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 zr9x figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 that cannot be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that does not shake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c writing-connectingwords παραλαμβάνοντες βασιλείαν 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words "because we are" to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: "because we are receiving a kingdom" or "because God is making us members of his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c writing-connectingwords βασιλείαν παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words "because we are" to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: "because we are receiving a kingdom" or "because God is making us members of his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 btf6 χάριν 1 let us be grateful "let us give thanks"
|
||||
HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words "reverence" and "awe" share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: "with great respect and dread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 12 29 f899 figs-metaphor ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς πῦρ καταναλίσκον πῦρ 1 our God is a consuming fire God is spoken of here as if he were a fire that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 29 f899 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ πῦρ καταναλίσκον 1 our God is a consuming fire God is spoken of here as if he were a fire that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 intro c8gg 0 # Hebrews 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes the list of exhortations he began in chapter 12. Then he asks the readers to pray for him and ends the letter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Hospitality<br><br>God wants his people to invite other people to come to their homes to eat food and even to sleep. His people should do this even if they do not know well the people they are inviting. In the Old Testament, Abraham and his nephew Lot both showed hospitality to people they did not know. Abraham served a costly meal to them, and then Lot invited them to sleep in his house. They learned later that those people were actually angels.<br>
|
||||
HEB 13 1 sf1n 0 Connecting Statement: In this closing section, the author gives specific instructions to believers on how they are supposed to live.
|
||||
HEB 13 1 g819 μενέτω ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω 1 Let brotherly love continue "Continue to show your love for other believers as you would for a member of your family"
|
||||
HEB 13 2 rh7r figs-litotes ἐπιλανθάνεσθε μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 Do not forget This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 13 1 g819 ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω μενέτω 1 Let brotherly love continue "Continue to show your love for other believers as you would for a member of your family"
|
||||
HEB 13 2 rh7r figs-litotes μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 Do not forget This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 13 2 y7cd φιλοξενίας 1 hospitality for strangers "to welcome and show kindness to strangers"
|
||||
HEB 13 3 mx5r figs-activepassive 0 as if you were bound with them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as if you were tied up along with them" or "as if you were in prison with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 3 d3ze figs-activepassive τῶν κακουχουμένων 1 who are mistreated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom others are mistreating" or "who are suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 3 g4ap figs-activepassive 0 as if you also were them in the body This phrase encourages believers to think about other people's suffering as they would think about their own suffering. Alternate translation: "as if you were the one suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος ὁ γάμος τίμιος ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Let marriage be respected by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Men and women who are married to each other must respect each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἀμίαντος ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος 1 Let the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: "Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 τρόπος ὁ τρόπος ἀφιλάργυρος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here "conduct" refers to a person's character or the way he lives, and "free from the love of money" refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: "Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money" or "Do not greatly wish to have more money"
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Let marriage be respected by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Men and women who are married to each other must respect each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος ἀμίαντος 1 Let the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: "Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here "conduct" refers to a person's character or the way he lives, and "free from the love of money" refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: "Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money" or "Do not greatly wish to have more money"
|
||||
HEB 13 5 n19c ἀρκούμενοι 1 Be content "Be satisfied"
|
||||
HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit 0 The Lord is my helper ... do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion 0 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here "man" means any person in general. Alternate translation: "I will not fear what any person can do to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 7 e6b5 τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 God's word "what God has said"
|
||||
HEB 13 7 e6b5 τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God's word "what God has said"
|
||||
HEB 13 7 ym9m τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς 1 the result of their conduct "the outcome of the way they behave"
|
||||
HEB 13 7 tvu6 figs-metonymy μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν 1 Imitate their faith Here the trust in God and the way of life led by these leaders are spoken of as "their faith." Alternate translation: "Trust and obey God in the same way they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ὁ αὐτός ἐχθὲς, σήμερον, καὶ αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here "yesterday" means all times in the past. Alternate translation: "is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ἐχθὲς ὁ αὐτός, σήμερον, καὶ αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here "yesterday" means all times in the past. Alternate translation: "is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 y92c 0 General Information: This section refers to animal sacrifices made by believers in God in Old Testament times, which covered their sins temporarily until the death of Christ came about.
|
||||
HEB 13 9 dp5w figs-metaphor παραφέρεσθε μὴ παραφέρεσθε διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις ξέναις διδαχαῖς 1 Do not be carried away by various strange teachings Being persuaded by various teachings is spoken of as if a person were being carried away by a force. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let others persuade you to believe their various strange teachings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 fe6i ποικίλαις ξέναις διδαχαῖς 1 various strange teachings "many, different teachings that are not the good news we told you"
|
||||
HEB 13 9 tmt1 figs-metaphor καλὸν τὴν καρδίαν βεβαιοῦσθαι βρώμασιν χάριτι, οὐ ἐν βρώμασιν περιπατοῦντες οὐκ ὠφελήθησαν οἷς περιπατοῦντες οἱ 1 it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we become stronger when we think of how God has been kind to us, but we do not become stronger by obeying rules about food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy τὴν καρδίαν βεβαιοῦσθαι 1 the heart should be strengthened Here "heart" is a metonym for the "inner being." Alternate translation: "we should be strengthened inwardly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 dp5w figs-metaphor διδαχαῖς διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις ξέναις μὴ παραφέρεσθε παραφέρεσθε 1 Do not be carried away by various strange teachings Being persuaded by various teachings is spoken of as if a person were being carried away by a force. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let others persuade you to believe their various strange teachings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 fe6i διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις ξέναις 1 various strange teachings "many, different teachings that are not the good news we told you"
|
||||
HEB 13 9 tmt1 figs-metaphor καλὸν χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν οὐ βρώμασιν βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ὠφελήθησαν οἱ περιπατοῦντες περιπατοῦντες 1 it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we become stronger when we think of how God has been kind to us, but we do not become stronger by obeying rules about food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν 1 the heart should be strengthened Here "heart" is a metonym for the "inner being." Alternate translation: "we should be strengthened inwardly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 ar93 figs-metonymy βρώμασιν 1 foods Here "foods" stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 kf3b figs-metaphor οἷς περιπατοῦντες οἱ 1 those who walk by them Living is spoken of as if it were walking. Alternate translation: "those who live by them" or "those who regulate their lives by them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 kf3b figs-metaphor οἷς οἱ περιπατοῦντες 1 those who walk by them Living is spoken of as if it were walking. Alternate translation: "those who live by them" or "those who regulate their lives by them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 10 jjy3 figs-metonymy ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον 1 We have an altar Here "altar" stands for "place of worship." It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 luf7 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα ζῴων τὰ ζῴων περὶ ἁμαρτίας εἰσφέρεται διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως εἰς τὰ ἅγια 1 the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the high priest brings into the holy place the blood of the animals that the priests killed for sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 iv19 figs-activepassive τούτων σώματα τούτων κατακαίεται 1 while their bodies are burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while the priests burn the animals' bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 luf7 figs-activepassive εἰσφέρεται ζῴων ζῴων τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὰ 1 the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the high priest brings into the holy place the blood of the animals that the priests killed for sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 iv19 figs-activepassive τούτων τούτων σώματα κατακαίεται 1 while their bodies are burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while the priests burn the animals' bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 f7nb ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 outside the camp "away from where the people lived"
|
||||
HEB 13 12 x48h 0 Connecting Statement: There is a comparison here between Jesus' sacrifice and the tabernacle sacrifices of the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 13 12 fw9g διὸ 1 So "In the same way" or "Because the bodies of the sacrifices were burned outside the camp" ([Hebrews 13:11](../13/11.md))
|
||||
HEB 13 12 eq6t figs-metonymy ἔξω τὸν πύλης 1 outside the city gate This stands for "outside the city." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 zf8v figs-metaphor ἐξερχώμεθα τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 Let us therefore go to him outside the camp Obeying Jesus is spoken of as if a person were leaving the camp to go out where Jesus is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 h3j4 figs-metaphor φέροντες αὐτοῦ τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν 1 bearing his shame Disgrace is spoken of as if it were an object that had to be carried in one's hands or on one's back. Alternate translation: "while allowing others to insult us just like people insulted him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 12 eq6t figs-metonymy τὸν ἔξω πύλης 1 outside the city gate This stands for "outside the city." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 zf8v figs-metaphor τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 Let us therefore go to him outside the camp Obeying Jesus is spoken of as if a person were leaving the camp to go out where Jesus is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 h3j4 figs-metaphor τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέροντες 1 bearing his shame Disgrace is spoken of as if it were an object that had to be carried in one's hands or on one's back. Alternate translation: "while allowing others to insult us just like people insulted him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 14 u2wn ἐπιζητοῦμεν 1 looking for "waiting for"
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zfy9 figs-metaphor θυσίαν αἰνέσεως 1 sacrifices of praise Praise is spoken of as if it were a sacrifice of animals or incense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 b4p1 figs-metaphor 0 praise that is the fruit of lips that acknowledge his name Praise is spoken of as if it were fruit produced by the lips of people. Alternate translation: "praise that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων αὐτοῦ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here "lips" represents people who speak. Alternate translation: "the lips of those who acknowledge his name" or "those who acknowledge his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 v52x figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ τῷ ὀνόματι 1 his name A person's name represents that person. Alternate translation: "him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here "lips" represents people who speak. Alternate translation: "the lips of those who acknowledge his name" or "those who acknowledge his name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 v52x figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 his name A person's name represents that person. Alternate translation: "him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 ma8c figs-litotes 0 Let us not forget doing good and helping one another This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Let us always remember to do good and help others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 kp76 figs-metaphor τοιαύταις θυσίαις 1 with such sacrifices Doing good and helping others is spoken of as if they were sacrifices on an altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 n5e8 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ψυχῶν 1 keep watch over your souls The believers' souls, that is, the believers' spiritual well-being, are spoken of as if they were objects or animals that guards could keep watch over. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 n5e8 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 keep watch over your souls The believers' souls, that is, the believers' spiritual well-being, are spoken of as if they were objects or animals that guards could keep watch over. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 z2yp figs-metonymy μὴ στενάζοντες 1 not with groaning Here "groaning" stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 d5hf 0 Connecting Statement: The author closes with a blessing and greetings.
|
||||
HEB 13 18 xmh1 figs-exclusive προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν 1 Pray for us Here "us" refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα ὅτι ἔχομεν καλὴν συνείδησιν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here "clean" stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: "we are certain that we have no guilt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 19 cg4l figs-activepassive ἵνα ἀποκατασταθῶ ὑμῖν τάχειον 1 that I will be returned to you sooner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God will quickly remove the things that stop my coming to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here "clean" stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: "we are certain that we have no guilt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 19 cg4l figs-activepassive ἵνα τάχειον ἀποκατασταθῶ ὑμῖν 1 that I will be returned to you sooner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God will quickly remove the things that stop my coming to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 n66e δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author praises God and gives a final prayer for his readers.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 d8yq ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν μέγαν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων, ἡμῶν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus "raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life"
|
||||
HEB 13 20 d8yq ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν, Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων μέγαν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν 1 brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus "raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life"
|
||||
HEB 13 20 k6n6 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of causing that person to become alive again.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor νεκρῶν τὸν μέγαν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν τὸν αἵματι ἡμῶν τὸν αἰωνίου διαθήκης 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here "blood" stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ εἰς ποιῆσαι αὐτοῦ θέλημα 1 equip you with everything good to do his will "give you every good thing you need in order to do his will "make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will"
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor νεκρῶν τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου τὸν ἡμῶν 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here "blood" stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ εἰς ποιῆσαι θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good to do his will "give you every good thing you need in order to do his will "make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will"
|
||||
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-inclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word "us" refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever "whom all people will praise forever"
|
||||
HEB 13 22 wa9r 0 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience.
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,5 +822,5 @@ HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to al
|
|||
HEB 13 22 d5e6 ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 bear with the word of encouragement "patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you"
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the encouraging message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 23 w3m2 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένον 1 has been set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "is no longer in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς 1 Those from Italy greet you Possible meanings are 1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or 2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Those from Italy greet you Possible meanings are 1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or 2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 kk9c translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of a region at that time. Rome was the then-capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1612.
|
246
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
246
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
JAS front intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of James<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1)<br>1. Testing and maturity (1:2-18)<br>1. Hearing and doing the Word of God (1:19-27)<br>1. True faith seen in works<br>- Word of God (1:19-27)<br>- Royal law of love (2:1-13)<br>- Works (2:14-26)<br>1. Difficulties in community<br>- Dangers of the tongue (3:1-12)<br>- Wisdom from above (3:13-18)<br>- Worldly desires (4:1-12)<br>1. God's perspective on your decisions<br>- Boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br>- Warning about riches (5:1-6)<br>- Suffering with patience (5:7-11)<br>1. Closing exhortations<br>- Oaths (5:12)<br>- Prayer and healing (5:13-18)<br>- Care for one another (5:19-20)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of James?<br><br>The author identifies himself as James. This was probably James, the half-brother of Jesus. James was a leader in the early church and was part of the Jerusalem council. The Apostle Paul also called him a "pillar" of the church.<br><br>This is not the same man as the Apostle James. The Apostle James was killed before this letter was written.<br><br>#### What is the Book of James about?<br><br>In this letter, James encouraged believers who were suffering. He told them know that God uses their suffering to help them become mature Christians. James also told them of the need for believers to do good deeds. He wrote much in this letter about how believers should live and treat one another. For example, he commanded them to treat one another fairly, to not fight with one another, and to use riches wisely.<br><br>James taught his readers by using many examples from nature such as in 1:6, 11 and 3:1-12. Also, many parts of this letter are similar to what Jesus wrote in the Sermon on the Mount (Mat 5-7).<br><br>#### Who were the "twelve tribes in the dispersion"?<br><br>James said he was writing to the "twelve tribes in the dispersion" (1:1). Some scholars think that James was writing to Jewish Christians. Other scholars think that James was writing to all Christians in general. This letter is known as one of the "General Epistles" since it was not written to a specific church or individual.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "James." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "A Letter from James" or "The Letter James Wrote." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Did James disagree with Paul about how a person is justified before God?<br><br>Paul taught in Romans that Christians are justified by faith and not by works. James seems to teach that Christians are justified by works. This can be confusing. But a better understanding of what Paul and James taught shows that they agree with one another. Both of them taught that a person needs faith in order to be justified. And they both taught that true faith will cause a person to do good works. Paul and James taught about these things in different ways because they had different audiences who needed to know different things about being justified. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### How should the translator signal transitions between topics in the Book of James?<br><br>The letter quickly changes topics. Sometimes James does not tell the readers that he is about to change topics. It is acceptable to allow the verses to appear disconnected from each other. It may make sense to set the passages apart by starting a new line or putting a space between topics.<br><br>#### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of James?<br><br>* "Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless?" (2:20). The ULT, UST, and modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, "Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is dead?" If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
|
||||
JAS 1 intro pz2q 0 # James 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>James formally introduces this letter in verse 1. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Testing and temptation<br><br>These two words occur together in ([James 1:12-13](./12.md)). Both words speak of a person who is able to choose between doing something good and doing something evil. The difference between them is important. God is testing the person and wants him to do what is good. Satan is tempting the person and wants him to do what is evil.<br><br>##### Crowns<br><br>The crown that a man who passes the test receives is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>James uses many metaphors in this chapter, and you will need to understand the material on the metaphor page before you can translate them well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "To the twelve tribes in the dispersion"<br><br>It is not clear to whom James wrote this letter. He calls himself a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, so he was probably writing to Christians. But he calls his readers "the twelve tribes in the dispersion," words which usually refer to Jews. It is possible that he is using the words as a metaphor for "all people whom God has chosen" or that he wrote the letter at a time when most Christians had grown up as Jews.<br>
|
||||
JAS 1 1 ssc8 0 General Information: The apostle James writes this letter to all the Christians. Many of them were Jews, and they lived in many different places.
|
||||
JAS 1 1 pkt2 figs-explicit Ἰάκωβος, δοῦλος Θεοῦ καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ The phrase "this letter is from" is implied. Alternate translation: "This letter is from James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 1 pkt2 figs-explicit Ἰάκωβος, Θεοῦ καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ The phrase "this letter is from" is implied. Alternate translation: "This letter is from James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 1 l4i7 figs-synecdoche ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς 1 to the twelve tribes Possible meanings are 1) this is a synecdoche for Jewish Christians, or 2) this is a metaphor for all Christians. Alternate translation: "to God's faithful people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 1 vza9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ 1 in the dispersion The term "dispersion" normally referred to the Jews who were scattered in other countries, away from their homeland Israel. This abstract noun can be expressed with a phrase with the verb "scattered." Alternate translation: "who are scattered around the world" or "who live in other countries" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 1 huk9 χαίρειν! 1 Greetings! a basic greeting, such as "Hello!" or "Good day!"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,21 +12,21 @@ JAS 1 4 j2p4 figs-personification 0 Let endurance complete its work Here endura
|
|||
JAS 1 4 unh4 τέλειοι 1 fully developed able to trust in Christ and obey him in all circumstances
|
||||
JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 not lacking anything This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "having all that you need" or "being all that you need to be"
|
||||
JAS 1 5 du7z 0 ask for it from God, the one who gives "ask God for it. He is the one who gives"
|
||||
JAS 1 5 q2df τοῦ διδόντος ἁπλῶς καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος πᾶσιν 1 gives generously and without rebuke to all "gives generously and does not rebuke any"
|
||||
JAS 1 5 q2df τοῦ διδόντος πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος 1 gives generously and without rebuke to all "gives generously and does not rebuke any"
|
||||
JAS 1 5 xu31 0 he will give it "God will do it" or "God will answer your prayer"
|
||||
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives ἐν πίστει, διακρινόμενος μηδὲν 1 in faith, doubting nothing This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "with complete certainty that God will answer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 in faith, doubting nothing This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "with complete certainty that God will answer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile 0 For anyone who doubts is like a wave in the sea that is driven by the wind and tossed around Anyone who doubts that God will help him is said to be like the water in the ocean or in a large lake, which keeps moving in different directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor 0 is double-minded The word "double-minded" refers to a person's thoughts when he is unable to make a decision. Alternate translation: "cannot decide if he will follow Jesus or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 8 k89p figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις αὐτοῦ ταῖς ὁδοῖς 1 unstable in all his ways Here this person is spoken of as if he cannot stay on one path but instead goes from one to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 9 gc9b ὁ ὁ ταπεινὸς ἀδελφὸς 1 the poor brother "the believer who does not have much money"
|
||||
JAS 1 9 yxs5 figs-metaphor καυχάσθω ἐν αὐτοῦ τῷ ὕψει 1 boast of his high position Someone whom God has honored is spoken of as if he were standing in a high place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 uzk7 figs-ellipsis ὁ δὲ πλούσιος ἐν αὐτοῦ τῇ ταπεινώσει 1 but the rich man of his low position The words "let boast" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "but let the rich man boast of his low position" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 8 k89p figs-metaphor ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ 1 unstable in all his ways Here this person is spoken of as if he cannot stay on one path but instead goes from one to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 9 gc9b ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς 1 the poor brother "the believer who does not have much money"
|
||||
JAS 1 9 yxs5 figs-metaphor καυχάσθω ἐν τῷ ὕψει αὐτοῦ 1 boast of his high position Someone whom God has honored is spoken of as if he were standing in a high place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 uzk7 figs-ellipsis ὁ δὲ πλούσιος ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 but the rich man of his low position The words "let boast" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "but let the rich man boast of his low position" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 w4ta ὁ δὲ πλούσιος 1 but the rich man "but the man who has a lot of money." Possible meanings are 1) the rich man is a believer or 2) the rich man is an unbeliever.
|
||||
JAS 1 10 ulk4 figs-ellipsis ἐν αὐτοῦ τῇ ταπεινώσει 1 of his low position A rich believer should be happy if God causes him to suffer. Alternate translation: "should be happy that God has given him difficulties" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 nug7 figs-simile παρελεύσεται ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 he will pass away as a wild flower in the grass Rich people are spoken of as being similar to wild flowers, which are alive for only a short time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 gv7v figs-metaphor αὐτοῦ ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου ἀπώλετο 1 its beauty perishes A flower no longer being beautiful is spoken of as if its beauty dies. Alternate translation: "and it is no longer beautiful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 ng26 figs-simile οὕτως καὶ ὁ πλούσιος μαρανθήσεται ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ πορείαις 1 the rich man will fade away in the middle of his journey Here the flower simile is probably continued. As flowers do not die suddenly but instead fade away over a short time, so also the rich people may not die suddenly but instead take a little time to disappear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 sdi2 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ πορείαις 1 in the middle of his journey A rich man's activities in daily life are spoken of as if they are a journey that he is making. This metaphor implies that he is giving no thought to his coming death, and that it will takes him by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 ulk4 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ 1 of his low position A rich believer should be happy if God causes him to suffer. Alternate translation: "should be happy that God has given him difficulties" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 10 nug7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύσεται 1 he will pass away as a wild flower in the grass Rich people are spoken of as being similar to wild flowers, which are alive for only a short time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 gv7v figs-metaphor ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο 1 its beauty perishes A flower no longer being beautiful is spoken of as if its beauty dies. Alternate translation: "and it is no longer beautiful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 ng26 figs-simile οὕτως καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐν ταῖς πορείαις πορείαις αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται 1 the rich man will fade away in the middle of his journey Here the flower simile is probably continued. As flowers do not die suddenly but instead fade away over a short time, so also the rich people may not die suddenly but instead take a little time to disappear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 11 sdi2 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς πορείαις πορείαις αὐτοῦ 1 in the middle of his journey A rich man's activities in daily life are spoken of as if they are a journey that he is making. This metaphor implies that he is giving no thought to his coming death, and that it will takes him by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 12 vcu4 0 Connecting Statement: James reminds the believers who have fled that God does not cause temptation; he tells them how to avoid temptation.
|
||||
JAS 1 12 m13d 0 Blessed is the man who endures testing "The man who endures testing is fortunate" or "The man who endures testing is well off"
|
||||
JAS 1 12 vr4a ὑπομένει πειρασμόν 1 endures testing remains faithful to God during hardships
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,100 +34,100 @@ JAS 1 12 vta6 0 passed the test he has been approved by God
|
|||
JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 receive the crown of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: "receive eternal life as his reward" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 12 hx28 figs-activepassive 0 has been promised to those who love God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has promised to those who love him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 a77a πειραζόμενος 1 when he is tempted "when he desires to do something evil"
|
||||
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive πειράζομαι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 I am tempted by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is trying to make me do something evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 p5cp figs-activepassive Θεοῦ ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἐστιν ἀπείραστός κακῶν 1 God is not tempted by evil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one can make God desire to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is trying to make me do something evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 p5cp figs-activepassive Θεοῦ ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is not tempted by evil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one can make God desire to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 nor does he himself tempt anyone "and God himself does not try to persuade anyone do evil"
|
||||
JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας 1 each person is tempted by his own desire A person's desire is spoken of as if it were someone else who was tempting him to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-personification ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 which drags him away and entices him Evil desire continues to be spoken of as if it were a person who could drag away someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 z4bd δελεαζόμενος 1 entices attracts, persuades someone to do evil
|
||||
JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification 0 Then after the desire conceives, it gives birth to sin, and after the sin is full grown, it gives birth to death Desire continues to be spoken of as a person, this time clearly as a woman who becomes pregnant with a child. The child is identified as sin. Sin is another female baby that grows up, becomes pregnant, and gives birth to death. This chain of metaphors is a picture of someone who ends up dying both spiritually and physically because of his evil desires and his sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 v195 πλανᾶσθε μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be deceived "Do not let anyone deceive you" or "Stop deceiving yourselves"
|
||||
JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα ἀγαθὴ δόσις καὶ πᾶν τέλειον δώρημα 1 Every good gift and every perfect gift These two phrases mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize that anything good that a person has comes from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 v195 μὴ πλανᾶσθε πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be deceived "Do not let anyone deceive you" or "Stop deceiving yourselves"
|
||||
JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον 1 Every good gift and every perfect gift These two phrases mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize that anything good that a person has comes from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights God, the creator of all the lights in the sky (sun, moon, and stars), is said to be their "Father." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-simile 0 With him there is no changing or shadow because of turning This expression pictures God as an unchanging light, like the sun, moon, planets, and stars in the sky. This is in contrast to shadows here on earth that constantly change. Alternate translation: "God does not change. He is as as constant as the sun, moon, and stars in the sky, rather than like shadows which appear and disappear on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 g1tv figs-inclusive ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 to give us The word "us" refers to James and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς ἀπεκύησεν 1 give us birth God, who brought us eternal life, is spoken of as if he had given us birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor ἀπεκύησεν ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 give us birth God, who brought us eternal life, is spoken of as if he had given us birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 ykq9 λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "the message about the truth" or 2) "the true message."
|
||||
JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile εἰς ἡμᾶς τὸ εἶναι ἀπαρχήν τινα 1 so that we would be a kind of firstfruits James is using the traditional Hebrew idea of firstfruits as a way to describe the value of the Christian believers to God. He implies that there will be many more believers in the future. Alternate translation: "so that we would be like an offering of firstfruits" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα 1 so that we would be a kind of firstfruits James is using the traditional Hebrew idea of firstfruits as a way to describe the value of the Christian believers to God. He implies that there will be many more believers in the future. Alternate translation: "so that we would be like an offering of firstfruits" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 dt7i 0 You know this Possible meanings are 1) "Know this" as a command, to pay attention to what I am about to write or 2) "You know this" as a statement, that I am about to remind you of something that you already know.
|
||||
JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἔστω ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι 1 Let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak These sayings are idioms that mean people should first listen intently, and then consider carefully what they say. Here "slow to speak" does not mean speaking slowly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω ἔστω πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰς τὸ, ἀκοῦσαι βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι 1 Let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak These sayings are idioms that mean people should first listen intently, and then consider carefully what they say. Here "slow to speak" does not mean speaking slowly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 ev3v βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν 1 slow to anger "not get angry quickly"
|
||||
JAS 1 20 ej4p ὀργὴ ἀνδρὸς ἐργάζεται οὐκ ἐργάζεται δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ 1 the anger of man does not work the righteousness of God When a person is always angry, he cannot do God's work, which is righteous.
|
||||
JAS 1 20 ej4p ὀργὴ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται ἐργάζεται 1 the anger of man does not work the righteousness of God When a person is always angry, he cannot do God's work, which is righteous.
|
||||
JAS 1 21 hit5 figs-metaphor 0 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Sin and evil are spoken of here as if they were clothing that could be taken off. Alternate translation: "stop doing all filthy sins and stop doing abundant amounts of evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 h226 figs-doublet 0 take off all sinful filth and abundant amounts of evil Here the expressions "sinful filth" and "evil" share similar meanings. James uses them to emphasize how bad sin is. Alternate translation: "stop doing every kind of sinful behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 h8ty figs-metaphor 0 sinful filth Here "filth," that is, dirt, stands for sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 a3u3 ἐν πραΰτητι 1 In humility "Without pride" or "Without arrogance"
|
||||
JAS 1 21 i9w1 figs-metaphor δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον 1 receive the implanted word The expression "implant" means to place one thing inside of another. Here God's word is spoken of as if it were a plant made to grow inside believers. Alternate translation: "obey the message God has spoken to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 ekl3 figs-explicit σῶσαι ὑμῶν τὰς ψυχὰς 1 save your souls What a person is saved from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "save you from God's judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 z73e figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν τὰς ψυχὰς 1 your souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons.Alternate translation: "yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 ekl3 figs-explicit σῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 save your souls What a person is saved from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "save you from God's judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 z73e figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 your souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons.Alternate translation: "yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 1 22 x14m γίνεσθε ποιηταὶ λόγου 1 Be doers of the word "Be people who follow God's instructions"
|
||||
JAS 1 22 wvp4 παραλογιζόμενοι ἑαυτούς 1 deceiving yourselves "fooling yourselves"
|
||||
JAS 1 23 ewn9 ὅτι εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἀκροατὴς λόγου 1 For if anyone is a hearer of the word "For if anyone listens to the God's message in the scriptures"
|
||||
JAS 1 23 ewn9 ὅτι εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν 1 For if anyone is a hearer of the word "For if anyone listens to the God's message in the scriptures"
|
||||
JAS 1 23 r6pp figs-ellipsis καὶ οὐ ποιητής 1 but not a doer The word "is" and "of the word" are understood from the previous phrase. The noun "doer" can also be expressed with the verbs "do" or "obey." Alternate translation: "but is not a doer of the word" or "but does not obey the word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι αὐτοῦ τῆς γενέσεως τὸ πρόσωπον ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God's word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 23 shn9 αὐτοῦ τῆς γενέσεως τὸ πρόσωπον 1 his natural face The word "natural" clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word "face." Alternate translation: "his face"
|
||||
JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God's word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word "natural" clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word "face." Alternate translation: "his face"
|
||||
JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit 0 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God's word is like. Alternate translation: "then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον νόμον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον νόμον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here "freedom" probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: "the perfect law that gives freedom" or "the perfect law that makes those who follow it free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔσται μακάριος ἐν αὐτοῦ τῇ ποιήσει 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless this man as he obeys the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον νόμον τέλειον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here "freedom" probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: "the perfect law that gives freedom" or "the perfect law that makes those who follow it free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless this man as he obeys the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j1bg 0 thinks himself to be religious "thinks he worships God correctly"
|
||||
JAS 1 26 vxu1 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ γλῶσσαν 1 his tongue Controlling one's tongue stands for controlling one's speech. Alternate translation: "what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 vxu1 figs-metonymy γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue Controlling one's tongue stands for controlling one's speech. Alternate translation: "what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 bj2t ἀπατῶν 1 deceives gets someone to believe something that is not true
|
||||
JAS 1 26 sex6 figs-metonymy αὐτοῦ καρδίαν 1 his heart Here "heart" refers to his belief or thoughts. Alternate translation: "himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 sex6 figs-metonymy καρδίαν αὐτοῦ 1 his heart Here "heart" refers to his belief or thoughts. Alternate translation: "himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 q83d 0 his religion is worthless "he worships God uselessly"
|
||||
JAS 1 27 g11k figs-doublet καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος 1 pure and unspoiled James speaks of religion, the way one worships God, as if it could be physically pure and unspoiled. These are traditional ways for Jews to say that something is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: "Completely acceptable" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 27 skf4 figs-metaphor 0 before our God and Father directed to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 27 iiv2 ὀρφανοὺς 1 the fatherless "the orphans"
|
||||
JAS 1 27 r8nj ἐν αὐτῶν τῇ θλίψει 1 in their affliction The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died.
|
||||
JAS 1 27 nmf7 figs-metaphor τηρεῖν ἑαυτὸν ἄσπιλον ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου 1 to keep oneself unstained by the world Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: "to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 27 r8nj ἐν τῇ θλίψει αὐτῶν 1 in their affliction The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died.
|
||||
JAS 1 27 nmf7 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου 1 to keep oneself unstained by the world Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: "to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Favoritism<br><br>Some of James's readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.<br><br>##### Justification<br><br>Justification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Quotation marks<br><br>The words "Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works" are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what "someone may say," like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that "someone."<br><br>##### "You have ... I have"<br><br>Some people think that the words "you" and "I" are metonyms for "some people" and "other people." If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, "Someone may say, 'Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.'" If the next sentence is also what "someone may say," it could be translated "Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith." In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
JAS 2 1 ici9 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers.
|
||||
JAS 2 1 kab4 μου ἀδελφοί 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: "My fellow believers" or "My brothers and sisters in Christ"
|
||||
JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word "our" includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: "My fellow believers" or "My brothers and sisters in Christ"
|
||||
JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word "our" includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others
|
||||
JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo 0 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j8d5 0 wearing gold rings and fine clothes "dressed like a wealthy person"
|
||||
JAS 2 3 zx9f 0 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor
|
||||
JAS 2 3 ce14 στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor
|
||||
JAS 2 3 h2fy κάθου ὑπὸ μου τὸ ὑποπόδιόν 1 Sit at my feet move to a humble place
|
||||
JAS 2 3 h2fy κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit at my feet move to a humble place
|
||||
JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion 0 are you not judging among yourselves? Have you not become judges with evil thoughts? James is using rhetorical questions to teach and possibly scold his readers. Alternate translation: "you are making judgments among yourselves and becoming judges with evil thoughts." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 m5jr ἀκούσατε, μου ἀγαπητοί ἀδελφοί 1 Listen, my beloved brothers James was exhorting his readers as family. "Pay attention, my dear fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 2 5 m5jr ἀκούσατε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 Listen, my beloved brothers James was exhorting his readers as family. "Pay attention, my dear fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion 0 did not God choose ... love him? Here James uses a rhetorical question to teach his readers not to show favoritism. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "God has chosen ... love him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 ke2q figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people in general. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 s38z figs-metaphor 0 be rich in faith Having much faith is spoken of as being wealthy or rich. The object of faith may have to be specified. Alternate translation: "have strong faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 qii5 figs-metaphor κληρονόμους 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 yv6y figs-you δὲ ὑμεῖς ἠτιμάσατε 1 But you have James is speaking to his whole audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 yv6y figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠτιμάσατε 1 But you have James is speaking to his whole audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 vr53 ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν 1 have dishonored the poor "you have shamed poor people"
|
||||
JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion καταδυναστεύουσιν οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Is it not the rich who oppress you? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. Alternate translation: "It is rich people who oppress you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Is it not the rich who oppress you? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. Alternate translation: "It is rich people who oppress you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich This refers to rich people in general. Alternate translation: "rich people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 z73x καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 who oppress you "who treat you badly"
|
||||
JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-rquestion 0 Are they not the ones ... to court? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "The rich people are the ones ... to court." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you to court "forcibly take you to court to accuse you in front of judges" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion 0 Do they not insult ... have been called? Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct and teach his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "The rich people insult ... have been called." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὸ ἐπικληθὲν 1 the good name by which you have been called This refers to Christ's name. Alternate translation: "the name of Christ who called you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 the good name by which you have been called This refers to Christ's name. Alternate translation: "the name of Christ who called you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 8 fe1i figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The word "you" refers to the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 8 q9hh τελεῖτε νόμον βασιλικὸν νόμον 1 fulfill the royal law "obey God's law." The law is "royal" becuase God, the true king, is the one who gave it to people.
|
||||
JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις σου τὸν πλησίον ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus.
|
||||
JAS 2 8 gll2 σου τὸν πλησίον 1 your neighbor "all people" or "everyone"
|
||||
JAS 2 8 b9wu ποιεῖτε καλῶς 1 you do well "you are doing well" or "you are doing what is right"
|
||||
JAS 2 8 q9hh νόμον νόμον τελεῖτε βασιλικὸν 1 fulfill the royal law "obey God's law." The law is "royal" becuase God, the true king, is the one who gave it to people.
|
||||
JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus.
|
||||
JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor "all people" or "everyone"
|
||||
JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well "you are doing well" or "you are doing what is right"
|
||||
JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor "give special treatment to" or "give honor to"
|
||||
JAS 2 9 cq5h ἐργάζεσθε ἁμαρτίαν 1 committing sin "sinning." That is, breaking the law.
|
||||
JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin "sinning." That is, breaking the law.
|
||||
JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: "guilty of breaking God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 10 l29g γὰρ ὅστις τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys "For anyone who obeys"
|
||||
JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys "For anyone who obeys"
|
||||
JAS 2 10 jb5u figs-metaphor 0 except that he stumbles ... the whole law Stumbling is falling down while one is trying to walk. Disobeying one point of the law is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 10 m8ep 0 in just a single way because of disobedience to just one requirement of the law
|
||||
JAS 2 11 ez11 ὁ γὰρ εἰπών 1 For the one who said This refers to God, who gave the law to Moses.
|
||||
JAS 2 11 q19i μοιχεύσῃς μὴ μοιχεύσῃς 1 Do not commit To "commit" is to do an action.
|
||||
JAS 2 11 q19i μὴ μοιχεύσῃς μοιχεύσῃς 1 Do not commit To "commit" is to do an action.
|
||||
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-you 0 If you ... but if you ... you have Here "you" means "each one of you." Although James was writing to many Jewish believers, in this case, he used the singular form as if he was writing to each person individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 c6y8 οὕτως λαλεῖτε καὶ ποιεῖτε 1 So speak and act "So you must speak and obey." James commanded the people to do this.
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 who will be judged by means of the law of freedom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who know that God will judge them by means of the law of freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 who will be judged by means of the law of freedom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who know that God will judge them by means of the law of freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 ik76 διὰ νόμου 1 by means of the law This passage implies that it is God who will judge according to his law.
|
||||
JAS 2 12 e87r νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom "the law that gives true freedom"
|
||||
JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification ἔλεος κατακαυχᾶται κρίσεως 1 Mercy triumphs over "Mercy is better than" or "Mercy defeats." Here mercy and justice are spoken of as if they were persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification κατακαυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως 1 Mercy triumphs over "Mercy is better than" or "Mercy defeats." Here mercy and justice are spoken of as if they were persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 h384 0 Connecting Statement: James encourages the scattered believers to show their faith before others, just as Abraham showed others his faith by his works.
|
||||
JAS 2 14 k4e4 figs-rquestion 0 What good is it, my brothers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "It is no good at all, fellow believers, if someone says he has faith, but he has no works." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν τις λέγῃ ἔχειν πίστιν, δὲ ἔχῃ μὴ ἔργα 1 if someone says he has faith, but he has no works The can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "if someone says he believes in God but he does not do what God commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις ἔχειν, ἔργα δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 if someone says he has faith, but he has no works The can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "if someone says he believes in God but he does not do what God commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 z9q8 figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Can that faith save him? James is using a rhetorical question to teach his audience. This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "faith." Alternate translation: "That faith cannot save him." or "If a person does not do what God commands, then just saying he believes in God will not save him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 g8kr σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 save him "spare him from God's judgment"
|
||||
JAS 2 15 f6el ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 brother or sister a fellow believer in Christ, whether male or female
|
||||
|
|
@ -135,77 +135,77 @@ JAS 2 16 lj89 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε 1 stay warm This means either
|
|||
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-explicit χορτάζεσθε 1 be filled The thing that fills them is food. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "be filled with food" or "have enough to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 n5jh figs-metonymy τοῦ σώματος 1 for the body to eat, to wear, and to live comfortably (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion 0 what good is that? James uses a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "that is not good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 me1d figs-metaphor ἡ πίστις καθ’ ἑαυτήν, ἐὰν ἔχῃ μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, ἐστιν νεκρά 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James speaks of faith as if it were alive if one does good works, and of faith as if it were dead if one does not do good deeds. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "a person who says he believes God, but does not do what God commands, does not really believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ τις ἐρεῖ 1 Yet someone may say James describes a hypothetical situation where someone objects to his teaching. James seeks to correct his audience's understanding of faith and works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns ," σὺ ἔχεις πίστιν, κἀγὼ ἔχω ἔργα." δεῖξόν μοι σου τὴν πίστιν χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ δείξω σοι τὴν πίστιν ἐκ μου τῶν ἔργων. 1 "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "'It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.' Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 me1d figs-metaphor ἡ πίστις ἐὰν μὴ, ἔχῃ, ἔχῃ ἔργα νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James speaks of faith as if it were alive if one does good works, and of faith as if it were dead if one does not do good deeds. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "a person who says he believes God, but does not do what God commands, does not really believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 Yet someone may say James describes a hypothetical situation where someone objects to his teaching. James seeks to correct his audience's understanding of faith and works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns χωρὶς," ἔχεις πίστιν, κἀγὼ ἔχω ἔργα." δεῖξόν μοι σου τὴν πίστιν σὺ τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ δείξω σοι τὴν πίστιν ἐκ μου τῶν ἔργων. 1 "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works James is describing how someone may argue against his teaching and how he would respond. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "'It is acceptable that you believe God and that I do what God commands.' Prove to me that you can believe God and not do what he commands, and I will prove to you that I believe God by doing what he commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 19 fv39 0 the demons believe that, and they tremble "the demons also believe, but they shake with fear." James contrasts the demons with those who claim to believe and not do good deeds. James states that the demons are wiser because they fear God while the others do not.
|
||||
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις γνῶναι, κενέ ἄνθρωπε, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἐστιν ἀργή? 1 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: "Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἐστιν ἀργή 1 that faith without works is useless This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις?, κενέ ἄνθρωπε, ὅτι γνῶναι πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἐστιν ἀργή ἡ 1 Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless? James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: "Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 that faith without works is useless This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "faith" and "works." Alternate translation: "that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 ysr8 0 General Information: Since these are Jewish believers, they know the story of Abraham, about whom God had told them long ago in his word.
|
||||
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion 0 Was not Abraham our father justified ... on the altar? This rhetorical question is used to rebut the foolish man's arguments from [James 2:18](../02/18.md), who refuses to believe that faith and works go together. Alternate translation: "Abraham our father was certainly justified ... on the altar." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-metaphor ἐδικαιώθη ἐξ ἔργων 1 justified by works James speaks of works as if they were objects that one can own. Alternate translation: "justified by doing good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as if they were objects that one can own. Alternate translation: "justified by doing good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 ph1s ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here "father" is used in the sense of "ancestor."
|
||||
JAS 2 22 t832 βλέπεις 1 You see The word "you" is singular, referring to the hypothetical man. James is addressing his whole audience as if they were one person.
|
||||
JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metonymy βλέπεις 1 You see The word "see" is a metonym. Alternate translation: "You understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 vde4 0 faith worked with his works, and that by works his faith was fully developed James speaks as if "faith" and "works" are things that can work together and help each other. Alternate translation: "because Abraham believed God, he did what God commanded. And because Abraham did what God commanded, he believed God completely"
|
||||
JAS 2 22 bd9d βλέπεις 1 You see James again addresses his audience directly by using the plural form of "you."
|
||||
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἡ Γραφὴ ἐπληρώθη 1 The scripture was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 The scripture was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 l818 figs-metaphor ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness "God regarded his faith as righteousness." Abraham's faith and righteousness were treated as if they were able to be counted as having value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive 0 it is by works that a man is justified, and not only by faith "actions and faith are what justify a person, and not only faith." James speaks of works as if they were objects to obtain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 hir8 0 In the same way also ... justified by works James says that what was true of Abraham was also true of Rahab. Both were justified by works.
|
||||
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion 0 was not Rahab the prostitute justified by works ... another road? James is using this rhetorical question to instruct his audience. Alternate translation: "it was what Rahab the prostitute did that justified her ... another road." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 pn2f Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη 1 Rahab the prostitute James expected his audience to know the Old Testament story about the woman Rahab.
|
||||
JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-metaphor ἐδικαιώθη ἐξ ἔργων 1 justified by works James speaks of works as something to possess. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 justified by works James speaks of works as something to possess. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 af9u ἀγγέλους 1 messengers people who bring news from another place
|
||||
JAS 2 25 xm5m ἐκβαλοῦσα ὁδῷ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ 1 sent them away by another road "then helped them escape and leave the city"
|
||||
JAS 2 26 uum8 figs-metaphor γὰρ ὥσπερ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος ἐστιν νεκρόν, καὶ οὕτως ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων ἐστιν νεκρά 1 For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead James is speaking of faith without works as if it were a dead body without the spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 xm5m ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 sent them away by another road "then helped them escape and leave the city"
|
||||
JAS 2 26 uum8 figs-metaphor , ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead James is speaking of faith without works as if it were a dead body without the spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 intro py3p 0 # James 03 General Notes<br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>James teaches his readers that they should live to please God by reminding them of things that they know from everyday life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
JAS 3 1 p4uu figs-genericnoun 0 Not many of you James is making a generalized statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JAS 3 1 c36b μου ἀδελφοί 1 my brothers "my fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 3 1 c36b ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers "my fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit 0 we who teach will be judged more strictly This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: "God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 3 1 v7fa figs-exclusive 0 we who teach James includes himself and other teachers, but not the readers, so the word "we" is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive ἅπαντες πταίομεν 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πταίομεν 1 stumble Sinning is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. Alternate translation: "fail" or "sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 t6xt πταίει οὐ πταίει ἐν λόγῳ 1 does not stumble in words "does not sin by saying wrong things"
|
||||
JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος ἀνήρ τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man "he is spiritually mature"
|
||||
JAS 3 2 b16h figs-synecdoche χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ τὸ σῶμα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 control even his whole body James is referring to one's heart, emotions, and actions. Alternate translation: "control his behavior" or "control his actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 t6xt ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει πταίει 1 does not stumble in words "does not sin by saying wrong things"
|
||||
JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man "he is spiritually mature"
|
||||
JAS 3 2 b16h figs-synecdoche χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ τὸ σῶμα σῶμα 1 control even his whole body James is referring to one's heart, emotions, and actions. Alternate translation: "control his behavior" or "control his actions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 3 3 z2ez 0 General Information: James is developing an argument that small things can control big things.
|
||||
JAS 3 3 zql3 δὲ εἰ βάλλομεν τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἰς τῶν ἵππων' τὰ στόματα 1 Now if we put bits into horses' mouths James speaks about horses' bits. A bit is a small piece of metal that is placed into a horse's mouth to control where it goes.
|
||||
JAS 3 3 s1nf δὲ εἰ 1 Now if "If" or "When"
|
||||
JAS 3 3 zql3 εἰ δὲ τῶν ἵππων τοὺς χαλινοὺς' εἰς τὰ στόματα βάλλομεν 1 Now if we put bits into horses' mouths James speaks about horses' bits. A bit is a small piece of metal that is placed into a horse's mouth to control where it goes.
|
||||
JAS 3 3 s1nf εἰ δὲ 1 Now if "If" or "When"
|
||||
JAS 3 3 u92q τῶν ἵππων 1 horses A horse is a large animal used to carry things or people.
|
||||
JAS 3 4 yn42 0 Notice also that ships ... are steered by a very small rudder A ship is like a truck that floats on water. A rudder is a flat piece of wood or metal at the back of the ship, used to control where it goes. The word "rudder" could also be translated as "tool."
|
||||
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive ἐλαυνόμενα ὑπὸ σκληρῶν ἀνέμων, 1 are driven by strong winds, This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "strong winds push them, they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 jrk1 μετάγεται ὑπὸ πηδαλίου ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 are steered by a very small rudder to wherever the pilot desires "have a small tool that a person can use to control where the ship goes"
|
||||
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα, 1 are driven by strong winds, This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "strong winds push them, they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 jrk1 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου πηδαλίου ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 are steered by a very small rudder to wherever the pilot desires "have a small tool that a person can use to control where the ship goes"
|
||||
JAS 3 5 wt6i οὕτως καὶ 1 Likewise This word signals the analogy of the tongue to the horses' bits and the ships' rudders mentioned in the previous verses. Alternate translation: "In the same way"
|
||||
JAS 3 5 qx1k αὐχεῖ μεγάλα 1 boasts great things Here "things" is a general word for everything about which these people are proud.
|
||||
JAS 3 5 qx1k μεγάλα αὐχεῖ 1 boasts great things Here "things" is a general word for everything about which these people are proud.
|
||||
JAS 3 5 ub5h 0 Notice also "Think about"
|
||||
JAS 3 5 fr8x ἡλίκον πῦρ ἀνάπτει ἡλίκην ὕλην 1 how small a fire sets on fire a large forest In order to help people understand the harm that the tongue can cause, James speaks of the harm that a small flame can cause. Alternate translation: "how a small flame can start a fire that burns many trees"
|
||||
JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy ἡ γλῶσσα καὶ πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire The tongue is a metonym for what people say. James calls it a fire because of the great damage it can do. Alternate translation: "The tongue is like a fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 i61e figs-metaphor πῦρ ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας καθίσταται ἐν ἡμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν 1 a world of sinfulness set among our body parts The enormous effects of sinful speaking are spoken of as if they were a world by themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor ἡ σπιλοῦσα τὸ ὅλον σῶμα 1 It stains the whole body Sinful speaking is spoken of metaphorically as if it stained one's body. And becoming unacceptable to God is spoken of as if it were dirt on the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 5 fr8x ἡλίκον πῦρ ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει 1 how small a fire sets on fire a large forest In order to help people understand the harm that the tongue can cause, James speaks of the harm that a small flame can cause. Alternate translation: "how a small flame can start a fire that burns many trees"
|
||||
JAS 3 6 wm5q figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ 1 The tongue is also a fire The tongue is a metonym for what people say. James calls it a fire because of the great damage it can do. Alternate translation: "The tongue is like a fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 i61e figs-metaphor πῦρ ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας καθίσταται ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 a world of sinfulness set among our body parts The enormous effects of sinful speaking are spoken of as if they were a world by themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor ἡ σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 It stains the whole body Sinful speaking is spoken of metaphorically as if it stained one's body. And becoming unacceptable to God is spoken of as if it were dirt on the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 sets on fire the course of life The phrase "course of life" refers to a person's entire life. Alternate translation: "it ruins a person's entire life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive 0 life. It is itself set on fire by hell The word "itself" refers to the tongue. Also, here "hell" refers to the powers of evil or to the devil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "life because the devil uses it for evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive 0 For every kind of ... mankind The phrase "every kind" is a general statement referring to all or many kinds of wild animals. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People have learned to control many kinds of wild animals, birds, reptiles, and sea creatures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 b8c9 translate-unknown ἑρπετῶν 1 reptile This is an animal that crawls on the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 zw5m ἐναλίων 1 sea creature an animal that lives in the sea
|
||||
JAS 3 8 q9xe figs-metaphor δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων δύναται δαμάσαι τὴν γλῶσσαν 1 But no human being can tame the tongue James speaks of the tongue as if it were a wild animal. Here "tongue" represents a person's desire to speak evil thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 8 q9xe figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς δαμάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων 1 But no human being can tame the tongue James speaks of the tongue as if it were a wild animal. Here "tongue" represents a person's desire to speak evil thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 8 m7vi figs-metaphor 0 It is a restless evil, full of deadly poison James speaks of the harm that people can cause by what they say as if the tongue were an evil and poisonous creature that can kill people. Alternate translation: "It is like a restless and evil creature, full of deadly poison" or "It is like a restless and evil creature that can kill people with its venom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 le6h ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν 1 With it we "We use the tongue to say words that"
|
||||
JAS 3 9 ucm9 καταρώμεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 we curse men "we ask God to harm men"
|
||||
JAS 3 9 umg1 figs-activepassive 0 who have been made in God's likeness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God made in his likeness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 a1ly figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing The nouns "blessing" and "cursing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "With the same mouth, a person blesses people and curses people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 qrs2 μου ἀδελφοί 1 My brothers "Fellow Christians"
|
||||
JAS 3 10 n9zy ταῦτα χρή οὐ γίνεσθαι 1 these things should not happen "these things are wrong"
|
||||
JAS 3 10 qrs2 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers "Fellow Christians"
|
||||
JAS 3 10 n9zy οὐ χρή ταῦτα γίνεσθαι 1 these things should not happen "these things are wrong"
|
||||
JAS 3 11 m18q 0 Connecting Statement: After James stresses that the words of believers should not both bless and curse, he gives examples from nature to teach his readers that people who honor God by worshiping him should also live in right ways.
|
||||
JAS 3 11 mz8d figs-rquestion 0 Does a spring pour out from its opening both sweet and bitter water? James uses a rhetorical question to remind believers about what happens in nature. This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "You know that a spring does not pour out both sweet water and bitter water." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται συκῆ, μου ἀδελφοί, ποιῆσαι ἐλαίας? 1 Does a fig tree, my brothers, make olives? James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you know that a fig tree cannot grow olives." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 jjj8 μου ἀδελφοί 1 my brothers "my fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται συκῆ, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι? 1 Does a fig tree, my brothers, make olives? James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you know that a fig tree cannot grow olives." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 jjj8 ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers "my fellow believers"
|
||||
JAS 3 12 bu4l figs-ellipsis ἢ ἄμπελος, σῦκα? 1 Or a grapevine, figs? The word "make" is understood from the previous phrase. James uses another rhetorical question to remind the believers about what happens in nature. Alternate translation: "Or does a grapevine make figs?" or "And a grapevine cannot grow figs." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 fgb7 figs-rquestion τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Who is wise and understanding among you? James uses this question to teach his audience about proper behavior. The words "wise" and "understanding" are similar. Alternate translation: "I will tell you how a wise and understanding person is to act." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 f9xv figs-abstractnouns 0 Let that person show a good life by his works in the humility of wisdom This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "humility" and "wisdom." Alternate translation: "That person should live a good life by doing the kind of deeds that come from being humble and wise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 js7b figs-metonymy εἰ ἔχετε πικρὸν ζῆλον καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν ὑμῶν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 if you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions or thoughts. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "jealousy" and "ambition." Alternate translation: "if you are jealous and selfish" or "if you desire what other people have and you want to succeed even if it harms others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns κατακαυχᾶσθε μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 do not boast and lie against the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be stated as "true." Alternate translation: "do not boast that you are wise, because that is not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metonymy αὕτη ἔστιν οὐκ ἡ σοφία κατερχομένη ἄνωθεν 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above Here "This" refers to the "bitter jealousy and strife" described in the previous verses. The phrase "from above" is a metonym that represents "heaven" which represents God himself. Alternate translation: "This is not the kind of wisdom that God teaches us from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 js7b figs-metonymy εἰ ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 if you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions or thoughts. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "jealousy" and "ambition." Alternate translation: "if you are jealous and selfish" or "if you desire what other people have and you want to succeed even if it harms others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 do not boast and lie against the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be stated as "true." Alternate translation: "do not boast that you are wise, because that is not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 clz6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη 1 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above Here "This" refers to the "bitter jealousy and strife" described in the previous verses. The phrase "from above" is a metonym that represents "heaven" which represents God himself. Alternate translation: "This is not the kind of wisdom that God teaches us from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 g44u figs-abstractnouns 0 This is not the wisdom that comes down from above. Instead, it is earthly, unspiritual, demonic The abstract noun "wisdom" can be stated as "wise." - Alternate translation: "Whoever acts like this is not wise according to what God in heaven teaches us. Instead this person is earthly, unspiritual, and demonic" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word "earthly" refers to the values and behaviors of the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: "not honoring to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 a2u6 ψυχική 1 unspiritual "not from the Holy Spirit" or "not spiritual"
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,34 +213,34 @@ JAS 3 15 mzc9 δαιμονιώδης 1 demonic "from demons"
|
|||
JAS 3 16 x5jz figs-abstractnouns 0 For where there are jealousy and ambition, there is confusion and every evil practice This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "jealousy," "ambition," and "confusion." Alternate translation: "For when people are jealous and selfish, this causes them to act in disorderly and evil ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 16 dvd7 0 there is confusion "there is disorder" or "there is chaos"
|
||||
JAS 3 16 vmt4 πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 every evil practice "every kind of sinful behavior" or "every kind of wicked deed"
|
||||
JAS 3 17 s8w4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἄνωθεν σοφία ἡ δὲ ἄνωθεν ἐστιν πρῶτον ἁγνή 1 But the wisdom from above is first pure Here "from above" is metonym that represents "heaven" which represents God himself. The abstract noun "wisdom" can be stated as "wise." Alternate translation: "But when a person is wise according to what God in heaven teaches, he acts in ways that are first pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hhk5 ἐστιν πρῶτον ἁγνή 1 is first pure "is first holy"
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hfh9 figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ ἀγαθῶν καρπῶν 1 full of mercy and good fruits Here "good fruits" refer to kind things that people do for others as a result of having wisdom from God. Alternate translation: "full of mercy and good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 s8w4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἡ δὲ δὲ ἄνωθεν ἄνωθεν σοφία πρῶτον ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 But the wisdom from above is first pure Here "from above" is metonym that represents "heaven" which represents God himself. The abstract noun "wisdom" can be stated as "wise." Alternate translation: "But when a person is wise according to what God in heaven teaches, he acts in ways that are first pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hhk5 πρῶτον ἁγνή ἐστιν 1 is first pure "is first holy"
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hfh9 figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν 1 full of mercy and good fruits Here "good fruits" refer to kind things that people do for others as a result of having wisdom from God. Alternate translation: "full of mercy and good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 by2l 0 and sincere "and honest" or "and truthful"
|
||||
JAS 3 18 md56 figs-metaphor καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης σπείρεται ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace People making peace is spoken of as if they were sowing seeds, and righteousness is spoken of as if it were the fruit that grows up as a result of making peace. Alternate translation: "The result of making peace is righteousness" or "Those who work peacefully to help people live in peace produce righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 18 md56 figs-metaphor καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace People making peace is spoken of as if they were sowing seeds, and righteousness is spoken of as if it were the fruit that grows up as a result of making peace. Alternate translation: "The result of making peace is righteousness" or "Those who work peacefully to help people live in peace produce righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 18 htr1 figs-abstractnouns ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 make peace The abstract noun "peace" can be stated as "peacefully." Alternate translation: "cause people to live peacefully" or "help people not to be angry with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 intro r6vv 0 # James 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>##### Law<br><br>James probably uses this word in [James 4:11](../../jas/04/11.md) to refer to "the royal law" ([James 2:8](../../jas/02/08.md)).<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>James asks many questions because he wants his readers to think about how they are living. He wants to correct and teach them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Humble<br><br>This word probably usually refers to people who are not proud. James uses the word here to refer to people who are not proud and who also trust in Jesus and obey him.<br>
|
||||
JAS 4 1 q3pd 0 General Information: In this section, the words "yourselves," "your," and "you" are plural and refer to the believers to whom James writes.
|
||||
JAS 4 1 k21j 0 Connecting Statement: James rebukes these believers for their worldliness and their lack of humility. He again urges them to watch how they speak to and about each other.
|
||||
JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet 0 Where do quarrels and disputes among you come from? The abstract nouns "quarrels" and "disputes" mean basically the same thing and can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: "Why do you quarrel and dispute among yourselves?" or "Why do you fight among yourselves?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion ἐντεῦθεν οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ ὑμῶν τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James uses this question to rebuke his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "They come from your evil desires for things, desires that fight among your members." or "They come from your desires for evil things, desires that fight among your members." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification ἐντεῦθεν οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ ὑμῶν τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν? 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James speaks of desires as they were enemies who waged war against the believers. In reality, of course, it is the people who have these desires who fight among themselves. Alternate translation: "They come from your desires for evil things, by which you end up harming each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 v5kg τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν 1 among your members Possible meanings are 1) there is fighting among the local believers, or 2) the fighting, that is, the conflict, is inside each believer.
|
||||
JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-hyperbole φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ δύνασθε οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You kill and covet, and you are not able to obtain The phrase "You kill" expresses how badly the people behave in order to get what they want. It can be translated as "You do all kinds of evil things to get what you cannot have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion ἐντεῦθεν? ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ ὑμῶν τῶν ἡδονῶν οὐκ τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἐν 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James uses this question to rebuke his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "They come from your evil desires for things, desires that fight among your members." or "They come from your desires for evil things, desires that fight among your members." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification ἐντεῦθεν? ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ ὑμῶν τῶν ἡδονῶν οὐκ τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἐν 1 Do they not come from your desires that fight among your members? James speaks of desires as they were enemies who waged war against the believers. In reality, of course, it is the people who have these desires who fight among themselves. Alternate translation: "They come from your desires for evil things, by which you end up harming each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 v5kg τοῖς τοῖς μέλεσιν μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 among your members Possible meanings are 1) there is fighting among the local believers, or 2) the fighting, that is, the conflict, is inside each believer.
|
||||
JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-hyperbole φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You kill and covet, and you are not able to obtain The phrase "You kill" expresses how badly the people behave in order to get what they want. It can be translated as "You do all kinds of evil things to get what you cannot have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You fight and quarrel The words "fight" and "quarrel" mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize how much the people argue among themselves. Alternate translation: "You constantly fight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 3 nk57 αἰτεῖσθε κακῶς 1 you ask badly Possible meanings are 1) "you ask with wrong motives" or "you ask with bad attitudes" or 2) "you are asking for wrong things" or "you are asking for bad things"
|
||||
JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly Possible meanings are 1) "you ask with wrong motives" or "you ask with bad attitudes" or 2) "you are asking for wrong things" or "you are asking for bad things"
|
||||
JAS 4 4 efi8 figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδες! 1 You adulteresses! James speaks of believers as being like wives who sleep with men other than their husbands. Alternate translation: "You are not being faithful to God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 wu5v figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know ... God? James uses this question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You know ... God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 b5ly figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world This phrase refers to identifying with or participating in the world's value system and behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 br36 figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world Here the world's value system is spoken of as if it were a person that others could be friends with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου ἐστιν ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 friendship with the world is hostility against God One who is friends with the world is an enemy of God. Here "friendship with the world" stands for being friends with the world, and "hostility against God" stands for being hostile against God. Alternate translation: "friends of the world are enemies of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 i2y4 ἢ δοκεῖτε ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει κενῶς 1 Or do you think the scripture says in vain This is a rhetorical question James uses to exhort his audience. To speak in vain is to speak uselessly. Alternate translation: "There is a reason that scripture says"
|
||||
JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 friendship with the world is hostility against God One who is friends with the world is an enemy of God. Here "friendship with the world" stands for being friends with the world, and "hostility against God" stands for being hostile against God. Alternate translation: "friends of the world are enemies of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 i2y4 ἢ δοκεῖτε κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think the scripture says in vain This is a rhetorical question James uses to exhort his audience. To speak in vain is to speak uselessly. Alternate translation: "There is a reason that scripture says"
|
||||
JAS 4 5 bx68 τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit he caused to live in us Some versions, including the ULT and UST, understand this as a reference to the Holy Spirit. Other versions translate this as "the spirit" and mean by it the human spirit that each person has been created to have. We suggest that you use the meaning that is presented in other translations used by your readers.
|
||||
JAS 4 6 ub8z figs-explicit 0 But God gives more grace How this phrase relates to the previous verse can be made explicit: "But, even though our spirits may desire what we cannot have, God gives us even more grace, if we will humble ourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 hyh2 0 so the scripture "Because God gives more grace, the scripture"
|
||||
JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις 1 the proud This refers to proud people in general. Alternate translation: "proud people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 uu3r figs-nominaladj ταπεινοῖς 1 the humble This refers to humble people in general. Alternate translation: "humble people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 da5t οὖν ὑποτάγητε 1 So submit "Because God gives grace to the humble, submit"
|
||||
JAS 4 7 da5t ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 So submit "Because God gives grace to the humble, submit"
|
||||
JAS 4 7 g7e5 ὑποτάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 submit to God "obey God"
|
||||
JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 Resist the devil "Oppose the devil" or "Do not do what the devil wants"
|
||||
JAS 4 7 w9ue φεύξεται 1 he will flee "he will run away"
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,83 +254,83 @@ JAS 4 8 iw61 figs-metaphor δίψυχοι- δίψυχοι 1 double-minded The wo
|
|||
JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Grieve, mourn, and cry These three words have similar meanings. James uses them together to emphasize that the people should be truly sorry for not obeying God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism 0 Let your laughter turn into sadness and your joy into gloom This is saying the same thing in different ways for emphasis. The abstract nouns "laughter," "sadness," "joy," and "gloom" can be translated as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: "Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 Humble yourselves before the Lord "Be humble toward God." Actions done with God in mind are often spoken of as being done in his physical presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς ὑψώσει 1 he will lift you up James indicates that God will honor the humble person by saying God will pick that person up off the ground physically from where that person had prostrated himself in humility. Alternate translation: "he will honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James indicates that God will honor the humble person by saying God will pick that person up off the ground physically from where that person had prostrated himself in humility. Alternate translation: "he will honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 sy54 0 General Information: The words "you" and "your" in this section refer to the believers to whom James writes.
|
||||
JAS 4 11 r3hc καταλαλεῖτε 1 speak against "speak badly about" or "oppose"
|
||||
JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metonymy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers James speaks of the believers as if they are biological brothers. The term here includes women as well as men. Alternate translation: "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 jlx4 ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 but a judge "but you are acting like the person who gives the law"
|
||||
JAS 4 12 e9da 0 Only one is the lawgiver and judge This refers to God. "God is the only one who gives laws and judges people"
|
||||
JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς, εἶ ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 Who are you, you who judge your neighbor? This is a rhetorical question James uses to scold his audience. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are just a human and cannot judge another human." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 13 iz9h figs-idiom ποιήσομεν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖ 1 spend a year there James speaks of spending time as if it were money. "stay there for a year" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 4 13 iz9h figs-idiom ποιήσομεν ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 spend a year there James speaks of spending time as if it were money. "stay there for a year" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 4 14 b7ir figs-rquestion 0 Who knows what will happen tomorrow, and what is your life? James uses these questions to correct his audience and to teach these believers that physical life is not that important. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: "No one knows what will happen tomorrow, and your life does not last very long!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 14 a9v2 figs-metaphor γάρ ἐστε ἀτμὶς φαινομένη ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον καὶ ἔπειτα ἀφανιζομένη 1 For you are a mist that appears for a little while and then disappears James speaks of people as if they were a mist that appears and then quickly goes away. Alternate translation: "You live for only a short amount of time, and then you die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 15 gj65 ἀντὶ, ὑμᾶς τοῦ λέγειν 1 Instead, you should say "Instead, your attitude should be"
|
||||
JAS 4 14 a9v2 figs-metaphor ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστε ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη ἔπειτα καὶ ἀφανιζομένη 1 For you are a mist that appears for a little while and then disappears James speaks of people as if they were a mist that appears and then quickly goes away. Alternate translation: "You live for only a short amount of time, and then you die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 15 gj65 ἀντὶ, τοῦ λέγειν ὑμᾶς 1 Instead, you should say "Instead, your attitude should be"
|
||||
JAS 4 15 e1il ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο 1 we will live and do this or that "we will live long enough to do what we have planned to do." The word "we" does not directly refer to James or his audience but is part of the example of how James' audience should consider the future.
|
||||
JAS 4 17 q84z 0 for anyone who knows to do good but does not do it, for him it is sin Anyone who fails to do the good he knows he should do is guilty of sin.
|
||||
JAS 5 intro ud8q 0 # James 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Eternity<br>This chapter contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. It is also important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>##### Oaths<br>Scholars are divided over whether this passage teaches all oaths are wrong. Most scholars believe some oaths are permissible and James instead is teaching Christians to have integrity.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Elijah<br>This story will be difficult to understand if the books of 1 and 2 Kings and 1 and 2 Chronicles have not yet been translated.<br><br>##### "Save his soul from death"<br>This probably teaches that the person who stops their sinful lifestyle will not be punished with physical death as a consequence of their sin. On the other hand, some scholars believe this passage teaches about eternal salvation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
JAS 5 1 phs3 0 Connecting Statement: James warns rich people about their focus on pleasure and riches.
|
||||
JAS 5 1 gel9 figs-explicit οἱ πλούσιοι 1 you who are rich Possible meanings are 1) James is giving a strong warning to wealthy believers or 2) James is talking about wealthy unbelievers. Alternate translation: "you who are rich and say you honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 1 l3wd figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις ὑμῶν 1 because of the miseries coming on you James states that these people will suffer terribly in the future and writes as if their sufferings were objects that were coming toward them. The abstract noun "miseries" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "because you will suffer terribly in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 5 2 gq45 figs-pastforfuture ὑμῶν ὁ πλοῦτος σέσηπεν, καὶ ὑμῶν τὰ ἱμάτια γέγονεν σητόβρωτα- σητόβρωτα. 1 Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten. Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: "Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JAS 5 1 l3wd figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις 1 because of the miseries coming on you James states that these people will suffer terribly in the future and writes as if their sufferings were objects that were coming toward them. The abstract noun "miseries" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "because you will suffer terribly in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 5 2 gq45 figs-pastforfuture ὑμῶν. πλοῦτος σέσηπεν, καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ ἱμάτια γέγονεν σητόβρωτα- σητόβρωτα τὰ 1 Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten. Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: "Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JAS 5 2 v241 0 riches ... clothes These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people.
|
||||
JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture 0 Your gold and your silver have become tarnished Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: "Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths. Your gold and silver will become tarnished" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 wj9v 0 gold ... silver These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people.
|
||||
JAS 5 3 q4pm 0 have become tarnished ... their rust These phrases are used here to describe how gold and silver are ruined. Alternate translation: "are ruined ... their ruined condition" or "are corroded ... their corrosion"
|
||||
JAS 5 3 e55t figs-personification αὐτῶν ὁ ἰὸς ἔσται εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν. φάγεται 1 their rust will be a witness against you. It James wrote of their valuable things being ruined as if they were a person in a courtroom accusing the wicked of their crimes. Alternate translation: "and when God judges you, your ruined treasures will be like someone who accuses you in court. Their corrosion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] )
|
||||
JAS 5 3 e55t figs-personification ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται. φάγεται 1 their rust will be a witness against you. It James wrote of their valuable things being ruined as if they were a person in a courtroom accusing the wicked of their crimes. Alternate translation: "and when God judges you, your ruined treasures will be like someone who accuses you in court. Their corrosion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] )
|
||||
JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile 0 will consume ... like fire Here the corrosion is spoken of as if it were a fire that will burn up their owners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy ὑμῶν τὰς σάρκας 1 your flesh Here "flesh" stands for the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν 1 your flesh Here "flesh" stands for the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor πῦρ 1 fire The idea of fire here is meant to lead people to remember that fire often stands for God's punishment that will come on all the wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 np1u figs-metonymy ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 for the last days This refers to the time right before God comes to judge all people. The wicked think they are storing up riches for the future, but what they are doing is storing up judgment. Alternate translation: "for when God is about to judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 gcj5 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to warn rich people about thier focus on pleasure and riches.
|
||||
JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification 0 the pay of the laborers is crying out—the pay that you have withheld from those who harvested your fields The money that should have been paid is spoken of as a person who is shouting because of the injustice done to him. Alternate translation: "the fact that you did not pay those you hired to work in your fields shows that you have done wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metaphor αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων εἰσελήλυθαν εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 the cries of the harvesters have gone into the ears of the Lord of hosts The shouts of the harvesters are spoken of as if they could be heard in heaven. Alternate translation: "the Lord of hosts has heard the cries of the harvesters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metaphor αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν 1 the cries of the harvesters have gone into the ears of the Lord of hosts The shouts of the harvesters are spoken of as if they could be heard in heaven. Alternate translation: "the Lord of hosts has heard the cries of the harvesters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 h9y8 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 into the ears of the Lord of hosts God is spoken of as if he had ears as humans have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 5 xt8h figs-metaphor ἐθρέψατε ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς 1 You have fattened your hearts for a day of slaughter Here people are viewed as if they were cattle, luxuriously fed on grain so they would become fattened to be slaughtered for a feast. However, no one will feast at the time of judgment. Alternate translation: "Your greed has only prepared you for harsh eternal judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 5 pr31 figs-metonymy ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 your hearts The "heart" was considered to be the center of human desire, and here stands for the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 5 xt8h figs-metaphor ἐθρέψατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς 1 You have fattened your hearts for a day of slaughter Here people are viewed as if they were cattle, luxuriously fed on grain so they would become fattened to be slaughtered for a feast. However, no one will feast at the time of judgment. Alternate translation: "Your greed has only prepared you for harsh eternal judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 5 pr31 figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 your hearts The "heart" was considered to be the center of human desire, and here stands for the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 u5c5 0 You have condemned ... the righteous person This is probably not "condemned" in the legal sense of a judge passing a sentence of death on a criminal. Instead, it probably refers to the wicked and powerful people who decide to mistreat the poor until they die.
|
||||
JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον. ἀντιτάσσεται οὐκ 1 the righteous person. He does not "the people who do what is right. They do not." Here "the righteous person" refers to righteous people in general and not to a specific person. Alternate translation: "righteous people. They do not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον. οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται 1 the righteous person. He does not "the people who do what is right. They do not." Here "the righteous person" refers to righteous people in general and not to a specific person. Alternate translation: "righteous people. They do not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 z7w1 ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 resist you "oppose you"
|
||||
JAS 5 7 n888 0 General Information: In closing, James reminds the believers about the Lord's coming and gives several short lessons on how to live for the Lord.
|
||||
JAS 5 7 xr6g 0 Connecting Statement: James changes topics from a rebuke of the rich people to an exhortation to the believers.
|
||||
JAS 5 7 a4sv οὖν μακροθυμήσατε 1 So be patient "Because of this, wait and be calm"
|
||||
JAS 5 7 a4sv μακροθυμήσατε οὖν 1 So be patient "Because of this, wait and be calm"
|
||||
JAS 5 7 wgk4 figs-metonymy 0 until the Lord's coming This phrase refers to the return of Jesus, when he will begin his kingdom on the earth and judge all people. Alternate translation: "until Christ's return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 7 y4er figs-metaphor ὁ γεωργὸς 1 the farmer James makes an analogy using farmers and believers to teach what it means to be patient. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metonymy στηρίξατε ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας στηρίξατε 1 Make your hearts strong James is equating the believers' hearts to their will to remain committed. Alternate translation: "Stay committed" or "Keep your faith strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metonymy στηρίξατε στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Make your hearts strong James is equating the believers' hearts to their will to remain committed. Alternate translation: "Stay committed" or "Keep your faith strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 8 jw3b 0 the Lord's coming is near "the Lord will return soon"
|
||||
JAS 5 9 k74r 0 Do not complain, brothers ... you James is writing to all the scattered Jewish believers.
|
||||
JAS 5 9 w9xv κατ’ ἀλλήλων 1 against one another "about each other"
|
||||
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive κριθῆτε μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will be not judged This can be stated in the active. Alternate translation: "Christ will not judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε κριθῆτε 1 you will be not judged This can be stated in the active. Alternate translation: "Christ will not judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 ita4 ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 See, the judge "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the judge"
|
||||
JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς ἕστηκεν πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν 1 the judge is standing at the door James compares Jesus, the judge, to a person about to walk through a door to emphasize how soon Jesus will return to judge the world. Alternate translation: "the judge is coming soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 10 sic1 τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας τοὺς προφήτας, οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the suffering and patience of the prophets, those who spoke in the name of the Lord "how the prophets who spoke in the name of the Lord suffered persecution with patience"
|
||||
JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James compares Jesus, the judge, to a person about to walk through a door to emphasize how soon Jesus will return to judge the world. Alternate translation: "the judge is coming soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 10 sic1 , τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας τοὺς προφήτας οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the suffering and patience of the prophets, those who spoke in the name of the Lord "how the prophets who spoke in the name of the Lord suffered persecution with patience"
|
||||
JAS 5 10 pvs3 figs-metonymy οἳ ἐλάλησαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 spoke in the name of the Lord "Name" here is a metonym for the person of the Lord. Alternate translation: "by the authority of the Lord" or "spoke for the Lord to the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 xwr8 ἰδοὺ, μακαρίζομεν 1 See, we regard "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: we regard"
|
||||
JAS 5 11 s3nl τοὺς ὑπομείναντας 1 those who endured "those who continued obeying God even through hardship"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 fug7 πρὸ πάντων, μου ἀδελφοί, 1 Above all, my brothers, "This is important, may brothers:" or "Especially, my brothers,"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-gendernotations μου ἀδελφοί 1 my brothers This refers to all believers including women. Alternate translation: "my fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 s755 ὀμνύετε μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear To "swear" is to say that you will do something, or that something is true, and to be held accountable by a higher authority. Alternate translation: "do not make an oath" or "do not make a vow"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 fug7 πρὸ πάντων, ἀδελφοί μου, 1 Above all, my brothers, "This is important, may brothers:" or "Especially, my brothers,"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers This refers to all believers including women. Alternate translation: "my fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear To "swear" is to say that you will do something, or that something is true, and to be held accountable by a higher authority. Alternate translation: "do not make an oath" or "do not make a vow"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 t1uq figs-metonymy μήτε τὸν οὐρανὸν μήτε τὴν γῆν 1 either by heaven or by the earth The words "heaven" and "earth" refer to the spiritual or human authorities that are in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 m3ve 0 let your "Yes" mean "Yes" and your "No" mean "No," "do what you say you will do, or say that something is true, without making an oath"
|
||||
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα πέσητε μὴ πέσητε ὑπὸ κρίσιν 1 so you do not fall under judgment Being condemned is spoken of as if one had fallen, crushed by the weight of something heavy. Alternate translation: "so God will not punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion τις ἐν ὑμῖν κακοπαθεῖ? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is enduring troubles, he should pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion τις εὐθυμεῖ? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their blessings. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is happy, he should sing songs of praise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion τις ἐν ὑμῖν ἀσθενεῖ? προσκαλεσάσθω 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him call James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is sick, he should call" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε πέσητε 1 so you do not fall under judgment Being condemned is spoken of as if one had fallen, crushed by the weight of something heavy. Alternate translation: "so God will not punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is enduring troubles, he should pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their blessings. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is happy, he should sing songs of praise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him call James uses this question to cause the readers to reflect on their need. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If anyone is sick, he should call" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 fik7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord "Name" is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "by the authority of the Lord" or "with the authority that the Lord has given hthem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-metonymy ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 The prayer of faith will heal the sick person The writer speaks of God hearing believers pray for sick people and healing those people as if the prayers themselves healed the people. Alternate translation: "The Lord will hear the prayer of faith and will heal the sick person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 qiw4 ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 1 The prayer of faith "The prayer made by believers" or "The prayer that people pray believing God will do as they ask"
|
||||
JAS 5 15 ei3q ὁ Κύριος ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ἐγερεῖ 1 the Lord will raise him up "the Lord will make him well" or "the Lord will enable him to resume his normal life"
|
||||
JAS 5 15 ei3q ἐγερεῖ ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up "the Lord will make him well" or "the Lord will enable him to resume his normal life"
|
||||
JAS 5 16 t2iq 0 General Information: As these were Jewish believers, James reminds them to pray by recalling one of the prophets of old and that prophet's practical prayers.
|
||||
JAS 5 16 dl5k οὖν ἐξομολογεῖσθε τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 So confess your sins Admit to other believers things you did wrong so that you can be forgiven.
|
||||
JAS 5 16 dl5k ἐξομολογεῖσθε οὖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 So confess your sins Admit to other believers things you did wrong so that you can be forgiven.
|
||||
JAS 5 16 i8cm ἀλλήλοις 1 to one another "to each other"
|
||||
JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἰαθῆτε 1 so that you may be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God may heal you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 16 zk62 figs-metaphor 0 The prayer of a righteous person is very strong in its working Prayer is presented as if it were an object that was strong or powerful. Alternate translation: "When the person who obeys God prays, God will do great things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 17 vhw2 προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 prayed earnestly "prayed eagerly" or "prayed passionately"
|
||||
JAS 5 17 i8wv translate-numbers 0 three ... six "3 ... 6" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JAS 5 18 zwc9 ὁ οὐρανὸς ἔδωκεν ὑετὸν 1 The heavens gave rain "The heavens" probably refers to the sky, which is presented as the source of the rain. Alternate translation: "Rain fell from the sky"
|
||||
JAS 5 18 yi7m ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν αὐτῆς τὸν καρπὸν 1 the earth produced its fruit Here the earth is presented as the source of the crops.
|
||||
JAS 5 18 zwc9 ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 The heavens gave rain "The heavens" probably refers to the sky, which is presented as the source of the rain. Alternate translation: "Rain fell from the sky"
|
||||
JAS 5 18 yi7m ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit Here the earth is presented as the source of the crops.
|
||||
JAS 5 18 s76l figs-metonymy τὸν καρπὸν 1 fruit Here "fruit" stands for all the crops of the farmers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this word probably refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ τις ἐπιστρέψῃ αὐτόν ἐπιστρέψῃ 1 if anyone among you wanders from the truth, and someone brings him back A believer who stops trusting in God and obeying him is spoken of as if he were a sheep that wandered away from the flock. The person who persuades him to trust in God again is spoken of as if he were a shepherd who went to search for the lost sheep. Alternate translation: "whenever anyone stops obeying God, and another person helps him start obeying again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 if anyone among you wanders from the truth, and someone brings him back A believer who stops trusting in God and obeying him is spoken of as if he were a sheep that wandered away from the flock. The person who persuades him to trust in God again is spoken of as if he were a shepherd who went to search for the lost sheep. Alternate translation: "whenever anyone stops obeying God, and another person helps him start obeying again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 20 xg1y figs-metonymy 0 whoever turns a sinner from his wandering way ... will cover over a great number of sins James means that God will use the actions of this person to persuade the sinner to repent and be saved. But James speaks as if it were this other person who actually saved the sinner's soul from death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 20 pd78 figs-synecdoche 0 will save him from death, and will cover over a great number of sins Here "death" refers to spiritual death, eternal separation from God. Alternate translation: "will save him from spiritual death, and God will forgive the sinner for all of his sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 5 20 rh4d figs-metaphor καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 will cover over a great number of sins Possible meanings are 1) the person who brings back the disobedient brother will have his sins forgiven or 2) the disobedient brother, when he returns to the Lord, will have his sins forgiven. Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that God could cover so that he would not see them, so that he would forgive them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1002.
|
190
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
190
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
|
|
@ -4,26 +4,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 0 Cappadocia ... Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, "Cappadocia" and "Bithynia" were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 cf7b παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς ἐκλεκτοῖς 1 the chosen ones "the ones whom God the Father has chosen." God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the chosen ones "the ones whom God the Father has chosen." God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
|
||||
1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father "according to his own foreknowledge"
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun "foreknowledge" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father decided previously" or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father knew beforehand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here "the blood" refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus' death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ πληθυνθείη εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers' salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive 0 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words "our" and "us" refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς ἀναγεννήσας 1 he has given us new birth "he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth "he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: "We confidently expect to receive an inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 It is reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is reserving it in heaven for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς φρουρουμένους ἐν Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ δυνάμει 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ δυνάμει 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους' δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν Θεοῦ' δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith Here "faith" refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is ready to reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἀγαλλιᾶσθε ἐν ᾧ 1 You are very glad about this The word "this" refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 You are very glad about this The word "this" refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 This is for the proving of your faith In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 the proving of your faith God wishes to test how well believers trust in Christ.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m τῆς πίστεως, πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, δοκιμαζομένου διὰ πυρὸς 1 faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire Faith is more valuable than gold, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in fire.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου, τοῦ, ἀπολλυμένου διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμαζομένου 1 faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire Faith is more valuable than gold, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in fire.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 your faith will be found to result in praise, glory, and honor Possible meanings are 1) that "God will honor you very highly" because of your faith or 2) that "your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor" to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 at the revealing of Jesus Christ "when Jesus Christ is revealed." This refers to the return of Christ. This can also be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory "wonderful joy that words cannot describe"
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about the prophets' search for salvation.
|
||||
1PE 1 11 r5jf ἐραυνῶντες 1 They searched to know "They tried to determine"
|
||||
1PE 1 11 w3n8 τὸ Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit of Christ This is a reference to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive ἀπεκαλύφθη οἷς 1 It was revealed to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 xi4d εἰς ἃ ἄγγελοι ἐπιθυμοῦσιν παρακύψαι 1 into which angels long to look "that angels want to understand"
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 It was revealed to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 xi4d εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι 1 into which angels long to look "that angels want to understand"
|
||||
1PE 1 13 bjg9 διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι 1 So gird "Because of this, gird." Peter uses the word "So" here to refer back to everything he has said about salvation, their faith, and the Spirit of Christ giving revelations to the prophets.
|
||||
1PE 1 13 u87y figs-idiom ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς ὑμῶν διανοίας 1 gird up the loins of your mind Girding up the loins refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one's robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. Alternate translation: "get your minds ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 u87y figs-idiom ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν 1 gird up the loins of your mind Girding up the loins refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one's robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. Alternate translation: "get your minds ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 i56f figs-idiom νήφοντες 1 Be sober Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν φερομένην ὑμῖν 1 the grace that will be brought to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God will bring to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν χάριν φερομένην ὑμῖν 1 the grace that will be brought to you Here God's way of dealing kindly with believers is spoken of as if it were an object that he will bring to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν ἀποκαλύψει 1 when Jesus Christ is revealed This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom συνσχηματιζόμενοι μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God will bring to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you Here God's way of dealing kindly with believers is spoken of as if it were an object that he will bring to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when Jesus Christ is revealed This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive διότι ὅτι 1 For it is written This refers to God's message in the scripture. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For as God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἔσεσθε ἅγιοι, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 Be holy, because I am holy Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor ἀναστράφητε τὸν χρόνον τῆς ὑμῶν παροικίας 1 go through the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: "use the time you are living away from your true home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 Be holy, because I am holy Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 go through the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: "use the time you are living away from your true home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 you have been redeemed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has redeemed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι Χριστοῦ 1 the precious blood of Christ Here "blood" stands for Christ's death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 like a lamb without blemish or spot Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people's sins. Alternate translation: "like the lambs without blemish or spot that the Jewish priests sacrificed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,15 +55,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has revealed him to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who raised him from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead"
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόντα αὐτῷ δόξαν 1 and gave him glory "and glorified him" or "and showed that he is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche ἡγνικότες ὑμῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἡγνικότες 1 You made your souls pure Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 and gave him glory "and glorified him" or "and showed that he is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἡγνικότες 1 You made your souls pure Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor ἡγνικότες 1 pure Here the idea of cleanliness refers to being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "by obeying the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy φιλαδελφίαν ἀγαπήσατε ἀλλήλους ἐκτενῶς ἐκ καρδίας 1 love one another earnestly from the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ φθαρτῆς σπορᾶς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either 1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or 2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy φιλαδελφίαν ἐκ καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either 1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or 2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 imperishable seed seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος καὶ μένοντος διὰ λόγου Θεοῦ 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ διὰ λόγου λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα αὐτῆς 1 All flesh is like grass, and all its The word "flesh" refers to humanity. The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: "All people will die like grass dies, and all their" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word "glory" refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: "goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,25 +71,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive 0 the gospel that was proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the gospel that we proclaimed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to "long for pure spiritual milk," he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother's milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God's word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor οὖν ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word "Therefore" here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: "So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander" or "So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη, ἐπιποθήσατε τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God's word. Alternate translation: "Just as babies long for their mother's breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον καὶ,,,, ὑποκρίσεις καὶ φθόνους καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word "Therefore" here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: "So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander" or "So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη, τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God's word. Alternate translation: "Just as babies long for their mother's breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 long for "desire intensely" or "yearn for"
|
||||
1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were spiritual milk that nourished children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 vg76 figs-abstractnouns αὐξηθῆτε εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 you may grow in salvation Here the word "salvation" refers to when God brings the salvation of his people to completion when Jesus returns (see [1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)). They were to increasingly act in ways that were consistent with this salvation. You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "you may grow up spiritually until God saves you completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 grow Peter speaks of believers advancing in knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι ὁ Κύριος χρηστὸς 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: "if you have experienced the Lord's kindness toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: "if you have experienced the Lord's kindness toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 sa2z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor προσερχόμενοι πρὸς ὃν λίθον ζῶντα λίθον 1 Come to him who is a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν λίθον ζῶντα λίθον 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive δὲ ἐκλεκτὸν παρὰ Θεῷ 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but that God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον λίθον ζῶντα 1 Come to him who is a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν λίθον λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but that God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor 0 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile αὐτοὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς ζῶντες λίθοι 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικὸς οἶκος 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἱεράτευμα ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-metaphor ἐν Γραφῇ διότι περιέχει 1 Scripture contains this The scriptures are spoken of as if they were a container. This passage refers to the words that a person reads in scripture. Alternate translation: "This is what a prophet wrote in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-metaphor διότι περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 Scripture contains this The scriptures are spoken of as if they were a container. This passage refers to the words that a person reads in scripture. Alternate translation: "This is what a prophet wrote in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 q7jx ἰδοὺ 1 See The word "see" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτὸν καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον καὶ ὁ πιστεύων 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
|
||||
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,18 +99,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 8 h7ta 0 stumble because they disobey the word Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. "stumble because they are not believing the message about Jesus"
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive 0 which is what they were appointed to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for which God also appointed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 General Information: In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν γένος 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z ἱεράτευμα βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are 1) "a group of kings and a group of priests" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are 1) "a group of kings and a group of priests" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν' περιποίησιν 1 a people for God's possession "a people who belong to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς ἐκ 1 who called you out "who called you to come out"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους εἰς αὐτοῦ τὸ θαυμαστὸν φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you out "who called you to come out"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles These two words mean basically the same thing. Peter speaks of his readers as people who are living in foreign lands away from their home. See how you translated "foreigners" in [1 Peter 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ubn9 figs-metaphor ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν 1 to abstain from fleshly desires Here the idea of flesh refers to the sinful nature of humanity in this fallen world. Alternate translation: "to not to give in to sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 x3q5 figs-metonymy στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς 1 make war against your soul Here the word "soul" refers to a person's spiritual life. Peter speaks of sinful desires as soldiers that are trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. Alternate translation: "seek to destroy your spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns ἔχοντες καλήν τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 You should have good behavior The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "You should behave well" or "You should behave in a good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἔχοντες καλήν 1 You should have good behavior The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "You should behave well" or "You should behave in a good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 0 if they speak about you as "if they accuse you of"
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύοντες ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων 1 they may observe your good works The abstract noun "works" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they may observe the good things that you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 they may observe your good works The abstract noun "works" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they may observe the good things that you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 on the day of his coming "on the day when he comes." This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "when he comes to judge everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον' διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the Lord's sake Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 the king as supreme "the king as the highest human authority"
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,16 +129,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 21 c1jn 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to people who are servants in people's houses.
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 it is to this that you were called Here the word "this" refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has called you to this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you to follow in his steps "so that you would follow his footprints." Peter speaks of following Jesus' example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: "so that you would imitate his behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος εὑρέθη ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ στόματι 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος εὑρέθη ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ στόματι 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, ἀντελοιδόρει οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 When he was reviled, he did not revile back To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει ἀντελοιδόρει 1 When he was reviled, he did not revile back To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 gave himself to the one who judges justly "he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly." This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k5fm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about Jesus Christ. He is still speaking to people who are servants.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς αὐτὸς 1 He himself This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy ἀνήνεγκεν ἡμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ σώματι σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 zl8e figs-metonymy τὸ ξύλον 1 the tree This is a reference to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive τῷ μώλωπι οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε πλανώμενοι ὡς πρόβατα 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ τῷ μώλωπι μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Outward ornaments"<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,54 +146,54 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some men are disobedient to the word Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: "some men do not believe the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they may be won "they may be persuaded to believe in Christ." This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they may become believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word "without the wife saying a word." Here "a word" refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν 1 they will have seen your sincere behavior with respect The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they will have seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s ὑμῶν τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν 1 your sincere behavior with respect Possible meanings are 1) "your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them" or 2) "your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God."
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 they will have seen your sincere behavior with respect The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they will have seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your sincere behavior with respect Possible meanings are 1) "your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them" or 2) "your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God."
|
||||
1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives.
|
||||
1PE 3 3 z9xx ἔστω 1 Let it be done The word "it" refers to the wives' submission to and conduct towards their husbands.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words "inner person" and "heart" refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: "what you really are on the inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 a gentle and quiet spirit "a gentle and peaceful attitude." Here the word "quiet" means "peaceful" or "calm." The word "spirit" refers to a person's attitude or temperament.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν πολυτελές ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God's opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: "which God considers to be precious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp καλοῦσα αὐτὸν κύριον 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἐγενήθητε ἧς τέκνα 1 You are now her children Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God's opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: "which God considers to be precious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 You are now her children Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands.
|
||||
1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει, τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. The abstract noun "understanding" can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "wives, understanding that the woman is the weaker partner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "honor them because they will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 heirs of the grace of life Eternal life is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dv7t figs-explicit εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι 1 Do this Here "this" refers to the ways husbands should treat their wives. Alternate translation: "Live with your wives in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι ὑμῶν τὰς προσευχὰς εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς εἰς τὸ τὸ μὴ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded "have the same opinion and be" or "have the same attitude and be"
|
||||
1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor ἀποδιδόντες μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 continue to bless You can clarify the object of blessing. Alternate translation: "continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 for this you were called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you for this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα κληρονομήσητε εὐλογίαν 1 that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God's blessing as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: "that you might receive God's blessing as your permanent possession" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God's blessing as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: "that you might receive God's blessing as your permanent possession" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ἀγαπᾶν ζωὴν καὶ ἰδεῖν ἀγαθὰς ἡμέρας 1 to love life and see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἀγαθὰς ἡμέρας 1 see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. The word "days" refers to one's lifetime. Alternate translation: "experience good things during life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. The word "days" refers to one's lifetime. Alternate translation: "experience good things during life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit The words "tongue" and "lips" refer to the person who is speaking. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: "stop saying evil and deceitful things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 Let him turn away from what is bad Here "turn away" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "Let him stop doing what is bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 The eyes of the Lord see the righteous The word "eyes" refers to the Lord's ability to know things. The Lord's approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: "The Lord sees the righteous" or "The Lord approves of the righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche αὐτοῦ ὦτα εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν εἰς δέησιν 1 his ears hear their requests The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their requests" or "he grants their requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς εἰς δέησιν δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears hear their requests The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their requests" or "he grants their requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 t22b figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 the face of the Lord is against The word "face" refers to the Lord's will to oppose his enemies. Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one's face against that person. Alternate translation: "the Lord opposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς ἐὰν γένησθε ζηλωταὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "suffer because you do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism φοβηθῆτε μὴ φοβηθῆτε τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν τὸν δὲ φόβον. ταραχθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν τὸν δὲ φόβον 1 what they fear Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν τὸν δὲ δὲ φόβον φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε φοβηθῆτε. μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν τὸν δὲ δὲ φόβον φόβον αὐτῶν 1 what they fear Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ, ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, set apart "Instead of being troubled, set apart"
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor ἁγιάσατε Κύριον τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις ἁγιάσατε 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 kz83 figs-inclusive 0 suffered for us The word "us" includes the people Peter was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα προσαγάγῃ ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he would bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he would bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς σαρκὶ 1 He was put to death in the flesh Here "flesh" refers to Christ's body; Christ was physically put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People put Christ to death physically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς Πνεύματι 1 he was made alive by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit made him alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh Πνεύματι 1 by the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) by the Holy Spirit's power or 2) in a spiritual existence.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ, πορευθεὶς 1 By the Spirit, he went Possible meanings are 1) "By the Holy Spirit's power, he went" or 2) "In his spiritual existence, he went."
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς πνεύμασιν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 the spirits who are now in prison Possible meanings of the word "spirits" are 1) "evil spirits" or 2) "spirits of the dead people."
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-personification ὅτε ἡ μακροθυμία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπεξεδέχετο 1 when the patience of God was waiting The word "patience" is a metonym for God himself. Peter writes of God's patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: "when God was waiting patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 the spirits who are now in prison Possible meanings of the word "spirits" are 1) "evil spirits" or 2) "spirits of the dead people."
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting The word "patience" is a metonym for God himself. Peter writes of God's patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: "when God was waiting patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, in the days of the building of an ark This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ "because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ." This phrase completes the thought, "This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now."
|
||||
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 Christ is at the right hand of God To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. AT: "Christ is beside God in the place of honor and authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,67 +201,67 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term "Gentiles" to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. "Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry" were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>##### Martyrdom<br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Let it" and "Let none" and "Let him" and "Let those"<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.<br>
|
||||
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ's sufferings.
|
||||
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh "in his body"
|
||||
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὁπλίσασθε ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase "arm yourselves" makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures "the same intention" as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: "prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase "arm yourselves" makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures "the same intention" as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: "prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here "flesh" means "body." Alternate translation: "in his body" or "while here on earth"
|
||||
1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin "has stopped sinning"
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις' ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for men's desires for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p πότοις, κώμοις 1 drunken celebrations, having wild parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 ἀνάχυσιν τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 floods of reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that sweep over people.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 floods of reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that sweep over people.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 the one who is ready to judge Possible meanings are 1) "God, who is ready to judge" or 2) "Christ, who is ready to judge"
|
||||
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: "every person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m εὐηγγελίσθη καὶ νεκροῖς 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Possible meanings are 1) "the gospel was preached also to people who had already died" or 2) "the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead"
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Possible meanings are 1) "the gospel was preached also to people who had already died" or 2) "the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead"
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: "Christ preached the gospel" or 2) men preached. Alternate translation: "men preached the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι μὲν σαρκὶ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 they have been judged in the flesh as humans This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: "God judged them in their bodies as humans" or 2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: "men judged them in their bodies as humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι μὲν σαρκὶ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 judged in the flesh as humans This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι πνεύματι κατὰ Θεὸν 1 live in the spirit the way God does Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 τὸ τέλος πάντων 1 The end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ's second coming.
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they have been judged in the flesh as humans This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: "God judged them in their bodies as humans" or 2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: "men judged them in their bodies as humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 judged in the flesh as humans This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 live in the spirit the way God does Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων τὸ τέλος 1 The end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ's second coming.
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 is coming The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it is physically coming closer in distance. Alternate translation: "will soon happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε, καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober in your thinking These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober in your thinking Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "control your thoughts" or "be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 Above all things "Most importantly of all"
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes "love" as if it were a person who places a cover over the sins of others. Possible meanings are 1) "for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned" or 2) "for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 Be hospitable Show kindness to and welcome guests and travelers
|
||||
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit καθὼς ἕκαστος ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 As each one of you has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: "Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν ὁ Θεὸς δοξάζηται 1 so that in all ways God would be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that in all ways you will glorify God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 As each one of you has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: "Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all ways God would be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that in all ways you will glorify God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 glorified praised, honored
|
||||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor πρὸς πειρασμὸν τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει γινομένῃ ὑμῖν 1 the testing in the fire that has happened to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person's faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the testing in the fire that has happened to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person's faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 rejoice and be glad These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: "rejoice even more" or "be very glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης 1 at the revealing of his glory "when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν Χριστοῦ' Χριστοῦ ὀνόματι 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God" or "the glorious Spirit of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἀναπαύεται ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 is resting on you is staying with you
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς τῆς δόξης δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory "when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν Χριστοῦ' ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God" or "the glorious Spirit of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι 1 with that name "because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ ὀνόματι ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 with that name "because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ? πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν δὲ τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀπειθούντων 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those "what will happen to those"
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τῷ τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ' εὐαγγελίῳ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: "the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ποῦ φανεῖται ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner "what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ μόλις ὁ δίκαιος σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word "saved" refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner "what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word "saved" refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words "ungodly" and "sinner" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: "ungodly sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς 1 entrust their souls Here the word "souls" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "entrust themselves" or "entrust their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word "souls" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "entrust themselves" or "entrust their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ- ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God's people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God's people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
|
||||
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ's second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the glory of Christ that God will reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor κατακυριεύοντες μηδ’ κατακυριεύοντες ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων. ἀλλὰ, γινόμενοι τύποι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες κατακυριεύοντες κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων., ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 who are in your care You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "whom God has placed in your care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος φανερωθέντος 1 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who had authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον στέφανον τῆς δόξης 1 an unfading crown of glory Here the word "crown" represents the reward that someone receives as a symbol of victory. The word "unfading" means that it is eternal. Alternate translation: "a glorious prize that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who had authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 an unfading crown of glory Here the word "crown" represents the reward that someone receives as a symbol of victory. The word "unfading" means that it is eternal. Alternate translation: "a glorious prize that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 c6h3 τῆς δόξης 1 of glory glorious
|
||||
1PE 5 5 qm2h 0 General Information: Peter gives an instruction specifically to younger men and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 x6c2 ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to the way the elders were to submit to the Chief Shepherd as Peter described in [1 Peter 5:1](../05/01.md) through [1 Peter 5:4](../05/04.md).
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n πάντες δὲ 1 All of you This refers to all believers, not just the younger men.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor ἐγκομβώσασθε τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην 1 clothe yourselves with humility Peter speaks of having the moral quality of humility as putting on a piece of clothing. Alternate translation: "act humbly toward each other" or "act with humility" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor ἐπιρίψαντες πᾶσαν ὑμῶν τὴν μέριμναν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Cast all your anxiety on him Peter speaks of anxiety as if it were a heavy burden that a person places on God, rather than carrying it himself. Alternate translation: "Trust him with everything that worries you" or "Let him take care of all the things that trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε 1 clothe yourselves with humility Peter speaks of having the moral quality of humility as putting on a piece of clothing. Alternate translation: "act humbly toward each other" or "act with humility" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Cast all your anxiety on him Peter speaks of anxiety as if it were a heavy burden that a person places on God, rather than carrying it himself. Alternate translation: "Trust him with everything that worries you" or "Let him take care of all the things that trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 k9nt figs-idiom νήψατε 1 Be sober Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile , διάβολος, περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος λέων, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν. 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile ὠρυόμενος,, περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων διάβολος λέων, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν. 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 l4u5 περιπατεῖ 1 stalking around "walking about" or "walking about and hunting"
|
||||
1PE 5 9 c5z9 figs-metonymy ἀντίστητε ᾧ 1 Stand against him Standing is a metonym for fighting. Alternate translation: "Fight against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 c5z9 figs-metonymy ᾧ ἀντίστητε 1 Stand against him Standing is a metonym for fighting. Alternate translation: "Fight against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v451 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 1 your community Peter speaks of fellow believers as members of the same community. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 i4ur ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world "in various places throughout the world"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 eex1 0 General Information: This is the end of Peter's letter. Here he gives his final remarks about his letter and his closing greetings.
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who called you to his eternal glory in Christ "who chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h αὐτὸς καταρτίσει 1 perfect you "make you perfect" or "restore you" or "make you well again"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor θεμελιώσει, στηρίξει σθενώσει 1 establish you, and strengthen you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q ἔγραψα ὑμῖν δι’ ὀλίγων διὰ Σιλουανοῦ 1 I have written to you briefly through him Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 I have written to you briefly through him Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what I have written is the true grace of God "I have written about the true grace of God." Here the word "grace" refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor στῆτε εἰς ἣν 1 Stand in it The word "it" refers to "the true grace of God." Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: "Remain strongly committed to it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word "it" refers to "the true grace of God." Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: "Remain strongly committed to it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 The woman who is in Babylon Here "The woman" probably refers to the group of believers who live in "Babylon." Possible meanings for "Babylon" are 1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, 2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or 3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 who is chosen together with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has chosen as he has chosen you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor μου ὁ υἱός 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual son. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son" or "who is like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual son. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son" or "who is like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love "a loving kiss" or "a kiss to show your love for each other"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 625.
|
170
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
170
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
|
|
@ -3,179 +3,179 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, "knowledge" is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>##### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God's message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.<br>
|
||||
2PE 1 1 n1di 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers he is writing to.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 v381 δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 slave and apostle of Jesus Christ Peter speaks of being Jesus Christ's servant. He also was given the position and authority of being Christ's apostle.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς λαχοῦσιν ἰσότιμον πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: "to those to whom God has given the same precious faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: "to those to whom God has given the same precious faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 mbg7 τοῖς λαχοῦσιν 1 to those who have received "to you who have received." Peter addresses all believers who may read this letter.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 y157 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 we have received Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: "we apostles have received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit πληθυνθείη χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor πληθυνθείη χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here "godliness" describes the word "life." Alternate translation: "for a godly life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-inclusive τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 who called us Here the word "us" refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 Through these Here "these" refers to "his own glory and virtue."
|
||||
2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers "you might share"
|
||||
2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας φύσεως 1 the divine nature what God is like
|
||||
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς φθορᾶς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 having escaped the corruption in the world that is caused by evil desires Peter speaks of people not suffering from the corruption that wicked desires cause as if they were escaping from that corruption. The word "corruption" is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "and so that the wicked desires in this world will no longer corrupt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς 1 having escaped the corruption in the world that is caused by evil desires Peter speaks of people not suffering from the corruption that wicked desires cause as if they were escaping from that corruption. The word "corruption" is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "and so that the wicked desires in this world will no longer corrupt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 For this reason This refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: "Because of what God has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 a8ti τὴν φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly affection This refers to love for a friend or family member and likely means love for ones spiritual family.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 jz77 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to faith, virtue, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα καθίστησιν οὐκ καθίστησιν ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν καθίστησιν 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 barren or unfruitful These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this person will not be productive or experience any benefits from knowing Jesus. Alternate translation: "unproductive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 1 whoever lacks these things any person who does not have these things
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor ἐστιν μυωπάζων τυφλός 1 is so nearsighted that he is blind Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a nearsighted or blind person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: "is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 is so nearsighted that he is blind Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a nearsighted or blind person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: "is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 he has been cleansed from his past sins You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: "that God has cleansed him from his old sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet ποιεῖσθαι ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν βεβαίαν 1 make your calling and election sure The words "calling" and "election" share similar meanings and refer to God's choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: "make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor πταίσητέ οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ 1 you will not stumble Here the word "stumble" refers either to 1) committing sin. Alternate translation: "you will not practice sinful behavior" or 2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: "you will not become unfaithful to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 make your calling and election sure The words "calling" and "election" share similar meanings and refer to God's choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: "make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ πταίσητέ 1 you will not stumble Here the word "stumble" refers either to 1) committing sin. Alternate translation: "you will not practice sinful behavior" or 2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: "you will not become unfaithful to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 ἡ εἴσοδος 1 an entrance the opportunity to enter
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 0 Connecting Statement: Peter tells the believers about his obligation to continue reminding them and teaching them.
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the truth "you strongly believe the truth of these things"
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς διεγείρειν ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up by way of reminder Here the word "stir" means to awaken someone from sleep. Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to remind you of these things so that you will think about them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up by way of reminder Here the word "stir" means to awaken someone from sleep. Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to remind you of these things so that you will think about them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 ax2a figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 as long as I am in this tent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "as long as I am in this body" or "as long as I am alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου τοῦ σκηνώματός ἐστιν ταχινή 1 the putting off of my tent will be soon Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "I will soon take off this body" or "I will die soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ὑμᾶς ἔχειν ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ τοῦ σκηνώματός σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent will be soon Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "I will soon take off this body" or "I will die soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ἔχειν ὑμᾶς τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 15 alg8 figs-metaphor μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον 1 after my departure Peter speaks of his death as if he were leaving one place to go to another. Alternate translation: "after my death" or "after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 k3rm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to explain his teachings to the believers and explains why they are trustworthy.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive γὰρ ἐξακολουθήσαντες οὐ ἐξακολουθήσαντες σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: "For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: "For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: "the powerful coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive ἐνεχθείσης φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης οὗτός 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using God's name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: "God, the Supreme Glory, saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ἠκούσαμεν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἐνεχθεῖσαν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ἠκούσαμεν ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἐνεχθεῖσαν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 heard this voice brought from heaven "heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 ὄντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 we were with him "we were with Jesus"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 heard this voice brought from heaven "heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες 1 we were with him "we were with Jesus"
|
||||
2PE 1 19 km3l 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 h498 figs-explicit καὶ ἔχομεν τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον βεβαιότερον 1 For we have this prophetic word made more sure The things that Peter and the other apostles saw, which he described in the previous verses, confirm what the prophets spoke. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the things that we saw make this prophetic message more sure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 h498 figs-explicit καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 For we have this prophetic word made more sure The things that Peter and the other apostles saw, which he described in the previous verses, confirm what the prophets spoke. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the things that we saw make this prophetic message more sure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-inclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word "we" refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον βεβαιότερον 1 this prophetic word made This refers to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "the scriptures, which the prophets spoke, made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 ποιεῖτε καλῶς προσέχοντες ᾧ 1 you do well to pay attention to it Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν τόπῳ αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ's coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ὑμῶν ταῖς καρδίαις 1 the morning star rises in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the "morning star," which indicates that daybreak and the end of darkness is near. Christ will bring light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "Christ shines his light into your hearts like the morning star shines its light into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this prophetic word made This refers to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "the scriptures, which the prophets spoke, made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 you do well to pay attention to it Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ's coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star rises in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the "morning star," which indicates that daybreak and the end of darkness is near. Christ will bring light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "Christ shines his light into your hearts like the morning star shines its light into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The "morning star" refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον, γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand "Most importantly, you must understand"
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 οὐ προφητεία γίνεται ἐπιλύσεως ἰδίας' ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ἄνθρωποι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ φερόμενοι ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: "men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται' ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: "men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>"Flesh" is a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. "Flesh" represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>##### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγένοντο ἐν τῷ λαῷ, ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι ἔσονται καὶ ἔσονται ἐν ὑμῖν 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 tbz8 ἀπωλείας αἱρέσεις 1 destructive heresies The word "heresies" refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν Δεσπότην ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς 1 the master who bought them The word "master" here refers to a person who owns slaves. Peter speaks of Jesus as the owner of people whom he has bought, the price being his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἐν, ὑμῖν ἔσονται ἔσονται ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word "heresies" refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them The word "master" here refers to a person who owns slaves. Peter speaks of Jesus as the owner of people whom he has bought, the price being his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 sensuality immoral sexual behavior
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be blasphemed The phrase "way of truth" refers to the Christian faith as the true path to God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "unbelievers will blaspheme the way of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k ἐμπορεύσονται ὑμᾶς λόγοις πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 exploit you with deceptive words "convince you to give them money by telling you lies"
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἀργεῖ οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀπώλεια νυστάζει οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἀργεῖ οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀπώλεια νυστάζει οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 exploit you with deceptive words "convince you to give them money by telling you lies"
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives examples of people who acted against God and whom God punished because of what they did.
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 ἐφείσατο οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare "did not refrain from punishing" or "punished"
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare "did not refrain from punishing" or "punished"
|
||||
2PE 2 4 b54v translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 he handed them down to Tartarus The word "Tartarus" is a term from Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Alternate translation: "he cast them into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive ταρταρώσας τηρουμένους σειροῖς ζόφου 1 to be kept in chains of lower darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where he will keep them in chains of lower darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive σειροῖς ζόφου ταρταρώσας τηρουμένους 1 to be kept in chains of lower darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where he will keep them in chains of lower darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) "in chains in a very dark place" or 2) "in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἐφείσατο οὐκ ἐφείσατο κόσμου ἀρχαίου κόσμου 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word "world" refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word "world" refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v 0 he preserved Noah ... along with seven others God did not destroy Noah and seven other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e τεφρώσας πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes "burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained"
|
||||
2PE 2 6 reg3 κατέκρινεν καταστροφῇ 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word "them" refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes "burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained"
|
||||
2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word "them" refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an example and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God.
|
||||
2PE 2 7 fm1p 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives an example of Lot, whom God rescued out from among men who deserved punishment.
|
||||
2PE 2 7 k79d τῆς ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 the sensual behavior of lawless people "the immoral behavior of people who broke God's law"
|
||||
2PE 2 7 k79d τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 the sensual behavior of lawless people "the immoral behavior of people who broke God's law"
|
||||
2PE 2 8 b1ba ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot.
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ἐβασάνιζεν ψυχὴν δικαίαν ψυχὴν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 skh8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins describing the characteristics of unrighteous men.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 c9e5 μάλιστα 1 This is especially true The word "this" refers to God keeping unrighteous men in prison until judgment day in [2 Peter 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς πορευομένους ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ σαρκὸς 1 those who continue in the corrupt desires of the flesh Here the phrase "desires of the flesh" refers to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 καταφρονοῦντας κυριότητος 1 despise authority "refuse to submit to God's authority." Here the word "authority" probably refers to God's authority.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευομένους 1 those who continue in the corrupt desires of the flesh Here the phrase "desires of the flesh" refers to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 despise authority "refuse to submit to God's authority." Here the word "authority" probably refers to God's authority.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n7n8 figs-metonymy κυριότητος 1 authority Here "authority" stands for God, who has the right to give commands and to punish disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις- αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed "do whatever they want to do"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 the glorious ones This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk μείζονες ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει 1 greater strength and power "more strength and power than the false teachers"
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt φέρουσιν οὐ φέρουσιν βλάσφημον κρίσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor φέρουσιν βλάσφημον κρίσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν 1 bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ γεγεννημένα εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν. 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες 1 greater strength and power "more strength and power than the false teachers"
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι. ἄλογα ζῷα γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ ὡς εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν γεγεννημένα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 They do not know what they insult They speak evil of what they do not know or understand.
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 They will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-irony ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 They will receive the reward of their wrongdoing Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a reward. Alternate translation: "They will receive what they deserve for their wrongdoing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 e62s 0 luxury during the day Here the word "luxury" refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. Doing these things during the day indicates that these people are not ashamed of this behavior.
|
||||
2PE 2 13 u1rc figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes The words "stains" and "blemishes" share similar meanings. Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were stains on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. Alternate translation: "They are like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ἔχοντες ὀφθαλμοὺς μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 They have eyes full of adultery Here the "eyes" represent their desires and "eyes full" means they constant want something. Alternate translation: "They constantly want to commit adultery" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 They have eyes full of adultery Here the "eyes" represent their desires and "eyes full" means they constant want something. Alternate translation: "They constantly want to commit adultery" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 a22r ἀκαταπαύστους ἁμαρτίας 1 they are never satisfied with sin Although they sin in order to satisfy their lusts, the sin that they commit never satisfies.
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ἀστηρίκτους ψυχὰς 1 They entice unstable souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons. Alternate translation: "They entice unstable people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 They entice unstable souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons. Alternate translation: "They entice unstable people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας 1 hearts trained in covetousness Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and emotions of the person. Because of their habitual actions, they have trained themselves to think and act out of covetousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες ὁδὸν εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-metaphor ὁδὸν εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Right behavior that honors God is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔσχεν ἔλεγξιν 1 he obtained a rebuke You can specify it was God who rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: "God rebuked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 g9dr ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον ὑποζύγιον φθεγξάμενον ἐν φωνῇ ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ 1 a mute donkey speaking in a human voice A donkey, which is naturally unable to speak, spoke with a voice like a human.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-metaphor εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Right behavior that honors God is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν ἔσχεν 1 he obtained a rebuke You can specify it was God who rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: "God rebuked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 g9dr ὑποζύγιον ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ φωνῇ φθεγξάμενον 1 a mute donkey speaking in a human voice A donkey, which is naturally unable to speak, spoke with a voice like a human.
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-metonymy ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου' τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 stopped the prophet's insanity God used a donkey to stop the prophet's foolish action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Springs flowing with water promise refreshment for thirsty people, but "springs without water" will leave the thirsty disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ἐλαυνόμεναι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος 1 mists driven by a storm When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the storm blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται οἷς 1 The gloom of thick darkness is reserved for them The word "them" refers to the false teachers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the gloom of thick darkness for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 cxt8 φθεγγόμενοι ματαιότητος ὑπέρογκα 1 They speak with vain arrogance They use impressive but meaningless words.
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the storm blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 The gloom of thick darkness is reserved for them The word "them" refers to the false teachers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the gloom of thick darkness for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 They speak with vain arrogance They use impressive but meaningless words.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 f8tg δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς ἀσελγείαις 1 They entice people through the lusts of the flesh They appeal to the sinful nature to engage people in immoral and sinful actions.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase "those who live in error" refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: "people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς, ὑπάρχοντες αὐτοὶ ὑπάρχοντες δοῦλοι τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption "Freedom" here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: "They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption "Freedom" here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: "They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor 0 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor γάρ τις δεδούλωται ᾧ ἥττηται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: "For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: "For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words "they" and "them" refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
2PE 2 20 q96i 0 If they have escaped ... and are again entangled ... and overcome, the last state has become worse ... than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time "escaped," but if they are again entangled ... and overcome," then "the last state has become worse ... than the first."
|
||||
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the corruption of the world The word "defilements" refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The "world" refers to human society. Alternate translation: "the defiling practices of sinful human society" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: "by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g τὰ ἔσχατα γέγονεν χείρονα αὐτοῖς τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first "their condition is worse than it was before"
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first "their condition is worse than it was before"
|
||||
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks of life as a "way" or path. This phrase refers to living a life that is according to God's will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 turn away from the holy commandment Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop obeying the holy commandment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them "This proverb applies to them" or "This proverb describes them"
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί ὗς λουσαμένη ὗς εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί ὗς ὗς λουσαμένη εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to cause you to think pure thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν ῥημάτων προειρημένων ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν 1 the command of our Lord and Savior given through your apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 lm1a γινώσκοντες τοῦτο πρῶτον 1 Know this first "Know this as the most important thing." See how you translated this in [2 Peter 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit πορευόμενοι κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας 1 proceed according to their own desires Here the word "desires" refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God's will. Alternate translation: "live according to their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of our Lord and Savior given through your apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 lm1a τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Know this first "Know this as the most important thing." See how you translated this in [2 Peter 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἰδίας ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 proceed according to their own desires Here the word "desires" refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God's will. Alternate translation: "live according to their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 hl23 πορευόμενοι 1 proceed act, behave
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ τῆς παρουσίας? 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς τῆς παρουσίας παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here "fathers" refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "our ancestors died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα διαμένει οὕτως, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word "all", and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word "all", and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "since God created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive 0 the heavens and the earth came to exist ... long ago, by God's command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God established the heavens and the earth ... long ago by his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἦσαν ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through these things Here "these things" refers to God's word and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ κόσμος τότε ἀπώλετο, κατακλυσθεὶς ὕδατι 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ εἰσὶν τεθησαυρισμένοι πυρὶ τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 the heavens and the earth are reserved for fire by that same command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God, by that same word, has reserved the heavens and the earth for fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ἀπώλετο, ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν πυρὶ 1 the heavens and the earth are reserved for fire by that same command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God, by that same word, has reserved the heavens and the earth for fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 that same command Here "command" stands for God, who will give the command: AT "God, who will give a similar command"
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 They are reserved for the day of judgment This can be stated in active form and can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: "He is reserving them for the day of judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 for the day of judgment and the destruction of the ungodly people This can be stated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "for the day when he judges and destroys ungodly people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν δὲ τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 It should not escape your notice "You should not fail to understand this" or "Do not ignore this"
|
||||
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years "that from the Lord's point of view, one day is like a thousand years"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m Κύριος βραδύνει οὐ βραδύνει τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises "The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 ὥς τινες ἡγοῦνται βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness to be Some people think that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises because their perspective of time is different than God's.
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m οὐ βραδύνει βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises "The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness to be Some people think that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises because their perspective of time is different than God's.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 w6ma δὲ 1 However Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-personification ἡμέρα Κυρίου ἥξει ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the day when God will judge everyone as if it were a thief who will unexpectedly and take people by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-personification ἥξει ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the day when God will judge everyone as if it were a thief who will unexpectedly and take people by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 k31z οἱ οὐρανοὶ παρελεύσονται 1 The heavens will pass away "The heavens will disappear"
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 The elements will be burned with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will burn the elements with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα 1 The elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἐν αὐτῇ εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the earth and all the deeds of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the earth and all the deeds of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to tell the believers how they should live as they wait for the day of the Lord.
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive λυομένων πάντων τούτων λυομένων οὕτως 1 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Since God will destroy all these things in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑμᾶς ὑπάρχειν? 1 what kind of people should you be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they "should live holy and godly lives." Alternate translation: "you know what kind of people you should be." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ λυθήσονται πυρούμενοι, καὶ στοιχεῖα τήκεται καυσούμενα 1 the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων λυομένων 1 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Since God will destroy all these things in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 what kind of people should you be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they "should live holy and godly lives." Alternate translation: "you know what kind of people you should be." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα τήκεται 1 the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα 1 the elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 where righteousness will dwell Peter speaks of "righteousness" as if it were a person. This is a metonym for people who are righteous. Alternate translation: "where righteous people will dwell" or "where people will live righteously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε εὑρεθῆναι ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ, ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι, ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words "spotless" and "blameless" mean basically the same thing and emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: "completely pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλοι 1 spotless Here this stands for "faultless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit ἡγεῖσθε τὴν μακροθυμίαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου σωτηρίαν 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ 1 according to the wisdom that was given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to the wisdom that God gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 λαλῶν περὶ τούτων ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters "Paul speaks of the patience of God leading to salvation in all his letters"
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj ἐν αἷς ἐστιν τινα δυσνόητά 1 in which there are things that are difficult to understand There are things in Paul's letters that are difficult to understand.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 dt6r οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν ἃ 1 Ignorant and unstable men distort these things Ignorant and unstable men misinterpret the things that are difficult to understand in Paul's letters.
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom that was given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to the wisdom that God gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς λαλῶν περὶ τούτων 1 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters "Paul speaks of the patience of God leading to salvation in all his letters"
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj ἐν αἷς ἐστιν δυσνόητά τινα 1 in which there are things that are difficult to understand There are things in Paul's letters that are difficult to understand.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 dt6r ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Ignorant and unstable men distort these things Ignorant and unstable men misinterpret the things that are difficult to understand in Paul's letters.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 giz1 οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι 1 Ignorant and unstable "Unlearned and unsteady." These men have not been taught how to properly interpret scripture and are not well established in the truth of the gospel.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 sh4j πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction "resulting in their own destruction"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes instructing the believers and ends his letter.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd προγινώσκοντες ὑμεῖς προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd ὑμεῖς προγινώσκοντες προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 z54q φυλάσσεσθε 1 guard yourselves "protect yourselves"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα συναπαχθέντες μὴ συναπαχθέντες τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες συναπαχθέντες 1 so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you lose your own faithfulness Faithfulness is spoken of as if it were a possession that believers could lose. Alternate translation: "you stop being faithful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1263.
|
240
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
240
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
|
|
@ -9,115 +9,115 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 the life was made known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the eternal life known to us" or "God made us able to know him, who is eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 jp6s 0 we have seen it "we have seen him"
|
||||
1JN 1 2 ih36 0 we bear witness to it "we solemnly tell others about him"
|
||||
1JN 1 2 lyt6 figs-metonymy τὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 the eternal life Here, "the eternal life" refers to the one who gives that life, Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one who enables us to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 lyt6 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 the eternal life Here, "the eternal life" refers to the one who gives that life, Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one who enables us to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 itv8 ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 which was with the Father "who was with God the Father"
|
||||
1JN 1 2 fru2 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 1 and which has been made known to us This was when he lived on earth. Alternate translation: "and he came to live among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 jd7p figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we," "us," and "our" refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 vw2w ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 That which we have seen and heard we declare also to you "We say to you also what we have seen and heard"
|
||||
1JN 1 3 dw7l 0 have fellowship with us. Our fellowship is with the Father "be our close friends. We are friends with God the Father"
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ ἡμετέρα ἡ κοινωνία 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ κοινωνία ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
|
||||
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 xn9d ἵνα ἡμῶν ἡ χαρὰ ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy will be complete "to make our joy complete" or "to make ourselves completely happy"
|
||||
1JN 1 4 xn9d ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy will be complete "to make our joy complete" or "to make ourselves completely happy"
|
||||
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 kz3i 0 Connecting Statement: From here into the next chapter, John writes about fellowship—close relationships with God and other believers.
|
||||
1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς ἐστιν φῶς 1 God is light This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "God is purely righteous like pure light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἔστιν οὐκ σκοτία οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "in him there is nothing that is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 6 f958 figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν ἐν τῷ σκότει 1 walk in darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil." Alternate translation: "do what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 lpr3 figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 walk in the light as he is in the light Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "light" is a metaphor for "good" or "right." Alternate translation: "do what is good as God is perfectly good" or "do what is right as God is perfectly right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1 God is light This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "God is purely righteous like pure light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "in him there is nothing that is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 6 f958 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 walk in darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil." Alternate translation: "do what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 lpr3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 walk in the light as he is in the light Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "light" is a metaphor for "good" or "right." Alternate translation: "do what is good as God is perfectly good" or "do what is right as God is perfectly right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 d7d8 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the blood of Jesus This refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 jb3e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 8 gb5l 0 General Information: Here the words "he," "him," and "his" refer to God ([1 John 1:5](../01/05.md)).
|
||||
1JN 1 8 enu7 ἔχομεν οὐκ ἁμαρτίαν 1 have no sin "never sin"
|
||||
1JN 1 8 enu7 ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν 1 have no sin "never sin"
|
||||
1JN 1 8 m8hf πλανῶμεν 1 are deceiving "are tricking" or "lying to"
|
||||
1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: "we do not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: "we do not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John uses them to emphasize that God will surely forgive our sins. Alternate translation: "and will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν ψεύστην 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: "it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Obeying and honoring God's word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: "we do not understand God's word nor obey what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: "it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Obeying and honoring God's word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: "we do not understand God's word nor obey what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Antichrist<br><br>In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word "antichrist" means "opposed to Christ." The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus' work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called "antichrists." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.<br><br>Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and God's word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying God's word.<br><br>Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.<br><br>The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.<br><br>Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 2 1 u65h figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refer to John and all believers. The words "him" and "his" could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 1 w9ji 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to write about fellowship and shows that it is possible because Jesus goes between believers and the Father.
|
||||
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 1 p49e γράφω ταῦτα 1 I am writing these things "I am writing this letter"
|
||||
1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things "I am writing this letter"
|
||||
1JN 2 1 bi4g καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ 1 But if anyone sins "But when anyone sins." This is something that is likely to happen.
|
||||
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit ἔχομεν Παράκλητον πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, δίκαιον 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous The word "advocate" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "we have Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous, who speaks to the Father and asks him to forgive us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 h8fg αὐτὸς ἐστιν ἱλασμός περὶ ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 He is the propitiation for our sins "God is no longer angry with us, because Jesus sacrificed his own life for our sins" or "Jesus is the one who sacrificed his life for our sins, so God is no longer angry with us for our sins"
|
||||
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, δίκαιον 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous The word "advocate" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "we have Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous, who speaks to the Father and asks him to forgive us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 h8fg αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 He is the propitiation for our sins "God is no longer angry with us, because Jesus sacrificed his own life for our sins" or "Jesus is the one who sacrificed his life for our sins, so God is no longer angry with us for our sins"
|
||||
1JN 2 3 el7q γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 We know that we have come to know him "We know that we know him" or "We know that we have a good relationship with him"
|
||||
1JN 2 3 qn85 ἐὰν τηρῶμεν αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐντολὰς 1 if we keep his commandments "if we obey what he commands"
|
||||
1JN 2 3 qn85 ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 if we keep his commandments "if we obey what he commands"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 kmz5 ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says "Anyone who says" or "The person who says"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 q665 0 I know God "I have a good relationship with God"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qp1j τηρῶν μὴ τηρῶν 1 does not keep "does not obey" or "disobeys"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qt4e αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐντολὰς 1 his commandments "what God tells him to do"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 cj84 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ 1 the truth is not in him The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside the believers. Alternate translation: "he does not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qp1j μὴ τηρῶν τηρῶν 1 does not keep "does not obey" or "disobeys"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qt4e τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his commandments "what God tells him to do"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 cj84 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 the truth is not in him The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside the believers. Alternate translation: "he does not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word To keep someone's word here is an idiom for to obey. Alternate translation: "does what God tells him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἐν τούτῳ ἀληθῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in him truly the love of God has been perfected This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "the love of God" refers to a person loving God, and "perfected" represents completely or fully. Alternate translation: "it is that person who loves God completely" or 2) "the love of God" refers to God loving people, and "perfected" represents completing its purpose. Alternate translation: "God's love has achieved its purpose in that person's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐσμεν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 By this we know that we are in him The phrase "we are in him" means that the believer has fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "When we obey what God says, we can be certain that we have fellowship with him" or "By this we know that are joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in him truly the love of God has been perfected This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "the love of God" refers to a person loving God, and "perfected" represents completely or fully. Alternate translation: "it is that person who loves God completely" or 2) "the love of God" refers to God loving people, and "perfected" represents completing its purpose. Alternate translation: "God's love has achieved its purpose in that person's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 By this we know that we are in him The phrase "we are in him" means that the believer has fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "When we obey what God says, we can be certain that we have fellowship with him" or "By this we know that are joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 u6lu figs-metaphor 0 remains in God To remain in God means to continue to have fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God" or "stays joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει ἐκεῖνος καὶ περιεπάτησεν καθὼς αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 should himself also walk just as he walked Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 should himself also walk just as he walked Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 s5wc 0 Connecting Statement: John gives believers basic principles of fellowship—obedience and love.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 py9g ἀγαπητοί, γράφω 1 Beloved, I am "You people whom I love, I am" or "Dear friends, I am"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 amu6 γράφω οὐκ γράφω ἐντολὴν καινὴν ἐντολὴν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν ἐντολὴν 1 I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment "I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you had heard." John refers to Jesus' command to love one another.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 amu6 οὐκ ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω γράφω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν 1 I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment "I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you had heard." John refers to Jesus' command to love one another.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 vz9w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to when they decided to follow Christ. Alternate translation: "from when you first believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 eia9 ἡ ἡ παλαιά ἐντολὴ ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε. 1 The old commandment is the word that you heard. ""The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i1up πάλιν γράφω ἐντολὴν καινὴν ἐντολὴν ὑμῖν 1 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you "But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 eia9 ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε. 1 The old commandment is the word that you heard. ""The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i1up πάλιν ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you "But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 c2fa 0 which is true in Christ and in you "which is true, as shown in Christ's deeds and your deeds"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς φαίνει ἤδη φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ, ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 j4f7 0 General Information: Here the word "brother" refers to a fellow Christian.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 a3jt ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says "Anyone who says" or "Someone who claims." This does not refer to a specific person.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 srl7 figs-metaphor εἶναι ἐν τῷ φωτὶ 1 he is in the light Here to be "in the light" is a metaphor for doing what is right. Alternate translation: "he does what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 mp9f figs-metaphor ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 is in the darkness Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor ἔστιν οὐκ σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 there is no occasion for stumbling in him "nothing will cause him to stumble." The word "stumbling" is a metaphor that means to fail spiritually or morally. Alternate translation: "nothing will cause him to sin" or "he will not fail to do what is pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ καὶ περιπατεῖ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οἶδεν οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 w4r2 figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 the darkness has blinded his eyes "the darkness has made him unable to see." Darkness is a metaphor for sin or evil. Alternate translation: "sin has made it impossible for him to understand the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 srl7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι 1 he is in the light Here to be "in the light" is a metaphor for doing what is right. Alternate translation: "he does what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 mp9f figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 is in the darkness Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 there is no occasion for stumbling in him "nothing will cause him to stumble." The word "stumbling" is a metaphor that means to fail spiritually or morally. Alternate translation: "nothing will cause him to sin" or "he will not fail to do what is pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 w4r2 figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the darkness has blinded his eyes "the darkness has made him unable to see." Darkness is a metaphor for sin or evil. Alternate translation: "sin has made it impossible for him to understand the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 k1w9 0 General Information: John explains why he is writing his letter either to different age groups or to believers with differences in maturity. Try to use similar wording for these sentences, as they are written poetically.
|
||||
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor 0 you, dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "you, my dear children in Christ" or "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέωνται 1 your sins are forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God forgives your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα 1 because of his name "his name" refers to Christ and who he is. Alternate translation: "because of what Christ has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God forgives your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ τὸ ὄνομα ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name "his name" refers to Christ and who he is. Alternate translation: "because of what Christ has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor γράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες 1 I am writing to you, fathers The word "fathers" here is possibly a metaphor referring to mature believers. Alternate translation: "I am writing to you, mature believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 y1vm ἐγνώκατε 1 you know "you have a relationship with"
|
||||
1JN 2 13 wmt8 τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 the one who is from the beginning "the one who has always lived" or "the one who has always existed." It refers either to "Jesus" or to "God the Father."
|
||||
1JN 2 13 wg4v figs-metaphor νεανίσκοι 1 young men This possibly refers to those who are no longer new believers but are growing in spiritual maturity. Alternate translation: "young believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 tfh1 figs-metaphor νενικήκατε 1 overcome The writer is speaking of the believers' refusal to follow Satan and of their frustrating his plans as if it were a matter of conquering him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 l74j figs-metaphor ἐστε ἰσχυροί 1 you are strong Here "strong" refers not to believers' physical strength, but to their faithfulness to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 u3n8 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the word of God remains in you "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. The writer refers to the believers' increased faithfulness to Christ and knowledge of him as if he were speaking of God's word existing in them. Alternate translation: "God's message continues to teach you" or "you know the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy ἀγαπᾶτε μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 l74j figs-metaphor ἰσχυροί ἐστε 1 you are strong Here "strong" refers not to believers' physical strength, but to their faithfulness to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 u3n8 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει 1 the word of God remains in you "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. The writer refers to the believers' increased faithfulness to Christ and knowledge of him as if he were speaking of God's word existing in them. Alternate translation: "God's message continues to teach you" or "you know the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 h2hm τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the things that are in the world "the things that those who dishonor God want"
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔστιν οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him "he does not love the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him "he does not love the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 pz3q ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς 1 the lust of the flesh "the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 x124 ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 the lust of the eyes "the strong desire to have things that we see"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 c3xw ἔστιν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 is not from the Father "does not come from the Father" or "is not how the Father teaches us to live"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 c3xw οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 is not from the Father "does not come from the Father" or "is not how the Father teaches us to live"
|
||||
1JN 2 17 ct43 παράγεται 1 are passing away "pass away" or "will one day not be here"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 fi2k 0 Connecting Statement: John warns about those who are against Christ.
|
||||
1JN 2 18 c7td παιδία 1 Little children "Immature Christians." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
1JN 2 18 esd9 figs-metonymy ἐστίν ἐσχάτη ὥρα 1 it is the last hour The phrase "the last hour" refers to the time just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: "Jesus will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 r2vq πολλοὶ ἀντίχριστοι γεγόνασιν 1 many antichrists have come "there are many people who are against Christ"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 esd9 figs-metonymy ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν 1 it is the last hour The phrase "the last hour" refers to the time just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: "Jesus will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 r2vq ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 many antichrists have come "there are many people who are against Christ"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 rs4w γεγόνασιν. ὅθεν γινώσκομεν 1 have come. By this we know "have come, and because of this we know" or "have come, and because many antichrists have come, we know"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 rmj7 ἐξῆλθαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 They went out from us "They left us"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 ytb1 ἀλλ’ ἦσαν οὐκ ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us "but they did not really belong to us anyway" or "but they were not really part of our group in the first place." The reason they were not really part of the group is that they were not believers in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 γὰρ εἰ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν μεμενήκεισαν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us they would have remained with us "We know this because they would not have left us if they really had been believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 rmj7 ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 They went out from us "They left us"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 ytb1 ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us "but they did not really belong to us anyway" or "but they were not really part of our group in the first place." The reason they were not really part of the group is that they were not believers in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν μεμενήκεισαν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us they would have remained with us "We know this because they would not have left us if they really had been believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 20 k4s4 0 General Information: In the Old Testament the word "anointing" referred to pouring oil on a person to set him apart to serve God.
|
||||
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε χρῖσμα ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 But you have an anointing from the Holy One John speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were "an anointing" that the people have received from Jesus. The abstract noun "anointing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "But the Holy One has anointed you" or "But Jesus Christ, the Holy One, has given you his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 But you have an anointing from the Holy One John speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were "an anointing" that the people have received from Jesus. The abstract noun "anointing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "But the Holy One has anointed you" or "But Jesus Christ, the Holy One, has given you his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-explicit τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One This refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus, the Holy One" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 rnw6 figs-abstractnouns 0 the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας. 1 the truth ... no lie is from the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true ... no lie comes from what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? "Who is the liar? Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Christ." John used a question to emphasize who liars are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς? ὁ ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐστιν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός ἀρνούμενος 1 Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? "Who is the liar? Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Christ." John used a question to emphasize who liars are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d4u7 ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 denies that Jesus is the Christ "refuses to say that Jesus is the Christ" or "says that Jesus is not the Messiah"
|
||||
1JN 2 22 z4t1 ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 denies the Father and the Son "refuses to say the truth about the Father and the Son" or "rejects the Father and the Son."
|
||||
1JN 2 22 pth9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 az2y ἔχει τὸν Πατέρα 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 az2y τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 u9ep ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 confesses the Son "speaks the truth about the Son"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f ἔχει τὸν Πατέρα 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 xmi4 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the people to whom John wrote as well as all believers. The word "he" is emphatic and refers to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 p41e 0 Connecting Statement: John reminds believers to continue in what they have first heard.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 c42w ὑμεῖς 1 As for you This marks John's telling them how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of how those against Christ live.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit μενέτω ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς μενέτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω μενέτω 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 dsl7 ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 what you have heard from the beginning "what we taught you about Jesus when you first became believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 ἐὰν ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε μείνῃ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If what you heard from the beginning remains in you The word "remains" is talking about relationship, not salvation. Alternate translation: "If you continue to trust what we first taught you"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ μενεῖτε ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ 1 also remain in the Son and in the Father To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν— τὴν αἰώνιον τὴν ζωὴν. 1 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. "This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε 1 If what you heard from the beginning remains in you The word "remains" is talking about relationship, not salvation. Alternate translation: "If you continue to trust what we first taught you"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 also remain in the Son and in the Father To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 αὕτη. ἡ ἐπαγγελία αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἐστὶν— τὴν αἰώνιον τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῖν 1 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. "This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς τῶν πλανώντων 1 those who would lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν τῶν πλανώντων πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who would lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 tdj7 0 Connecting Statement: Starting in verse 29, John introduces the idea of being born into God's family. The previous verses show that believers continue to sin; this part shows that believers also have the new nature, which cannot sin. It continues to show how believers can recognize each other.
|
||||
1JN 2 27 qw47 ὑμεῖς 1 As for you This marks John's telling them something else about how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of following those who are against Christ.
|
||||
1JN 2 27 cn2f τὸ χρῖσμα 1 the anointing This refers to "God's Spirit." See the note about "anointing" in [1 John 2:20](../02/20.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,36 +128,36 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 28 zz4x φανερωθῇ 1 he appears "we see him"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 lnk2 παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear
|
||||
1JN 2 28 d4ql μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 not be ashamed before him "not be ashamed in his presence"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν αὐτοῦ τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 at his coming "when he comes again"
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er γεγέννηται ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 has been born from him "has been born of God" or "is God's child"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming "when he comes again"
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 has been born from him "has been born of God" or "is God's child"
|
||||
1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Children of God<br>God created all people, but people can only become children of God by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Cain<br>Cain was a son of the first man, Adam, and the first woman, Eve. He was jealous of his brother and murdered him. Readers may not know who Cain was if they have not read Genesis. It may help them if you explain this to them.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "To know"<br>The verb "to know" is used in two different ways in this chapter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Some languages have different words for these different meanings.<br><br><br>##### "He who keeps God's commandments remains in him, and God remains in him"<br>Many scholars believe this is about remaining in God's will and is not about being saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 3 1 as62 0 Connecting Statement: In this part John tells the believers about their new nature, which cannot sin.
|
||||
1JN 3 1 gl8n ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ὁ Πατὴρ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us "Think about how our Father loves us so much"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a κληθῶμεν τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 we should be called children of God "the Father called us his children"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 gl8n ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us "Think about how our Father loves us so much"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 we should be called children of God "the Father called us his children"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 c3z8 τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here this means people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ τοῦτο διὰ, ὁ κόσμος γινώσκει οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος γινώσκει οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει,, ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy , ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 ek9v ἀγαπητοί, ἐσμεν 1 Beloved, we are "You people whom I love, we are" or "Dear friends, we are." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη οὔπω ἐφανερώθη 1 it has not yet been revealed This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη ἐφανερώθη 1 it has not yet been revealed This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 w2v8 ἐφανερώθη 1 revealed This can mean here either "told," "demonstrated," or "shown."
|
||||
1JN 3 3 pj6a 0 Everyone who has this hope fixed on him purifies himself just as he is pure "Everyone who confidently expects to see Christ as he really is will keep himself pure because Christ is pure"
|
||||
1JN 3 5 g4ph figs-activepassive 0 Christ was revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ appeared" or "the Father revealed Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ 1 remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet . πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν. 1 No one ... has seen him or known him John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet ἑώρακεν. ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ πᾶς αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν. 1 No one ... has seen him or known him John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor 0 Dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς μηδεὶς πλανάτω 1 do not let anyone lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς μηδεὶς πλανάτω πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 do not let anyone lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 v4yp 0 The one who does righteousness is righteous, just as Christ is righteous "He who does what is right is pleasing to God just as Christ is pleasing to God."
|
||||
1JN 3 8 uja7 ἐστίν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 is from the devil "belongs to the devil" or "is like the devil"
|
||||
1JN 3 8 uja7 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 is from the devil "belongs to the devil" or "is like the devil"
|
||||
1JN 3 8 cit3 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning This refers to the very earliest time of creation before humans first sinned. Alternate translation: "since the earliest time of creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 8 nq4w figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐφανερώθη 1 the Son of God was revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 8 nq4w figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God was revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 8 p9ks guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 q2pp 0 Connecting Statement: For now John ends this section on the new birth and the new nature which cannot sin.
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever has been born from God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Whoever God has made his child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God's seed This speaks of the Holy Spirit, whom God gives to believers and who makes them able to resist sin and do what pleases God as if he were a physical seed that is planted in the earth and grows. This is sometimes referred to as the new nature. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 fp7x figs-activepassive γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he has been born of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given him new spiritual life" or "he is a child of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστιν φανερά 1 In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is how we know the children of God and the children of the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 fp7x figs-activepassive ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 he has been born of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given him new spiritual life" or "he is a child of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is how we know the children of God and the children of the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives 0 Whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God, neither is the one who does not love his brother The words "from God" are understood in the second part of the sentence. This can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God; whoever does not love his brother is also not from God" or "those who do what is righteous are from God, and those who love their brothers are from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 v1bx αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 his brother Here "brother" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1JN 3 10 v1bx τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Here "brother" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1JN 3 11 ved4 0 General Information: Cain and Abel were the first sons of Adam and Eve, the first man and woman.
|
||||
1JN 3 11 u7il 0 Connecting Statement: Here John teaches believers how they can recognize each other by the way they live; he teaches his readers to love each other.
|
||||
1JN 3 12 frz9 0 We should not be like Cain "We should not do as Cain did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,87 +165,87 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 12 b1xh figs-rquestion τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 Why did he kill him? Because John uses a question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "He killed him because" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 mq7x figs-ellipsis 0 his works were evil and his brother's righteous The words "works were" are also understood in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "Cain's works were evil and his brother's works were righteous" or "Cain did evil things and his brother did what was right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 13 wc1m 0 my brothers "my fellow believers." John's readers were both male and female.
|
||||
1JN 3 13 lq9f figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ κόσμος μισεῖ ὑμᾶς 1 if the world hates you Here the word "world" refers to the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: "if those who do not honor God hate you who do honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 13 lq9f figs-metonymy εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 if the world hates you Here the word "world" refers to the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: "if those who do not honor God hate you who do honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 14 fs1x figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 we have passed out of death into life The conditions of living and of being dead are spoken of as if they were physical locations from which a person could leave and go to. The abstract nouns "life" and "death" can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "we are no longer spiritually dead but are spiritually alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 14 ybc4 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωήν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 14 qa7l μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 remains in death "is still spiritually dead"
|
||||
1JN 3 15 mqu2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐστίν ἀνθρωποκτόνος 1 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer John speaks of a person who hates another believer as if he were a murderer. Since people commit murder because they hate other people, God considers anyone who hates to be as guilty as someone who kills a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever hates another believer is as guilty as someone who kills a person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 s3aw figs-personification πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει αἰώνιον ζωὴν μένουσαν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 no murderer has eternal life residing in him "Eternal life" is something God gives believers after they die, but it is also the power God gives believers in this life to help them to stop sinning and to do what please him. Here eternal life is spoken of as if it were a person that could live in someone. Alternate translation: "a murderer does not have the power of spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 mqu2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer John speaks of a person who hates another believer as if he were a murderer. Since people commit murder because they hate other people, God considers anyone who hates to be as guilty as someone who kills a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever hates another believer is as guilty as someone who kills a person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 s3aw figs-personification πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 no murderer has eternal life residing in him "Eternal life" is something God gives believers after they die, but it is also the power God gives believers in this life to help them to stop sinning and to do what please him. Here eternal life is spoken of as if it were a person that could live in someone. Alternate translation: "a murderer does not have the power of spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 3 16 a2cq figs-idiom 0 Christ laid down his life for us This expression means "Christ willingly gave his life for us" or "Christ willingly died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 nlj7 0 the world's goods material possessions like money, food, or clothing
|
||||
1JN 3 17 b6lh θεωρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 sees his brother in need "realizes a fellow believer needs help"
|
||||
1JN 3 17 b6lh θεωρῇ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 sees his brother in need "realizes a fellow believer needs help"
|
||||
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-metonymy 0 shuts up his heart of compassion from him Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Here "shuts up his heart of compassion" is a metaphor for no longer showing someone compassion. Alternate translation: "does not show him compassion" or "does not willingly help him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John uses a question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "God's love is not in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor 0 My dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet ἀγαπῶμεν μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 up2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here John probably means that believers' ability to love God and each other sincerely ([1 John 3:18](../03/18.md)) is a sign that their new life has indeed originated from the truth about Christ.
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c ἐσμέν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are from the truth "we belong to the truth" or Alternate translation: "we are living according the way Jesus taught us"
|
||||
1JN 3 19 mv6c figs-metonymy πείσομεν ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 we assure our hearts The word "heart" here refers to feelings. Alternate translation: "we do not feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἡ καρδία καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν 1 if our hearts condemn us Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. Here "hearts condemn us" is a metaphor for feeling guilty. Alternate translation: "if we know that we have sinned and as a result feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς ἐστὶν μείζων ἡμῶν τῆς καρδίας 1 God is greater than our hearts Here "hearts" is metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. For God to be "greater than our hearts" means that God knows more than a person. Therefore he can judge things better than a person can. The effect of this truth is probably that God is more merciful than our consciences would suppose. Alternate translation: "God knows more than we do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth "we belong to the truth" or Alternate translation: "we are living according the way Jesus taught us"
|
||||
1JN 3 19 mv6c figs-metonymy πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we assure our hearts The word "heart" here refers to feelings. Alternate translation: "we do not feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metonymy ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our hearts condemn us Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. Here "hearts condemn us" is a metaphor for feeling guilty. Alternate translation: "if we know that we have sinned and as a result feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-metonymy μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 God is greater than our hearts Here "hearts" is metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. For God to be "greater than our hearts" means that God knows more than a person. Therefore he can judge things better than a person can. The effect of this truth is probably that God is more merciful than our consciences would suppose. Alternate translation: "God knows more than we do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 21 rf96 ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν 1 Beloved, if "You people whom I love, if" or "Dear friends, if." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 3 22 p3ga figs-metaphor ποιοῦμεν τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 do the things that are pleasing before him God's opinion is spoken of as if it depends on what he sees happen in front of himself. Alternate translation: "we do what pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 22 p3ga figs-metaphor τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν 1 do the things that are pleasing before him God's opinion is spoken of as if it depends on what he sees happen in front of himself. Alternate translation: "we do what pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 irb3 figs-abstractnouns 0 This is his commandment: that we should believe ... just as he gave us this commandment The abstract noun "commandment" can be stated as "command." Alternate translation: "This is what God commands us to do: Believe ... just as he commanded us to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 feq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 24 we1m figs-metaphor 0 remains in him, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 intro l3qa 0 # 1 John 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Spirit<br>This word "spirit" is used in different ways in this chapter. Sometimes the word "spirit" refers to spiritual beings. Sometimes it refers to the character of something. For example "the spirit of the antichrist," "the spirit of truth," and "the spirit of error" refer to what is typical of the antichrist, truth, and error. "The Spirit" (written with a capital "S") and "the Spirit of God" refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Loving God<br>If people love God, they should show it in the way they live and the way they treat other people. Doing this may assure us that God has saved us and that we belong to him, but loving others does not save us. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 4 1 c9jb 0 General Information: John gives a warning against false teachers who teach against Christ's having had a human body and teachers who talk the way those who love the world talk.
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, πιστεύετε μὴ πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy πιστεύετε μὴ πιστεύετε παντὶ πνεύματι 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 1 l5nv figs-metonymy δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα 1 test the spirits Here, the word "spirits" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "think carefully about what the prophet says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-synecdoche ἐληλυθότα ἐν σαρκὶ 1 has come in the flesh Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 has come in the flesh Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 cda6 0 This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming, and now is already in the world "These are prophets opposed to Christ, whom you have heard are coming, and now are already in the world"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 w1yr figs-metaphor 0 dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "my dear children in Christ" or "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 4 avj3 νενικήκατε αὐτούς 1 have overcome them "have not believed the false teachers"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 j5ve ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστὶν 1 the one who is in you is "God, who is in you, is"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 j5ve ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the one who is in you is "God, who is in you, is"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 tp4q figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the one who is in the world Two possible meanings are 1) this refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "Satan, who is in the world" or "Satan, who works through those who do not obey God" or 2) this refers to worldly teachers. Alternate translation: "worldly teachers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 y2z8 figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ εἰσίν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 They are from the world The words "are from" are a metaphor for "receive their power and authority." "The world" is a metonym ultimately for "the one who is in the world," Satan, though it is also a metonym for sinful people who gladly listen to them and so also give them authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 y2z8 figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν 1 They are from the world The words "are from" are a metaphor for "receive their power and authority." "The world" is a metonym ultimately for "the one who is in the world," Satan, though it is also a metonym for sinful people who gladly listen to them and so also give them authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 jy2h figs-metonymy 0 therefore what they say is from the world "The world" here is a metonym ultimately for "the one who is in the world," Satan, though it is also a metonym for sinful people who gladly listen to them and so also give them authority. Alternate translation: "therefore they teach what they have learned from sinful people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 em2t figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἀκούει αὐτῶν 1 and the world listens to them The words "the world" are a metonym for people who do not obey God. Alternate translation: "so the people who do not obey God listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 em2t figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 and the world listens to them The words "the world" are a metonym for people who do not obey God. Alternate translation: "so the people who do not obey God listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 qp8k 0 General Information: John continues to teach about the new nature. He teaches his readers about God's love and loving one another.
|
||||
1JN 4 7 fpl5 ἀγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν 1 Beloved, let us love "You people whom I love, let us love" or "Dear friends, let us love." See how you translated "Beloved" in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 7 va6p ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 let us love one another "believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God "and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 c6w6 ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for love is from God "because God causes us to love each other"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 born from God This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν ἔγνω οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἐστίν ἀγάπη 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God "and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 c6w6 ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 for love is from God "because God causes us to love each other"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 born from God This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 i2b5 0 Because of this ... among us, that God has sent his only Son "Because of this ... among us: God has sent his only Son." The phrase "Because of this" refers to the phrase "that God has sent his only Son."
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐφανερώθη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God was revealed among us The noun "love" can be translated as a verb. This phrase can be made active. Alternate translation: "God showed that he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-abstractnouns ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God was revealed among us The noun "love" can be translated as a verb. This phrase can be made active. Alternate translation: "God showed that he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 wxf8 ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 so that we would live because of him "to enable us to live eternally because of what Jesus did"
|
||||
1JN 4 10 v1zv ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 In this is love "God showed us what real love is"
|
||||
1JN 4 10 b39j figs-abstractnouns 0 he sent his Son to be the propitiation for our sins Here "propitiation" refers to Jesus' death on the cross appeasing God's wrath against sin. The word can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "he sent his Son to be the sacrifice that appeased his wrath against our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 11 i4tf ἀγαπητοί, εἰ 1 Beloved, if "You people whom I love, if" or "Dear friends, if." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 11 g4gu εἰ ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 if God so loved us "since God loved us in this way"
|
||||
1JN 4 11 llp5 ἡμεῖς καὶ ὀφείλομεν ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους 1 we also should love one another "believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
1JN 4 12 sh9q figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς μένει ἐν ἡμῖν 1 God remains in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with us" or "God stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 12 vt14 αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστιν τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his love is perfected in us "God's love is complete in us"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 yv6s figs-metaphor μένομεν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we remain in him and he in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 11 g4gu εἰ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 if God so loved us "since God loved us in this way"
|
||||
1JN 4 11 llp5 καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 we also should love one another "believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
1JN 4 12 sh9q figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει 1 God remains in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with us" or "God stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 12 vt14 ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 his love is perfected in us "God's love is complete in us"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 yv6s figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we remain in him and he in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 m69h figs-ellipsis καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 and he in us The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 gj7p 0 By this we know ... us, because he has given Your translation may be clearer if you omit either "by this" or "because." Alternate translation: "We know ... us because he gave" or "By this we know ... us: he gave"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ τοῦ Πνεύματος Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 14 w6mz 0 Also, we have seen and have borne witness that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world "And we apostles have seen the Son of God and tell everyone that God the Father has sent his Son to save people on this earth"
|
||||
1JN 4 14 m7cb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 nvb1 ὃς ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God "Anyone who says the truth about Jesus, that he is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 4 15 b6td guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 l3ft figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ Θεὸς μένει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with him and he continues to have fellowship with God" or "God stays joined to him and he stays joined to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 l3ft figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with him and he continues to have fellowship with God" or "God stays joined to him and he stays joined to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 a7rx καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 and he in God The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in God" (See: Ellipsis)
|
||||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἐστίν ἀγάπη 1 God is love This is a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." See how you translated this in [1 John 4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." See how you translated this in [1 John 4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 dyr6 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 the one who remains in this love "those who continue to love others"
|
||||
1JN 4 16 fz29 figs-metaphor μένει ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in God, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with God, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 ypv4 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ, ἡ ἀγάπη τετελείωται μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἔχωμεν παρρησίαν 1 Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this" refers back to [1 John 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: "Because whoever lives in love is in God and God is in him, God has made his love for us complete, and so we may have complete confidence" or 2) "Because of this" refers to "we may have confidence." Alternate translation: "We are confident that God will accept us on the day he judges everyone, so we know he has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τετελείωται μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 this love has been made perfect among us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 l78r ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 because as he is, just so are we in this world "because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἀλλ’, ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη βάλλει ἔξω τὸν φόβον 1 Instead, perfect love throws out fear Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "But when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 fz29 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 remains in God, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with God, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 ypv4 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’,, ἡμῶν ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this" refers back to [1 John 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: "Because whoever lives in love is in God and God is in him, God has made his love for us complete, and so we may have complete confidence" or 2) "Because of this" refers to "we may have confidence." Alternate translation: "We are confident that God will accept us on the day he judges everyone, so we know he has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 this love has been made perfect among us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 l78r ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 because as he is, just so are we in this world "because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἀλλ’, ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 Instead, perfect love throws out fear Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "But when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 sq7k 0 because fear has to do with punishment "because we would be afraid only if we thought that he would punish us"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος τετελείωται οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 μισῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 hates his brother "hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ὃν ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν ἑώρακεν οὐχ ἑώρακεν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ 1 hates his brother "hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives , ὁ,, γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 5 intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Children born from God<br>When people believe in Jesus, God makes them his children and gives them eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Christian living<br>People who believe in Jesus should obey God's commands and love his children.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Death<br>When John writes about death in this chapter, he refers to physical death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>##### "the whole world lies in the power of the evil one"<br>The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but ultimately God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 5 1 nej3 0 General Information: John continues to teach his readers about God's love and the love believers are to have because they have this new nature from God.
|
||||
1JN 5 1 h8if γεγέννηται ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is born from God "is a child of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 1 h8if ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 is born from God "is a child of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 2 ukc7 0 Because of this we know that we love God's children, when we love God and do his commandments. "When we love God and do what he commands, then we know that we love his children"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 ve87 γάρ αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ: ἵνα τηρῶμεν αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐντολὰς 1 For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments "Because when we do what he commands, that is true love for God"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 uik3 αὐτοῦ αἱ ἐντολαὶ εἰσίν οὐκ βαρεῖαι 1 his commandments are not burdensome "what he commands is not difficult"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 ve87 αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ: ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments "Because when we do what he commands, that is true love for God"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 uik3 αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 his commandments are not burdensome "what he commands is not difficult"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 c5z1 βαρεῖαι 1 burdensome "heavy" or "crushing" or "difficult"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 i2bf πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ νικᾷ 1 everyone who is born from God overcomes "all children of God overcome"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 g3uw νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 overcomes the world "has victory over the world," "succeeds against the world," or "refuses to do the evil things unbelievers do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -255,39 +255,39 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 5 db4f ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God This does not refer to a specific person but to anyone who believes this. Alternate translation: "Anyone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 yjh2 0 Connecting Statement: John teaches about Jesus Christ and what God said about him.
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος: Ἰησοῦς Χριστός 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ "Jesus Christ is the one who came by water and blood." Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God showed that Jesus Christ is his son at Jesus' baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος: καὶ αἵματος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ "Jesus Christ is the one who came by water and blood." Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God showed that Jesus Christ is his son at Jesus' baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 bdl4 figs-metonymy 0 He came not only by water, but also by water and blood Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God did not show us Jesus was his son just through his baptism, but through his baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 k2de figs-explicit εἰ λαμβάνομεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστίν μείζων 1 If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater The translator can state more clearly the implied reason about why we should believe what God says: Alternate translation: "If we believe what people say, then we should believe what God says because he always tells the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 ai6a figs-idiom λαμβάνομεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 receive the witness of men The idiom to "receive the witness" means to believe what another person testifies concerning something that he has seen. The abstract noun "witness" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "believe what men testify" or "believe what men say about what they have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστίν μείζων 1 the witness of God is greater the witness of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
1JN 5 9 k2de figs-explicit , εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater The translator can state more clearly the implied reason about why we should believe what God says: Alternate translation: "If we believe what people say, then we should believe what God says because he always tells the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 ai6a figs-idiom τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν 1 receive the witness of men The idiom to "receive the witness" means to believe what another person testifies concerning something that he has seen. The abstract noun "witness" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "believe what men testify" or "believe what men say about what they have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the witness of God is greater the witness of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 gkj1 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself "Whoever believes in Jesus knows for sure Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j255 πεποίηκεν αὐτόν πεποίηκεν ψεύστην 1 has made him out to be a liar "has called God a liar"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι πεπίστευκεν οὐ πεπίστευκεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν ὁ Θεὸς μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 bi7k καὶ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστὶν αὕτη 1 And the witness is this "This is what God says"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j255 ψεύστην πεποίηκεν πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him out to be a liar "has called God a liar"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν πεπίστευκεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 bi7k καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 And the witness is this "This is what God says"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 k2qn figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 11 u1w5 αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῦ τῷ Υἱῷ 1 this life is in his Son "this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 u1w5 αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 this life is in his Son "this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 sz21 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν. ὁ μὴ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει οὐκ ἔχει τὴν ζωὴν 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν ὁ μὴ. ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 uwm2 0 General Information: This begins the end of John's letter. He tells his readers the last purpose for his letter and gives them some final teachings.
|
||||
1JN 5 13 ezl8 ταῦτα 1 these things "this letter"
|
||||
1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to you who believe in the name of the Son of God Here "name" is a metonym for the Son of God. Alternate translation: "to you who trust in the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 gg32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅτι 1 this is the confidence we have before him, that The abstract noun "confidence" can be stated as "confident." Alternate translation: "we are confident in God's presence because we know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν αἰτώμεθα τι κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ θέλημα 1 if we ask anything according to his will "if we ask for the things that God desires"
|
||||
1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 if we ask anything according to his will "if we ask for the things that God desires"
|
||||
1JN 5 15 ev49 οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we know that we have whatever we have asked of him "we know that we will receive that for which we have asked God"
|
||||
1JN 5 16 sc1f αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 his brother "fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 5 16 sc1f τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother "fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-abstractnouns ζωήν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 q1me θάνατον 1 death This refers to eternal death, that is, eternity spent away from God's presence.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 f9y9 0 Connecting Statement: John closes his letter, reviewing what he has said about the new nature of believers, which cannot sin, and he reminds them to keep themselves from idols.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 l7h8 ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one cannot harm him The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan, the devil.
|
||||
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the whole world lies in the power of the evil one Lying in someone's power represents being controlled or ruled by him. Alternate translation: "the whole world is controlled by the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ ὁ κόσμος κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding "has enabled us to understand the truth"
|
||||
1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 we are in him who is true Being "in" someone represents having a close relationship with him, that is being united to him or belonging to him. The phrase "him who is true" refers to the true God, and the phrase "in his Son Jesus Christ" explains how we are in him who is true. Alternate translation: "we are united to him who is true by being united to his Son Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 hvr7 τὸν Ἀληθινόν 1 him who is true "the true one" or "the real God"
|
||||
1JN 5 20 w5yl οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς 1 This one is the true God Possible meanings are 1) "This one" refers to Jesus Christ, or 2) "This one" refers to the one true God.
|
||||
1JN 5 20 dz3s figs-metonymy καὶ αἰώνιος ζωὴ 1 and eternal life He is called "eternal life" becasue he gives us eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the one who gives eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 dz3s figs-metonymy καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 and eternal life He is called "eternal life" becasue he gives us eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the one who gives eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 i3rw figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 hn4y φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 keep yourselves from idols "stay away from idols" or "do not worship idols"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 963.
|
|
|
@ -3,16 +3,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 1 ma4c figs-you 0 General Information: Tradition identifies the apostle John as the writer of this letter. Though possibly addressed to an individual woman, because he writes that they should "love one another," this is probably to a church. All instances of "you" and "your" in this letter are plural unless noted otherwise. In this letter, John includes himself and his readers by using the word "us" and "our." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit 0 From the elder to the chosen lady and her children This is how letters were started. The name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I, John the elder, am writing this letter to the chosen lady and her children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 z9f1 ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 the elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as "elder" either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church.
|
||||
2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ αὐτῆς τοῖς τέκνοις 1 to the chosen lady and her children This probably refers to a congregation and the believers that belong to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 to the chosen lady and her children This probably refers to a congregation and the believers that belong to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-hendiadys ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love The word "truth" describes "love." Possibly it means "in true love." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου τῶν τέκνων 1 your children The word "your" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children The word "your" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 s7hr 0 just as we have received this commandment from the Father "just as God the Father commanded us"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you 0 you, lady ... writing to you These instances of "you" are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f οὐχ ὡς γράφων σοι ἐντολὴν καινὴν ἐντολὴν 1 not as though I were writing to you a new commandment "not as though I were commanding you to do something new"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as though I were writing to you a new commandment "not as though I were commanding you to do something new"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ἣν εἴχαμεν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 but one that we have had from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to "when we first believed." Alternate translation: "but I am writing to you what Christ commanded us to do when we first believed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς— ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 beginning—that we should love one another This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "beginning. He commanded that we should love one another"
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ ἐντολή, καθὼς ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα περιπατῆτε ἐν αὐτῇ 1 This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it Conducting our lives according to God's commands is spoken of as if we were walking in them. The word "it" refers to love. "And he has commanded you, since you first believed, to love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor αὕτη ἡ ἐντολή ἐστιν καθὼς ἠκούσατε, ἀπ’, ἀρχῆς ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it Conducting our lives according to God's commands is spoken of as if we were walking in them. The word "it" refers to love. "And he has commanded you, since you first believed, to love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 u3vi 0 Connecting Statement: John warns them of deceivers, reminds them to remain in Christ's teaching, and warns them to stay away from those who do not remain in Christ's teaching.
|
||||
2JN 1 7 w25m ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world "For many false teachers have left the congregation" or "For many deceivers are in the world"
|
||||
2JN 1 7 f9e2 πολλοὶ πλάνοι 1 many deceivers "many false teachers" or "many imposters"
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 7 wbp6 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist "They are the ones who deceive others and oppose Christ himself"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 it9t βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Look to yourselves "Watch out" or "Pay attention"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 b91r ἀπολέσητε εἰργασάμεθα 1 lose the things "lose your future rewards in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 eu46 πλήρη μισθὸν 1 full reward "complete reward in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 eu46 μισθὸν πλήρη 1 full reward "complete reward in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 mn3v πᾶς ὁ προάγων 1 Whoever goes on ahead This refers to a person who claims to know more about God and truth than everyone else. Alternate translation: "Whoever claims to know more about God" or "Whoever disobeys the truth"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 ἔχει οὐκ ἔχει Θεὸν 1 does not have God "does not belong to God"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος ἔχει καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son "Someone who follows Christ's teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει ἔχει 1 does not have God "does not belong to God"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν, Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son "Someone who follows Christ's teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 k8cv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father and the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 ls1c 0 receive him into your house Here this means to welcome him and treat him with honor in order to build a relationship with him.
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς τοῖς ἔργοις 1 participates in his evil deeds "shares with him in his evil deeds" or "helps him in his evil deeds"
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς τοῖς ἔργοις ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 participates in his evil deeds "shares with him in his evil deeds" or "helps him in his evil deeds"
|
||||
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-you 0 General Information: The words "you" in verse 12 are singular. The word "your" in verse 13 is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 y4gw 0 Connecting Statement: John's letter closes with his desire to visit them and gives greetings from another church.
|
||||
2JN 1 12 gq26 0 I did not wish to write them with paper and ink John does not wish to write these other things but would like to come say the words to them. He is not saying that he would write them with something other than paper and ink.
|
||||
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom λαλῆσαι στόμα πρὸς στόμα 1 speak face to face "Face to face" here is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Alternate translation: "speak in your presence" or "speak to you in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς τῆς ἀδελφῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister Here John speaks of this other church as if it were a sister to the readers' church and the believers that are a part of that church as if they were that church's children. This emphasizes that all believers are a spiritual family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 speak face to face "Face to face" here is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Alternate translation: "speak in your presence" or "speak to you in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister Here John speaks of this other church as if it were a sister to the readers' church and the believers that are a part of that church as if they were that church's children. This emphasizes that all believers are a spiritual family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 434.
|
|
|
@ -4,22 +4,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as "elder" either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: "I, John the elder, am writing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth "whom I truly love"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὐοδοῦσθαι σε καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 all may go well with you and that you may be healthy "you may do well in all things and be healthy"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 all may go well with you and that you may be healthy "you may do well in all things and be healthy"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 just as it is well with your soul "just as you are doing well spiritually"
|
||||
3JN 1 3 b4zh ἀδελφῶν ἐρχομένων 1 brothers came "fellow believers came." These people were probably all male.
|
||||
3JN 1 3 y7q3 figs-metaphor σὺ περιπατεῖς ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 you walk in truth Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: "you are living your life according to God's truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3JN 1 3 b4zh ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers came "fellow believers came." These people were probably all male.
|
||||
3JN 1 3 y7q3 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς 1 you walk in truth Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: "you are living your life according to God's truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3JN 1 4 w79m figs-metaphor τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα 1 my children John speaks of those he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his children. This emphasizes his love and concern for them. It could also be that he himself led them to the Lord. Alternate translation: "my spiritual children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3JN 1 5 jtc6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to John and those with him, and possibly includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 5 vl13 0 Connecting Statement: John's purpose in writing this letter is to compliment Gaius in the way he took care of traveling Bible teachers; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 tmh1 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here this is used as a term of endearment for fellow believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 gs6x ποιεῖς πιστὸν 1 you practice faithfulness "you are doing what is faithful to God" or "you are being loyal to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 5 gs6x πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 you practice faithfulness "you are doing what is faithful to God" or "you are being loyal to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 work for the brothers and for strangers "help fellow believers and those you do not know"
|
||||
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the "strangers" (verse 5). "strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them"
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 ποιήσεις καλῶς προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them John is thanking Gaius for his normal practice of helping these believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 καλῶς ποιήσεις προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them John is thanking Gaius for his normal practice of helping these believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy 0 because it was for the sake of the name that they went out Here "the name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for they have gone out to tell people about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 λαμβάνοντες μηδὲν 1 taking nothing receiving no gifts or help
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 taking nothing receiving no gifts or help
|
||||
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here "Gentiles" does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It implies people who do not trust in Jesus.
|
||||
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα γινώμεθα συνεργοὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we will be fellow workers for the truth "so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God's truth to people"
|
||||
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we will be fellow workers for the truth "so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God's truth to people"
|
||||
3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 congregation This refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
|
||||
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 10 g98b 0 puts them out of the church "he forces them to leave the congregation"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 a16a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here this is used as a term of endearment for fellow believers. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
3JN 1 11 pv24 μιμοῦ μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil "do not copy the evil things that people do"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil "do not copy the evil things that people do"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood. Alternate translation: "but imitate the good things that people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is of God "belongs to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 zan2 ἑώρακεν οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God "does not belong to God" or "does not believe in God"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is of God "belongs to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 zan2 οὐχ ἑώρακεν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God "does not belong to God" or "does not believe in God"
|
||||
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All who know Demetrius bear witness of him" or "Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῆς 1 by the truth itself "the truth itself speaks well of him." Here "truth" is described as a person speaking. Alternate translation: "everyone who knows the truth knows he is a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 We also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made specific here. Alternate translation: "We also speak well of Demetrius" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself "the truth itself speaks well of him." Here "truth" is described as a person speaking. Alternate translation: "everyone who knows the truth knows he is a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡμεῖς μαρτυροῦμεν 1 We also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made specific here. Alternate translation: "We also speak well of Demetrius" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of John's letter to Gaius. He gives some final remarks and closes with a greeting.
|
||||
3JN 1 13 am6k 0 I do not wish to write them to you with pen and ink John does not wish to write these other things at all. He is not saying that he would write them with something other than pen and ink.
|
||||
3JN 1 14 r8i4 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα 1 face to face "Face to face" here is an idiom, meaning "in person." Alternate translation: "in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3JN 1 15 v8yj 0 May peace be with you "May God give you peace"
|
||||
3JN 1 15 mhs1 οἱ φίλοι ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 The friends greet you "The friends here greet you"
|
||||
3JN 1 15 mhs1 ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι 1 The friends greet you "The friends here greet you"
|
||||
3JN 1 15 lq8r 0 Greet our friends there by name "Greet each of the believers there for me"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 426.
|
|
|
@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>#### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "Jude." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "The Letter from Jude" or "The Letter Jude Wrote." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br>
|
||||
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word "you" in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, δοῦλος Ἰησοῦ 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: "I am Jude, a servant of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: "I am Jude, a servant of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἔλεος καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη ὑμῖν 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w ἡμῶν τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation "the salvation we share"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation "the salvation we share"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 si1u ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 I had to write "I felt a great need to write" or "I felt an urgent need to write"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yyf4 γράψαι ὑμῖν παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ πίστει 1 to exhort you to struggle earnestly for the faith "to encourage you to defend the true teaching"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all "finally and completely"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 v94i γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι παρεισέδυσαν 1 For certain men have slipped in secretly among you "For some men have come in among the believers without drawing attention to themselves"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have slipped in secretly among you "For some men have come in among the believers without drawing attention to themselves"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τὸ κρίμα 1 men who were marked out for condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: "men whom God chose to condemn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor μετατιθέντες τὴν χάριτα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality God's grace is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: "who teach that God's grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b ἀρνούμενοι τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) they teach that he is not God or 2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality God's grace is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: "who teach that God's grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν ἀρνούμενοι, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) they teach that he is not God or 2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 f4mm 0 the Lord saved a people out of the land of Egypt "the Lord rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt"
|
||||
JUD 1 5 xbq1 0 the Lord Some texts read "Jesus."
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own position of authority "the responsibilities God entrusted to them"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn τετήρηκεν δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις δεσμοῖς, ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις τετήρηκεν, ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ζόφον 1 utter darkness Here "darkness" is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: "in utter darkness in hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 κρίσιν ἡμέρας μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ πόλεις περὶ αὐτὰς 1 the cities around them Here "cities" stands for the people who lived in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας ἡμέρας 1 the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 the cities around them Here "cities" stands for the people who lived in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 r3e9 τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 also indulged themselves The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels' evil ways.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα ὑπέχουσαι δίκην 1 as examples of those who suffer the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 as examples of those who suffer the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ujs2 οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 these dreamers the people who disobey God, probably because they claimed to see visions that gave them authority to do so
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor μιαίνουσιν σάρκα 1 pollute their bodies This metaphor says that their sin makes their bodies—that is, their actions—unacceptable the way garbage in a stream makes the water undrinkable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μιαίνουσιν 1 pollute their bodies This metaphor says that their sin makes their bodies—that is, their actions—unacceptable the way garbage in a stream makes the water undrinkable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 say slanderous things "speak insults"
|
||||
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 glorious ones This refers to spiritual beings, such as angels.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 General Information: Balaam was a prophet who refused to curse Israel for an enemy but then taught that enemy to get the people to marry unbelievers and become idol worshipers. Korah was a man of Israel who rebelled against Moses' leadership and Aaron's priesthood.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 ἐτόλμησεν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν βλασφημίας κρίσιν 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh ἐπενεγκεῖν κρίσιν βλασφημίας κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 bring a slanderous judgment against "say evil, untrue things about"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐτόλμησεν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν κρίσιν βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 bring a slanderous judgment against "say evil, untrue things about"
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα οἴδασιν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor ἐπορεύθησαν τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν 1 walked in the way of Cain "Walked in the way" here is a metaphor for "lived in the same way as." Alternate translation: "lived the same way Cain lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα οὐκ οἴδασιν οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 walked in the way of Cain "Walked in the way" here is a metaphor for "lived in the same way as." Alternate translation: "lived the same way Cain lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 These are the ones The word "These" refers to the "ungodly men" of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Reefs are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 zk57 figs-metaphor δὶς ἀποθανόντα, ἐκριζωθέντα 1 twice dead, torn up by the roots A tree that someone has uprooted is a metaphor for death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 torn up by the roots Like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots, the ungodly people have been separated from God, who is the source of life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor ἄγρια κύματα θαλάσσης 1 violent waves in the sea As the sea's waves are blown by a strong wind, so the ungodly people are easily moved in many directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 violent waves in the sea As the sea's waves are blown by a strong wind, so the ungodly people are easily moved in many directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 foaming out their own shame As wind causes wild waves to stir up dirty foam—so these men, through their false teaching and actions, shame themselves. Alternate translation: "and just as waves bring up foam and dirt, these men pollute others with their shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται ἀστέρες 1 They are wandering stars Those who studied the stars in ancient times noticed that what we call planets do not move the way that stars do. Alternate translation: "They are like moving stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-metonymy οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται εἰς αἰῶνα 1 for whom the gloom of thick darkness has been reserved forever Here "darkness" is a metonym that represents the place of the dead or hell. Here "thick darkness" is an idiom that means "very dark." The phrase "has been reserved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and God will put them in the gloom and darkness of hell forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 They are wandering stars Those who studied the stars in ancient times noticed that what we call planets do not move the way that stars do. Alternate translation: "They are like moving stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-metonymy οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of thick darkness has been reserved forever Here "darkness" is a metonym that represents the place of the dead or hell. Here "thick darkness" is an idiom that means "very dark." The phrase "has been reserved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and God will put them in the gloom and darkness of hell forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 the seventh from Adam If Adam is counted as the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh. If Adam's son is counted as the first, Enoch is sixth in line.
|
||||
JUD 1 14 lu2y ἰδοὺ 1 Look "Listen" or "Pay attention to this important thing I am going to say"
|
||||
JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 to execute judgment on "to make judgment on" or "to judge"
|
||||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί, μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. "Grumblers" tend to speak quietly, while "complainers" speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 loud boasters People who praise themselves so that others can hear.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flatter others "give false praise to others"
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀσεβειῶν κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀσεβειῶν κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j εἰσιν οὗτοί 1 It is these "It is these mockers" or "These mockers are the ones"
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 It is these "It is these mockers" or "These mockers are the ones"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metaphor ψυχικοί 1 are worldly think as other ungodly people think, they value the things that unbelievers value (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί ἔχοντες μὴ ἔχοντες Πνεῦμα 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 e3ga 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers how they should live and how they should treat others.
|
||||
JUD 1 20 xm93 δέ ὑμεῖς, ἀγαπητοί 1 But you, beloved "Do not be like them, beloved. Instead"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐποικοδομοῦντες 1 build yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor τηρήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ ἀγάπῃ 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 20 xm93 ὑμεῖς δέ, ἀγαπητοί 1 But you, beloved "Do not be like them, beloved. Instead"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 build yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ τηρήσατε' ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 wait for "eagerly look forward to"
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς αἰώνιον ζωὴν 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς διακρινομένους 1 those who doubt "those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἁρπάζοντες ἐκ πυρὸς 1 snatching them out of the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a fire before they start to burn. Alternate translation: "doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 snatching them out of the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a fire before they start to burn. Alternate translation: "doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 1 To others be merciful with fear "Be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα ἐσπιλωμένον ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Hate even the garment stained by the flesh Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: "Treat them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Hate even the garment stained by the flesh Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: "Treat them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 r3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jude closes with a blessing.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης 1 to cause you to stand before his glorious presence His glory is brilliant light that represents his greatness. Alternate translation: "and to allow you to enjoy and worship his glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 to cause you to stand before his glorious presence His glory is brilliant light that represents his greatness. Alternate translation: "and to allow you to enjoy and worship his glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης ἀμώμους ἐν 1 glorious presence without blemish and with Here sin is spoken of as if it were dirt on one's body or a flaw on one's body. Alternate translation: "glorious presence, where you will be without sin and have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua Θεῷ μόνῳ Θεῷ ἡμῶν Σωτῆρι διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡμῶν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία, πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος, νῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 be glory, majesty, dominion, and power, before all time, now, and forevermore God has always had, now has, and always will have glory, absolute leadership, and complete control of all things.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα μεγαλωσύνη κράτος καὶ ἐξουσία πρὸ, παντὸς,,,,, τοῦ αἰῶνος νῦν καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 be glory, majesty, dominion, and power, before all time, now, and forevermore God has always had, now has, and always will have glory, absolute leadership, and complete control of all things.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1009.
|
690
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
690
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Loading…
Reference in New Issue